As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2012

File No. 001-35349

 

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Amendment No. 2

to

FORM 10

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

Phillips 66

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware  

45-3779385

(State or Other Jurisdiction

of Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

600 N. Dairy Ashford, Houston, Texas   77079
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 281-293-6600

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

to be so registered

 

Name of each exchange on which

each class is to be registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share   New York Stock Exchange

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer [  ]  Accelerated filer [  ]  Non-accelerated filer [x]  Smaller reporting company [  ]

 

 

 

 


P HILLIPS 66

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT

CROSS REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN INFORMATION STATEMENT AND ITEMS OF FORM 10

We have filed our Information Statement as Exhibit 99.1 to this Form 10. For your convenience, we have provided below a cross-reference sheet identifying where the items required by Form 10 can be found in our Information Statement. None of the information contained in the Information Statement shall be incorporated by reference herein or deemed to be a part hereof unless such information is specifically incorporated by reference.

 

Item
No.

 

Item Caption

 

Location in Information Statement

1.       Business.   The following sections of our Information Statement are hereby incorporated by reference: “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “The Separation,” “Capitalization,” “Business and Properties,” “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” “Where You Can Find More Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
1A.   Risk Factors.   The following sections of our Information Statement are hereby incorporated by reference: “Summary,” “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
2.       Financial Information.   The following sections of our Information Statement are hereby incorporated by reference: “Summary,” “Selected Combined Financial Data of Phillips 66,” “Risk Factors,” “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements,” “Index to Financial Statements” and the statements referenced therein, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
3.       Properties.   The following section of our Information Statement is hereby incorporated by reference: “Business and Properties.”
4.       Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.   The following section of our Information Statement is hereby incorporated by reference: “Stock Ownership.”
5.       Directors and Executive Officers.   The following sections of our Information Statement is hereby incorporated by reference: “Management” and “Directors.”

 

i


Item
No.

 

Item Caption

 

Location in Information Statement

6.       Executive Compensation.   The following sections of our Information Statement are hereby incorporated by reference: “Management,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” “Executive Compensation,” “Non-Employee Director Compensation,”and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”
7.       Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.   The following sections of our Information Statement are hereby incorporated by reference: “Management,” “Directors,” “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
8.       Legal Proceedings.   The following section of our Information Statement is hereby incorporated by reference: “Business and Properties—Legal Proceedings.”
9.       Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.   The following sections of our Information Statement are hereby incorporated by reference: “Summary,” “The Separation,” “Dividend Policy,” “Capitalization” and “Description of Capital Stock.”
10.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.   Not Applicable.
11.   Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered.   The following sections of our Information Statement are hereby incorporated by reference: “Dividend Policy” and “Description of Capital Stock.”
12.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers.   The following sections of our Information Statement are hereby incorporated by reference: “Description of Capital Stock—Limitation on Liability of Directors and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”
13.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.   The following sections of our Information Statement are hereby incorporated by reference: “Index to Financial Statements” and the statements referenced therein.
14.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.   Not Applicable.
15.   Financial Statements and Exhibits.   The following sections of our Information Statement are hereby incorporated by reference: “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” and “Index to Financial Statements” and the statements referenced therein.

 

ii


(a) List of Financial Statements and Schedules : The following financial statements are included in the Information Statement and filed as part of this Registration Statement on Form 10:

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Combined Statement of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

Combined Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Combined Statement of Changes in Net Investment for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Combined)

 

(b) Exhibits . The following documents are filed as exhibits hereto:

 

    Exhibit Number   Exhibit Description

 

 

 

    2.1                                Form of Separation and Distribution Agreement between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.
    3.1   Phillips 66 Certificate of Incorporation.
    3.2   Phillips 66 By-laws.
    4.1  

Credit Agreement among Phillips 66, Phillips 66 Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders named therein, dated as of February 22, 2012.

    4.2  

Term Loan Agreement among Phillips 66, Phillips 66 Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders named therein, dated as of February 22, 2012.

  10.1   Form of Tax Sharing Agreement among ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips 66 and Phillips 66 Company.
  10.2   Form of Transition Services Agreement between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.
  10.3   Form of Employee Matters Agreement between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.
  10.4   Form of Indemnification and Release Agreement between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.
  10.5   Form of Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.

 

iii


    Exhibit Number   Exhibit Description

 

 

 

  10.6  

Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC, dated July 1, 2002, by and between ChevronTexaco Corporation, Phillips Petroleum Company, Chevron U.S.A. Inc., Phillips Chemical Holdings Company, WesTTex 66 Pipeline Company and Phillips Petroleum International Corporation.

  10.7   Consent and First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC, dated September 30, 2007, by and between Chevron U.S.A. Inc., ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips Chemical Holdings Company, WesTTex 66 Pipeline Company and Phillips Petroleum International Corporation.
  10.8   Second Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC, dated November 11, 2011, by and between Chevron U.S.A. Inc., ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips Chemical Holdings Company, WesTTex 66 Pipeline Company and Phillips Petroleum International Corporation.
  10.9   Consent Agreement, dated as of November 11, 2011, by and between Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC, ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips Chemical Holdings Company, WesTTex 66 Pipeline Co., Phillips Petroleum International Corporation, Chevron Corporation, and Chevron U.S.A. Inc.
  10.10   First Amendment to Consent Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2012, by and between Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC, ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips Chemical Holdings Company, WesTTex 66 Pipeline Co., Phillips Petroleum International Corporation, Chevron Corporation, and Chevron U.S.A. Inc.
  10.11   Third Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC, dated February 10, 2012, by and between Chevron U.S.A. Inc., ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips Chemical Holdings Company, WesTTex 66 Pipeline Company and Phillips Petroleum International Corporation.
  10.12   Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Duke Energy Field Services, LLC, dated July 5, 2005, by and between ConocoPhillips Gas Company and Duke Energy Enterprises Corporation.
  10.13   First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Duke Energy Field Services, LLC, dated August 11, 2006, by and between ConocoPhillips Gas Company and Duke Energy Enterprises Corporation.
  10.14   Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of DCP Midstream, LLC (formerly Duke Energy Field Services, LLC), dated February 1, 2007, by and between ConocoPhillips Gas Company, Spectra Energy DEFS Holding, LLC, and Spectra Energy DEFS Holding Corp.
  10.15   Third Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of DCP Midstream, LLC (formerly Duke Energy Field Services, LLC), dated April 30, 2009, by and between ConocoPhillips Gas Company, Spectra Energy DEFS Holding, LLC, and Spectra Energy DEFS Holding Corp.

 

iv


    Exhibit Number   Exhibit Description

 

 

 

  10.16   Fourth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of DCP Midstream, LLC (formerly Duke Energy Field Services, LLC), dated November 9, 2010, by and between ConocoPhillips Gas Company, Spectra Energy DEFS Holding, LLC, and Spectra Energy DEFS Holding Corp.
  99.1   Preliminary Information Statement of Phillips 66, subject to completion, dated March 1, 2012.

 

 

 

v


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Phillips 66

 

Date: March 1, 2012

 

By:

 

/s/ Greg C. Garland

    Greg C. Garland
   

President

 

vi


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number
   Exhibit Description

 

  

 

  2.1        Form of Separation and Distribution Agreement between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.
  3.1    Phillips 66 Certificate of Incorporation.
  3.2    Phillips 66 By-laws.
  4.1   

Credit Agreement among Phillips 66, Phillips 66 Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders named therein, dated as of February 22, 2012.

  4.2   

Term Loan Agreement among Phillips 66, Phillips 66 Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders named therein, dated as of February 22, 2012.

10.1    Form of Tax Sharing Agreement among ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips 66 and Phillips 66 Company.
10.2    Form of Transition Services Agreement between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.
10.3    Form of Employee Matters Agreement between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.
10.4    Form of Indemnification and Release Agreement between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.
10.5    Form of Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.
10.6    Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC, dated July 1, 2002, by and between ChevronTexaco Corporation, Phillips Petroleum Company, Chevron U.S.A. Inc., Phillips Chemical Holdings Company, WesTTex 66 Pipeline Company and Phillips Petroleum International Corporation.
10.7    Consent and First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC, dated September 30, 2007, by and between Chevron U.S.A. Inc., ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips Chemical Holdings Company, WesTTex 66 Pipeline Company and Phillips Petroleum International Corporation.
10.8    Second Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC, dated November 11, 2011, by and between Chevron U.S.A. Inc., ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips Chemical Holdings Company, WesTTex 66 Pipeline Company and Phillips Petroleum International Corporation.
10.9    Consent Agreement, dated as of November 11, 2011, by and between Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC, ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips Chemical Holdings Company, WesTTex 66 Pipeline Co., Phillips Petroleum International Corporation, Chevron Corporation, and Chevron U.S.A. Inc.
10.10    First Amendment to Consent Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2012, by and between Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC, ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips Chemical Holdings Company, WesTTex 66 Pipeline Co., Phillips Petroleum International Corporation, Chevron Corporation, and Chevron U.S.A. Inc.
10.11    Third Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC, dated February 10, 2012, by and between Chevron U.S.A. Inc., ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips Chemical Holdings Company, WesTTex 66 Pipeline Company and Phillips Petroleum International Corporation.
10.12    Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Duke Energy Field Services, LLC, dated July 5, 2005, by and between ConocoPhillips Gas Company and Duke Energy Enterprises Corporation.
10.13    First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Duke Energy Field Services, LLC, dated August 11, 2006, by and between ConocoPhillips Gas Company and Duke Energy Enterprises Corporation.
10.14    Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of DCP Midstream, LLC (formerly Duke Energy Field Services, LLC), dated February 1, 2007, by and between ConocoPhillips Gas Company, Spectra Energy DEFS Holding, LLC, and Spectra Energy DEFS Holding Corp.
10.15    Third Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of DCP Midstream, LLC (formerly Duke Energy Field Services, LLC), dated April 30, 2009, by and between ConocoPhillips Gas Company, Spectra Energy DEFS Holding, LLC, and Spectra Energy DEFS Holding Corp.
10.16    Fourth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of DCP Midstream, LLC (formerly Duke Energy Field Services, LLC), dated November 9, 2010, by and between ConocoPhillips Gas Company, Spectra Energy DEFS Holding, LLC, and Spectra Energy DEFS Holding Corp.
99.1    Preliminary Information Statement of Phillips 66, subject to completion, dated March 1, 2012.

 

 

 

vii

Exhibit 2.1

SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

CONOCOPHILLIPS

AND

PHILLIPS 66

DATED AS OF [•], 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS      2   
ARTICLE II THE SEPARATION      13   
2.1.  

Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities

     13   
2.2.  

Phillips 66 Assets

     15   
2.3.  

Phillips 66 Liabilities

     17   
2.4.  

Transfer of Excluded Assets; Assumption of Excluded Liabilities

     18   
2.5.  

Approvals and Notifications

     19   
2.6.  

Novation of Phillips 66 Liabilities

     21   
2.7.  

Novation of Excluded Liabilities

     22   
2.8.  

Termination of Agreements

     22   
2.9.  

Treatment of Shared Contracts

     23   
2.10.  

Bank Accounts; Cash Balances

     25   
2.11.  

Other Ancillary Agreements

     26   
2.12.  

Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties

     26   
2.13.  

Phillips 66 Financing Arrangements

     26   
2.14.  

Financial Information Certifications

     27   
ARTICLE III THE DISTRIBUTION      27   
3.1.  

The Distribution

     27   
3.2.  

Actions Prior to the Distribution

     27   
3.3.  

Conditions to Distribution

     28   
3.4.  

Certain Stockholder Matters

     29   
ARTICLE IV DISPUTE RESOLUTION      30   
4.1.  

General Provisions

     30   
ARTICLE V FURTHER ASSURANCES AND ADDITIONAL COVENANTS      31   
5.1.  

Further Assurances

     31   
5.2.  

Performance

     32   
5.3.  

ConocoPhillips Guarantees

     32   
5.4.  

Third-Party Agreements

     32   

 

-i-


 

5.5.  

Tax Matters

     32   
5.6.  

Indemnification Matters

     32   
5.7.  

Employee Matters

     33   
ARTICLE VI TERMINATION      33   
6.1.  

Termination

     33   
ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS      33   
7.1.  

Counterparts; Entire Agreement; Corporate Power

     33   
7.2.  

Governing Law

     34   
7.3.  

Assignability

     34   
7.4.  

Third-Party Beneficiaries

     34   
7.5.  

Notices

     35   
7.6.  

Severability

     35   
7.7.  

Force Majeure

     35   
7.8.  

Publicity

     35   
7.9.  

Expenses

     36   
7.10.  

Late Payments

     36   
7.11.  

Headings

     36   
7.12.  

Survival of Covenants

     36   
7.13.  

Waivers of Default

     36   
7.14.  

Specific Performance

     36   
7.15.  

Amendments

     36   
7.16.  

Interpretation

     37   
7.17.  

Relationship of the Parties

     37   
7.18.  

Limitations of Liability

     37   

 

-ii-


SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

This SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT, made and entered into effective as of [•], 2012 (this “ Agreement ”), is by and between ConocoPhillips, a Delaware corporation (“ ConocoPhillips ”), and Phillips 66, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“ Phillips 66 ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in Article I.

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, the board of directors of ConocoPhillips (the “ ConocoPhillips Board ”) has determined that it is in the best interests of ConocoPhillips and its stockholders to create a new publicly traded company that shall operate the Phillips 66 Business;

WHEREAS, Phillips 66 has been incorporated for this purpose and has not engaged in activities except in preparation for its corporate reorganization (including activities with respect to the Phillips 66 Financing Arrangements) and the distribution of its stock;

WHEREAS, in furtherance of the foregoing, the ConocoPhillips Board has determined that it is appropriate and desirable for ConocoPhillips and its applicable Subsidiaries to transfer the Phillips 66 Assets to Phillips 66 and certain entities designated by Phillips 66 that will be Subsidiaries of Phillips 66 as of the Distribution Date (any such entities, the “ Phillips 66 Designees ”), and for Phillips 66 and the Phillips 66 Designees to assume the Phillips 66 Liabilities, in each case as more fully described in this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (the “ Separation ”);

WHEREAS, ConocoPhillips currently intends that, on the Distribution Date, ConocoPhillips shall distribute to holders of shares of ConocoPhillips Common Stock, through a spin-off, all of the outstanding shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock, as more fully described in this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (the “ Distribution ”);

WHEREAS, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Contribution and the Distribution, if effected, taken together, are intended to qualify as a tax-free transaction under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is intended to be, and is hereby adopted as, a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.368-2(g); and

WHEREAS, it is appropriate and desirable to set forth the principal corporate transactions required to effect the Separation and the Distribution and certain other agreements that will govern certain matters relating to the Separation and the Distribution and the relationship of ConocoPhillips, Phillips 66 and their respective Subsidiaries, following the Distribution.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained in this Agreement, the parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

For the purpose of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Accounts Receivable Securitization ” means a financing arrangement entered into prior to the Distribution by Phillips 66 Company, and approved by ConocoPhillips, involving the transfer or sale of accounts receivable of Phillips 66 Company or any member of the Phillips 66 Group.

Action ” means any demand, action, claim, dispute, suit, countersuit, arbitration, inquiry, subpoena, proceeding or investigation of any nature (whether criminal, civil, legislative, administrative, regulatory, prosecutorial or otherwise) by or before any federal, state, local, foreign or international Governmental Authority or any arbitration or mediation tribunal.

Affiliate ” means, when used with respect to a specified Person, a Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purpose of this definition, “ control ” (including with correlative meanings, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), when used with respect to any specified Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract, agreement, obligation, indenture, instrument, lease, promise, arrangement, release, warranty, commitment, undertaking or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, after the Distribution, the members of the ConocoPhillips Group and the members of the Phillips 66 Group shall not be deemed to be under common control for purposes hereof due solely to the fact that ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 have common shareholders.

Agent ” means the distribution agent to be appointed by ConocoPhillips to distribute to the stockholders of ConocoPhillips all of the outstanding shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock pursuant to the Distribution.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Ancillary Agreements ” means the Employee Matters Agreement, the Indemnification and Release Agreement, the Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement and the Transfer Documents.

Approvals or Notifications ” means any consents, waivers, approvals, permits or authorizations to be obtained from, notices, registrations or reports to be submitted to, or other filings to be made with, any third Person, including any Governmental Authority.

Assets ” means, with respect to any Person, the assets, properties, claims and rights (including goodwill) of such Person, wherever located (including in the possession of vendors or other third Persons or elsewhere), of every kind, character and description, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible, intangible or contingent, in each case, whether or not recorded or reflected or required to be recorded or reflected on the books and records or financial statements of such Person, including the following:

 

-2-


(a) all accounting and other books, records and files whether in paper, microfilm, microfiche, computer tape or disc, magnetic tape, electronic or any other form;

(b) all apparatus, computers and other electronic data processing and communications equipment, fixtures, machinery, equipment, furniture, office equipment, automobiles, trucks, vessels, motor vehicles and other transportation equipment and other tangible personal property;

(c) all inventories of materials, parts, raw materials, components, supplies, works-in-process and finished goods and products;

(d) all interests in real property of whatever nature, including easements, whether as owner, mortgagee or holder of a Security Interest in real property, lessor, sublessor, lessee, sublessee or otherwise;

(e) (i) all interests in any capital stock or other equity interests of any Subsidiary, Affiliate or any other Person, (ii) all bonds, notes, debentures or other securities issued by any Subsidiary, Affiliate or any other Person, (iii) all loans, advances or other extensions of credit or capital contributions to any Subsidiary, Affiliate or any other Person, and (iv) all other investments in securities of any Person;

(f) all license agreements, leases of personal property, open purchase orders for raw materials, supplies, parts or services and other contracts, agreements or commitments;

(g) all letters of credit;

(h) all written (including in electronic form) or oral technical information, data, specifications, research and development information, engineering drawings and specifications, operating and maintenance manuals, and materials and analyses prepared by consultants and other third Persons;

(i) all Intellectual Property and Technology;

(j) all Software;

(k) all cost information, sales and pricing data, customer prospect lists, supplier records, customer and supplier lists, customer and vendor data, correspondence and lists, product data and literature, artwork, design, formulations and specifications, quality records and reports and other books, records, studies, surveys, reports, plans and documents;

(l) all prepaid expenses, trade accounts and other accounts and notes receivable;

 

-3-


(m) all rights under contracts or agreements, all claims or rights against any Person arising from the ownership of any Asset, all rights in connection with any bids or offers and all claims, choses in action or similar rights, whether accrued or contingent;

(n) all licenses, permits, approvals and authorizations which have been issued by any Governmental Authority;

(o) all cash or cash equivalents, bank accounts, lock boxes and other deposit arrangements; and

(p) all interest rate, currency, commodity or other swap, collar, cap or other hedging or similar agreements or arrangements.

Bridge Loan Facility ” means the bridge loan facility pursuant to the bridge loan facility agreement entered into prior to the Distribution by Phillips 66, as borrower, the bank named therein as administrative agent, and the lending banks named therein, on such terms and conditions as agreed to by Phillips 66 and the other parties to the bridge loan facility agreement and approved by ConocoPhillips.

Chemicals Business ” means the chemicals segment of ConocoPhillips as described in ConocoPhillips’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011, which business manufactures and markets petrochemicals and plastics.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

ConocoPhillips ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

ConocoPhillips Accounts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a).

ConocoPhillips Board ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

ConocoPhillips Business ” means (a) the businesses and operations that comprise or are primarily related to the Exploration and Production Business and Emerging Businesses, and (b) (i) the businesses and operations identified on Schedule 1.1A , and (ii) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any other terminated, divested or discontinued businesses or operations that, at the time of termination, divestiture or discontinuation, primarily related to the businesses and operations described in the foregoing clause (a) as existing at the time of termination, divestiture or discontinuation.

ConocoPhillips Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of ConocoPhillips.

ConocoPhillips Company ” means ConocoPhillips Company, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips.

ConocoPhillips Group ” means ConocoPhillips, each Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips immediately after the Distribution Date, and each Affiliate of ConocoPhillips immediately after the Distribution Date (in each case other than any member of the Phillips 66 Group).

 

-4-


ConocoPhillips Guarantees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.

ConocoPhillips Intellectual Property ” means (a) the ConocoPhillips Name and ConocoPhillips Marks, and (b) all other Intellectual Property that, as of the Distribution Date, is owned or licensed by any member of either Group, other than the Phillips 66 Intellectual Property.

ConocoPhillips Name and ConocoPhillips Marks ” means the names, marks, trade dress, logos, monograms, domain names and other source or business identifiers of ConocoPhillips or any of its Affiliates using or containing “ConocoPhillips” (in block letters or otherwise), “ConocoPhillips” either alone or in combination with other words or elements, and all names, marks, trade dress, logos, monograms, domain names and other source or business identifiers confusingly similar to or embodying any of the foregoing either alone or in combination with other words or elements, together with the goodwill associated with any of the foregoing.

ConocoPhillips Software ” means all Software that, as of the Distribution Date, is owned or licensed by any member of either Group, other than the Phillips 66 Group Software.

ConocoPhillips Technology ” means all Technology that, as of the Distribution Date, is owned or licensed by any member of either Group, other than the Phillips 66 Technology.

ConocoPhillips Transfer Documents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

Contribution ” means the contribution by ConocoPhillips to Phillips 66 of all the outstanding stock of Phillips 66 Company and any Phillips 66 Assets held directly by ConocoPhillips in exchange for (a) the assumption by Phillips 66 of any Phillips 66 Liabilities from ConocoPhillips, and (b) a number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock equal to the Required Share Number.

Dispute ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Indemnification and Release Agreement.

Distribution ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Distribution Date ” means the date and time determined in accordance with Section 3.3(a) at which the Distribution occurs.

Distribution Ratio ” means one half (0.5) of one (1) share of Phillips 66 Common Stock distributed in the Distribution in respect of one share of ConocoPhillips Common Stock.

Emerging Businesses ” means that portion of the emerging business segment of ConocoPhillips described in ConocoPhillips’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011, that primarily relates to the Exploration and Production Business, including any business identified on Schedule 1.1B (which are being retained by ConocoPhillips).

 

-5-


Employee Matters Agreement ” means the Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.

Environmental Law ” means any Law relating to pollution, protection or restoration of or prevention of harm to the environment or natural resources, including the use, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, Release or discharge of Hazardous Materials or the protection of or prevention of harm to human health and safety.

Environmental Liabilities ” means all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Hazardous Materials, Environmental Law or contract or agreement relating to environmental, health or safety matters (including all removal, remediation or cleanup costs, investigatory costs, response costs, natural resources damages, property damages, personal injury damages, costs of compliance, including with any product take back requirements, or with any settlement, judgment or other determination of Liability and indemnity, contribution or similar obligations) and all costs and expenses, interest, fines, penalties or other monetary sanctions in connection therewith.

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Assets ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).

Excluded Contracts ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Phillips 66 Contracts.

Excluded Liabilities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

Existing Phillips 66 Group Patents ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement.

Exploration and Production Business ” means the exploration and production segment of ConocoPhillips described in ConocoPhillips’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011, which business explores for, produces, transports and markets crude oil, bitumen, natural gas, liquefied natural gas and natural gas liquids.

Form 10 ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a)(vi).

Governmental Approvals ” means any notices, reports or other filings to be made, or any consents, registrations, approvals, permits or authorizations to be obtained from, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state, municipality or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity, body, agency, commission, department, board, bureau, court, tribunal or other instrumentality, whether federal, state, local, domestic, foreign or multinational, exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other similar functions of, or pertaining to, government and any executive official thereof.

 

-6-


Group ” means either the Phillips 66 Group or the ConocoPhillips Group, as the context requires.

Hazardous Materials ” means any chemical, material, substance, waste, pollutant, emission, discharge, release or contaminant that could result in liability under, or that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to, any Environmental Law, and any natural or artificial substance (whether solid, liquid or gas, noise, ion, vapor or electromagnetic) that could cause harm to human health or the environment, including petroleum, petroleum products and byproducts, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, electronic, medical or infectious wastes, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, radioactive substances, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances.

Indemnification and Release Agreement ” means the Indemnification and Release Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.

Information Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a)(vi).

Intellectual Property ” means all of the following whether arising under the Laws of the United States or of any other foreign or multinational jurisdiction: (a) patents, patent applications (including patents issued thereon) and statutory invention registrations, including reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations in part, substitutions, renewals, extensions and reexaminations of any of the foregoing, and all rights in any of the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, service names, trade dress, logos and other source or business identifiers, including all goodwill associated with any of the foregoing and any and all common law rights in and to any of the foregoing, registrations and applications for registration of any of the foregoing, all rights in and to any of the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, and all reissues, extensions and renewals of any of the foregoing, (c) Internet domain names, (d) copyrightable works, copyrights, moral rights, mask work rights, database rights and design rights, whether or not registered, and all registrations and applications for registration of any of the foregoing, and all rights in and to any of the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, (e) confidential and proprietary information, including trade secrets, invention disclosures, processes and know-how, and (f) intellectual property rights arising from or in respect of any Technology.

Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement ” means the Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.

Internal Contribution ” means the contribution by ConocoPhillips Company to Phillips 66 Company of any Phillips 66 Assets held directly by ConocoPhillips Company in exchange for (a) the assumption by Phillips 66 Company of any Phillips 66 Liabilities from ConocoPhillips Company, and (b) shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Phillips 66 Company.

 

-7-


Internal Distribution ” means the distribution, on the Internal Distribution Date, by ConocoPhillips Company to ConocoPhillips of all of the outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Phillips 66 Company.

Internal Distribution Date ” means the date on which the Internal Distribution shall be effected, such date to be determined by, or under the authority of, the ConocoPhillips Board in its sole and absolute discretion.

Law ” means any national, supranational, federal, state, provincial, local or similar law (including common law), statute, code, order, ordinance, rule, regulation, treaty (including any income tax treaty), license, permit, authorization, approval, consent, decree, injunction, binding judicial or administrative interpretation or other requirement, in each case, enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by a Governmental Authority.

Liabilities ” means any and all debts, guarantees, assurances, commitments, liabilities, responsibilities, Losses, remediation, deficiencies, reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit, damages, fines, penalties, settlements, sanctions, costs, expenses, interest and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, accrued or not accrued, asserted or unasserted, liquidated or unliquidated, foreseen or unforeseen, known or unknown, reserved or unreserved, or determined or determinable, including those arising under any Law, claim (including any Third-Party Claim), demand, Action, or order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority or arbitration tribunal, and those arising under any contract, agreement, obligation, indenture, instrument, lease, promise, arrangement, release, warranty, commitment or undertaking, or any fines, damages or equitable relief that is imposed, in each case, including all costs and expenses relating thereto.

Losses ” means actual losses (including any diminution in value), costs, damages, penalties and expenses (including legal and accounting fees and expenses and costs of investigation and litigation), whether or not involving a Third-Party Claim.

Midstream Business ” means the midstream segment of ConocoPhillips as described in ConocoPhillips’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011, which business purchases, gathers, processes, transports and markets natural gas and fractionates and markets natural gas liquids.

NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

Person ” means an individual, a general or limited partnership, a corporation, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a limited liability entity, any other entity and any Governmental Authority.

Phillips 66 ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Phillips 66 Accounts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a).

Phillips 66 Assets ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

 

-8-


Phillips 66 Balance Sheet ” means the audited combined balance sheet of the Phillips 66 Group, including the notes thereto, as of December 31, 2011.

Phillips 66 Business ” means (a) the business and operations that comprise or are primarily related to the Refining and Marketing Business, Chemicals Business, Midstream Business and Technology Business, and (b) the Phillips 66 Discontinued Businesses; but in each case, excluding the businesses and operations primarily related to the Excluded Assets. For avoidance of doubt, the term “Phillips 66 Business” shall include the businesses and operations identified on Schedule 1.1C .

Phillips 66 Certificate of Incorporation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(d).

Phillips 66 Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Phillips 66.

Phillips 66 Company ” means Phillips 66 Company, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips Company.

Phillips 66 Contracts ” means the following contracts and agreements to which ConocoPhillips or any of its Affiliates is a party or by which it or any of its Affiliates or any of their respective Assets is bound, whether or not in writing, in each case immediately prior to the Distribution Date, except for any such contract or agreement that is contemplated to be retained by ConocoPhillips or any member of the ConocoPhillips Group pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, including those listed on Schedule 1.1D (each, an “ Excluded Contract ”):

(a) (i) any customer, distribution, supply or vendor contracts or agreements listed on Schedule 1.1E and (ii) any other customer, distribution, supply or vendor contracts that relate primarily to the Phillips 66 Business;

(b) (i) any joint venture or license agreement listed on Schedule 1.1E and (ii) any other joint venture or license agreement that relates primarily to the Phillips 66 Business;

(c) (i) any guarantee, indemnity, representation or warranty listed on Schedule 1.1E and (ii) any guarantee, indemnity, representation or warranty of any member of the Phillips 66 Group or the ConocoPhillips Group in respect of any other Phillips 66 Contract, any Phillips 66 Liability or the Phillips 66 Business;

(d) any employment, change of control, retention, consulting, indemnification, termination, severance or other similar agreements with any Phillips 66 Employee or consultants of the Phillips 66 Group;

(e) any contract or agreement that is otherwise expressly contemplated pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements to be assigned to Phillips 66 or any member of the Phillips 66 Group; and

 

-9-


(f) any other contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding listed on Schedule 1.1E and any other contract, agreement, commitment or understanding, whether or not in writing, that relates primarily to the Phillips 66 Business.

Phillips 66 Designees ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Phillips 66 Discontinued Businesses ” means (a) the businesses and operations of ConocoPhillips, its current or former Subsidiaries, and any of their predecessors in interest, identified on Schedule 1.1F , (b) the terminated, divested or discontinued businesses and operations consisting of the manufacture, transport, marketing and distribution of petrochemical products by ConocoPhillips, its current and former Subsidiaries, and any of their predecessors in interest, including synthetic fibers, synthetic rubber, specialty chemicals, carbon black, vinyl chloride and butadiene ethylene, (c) the terminated, divested or discontinued businesses and operations consisting of the manufacture, transport, marketing and distribution of fertilizer products by ConocoPhillips, its current and former Subsidiaries, and any of their predecessors in interest, including any Agrico or Phillips fertilizer or fertilizer operations, and (d) except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any other terminated, divested or discontinued businesses or operations of ConocoPhillips, its current and former Subsidiaries, and any of their predecessors in interest, that, at the time of termination, divestiture or discontinuation, primarily related to businesses, operations and assets described in clause (a) of the definition of “Phillips 66 Business” as existing at the time of termination, divestiture or discontinuation.

Phillips 66 Employee ” means any individual who, immediately prior to the Distribution, is either actively employed primarily by, or then on an approved leave of absence from, any Person that will be a member of the Phillips 66 Group immediately after the Distribution.

Phillips 66 Financing Arrangements ” means the Rule 144A / Capital Markets Securities, the Term Loan Facility, the Bridge Loan Facility, the Accounts Receivable Securitization, and the Revolving Credit Facility.

Phillips 66 Group ” means Phillips 66, each Subsidiary of Phillips 66 immediately after the Distribution Date, and each Affiliate of Phillips 66 immediately after the Distribution Date.

Phillips 66 Group Proprietary Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement.

Phillips 66 Group Software ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement.

Phillips 66 Intellectual Property ” means (a) the patents, patent applications, statutory invention registrations, registered trademarks, registered service marks, registered Internet domain names and copyright registrations (collectively, “ Registrable IP ”) set forth on Schedule 1.1G , (b) all Registrable IP that is owned or licensed exclusively by any member of the Phillips 66 Group at or prior to the Distribution Date, excluding any such Registrable IP that has been assigned by any member of the Phillips 66 Group to any member of the ConocoPhillips

 

-10-


Group prior to the Distribution Date, and (c) all Intellectual Property, other than Registrable IP, that is owned or licensed by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group or Phillips 66 Group and that is used or held for use primarily in the Phillips 66 Business as of the Distribution Date.

Phillips 66 Liabilities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

Phillips 66 Technology ” means all Technology owned or licensed by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group or Phillips 66 Group and that is primarily used or held for use in the Phillips 66 Business as of the Distribution Date.

Phillips 66 Transfer Documents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

Prime Rate ” means the rate which JPMorgan Chase Bank (or any successor thereto or other major money center commercial bank agreed to by the parties hereto) announces from time to time as its prime lending rate, as in effect from time to time.

Record Date ” means the close of business on the date to be determined by the ConocoPhillips Board as the record date for determining stockholders of ConocoPhillips entitled to receive shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock in the Distribution.

Refining and Marketing Business ” means the refining and marketing segment of ConocoPhillips as described in ConocoPhillips’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011, which business purchases, refines, markets and transports crude oil and petroleum products, and also includes power generation activities primarily related thereto.

Registrable IP ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Phillips 66 Intellectual Property.

Release ” means any release, spill, emission, discharge, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, injection, deposit, disposal, dispersal, leaching or migration of Hazardous Materials into the environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater and surface or subsurface strata).

Required Share Number ” means the number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock necessary to effect the Distribution less the number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Contribution.

Restructuring Steps Memorandum ” means the memorandum attached as Annex A hereto setting forth the restructuring steps to be taken prior to the Distribution Date and the sequence thereof.

Revolving Credit Facility ” means a revolving credit facility pursuant to a revolving credit facility agreement entered into prior to the Distribution by Phillips 66, as borrower, the bank named therein as administrative agent, and the lending banks named therein, on such terms and conditions as agreed to by Phillips 66 and the other parties to the revolving credit facility agreement and approved by ConocoPhillips.

 

-11-


Rule 144A / Capital Markets Securities ” means securities sold prior to the Distribution by Phillips 66, and approved by ConocoPhillips, in reliance on Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Security Interest ” means any mortgage, security interest, pledge, lien, charge, claim, option, right to acquire, voting or other restriction, right-of-way, covenant, condition, easement, encroachment, restriction on transfer, or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever.

Separation ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Shared Contract ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a).

Software ” means any and all (a) computer programs, including any and all software implementation of algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in source code, object code, human readable form or other form, (b) databases and compilations, including any and all data and collections of data, whether machine readable or otherwise, (c) descriptions, flow charts and other work products used to design, plan, organize and develop any of the foregoing, screens, user interfaces, report formats, firmware, development tools, templates, menus, buttons and icons, and (d) documentation, including user manuals and other training documentation, relating to any of the foregoing.

Subsidiary ” or “ subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, joint venture or partnership of which such Person (a) beneficially owns, either directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of (i) the total combined voting power of all classes of voting securities of such Person, (ii) the total combined equity interests or (iii) the capital or profit interests, in the case of a partnership, or (b) otherwise has the power to vote, either directly or indirectly, sufficient securities to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar governing body.

Tax Return ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Sharing Agreement.

Tax Sharing Agreement ” means the Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips 66 and Phillips 66 Company.

Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Sharing Agreement.

Technology ” means all technology, designs, formulae, algorithms, procedures, methods, discoveries, processes, techniques, ideas, know-how, research and development, technical data, tools, materials, specifications, processes, inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), apparatus, creations, improvements, works of authorship in any media, confidential, proprietary or non-public information and other similar materials, and all recordings, graphs, drawings, reports, analyses and other writings, and other tangible embodiments of the foregoing in any form whether or not listed herein.

 

-12-


Technology Business ” means that portion of the emerging business segment of ConocoPhillips as described in ConocoPhillips’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011, that primarily relates to the Refining and Marketing Business, Chemicals Business or Midstream Business, including the research and development of advanced hydrocarbon processes, energy efficiency technologies, new petroleum-based products, renewable fuels and carbon capture and conversion technologies, and that is not a business identified by company codes on Schedule 1.1B .

Term Loan Facility ” means the term loan facility pursuant to the term loan agreement entered into prior to the Distribution by Phillips 66, as borrower, the bank named therein as administrative agent, and the lending banks named therein, on such terms and conditions as agreed to by Phillips 66 and the other parties to the term loan agreement and approved by ConocoPhillips.

Third-Party Claim ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Indemnification and Release Agreement.

Transfer Documents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

Transferred Entities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a)(ii).

Transition Services Agreement ” means the Transition Services Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.

Unreleased Excluded Liability ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b).

Unreleased Phillips 66 Liability ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(b).

ARTICLE II

THE SEPARATION

2.1. Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities .

(a) Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, on or prior to the Distribution Date in accordance with the Restructuring Steps Memorandum and to the extent not previously effected prior to the date hereof pursuant to the steps of the Restructuring Steps Memorandum:

(i) ConocoPhillips shall, and shall cause its applicable Subsidiaries to, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Phillips 66, or the applicable Phillips 66 Designees, and Phillips 66 or such Phillips 66 Designees shall accept from ConocoPhillips and its applicable Subsidiaries, all of ConocoPhillips’ and such Subsidiaries’ respective direct or indirect right, title and interest in and to all of the

 

-13-


Phillips 66 Assets (it being understood that if any Phillips 66 Asset shall be held by a Transferred Entity or a wholly owned Subsidiary of a Transferred Entity, such Phillips 66 Asset may be assigned, transferred, conveyed and delivered as a result of the transfer of all or substantially all of the equity interests in such Transferred Entity);

(ii) Phillips 66 and the applicable Phillips 66 Designees shall accept, assume and agree faithfully to perform, discharge and fulfill all the Phillips 66 Liabilities in accordance with their respective terms. Phillips 66 and such Phillips 66 Designees shall be responsible for all Phillips 66 Liabilities, regardless of when or where such Phillips 66 Liabilities arose or arise, or whether the facts on which they are based occurred prior to or subsequent to the Distribution Date, regardless of where or against whom such Phillips 66 Liabilities are asserted or determined (including any Phillips 66 Liabilities arising out of claims made by the respective directors, officers, employees, agents, stockholders, Subsidiaries or Affiliates of either Group against any member of either Group) or whether asserted or determined prior to the date hereof, and regardless of whether arising from or alleged to arise from negligence, recklessness, violation of Law, fraud, misrepresentation or any other cause by any member of either Group, or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents;

(iii) ConocoPhillips shall cause its applicable Subsidiaries to assign, transfer, convey and deliver to certain of its other Subsidiaries, which shall accept, such applicable Subsidiaries’ respective right, title and interest in and to any Excluded Assets specified by ConocoPhillips to be so assigned, transferred, conveyed and delivered; and

(iv) ConocoPhillips and certain of its Subsidiaries shall accept and assume from certain of its other Subsidiaries and agree faithfully to perform, discharge and fulfill certain Excluded Liabilities of such other Subsidiaries, and ConocoPhillips and its applicable Subsidiaries shall be responsible for all Excluded Liabilities, regardless of when or where such Excluded Liabilities arose or arise, or whether the facts on which they are based occurred prior to or subsequent to the Distribution Date, regardless of where or against whom such Excluded Liabilities are asserted or determined (including any such Excluded Liabilities arising out of claims made by the respective directors, officers, employees, agents, stockholders, Subsidiaries or Affiliates of either Group against any member of either Group) or whether asserted or determined prior to the date hereof, and regardless of whether arising from or alleged to arise from negligence, recklessness, violation of Law, fraud, misrepresentation or any cause by any member of either Group, or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents.

(b) In furtherance of the assignment, transfer, conveyance and delivery of the Phillips 66 Assets and the assumption of the Phillips 66 Liabilities in accordance with Sections 2.1(a)(i) and 2.1(a)(ii), on, before and/or as of the date that such Phillips 66 Assets are assigned, transferred, conveyed or delivered or such Phillips 66 Liabilities are assumed (i) ConocoPhillips shall execute and deliver, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to execute and deliver, such bills of sale, deeds, stock powers, certificates of title, assignments of contracts and other instruments of transfer, conveyance and assignment as and to the extent necessary to evidence the transfer, conveyance and assignment of all of ConocoPhillips’ and its Subsidiaries’ (other than Phillips 66 and its Subsidiaries) right, title and interest in and to the Phillips 66 Assets to Phillips 66 and the

 

-14-


Phillips 66 Designees, and (ii) Phillips 66 shall execute and deliver, and shall cause the Phillips 66 Designees to execute and deliver, such assumptions of contracts and other instruments of assumption as and to the extent necessary to evidence the valid and effective assumption of the Phillips 66 Liabilities by Phillips 66 and the Phillips 66 Designees. All of the foregoing documents contemplated by this Section 2.1(b) shall be referred to collectively herein as the “ ConocoPhillips Transfer Documents .”

(c) To the extent any Phillips 66 Asset is not transferred or assigned to, or any Phillips 66 Liability is not assumed by, a member of the Phillips 66 Group at the Distribution Date or is owned or held by a member of the ConocoPhillips Group after the Distribution Date, from and after the Distribution Date, any such Phillips 66 Asset or Phillips 66 Liability shall be held by such member of the ConocoPhillips Group for the use and benefit of the member of the Phillips 66 Group entitled thereto (at the expense of the member of the Phillips 66 Group entitled thereto) in accordance with Section 2.5(c), and, subject to Section 2.5(b):

(i) ConocoPhillips shall, and shall cause its applicable Subsidiaries to, as soon as reasonably practicable, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Phillip 66 or certain of its Subsidiaries designated by Phillips 66, and Phillips 66 or such Subsidiaries shall accept from ConocoPhillips and its applicable Subsidiaries, all of ConocoPhillips’ and such Subsidiaries’ respective right, title and interest in and to such Phillips 66 Assets; and

(ii) Phillips 66 and certain of its Subsidiaries designated by Phillips 66 shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, accept, assume and agree faithfully to perform, discharge and fulfill all such Phillips 66 Liabilities in accordance with their respective terms.

(d) Phillips 66 hereby waives compliance by each and every member of the ConocoPhillips Group with the requirements and provisions of any “bulk-sale” or “bulk-transfer” Laws of any jurisdiction that may otherwise be applicable with respect to the transfer or sale of any or all of the Phillips 66 Assets to any member of the Phillips 66 Group.

(e) ConocoPhillips hereby waives compliance by each and every member of the Phillips 66 Group with the requirements and provisions of any “bulk-sale” or “bulk-transfer” Laws of any jurisdiction that may otherwise be applicable with respect to the transfer or sale of any or all of the Excluded Assets to any member of the ConocoPhillips Group.

(f) Following the Distribution Date, ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66, as applicable, shall pay or cause to be paid to the other an adjustment amount based on closing date working capital in accordance with Schedule 2.1(f) .

2.2. Phillips 66 Assets .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Phillips 66 Assets ” means (without duplication):

 

-15-


(i) all Assets that are expressly provided by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement as Assets to be transferred to Phillips 66 or any other member of the Phillips 66 Group, including the Assets listed on Schedule 2.2(a)(i) ;

(ii) (A) all Phillips 66 Contracts, (B) all issued and outstanding equity interests held by ConocoPhillips or its Subsidiaries in the wholly owned Subsidiaries and Affiliates of ConocoPhillips that have been or shall be contributed to, or otherwise transferred, conveyed, or assigned to, the Phillips 66 Group or entities that shall be members of the Phillips 66 Group as of the Distribution Date, as listed on Schedule 2.2(a)(ii)(B) (such Subsidiaries and entities, the “ Transferred Entities ”), and (C) the shares of capital stock or other equity interests held by ConocoPhillips or its Subsidiaries in certain entities (other than the Transferred Entities) that have been or shall be contributed to, or otherwise transferred, conveyed, or assigned to, the Phillips 66 Group as listed on Schedule 2.2(a)(ii)(C) ;

(iii) all Assets reflected as assets of Phillips 66 or its Subsidiaries on the Phillips 66 Balance Sheet, subject to any dispositions of such Assets subsequent to the date of the Phillips 66 Balance Sheet and subject to any adjustment amount based on closing date working capital in accordance with Schedule 2.1(f) ;

(iv) all Phillips 66 Intellectual Property, Phillips 66 Group Software, Phillips 66 Group Proprietary Information, Existing Phillips 66 Group Patents and Phillips 66 Technology, pursuant to the Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement; and

(v) any and all Assets owned and used or held for use immediately prior to the Distribution Date by ConocoPhillips or any of its Subsidiaries primarily in the Phillips 66 Business.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Phillips 66 Assets shall not, in any event, include the Excluded Assets referred to in Section 2.2(b). All rights of the Phillips 66 Group in respect of ConocoPhillips insurance policies are set forth in the Indemnification and Release Agreement and shall not otherwise be included in the Phillips 66 Assets.

(b) For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Excluded Assets ” means (without duplication):

(i) the Assets listed on Schedule 2.2(b)(i) and any and all other Assets that are expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement as Assets to be retained by ConocoPhillips or any other member of the ConocoPhillips Group;

(ii) any cash or cash equivalents withdrawn from Phillips 66 Accounts in accordance with Section 2.10(e);

(iii) the ConocoPhillips Intellectual Property, ConocoPhillips Software and the ConocoPhillips Technology;

 

-16-


(iv) any Shared Contracts (other than Phillips 66 Assets arising under any Shared Contracts); and

(v) any and all Assets of any members of the ConocoPhillips Group that are not Phillips 66 Assets pursuant to Section 2.2(a).

2.3. Phillips 66 Liabilities .

(a) For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Phillips 66 Liabilities ” means (without duplication):

(i) all Liabilities, including any Environmental Liabilities, relating to, arising out of or resulting from:

(A) the operation or ownership of the Phillips 66 Business, as conducted at any time prior to, on or after the Distribution Date (including any Liability relating to, arising out of or resulting from any act or failure to act by any Person (whether or not such act or failure to act is or was within such Person’s authority));

(B) the operation or ownership of any other business conducted by any member of the Phillips 66 Group, any entity that shall be a member of the Phillips 66 Group as of the Distribution Date or their predecessors in interest at any time prior to, on or after the Distribution Date (including any Liability relating to, arising out of or resulting from any act or failure to act by any Person (whether or not such act or failure to act is or was within such Person’s authority)); or

(C) any Phillips 66 Assets, including any Phillips 66 Contracts, Shared Contracts (to the extent related to the Phillips 66 Business) and any real property and leasehold interests;

in any such case, whether arising before, on or after the Distribution Date;

(ii) the Liabilities listed on Schedule 2.3(a)(ii) and any and all other Liabilities that are expressly provided by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement as Liabilities to be assumed by Phillips 66 or any member of the Phillips 66 Group, and all agreements, obligations and Liabilities of any member of the Phillips 66 Group under this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements;

(iii) all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from the Phillips 66 Financing Arrangements;

(iv) all Liabilities reflected as liabilities or obligations of Phillips 66 or its Subsidiaries on the Phillips 66 Balance Sheet, subject to any discharge of such Liabilities subsequent to the date of the Phillips 66 Balance Sheet;

 

-17-


(v) all Liabilities arising out of claims made by the respective directors, officers, stockholders, employees, agents, Subsidiaries or Affiliates of either Group against any member of either Group to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from the Phillips 66 Business or the other businesses, operations, activities or Liabilities referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above, inclusive; and

(vi) without limitation of clauses (i) through (v) of this Section 2.3(a) above, all Liabilities of the ConocoPhillips Group relating to the period prior to or on the Distribution Date that are not primarily related to the ConocoPhillips Business, including all Liabilities relating to Phillips 66 Discontinued Businesses and those Liabilities listed on Schedule 2.3(a)(vi) .

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Phillips 66 Liabilities shall not include the Excluded Liabilities referred to in Section 2.3(b).

(b) For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Excluded Liabilities ” means (without duplication):

(i) the Liabilities listed on Schedule 2.3(b)(i) and any and all other Liabilities that are expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement as Liabilities to be retained or assumed by ConocoPhillips or any other member of the ConocoPhillips Group, and all agreements and obligations of any member of the ConocoPhillips Group under this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements;

(ii) any and all Liabilities of a member of the ConocoPhillips Group to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Excluded Assets (other than Liabilities arising under any Shared Contracts to the extent such Liabilities relate to the Phillips 66 Business); and

(iii) all Liabilities arising out of claims made by the respective directors, officers, stockholders, employees, agents, Subsidiaries or Affiliates of either Group against any member of either Group to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from the ConocoPhillips Business or the other businesses, operations, activities or Liabilities referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above.

2.4. Transfer of Excluded Assets; Assumption of Excluded Liabilities .

(a) To the extent any Excluded Asset is transferred or assigned to, or any Excluded Liability is assumed by, a member of the Phillips 66 Group at the Distribution Date or is owned or held by a member of the Phillips 66 Group after the Distribution Date, from and after the Distribution Date, any such Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability shall be held by such member of the Phillips 66 Group for the use and benefit of the member of the ConocoPhillips Group entitled thereto (at the expense of the member of the ConocoPhillips Group entitled thereto) in accordance with Section2.5 (d) and:

(i) Phillips 66 shall, and shall cause its applicable Subsidiaries to, as soon as reasonably practicable, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to ConocoPhillips or certain of its Subsidiaries designated by ConocoPhillips, and ConocoPhillips or such Subsidiaries shall accept from Phillips 66 and its applicable Subsidiaries, all of Phillips 66’s and such Subsidiaries’ respective right, title and interest in and to such Excluded Assets; and

 

-18-


(ii) ConocoPhillips and certain of its Subsidiaries designated by ConocoPhillips shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, accept, assume and agree faithfully to perform, discharge and fulfill all such Excluded Liabilities in accordance with their respective terms.

(b) In furtherance of the assignment, transfer, conveyance and delivery of Excluded Assets and the assumption of Excluded Liabilities set forth in Sections 2.4(a)(i) and 2.4(a)(ii), and without any additional consideration therefor: (i) Phillips 66 shall execute and deliver, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to execute and deliver, such bills of sale, quitclaim deeds, stock powers, certificates of title, assignments of contracts and other instruments of transfer, conveyance and assignment as and to the extent necessary to evidence the transfer, conveyance and assignment of all of Phillips 66’s and its Subsidiaries’ right, title and interest in and to the Excluded Assets to ConocoPhillips and its Subsidiaries, and (ii) ConocoPhillips shall execute and deliver, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to execute and deliver, such assumptions of contracts and other instruments of assumption as and to the extent necessary to evidence the valid and effective assumption of the Excluded Liabilities. All of the foregoing documents contemplated by this Section 2.4(b) and by Sections 2.1(a)(iii) and 2.1(a)(iv) shall be referred to collectively herein as the “ Phillips 66 Transfer Documents ” and, together with the ConocoPhillips Transfer Documents, the “ Transfer Documents .”

2.5. Approvals and Notifications .

 

(a) To the extent that the transfer or assignment of any Phillips 66 Asset, the assumption of any Phillips 66 Liability, the Separation or the Distribution requires any Approvals or Notifications, the parties will endeavor to obtain or make such Approvals or Notifications as soon as reasonably practicable; provided , however , that, except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements or as otherwise agreed between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66, neither ConocoPhillips nor Phillips 66 shall be obligated to contribute capital or pay any consideration in any form (including providing any letter of credit, guaranty or other financial accommodation) to any Person in order to obtain or make such Approvals or Notifications.

(b) If and to the extent that the valid, complete and perfected transfer or assignment to the Phillips 66 Group of any Phillips 66 Assets or assumption by the Phillips 66 Group of any Phillips 66 Liabilities would be a violation of applicable Law, or require any Approvals or Notifications in connection with the Separation or the Distribution that have not been obtained or made by the Distribution Date, then, unless the parties hereto shall otherwise mutually determine, the transfer or assignment to the Phillips 66 Group of such Phillips 66 Assets or the assumption by the Phillips 66 Group of such Phillips 66 Liabilities, as the case may be, shall be automatically deemed deferred and any such purported transfer, assignment or assumption shall be null and void until such time as all legal impediments are removed or such Approvals or Notifications have been obtained or made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Phillips 66 Assets or Phillips 66 Liabilities shall continue to constitute Phillips 66 Assets and Phillips 66 Liabilities for all other purposes of this Agreement.

 

-19-


(c) If any transfer or assignment of any Phillips 66 Asset or any assumption of any Phillips 66 Liability intended to be transferred, assigned or assumed hereunder, as the case may be, is not consummated on or prior to the Distribution Date, whether as a result of the provisions of Section 2.5(b) or for any other reason, then, insofar as reasonably possible, the member of the ConocoPhillips Group retaining such Phillips 66 Asset or such Phillips 66 Liability, as the case may be, shall thereafter hold such Phillips 66 Asset or Phillips 66 Liability, as the case may be, for the use and benefit of the member of the Phillips 66 Group entitled thereto (at the expense of the member of the Phillips 66 Group entitled thereto). In addition, the member of the ConocoPhillips Group retaining such Phillips 66 Asset or such Phillips 66 Liability shall, insofar as reasonably possible and to the extent permitted by applicable Law, treat such Phillips 66 Asset or Phillips 66 Liability in the ordinary course of business in accordance with past practice and take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by the member of the Phillips 66 Group to whom such Phillips 66 Asset is to be transferred or assigned, or which will assume such Phillips 66 Liability, as the case may be, in order to place such member of the Phillips 66 Group in a substantially similar position as if such Phillips 66 Asset or Phillips 66 Liability had been transferred, assigned or assumed as contemplated hereby and so that all the benefits and burdens relating to such Phillips 66 Asset or Phillips 66 Liability, as the case may be, including use, risk of loss, potential for gain, and dominion, control and command over such Phillips 66 Asset or Phillips 66 Liability, as the case may be, and all costs and expenses related thereto, shall inure from and after the Distribution Date (or, in the case of any such Phillips 66 Assets or Phillips 66 Liabilities intended to be transferred, assigned or assumed hereunder, as the case may be, by Phillips 66 Company pursuant to the Internal Contribution on or prior to the Internal Distribution Date, from and after the Internal Distribution Date) to the Phillips 66 Group.

(d) If any transfer or assignment of any Excluded Asset or any assumption of any Excluded Liability not intended to be transferred, assigned or assumed hereunder, as the case may be, is consummated on or prior to the Distribution Date (as described in Section 2.4(a)), then, insofar as reasonably possible, the member of the Phillips 66 Group holding or owning such Excluded Asset or such Excluded Liability, as the case may be, shall thereafter hold such Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability, as the case may be, for the use and benefit of the member of the ConocoPhillips Group entitled thereto (at the expense of the member of the ConocoPhillips Group entitled thereto). In addition, the member of the Phillips 66 Group retaining such Excluded Asset or such Excluded Liability shall, insofar as reasonably possible and to the extent permitted by applicable Law, treat such Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability in the ordinary course of business in accordance with past practice and take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by the member of the ConocoPhillips Group to whom such Excluded Asset is to be transferred or assigned, or which will assume such Excluded Liability, as the case may be, in order to place such member of the ConocoPhillips Group in a substantially similar position as if such Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability had not been so transferred, assigned or assumed and so that all the benefits and burdens relating to such Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability, as the case may be, including use, risk of loss, potential for gain, and dominion, control and command over such Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability, as the case may be, and all costs and expenses related thereto, shall inure from and after the Distribution

 

-20-


Date (or, in the case of any such Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities that were transferred, assigned or assumed hereunder, as the case may be, by ConocoPhillips Company in connection with the Internal Contribution on or prior to the Internal Distribution Date, from and after the Internal Distribution Date) to the ConocoPhillips Group.

(e) If and when the Approvals or Notifications, the absence of which caused the deferral of transfer or assignment of any Phillips 66 Asset or the deferral of assumption of any Phillips 66 Liability pursuant to Section 2.5(b), are obtained or made, and, if and when any other legal impediments for the transfer or assignment of any Phillips 66 Asset or the assumption of any Phillips 66 Liability have been removed, the transfer or assignment of the applicable Phillips 66 Asset or the assumption of the applicable Phillips 66 Liability, as the case may be, shall be effected in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and/or the applicable Ancillary Agreement.

(f) Except as otherwise agreed between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66, (i) any member of the ConocoPhillips Group retaining a Phillips 66 Asset or Phillips 66 Liability (whether as a result of the provisions of Section 2.5(b) or for any other reason), and (ii) any member of the Phillips 66 Group holding or owning an Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability due to a transfer or assignment to, or assumption by, such member of the Phillips 66 Group (as described in Section 2.4(a)), shall not be obligated, in order to effect the transfer of such Asset or Liability to the Group member entitled thereto, to expend any money unless the necessary funds are advanced (or otherwise made available) by the Group member entitled thereto, other than reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, attorneys’ fees and recording or similar fees, all of which shall be promptly reimbursed by the Group member entitled to such Asset or Liability.

2.6. Novation of Phillips 66 Liabilities .

(a) Each of ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66, at the request of the other, shall endeavor, if reasonably practicable, to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, if reasonably practicable, any consent, substitution, approval or amendment required to novate or assign all obligations under agreements, leases, licenses and other obligations or Liabilities of any nature whatsoever that constitute Phillips 66 Liabilities, or to obtain in writing the unconditional release of all parties to such arrangements other than any member of the Phillips 66 Group, so that, in any such case, the members of the Phillips 66 Group will be solely responsible for the Phillips 66 Liabilities; provided , however , that neither ConocoPhillips nor Phillips 66 shall be obligated to contribute any capital or pay any consideration in any form (including providing any letter of credit, guaranty or other financial accommodation) to any third Person from whom any such consent, substitution, approval, amendment or release is requested.

(b) If ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66 is unable to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, any such required consent, substitution, approval, amendment or release and the applicable member of the ConocoPhillips Group continues to be bound by such agreement, lease, license or other obligation or Liability (each, an “ Unreleased Phillips 66 Liability ”), Phillips 66 shall, to the extent not prohibited by Law, as indemnitor, guarantor, agent or subcontractor for such member of the ConocoPhillips Group, as the case may be, (i) pay, perform and discharge fully all the obligations or other Liabilities of such member of the ConocoPhillips Group that constitute Unreleased Phillips 66 Liabilities from and after the Distribution Date and (ii) use its

 

-21-


commercially reasonable efforts to effect such payment, performance, or discharge prior to any demand for such payment, performance, or discharge is permitted to be made by the obligee thereunder on any member of the ConocoPhillips Group. If and when any such consent, substitution, approval, amendment or release shall be obtained or the Unreleased Phillips 66 Liabilities shall otherwise become assignable or able to be novated, ConocoPhillips shall promptly assign, or cause to be assigned, and Phillips 66 or the applicable Phillips 66 Group member shall assume, such Unreleased Phillips 66 Liabilities without exchange of further consideration.

2.7. Novation of Excluded Liabilities .

(a) Each of ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66, at the request of the other, shall endeavor, if reasonably practicable, to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, if reasonably practicable, any consent, substitution, approval or amendment required to novate or assign all obligations under agreements, leases, licenses and other obligations or Liabilities of any nature whatsoever that constitute Excluded Liabilities, or to obtain in writing the unconditional release of all parties to such arrangements other than any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, so that, in any such case, the members of the ConocoPhillips Group will be solely responsible for such Excluded Liabilities; provided , however , that neither ConocoPhillips nor Phillips 66 shall be obligated to contribute any capital or pay any consideration in any form (including providing any letter of credit, guaranty or other financial accommodation) to any third Person from whom any such consent, substitution, approval, amendment or release is requested.

(b) If ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66 is unable to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, any such required consent, substitution, approval, amendment or release and the applicable member of the Phillips 66 Group continues to be bound by such agreement, lease, license or other obligation or Liability (each, an “ Unreleased Excluded Liability ”), ConocoPhillips shall, to the extent not prohibited by Law, as indemnitor, guarantor, agent or subcontractor for such member of the Phillips 66 Group, as the case may be, (i) pay, perform and discharge fully all the obligations or other Liabilities of such member of the Phillips 66 Group that constitute Unreleased Excluded Liabilities from and after the Distribution Date and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such payment, performance, or discharge prior to any demand for such payment, performance, or discharge is permitted to be made by the obligee thereunder on any member of the Phillips 66 Group. If and when any such consent, substitution, approval, amendment or release shall be obtained or the Unreleased Excluded Liabilities shall otherwise become assignable or able to be novated, Phillips 66 shall promptly assign, or cause to be assigned, and ConocoPhillips or the applicable ConocoPhillips Group member shall assume, such Unreleased Excluded Liabilities without exchange of further consideration.

2.8. Termination of Agreements .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 2.8(b), in furtherance of the releases and other provisions of the Indemnification and Release Agreement, Phillips 66 and each member of the Phillips 66 Group, on the one hand, and ConocoPhillips and each member of the ConocoPhillips Group, on the other hand, hereby terminate any and all agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings, whether or not in writing, between or among Phillips 66 and/or any member of the Phillips 66 Group and/or any entity that shall be a member

 

-22-


of the Phillips 66 Group as of the Distribution Date, on the one hand, and ConocoPhillips and/or any member of the ConocoPhillips Group (other than entities that shall be members of the Phillips 66 Group as of the Distribution Date), on the other hand, effective as of the Distribution Date. No such terminated agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding (including any provision thereof which purports to survive termination) shall be of any further force or effect after the Distribution Date. Each party shall, at the reasonable request of any other party, take, or cause to be taken, such other actions as may be necessary to effect the foregoing.

(b) The provisions of Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to any of the following agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings (or to any of the provisions thereof): (i) this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (and each other agreement or instrument expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement to be entered into by any of the parties hereto or any of the members of their respective Groups); (ii) any agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings listed or described on Schedule 2.8(b)(ii) ; (iii) any agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings to which any Person other than the parties hereto and the members of their respective Groups is a party (it being understood that to the extent that the rights and obligations of the parties and the members of their respective Groups under any such agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings constitute Phillips 66 Assets or Phillips 66 Liabilities, they shall be assigned pursuant to Section 2.1); (iv) any intercompany accounts payable or accounts receivable accrued as of the Distribution Date that are reflected in the books and records of the parties or otherwise documented in writing in accordance with past practices; (v) any agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings to which any member of the ConocoPhillips Group or Phillips 66 Group, other than a wholly owned Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66, as the case may be, is a party (it being understood that directors’ qualifying shares or similar interests will be disregarded for purposes of determining whether a Subsidiary is wholly owned); (vi) any Shared Contracts; and (vii) any other agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings that this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement expressly contemplates will survive the Distribution Date.

2.9. Treatment of Shared Contracts .

(a) Without limiting the generality of the obligations set forth in Section 2.1, unless the parties otherwise agree or the benefits of any contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding described in this Section 2.9 are expressly conveyed to the applicable party pursuant to an Ancillary Agreement, (i) any contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding that is listed on Schedule 2.9(a) shall be assigned in part to the applicable member(s) of the applicable Group, if so assignable, or appropriately amended prior to, on or after the Distribution Date, so that each party or the members of its respective Group shall, as of the Distribution Date, be entitled to the rights and benefits, and shall assume the related portion of any Liabilities, inuring to its respective businesses, in each case, in accordance with the allocation of benefits and burdens set forth on Schedule 2.9(a) , and (ii) (A) any contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding that is an Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability but, prior to the Distribution Date, inured in part to the benefit or burden of any member of the Phillips 66 Group (other than any such contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding covering substantially the same services or arrangements that are covered by a contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding entered into by a member of the Phillips 66 Group in connection with the Separation), and (B) any contract, agreement,

 

-23-


arrangement, commitment or understanding that is a Phillips 66 Asset or a Phillips 66 Liability but, prior to the Distribution Date, inured in part to the benefit or burden of any member of the ConocoPhillips Group (other than any such contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding covering substantially the same services or arrangements that are covered by a contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding entered into by a member of the ConocoPhillips Group in connection with the Separation), shall be assigned in part to the applicable member(s) of the applicable Group, if so assignable, or appropriately amended prior to, on or after the Distribution Date, so that each party or the members of its respective Group shall, as of the Distribution Date, be entitled to the rights and benefits, and shall assume the related portion of any Liabilities, inuring to its respective businesses (any contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, a “ Shared Contract ”); provided , however , that, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), (1) in no event shall any member of any Group be required to assign (or amend) any Shared Contract in its entirety or to assign a portion of any Shared Contract which is not assignable (or cannot be amended) by its terms (including any terms imposing consents or conditions on an assignment where such consents or conditions have not been obtained or fulfilled) and (2) if any Shared Contract cannot be so partially assigned by its terms or otherwise, or cannot be amended or if such assignment or amendment would impair the benefit the parties thereto derive from such Shared Contract, then the parties shall, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, take such other reasonable and permissible actions (including by providing prompt notice to the other party with respect to any relevant claim of Liability or other relevant matters arising in connection with a Shared Contract so as to allow such other party the ability to exercise any applicable rights under such Shared Contract) to cause a member of the Phillips 66 Group or the ConocoPhillips Group, as the case may be, to receive the rights and benefits of that portion of each Shared Contract that relates to the Phillips 66 Business or the businesses retained by ConocoPhillips, as the case may be (in each case, to the extent so related), as if such Shared Contract had been assigned to (or amended to allow) a member of the applicable Group pursuant to this Section 2.9, and to bear the burden of the corresponding Liabilities (including any Liabilities that may arise by reason of such arrangement), as if such Liabilities had been assumed by a member of the applicable Group pursuant to this Section 2.9.

(b) Each of ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 shall, and shall cause the members of its Group to, (i) treat for all Tax purposes the portion of each Shared Contract inuring to its respective businesses as Assets owned by, and/or Liabilities of, as applicable, such party, or its subsidiaries, as applicable, not later than the Distribution Date, and (ii) neither report nor take any Tax position (on a Tax Return or otherwise) inconsistent with such treatment (unless required by applicable Law).

(c) Nothing in this Section 2.9 shall require any member of any Group to make any material payment (except to the extent advanced, assumed or agreed in advance to be reimbursed by any member of the other Group), incur any material obligation or grant any material concession for the benefit of any member of any other Group in order to effect any transaction contemplated by this Section 2.9.

 

-24-


2.10. Bank Accounts; Cash Balances .

(a) ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 each agrees to take, or cause the respective members of their respective Groups to take, at the Distribution Date (or such earlier time as ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 may agree), all actions necessary to amend all contracts or agreements governing each bank and brokerage account owned by Phillips 66 or any other member of the Phillips 66 Group (collectively, the “ Phillips 66 Accounts ”) so that such Phillips 66 Accounts, if currently linked (whether by automatic withdrawal, automatic deposit or any other authorization to transfer funds from or to, hereinafter “linked”) to any bank or brokerage account owned by ConocoPhillips or any other member of the ConocoPhillips Group (collectively, the “ ConocoPhillips Accounts ”), are de-linked from the ConocoPhillips Accounts.

(b) ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 each agrees to take, or cause the respective members of their respective Groups to take, at the Distribution Date (or such earlier time as ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 may agree), all actions necessary to amend all agreements governing the ConocoPhillips Accounts so that such ConocoPhillips Accounts, if currently linked to a Phillips 66 Account, are de-linked from the Phillips 66 Accounts.

(c) It is intended that, following consummation of the actions contemplated by Sections 2.10(a) and 2.10(b), there will be in place a centralized cash management process pursuant to which the Phillips 66 Accounts will be managed centrally and funds collected will be transferred into one or more centralized accounts maintained by Phillips 66.

(d) It is intended that, following consummation of the actions contemplated by Sections 2.10(a) and 2.10(b), there will continue to be in place a centralized cash management process pursuant to which the ConocoPhillips Accounts will be managed centrally and funds collected will be transferred into one or more centralized accounts maintained by ConocoPhillips.

(e) With respect to any outstanding payments initiated by ConocoPhillips, Phillips 66, or any of their respective Subsidiaries prior to the Separation, such outstanding payments shall be honored following the Separation by the Person or Group owning the account from which the payment was initiated.

(f) As between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 (and the members of their respective Groups) all payments made and reimbursements received after the Separation by either party (or member of its Group) that relate to a business, Asset or Liability of the other party (or member of its Group), shall be held by such party for the use and benefit of the party entitled thereto (at the expense of the party entitled thereto). Each party shall maintain an accounting of any such payments and reimbursements, and the parties shall have a monthly reconciliation, whereby all such payments made and reimbursements received by each party are calculated and the net amount owed to ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66 shall be paid over with right of set-off. If at any time the net amount owed to either party exceeds $10,000,000, an interim payment of such net amount owed shall be made to the party entitled thereto within three (3) business days of such amount exceeding $10,000,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither ConocoPhillips nor Phillips 66 shall act as collection agent for the other party, nor shall either party act as surety or endorser with respect to non-sufficient funds checks, or funds to be returned in a bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance action.

 

-25-


2.11. Other Ancillary Agreements . Effective as of the date hereof, each of ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 will execute and deliver all Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party (other than the Transfer Documents, which will be executed on or prior to the Distribution Date).

2.12. Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties . EACH OF CONOCOPHILLIPS (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND EACH MEMBER OF THE CONOCOPHILLIPS GROUP) AND PHILLIPS 66 (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND EACH MEMBER OF THE PHILLIPS 66 GROUP) UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT, NO PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT OR OTHERWISE, IS REPRESENTING OR WARRANTING IN ANY WAY AS TO THE ASSETS, BUSINESSES OR LIABILITIES TRANSFERRED OR ASSUMED AS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, AS TO ANY CONSENTS OR APPROVALS REQUIRED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, AS TO THE VALUE OR FREEDOM FROM ANY SECURITY INTERESTS OF, OR ANY OTHER MATTER CONCERNING, ANY ASSETS OF SUCH PARTY, OR AS TO THE ABSENCE OF ANY DEFENSES OR RIGHT OF SET-OFF OR FREEDOM FROM COUNTERCLAIM WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM OR OTHER ASSET, INCLUDING ANY ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, OF ANY PARTY, OR AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY OF ANY ASSIGNMENT, DOCUMENT OR INSTRUMENT DELIVERED HEREUNDER TO CONVEY TITLE TO ANY ASSET OR THING OF VALUE UPON THE EXECUTION, DELIVERY AND FILING HEREOF OR THEREOF. EXCEPT AS MAY EXPRESSLY BE SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT, ALL SUCH ASSETS ARE BEING TRANSFERRED ON AN “AS IS,” “WHERE IS” BASIS (AND, IN THE CASE OF ANY REAL PROPERTY, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE AGREED BY CONOCOPHILLIPS, BY MEANS OF A QUITCLAIM OR SIMILAR FORM DEED OR CONVEYANCE) AND THE RESPECTIVE TRANSFEREES SHALL BEAR THE ECONOMIC AND LEGAL RISKS THAT (I) ANY CONVEYANCE WILL PROVE TO BE INSUFFICIENT TO VEST IN THE TRANSFEREE GOOD AND MARKETABLE TITLE, FREE AND CLEAR OF ANY SECURITY INTEREST, AND (II) ANY NECESSARY APPROVALS OR NOTIFICATIONS ARE NOT OBTAINED OR THAT ANY REQUIREMENTS OF LAWS OR JUDGMENTS ARE NOT COMPLIED WITH.

2.13. Phillips 66 Financing Arrangements . Prior to the Distribution Date, Phillips 66 shall enter into the Phillips 66 Financing Arrangements, on such terms and conditions as agreed by ConocoPhillips (including the amount that shall be borrowed pursuant to the Financing Arrangements and the interest rates for such borrowings). ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 shall participate in the preparation of all materials and presentations as may be reasonably necessary to secure funding pursuant to the Phillips 66 Financing Arrangements, including rating agency presentations necessary to obtain the requisite ratings needed to secure the financing under any of the Phillips 66 Financing Arrangements. The parties agree that Phillips 66, and not ConocoPhillips, shall be ultimately responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by, and for reimbursement of such costs and expenses to, any member of the ConocoPhillips Group or Phillips 66 Group associated with the Phillips 66 Financing Arrangements.

 

-26-


2.14. Financial Information Certifications . ConocoPhillips’ disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting (as each is contemplated by the Exchange Act) are currently applicable to Phillips 66 as its Subsidiary. In order to enable the principal executive officer and principal financial officer of Phillips 66 to make the certifications required of them under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, ConocoPhillips, within thirty-five (35) days of the end of any fiscal quarter during which Phillips 66 remains its Subsidiary, shall provide Phillips 66 with one or more certifications with respect to such disclosure controls and procedures, its internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness thereof. Such certification(s) shall be provided by ConocoPhillips (and not by any officer or employee in their individual capacity).

ARTICLE III

THE DISTRIBUTION

3.1. The Distribution .

(a) ConocoPhillips intends to consummate the Distribution in the first half of 2012. ConocoPhillips will, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine the Distribution Date and all terms of the Distribution, including, without limitation, the form, structure and terms of any transaction(s) and/or offering(s) to effect the Distribution and the timing and conditions to the consummation of the Distribution. In addition, ConocoPhillips may, at any time and from time to time until the consummation of the Distribution, modify or change the terms of the Distribution, including, without limitation, by accelerating or delaying the timing of the consummation of all or part of the Distribution. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in the foregoing shall in any way limit ConocoPhillips’ right to terminate this Agreement or the Distribution as set forth in Article VI or alter the consequences of any such termination from those specified in such Article.

(b) Phillips 66 shall cooperate with ConocoPhillips to accomplish the Distribution and shall, at ConocoPhillips’ direction, promptly take any and all actions necessary or desirable to effect the Distribution, including, without limitation, the registration under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act of Phillips 66 Common Stock on an appropriate registration form or forms to be designated by ConocoPhillips. ConocoPhillips shall select any investment bank or manager in connection with the Distribution, as well as any financial printer, solicitation and/or exchange agent and financial, legal, accounting and other advisors for ConocoPhillips. Phillips 66 and ConocoPhillips, as the case may be, will provide to the Agent all share certificates and any information required in order to complete the Distribution.

3.2. Actions Prior to the Distribution .

(a) ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 shall prepare and mail, prior to the Distribution Date, to the holders of ConocoPhillips Common Stock, such information concerning Phillips 66, its business, operations and management, the Distribution and such other matters as ConocoPhillips shall reasonably determine and as may be required by Law. ConocoPhillips and

 

-27-


Phillips 66 will prepare, and Phillips 66 will, to the extent required under applicable Law, file with the SEC any such documentation and any requisite no-action letters which ConocoPhillips determines are necessary or desirable to effectuate the Distribution, and ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 shall each use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary approvals from the SEC with respect thereto as soon as practicable.

(b) ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 shall take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate under the securities or blue sky laws of the United States (and any comparable Laws under any foreign jurisdiction) in connection with the Distribution.

(c) Phillips 66 shall prepare and file, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have approved, an application for the listing of the Phillips 66 Common Stock to be distributed in the Distribution on the NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution.

(d) ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 shall take all necessary action that may be required to provide for the adoption by Phillips 66 of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Phillips 66 (the “ Phillips 66 Certificate of Incorporation ”) and the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Phillips 66, each in such form as may be reasonably determined by ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66, and Phillips 66 will file the Phillips 66 Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

(e) ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 shall take all actions as may be necessary to approve the stock-based employee benefit plans of Phillips 66 (and the grants of adjusted awards over ConocoPhillips stock by ConocoPhillips and of awards over Phillips 66 stock by Phillips 66) in order to satisfy the requirement of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE.

3.3. Conditions to Distribution .

(a) The consummation of the Distribution will be subject to the satisfaction, or waiver by ConocoPhillips in its sole and absolute discretion, of the conditions set forth in this Section 3.3(a). Any determination by ConocoPhillips regarding the satisfaction or waiver of any of such conditions will be conclusive.

(i) The Separation shall have been completed in accordance with the Restructuring Steps Memorandum.

(ii) ConocoPhillips will have received a private letter ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service substantially to the effect that, among other things, the Contribution and the Distribution, if effected, taken together, will qualify as a transaction that is tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code.

(iii) All Governmental Approvals necessary to consummate the Distribution shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect.

(iv) The actions and filings necessary or appropriate under applicable securities laws in connection with the Distribution will have been taken or made, and, where applicable, have become effective or been accepted by the applicable Governmental Authority.

 

-28-


(v) No order, injunction or decree issued by any court or agency of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Distribution or any of the related transactions shall be in effect, and no other event outside the control of ConocoPhillips shall have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of the Distribution or any of the related transactions.

(vi) A Registration Statement on Form 10 registering the Phillips 66 Common Stock (the “ Form 10 ”) shall be effective under the Exchange Act, with no stop order in effect with respect thereto, and the Information Statement included therein (the “ Information Statement ”) shall have been mailed to ConocoPhillips’ stockholders as of the Record Date.

(vii) The Phillips 66 Common Stock to be distributed to the ConocoPhillips stockholders in the Distribution shall have been accepted for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution.

(viii) Each of the Ancillary Agreements shall have been duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto.

(ix) No events or developments shall have occurred or exist that, in the judgment of the ConocoPhillips Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, make it inadvisable to effect the Distribution or the other transactions contemplated hereby, or would result in the Distribution or the other transactions contemplated hereby not being in the best interest of ConocoPhillips or its stockholders.

(b) The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of ConocoPhillips and shall not give rise to or create any duty on the part of ConocoPhillips or the ConocoPhillips Board to waive or not waive such conditions or in any way limit ConocoPhillips’ right to terminate this Agreement as set forth in Article VI or alter the consequences of any such termination from those specified in such Article. Any determination made by the ConocoPhillips Board prior to the Distribution concerning the satisfaction or waiver of any or all of the conditions set forth in this Section 3.3 shall be conclusive.

3.4. Certain Stockholder Matters .

(a) Subject to Section 3.3, on or prior to the Distribution Date, ConocoPhillips will deliver to the Agent for the benefit of holders of record of ConocoPhillips Common Stock on the Record Date all of the outstanding shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock (including, if such shares are represented by one or more stock certificates, such stock certificates, endorsed by ConocoPhillips in blank), and shall cause the transfer agent for the shares of ConocoPhillips Common Stock to instruct the Agent to distribute on the Distribution Date the appropriate number of such shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock to each such holder or designated transferee or transferees of such holder by way of direct registration in book-entry form. Phillips 66 will not issue paper stock certificates. The Distribution shall be effective at 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the Distribution Date or at such other time as ConocoPhillips may determine.

 

-29-


(b) Subject to Sections 3.3 and 3.4(c), each holder of ConocoPhillips Common Stock on the Record Date will be entitled to receive in the Distribution a number of whole shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock equal to the number of shares of ConocoPhillips Common Stock held by such holder on the Record Date multiplied by the Distribution Ratio.

(c) No fractional shares will be distributed or credited to book-entry accounts in connection with the Distribution. As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, ConocoPhillips shall direct the Agent to determine the number of whole shares and fractional shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock allocable to each holder of record or beneficial owner of ConocoPhillips Common Stock as of the Record Date, to aggregate all such fractional shares and to sell the whole shares obtained thereby in open market transactions (with the Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, determining when, how and through which broker-dealer and at what price to make such sales), and to cause to be distributed to each such holder or for the benefit of each such beneficial owner, in lieu of any fractional share, such holder’s or owner’s ratable share of the proceeds of such sale, after deducting any taxes required to be withheld and after deducting an amount equal to all brokerage charges, commissions and transfer taxes attributed to such sale. Neither ConocoPhillips nor Phillips 66 will be required to guarantee any minimum sale price for the fractional shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock. Neither ConocoPhillips nor Phillips 66 will be required to pay any interest on the proceeds from the sale of fractional shares.

(d) Until the Phillips 66 Common Stock is duly transferred in accordance with this Section 3.4 and applicable Law, from and after the effective time of the Distribution, Phillips 66 will regard the Persons entitled to receive such Phillips 66 Common Stock as record holders of Phillips 66 Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Distribution without requiring any action on the part of such Persons. Phillips 66 agrees that, subject to any transfers of such stock, from and after the effective time of the Distribution (i) each such holder will be entitled to receive all dividends payable on, and exercise voting rights and all other rights and privileges with respect to, the shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock then held by such holder, and (ii) each such holder will be entitled, without any action on the part of such holder, to receive evidence of ownership of the shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock then held by such holder.

ARTICLE IV

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

4.1. General Provisions . Any Dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article IV of the Indemnification and Release Agreement, which shall be the sole and exclusive procedures for the resolution of any such Dispute unless otherwise specified in the applicable Ancillary Agreement or in Article IV of the Indemnification and Release Agreement.

 

-30-


ARTICLE V

FURTHER ASSURANCES AND ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

5.1. Further Assurances .

(a) In addition to the actions specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, each of the parties hereto shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, prior to, on and after the Distribution Date, to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws, regulations and agreements, to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, prior to, on and after the Distribution Date, each party hereto shall cooperate with the other parties, and without any further consideration, but at the expense of the requesting party, to execute and deliver, or use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be executed and delivered, all instruments, including instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer, and to make all filings with, and to obtain all consents, approvals or authorizations of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person under any permit, license, agreement, indenture or other instrument (including any third-party consents or Governmental Approvals), and to take all such other actions as such party may reasonably be requested to take by any other party hereto from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, in order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the transfers of the Phillips 66 Assets and the assignment and assumption of the Phillips 66 Liabilities and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Without limiting the foregoing, each party will, at the reasonable request, cost and expense of any other party, take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to vest in such other party good and marketable title, free and clear of any Security Interest, if and to the extent it is practicable to do so.

(c) On or prior to the Distribution Date, ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 in their respective capacities as direct and indirect stockholders of their respective Subsidiaries, shall each ratify any actions which are reasonably necessary or desirable to be taken by ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips 66 Company or any other Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips, as the case may be, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

(d) ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66, and each of the members of their respective Groups, waive (and agree not to assert against any of the others) any claim or demand that any of them may have against any of the others for any Liabilities or other claims relating to or arising out of: (i) the failure of Phillips 66 or any member of the Phillips 66 Group, on the one hand, or of ConocoPhillips or any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, on the other hand, to provide any notification or disclosure required under any state Environmental Law in connection with the Separation or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, including the transfer by any member of any Group to any member of the other Group of ownership or operational control of any Assets not previously owned or operated by such transferee; or (ii) any inadequate, incorrect or incomplete notification or disclosure under any such state Environmental Law by the applicable transferor. To the extent any Liability to any Governmental Authority or any third Person arises out of any action or inaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above, the transferee of the applicable Asset hereby assumes and agrees to pay any such Liability.

 

-31-


(e) Prior to the first anniversary of the Distribution Date, if one or more of the parties identifies any commercial or other service that is needed to assure a smooth and orderly transition of the businesses in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and that is not otherwise governed by the provisions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, the parties will cooperate in determining whether there is a mutually acceptable basis on which the other party will provide such service; provided , that if such service is to extend beyond the first anniversary of the Distribution Date, the terms and conditions upon which the services are to be provided beyond the first anniversary of the Distribution Date shall be market and arm’s-length terms and conditions.

5.2. Performance . ConocoPhillips will cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement to be performed by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group. Phillips 66 will cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement to be performed by any member of the Phillips 66 Group. Each party (including its permitted successors and assigns) further agrees that it will (a) give timely notice of the terms, conditions and continuing obligations contained in this Section 5.2 to all of the other members of its Group, and (b) cause all of the other members of its Group not to take any action or fail to take any such action inconsistent with such party’s obligations under this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

5.3. ConocoPhillips Guarantees . Phillips 66 acknowledges that in the course of conduct of the Phillips 66 Business, ConocoPhillips and members of the ConocoPhillips Group may have entered into various arrangements in which guarantees, bonds, letters of credit or similar arrangements were issued or arranged by ConocoPhillips or members of the ConocoPhillips Group to support or facilitate the Phillips 66 Business. Any such arrangements entered into by ConocoPhillips and its Affiliates are, to the extent related to the Phillips 66 Business, hereinafter referred to as the “ ConocoPhillips Guarantees .” Except as otherwise agreed by ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66, Phillips 66 agrees that it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain or provide replacement guarantees, bonds, letters of credit or similar arrangements, which will be in effect at the Distribution Date, and obtain the release of ConocoPhillips and members of the ConocoPhillips Group from any ConocoPhillips Guarantees in accordance with Section 2.9 of the Indemnification and Release Agreement.

5.4. Third-Party Agreements . Phillips 66 agrees that it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain or provide replacement agreements with third parties for agreements between such third parties and ConocoPhillips or any member of the ConocoPhillips Group that are Phillips 66 Contracts and cannot be assigned to Phillips 66.

5.5. Tax Matters . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, in the case of any conflict between this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (other than the Tax Sharing Agreement) and the Tax Sharing Agreement in relation to any matters addressed by the Tax Sharing Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement shall prevail.

5.6. Indemnification Matters . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, in the case of any conflict between this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (other than the Indemnification and Release Agreement) and the Indemnification and Release Agreement in relation to any matters addressed by the

 

-32-


Indemnification and Release Agreement, the Indemnification and Release Agreement shall prevail; provided , however , that in relation to any matters concerning Taxes, the Tax Sharing Agreement shall prevail over the Indemnification and Release Agreement, and in relation to any matters governed by the Employee Matters Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement shall prevail over the Indemnification and Release Agreement.

5.7. Employee Matters . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, in the case of any conflict between this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (other than the Employee Matters Agreement) and the Employee Matters Agreement in relation to any matters addressed by the Employee Matters Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement shall prevail; provided , however , that in relation to any matters concerning Taxes, the Tax Sharing Agreement shall prevail over the Employee Matters Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION

6.1. Termination . This Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement may be terminated and the terms and conditions of the Distribution may be amended, modified or abandoned at any time prior to the Distribution Date by and in the sole and absolute discretion of the ConocoPhillips Board without the approval of any Person, including Phillips 66, in which case no party will have any liability of any kind to any other party by reason of this Agreement. After the Distribution, this Agreement may not be terminated except by an agreement in writing signed by each of the parties to this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1. Counterparts; Entire Agreement; Corporate Power .

(a) This Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party.

(b) This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersede all previous agreements, negotiations, discussions, writings, understandings, commitments and conversations with respect to such subject matter and there are no agreements or understandings between the parties other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein.

(c) ConocoPhillips represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the ConocoPhillips Group, and Phillips 66 represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the Phillips 66 Group, as follows:

(i) each such Person has the requisite corporate or other power and authority and has taken all corporate or other action necessary in order to execute, deliver and perform each of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; and

 

-33-


(ii) this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of it enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof.

(d) Each party hereto acknowledges that it and each other party hereto may execute certain of the Ancillary Agreements by facsimile, stamp or mechanical signature. Each party hereto expressly adopts and confirms each such facsimile, stamp or mechanical signature made in its respective name as if it were a manual signature, agrees that it will not assert that any such signature is not adequate to bind such party to the same extent as if it were signed manually and agrees that at the reasonable request of any other party hereto at any time it will as promptly as reasonably practicable cause each such Ancillary Agreement to be manually executed (any such execution to be as of the date of the initial date thereof).

(e) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, neither ConocoPhillips nor Phillips 66 shall be required to take or omit to take any act that would violate its fiduciary duties to any minority stockholders of any non-wholly owned Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66, as the case may be (it being understood that directors’ qualifying shares or similar interests will be disregarded for purposes of determining whether a Subsidiary is wholly owned).

7.2. Governing Law . This Agreement and, unless expressly provided therein, each Ancillary Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or thereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or to the inducement of any party to enter herein and therein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise) shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, irrespective of the choice of laws principles of the State of Delaware as of the date of this Agreement, including all matters of validity, construction, effect, enforceability, performance and remedies.

7.3. Assignability . Except as set forth in any Ancillary Agreement, this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and thereto, respectively, and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided , however , that no party hereto or thereto may assign its respective rights or delegate its respective obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement without the express prior written consent of the other parties hereto or thereto.

7.4. Third-Party Beneficiaries . Except for the indemnification rights under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement of any ConocoPhillips Indemnitee or Phillips 66 Indemnitee (as those capitalized terms are defined in the Indemnification and Release Agreement) in their respective capacities as such, (a) the provisions of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement are solely for the benefit of the parties and are not intended to confer upon any Person except the parties any rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder, and (b) there are no third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement and neither this Agreement nor any Ancillary Agreement shall provide any third person with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

 

-34-


7.5. Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands or other communications under this Agreement and, to the extent, applicable and unless otherwise provided therein, under each of the Ancillary Agreements shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service, by facsimile or electronic transmission with receipt confirmed (followed by delivery of an original via overnight courier service), or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 7.5):

If to ConocoPhillips, to:

ConocoPhillips

600 North Dairy Ashford Street

Houston, Texas 77079

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile:

If to Phillips 66, to:

Phillips 66

[•]

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile:

Any party may, by notice to the other party, change the address and contact person to which any such notices are to be given.

7.6. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof or thereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby. Upon such determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon such a suitable and equitable provision to effect the original intent of the parties.

7.7. Force Majeure . No party shall be deemed in default of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement to the extent that any delay or failure in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, other than a delay or failure to make a payment, results from any cause beyond its reasonable control and without its fault or negligence, such as acts of God, acts of civil or military authority, embargoes, epidemics, war, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, floods, unusually severe weather conditions, labor problems or unavailability of parts, or, in the case of computer systems, any failure in electrical or air conditioning equipment. In the event of any such excused delay, the time for performance shall be extended for a period equal to the time lost by reason of the delay.

7.8. Publicity . Prior to the Distribution, each of Phillips 66 and ConocoPhillips shall consult with each other prior to issuing any press releases or otherwise making public statements with respect to the Separation, the Distribution or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby and prior to making any filings with any Governmental Authority with respect thereto.

 

-35-


7.9. Expenses . Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement (including Sections 2.13 and 5.1(b)) or in any Ancillary Agreement, all fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and implementation of this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement, and with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will be borne by the party incurring such fees, costs or expenses.

7.10. Late Payments . Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, any amount not paid when due pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (and any amounts billed or otherwise invoiced or demanded and properly payable that are not paid within thirty (30) days of such bill, invoice or other demand) shall accrue interest at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate plus 5%.

7.11. Headings . The article, section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement and in the Ancillary Agreements are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

7.12. Survival of Covenants . Except as expressly set forth in any Ancillary Agreement, the covenants, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement, and liability for the breach of any obligations contained herein or therein, shall survive the Separation and the Distribution and shall remain in full force and effect.

7.13. Waivers of Default . Waiver by any party of any default by the other party of any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver by the waiving party of any subsequent or other default, nor shall it prejudice the rights of such party. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof prejudice any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

7.14. Specific Performance . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, in the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, the party or parties who are, or are to be, thereby aggrieved shall have the right to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief in respect of its or their rights under this Agreement or such Ancillary Agreement, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative. The parties agree that the remedies at law for any breach or threatened breach, including monetary damages, are inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate is waived. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with such remedy are waived by each of the parties to this Agreement.

7.15. Amendments . No provisions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall be deemed waived, amended, supplemented or modified by any party, unless such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification is in writing and signed by the authorized representative of the party against whom it is sought to enforce such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification.

 

-36-


7.16. Interpretation . In this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement, (a) words in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa and words of one gender shall be held to include the other genders as the context requires; (b) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “herewith” and words of similar import, and the terms “Agreement” and “Ancillary Agreement” shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement or the applicable Ancillary Agreement as a whole (including all of the Schedules, Exhibits and Appendices hereto and thereto) and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such Ancillary Agreement; (c) Article, Section, Exhibit, Schedule and Appendix references are to the Articles, Sections, Exhibits, Schedules and Appendices to this Agreement (or the applicable Ancillary Agreement) unless otherwise specified; (d) the word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement (or the applicable Ancillary Agreement) means “including, without limitation”; (e) the word “or” shall not be exclusive; and (f) unless expressly stated to the contrary in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, all references to “the date hereof,” “the date of this Agreement,” “hereby” and “hereupon” and words of similar import shall all be references to the date first stated in the preamble to this Agreement, regardless of any amendment or restatement hereof.

7.17. Relationship of the Parties . It is expressly agreed that, from and after the Distribution Date and for purposes of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, (a) no member of the Phillips 66 Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the ConocoPhillips Group and (b) no member of the ConocoPhillips Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the Phillips 66 Group.

7.18. Limitations of Liability . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, NEITHER PHILLIPS 66 OR ITS AFFILIATES, ON THE ONE HAND, NOR CONOCOPHILLIPS OR ITS AFFILIATES, ON THE OTHER HAND, SHALL BE LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, REMOTE, SPECULATIVE OR SIMILAR DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF COMPENSATORY DAMAGES OF THE OTHER ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (OTHER THAN ANY SUCH LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO A THIRD-PARTY CLAIM).

 

-37-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Separation and Distribution Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

CONOCOPHILLIPS
By:  
 

 

  Name:
  Title:
PHILLIPS 66
By:  
 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

-38-

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PHILLIPS 66

 

 

I, the undersigned, for the purpose of incorporating and organizing a corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do hereby execute this Certificate of Incorporation and do hereby certify as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”) is:

Phillips 66

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808 and its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized and incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


ARTICLE IV

Section 1. The Corporation shall be authorized to issue 100 shares of capital stock, par value $0.01. All such shares are of one class and are shares of Common Stock.

Section 2. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes. Each share of Common Stock shall have one vote, and the Common Stock shall vote together as a single class.

ARTICLE V

Unless and except to the extent that the By-Laws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) is expressly authorized and empowered to make, alter and repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation by a majority vote at any regular or special meeting of the Board or by written consent, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal any By-Laws made by the Board.

ARTICLE VII

The Corporation reserves the right at any time from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article.

 

-2-


ARTICLE VIII

Section 1. Elimination of Certain Liability of Directors . A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

Section 2. Indemnification and Insurance .

(a) Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation

 

-3-


Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, to the fullest extent permitted by law, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, and excise taxes or penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided , however , that, except as provided in paragraph (b) hereof, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided , however , that, if the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise. The Corporation may, by action of the Board, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

 

-4-


(b) Right of Claimant to Bring Suit . If a claim under paragraph (a) of this Section is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(c) Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Section shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, By-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

-5-


(d) Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IX

The name and mailing address of the incorporator is Nathan P. Murphy, c/o 600 North Dairy Ashford, Houston, Texas 77079.

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, the undersigned, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, do hereby further certify that the facts hereinabove stated are truly set forth and, accordingly, I have hereunto set my hand this 10th day of November, 2011.

 

/s/ Nathan P. Murphy

Nathan P. Murphy
Incorporator

 

-7-

Exhibit 3.2

BY-LAWS

OF

PHILLIPS 66

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1. REGISTERED OFFICE. Phillips 66 (the “Corporation”) shall have and continuously maintain in the State of Delaware, a registered office and a registered agent whose business office is identical with the Corporation’s registered office.

SECTION 2. OTHER OFFICES. The Corporation may have other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, at such place or places as the Board of Directors may from time to time select or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 1. ANNUAL MEETINGS. Annual meetings of stockholders for the election of directors, and for such other business as may be stated in the notice of the meeting, shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors, by resolution, shall determine and as set forth in the notice of the meeting. If the date of the annual meeting shall fall upon a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. At each annual meeting, the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors and they may transact such other corporate business as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

SECTION 2. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Unless otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the President or the Secretary, or by resolution of the Board of Directors.


SECTION 3. VOTING. Each stockholder entitled to vote in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and these By-Laws may vote in person or by proxy, but no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. All elections for directors shall be decided by plurality vote; all other questions shall be decided by majority vote except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the laws of the State of Delaware.

SECTION 4. QUORUM. Except as otherwise required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or by these By-Laws, the presence, in person or by proxy, of stockholders holding shares constituting a majority of the voting power of the Corporation shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders. In case a quorum shall not be present at any meeting, a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until the requisite amount of stock entitled to vote shall be present. At any such adjourned meeting at which the requisite amount of stock entitled to vote shall be represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed; but only those stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting as originally noticed shall be entitled to vote at any adjournment or adjournments thereof.

SECTION 5. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice, stating the place, date and time of the annual meeting or special meeting, and the general nature of the business to be considered, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of such meeting. No business other than that stated in the notice shall be transacted at any meeting without the unanimous consent of all the stockholders entitled to vote thereat.

SECTION 6. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. NUMBER AND TERM. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of a Board of Directors which shall consist of not less than two persons. The exact number of directors may be fixed from time to time by resolutions adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors. Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify. A director need not be a stockholder.

 

- 2 -


SECTION 2. RESIGNATIONS. Any director may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing, and shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the President or the Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 3. VACANCIES. If the office of any director becomes vacant, the remaining directors in the office, though less than a quorum, by a majority vote, may appoint any qualified person to fill such vacancy, who shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his or her successor shall be duly chosen. If the office of any director becomes vacant and there are no remaining directors, the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares constituting a majority of the voting power of the Corporation, at a special meeting called for such purpose, may appoint any qualified person to fill such vacancy.

SECTION 4. REMOVAL. Except as hereinafter provided, any director or directors may be removed either for or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power entitled to vote for the election of directors, at an annual meeting or a special meeting called for the purpose, and the vacancy thus created may be filled, at such meeting, by the affirmative vote of holders of shares constituting a majority of the voting power of the Corporation.

SECTION 5. MEETINGS. The newly elected directors may hold their first meeting for the purpose of organization and the transaction of business, if a quorum be present, immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders; or the time and place of such meeting may be fixed by consent of all the Directors.

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by any director, the President, or by the Secretary on the written request of any director, on at least one day’s notice to each director (except that notice to any director may be waived in writing by such director) and shall be held at such place or places as may be determined by the Board of Directors, or as shall be stated in the call of the meeting.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

- 3 -


SECTION 7. QUORUM. A majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at the meeting which shall be so adjourned. The vote of the majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws shall require the vote of a greater number.

SECTION 8. COMPENSATION. Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors or as members of committees, but by resolution of the Board of Directors a fixed fee and expenses of attendance may be allowed for attendance at each meeting. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefore.

SECTION 9. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board of Directors or of such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

SECTION 1. OFFICERS. The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and a Secretary, all of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified. In addition, the Board of Directors may elect such Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers as they may deem proper. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it may deem advisable, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 2. PRESIDENT. The President shall be the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation. He or she shall have the general powers and duties of supervision and management usually vested in the office of President of a corporation. The President shall have the power to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts on behalf of the Corporation, and to cause the seal to be affixed to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed the seal shall be attested to by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.

SECTION 3. VICE PRESIDENTS. Each Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

- 4 -


SECTION 4. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate account of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation. He or she shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the President, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements. He or she shall render to the Chairman of the Board, the President and Board of Directors at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they may request it, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he or she shall give the Corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

SECTION 5. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and of the Board of Directors and all other notices required by law or by these By-Laws, and in case of his or her absence or refusal or neglect so to do, any such notice may be given by any person thereunto directed by the Chairman of the Board or the President, or by the Board of Directors, upon whose request the meeting is called as provided in these By-Laws. He or she shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Board of Directors, any committees thereof and the stockholders of the Corporation in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the President. He or she shall have the custody of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to all instruments requiring it, when authorized by the Board of Directors or the President, and attest to the same.

SECTION 7. GENERAL TAX OFFICER. The General Tax Officer shall prepare, execute and deliver all instruments and documents necessary or desirable in connection with the tax liabilities of the Corporation including tax returns of any kind to be filed with any federal, state, local or foreign government. He or she shall represent the Corporation in connection with administrative inquiries, hearings, protests and audits relating to tax matters and compromise, settle or otherwise resolve all tax claims arising therefrom. He or she shall request and receive from governmental authorities such rulings and determinations respecting tax matters affecting the Corporation as deemed to be in the best interests of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the President.

SECTION 8. ASSISTANT TREASURERS, ASSISTANT SECRETARIES, TAX ADMINISTRATION OFFICER AND ASSISTANT TAX ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER. Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries, a Tax Administration Officer and Assistant Tax Administration Officers, if any, shall be elected and shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them, respectively, by the Board of Directors and the President.

SECTION 9. INDEMNIFICATION. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or is or was serving at the

 

- 5 -


request of the Corporation as a director, officer or employee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer or employee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or employee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in this Section with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

The right to indemnification conferred in this Section shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section or otherwise. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Section shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or employee and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

If a claim under this Section is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after written claim had been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to

 

- 6 -


have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Section shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any agent of the Corporation or to any agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including any employee benefit plan, serving as such agent at the request of the Corporation, to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors, officers and employees of the Corporation.

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 1. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK. A certificate of stock shall be issued to each stockholder certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation. Certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be of such form and device as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

SECTION 2. LOST CERTIFICATES. A new certificate of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation, alleged to have been lost or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representatives, to give the Corporation a bond, in such

 

- 7 -


sum as they may direct, not exceeding double the value of the stock, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss of any such certificate, or the issuance of any such new certificate.

SECTION 3. TRANSFER OF SHARES. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers, or to such other person as the Board of Directors may designate, by whom they shall be cancelled, and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. A record shall be made of each transfer and whenever a transfer shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer.

SECTION 4. STOCKHOLDERS RECORD DATE. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date: (1) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders or adjournment thereof, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting; (2) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, shall not be more than ten days from the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors; and (3) in the case of any other action, shall not be more than sixty days prior to such other action. If no record date is fixed: (1) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; (2) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first day on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, or, if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action; and (3) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

SECTION 5. DIVIDENDS. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may, out of funds legally available therefore at any regular or special meeting, declare dividends upon stock of the Corporation as and when they deem appropriate. Before declaring any dividend there may be set apart out of any

 

- 8 -


funds of the Corporation available for dividends, such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time in their discretion deem proper for working capital or as a reserve fund to meet contingencies or for equalizing dividends or for such other purposes as the Board of Directors shall deem conducive to the interests of the Corporation.

SECTION 6. SEAL. The corporate seal of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise imprinted upon the subject document or paper.

SECTION 7. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 8. NOTICE AND WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be given under these By-Laws, personal notice is not required unless expressly so stated, and any notice so required shall be deemed to be sufficient if given by depositing the same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the person entitled thereto at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day of such mailing. Stockholders not entitled to vote shall not be entitled to receive notice of any meetings except as otherwise provided by law. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of any law, or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or of these By-Laws, a waiver thereof, in writing and signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to such required notice.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed at any annual meeting of the stockholders (or at any special meeting thereof if notice of such proposed alteration, amendment or repeal to be considered is contained in the notice of such special meeting) by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares constituting a majority of the voting power of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may by majority vote of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present alter, amend or repeal these By-Laws, or enact such other By-Laws as in their judgment may be advisable for the regulation and conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.

* * * * * * * *

Adopted on: November 10, 2011

Last amended as of: November 10, 2011

 

- 9 -

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

PHILLIPS 66,

PHILLIPS 66 COMPANY,

The Lenders Party Hereto,

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

CITIBANK, N.A.,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

and

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC,

Co-Syndication Agents

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD.,

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

and

DNB BANK ASA, GRAND CAYMAN BRANCH,

Co-Documentation Agents

 

 

RBS SECURITIES INC.,

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

DNB MARKETS, INC.,

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

and

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

 

 

Dated as of February 22, 2012

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

     1   

Section 1.1

  Defined Terms      1   

Section 1.2

  Other Definitional Provisions      20   

Section 1.3

  Accounting Terms; GAAP      21   

Section 1.4

  Alternate Currencies      21   

Section 1.5

  Letter of Credit Amounts      22   

ARTICLE 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

     22   

Section 2.1

  Revolving Credit Loans      22   

Section 2.2

  Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Indebtedness      22   

Section 2.3

  Procedure for Revolving Credit Borrowing      23   

Section 2.4

  Termination or Reduction of Commitments; Increase of Commitments      25   

Section 2.5

  Prepayments      25   

Section 2.6

  Conversion and Continuation Options      26   

Section 2.7

  Maximum Number of Tranches      27   

Section 2.8

  Fees      27   

Section 2.9

  Interest Rate      28   

Section 2.10

  Computation of Interest and Fees      28   

Section 2.11

  Inability to Determine Interest Rate; Illegality      29   

Section 2.12

  Pro Rata Treatment and Payments      30   

Section 2.13

  Payments by the Borrower      31   

Section 2.14

  Other Costs; Increased Costs      31   

Section 2.15

  Taxes      33   

Section 2.16

  Indemnity      36   

Section 2.17

  Mitigation Obligations      37   

Section 2.18

  Replacement of Lenders      37   

Section 2.19

  Swing Line Commitments      37   

Section 2.20

  Letters of Credit      40   

Section 2.21

  Extension of Commitment Termination Date      46   

Section 2.22

  Defaulting Lenders      48   

Section 2.23

  Market Disruption      50   

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     51   

Section 3.1

  Corporate Existence and Power      51   

Section 3.2

  Corporate and Governmental Authorization; Contravention      51   

Section 3.3

  Enforceability      51   

Section 3.4

  Financial Information      51   

Section 3.5

  Litigation      51   

Section 3.6

  Employee Benefit Plans      51   

Section 3.7

  Environmental Matters      52   

Section 3.8

  Taxes      52   

Section 3.9

  Investment Company Act      52   

Section 3.10

  Regulation U      52   

Section 3.11

  Purpose of Loans      52   

Section 3.12

  Compliance with Laws      53   

Section 3.13

  Disclosure      53   

Section 3.14

  Separation Transactions      53   


 

         Page  

ARTICLE 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EXECUTION DATE AND TO CLOSING DATE

     54   

Section 4.1

  Conditions to Effectiveness of this Agreement (Execution Date)      54   

Section 4.2

  Conditions to the Initial Loans and Letters of Credit (Closing Date)      54   

Section 4.3

  Conditions to Each Loan and Letter of Credit      56   

ARTICLE 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

     57   

Section 5.1

  Financial Reporting Requirements      57   

Section 5.2

  Notices      58   

Section 5.3

  Existence; Conduct of Business      58   

Section 5.4

  Payment of Obligations      58   

Section 5.5

  Maintenance of Property; Insurance      58   

Section 5.6

  Compliance with Laws      58   

Section 5.7

  Books and Records; Inspection Rights.      58   

Section 5.8

  Use of Proceeds      59   

Section 5.9

  First Tier Subsidiaries; Additional Guarantors      59   

Section 5.10

  Further Assurances      59   

ARTICLE 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

     60   

Section 6.1

  Liens      60   

Section 6.2

  Fundamental Changes      61   

Section 6.3

  Indebtedness; Securitization Transactions; Sale/Leaseback Transactions      62   

Section 6.4

  Transactions with Affiliates      63   

ARTICLE 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     63   

ARTICLE 8. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     65   

Section 8.1

  Appointment and Authority      65   

Section 8.2

  Rights as a Lender      65   

Section 8.3

  Exculpatory Provisions      65   

Section 8.4

  Notice of Default      66   

Section 8.5

  Reliance by the Administrative Agent      66   

Section 8.6

  Delegation of Duties      66   

Section 8.7

  Resignation of Administrative Agent      67   

Section 8.8

  Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent by Other Lenders      67   

Section 8.9

  Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim      67   

Section 8.10

  Guaranty Matters      68   

Section 8.11

  No Duties      68   

ARTICLE 9. MISCELLANEOUS

     68   

Section 9.1

  Amendments and Waivers      68   

Section 9.2

  Notices      69   

Section 9.3

  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      70   

Section 9.4

  Confidentiality      70   

Section 9.5

  Expenses; Indemnity; Taxes      71   

Section 9.6

  Successors and Assigns; Participations; Purchasing Lenders      72   

Section 9.7

  Adjustments; Set-off      75   

Section 9.8

  Counterparts      76   

Section 9.9

  GOVERNING LAW      76   

Section 9.10

  Jurisdiction; Venue      76   

 

ii


         Page  

Section 9.11

  Survival      77   

Section 9.12

  Entire Agreement      77   

Section 9.13

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      77   

Section 9.14

  Severability      77   

Section 9.15

  Judgment in a Currency Other Than Dollars      77   

Section 9.16

  Interest Rate Limitation      78   

Section 9.17

  Headings      78   

Section 9.18

  Material Non-Public Information      78   

Section 9.19

  USA PATRIOT Act Notice      78   

ARTICLE 10. SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE

     78   

Section 10.1

  Guarantee      78   

Section 10.2

  Waiver of Subrogation      79   

Section 10.3

  Amendments, etc. with respect to the Obligations      79   

Section 10.4

  Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional      79   

Section 10.5

  Reinstatement      80   

Section 10.6

  Payments      80   

Section 10.7

  Additional Guarantors      80   

Section 10.8

  Guarantee Effectiveness      80   

 

 

iii


CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of February 22, 2012, among PHILLIPS 66, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower” ), PHILLIPS 66 COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Guarantor” ), the several banks and financial institutions from time to time parties to this Agreement, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent” ).

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“ABR” : for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus  1 / 2 of 1% and (c) the Eurodollar Rate for a one month Interest Period that begins on such day (and if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%. “Prime Rate” shall mean, for the purposes of this definition only, the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City (the Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with extensions of credit to debtors). Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or Eurodollar Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or Eurodollar Rate, respectively.

“ABR Loans” : Swing Line Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the ABR.

“Administrative Questionnaire” : an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

“Affiliate” : with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

“Agreement” : this Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Alternate Currency” : any of the following currencies mutually agreed upon by the Borrower and the Lenders, provided that such currency is at all times freely convertible and freely transferable into Dollars and is readily available to the Lenders in the ordinary course of dealings in the interbank eurocurrency market and as to which a Dollar Equivalent may be readily calculated: (a) any National Currency (other than Dollars) and (b) European Union Euro ( “Euro” ); provided that if at any time a Loan denominated in a currency described in the preceding clause (a)  ceases to be the National Currency of the country of its issuance due to the adoption of the Euro as its National Currency, such Loan shall be redenominated into Euro on the effective date of such adoption.

“Alternate Currency Equivalent” : at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the applicable Alternate Currency as determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate.

 

1


“Alternate Currency Loans” : Revolving Credit Loans hereunder (other than those denominated in Dollars) at such time as they are made and/or being maintained at a rate of interest based upon the Eurocurrency Rate described in clause (b)  of the definition of such term.

“Alternate Currency Office” : initially the office of each Lender designated as such in the Administrative Questionnaire of such Lender; thereafter, such other office of a Lender, if any, which shall be making or maintaining Alternate Currency Loans.

“Applicable Margin” : for each Type of Revolving Credit Loan, the applicable rate per annum set forth on the Pricing Grid.

“Application” : an application, in such form as the applicable Issuing Bank may specify from time to time, requesting such Issuing Bank to issue or amend a Letter of Credit.

“ASK Rate” : for any day, a variable per annum rate equal to the “ASK” rate for over-night Federal funds as published by Reuters on the date the Borrower requests an ASK Rate Loan hereunder and on each day thereafter that such ASK Rate Loan is outstanding; provided , however , if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “ ASK Rate ” shall be, for any day, the rate per annum reasonably determined by the Swing Line Lender to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars in same day funds in the approximate amount of the ASK Rate Loan by the Swing Line Lender would be offered for overnight borrowings by the Swing Line Lender’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) on the date the Borrower requests an ASK Rate Loan hereunder and on each day thereafter that such ASK Rate Loan is outstanding; provided that in conjunction with each of the preceding determinations, upon request of the Borrower, the Borrower is provided a written description of the applicable ASK Rate and the sources used to determine such rate.

“ASK Rate Loans” : Swing Line Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the ASK Rate.

“Assignment and Assumption” : an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D .

“Attributable Debt ”: in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction, as at the time of determination, the present value of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended); provided , however , that if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of and will constitute “ Capital Lease Obligations .” Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Available Commitment” : as to any Lender, at a particular time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount of such Lender’s Commitment at such time, minus (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount at such time of all Revolving Credit Loans (expressed in Dollars), made by such Lender pursuant to Section 2.1 , minus (c) an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the L/C Obligations then outstanding, minus (d) an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal amount at such time of all Swing Line Loans then outstanding, provided that for purposes of calculating Available Commitments for purposes of Section 2.8(b) , such amount under clause (d)  shall be zero.

 

2


“Benefit Arrangement” : at any time, an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA which is not a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan and which is maintained or otherwise contributed to by any ERISA Affiliate.

“Benefited Lender” : as defined in Section 9.7(a) .

“Board” : the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

“Borrowing Date” : any Business Day specified in a Borrowing Request or in a notice pursuant to Section 2.19 as a date on which the Borrower requests the Lenders to make Loans hereunder.

Borrowing Request ” means a request by the Borrower for a Revolving Credit Loan in accordance with Section 2.3 , substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

“Bridge Loan Agreement” : the Bridge Loan Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Borrower, the Initial Guarantor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the several banks and financial institutions from time to time parties thereto.

“Business Day” : a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by Law to close; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits (and, in the case of an Alternate Currency Loan, foreign currencies and exchange) in the London interbank market.

“Capital Lease Obligations” : as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that any lease that would have been considered an operating lease under the provisions of GAAP in effect as of December 31, 2011 shall be treated as an operating lease for all purposes under this Agreement.

“Cash Collateralize” : to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the Issuing Banks or the Lenders, as collateral for L/C Obligations or obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent and each applicable Issuing Bank shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable Issuing Bank. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

“Cash Equivalents” : (a) direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, money market accounts, money market funds or overnight bank deposits having maturities of twelve months or less from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender or Qualified Issuer; (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-2 by S&P or P-2 by Moody’s, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within twelve months or less from the date of acquisition; (d) money market funds rated AAAm by S&P, Aaa-mf by Moody’s or AAAmmf by Fitch Ratings, Inc.; (e) short term debt obligations of an issuer rated at least BBB by S&P or Baa2 by Moody’s, and maturing within twelve months from the date of acquisition; (f) repurchase obligations with a term of

 

3


not more than 90 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a)  above entered into with any Lender or Qualified Issuer; and (g) solely with respect to a Subsidiary which is incorporated or organized under the Laws of a jurisdiction outside of the United States, in addition to the investments described in clauses (a)  through (f)  of this definition, substantially similar investments denominated in foreign currencies (including similarly capitalized foreign banks).

“Change in Control” : (a) the consummation of a transaction the result of which is that any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the SEC thereunder as in effect on the date hereof) acquires ownership, direct or indirect, beneficially or of record, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock; or (b) Continuing Directors cease to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower or any successor by merger or consolidation.

Change in Law : the occurrence after the date of this Agreement (or, with respect to any Lender, such later date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement) of (a) the adoption of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.14(c) , by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall be deemed to be a “ Change in Law ”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

“Closing Date” : the date upon which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2 have been satisfied (or waived in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 9.1 ).

“Co-Documentation Agents” : collectively, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., Credit Suisse AG, Royal Bank of Canada and DNB Bank ASA, Grand Cayman Branch.

“Co-Syndication Agents” : collectively, Citibank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A. and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc.

“Code” : the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Commitment” : as to any Lender, its obligation (a) to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.1 , (b) to participate in Swing Line Loans in accordance with Section 2.19 and (c) to participate in Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.20 , in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule I (or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment or in such other documentation pursuant to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto, as applicable), as such amount may change from time to time as provided herein or as provided pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant hereto; provided that the Commitments shall not at any time exceed (x) $4,000,000,000 in the aggregate, or (y) after any Commitment increase pursuant to Section 2.4(c) , the aggregate amount of the Commitments as so increased, but in no event more than $5,000,000,000.

“Commitment Fee” : as defined in Section 2.8(b) .

 

4


“Commitment Percentage” : at a particular time, as to any Lender, the percentage of the aggregate Commitments in effect at such time constituted by such Lender’s Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Commitment Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect after giving effect to each assignment.

“Commitment Period” : the period from and including the Closing Date to but not including the Commitment Termination Date or such earlier date as all the Commitments shall terminate as provided herein.

“Commitment Termination Date” : the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date or such later date as shall be agreed to by a Lender pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.21 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the Business Day next preceding such date.

“Confidential Information” : as defined in Section 9.4 .

Connection Income Taxes : Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by gross or net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

“ConocoPhillips” : ConocoPhillips, a Delaware corporation.

“ConocoPhillips Company” : ConocoPhillips Company, a Delaware corporation.

“Consolidated Net Assets” : at any date, the total amount of assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after deducting therefrom (a) all current liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (excluding any thereof which are by their terms extendible or renewable at the option of the Borrower to a time more than 12 months after the time as of which the amount thereof is being computed), and (b) total prepaid expenses and deferred charges of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

“Consolidated Net Debt” : at any date, the Indebtedness (excluding Securitization Indebtedness) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries less the aggregate amount of (a) cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date (other than any cash proceeds of Securitization Indebtedness) and (b) cash and Cash Equivalents that have been deposited in a trust account or account created or pledged for the sole benefit of the holders of any Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries that has been defeased pursuant to such deposit and the other applicable terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Worth ”: the Net Worth of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Continuing Director” : (a) each individual who is a director of the Borrower on the Closing Date and (b) each other director of the Borrower whose election, appointment or nomination for election by the Borrower’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the then Continuing Directors or by a vote of at least a majority of a committee of the Borrower’s board of directors comprised solely of Continuing Directors.

“Continuing Lenders” : as defined in Section 2.21(b) .

“Contribution” : the transfer (in one or more transactions) by ConocoPhillips and its Subsidiaries to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of the Contribution Business.

 

5


“Contribution Business” : certain assets, liabilities and operations of ConocoPhillips Company’s and certain of its Subsidiaries’ crude oil and petroleum products refining, marketing and transportation business, chemicals business and midstream business (along with certain related miscellaneous assets and liabilities), and the Equity Interests of certain entities holding certain of such assets, liabilities and operations.

“Control” : the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Debtor Relief Laws : the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

“Default” : any of the events specified in Article 7 , whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

“Defaulting Lender” : at any time, a Lender as to which the Administrative Agent has notified the Borrower that such Lender, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent, has (a) failed to fund any portion of its Loans within three (3) Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) failed, within three (3) Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with the terms of this Agreement relating to its obligations to fund prospective Loans, (d) otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within three (3) Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (e) (i) become or is insolvent or has a parent company that has become or is insolvent or (ii) become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or has a parent company that has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender shall not become a Defaulting Lender solely as the result of the acquisition or maintenance of an ownership interest in such Lender or its parent company, or the exercise of control over such Lender or its parent company, by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof, so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of the courts of the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.

“Designated Arrangers” : collectively, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, and RBS Securities Inc.

“Distribution” : the pro rata dividend of the Borrower’s common stock in connection with the Spin-Off substantially as described in the Registration Statement.

 

6


“Dollar Equivalent” : at any time, with respect to an Alternate Currency Loan, a Letter of Credit or L/C Obligations denominated in an Alternate Currency, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined at such time by the Administrative Agent (or in the case by calculations made by an Issuing Bank, such Issuing Bank) on the basis of the Spot Rate.

“Dollars” and “$” : dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

“Domestic Office” : initially, the office of each Lender designated as such in the Administrative Questionnaire of such Lender; thereafter, such other office of such Lender, if any, located within the United States which shall be making or maintaining Reference Rate Loans.

Early Commitment Termination Date ”: as defined in Section 2.22(d) .

“Elective Guarantor” : a Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.9(b) . A First Tier Subsidiary that is an Elective Guarantor shall cease to be an “ Elective Guarantor ” and shall become a “ Required Guarantor ” from and after the date that it becomes a wholly-owned Material Subsidiary.

“Environmental Laws” : all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials or to health and safety matters arising from the exposure to Hazardous Materials.

“Environmental Liability” : any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Equity Interests” : with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such securities (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

“ERISA” : the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

“ERISA Affiliate” : any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c)  of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event ”: (a) any Reportable Event with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (c) the

 

7


incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan, other than a standard termination under Section 4041(b) of ERISA; (d) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice from the PBGC of any intention of the PBGC to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (e) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any Withdrawal Liability or other liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice of a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

“Eurocurrency Loans” : Eurodollar Loans and/or Alternate Currency Loans.

“Eurocurrency Rate” : with respect to each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Loan (a) for Eurodollar Loans, the Eurodollar Rate and (b) for Alternate Currency Loans, the rate equal to the rate per annum equal to the average (rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/16 of 1%) of the respective rates notified to the Administrative Agent by the Reference Lenders as the rate at which they are offered deposits in the Alternate Currency two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period in the interbank eurocurrency market where the foreign currency and exchange operations of the Reference Lenders are customarily conducted at or about 11:00 A.M. London time, for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to the amount of the Alternate Currency Loan of such Reference Lender to be outstanding during such Interest Period.

“Eurodollar Loans” : Loans hereunder denominated in Dollars at such time as they are made or being maintained at a rate of interest based upon the Eurodollar Rate.

“Eurodollar Office” : initially, the office of each Lender designated as such in the Administrative Questionnaire of such Lender, and thereafter, such other office of such Lender, if any, which shall be making or maintaining Eurodollar Loans.

“Eurodollar Rate” : with respect to the Interest Period for each Eurodollar Loan, (a) the rate per annum appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period or, (b) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum equal to the average (rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/16 of 1%) of the respective rates notified to the Administrative Agent by the Reference Lenders as the rate at which they are offered Dollar deposits two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period in the London interbank market at or about 11:00 A.M., London time, for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to the amount of the Eurodollar Loan of such Reference Lenders to which such Interest Period applies.

“Event of Default” : any of the events specified in Article 7 , provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, event or act has been satisfied.

“Excluded Subsidiary Debt” : (a) Unsecured Acquired Debt and refinancings, extensions, renewals, or refundings thereof provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased (other than by amounts incurred to pay the costs of such refinancing, extension, renewal or refunding and any premiums paid in connection therewith), (b) Indebtedness that is owed by a Subsidiary to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary, (c) amounts owing by a Subsidiary pursuant to Securitization Transactions as permitted by Section 6.3(c) and (d) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule II hereto.

 

8


Excluded Taxes : any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, state gross receipts Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the Laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a Law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.18 ) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.15 , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender acquired the applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.15(f) , and (d) any U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

“Execution Date” : the date upon which this Agreement has been executed by all parties hereto and all conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.1 have been satisfied (or waived in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 9.1 ).

“Existing Commitment Termination Date” : as defined in Section 2.21(a) .

“Extension of Commitment Termination Date Request” : as defined in Section 2.21(a) .

FATCA ”: the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” : for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System of the United States arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

“Fee Letters” : collectively, the fee letters dated January 18, 2012, executed by the Borrower in connection with this Agreement, including the fee letters in favor of the Designated Arrangers, the Joint Lead Arrangers (other than the Designated Arrangers), the Administrative Agent and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.

“Financial Letters of Credit” : any Letter of Credit issued to any Person other than an Affiliate of the Borrower to secure the payment by any such Person of its financial obligations, or to provide counter or “back-up” guarantees in support of bank guarantees, letters of credit or other credit facilities afforded to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or to support local currency borrowings outside the United States.

“Financial Officer” : the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, financial vice president, treasurer or controller of a Person.

 

9


“First Tier Subsidiary” : any direct Subsidiary.

Foreign Lender : any Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

“Fronting Exposure” : at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to any Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with Section 2.22(b)(iii) or (iv) , as applicable, and (b) with respect to any Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment Percentage of outstanding Swing Line Loans made by such Swing Line Lender other than Swing Line Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders.

“GAAP” : generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time.

“Governmental Authority” : any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

“Guarantee” : as to any Person, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (b) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee Effectiveness Date ”: the date designated as the “ Guarantee Effectiveness Date ” in the Guarantee Effectiveness Notice.

Guarantee Effectiveness Notice ”: a written notice from the Initial Guarantor, substantially in the form as Exhibit G , to the Administrative Agent dated as of the Closing Date stating that the Guarantee Effectiveness Date is, and the Guarantee of the Initial Guarantor hereunder is effective on, the Closing Date.

Guarantee Joinder ”: a Guarantee Joinder, substantially in the form as Exhibit F .

“Guarantor” : Phillips 66 Company in its capacity as the Initial Guarantor, each additional Required Guarantor (if any), and each Elective Guarantor (if any).

“Hazardous Materials” : all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

10


“Hedging Agreement” : any rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of the foregoing transactions) or any combination of the foregoing transactions.

“Hedging Obligations” : obligations in respect of Hedging Agreements.

“Indebtedness” : as to any Person, at any date, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, except trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business, (d) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person ( provided , that for purposes of this clause (e) , if such Person has not assumed or otherwise become personally liable for any such Indebtedness, the amount of Indebtedness of such Person in connection therewith shall be limited to the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset(s) and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness secured by such Lien), (f) all Indebtedness of others Guaranteed by such Person, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (h) all non-contingent obligations of such Person to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit or similar instrument (other than trade letters of credit and documentary letters of credit), provided however that in the case of letters of credit other than Letters of Credit issued hereunder, reimbursement obligations shall not be considered Indebtedness unless they have not been reimbursed within three Business Days after becoming due, and (i) all production payments, proceeds production payments or similar obligations of such Person. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

“Indebtedness for Borrowed Money” : as to any Person, at any date, without duplication, Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a)  and (b)  of the definition of Indebtedness and Guarantees thereof.

“Indemnified Taxes : (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a) , Other Taxes.

“Indemnitee” : as defined in Section 9.5(b) .

Initial Financial Statements : (a) unaudited pro forma combined financial statements of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the Contribution Business, consisting of (i) unaudited pro forma statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2011, prepared as though the Spin-Off occurred on January 1, 2011, and (ii) unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, prepared as though the Spin-Off occurred on December 31, 2011, and (b) audited combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 and combined statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in net parent company investment for the three years ended December 31, 2011, of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the Contribution Business.

“Interest Payment Date” : (a) as to any Reference Rate Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b) as to any Eurocurrency Loan in respect of which the Borrower has selected an Interest Period of one, two or three months, the last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any

 

11


Eurocurrency Loan in respect of which the Borrower has selected an Interest Period longer than three months, each date which is three months or a whole multiple thereof, from the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period and (d) as to any Swing Line Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the date of payment of such Swing Line Loan.

“Interest Period” : with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan:

(a) initially, the period commencing on the Borrowing Date or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurocurrency Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Borrowing Request or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given pursuant to Section 2.3 or Section 2.6 ; and

(b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurocurrency Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of continuation given pursuant to Section 2.6 ; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(i) if any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Loan would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month;

(iii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this definition of “Interest Period” , no Interest Period shall end after the Commitment Termination Date; and

(iv) if the Reference Lenders determine that funds are not available to provide Alternate Currency Loans with an Interest Period of one, two, three or six months, the Borrower may request a Eurodollar Loan or a Reference Rate Loan.

“Investment Grade Rating” : as to any Person, a rating of senior long-term unsecured debt of such Person without any third-party credit enhancement of (a) BBB- or higher by S&P or (b) Baa3 or higher by Moody’s.

“IRS” : The United States Internal Revenue Service.

“Issuing Bank” : each Principal Issuing Bank, and any other Lender which, with the consent of such Lender, is designated by the Borrower by notice to the Administrative Agent and approved by the Administrative Agent, each in its capacity as issuer of any Letter of Credit.

“Joint Lead Arrangers” : collectively Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, RBS Securities Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, DNB Markets, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Royal Bank of Canada and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.

 

12


“Laws” : all ordinances, statutes, rules, regulations, orders, injunctions, writs, treaties or decrees of any governmental or political subdivision or agency thereof, or of any court or similar entity established by any thereof.

“L/C Credit Extension” : with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

“L/C Disbursement” : any payment made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

“L/C Fee Payment Date” : ten days after (a) the last day of each March, June, September and December (b) and the last day of the Commitment Period.

“L/C Obligations” : at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Letters of Credit that have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 2.20(f) ; provided that any Letter of Credit that has expired by its terms but may still be drawn upon in accordance with Rule 3.14 of the International Standby Practices, shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.5 .

“L/C Participants” : with respect to any Letter of Credit, the collective reference to all Lenders other than the Issuing Bank of such Letter of Credit.

“Lender” : each Person listed on Schedule I and any other Person that becomes a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or otherwise in accordance with the terms hereof, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or otherwise in accordance with the terms hereof. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lender” includes the Swing Line Lender and each Issuing Bank.

“Letter of Credit Fees” : as defined in Section 2.20(d) .

“Letters of Credit” : as defined in Section 2.20(a) .

“Lien” : with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset (including any production payment, proceeds production payment or similar financing arrangement with respect to such asset). For the purposes of this Agreement, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any asset which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such asset.

“Loan” : a Revolving Credit Loan or Swing Line Loan as the context shall require.

Loan Documents : this Agreement, including schedules and exhibits hereto, the Fee Letters, any Guarantee Joinder, any Note, and any other document executed by the Borrower or a Guarantor that states by its terms that it is a Loan Document, and amendments, modifications or supplements thereto or waivers thereof.

“Loan Party” : each of the Borrower and each Guarantor.

“London Agency” : JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., acting as Administrative Agent through its Affiliate, Chase Manhattan International Limited, in London, England.

 

13


“Material Adverse Effect” : (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, (i) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the business, operations, property or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and of the Contribution Business, taken as a whole, (ii) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower and the Guarantors, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents, or material impairment of the ability of the Borrower to consummate the Spin-Off or (iii) material adverse effect upon the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Loan Documents; and (b) after the Closing Date, (i) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the business, operations, property or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower and the Guarantors, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) a material adverse effect upon the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Loan Documents; provided that consummation of the Transactions shall not be considered to be a material adverse change, effect or impairment.

“Material Subsidiary” : Phillips 66 Company and at any time, any Subsidiary which as of such time meets the definition of a “significant subsidiary” contained as of the date hereof in Regulation S-X of the SEC; provided that in no event shall any Subsidiary that is a Securitization Entity constitute a “ Material Subsidiary ” hereunder.

“Moody’s” : Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Multiemployer Plan” : a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate (a) makes or is obligated to make contributions or (b) has any liability, including Withdrawal Liability.

“National Currency” : the currency lawfully adopted by a country as its national currency unit.

Net Worth ”: with respect to any Person, without duplication, the sum of such Person’s capital stock, additional paid in capital, retained earnings and any other account that, in accordance with GAAP, constitutes stockholders’ equity, less treasury stock; provided that “ Net Worth ” shall not include the liquidation value of any Preferred Equity Interests.

“Non-Defaulting Lender” : at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” : a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

“Note” : a Revolving Credit Note or a Swing Line Note, as the context shall require.

“Obligation Currency” : as defined in Section 9.15 .

“Obligations” : as defined in Section 10.1 .

Other Connection Taxes : with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes : all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance,

 

14


enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.18 ).

“Participant” : as defined in Section 9.6(b) .

“Patriot Act” : as defined in Section 9.19 .

“PBGC” : the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

“Pension Act” : the Pension Protection Act of 2006, as amended from time to time.

Pension Funding Rules ”: the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Plans and set forth in, with respect to plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Act, Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, each as in effect prior to the Pension Act and, thereafter, Sections 412 , 430 , 431 , 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302 , 303 , 304 and 305 of ERISA, in each case, as amended from time to time.

“Performance Letters of Credit” : any trade or documentary Letter of Credit issued to secure the performance by any Person of its obligations, or to guarantee or otherwise secure any Person’s obligations relating to a bid, advance payment or security deposit, retention release, custom and duty deferment guaranty or bond, warranty or performance bond or other guaranty.

“Permitted Changes” : with respect to any document or agreement, changes thereto or waivers or consents given thereunder that are either (a) not materially adverse to the Lenders or (b) agreed to by the Designated Arrangers. As used in this definition, a change or other matter is “materially adverse to the Lenders” if such change or other matter has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

“Person” : an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

“Plan” : any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Preferred Equity Interest ”: any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event or circumstance either (a) matures, (b) is redeemable (whether mandatorily or otherwise) at the option of the holder thereof for any consideration other than shares of common stock or (c) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or other Preferred Equity Interests, in each case, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is one year after the earlier of (x) the Commitment Termination Date or (y) the date on which the Loans have been paid in full, the Commitments have terminated, all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated and all L/C Disbursements have been reimbursed.

“Pricing Grid” : the Pricing Grid attached hereto as Annex A .

“Principal Issuing Bank” : each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Bank of America, N.A., Citibank, N.A., The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., Credit Suisse AG, Royal Bank of Canada and DNB Bank ASA, Grand Cayman Branch, each in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit.

 

15


“Priority Debt” : as defined in Section 6.3(b) .

“Purchasing Lender” : as defined in Section 9.6(c) .

“Qualified Issuer” : any commercial bank (a) which has capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 and (b) the outstanding long-term debt securities of which are rated at least A by S&P or at least A2 by Moody’s, or carry an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency if both of the rating agencies named herein cease publishing ratings of investments.

Recipient : (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender or (c) any Issuing Bank, as applicable.

“Reference Lenders” : initially, Bank of America, N.A., Citibank, N.A., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.; provided that the Reference Lenders may be changed in accordance with Section 2.10 .

“Reference Rate” : the highest of (a) the average of the rates of interest publicly announced by the Reference Lenders from time to time as their respective reference or prime rates, which such rates may not be the lowest rate of interest charged by such Reference Lenders, (b) the average of the overnight federal funds rate as quoted to the Administrative Agent from three brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent for the purchase at face value of federal funds in the secondary market in an amount comparable to the outstanding principal amount of the applicable Loan, or portion thereof, and with a maturity of one day plus a margin of 1/2 of 1%, and (c) the Eurodollar Rate applicable for a one month Interest Period starting on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%. Any change in the Reference Rate due to a change in the reference rate, prime rate, federal funds rate, or the Eurodollar Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such respective change.

“Reference Rate Loans” : Loans hereunder at such time as they are made or being maintained at a rate of interest based upon the Reference Rate.

“Refunded Swing Line Loans” : as defined in Section 2.19(c) .

“Register” : as defined in Section 9.6(d) .

“Registration Statement” : the Borrower’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the SEC on January 3, 2012. Unless otherwise indicated in this Agreement, all references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement shall mean the Registration Statement as it may be amended from time to time.

“Reimbursement Obligation” : the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.20(f) for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit.

“Related Parties” : with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

“Reportable Event” : a “reportable event” as that term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder.

“Requested Commitment Termination Date” : as defined in Section 2.21(a) .

 

16


“Required Guarantor” : any wholly-owned Material Subsidiary that is a First Tier Subsidiary; collectively the “ Required Guarantors ”.

“Required Lenders” : at any time, Lenders, the Commitment Percentages of which aggregate more than 50% of the aggregate Commitments in effect at such time; provided that, if the Commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of each Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit have been terminated hereunder, then “ Required Lenders ” shall mean Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Total Extensions of Credit (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition); provided further that, the aggregate amount of the Commitments of the Defaulting Lenders and the Total Extensions of Credit of the Defaulting Lenders (with the aggregate amount of each Defaulting Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Defaulting Lender for purposes of this definition), if any, shall be excluded from the determination of Required Lenders to the extent set forth in Section 2.22(b) .

“Revolving Credit Loans” : as defined in Section 2.1(a) .

“Revolving Credit Note” : as defined in Section 2.2(e) .

“S&P” : Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (a division of McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.).

“Sale/Leaseback Transaction ”: an arrangement whereby the Borrower or a Subsidiary transfers property owned by it to a Person and the Borrower or a Subsidiary leases it from such Person.

“SEC” : the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to the functions thereof.

“Securitization Entity” : any Person engaged solely in the business of effecting Securitization Transactions and related activities.

“Securitization Indebtedness” : any Indebtedness under any Securitization Transaction that does not permit or provide recourse for principal or interest (other than Standard Securitization Undertakings) to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Securitization Entity) or any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than the property or assets of a Securitization Entity or any Equity Interests or securities issued by a Securitization Entity).

“Securitization Transaction” : any transaction in which the Borrower or a Subsidiary sells or otherwise transfers accounts receivable or other rights to payment (whether existing or arising in the future) and assets related thereto (a) to one or more purchasers or (b) to a special purpose entity that (i) borrows under a loan secured by or issues securities payable from such accounts receivable or other rights to payment (or undivided interests therein) and related assets or (ii) sells or otherwise transfers such accounts receivable or other rights to payment (or undivided interests therein) and related assets to one or more purchasers, whether or not amounts received in connection with the sale or other transfer of such accounts receivable or other rights to payment and related assets to an entity referred to in clause (a)  or (b)  above would under GAAP be accounted for as liabilities on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower. The amount of any Securitization Transaction shall be deemed at any time to be (1) the aggregate outstanding principal or stated amount of the borrowings or securities in connection with the transactions referred to in clause (b)(i) of the preceding sentence; (2) the outstanding amount of capital invested in or unrecovered outstanding purchase price paid in connection with a transaction referred to in clause (b)(ii) of the preceding sentence; or (3) if there shall be no such principal or stated amount or outstanding capital invested or unrecovered purchase price, the uncollected amount of the accounts receivable transferred to such purchaser(s) pursuant to such Securitization Transaction net of any such accounts receivable that have been written off as uncollectible and any discount in the purchase price thereof.

 

17


“Senior Credit Facilities” : collectively, the loans and credit facilities provided under this Agreement, the Term Loan Agreement, and the Bridge Loan Agreement (if applicable).

“Senior Debt” : the Borrower’s senior unsecured, non-credit enhanced, long term debt for which a rating has been established by Moody’s and/or S&P as provided in the Pricing Grid.

“Separation Documents” : collectively, the material agreements and documents attached as exhibits to the Registration Statement that relate to the Contribution and Distribution.

“Special Distribution” : the direct and indirect payments and distributions, whether in the form of repayment of intercompany Indebtedness and/or other distributions of cash or other property or assets, by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to ConocoPhillips or any of its Subsidiaries on or prior to the Closing Date.

“Spin-Off” : a series of one or more transactions by ConocoPhillips and its Subsidiaries to give effect to the public spin-off of the Borrower, including the Contribution and Distribution.

“Spot Rate” : for a currency means the rate determined by the Administrative Agent (or in the case by calculations made by an Issuing Bank the rate determined by such Issuing Bank) to be the rate quoted by such Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with Dollars through its principal foreign exchange trading office as at 10:00 A.M. (or as near thereto as may be practicable), New York City time, two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent (or such Issuing Bank) may obtain such spot rate from the Reference Lenders, as conclusively determined by the Reference Lenders as the spot rate for the purchase by the Reference Lenders of such Alternate Currency on or as of such date on the basis of the spot exchange rate therefor in the interbank eurocurrency market where the foreign currency and exchange operations of each Reference Lender’s Alternate Currency Office are customarily conducted with respect to such Alternate Currency as at 10:00 A.M. (or as near thereto as may be practicable), New York City time, on or as of such date.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” : any representations, warranties, servicer obligations, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower of a type that are reasonably customary in securitizations.

“Subsidiary” : with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, or held by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “ Subsidiary ” or to “ Subsidiaries ” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

“Subsidiary Guarantee” : as defined in Section 10.1 .

 

18


“Swing Line Commitment” : as to the Swing Line Lender, its obligation to make Swing Line Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19 in an aggregate amount not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, $300,000,000, as such amount may change from time to time as provided herein.

“Swing Line Lender” : as defined in Section 2.19(a) .

“Swing Line Loan” : as defined in Section 2.19(a) .

“Swing Line Note” : as defined in Section 2.19(b) .

“Swing Line Participation Amount” : as defined in Section 2.19(e) .

Taxes : all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Term Loan Agreement” : the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Borrower, the Initial Guarantor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the several banks and financial institutions from time to time parties thereto.

“Terminating Lender” : as defined in Section 2.21(a) .

“Ticking Fee” : as defined in Section 2.8(a) .

“Total Capitalization” : at the date of any determination thereof, the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Debt plus (b) Consolidated Net Worth plus (c) the involuntary liquidation value of any Preferred Equity Interests.

“Total Extensions of Credit” : at any time, the aggregate amount of the Loans and L/C Obligations outstanding at such time.

“Tranche” : the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans and Alternate Currency Loans, the Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not the Loans comprising any such Tranche were originally made on the same day).

“Transactions” : the Contribution, the Special Distribution, the Distribution, the execution and delivery of the Bridge Loan Agreement, this Agreement and the Term Loan Agreement, and the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Borrower and the Guarantors on or before the Closing Date under the Bridge Loan Agreement (if applicable), under the Term Loan Agreement and under this Agreement.

“Transfer Effective Date” : as defined in each Assignment and Assumption.

“Transferee” : as defined in Section 9.6(g) .

“Type” : as to any Revolving Credit Loan, its nature as a Reference Rate Loan, a Eurodollar Loan or an Alternate Currency Loan, and as to any Swing Line Loan, its nature as an ASK Rate Loan or an ABR Loan.

Unsecured Acquired Debt” : unsecured Indebtedness of a Person that (a) exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary as a result of an acquisition, merger or other combination, in each case, consummated after the Closing Date, or at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or otherwise acquired by, a Subsidiary, in each case, after the Closing Date, or (b) is assumed in connection

 

19


with the acquisition of assets after the Closing Date; provided that, (x) in each case, such unsecured Indebtedness was not incurred or granted in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, or other combination, and (y) in no event shall such unsecured Indebtedness exceed the value of the Person or property so acquired.

U.S. Person : a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate : as defined in Section 2.15(f)(ii)(B)(3) .

“Voting Stock” : capital stock of the Borrower that is entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of the Borrower (other than any such capital stock having such rights only upon the occurrence of a contingency that has not yet occurred).

“Withdrawal Liability” : liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Section 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions .

(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any other Loan Document or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.

(b) As used herein and in any other Loan Document, and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, (i) the words “include” , “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” , (ii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iii) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, capital stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, (iv) references to agreements shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, and (v) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns.

(c) The words “hereof” , “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and article, section, schedule and exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

(e) Provisions of this Agreement related to Alternate Currency Loans and Letters of Credit denominated in Alternate Currencies shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify (after consultation with the Borrower) to be appropriate to reflect (i) the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro, and/or (ii) a change in currency of any country (including any member state of the European Union that elects to discontinue use of the Euro) and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.

 

20


Section 1.3 Accounting Terms; GAAP . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein.

Section 1.4 Alternate Currencies .

(a) The Borrower may from time to time request that a currency (other than Dollars) constitute an Alternate Currency hereunder so long as such requested currency otherwise meets the definition of Alternate Currency. In order for any such currency to constitute an Alternate Currency hereunder, the Borrower shall have requested and each of the Lenders shall have agreed that Alternate Currency Loans may be made and/or Letters of Credit may be issued hereunder in such requested currency in accordance with the terms of this Section 1.4 (it being understood that a currency may constitute an Alternate Currency hereunder for the purpose of issuing a Letter of Credit but not for the purpose of making a Eurocurrency Loan, and vice versa).

(b) Any such request shall be made to the Administrative Agent not later than ten Business Days prior to the date of the desired Alternate Currency Loan or Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 A.M., five Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of Alternate Currency Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit, as the case may be, in such requested currency.

(c) Any failure by a Lender to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Lender to permit Alternate Currency Loans to be made or Letters of Credit to be issued in such requested currency. If the Administrative Agent and all the Lenders consent to making Alternate Currency Loans and to the Issuing Banks issuing Letters of Credit in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternate Currency hereunder for so long as such currency satisfies the other provisions in the definition of “Alternate Currency.” If the Administrative Agent shall fail to obtain consent to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.4 , the Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the Borrower.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Alternate Currency, if the Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent that (i) currency control or other exchange regulations are imposed in the country in which such currency is issued with the result that different types of such currency are introduced, (ii) such country’s currency is no longer readily available or freely traded or (iii) a Dollar Equivalent is not readily calculable (each of clause (i) , (ii)  and (iii) , a “ Disqualifying Event ”), then the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower, and such currency shall no longer be an Alternate Currency until such time as the Disqualifying Event(s) no longer exist, but in any

 

21


event within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such notice from the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall repay all Loans in such currency to which the Disqualifying Event applies or convert such Loans into Loans in Dollars or another Alternate Currency, subject to the other terms contained in Article 2 .

(e) Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a borrowing, making of an Alternate Currency Loan, conversion, continuation or prepayment of an Alternate Currency Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, such amount shall be the relevant Alternate Currency Equivalent of such Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Alternate Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be.

Section 1.5 Letter of Credit Amounts . Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

ARTICLE 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

Section 2.1 Revolving Credit Loans .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans ( “Revolving Credit Loans” ) in Dollars and in Alternate Currency to the Borrower from time to time during the period from and including the Closing Date to but not including such Lender’s Commitment Termination Date in an aggregate principal amount (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof, in the case of the Alternate Currency Loans) at any one time outstanding which, when added to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Swing Line Loans then outstanding and (ii) the L/C Obligations then outstanding (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof, in the case of L/C Obligations denominated in an Alternate Currency), does not exceed the amount of such Lender’s then current Commitment, provided that the aggregate amount of the Total Extensions of Credit outstanding (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof, in the case of Alternate Currency Loans or L/C Obligations denominated in an Alternate Currency) shall not at any time exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may use the Commitments by borrowing, prepaying the Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

(b) The Revolving Credit Loans may from time to time be (i) Eurodollar Loans, (ii) Reference Rate Loans, (iii) Alternate Currency Loans or (iv) a combination thereof, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.3 or Section 2.6 , provided that, no Revolving Credit Loan shall be made as a Eurocurrency Loan after the day that is one month prior to the last occurring Commitment Termination Date. Eurodollar Loans shall be made by each Lender at its Eurodollar Office, Alternate Currency Loans shall be made by each Lender at its Alternate Currency Office and Reference Rate Loans shall be made by each Lender at its Domestic Office.

Section 2.2 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Indebtedness .

(a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans made by such Lender on such Lender’s Commitment Termination Date (or such earlier date on which the Revolving

 

22


Credit Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 2.5 or Article 7 ). The Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of its Revolving Credit Loans from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 2.9 .

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 9.6(d) , and a subaccount therein for each Lender in which there shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 2.2(b) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by any Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note of the Borrower evidencing the Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit A with appropriate insertions as to principal amount (each, a “Revolving Credit Note” ).

Section 2.3 Procedure for Revolving Credit Borrowing .

(a) The Borrower may borrow under the Commitments during the Commitment Period on any Business Day; provided that the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent a Borrowing Request, which Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable, (i) prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time, four Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Alternate Currency Loans, (ii) prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time, three Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Loans and (iii) prior to 12:00 P.M., New York City time, on the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Reference Rate Loans, specifying (A) the amount to be borrowed, (B) the requested Borrowing Date, (C) whether the borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Loan, an Alternate Currency Loan, a Reference Rate Loan or a combination thereof and (D) the length of the Interest Period for each Eurodollar Loan or Alternate Currency Loan included in such Borrowing Request. Each borrowing under the Commitments shall be in an aggregate principal amount of the lesser of (1) $10,000,000 (or Dollar Equivalent thereof, in the case of Alternate Currency Loans) or a whole multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof (or Dollar Equivalent thereof, in the case of Alternate Currency Loans) (or, in the case of any borrowing to be used solely to pay a like amount of outstanding Swing Line Loans, $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof), and (2) the then Available Commitments.

(b) Upon receipt of such Borrowing Request from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof (but in any event no later than (i) the date of receipt of such Borrowing Request from the Borrower, in the case of Eurodollar Loans and Alternate Currency Loans and (ii) 12:30 P.M., New York City time, on the requested Borrowing Date in the case of Reference Rate

 

23


Loans). If such request is to make Alternate Currency Loans, the Administrative Agent shall determine, which determination shall be conclusive, the Dollar Equivalent of the requested Alternate Currency Loan and shall include such determination in such notice to the Lenders and shall give the Borrower notice of such determination. Each Lender will make the amount of its Commitment Percentage of each borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower (x) at the office of the Administrative Agent set forth in Section 9.2 prior to (1) 2:00 P.M., New York City time, in the case of Reference Rate Loans, and (2) 12:00 P.M., New York City time, in the case of Eurodollar Loans and (y) at an account designated by the Administrative Agent maintained in London, England prior to 11:00 A.M., New York City time, in the case of Alternate Currency Loans, in each case on the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent (in Dollars, in the case of Reference Rate Loans and Eurodollar Loans, or in the Alternate Currency, in the case of Alternate Currency Loans). The proceeds of all such Revolving Credit Loans will then be made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Administrative Agent, or such other account of the Borrower as shall have been designated by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

(c) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a proposed Borrowing Date (or, in the case of any borrowing of Reference Rate Loans, prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time on the proposed Borrowing Date) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent the amount which would constitute its Commitment Percentage of the borrowing on such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such Borrowing Date, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the borrowing on such Borrowing Date. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower as promptly as practicable if such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent on such Borrowing Date. If such amount is made available to the Administrative Agent on a date after such Borrowing Date, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) the daily average overnight Federal Funds Effective Rate during such period as quoted by the Administrative Agent, times (ii) the amount of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of such borrowing ( minus the amount, if any, which such Lender has made available to the Administrative Agent), times (iii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse from and including such Borrowing Date to the date on which such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of such borrowing shall have become immediately available to the Administrative Agent and the denominator of which is 360. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.3(c) shall be prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information set forth therein, absent manifest error. If such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of such borrowing is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days of such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover the amount of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of such borrowing ( minus the amount, if any, which such Lender had made available to the Administrative Agent) on demand from the Borrower with interest thereon (A) for the period from and including such Borrowing Date to the date one day after such demand, at a rate per annum equal to the daily average overnight Federal Funds Effective Rate during such period as quoted by the Administrative Agent and calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed and (B) thereafter, at the rate per annum applicable to Reference Rate Loans hereunder. Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(c) shall prejudice in any manner whatsoever any right or remedy of the Borrower against such Lender.

 

24


Section 2.4 Termination or Reduction of Commitments; Increase of Commitments .

(a) The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount thereof, provided that no such termination or reduction shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Loans made on the effective date thereof, the then outstanding Total Extensions of Credit (or the Dollar Equivalent, in the case of Alternate Currency Loans or L/C Obligations denominated in an Alternate Currency) would exceed the amount of the Commitments then in effect. Any such reduction shall be in an amount of $10,000,000, or a whole multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof, and shall reduce permanently the amount of such Commitments then in effect.

(b) Upon the occurrence of an “ Early Payment Date ” under, and as defined in, the Term Loan Agreement or the Bridge Loan Agreement, the Commitments shall automatically terminate.

(c) The Borrower shall have the right, upon notice to the Administrative Agent and without the consent of the Lenders ( provided that no Lender’s Commitment shall be increased without such Lender’s consent, which consent may be given or withheld in such Lender’s sole and absolute discretion), to cause from time to time an increase in the aggregate Commitments of the Lenders (i) by adding one or more additional Lenders, each with its own additional Commitment, and any such additional Lenders must be approved by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, and the Swing Line Lender (such approvals not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and shall become a party as a “Lender” and assume obligations and acquire rights as such additional Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had such additional Lender been an original Lender, or (ii) by allowing one or more existing Lenders to increase their respective Commitments; provided that no such increase provided for in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above shall be permitted if (A) any Event of Default then exists and is continuing or (B) the aggregate Commitments immediately after giving effect to such increases would exceed $5,000,000,000. Each such increase shall be in a minimum amount of $25,000,000 and integral multiples of $5,000,000.

Section 2.5 Prepayments .

(a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Revolving Credit Loans and the Swing Line Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent at least three Business Days’ prior thereto in the case of Eurocurrency Loans and at least one Business Day prior thereto in the case of Reference Rate Loans or Swing Line Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans, Alternate Currency Loans, Reference Rate Loans, Swing Line Loans or a combination thereof, and if of a combination thereof, the amount of prepayment allocable to each. Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. If such notice is given, the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (except in the case of Reference Rate Loans and Swing Line Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid and any amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.16 .

(b) If, after giving effect to any termination or reduction of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.4 , Section 2.21 or Section 2.22(d) , the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Total Extensions of Credit exceeds the Commitments as so reduced, the Borrower shall, simultaneously with any such termination or reduction of the Commitments, pay or prepay the Revolving Credit Loans and the Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to such excess, together with interest thereon accrued to such date of payment or prepayment and any amount payable pursuant to Section 2.16 ; provided that if the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans then outstanding is less than the amount of such excess (because L/C Obligations constitute a portion thereof), the Borrower shall, to the extent of the balance of such excess, Cash Collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit in an amount equal to such excess to be held as provided in Section 2.20(k) .

 

 

25


(c) If (i) on the fourth Business Day prior to (x) any Interest Payment Date for any Revolving Credit Loan when any Alternate Currency Loan is outstanding, or if no Alternate Currency Loans are outstanding, any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency is outstanding, or (y) any L/C Fee Payment Date, the aggregate principal amount of the Total Extensions of Credit outstanding (in the case of Alternate Currency Loans and L/C Obligations denominated in an Alternate Currency such principal amount being the Dollar Equivalent thereof on such fourth Business Day as determined by the Administrative Agent, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) exceeds the aggregate Commitments or (ii) the Administrative Agent at the request of any Lender (which request may be made at any time an Alternate Currency Loan or Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency is outstanding) shall notify the Borrower that the aggregate principal amount of the Total Extensions of Credit outstanding (in the case of Alternate Currency Loans and L/C Obligations denominated in an Alternate Currency such principal amount being the Dollar Equivalent thereof on such date as determined by the Administrative Agent, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) exceeds an amount equal to 102% the aggregate Commitments, then on such Interest Payment Date, L/C Fee Payment Date or within four Business Days of the Borrower’s receipt of such notice, as applicable, the Borrower shall prepay Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to such excess. The Borrower shall specify whether such prepayment is of Alternate Currency Loans, Eurodollar Loans, Reference Rate Loans, Swing Line Loans or a combination thereof, and if of a combination thereof, the amount of prepayment allocable to each. If the Borrower fails to so specify, and there is more than one Type of Revolving Credit Loan, the amount prepaid shall be applied first to outstanding Alternate Currency Loans, then to outstanding Eurodollar Loans, then to outstanding Reference Rate Loans and last to outstanding Swing Line Loans. If the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans then outstanding is less than the amount of such excess (because L/C Obligations constitute a portion thereof), the Borrower shall, to the extent of the balance of such excess, Cash Collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit in an amount equal to such excess to be held as provided in Section 2.20(k) .

Section 2.6 Conversion and Continuation Options . With respect to Revolving Credit Loans:

(a) The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert its Eurocurrency Loans to Reference Rate Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election by 11:00 A.M. on a Business Day, provided that any such conversion of Eurocurrency Loans may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert its Eurodollar Loans or Reference Rate Loans to Alternate Currency Loans by giving the Administrative Agent at least four Business Days’ prior irrevocable notice of such election, provided that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert its respective Reference Rate Loans or Alternate Currency Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent at least three Business Days’ prior irrevocable notice of such election, provided that any such conversion of Alternate Currency Loans may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Any such notice of conversion to Eurocurrency Loans shall specify the length of the Interest Periods therefor and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, the requested Type thereof. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. All or any part of the outstanding Eurocurrency Loans and Reference Rate Loans may be converted as provided herein, provided that no Revolving Credit Loan may be converted into a Eurocurrency Loan (i) when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders in their sole discretion, notifies the Borrower such conversions shall not be permitted, (ii) if, after giving effect thereto, Section 2.7 would be contravened, or (iii) after the date that is one month prior to the last occurring Commitment Termination

 

26


Date; provided further , that if such conversion is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso and the applicable Eurocurrency Loan is not repaid, such Revolving Credit Loans shall automatically be converted to Reference Rate Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period.

(b) Any Eurocurrency Loans may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving notice to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the appropriate notification provisions therefor set forth in Section 2.6(a) , of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans, provided that no Eurocurrency Loan may be continued as such (i) when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversions, (ii) if, after giving effect thereto, Section 2.7 would be contravened, (iii) if such Eurocurrency Loan is denominated in a currency that no longer constitutes an Alternate Currency, or (iv) after the date that is one month prior to the Commitment Termination Date; provided further , that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this Section 2.6 or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso, such Revolving Credit Loans shall automatically be converted to Reference Rate Loans (denominated in Dollars if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to clause (iii)  of the preceding proviso) on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period.

(c) The conversion or continuation of Loans as herein provided shall not constitute the making of new Loans hereunder.

Section 2.7 Maximum Number of Tranches . All borrowings, conversions and continuations of Loans and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, there shall be no more than twenty Tranches outstanding at any one time.

Section 2.8 Fees .

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a non-refundable ticking fee (the “Ticking Fee” ) from and including April 17, 2012 to, but excluding, the earlier of (i) the Closing Date and (ii) the date upon which all of the Commitments have expired or been terminated, computed at the rate per annum set forth on the Pricing Grid on the average daily amount of the Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment is made. Such Ticking Fees shall be payable on the earlier of (x) the Closing Date and (y) the date upon which all of the Commitments have expired or been terminated.

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (subject to Section 2.22(b)(i) ) a non-refundable commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee” ) from and including the first day of the Commitment Period to such Lender’s Commitment Termination Date, computed at the rate per annum set forth on the Pricing Grid on the average daily amount of the Available Commitment of such Lender (using the Dollar Equivalent of any Alternate Currency Loans then outstanding) during the period for which payment is made. Such Commitment Fees shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and on such Lender’s Commitment Termination Date or such earlier date as the Commitment of such Lender shall terminate as provided herein, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the Closing Date.

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, an administrative agent’s fee set forth in the Fee Letter between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(d) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender, the upfront fees set forth in the Fee Letters among the Borrower and the Joint Lead Arrangers.

 

27


Section 2.9 Interest Rate .

(a) Each Eurocurrency Loan shall bear interest for the Interest Period applicable thereto on the unpaid principal amount thereof at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate determined for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) Each Reference Rate Loan shall bear interest for each day on the unpaid principal amount thereof at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the Reference Rate for such day plus the Applicable Margin.

(c) Each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof at a rate equal to the sum of (i) the ASK Rate or ABR as elected by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19(a) plus (ii) (A) if such Swing Line Loan is an ASK Rate Loan, the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans or (B) if such Swing Line Loan is an ABR Loan, the Applicable Margin for Reference Rate Loans.

(d) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation or if all or a portion of any interest payable on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall, without limiting the rights of any Lender under Article 7 , bear interest at a rate per annum which is (i) in the case of overdue principal, 2% above the rate which would otherwise be applicable pursuant to Section 2.9(a) , (b) or (c) and (ii) in the case of any other overdue amount, 2% above the rate described in Section 2.9(b) , in each case from the date of nonpayment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment); provided that if such overdue principal amount is of Eurocurrency Loans and the due date therefor is other than the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto, such Eurocurrency Loans shall bear interest from the date that such principal amount was due to the last day of such Interest Period at a rate per annum which is 2% above the rate which would otherwise be applicable pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2.9 .

(e) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to clause (d) of this Section 2.9 shall be payable from time to time on demand.

Section 2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees .

(a) Interest in respect of the Reference Rate Loans and the Swing Line Loans (other than ASK Rate Loans) shall be calculated on the basis of a 365 (or 366, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed. Commitment Fees, Ticking Fees and interest in respect of ASK Rate Loans and Eurocurrency Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the Lenders of each determination of a Eurocurrency Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the Reference Rate, the ABR, the ASK Rate or the Applicable Margin shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change in the ABR, the ASK Rate or Reference Rate is announced or such Applicable Margin changes as provided herein, as the case may be. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, upon the request of the Borrower, deliver to the Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.9(a) .

 

28


(c) If any Reference Lender’s Commitment shall terminate or all of its Loans are assigned to another Person for any reason whatsoever, such Reference Lender shall thereupon cease to be a Reference Lender. If for any reason there shall cease to be at least three Reference Lenders, then the Administrative Agent (with the consent of the Borrower) shall by notice to the Borrower and the Lenders designate another Lender as a Reference Lender so that there shall at all times be at least three Reference Lenders; provided that each Reference Lender must be a Lender.

(d) Each Reference Lender shall use its best efforts to furnish quotations of rates to the Administrative Agent as contemplated hereby. If any of the Reference Lenders shall be unable or otherwise fails to supply such rates to the Administrative Agent upon its request, the rate of interest shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Lenders or Reference Lender.

(e) The Borrower may, not more than once in each calendar year, change one or more of the Reference Lenders in accordance with this Section 2.10(e) ; provided that each Reference Lender must be a Lender. In order to effect such change, the Borrower shall give notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly transmit such notice to each Lender) that, commencing with (x) each Interest Period beginning not less than 10 Business Days after receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice with respect to Eurocurrency Loans and (y) the first day of the first calendar month beginning not less than 10 Business Days after receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice with respect to Reference Rate Loans, the Reference Lenders shall be changed to the Lenders specified in such notice.

Section 2.11 Inability to Determine Interest Rate; Illegality .

(a) Inability to Determine Interest Rate . In the event that prior to the first day of any Interest Period with respect to a Eurocurrency Loan:

(i) if a Eurodollar Loan, none of the Reference Lenders is able to obtain bids for its Dollar deposits for such Interest Period in the manner contemplated by the term “Eurodollar Rate” or, if an Alternate Currency Loan, none of the Reference Lenders is able to obtain bids for its deposits of the Alternate Currency for such Interest Period in the manner contemplated by clause (b)  of the term “Eurocurrency Rate” ; or

(ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from Lenders constituting the Required Lenders that the interest rate determined pursuant to Section 2.9(a) for such Interest Period does not accurately reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining Eurocurrency Loans during such Interest Period,

with respect to a Loan that is to be made as or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Loan or an Alternate Currency Loan, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give telecopy or telephonic notice ( provided that any telephonic notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing) of such determination to the Borrower and each Lender at least one day prior to the relevant Borrowing Date, conversion date or continuation date for such Eurodollar Loan or Alternate Currency Loan. If such notice is given, (x) any Loan that is to be made as or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Loan shall be made as or converted to a Reference Rate Loan and (y) any Loan that is to be made as or converted to or continued as an Alternate Currency Loan shall be made as a Eurodollar Loan, having an Interest Period of one month, if available, and otherwise shall be made as or converted to a Reference Rate Loan. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans or Alternate Currency Loans, as applicable, shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert Loans to Eurodollar Loans or Alternate Currency Loans, as applicable.

 

29


(b) Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that it becomes unlawful for any Lender or its applicable lending office to honor its obligation to make or maintain Eurocurrency Loans either generally or having a particular Interest Period hereunder, then (a) such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof and such Lender’s obligation to make such Eurocurrency Loans shall be suspended (the “ Affected Loans ”) until such time as such Lender may again make and maintain such Eurocurrency Loans and (b) all Affected Loans which would otherwise be made by such Lender shall be made instead as Reference Rate Loans (and, if such Lender so requests by notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, all Affected Loans of such Lender then outstanding shall be automatically converted into Reference Rate Loans on the date specified by such Lender in such notice) and, to the extent that Affected Loans are so made as (or converted into) Reference Rate Loans, all payments of principal which would otherwise be applied to such Lender’s Affected Loans shall be applied instead to its Reference Rate Loans.

Section 2.12 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments .

(a) Each borrowing of Loans by the Borrower (except for Swing Line Loans) from the Lenders hereunder and, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.21 and Section 2.22 , each payment by the Borrower on account of any fee payable hereunder in respect of the Commitments and any reduction of the Commitments of the Lenders hereunder shall be made pro rata according to the respective Commitment Percentages of the Lenders. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.21 or Section 2.22 , each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Loans (except for Swing Line Loans) shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Credit Loans then held by the Lenders.

(b) The Borrower expressly agrees that in all cases where an Alternate Currency Loan is outstanding its primary obligation is to make payments of principal and interest thereon in the Alternate Currency. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Borrower is required hereunder to pay in Dollars any Eurocurrency Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars, such amount shall be paid in Dollars using the Dollar Equivalent of the Eurocurrency Loan (calculated based upon the Dollar Equivalent in effect on the date of payment thereof). Where an Alternate Currency Loan is outstanding, for the purpose of the Administrative Agent making calculations which, pursuant to this Agreement, are to be made in Dollars (including, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, calculation of Commitment Fees and the amount of the Available Commitments), such calculations shall be made in Dollars by reference to the Dollar Equivalent of such Alternate Currency Loan in effect as of the date of any determination thereof.

(c) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder and under any other Loan Documents, whether on account of principal, interest and fees or otherwise, shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 12:00 P.M., New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the Administrative Agent’s office set forth in Section 9.2 , in lawful money of the United States of America (except with respect to Alternate Currency Loans, which shall be payable in lawful money of the Alternate Currency and at the Administrative Agent’s London Agency office) and in immediately available funds. Any amounts received after such time on any date shall be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for the purposes of calculating interest thereon. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to each Lender to its Eurodollar Office, Alternate Currency Office or Domestic Office, as applicable, promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurocurrency Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurocurrency Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar

 

30


month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

(d) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed L/C Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed L/C Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed L/C Disbursements then due to such parties.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 , if, after the making of any Eurocurrency Loan in any currency other than Dollars, currency control or exchange regulations are imposed in the country which issues such currency with the result that the type of currency in which such Eurocurrency Loan was made (the “ Original Currency ”) no longer exists or the Borrower is not able to make payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or any Issuing Bank, as applicable, in such Original Currency, then all payments to be made by the Borrower hereunder in such currency shall instead be made when due in Dollars in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent (as of the date of repayment) of such payment due, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the Borrower take all risks of the imposition of any such currency control or exchange regulations.

Section 2.13 Payments by the Borrower . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Borrower prior to the date of any payment due to be made by the Borrower hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower is making such payment, and the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Lenders their respective pro rata shares of a corresponding amount. If such payment is not made to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower within three Business Days after such due date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover, on demand, from each Lender to which any amount which was made available pursuant to the preceding sentence, and each Lender severally agrees to repay forthwith on demand, such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the daily average overnight Federal Funds Effective Rate during such period as quoted by the Administrative Agent and calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrower.

Section 2.14 Other Costs; Increased Costs .

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to each Lender which requests compensation under this Section 2.14 (by notice to the Borrower), on the last day of each Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan made or maintained by such Lender, so long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves against “ Eurocurrency liabilities ” under Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or, so long as such Lender may be required by such Board of Governors or by any other Governmental Authority to maintain reserves against any other category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on Eurocurrency Loans is determined as provided in this Agreement or against any category of extensions of credit or other assets of such Lender which includes any Eurocurrency Loans), an additional amount (determined by such Lender and notified to the Borrower) representing such Lender’s calculation or, if an accurate calculation is impracticable, reasonable estimate (using such reasonable means of allocation as such Lender shall determine) of the actual costs, if any, incurred by such Lender during such Interest Period as a result of the applicability of the foregoing reserves to such Eurocurrency Loans, which amount in any event shall not exceed the product of the following for each day of such Interest Period:

 

31


(i) the principal amount of the Eurocurrency Loans made or maintained by such Lender to which such Interest Period relates outstanding on such day; and

(ii) the difference between (x) a fraction the numerator of which is the Eurocurrency Rate (expressed as a decimal) applicable to such Eurocurrency Loan and the denominator of which is one minus the maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) at which such reserve requirements are imposed by such Board of Governors or other Governmental Authority on such date minus (y) such numerator; and

(iii) a fraction the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is 360.

(b) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement (including any compulsory loan requirement, insurance charge or other assessment) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender;

(ii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or

(iii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b)  through (d)  of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then, upon the request of such Lender, Issuing Bank, or other Recipient, the Borrower will pay to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(c) If any Lender determines in good faith that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, as applicable, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Lender (in its capacity as an Issuing Bank), to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered; provided that such Lender or such Issuing Bank is generally seeking compensation from similarly situated borrowers under similar credit facilities (to the extent such Lender or such Issuing Bank has the right under such similar credit facilities to do so) with respect to such Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements.

 

32


(d) A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in clause   (b) or (c) of this Section 2.14 shall be delivered to such Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(e) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.14 for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

Section 2.15 Taxes .

(a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Law. If any applicable Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.15 ) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for, the payment of Other Taxes.

(c) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.15 , such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(d) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify each Recipient, within 30 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.15 ) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

33


(e) Indemnification by the Lenders . Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.6(b) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (e) .

(f) Status of Lenders .

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of any such non-U.S. documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.15(f)(ii)(A) , (ii)(B) and (ii)(D)  below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 (or successor form) certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal

 

34


withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form);

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form); or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H-3 or Exhibit H-4 , IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H-2 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

35


Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(g) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.15 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.15 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.15 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this clause (g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (g) , in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this clause (g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This Section 2.15 shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(h) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.15 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

Section 2.16 Indemnity . The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and to hold each Lender harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of:

(a) failure by the Borrower to make a payment when due of the principal amount of or interest on any Eurocurrency Loans of such Lender;

(b) failure by the Borrower to borrow Eurocurrency Loans after the Borrower has given a Borrowing Request requesting the same in accordance with Section 2.3 ;

(c) failure by the Borrower to make a conversion into or continuation of Eurocurrency Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with Section 2.6 ;

(d) failure by the Borrower to make any prepayment of Eurocurrency Loans after the Borrower has given notice of the same in accordance with Section 2.5(a) ;

(e) the making of any conversion or prepayment of Eurocurrency Loans on a day which is not the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto; and

(f) any assignment of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18 ;

including in each case any such loss or expense arising from the reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain its Eurocurrency Loans hereunder or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained and any foreign exchange losses actually incurred. If a Lender becomes entitled to

 

36


claim any amounts pursuant to this Section 2.16 , it shall promptly notify the Borrower, through the Administrative Agent, of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled. A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.16 and setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for such claim, submitted by such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) to the Borrower, shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

Section 2.17 Mitigation Obligations . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.15 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or Section 2.15 , as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

Section 2.18 Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lenders pursuant to Section 2.15 , or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, or if any Lender fails to execute and deliver any amendment, consent or waiver to any Loan Document requested by the Borrower by the date specified by the Borrower (or gives the Borrower or the Administrative Agent written notice prior to such date of its intention not to do so), or if any Lender shall fail to agree to extend the Commitment Termination Date pursuant to Section 2.21 , then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.6 ), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Lender, which consents shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements and Swing Line Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee or the Borrower, as applicable, (iii) if any such Lender is an Issuing Bank and any Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank under this Agreement remain outstanding, the Borrower shall deposit cash collateral with such Issuing Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate face amount of such Letters of Credit upon terms reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank to secure the Borrower’s obligations to reimburse for drawings under such Letters of Credit or make other arrangements satisfactory to such Issuing Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit, including other credit support, (iv) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.15 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments, and (v) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender failing to execute and deliver any amendment, consent or waiver requested by the Borrower, the applicable amendment, consent or waiver has been approved by the Required Lenders.

Section 2.19 Swing Line Commitments .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (in such capacity, the “Swing Line Lender” ) agrees to make swing line loans (individually, a “Swing Line Loan” ; collectively, the “Swing Line Loans” ) in Dollars to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date to the Commitment Termination Date of the Swing Line Lender in

 

37


an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Swing Line Commitment, provided that at no time may the aggregate principal amount of the Total Extensions of Credit exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments. During the Commitment Period, the Borrower may use the Swing Line Commitments by borrowing, prepaying the Swing Line Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. The Swing Line Loans may from time to time be (i) ABR Loans, (ii) ASK Rate Loans or (iii) a combination thereof, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance herewith and shall not be entitled to be converted into Eurocurrency Loans or Reference Rate Loans. The Borrower shall give the Swing Line Lender irrevocable written notice (which notice must be received by such Swing Line Lender prior to (x) 3:00 P.M., New York City time, in the case of ABR Loans and (y) 2:00 P.M., New York City time, in the case of ASK Rate Loans), on the requested Borrowing Date specifying the Type and amount of the requested Swing Line Loan which shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 or whole multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. The proceeds of all such Swing Line Loans will then be made available to the Borrower by the Swing Line Lender by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Swing Line Lender, or such other account of the Borrower as shall have been designated by the Borrower to the Swing Line Lender.

(b)   (i) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swing Line Loan on the Commitment Termination Date (or such earlier date on which the Swing Line Loans become due and payable pursuant to Article 7 ). The Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Swing Line Loans from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 2.9 .

(ii) The Swing Line Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to the Swing Line Lender resulting from each Swing Line Loan from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to the Swing Line Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(iii) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 9.6(d) , and a subaccount therein for the Swing Line Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Swing Line Loan made hereunder and the Type thereof, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to the Swing Line Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(iv) The entries made in the Register and the account of the Swing Line Lender maintained pursuant to Section 2.19(b)(ii) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of the Swing Line Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Swing Line Loans made the Borrower by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(v) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver to the Swing Line Lender a promissory note of the Borrower evidencing the Swing Line Loans of the Swing Line Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit B with appropriate insertions as to date and principal amount (a “Swing Line Note” ).

 

38


(c) The Swing Line Lender in its sole and absolute discretion may, at any time as there shall be a Swing Line Loan outstanding for more than 10 Business Days, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably directs and authorizes the Swing Line Lender to act on its behalf), request each Lender (in accordance with the notice provisions under Section 2.3 ), including the Swing Line Lender, to make a Revolving Credit Loan that is a Eurodollar Loan with an Interest Period of one month in an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the principal amount of the Swing Line Loans (the “Refunded Swing Line Loans” ) outstanding on the date such notice is given; provided that prior to making any such request to the Lenders to make such a Revolving Credit Loan, the Swing Line Lender shall have given the Borrower one Business Day’s notice of its intent to make such request; and provided further the provisions of this Section 2.19 shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower to prepay Swing Line Loans in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Unless the Commitments shall have expired or terminated (in which event the procedures of clauses (d) or (e) of this Section 2.19 shall apply), each Lender will make the proceeds of its Revolving Credit Loan available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the office of the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 P.M., New York City time, in funds immediately available in accordance with Section 2.3 . The proceeds of such Revolving Credit Loans shall be immediately applied to repay the Refunded Swing Line Loans.

(d) Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.19(e) , if the Commitments shall expire or terminate at any time while Swing Line Loans are outstanding, each Lender shall, at the option of the Swing Line Lender exercised reasonably, notwithstanding the expiration or termination of the Commitments, make a Revolving Credit Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage determined on the date of, and immediately prior to, the expiration or termination of the Commitments, of the aggregate principal amount of such Swing Line Loans. Each Lender will make the proceeds of any Revolving Credit Loan made pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the office of the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time, in funds immediately available on the Business Day on which the Commitments expire or terminate; provided , however , in the event that the Lenders do not receive notice of such termination before 12:00 P.M., New York City time on such date such proceeds shall be made available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the office of the Administrative Agent, in immediately available funds, prior to 12:00 P.M., New York City time, on the immediately succeeding Business Day. The proceeds of such Revolving Credit Loans shall be immediately applied to repay the Swing Line Loans outstanding on the date of termination or expiration of the Commitments.

(e) If prior to the time a Revolving Credit Loan would have otherwise been made pursuant to Section 2.19(c) , one of the events described in clause (f) of Article 7 shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower, each Lender shall, on the date such Revolving Credit Loan was to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 2.19(c) , purchase for cash an undivided participating interest in the then outstanding Swing Line Loans by paying to the Swing Line Lender an amount (the “Swing Line Participation Amount” ) equal to (i) such Lender’s Commitment Percentage times (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding that were to have been repaid with such Revolving Credit Loans.

(f) Whenever, at any time after the Swing Line Lender has received from any Lender such Lender’s Swing Line Participation Amount, the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of the Swing Line Loans, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Swing Line Participation Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s participating interest was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments, to reflect such Lender’s pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swing Line Loans then due); provided , however , that in the event that such payment received by the Swing Line Lender is required to be returned, such Lender will return to the Swing Line Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it by the Swing Line Lender.

 

39


(g) Each Lender’s obligation to make the Revolving Credit Loans referred to in Section 2.19(c) and Section 2.19(d) and to purchase participating interests pursuant to Section 2.19(e) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender or the Borrower may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Article 4 , (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any Note by the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Lender or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

Section 2.20 Letters of Credit .

(a) L/C Commitment . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Issuing Bank, in reliance on the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in Section 2.20(e) , agrees to issue letters of credit ( “Letters of Credit” ) for the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date to the Commitment Termination Date of such Issuing Bank in such form as may be approved from time to time by such Issuing Bank; provided that no Issuing Bank shall have any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, (i) without the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank, (A) in the case of any Principal Issuing Bank, the L/C Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Principal Issuing Bank would exceed $300,000,000 or such other amount (not to exceed, when added to the Letter of Credit commitments of all other Issuing Banks, the aggregate amount of the Commitments) as may be agreed to by such Principal Issuing Bank and the Borrower in writing from time to time (with prompt notice to the Administrative Agent), and (B) in the case of any other Issuing Bank, the L/C Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank would exceed such amount (not to exceed, when added to the Letter of Credit commitments of all other Issuing Banks, the aggregate amount of the Commitments) as may be agreed to by such Issuing Bank and the Borrower in writing from time to time (with prompt notice to the Administrative Agent), (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Total Extensions of Credit (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof, in the case of Alternate Currency Loans or L/C Obligations denominated in an Alternate Currency) would exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments or (iii) in the event that the Commitment Termination Date shall have been extended pursuant to Section 2.21 with respect to some but not all of the Lenders, the portion of the L/C Obligations attributable to Letters of Credit with expiry dates after any Existing Commitment Termination Date will exceed the portion of the aggregate Commitments attributable to the Commitments of the Lenders with respect to which the Commitment Termination Date shall have been extended beyond such Existing Commitment Termination Date. Each Letter of Credit shall (A) be denominated in Dollars or any Alternate Currency, (B) have a face amount of at least $1,000,000 (unless otherwise agreed by the Issuing Bank) and (C) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date of the applicable Issuing Bank, provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y)  above).

It is agreed that the Borrower shall have the right from and after the Execution Date to request that any letter of credit issued by a Principal Issuing Bank pursuant to documentation other than this Agreement be deemed (at any time during the Commitment Period of such Principal Issuing Bank) to constitute a Letter of Credit issued under this Agreement, and, provided that all requirements of this Agreement that would then be applicable to the issuance of such letter of credit if it were then being newly issued as a Letter of Credit hereunder are satisfied (including the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2 and Section 4.3 ), and with the consent of the applicable Principal Issuing Bank, such letter of credit shall be so deemed to constitute a Letter of Credit issued under this Agreement as fully as if it were then newly issued under this Agreement. The applicable Principal Issuing Bank shall provide the Administrative Agent with a copy of each such Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 2.20(b) below.

 

40


(b) Procedure for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit . The Borrower may from time to time request that an Issuing Bank issue or amend a Letter of Credit, as the case may be, by delivering to such Issuing Bank, at its address for notices specified herein (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by such Issuing Bank) an Application therefor, completed to the satisfaction of such Issuing Bank. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the applicable Issuing Bank such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as such Issuing Bank may request. Upon receipt of any Application, such Issuing Bank will provide a copy thereof to the Administrative Agent and, following receipt, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders thereof. Such Issuing Bank will process such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its customary procedures, unless, in the case of any L/C Credit Extension, such Issuing Bank has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of the applicable L/C Credit Extension, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Section 4.3 shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such Issuing Bank shall promptly issue the Letter of Credit or applicable amendment, as the case may be, requested thereby (but in no event shall such Issuing Bank be required to issue or amend any Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit (or amendment thereto) to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by such Issuing Bank and the Borrower. Such Issuing Bank shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit or any amendment thereto to the Borrower promptly following the issuance thereof. Such Issuing Bank shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Lenders, notice of the issuance of each Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof and, in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in Alternate Currencies, its Dollar Equivalent), each increase or decrease in the amount of such Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof and, in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in Alternate Currencies, its Dollar Equivalent) and the termination of such Letter of Credit.

(c) Additional Provisions Regarding Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit . Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary contained herein, no Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if: (i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any law applicable to such Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such Issuing Bank (x) shall prohibit, or request that such Issuing Bank refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular, (y) shall impose upon such Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such Issuing Bank is not otherwise entitled to be compensated hereunder) not in effect on the date of this Agreement, or (z) shall impose upon such Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the date hereof and which such Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it; provided that, in the cases of clauses (y)  and (z) , such Issuing Bank shall have provided written notice to the Borrower of its refusal to issue any Letter of Credit and the specific reasons therefor and the Borrower shall not have compensated such Issuing Bank for the imposition of such restriction, reserve or capital requirement or reimbursed such Issuing Bank for such loss, cost or expense, as applicable; (ii) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would otherwise conflict with, or cause such Issuing Bank or any L/C Participant to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Law; (iii) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such Issuing Bank applicable to letters of credit generally; (iv) such Letter of Credit would expire after the date which is five Business Days prior to such Issuing Bank’s Commitment Termination Date; or (v) such Issuing Bank is unable to issue Letters of Credit in the requested currency. An Issuing Bank shall not be obligated to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to the Letter of Credit.

 

41


(d) Fees and Other Charges .

(i) The Borrower will pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (subject to Section 2.22(b)(v) ), a fee ( “Letter of Credit Fees” ) on the Dollar Equivalent of all outstanding Letters of Credit, shared ratably among the Lenders and payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date after the issuance date, in the following amounts:

(1) as to Performance Letters of Credit, at a per annum rate equal to 50% of the Applicable Margin for Eurocurrency Loans then in effect; and

(2) as to Financial Letters of Credit, at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurocurrency Loans then in effect.

(ii) In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Issuing Bank, a fronting fee at the rate or rates per annum separately agreed upon by the Borrower and such Issuing Bank on the Dollar Equivalent of each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date after the issuance date.

(iii) The foregoing fees shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for actual days elapsed.

(iv) In addition to the foregoing fees, the Borrower shall pay or reimburse each Issuing Bank for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by such Issuing Bank in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank.

(e) L/C Participations .

(i) By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank or the L/C Participants, each Issuing Bank irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Participant, and, to induce each Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit, each L/C Participant irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from each Issuing Bank, on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such L/C Participant’s own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such L/C Participant’s Commitment Percentage in each Issuing Bank’s obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit and the amount of each draft paid by any Issuing Bank thereunder. Each L/C Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees with each Issuing Bank that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which such Issuing Bank is not reimbursed in full by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such L/C Participant shall pay to such Issuing Bank upon demand at such Issuing Bank’s address for notices specified herein an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s Commitment Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so reimbursed; provided that in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency, no such demand shall be made by the relevant Issuing Bank prior to its converting the reimbursement payment to Dollars at the Spot Rate. Each L/C Participant’s obligation to pay such amount shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such L/C Participant may have against such Issuing Bank, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Article 4 , (C) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, (D) any breach of this Agreement by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other

 

42


L/C Participant, (E) any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of the relevant Alternate Currency to the Borrower or in the relevant currency markets generally, or (F) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation of each L/C Participant to acquire participations in Letters of Credit pursuant to this Section 2.20(e)(i) shall be absolute regardless of whether such L/C Participant’s participation, or Commitment Percentage of the amount of any draft, or any unreimbursed part thereof, with respect to any Letter of Credit exceeds, by reason of fluctuations of foreign currency exchange rate, such L/C Participant’s Commitment.

(ii) If any amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant to any Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.20(e)(i) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any L/C Disbursement is paid to such Issuing Bank within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, such L/C Participant shall pay to such Issuing Bank on demand an amount equal to the product of (A) such amount, times (B) the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such Issuing Bank, times (C) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. If any such amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant pursuant to Section 2.20(e)(i) is not made available to such Issuing Bank by such L/C Participant within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, such Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover from such L/C Participant, on demand, such amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the rate per annum applicable to Reference Rate Loans. A certificate of any Issuing Bank submitted to any L/C Participant with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.20(e) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

(iii) Whenever, at any time after any Issuing Bank has made payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any L/C Participant its pro rata share of such payment in accordance with Section 2.20(e)(i) , such Issuing Bank receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied thereto by such Issuing Bank), or any payment of interest on account thereof, such Issuing Bank will distribute to such L/C Participant its pro rata share thereof; provided , however , that in the event that any such payment received by such Issuing Bank shall be required to be returned by such Issuing Bank, such L/C Participant shall return to such Issuing Bank the portion thereof previously distributed by such Issuing Bank to it.

(f) Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower . If any draft is paid under any Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for the amount of (i) such draft so paid and (ii) any taxes, fees, charges or other costs or expenses incurred by such Issuing Bank in connection with such payment, not later than 12:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice (which notice shall be given by telecopy or telephone in accordance with Section 9.2 ). Each such payment shall be made to such Issuing Bank at its address for notices referred to herein in Dollars, in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars, and in the relevant Alternate Currency, in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency; provided that in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency at the Borrower’s option, such payment shall be made in Dollars, in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of such amount, in each case in immediately available funds. Interest shall be payable on any such amounts from the date on which the relevant draft is paid until payment in full at the rate set forth in (A) until the Business Day next succeeding the date of the relevant notice, Section 2.9(b) and (B) thereafter, Section 2.9(d) .

(g) Obligations Absolute . The Borrower’s obligations under this Section 2.20 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may have or have had against any Issuing

 

43


Bank, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person. The Borrower also agrees with each Issuing Bank that no Issuing Bank shall be responsible for, and the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligations under Section 2.20(f) shall not be affected by, among other things, (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by any Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, (iv) any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of the relevant Alternate Currency to the Borrower or in the relevant currency markets generally, or (v) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.20 , constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Banks, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of any Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the relevant Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of an Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, an Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(h) Letter of Credit Payments . If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, the relevant Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of the date and amount thereof and whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make a payment thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any L/C Disbursement in accordance with the terms hereof. The responsibility of such Issuing Bank to the Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such Letter of Credit.

(i) Applications . To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 2.20 , the provisions of this Section 2.20 shall apply.

(j) Liability of Borrower . Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or otherwise outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of the Borrower, or, in the case of a letter of credit deemed to constitute a Letter of Credit hereunder pursuant to Section 2.20(a) , was originally issued for the account of another Person, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit as provided in this Agreement.

 

 

44


(k) Cash Collateralization . If (i) an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with reimbursement obligations with respect to L/C Obligations representing greater than 50% of the total L/C Obligations) demanding the deposit of Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.20(k) or (ii) the Borrower is required to Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations pursuant to a provision of this Agreement including pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.5(b) , Section 2.5(c) or Section 2.21(h) , on the date required by such provision, the Borrower shall provide Cash Collateral in an amount in cash equal to the L/C Obligations as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such Cash Collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (f) of Article 7 . As collateral security for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, the Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of each Issuing Bank and the Lenders, a first priority security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein, and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, and any substitutions and replacements therefor. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, as applicable, over any such cash, accounts and other property. Other than any interest earned on the investment of any such deposits (in the event any such investment is made pursuant to the following sentence), such deposits shall not bear interest. The Administrative Agent shall not be required to invest any such deposits; provided that if the Administrative Agent elects to invest any such deposits, the Administrative Agent shall invest such deposits in one or more types of Cash Equivalents, and such investments shall be at the Borrower’s risk and expense. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in any such accounts. Moneys in any such accounts and the cash proceeds of any other property shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse ratably the Issuing Banks for any L/C Disbursement for which they have not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the L/C Obligations at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with reimbursement obligations with respect to L/C Obligations representing greater than 50% of the total L/C Obligations), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of Cash Collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default and the Borrower is not otherwise required to pay to the Administrative Agent any Cash Collateral under Section 2.5(b) , Section 2.5(c) , Section 2.21(h) or otherwise, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived. If no Event of Default exists, Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or to secure other obligations shall be released promptly following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with the terms hereof)), or (ii) the determination by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank that there exists excess Cash Collateral.

(l) Replacement of an Issuing Bank . An Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of an Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.20(d) . From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter

 

45


and (ii) references herein to the term “ Issuing Bank ” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

Section 2.21 Extension of Commitment Termination Date .

(a) So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may request, in a notice given as herein provided and substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E or in such other form as shall be acceptable to the Administrative Agent (the “Extension of Commitment Termination Date Request” ) to the Administrative Agent, who shall promptly forward such notice to each of the Lenders, not less than 60 days and not more than 90 days prior to each anniversary of the Closing Date, that the then-applicable Commitment Termination Date (the “Existing Commitment Termination Date” ) be extended to the date that is one year after such Existing Commitment Termination Date (each such date, the “Requested Commitment Termination Date” ); provided that the Borrower may request such an extension no more than two times. Each Lender, acting in its sole discretion, shall, not later than a date 30 days after its receipt of any such notice from the Borrower, notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its election to extend or not to extend the Existing Commitment Termination Date with respect to its Commitment. Any Lender which shall not timely notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of its election to extend the Existing Commitment Termination Date shall be deemed not to have elected to extend the Existing Commitment Termination Date with respect to its Commitment (any Lender who timely notifies the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of an election not to extend, or revokes its election to extend in accordance with this Section 2.21 , or fails to timely notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of its election being referred to as a “Terminating Lender” ). Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any notice by any Lender of its willingness to extend the Existing Commitment Termination Date shall be revocable by such Lender in its sole and absolute discretion at any time prior to the date which is 30 days after its receipt of any Extension of Commitment Termination Date Request. The election of any Lender to agree to a requested extension shall not obligate any other Lender to agree to such requested extension.

(b) If and only if the Required Lenders (including Commitments of all Terminating Lenders on such date) shall have agreed in writing during the 30 day period referred to in Section 2.21(a) to extend the Existing Commitment Termination Date, then (i) the Commitments of the Lenders other than Terminating Lenders (the “Continuing Lenders” ) shall, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, be extended to the Requested Commitment Termination Date specified in the Extension of Commitment Termination Date Request from the Borrower, and as to such Lenders the term “Commitment Termination Date” , as used herein, shall on and after the date as of which the requested extension is effective mean such Requested Commitment Termination Date, provided that if such date is not a Business Day, then such Requested Commitment Termination Date shall be the next preceding Business Day and (ii) the Commitments of the Terminating Lenders shall continue until the then-applicable Existing Commitment Termination Date, and shall then terminate, and as to the Terminating Lenders, the term “Commitment Termination Date” , as used herein, shall continue to mean such Existing Commitment Termination Date. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify (A) the Lenders and the Borrower of any extension of any Existing Commitment Termination Date pursuant to this Section 2.21 and (B) the Borrower and the Lenders of any Lender which becomes a Terminating Lender (the date of such notification being referred to herein as the “ Extension Confirmation Date ”).

(c) As a condition precedent to any such extension of the Commitment Termination Date on the Extension Confirmation Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the

 

46


Borrower dated as of the Extension Confirmation Date and signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by the Borrower approving or consenting to such extension, and (ii) certifying that (A) before and after giving effect to such extension, the representations and warranties contained in Article 3 are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Extension Confirmation Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, and (B) before and after giving effect to such extension, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result therefrom.

(d) In the event that the Commitment Termination Date shall have been extended for the Continuing Lenders in accordance with Section 2.21(b) above and, in connection with such extension, there are Terminating Lenders, the Borrower may, at its own expense and in its sole discretion and prior to the then-applicable Existing Commitment Termination Date, require any Terminating Lender to transfer and assign, without recourse (in accordance with Section 2.18 and Section 9.6(c) ) all or part of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee (which assignee may be another Lender, if another Lender accepts such assignment) that shall assume such assigned obligations and that shall agree that its Commitment will expire on the Commitment Termination Date in effect for Continuing Lenders pursuant to Section 2.21(b) ; provided , however , that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Lender (which consents shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed), in the case of an assignee that is not a Lender, (ii) the assigning Lender shall have received from the Borrower or such assignee full payment in immediately available funds of the principal of and interest accrued to the date of such payment on the Loans made by it hereunder to the extent that such Loans are subject to such assignment and all other amounts owed to it hereunder, and (iii) if the assigning Lender is an Issuing Bank, it shall have received cash collateral as required by Section 2.21(f) or it shall have entered into other arrangements with the Borrower that are satisfactory to such Issuing Bank with respect to any outstanding Letters of Credit issued by it. Any such assignee’s initial Commitment Termination Date shall be the Commitment Termination Date in effect for the Continuing Lenders at the time of such assignment. The Borrower shall not be permitted to require a Lender to assign any part of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to this Section 2.21(d) unless it has notified such Lender of its intention to require the assignment thereof at least ten days prior to the proposed assignment date. Any assignee which becomes a Lender as a result of such an assignment made pursuant to this Section 2.21(d) shall be deemed to have consented to the applicable Extension of Commitment Termination Date Request and, therefore, shall not be a Terminating Lender.

(e) The Borrower shall repay in full all Revolving Credit Loans owing to any Terminating Lender on the Existing Commitment Termination Date, with accrued interest and all other amounts then due and owing thereon, on or before the Existing Commitment Termination Date with respect to such Terminating Lender.

(f) In the event that any Terminating Lender is an Issuing Bank and any Letters of Credit issued by such Bank under this Agreement remain outstanding on the Existing Commitment Termination Date, the Borrower shall deposit cash collateral with such Issuing Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate face amount of such Letters of Credit upon terms reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank to secure the Borrower’s obligations to reimburse for drawings under such Letters of Credit or make other arrangements satisfactory to such Issuing Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit including providing other credit support.

(g) Each Continuing Lender shall automatically (without any further action) and ratably acquire on the Existing Commitment Termination Date the Terminating Lender’s participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans, in an amount equal to such Continuing Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the amount of such participations but only to the extent that such acquisition does not cause, with respect to any Continuing Lender, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans of such

 

47


Lender, plus such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the L/C Obligations then outstanding, plus such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans then outstanding, to exceed such Continuing Lender’s Commitments as in effect at such time.

(h) If the acquisition of the Terminating Lender’s participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans described in the preceding clause (g) cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall make any prepayments and provide all Cash Collateral required pursuant to Section 2.5(b) . The amount of Cash Collateral provided by the Borrower in accordance with this clause (h) shall reduce the Terminating Lenders’ Commitment Percentage of the outstanding amount of L/C Obligations (after giving effect to any partial acquisition pursuant to the preceding clause (g) ) on a pro rata basis; and on the Existing Commitment Termination Date, each Terminating Lender’s Commitment to make Revolving Credit Loans, purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, and purchase participations in L/C Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued after its Existing Commitment Termination Date shall terminate.

(i) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any extension of any Commitment Termination Date pursuant to this Section 2.21 shall not be effective with respect to any Lender unless:

(i) the Borrower shall have made all payments required pursuant to clause (e) of this Section 2.21 and Section 2.5(b) ;

(ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received any Cash Collateral required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.5(b) ; and

(iii) the applicable Issuing Bank(s) shall have received such cash collateral as is required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to clause (f) of this Section 2.21 or shall have entered into other satisfactory arrangements with the Borrower with respect to any outstanding Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank.

Section 2.22 Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Payments to Defaulting Lenders . If a Defaulting Lender as a result of the exercise of a set off shall have received a payment in respect of its outstanding Revolving Credit Loans which results in its pro rata share of the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans outstanding being less than such Defaulting Lender’s pro rata share of the sum of the aggregate amount of the Commitments, then no payment will be made to such Defaulting Lender until all amounts due and owing to the Lenders have been equalized in accordance with each Lender’s respective pro rata share of the sum of the aggregate amount of the Commitments. Further, if at any time prior to the acceleration or maturity of the Revolving Credit Loans, the Administrative Agent shall receive any payment in respect of principal of a Revolving Credit Loan while one or more Defaulting Lenders shall be party to this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall apply such payment first to the Revolving Credit Loan(s) for which such Defaulting Lender(s) shall have failed to fund its pro rata share until such time as such Revolving Credit Loans(s) are paid in full or each Lender (including each Defaulting Lender) is owed its pro rata share of all Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

(i) Commitment Fees . Fees otherwise payable pursuant to Section 2.8(b) shall cease to accrue on the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee for such period that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender.

 

48


(ii) Voting . Neither the Commitment nor the principal amount of the Loans of such Defaulting Lender shall be included in determining whether all Lenders or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to Section 9.1 ), provided that any waiver, amendment or modification (A) that would increase or extend the Commitment of or reduce the principal or interest owing to such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement or (B) requiring the consent of all Lenders which affects such Defaulting Lender differently than all other Lenders, as the case may be, shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

(iii) Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure . All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 4.3 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate amount of the Commitments of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(iv) Cash Collateral; Repayment of Swing Line Loans . If the reallocation described in clause (iii)  above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, (x) first, prepay Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to the Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure and (y) second, Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ Fronting Exposure.

(v) Letter of Credit Fees . No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive fees pursuant to Section 2.20(d) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender. The Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iii)  above, (y) pay to each Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such Issuing Bank’s or Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

(vi) Defaulting Lender Cure . In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Swing Line Lender and each Issuing Bank each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the participations of the Lenders in Swing Line Loans and in L/C Obligations shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders (other than Swing Line Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Commitment Percentage; provided that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

49


(c) New Swing Line Loans/Letters of Credit . So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Line Loans unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect to such Swing Line Loan and (ii) no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect thereto.

(d) Termination of Defaulting Lenders . The Borrower shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender by giving the Administrative Agent and such Defaulting Lender a written notice setting forth its election and a termination date (an “ Early Commitment Termination Date ”), which date shall not be earlier than three (3) Business Days after the date on which such notice has been given, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.18 . On the Early Commitment Termination Date, such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment shall terminate and the Borrower shall (i) prepay all of such Defaulting Lender’s outstanding Loans together with interest thereon accrued to such Early Commitment Termination Date, (ii) pay all Commitment Fees accrued to such Early Commitment Termination Date, except as otherwise provided in clause (b)(i) , (iii) pay all amounts then owing to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.14 , Section 2.15 , Section 2.16 and Section 9.5 for which demand has been made to the Borrower prior to such Early Commitment Termination Date, and (iv) if such Defaulting Lender is an Issuing Bank and any Letters of Credit issued by such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement remain outstanding, deposit cash collateral with such Defaulting Lender in an amount equal to the aggregate face amount of such Letters of Credit upon terms reasonably satisfactory to such Defaulting Lender to secure the Borrower’s obligations to reimburse for drawings under such Letters of Credit or make other arrangements satisfactory to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Letters of Credit, including providing other credit support. Upon termination of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment in accordance with this Section 2.22(d) , such Defaulting Lender shall cease to be a party hereto.

Section 2.23 Market Disruption . Notwithstanding the satisfaction of all conditions referred to in this Article 2 and in Article 4 with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan denominated in an Alternate Currency, if there shall occur on or prior to the date of such Eurocurrency Loan any change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls which would in the reasonable opinion of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders make it impracticable for such Eurocurrency Loan to be denominated in the Alternate Currency, specified by the Borrower, then the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders, and such Eurocurrency Loan shall not be denominated in such currency but shall be made on such Borrowing Date in Dollars, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount specified in the related Borrowing Request, as Reference Rate Loans, unless the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent at least three (3) Business Days before such date that (i) it elects not to borrow on such date or (ii) it elects to borrow on such date in a different Alternate Currency, in which the denomination of such Loans would in the opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders be practicable and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount specified in the related Borrowing Request; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Required Lenders shall be entitled to make a determination of impracticability pursuant to this Section 2.23 unless the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as applicable, have made such determination under similar credit facilities with similarly situated borrowers (to the extent the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as applicable, have the right under such similar credit facilities to do so).

 

50


ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each of the Borrower and each Guarantor, with respect to representations and warranties pertaining to it, represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and to each Lender, as of the Closing Date and thereafter as of each date required by Section 4.2 or Section 4.3 , that:

Section 3.1 Corporate Existence and Power . Each Loan Party is a corporation (or, in the case of any Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor after the Execution Date, other legal entity) duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and has all corporate (or other applicable organizational) powers and all material governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted.

Section 3.2 Corporate and Governmental Authorization; Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Agreement and any other Loan Documents to which it is a party (a) are within its corporate or other organizational powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, (b) require no consent or approval of, or other action by or in respect of, or registration or filing with, any Governmental Authority, (c) do not contravene, or constitute a breach or a default under, any provision of its charter, bylaws or other organizational documents, (d) do not contravene any applicable Law or regulation, and (e) do not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien prohibited by this Agreement on any assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (b)  and (d) , as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.3 Enforceability . The Loan Documents to which it is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of each Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, moratorium, insolvency or similar Laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and general principles of equity.

Section 3.4 Financial Information.

(a) The Initial Financial Statements reported on by Ernst & Young LLP and delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.2(f) fairly present in all material respects, in conformity with GAAP, the combined financial position of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and the Contribution Business as of such date and their combined results of operations and cash flows for such fiscal years.

(b) As of the Closing Date, since September 30, 2011, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.5 Litigation . As of the Closing Date, there is no litigation pending, or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened in writing, against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (a) that purports to adversely affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents (other than such litigation that the Administrative Agent and the Designated Arrangers have reasonably determined to be frivolous) or (b) which has had or could reasonably be expected to result in, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.6 Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) No Reportable Event has occurred or prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA has occurred with respect to any “Employee Benefit Plans” , as that term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material

 

51


Adverse Effect. No prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect has occurred with respect to the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or will occur upon the issuance of any Notes or the execution of this Agreement.

(b) The Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have fulfilled their respective obligations under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan and are in compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan. Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has (i) sought a waiver of the minimum funding standard under the Pension Funding Rules, (ii) failed to make any contribution or payment to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or in respect of any Benefit Arrangement, or made any amendment to any Plan or Benefit Arrangement, which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of a bond or other security under ERISA or the Code or (iii) incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA other than a liability to the PBGC for premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA.

Section 3.7 Environmental Matters . Except with respect to any matter that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) has failed to comply with any applicable Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any applicable Environmental Law, (b) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (c) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (d) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability. This Section 3.7 is the sole and exclusive representation and warranty of the Loan Parties with respect to Environmental Laws, Environmental Liabilities and Hazardous Materials contained in this Article 3 and no other provision hereof shall be construed to constitute such a representation or warranty; provided that the foregoing does not limit the provisions of Section 3.4 , Section 3.5 or Section 3.13 .

Section 3.8 Taxes . (a) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all material United States federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns have been filed on or before the applicable due date (as such due date may have been timely extended), and (b) all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary have been paid (other than those which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or materially adversely affect the performance by the Borrower of its payment obligations under this Agreement or any Notes). The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of taxes or other governmental charges are, in the opinion of the Borrower, adequate.

Section 3.9 Investment Company Act . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is, or is required to be registered as, an “investment company” , or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” , as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Section 3.10 Regulation U . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken or will take any action which would cause the Loans to violate the provisions of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve.

Section 3.11 Purpose of Loans . The proceeds of the Loans and the Letters of Credit shall be used for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the unused Commitments may be used during the Commitment Period for support of commercial paper issued or to be issued by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; provided , however that no proceeds of any Loan and no Letter of Credit have been, or will be, used to fund the Special Distribution.

 

52


Section 3.12 Compliance with Laws . Such Loan Party and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable Laws (including ERISA and the rules and regulations thereunder and laws of the United States regarding sanctions and export controls applicable to unauthorized dealings with sanctioned countries or Persons) except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.13 Disclosure . The written reports, financial statements, certificates and other written information (other than information of a global economic or industry nature) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other written information so furnished), when taken as a whole, did not contain as of the date such written reports, financial statements, certificates or other written information were so furnished, any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to (a) projections, estimates, pro forma financial information, engineering reports and forward-looking statements (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) contained in the materials referenced above, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at the time and (b) financial statements, the Borrower represents only that such financial statements were prepared as represented in Section 3.4 and as required by Section 5.1(a) and Section 5.1(b) , as applicable.

Section 3.14 Separation Transactions . As of the Closing Date:

(a) The Spin-Off and the Special Distribution are within the Borrower’s and the Initial Guarantor’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action.

(b) Neither the Spin-Off nor the Special Distribution (i) requires or will require any receipt of necessary third party consent except as obtained or made and in full force and effect (except to the extent failure to obtain such consent would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect), (ii) violates or results in or will violate or result in a default under any material agreement binding upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or by which any property or asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is bound, except to the extent that a Material Adverse Effect would not reasonably be expected to result therefrom, (iii) results in or will result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries prohibited hereby or (iv) violates or will violate the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or the Initial Guarantor.

(c) The final terms and conditions of the Spin-Off are consistent in all material respects with the description thereof in the Registration Statement on file with the SEC as of the Execution Date, other than with respect to Permitted Changes.

(d) The Contribution, Special Distribution and the Distribution have been consummated in all material respects (i) as described in the Registration Statement on file with the SEC as of the Execution Date, other than with respect to Permitted Changes, (ii) in compliance with applicable Laws and regulatory approvals, and (iii) in accordance with the material terms of the Separation Documents as disclosed to the Lenders prior to the Execution Date (as such Separation Documents may be amended pursuant to amendments that are Permitted Changes). The Separation Documents as disclosed to the Lenders prior to the Execution Date have not been amended or otherwise modified or supplemented, and no condition therein has been waived and no consent has been given thereunder, in each case, other than with respect to Permitted Changes.

 

53


(e) All governmental and regulatory approvals necessary in connection with the Transactions have been obtained and are in full force and effect (including receipt by ConocoPhillips of a private letter ruling from the IRS substantially to the effect that the Distribution, together with certain related transactions, will qualify as a reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, subject to such assumptions, qualifications and limitations as are acceptable to ConocoPhillips, and the declaration by the SEC that the Registration Statement is effective) and all applicable waiting periods have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any Governmental Authority which would restrain or prevent or otherwise impose materially adverse conditions on the Transactions.

ARTICLE 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EXECUTION DATE AND TO CLOSING DATE

Section 4.1 Conditions to Effectiveness of this Agreement (Execution Date) . This Agreement shall be effective upon satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 4.1 ; provided that the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit hereunder are subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2 and Section 4.3 :

(a) Loan Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party and each Lender, (ii) for the account of each Lender that has requested a Revolving Credit Note, a Revolving Credit Note conforming to the requirements of Section 2.2 and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower, and (iii) for the account of the Swing Line Lender, if the Swing Line Lender has so requested, a Swing Line Note conforming to the requirements of Section 2.19 and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower.

(b) Approvals . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower confirming that all governmental and regulatory approvals necessary in connection with execution and delivery of this Agreement shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect or stating that no such approvals are required.

(c) Fees and Expenses . The Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers shall have received all fees due and payable and required to be paid to them and to the Lenders on or prior to the Execution Date pursuant to Section 2.8 and the Fee Letters and payment of all other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Execution Date, including to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Execution Date, reimbursement or payment of all expenses required to be paid or reimbursed by the Borrower hereunder.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Execution Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

Section 4.2 Conditions to the Initial Loans and Letters of Credit (Closing Date) . The agreement of each Lender to make the initial Loan, or issue the initial Letter of Credit, requested to be made or issued by it is subject to the occurrence of the Execution Date and satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 9.1 ) of the conditions set forth in Section 4.3 and the following conditions precedent:

(a) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received favorable written opinion(s), reasonably satisfactory to the Designated Arrangers, of Bracewell & Giuliani LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, and, if applicable, such other counsel to the Loan Parties that is reasonably satisfactory to the Designated Arrangers, in each case, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Closing Date, covering such matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Loan Documents and the Transactions as the Designated Arrangers shall reasonably request.

 

54


(b) Secretary’s Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying (i) the resolutions of the board of directors of such Loan Party authorizing the execution of each Loan Document to which such Loan Party is party, (ii) the charter, bylaws or other applicable organizational documents of such Loan Party, and (iii) the names and true signatures of the officers executing any Loan Document on behalf of such Loan Party on the Closing Date, and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) Existence and Good Standing Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received certificates of existence and good standing with respect to each Loan Party, dated as of a recent date, from appropriate public officials in the jurisdictions of organization of such Loan Parties.

(d) Closing Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent dated the Closing Date and signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying (which statement shall constitute a representation and warranty made by the Borrower to the Lenders hereunder on the Closing Date) that, as of the Closing Date after giving effect to (x) the Transactions and (y) the issuance by the Borrower of its senior notes, if any, and the incurrence by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of other Indebtedness, if any, in each case, on or before the Closing Date to fund the Special Distribution and/or the Spin-Off, (A) each of the representations and warranties made by each Loan Party in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date, provided that the foregoing materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.4(b) , Section 3.5 or Section 3.14 , (B) no Default or Event of Default exists and (C) all governmental and regulatory approvals necessary in connection with the Transactions have been obtained and are in full force and effect, and (ii) certifying that the condition precedent set forth in Section 4.2(k) has been satisfied.

(e) Fees and Expenses . The Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers shall have received all fees due and payable and required to be paid to them and to the Lenders on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.8 and the Fee Letters and payment of all other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date, reimbursement or payment of all expenses required to be paid or reimbursed by the Borrower hereunder.

(f) Financial Statements . The Lenders shall have received (which shall be deemed to have occurred upon posting of the effective Registration Statement on EDGAR) the Initial Financial Statements.

(g) “Know Your Customer” and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance . The Lenders shall have received all documentation and other information that may be required by such Lenders in order to enable compliance with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act, to the extent requested by the Lenders in writing to the Borrower not less than 10 days prior to the Closing Date.

(h) Bridge Loan Agreement . Either (i) the “ Closing Date ” as defined in the Bridge Loan Agreement shall have occurred, or (ii) the lenders’ commitments under the Bridge Loan Agreement shall have terminated.

(i) Term Loan Agreement . The “ Closing Date ” as defined in the Term Loan Agreement shall have occurred.

 

55


(j) Guaranty . The Administrative Agent shall have received the following: (i) the Guarantee Effectiveness Notice dated the Closing Date and executed by the Initial Guarantor confirming that the Guarantee Effectiveness Date is, and the Guarantee of the Initial Guarantor hereunder is effective on, the Closing Date, and (ii) (A) a Guarantee Joinder dated the Closing Date and signed by each other Person required to deliver a Guarantee pursuant to Section 5.9 , together with such certificates required to be delivered thereunder, or (B) a certificate dated the Closing Date executed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower certifying that no other wholly-owned Material Subsidiary that is a First Tier Subsidiary exists on the Closing Date.

(k) Debt Rating . The Borrower’s senior unsecured long term debt ratings shall be (i) at least “BBB-” by S&P with stable outlook and (ii) at least “Baa3” by Moody’s with stable outlook, which ratings and outlooks shall have taken into account (x) the consummation of the Transactions, and (y) the issuance by the Borrower of its senior notes, if any, and the incurrence by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of other Indebtedness, if any, in each case, on or before the Closing Date to fund the Special Distribution and/or the Spin-Off.

(l) Pro Forma Compliance . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower, demonstrating pro forma compliance with Section 6.3(a) and Section 6.3(b) , after giving effect to (x) the consummation of the Transactions and (y) the issuance by the Borrower of its senior notes, if any, and the incurrence by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of other Indebtedness, if any, in each case, on or before the Closing Date to fund the Special Distribution and/or the Spin-Off.

For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.2 , each Lender shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to Lenders unless an officer of the Administrative Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the Closing Date, specifying its objection thereto.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Closing Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions contained in this Section 4.2 is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.1 ) at or prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on August 1, 2012 (and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Commitments shall terminate at such time).

Section 4.3 Conditions to Each Loan and Letter of Credit . The agreement of each Lender to make any Loan requested to be made by it on any date and the agreement of each Issuing Bank to honor any request for an L/C Credit Extension (including its initial Loan and Letter of Credit requested to be made or issued by it) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent as of the date such Loan or L/C Credit Extension is requested to be made:

(a) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, both before and after giving effect to the Loans or L/C Credit Extensions requested to be made on such date, provided that the foregoing materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.4(b) , Section 3.5 or Section 3.14 ; and provided further that, in each case, the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.4(b) , Section 3.5 and Section 3.14 shall be made on and as of the Closing Date and shall not be restated on any Borrowing Date or issuance date that occurs after the Closing Date.

 

56


(b) No Default or Event of Default . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the Loans requested to be made, or Letters of Credit requested to be issued, amended or extended, on such date.

(c) Borrowing Request . The Administrative Agent shall have received, as applicable, a Borrowing Request in accordance with Section 2.3 , a request for a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.19 or a request for an L/C Credit Extension pursuant to Section 2.20 .

Each borrowing of Loans and request for an L/C Credit Extension by the Borrower shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower hereunder as of the date thereof that the conditions in this Section 4.3 have been satisfied.

ARTICLE 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

From and after the Closing Date and for so long as any Commitment remains in effect, any Loan remains outstanding and unpaid, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding or any other amount is owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder:

Section 5.1 Financial Reporting Requirements . The Borrower will:

(a) make available its Form 10-K via the EDGAR system of the SEC ( “EDGAR” ) on the internet as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, which will in each case include an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and the related audited consolidated statements of income, cash flows and changes in common stockholders’ equity for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on in a manner acceptable to the SEC by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing;

(b) make available its Form 10-Q via EDGAR on the internet as soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, which will, in each case, include a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as of the end of such quarter and the related (i) consolidated statement of income for such quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year ended at the end of such quarter, and (ii) consolidated statement of cash flows for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year ended at the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form (A) for the consolidated balance sheet, the figures as of the end of the Borrower’s previous fiscal year, (B) for the consolidated statement of income, the figures for the corresponding quarter and the corresponding portion of the Borrower’s previous fiscal year and (C) for the consolidated statement of cash flows, the figures for the corresponding portion of the Borrower’s previous fiscal year, the making available of such financial statements shall constitute a certification (subject to normal year-end adjustments) as to fairness of presentation and GAAP;

(c) furnish to the Administrative Agent within 10 days of making available via EDGAR each set of financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) stating whether there exists on the date of such certificate any Default or Event of Default and, if any Default or Event of Default then exists, setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto, and (ii) setting forth reasonably detained calculations demonstrating compliance with Section 6.3(a) and Section 6.3(b) ;

(d) furnish to the Administrative Agent a copy of all documents filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the SEC; provided that such documents shall be deemed to have been furnished on the date when made available via EDGAR; and

 

57


(e) furnish to the Administrative Agent from time to time such additional information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

Section 5.2 Notices . The Borrower will promptly furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent, notice of: (a) the occurrence of any (i) Default or (ii) Event of Default hereunder; (b) the institution of any litigation or proceeding involving it or a Subsidiary that has had or is reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (whether or not the claim asserted therein is considered to be covered by insurance); and (c) any adverse change in the ratings publicly announced by S&P or Moody’s of the Borrower’s then current Senior Debt. Each notice delivered under this Section 5.2 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

Section 5.3 Existence; Conduct of Business . The Borrower will, and will cause each Required Guarantor to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger or consolidation of the Borrower permitted under Section 6.2 or any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of any Subsidiary that is not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement; and provided further , that neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve, renew or keep in full force and effect any right, license, permit, privilege or franchise to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.4 Payment of Obligations . The Borrower will pay and discharge, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to pay and discharge, at or before maturity, all their respective material obligations and liabilities, including tax liabilities, except where the same may be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and will maintain and will cause each Material Subsidiary to maintain, in accordance with GAAP, appropriate reserves for the accrual of any of the same.

Section 5.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance . The Borrower will keep, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to keep, all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; will maintain, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to maintain (either in the name of the Borrower or in such Material Subsidiary’s own name), with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance on all their property in at least such amounts and against such risks as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies of similar size and established repute engaged in the same or a similar business; and will furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon its written request, full information as to the insurance carried.

Section 5.6 Compliance with Laws . The Borrower will comply, and cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and requirements of any Governmental Authority (including ERISA and the rules and regulations thereunder and laws of the United States regarding sanctions and export controls applicable to unauthorized dealings with sanctioned countries or Persons) except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.7 Books and Records; Inspection Rights .

(a) The Borrower will keep, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to keep, proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.

 

58


(b) The Borrower will permit, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to permit, representatives of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as applicable, at the Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s expense, upon reasonable prior notice during normal business hours (and, if the Borrower shall so request, in the presence of an officer or appointee of any officer of the Borrower), and subject to any applicable restrictions or limitations on access to any facility or information that is classified or restricted by contract or by law, regulation or governmental guidelines and in accordance with any applicable safety procedures, (i) in the case of the Administrative Agent only, to visit and inspect their respective properties, to examine and make extracts from their respective books and records, and (ii) in the case of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, to visit and discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers, employees and, only during the continuance of an Event of Default, their independent public accountants, in each case, all at such reasonable times and as often as may reasonably be desired, but unless an Event of Default exists, no more frequently than once during each calendar year.

Section 5.8 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Loans will be used for general corporate purposes, including as support of commercial paper issued or to be issued by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X. Letters of Credit will be issued only for general corporate purposes. Neither the proceeds of the Loans nor any Letter of Credit will be used to fund the Special Distribution.

Section 5.9 First Tier Subsidiaries; Additional Guarantors .

(a) In the event any wholly-owned Material Subsidiary is or becomes a First Tier Subsidiary, the Borrower will, within 30 days thereof, (i) cause such Material Subsidiary to become a party to this Agreement and guarantee the Obligations by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a Guarantee Joinder substantially in the form of Exhibit F , and (ii) deliver certificates and other documentation substantially similar to those required to be delivered on the Closing Date with respect to Phillips 66 Company as the Initial Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.2(b) and Section 4.2(c) , in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(b) Any Subsidiary may, at its election, become a Guarantor by delivery to the Administrative Agent of the Guarantee Joinder documents required by clause (a) of this Section 5.9 .

(c) Upon delivery of a Guarantee Joinder and other required documents to the Administrative Agent by a Subsidiary, notice of which is hereby waived by each Loan Party, such Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor and shall be a party hereto as if an original signatory hereto. Each Loan Party expressly agrees that its obligations arising hereunder shall not be affected or diminished by the addition or release of any other Loan Party hereunder. This Agreement shall be fully effective as to each Loan Party that is or becomes a party hereto regardless of whether any other Person becomes or fails to become or ceases to be a Loan Party hereunder.

Section 5.10 Further Assurances . The Borrower will from time to time, at its expense, promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary, or that the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may request, in order to enable the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to exercise or enforce their respective rights or remedies under or in connection with this Agreement and any other Loan Document.

 

59


ARTICLE 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

Each Loan Party hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date and for so long as any Commitment remains in effect, any Loan remains outstanding and unpaid, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding or any other amount is owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder:

Section 6.1 Liens . Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it except:

(a) any Lien existing on any asset of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower and not created in contemplation of such event, provided that such Lien attaches only to such asset and proceeds thereof;

(b) any Lien on any asset securing Indebtedness (including Liens in respect of Capital Lease Obligations) incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such asset, provided that (i) such Lien attached to such asset concurrently with or within 90 days after the acquisition thereof or the date of completion of such construction or improvement, and (ii) all such Liens attach only to the assets purchased, constructed or improved with the proceeds of the Indebtedness secured thereby and improvements, accessions, general intangibles and proceeds related thereto;

(c) any Lien on any asset of any Person existing at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such event, provided that such Lien attaches only to such asset and proceeds thereof;

(d) any Lien existing on any asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or a Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such acquisition, provided that such Lien attaches only to such asset and proceeds thereof;

(e) any Lien arising out of the refinancing, extension, renewal or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by any of the foregoing clauses of this Section 6.1 , provided that the principal amount of such Indebtedness is not increased (other than by amounts incurred to pay the costs of such refinancing, extension, renewal or refunding and any premiums paid in connection therewith) and such Lien does not attach to any additional assets;

(f) Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent securing Indebtedness or other obligations existing pursuant to this Agreement;

(g) Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection with pollution control, industrial revenue bond or similar types of financing, and Liens on property in favor of the United States or any state thereof, or any department, agency, instrumentality or political subdivision of any such jurisdiction, to secure Indebtedness incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of constructing or improving the property subject thereto;

(h) Liens granted on accounts receivable or other rights to payment and related assets in connection with Securitization Transactions permitted by Section 6.3(c) ;

(i) Liens on precious metals catalysts in connection with Sale/Leaseback Transactions and Liens under any other Sale/Leaseback Transaction, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 6.3(b) ;

 

60


(j) Liens on cash collateral granted to an Issuing Bank in connection with the replacement of such Issuing Bank under Section 2.18 , the occurrence of such Issuing Bank’s Existing Commitment Termination Date under Section 2.21(f) or the termination of the Commitment of such Issuing Bank under Section 2.22(d) ;

(k) Liens for taxes that (i) are not yet due, (ii) are not more than sixty (60) days past due and not subject to penalties for non-payment, or (iii) are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(l) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar types of Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing amounts which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

(m) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

(n) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(o) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

(p) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (g) of Article 7 ;

(q) Liens in favor of banks having a right of setoff, revocation, refund or chargeback with respect to money or instruments of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on deposit with or in the possession of such bank, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(r) customary netting and offset provisions in Hedging Agreements; and

(s) Liens not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses of this Section 6.1 securing Indebtedness and Hedging Obligations, provided that Priority Debt shall not exceed the amount permitted by Section 6.3(b) as of the last day of any fiscal quarter (beginning with the last day of the fiscal quarter in which the Closing Date occurs) .

Section 6.2 Fundamental Changes . The Borrower will not (a) consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or (b) sell, lease or otherwise transfer (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets to any other Person; provided that (i) any Person may consolidate or merge with or into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving Person, and (ii) if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any Person may consolidate or merge with or into the Borrower, and the Borrower may consolidate or merge with or into any Person, as long as the surviving entity, if other than the Borrower, has an Investment Grade Rating and assumes each of the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents pursuant to an agreement executed and delivered to the Lenders in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders.

 

61


Section 6.3 Indebtedness; Securitization Transactions; Sale/Leaseback Transactions .

(a) Consolidated Net Debt . The Borrower will not permit the outstanding principal amount of Consolidated Net Debt, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, beginning with the last day of the fiscal quarter in which the Closing Date occurs, to exceed 60% of Total Capitalization as of such date.

(b) Priority Debt. The Borrower shall not permit Priority Debt, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, beginning with the last day of the fiscal quarter in which the Closing Date occurs, to exceed an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated Net Assets as of such date. As used herein, “ Priority Debt” means:

(i) (A) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of secured Indebtedness and the aggregate amount of secured Hedging Obligations of the Borrower and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries, provided that Priority Debt shall not include Indebtedness secured by (1) (x) Liens existing on any asset transferred by ConocoPhillips or a subsidiary of ConocoPhillips to the Borrower or a Subsidiary on or before the Closing Date, and Liens existing on any asset of any Person the ownership of which is transferred by ConocoPhillips or a subsidiary of ConocoPhillips to the Borrower or a Subsidiary on or before the Closing Date (collectively, “ Transferred Liens ”), to the extent such Indebtedness is listed on Schedule 6.3(b) and (y) other Transferred Liens to the extent that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness secured by Liens described in this clause (1)(y)  does not exceed $35,000,000 or (2) (I) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(a) on assets of Persons that become Subsidiaries of the Borrower after the Closing Date (and proceeds thereof); (II) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b) on assets purchased, constructed or improved by the Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary after the Closing Date (and improvements, accessions, general intangibles and proceeds related thereto) securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the Borrower or such Subsidiary after the Closing Date for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such assets; (III) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(c) on assets of a Person merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Subsidiary after the Closing Date (and proceeds thereof); (IV) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(d) on assets acquired by the Borrower or a Subsidiary after the Closing Date (and proceeds thereof); (V) Liens arising out of the refinancing, extension, renewal or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by any of the foregoing clauses of this Section 6.3(b)(i) , provided that the principal amount of such Indebtedness is not increased (other than by amounts incurred to pay the costs of such refinancing, extension, renewal or refunding and any premiums paid in connection therewith) and such Lien does not attach to any additional assets; (VI) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(f) ; (VII) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(g) on assets purchased, constructed or improved by the Borrower or a Subsidiary after the Closing Date for the purposes of financing all or part of the price or cost of constructing or improving such property; (VIII) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(h) ; (IX) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(i) ; and (X) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(j) , plus

(B) Attributable Debt of the Borrower and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries in respect of Sale/Leaseback Transactions to the extent that such Attributable Debt exceeds $250,000,000, plus

(ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of unsecured Indebtedness of wholly-owned Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiary Debt).

 

62


For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that a Guarantee constitutes Priority Debt and the Indebtedness Guaranteed thereby also constitutes Priority Debt, the amount of Priority Debt outstanding at such time shall be calculated without duplication and shall include only the amount of such Guaranteed Indebtedness constituting Priority Debt and shall not include the amount of such Guarantee.

(c) Securitization Transactions. The Borrower will not permit the aggregate outstanding amount of Securitization Transactions to exceed $1,500,000,000 at any time.

Section 6.4 Transactions with Affiliates . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into or engage in any material transaction (including any sale, lease, transfer, purchase or acquisition of property or assets) with any of its Affiliates, except on terms and conditions, taken as a whole, that are substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties (or, if in the good faith judgment of the Borrower’s board of directors, no comparable transaction is available with which to compare any such transaction, such transaction is otherwise fair to the Borrower or such Subsidiary from a financial point of view), provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to:

(a) transactions between or among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or between or among Subsidiaries;

(b) transactions involving any employee benefit plan or related trust of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(c) transactions pursuant to any contract or agreement outstanding as of the Execution Date and listed on Schedule 6.4 ;

(d) the payment of reasonable compensation, fees and expenses to, and indemnity provided on behalf of directors and officers of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

(e) transactions pursuant to the Separation Documents as disclosed to the Lenders prior to the Execution Date (as amended pursuant to amendments that are Permitted Changes).

For purpose of this Section 6.4 , ConocoPhillips and its Subsidiaries shall not be considered “ Affiliates ” of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

ARTICLE 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any of the following events from and after the Closing Date:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, or any Guarantor shall fail to make any payments due under the Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, or any other amount payable hereunder (including any Cash Collateral required to be provided hereunder), within five Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) any representation or warranty made by the Loan Parties in Article 3 or in any certificate, financial or other statement furnished by the Loan Parties pursuant to this Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made; or

 

63


(c) the Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any of its covenants or agreements contained in Section 5.2(a)(ii), Section 5.3 (with respect to the existence of the Borrower), Section 5.8 , or Article 6 ; or

(d) the Borrower or any Guarantor shall fail to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and any such failure shall remain unremedied for 30 days; or

(e) (i) the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall default beyond any applicable period of grace in any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money (other than Securitization Indebtedness of any Securitization Entity) on which the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries is liable in an aggregate principal amount then outstanding of $150,000,000 or more or (ii) an event of default (other than a failure to pay principal or interest) as defined in any mortgage, indenture, agreement or instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any such Indebtedness shall happen and shall result in such Indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it could otherwise become due and payable; or

(f) the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Material Subsidiaries shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian or the like of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail to pay its debts generally as they become due, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, (v) commence a voluntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws of the United States of America or file a voluntary petition or answer seeking reorganization, an arrangement with creditors or an order for relief or seeking to take advantage of any insolvency law or file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceeding, or action shall be taken by it for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing, or (vi) if without the application, approval or consent of such Guarantor, the Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries, a proceeding shall be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction, under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking in respect of such Guarantor, the Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries an order for relief or an adjudication in bankruptcy, reorganization, dissolution, winding up, liquidation, a composition or arrangement with creditors, a readjustment of debts, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator or custodian or the like of such Guarantor, the Borrower or such Material Subsidiaries or of all or any substantial part of its assets, or other like relief in respect thereof under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, and, if such proceeding is being contested by such Guarantor, the Borrower or such Material Subsidiaries in good faith, the same shall (A) result in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) continue undismissed for any period of 60 consecutive days; or

(g) one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any combination thereof involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance) of $150,000,000 or more with respect to the Guarantor, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries and such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, dismissed, discharged or stayed within 30 days from the entry thereof; or

(h) a Change in Control shall occur; or

(i) an ERISA Event shall occur that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

64


then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clauses (iv) , (v)  or (vi)  of clause (f) above with respect to the Borrower, (i) automatically the Commitments shall terminate and the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under the Loan Documents shall immediately become due and payable and (ii) the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as provided below shall automatically become effective, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, any one or more of the following actions may be taken: with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall (i) by notice of default to the Borrower, declare the Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Commitments shall immediately terminate; (ii) by notice of default to the Borrower, declare the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under the Loan Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable; and (iii) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the amount thereof). Presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, and, except as expressly provided above in this Article 7 , all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived.

ARTICLE 8. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 8.1 Appointment and Authority . Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article 8 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of such provisions (except for the Borrower with respect to its consent right set forth in Section 8.7 ). It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

Section 8.2 Rights as a Lender . The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for, and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

Section 8.3 Exculpatory Provisions.

(a) The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

(i) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, covenants, functions, responsibilities, obligations or liabilities regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing,

(ii) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.1 ) provided that the Administrative Agent shall

 

65


not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law, and

(iii) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.1 ) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Section 8.4 Notice of Default . The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Article 7(a) ) unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “ notice of default ”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice or any notice pursuant to Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 , the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

Section 8.5 Reliance by the Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

Section 8.6 Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory

 

66


provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

Section 8.7 Resignation of Administrative Agent . Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right with the consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required during the continuation of an Event of Default), to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring Administrative Agent), and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article 8  and Section 9.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

Section 8.8 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent by Other Lenders . Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that the extensions of credit made hereunder are commercial loans and letters of credit and not investments in a business enterprise or securities. Each Lender further represents that it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans in the ordinary course of its business and has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement as a Lender, and to make, acquire or hold Loans hereunder. Each Lender shall, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information (which may contain material, non-public information within the meaning of the United States securities laws concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates) as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder and in deciding whether or to the extent to which it will continue as a Lender or assign or otherwise transfer its rights, interests and obligations hereunder.

Section 8.9 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders (including for the avoidance of doubt the Issuing Banks) and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Section 2.20(d) , Section 2.8 , and Section 9.5 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

67


(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Section 2.8 and  Section 9.5 .

Section 8.10 Guaranty Matters . The Lenders authorize the Administrative Agent to release any Guarantor from its obligations as a Guarantor under this Agreement pursuant to a written request made by the Borrower, if (a) such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower or a wholly-owned Material Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a First Tier Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under this Agreement or (b) such Guarantor is an Elective Guarantor at the time of such release. Any such request shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower certifying (which certification shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower hereunder) that (i) no Event of Default then exists or will exist after giving effect to such release, (ii) after giving pro forma effect to such release, Priority Debt will not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Assets as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 , and (iii) the conditions for release set forth in this Section 8.10 have been satisfied. Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release any Guarantor from its obligations under this Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof.

Section 8.11 No Duties . None of the Joint Lead Arrangers, Co-Syndication Agents or Co-Documentation Agents shall have any duties, responsibilities or liabilities under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents other than the duties, responsibilities and liabilities assigned to such entities in their capacities as Lenders hereunder.

ARTICLE 9. MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1 Amendments and Waivers . Neither this Agreement, nor any Note, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.1 . With the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may, from time to time, enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or the Borrower hereunder or thereunder or waiving, on such terms and conditions as the Administrative Agent may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (a) extend the time of payment or maturity of any Loan or any installment thereof or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any fee payable to the Lenders hereunder, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the amount of any Lender’s Commitment, in each case without the consent of the Lender affected thereby, (b) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of the Lenders under this Section 9.1 or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, or consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (except in a transaction permitted by and consummated in accordance with clause (ii)  of Section 6.2 ), in each case without the

 

68


written consent of all the Lenders, (c) waive any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.1 , Section 4.2 , or, with respect to the borrowing of any Loan or the making of any L/C Credit Extension on the Closing Date only, Section 4.3 , hereunder without the consent of all Lenders, (d) change Section 2.12 , Section 2.21 or Section 2.22 in a manner that would alter the pro rata treatment of Lenders or pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of all Lenders, (e) amend, modify or waive any provision of Article 8 without the written consent of the then Administrative Agent, (f) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.19 without the written consent of the Swing Line Lender, (g) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.20 without the written consent of each Issuing Bank, (h) release the Initial Guarantor or release of all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees without the written consent of all the Lenders ( provided that no such consent shall be required in connection with any release authorized by the Lenders under Section 8.10 ), (i) amend, modify or waive any provision of Article 10 without the written consent of each Guarantor, or (j) reduce the percentage of Lenders required to agree that a foreign currency constitutes an Alternate Currency under Section 1.4 without the written consent of all Lenders. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the outstanding Loans, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except as set forth in Section 2.22(b)(ii) .

Section 9.2 Notices.

(a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to clause (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

 

The Borrower and the

Guarantors (other than

         the Initial Guarantor):

Phillips 66

600 North Dairy Ashford Road

Houston, Texas 77079

Attention: Treasurer

Telecopier: (281) 293-2941

Telephone: (281) 293-1000

 

         The Initial Guarantor:

Phillips 66 Company

600 North Dairy Ashford Road

Houston, Texas 77079

Attention: Treasurer

Telecopier: (281) 293-2941

Telephone: (281) 293-1000

 

         The Administrative Agent:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

1111 Fannin Street

10th Floor

Houston, Texas 77002

 

69


  Attention: Nathan Lorensen

Telecopier: (713) 427-6307

Telephone: (713) 750-3536

 

        The Lenders:

To such Lender’s address (or telecopy number)

set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire

(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article 2 if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article 2 by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Notices and other communications (i) sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) posted to an internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) , of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

(c) Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

Section 9.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

Section 9.4 Confidentiality . Each Lender shall maintain in confidence and not disclose to any Person any non-public information furnished to it pursuant to this Agreement and designated by the Borrower as such ( “Confidential Information” ) without the prior consent of the Borrower, subject to each Lender’s (a) obligation to disclose any Confidential Information pursuant to a request or order under applicable Laws and regulations or pursuant to a subpoena or other legal process, (b) right to disclose any Confidential Information requested by any regulatory authority, (c) right to disclose any Confidential Information to other Lenders, to bank examiners, to its Affiliates, to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including auditors, counsel and other advisors, to any prospective Participant and to any prospective Purchasing Lender pursuant to Section 9.6(c) (subject to, in the case of prospective Participants and prospective Purchasing Lenders, the signing of a confidentiality agreement), (d) right to disclose any Confidential Information in connection with any litigation or dispute or the exercise of any remedy hereunder involving the Administrative Agent or the Lenders and the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (e) right to disclose any Confidential Information on a confidential basis to (i) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the Senior Credit Facilities or (ii) the

 

70


CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Senior Credit Facilities or (f) right to disclose any Confidential Information to any creditor or direct or indirect contractual counterparty in any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder or such creditor or contractual counterparty’s professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9.4 ); provided , however , that Confidential Information disclosed pursuant to clause (c) , (d) , (e)  or (f)  of this sentence shall be so disclosed subject to such procedures as are reasonably calculated to maintain the confidentiality thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.4 , (i) the foregoing obligation of confidentiality shall not apply to any Confidential Information that was known to such Lender or any of their respective Affiliates prior to the time it received such Confidential Information from the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, other than as a result of the disclosure thereof by a Person who, to the knowledge or reasonable belief of such Lender, was prohibited from disclosing it by any duty of confidentiality arising (under this Agreement or otherwise) by contract or law, and (ii) the foregoing obligation of confidentiality shall not apply to any Confidential Information that becomes part of the public domain independently of any act of such Lender not permitted hereunder or when identical or substantially similar information is received by such Lender, without restriction as to its disclosure or use, from a Person who was not prohibited from disclosing it by any duty of confidentiality arising (under this Agreement or otherwise) by contract or law. The obligations of each Lender under this Section 9.4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

Section 9.5 Expenses; Indemnity; Taxes .

(a) The Borrower agrees (i) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers for all their out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation, negotiation and execution and, with respect to the Administrative Agent only, administration, of this Agreement and any other Loan Document and any other documents prepared in connection herewith, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable legal fees and disbursements of Haynes and Boone, LLP, counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Designated Arrangers, but excluding all other legal fees and disbursements, (ii) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers for all their costs and expenses incurred in connection with any amendment, supplement or modification to this Agreement and any other Loan Document and any other documents prepared in connection herewith, including the reasonable legal fees and disbursements of a single law firm serving as counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Designated Arrangers, but excluding all other legal fees and disbursements, (iii) to pay or reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit issued by it or any demand for payment thereunder, (iv) to pay or reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Swing Line Lender in connection with making any Swing Line Loan or any demand for payment thereunder, and (v) to pay or reimburse all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent and any such Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section 9.5 , or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Joint Lead Arranger, each Lender and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any

 

71


Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, any Joint Lead Arranger, any Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender under Section 9.5(a) or Section 9.5(b) , each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, such Joint Lead Arranger, such Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s Commitment Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, such Joint Lead Arranger, such Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender in its capacity as such.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable Law, no party hereto shall assert, and each such party hereby waives, any claim against any other party, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that, nothing in this Section 9.5(d) shall relieve the Borrower of any obligation it may have to indemnify an Indemnitee against special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages asserted against such Indemnitee by a third party.

(e) All amounts due under this Section 9.5 shall be payable not later than 10 days after written demand therefor.

(f) The agreements in this Section 9.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

Section 9.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations; Purchasing Lenders .

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, all future holders of the Loans and their respective successors and assigns (including any Affiliate of an Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, other than in connection with an assignment or transfer otherwise permitted hereunder, without the prior written consent of each Lender.

(b) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time sell to one or more banks or other financial institutions (each, a “Participant” ) participating interests

 

72


in any Loan owing to such Lender, any Note held by such Lender, any Commitment of such Lender or any other interests of such Lender hereunder. In the event of any such sale by a Lender of a participating interest to a Participant, such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement to the other parties to this Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof, such Lender shall remain the holder of its Loan for all purposes under this Agreement, and the Borrower, the Issuing Banks, and the Administrative Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the proviso in the second sentence of Section 9.1 that affects such Participant. Without affecting the limitations in the preceding sentence, each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.14 , Section 2.15 and Section 2.16 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein) with respect to its participation in the Commitments and the Loans outstanding from time to time; provided that such Participant (i) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.17 and Section 2.18 as if it were a Lender, and (ii) shall not be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to such Sections than the transferor Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation transferred by such transferor Lender to such Participant had no such transfer occurred, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.17 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.7(b) as though it were a Lender, provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 9.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(c) Each Lender may, with the consent of the Borrower (except that such consent shall not be required during the continuation of an Event of Default or for any assignment to an existing Lender or an Affiliate thereof), the Administrative Agent (except that such consent shall not be required for any assignment to an existing Lender or an Affiliate thereof), the Swing Line Lender, and each Issuing Bank (which, in each case, shall not be unreasonably withheld) sell or assign to one or more Lenders or additional banks, financial institutions or other entities (other than the Borrower or any of its Affiliates) (a “Purchasing Lender” ) (other than a Purchasing Lender that is a Defaulting Lender or that would be a Defaulting Lender upon becoming a Lender hereunder) all or part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to a duly executed Assignment and Assumption; provided that, if such sale is not to one or more existing Lenders or an Affiliate thereof, (i) such sale shall be in a minimum amount of $10,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent, and for so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower, otherwise consents and (ii) the Commitment retained (if any) by such transferor Lender after such sale shall be at least $10,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent, and

 

73


for so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower, otherwise consents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lender may sell to one or more Lenders or Purchasing Lenders designated by the Borrower all of its Commitment and all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement relating to such Commitment pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption as described in the preceding sentence in connection with a purchase thereof effected pursuant to Section 2.18 . Upon (A) the execution of such Assignment and Assumption, (B) delivery of an executed copy thereof to the Borrower, (C) recordation of such transfer in the Register and (D) payment by such Purchasing Lender to the Administrative Agent of a registration and processing fee of $4,000 if such Purchasing Lender is not a Lender prior to the execution of such Assignment and Assumption and $2,000 otherwise ( provided that the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion may elect to waive such fee) and (E) payment to the Administrative Agent of any additional amounts required by Section 9.6(f) , from and after the Transfer Effective Date determined pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, such Purchasing Lender shall for all purposes be a Lender party to this Agreement and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement to the same extent as if it were an original party hereto with a Commitment as set forth therein and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption executed pursuant to Section 2.18 or any other assignment permitted hereunder of all of a Lender’s Commitment and all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement relating to such Commitment, the transferor Lender shall cease to be a party hereto, but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.14, Section 2.15 , Section 2.16 and Section 9.5 , in each case with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Such Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to amend this Agreement to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of any Purchasing Lender that was not a Lender prior to the execution of such Assignment and Assumption and the resulting adjustment of the Commitments and the Commitment Percentages arising from the purchase by such Purchasing Lender of all or a portion of the rights and obligations of such transferor Lender under this Agreement. Upon the consummation of any transfer to a Purchasing Lender pursuant to this Section 9.6(c) , the transferor Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall make appropriate arrangements so that, if required, a replacement Note is issued to such transferor Lender and a new Note or, as appropriate, a replacement Note, is issued to such Purchasing Lender, in each case in principal amounts reflecting their respective Commitments. Such new Notes shall be in the form of the Notes replaced thereby.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall maintain, acting solely for this purpose as agent for the Borrower at its address referred to in Section 9.2 , a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register (the “Register” ) for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and any Commitment of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender from time to time. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the Loan recorded therein for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(e) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Assumption executed by a transferor Lender, a Purchasing Lender, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and, unless waived by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.6(c) , payment by the Purchasing Lender to the Administrative Agent of a registration and processing fee of $4,000 if such Purchasing Lender is not a Lender prior to the execution of such Assignment and Assumption and $2,000 otherwise, the Administrative Agent shall (i) promptly accept such Assignment and Assumption, (ii) on the Transfer Effective Date determined pursuant thereto record the information contained therein in the Register and (iii) give notice of such acceptance and recordation to the Lenders and the Borrower.

(f) In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto

 

74


set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans or participations in L/C Disbursements or Swing Line Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans in accordance with its Commitment Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this Section, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

(g) The Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Participant or Purchasing Lender (each, a “Transferee” ) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information (other than Confidential Information except as permitted by Section 9.4 ) in such Lender’s possession concerning the Borrower, which has been delivered to such Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or which has been delivered to such Lender by the Borrower in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of the Borrower prior to entering into this Agreement.

(h) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 9.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(i) The Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in Section 9.6(h) above.

Section 9.7 Adjustments; Set-off .

(a) If any Lender (a “Benefited Lender” ) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans or its participations in L/C Disbursements or Swing Line Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in clause (f) of Article 7 , or otherwise) in a greater proportion than any such payment to and collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans or participations in L/C Disbursements or Swing Line Loans, or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall purchase (for cash at face value) from the other Lenders participations in the Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements and Swing Line Loans of the other Lenders, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, to the extent necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements and Swing Line Loans; provided , however , that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this Section 9.7 shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or

 

75


participations in L/C Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section 9.7 shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default each Lender and each of its respective Affiliates shall have the right, without prior notice to any Loan Party, any such notice being expressly waived by such Loan Party to the extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and appropriate and apply against the obligations under this Agreement any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of set-off hereunder, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.22 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of set-off. The rights of each Lender and their respective Affiliates under this Section 9.7 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender or its Affiliates may have. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

Section 9.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission, emailed pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of the actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties hereto shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Section 9.9 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 9.10 Jurisdiction; Venue. Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement shall be brought in the courts of the State of New York sitting in the County of New York, Borough of Manhattan, or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the Borrower and each Guarantor hereby accepts for and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.2 . Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. Nothing herein shall affect the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Borrower or the Guarantors in any other jurisdiction. Each of the Borrower and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any action described in this Section 9.10 , or that such proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court, and agrees not to plead or claim the same.

 

76


Section 9.11 Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in any certificate, document or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Section 2.14, Section 2.15 , Section 2.16 , Section 9.5 and Article 8 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

Section 9.12 Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to its subject matter, and supersedes all previous understandings, written or oral, with respect thereto.

Section 9.13 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE BORROWER, EACH GUARANTOR, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY NOTE AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.13.

Section 9.14 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement or of any other Loan Document which is prohibited, unenforceable or not authorized in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition, unenforceability or non-authorization without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or thereof or affecting the validity, enforceability or legality of any such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 9.15 Judgment in a Currency Other Than Dollars. The obligations of the Borrower and the Guarantors hereunder to make payments in Dollars or in Alternate Currency (the “Obligation Currency” ) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender or recovery pursuant to any judgment expressed in or converted into any currency other than the Obligation Currency except to the extent to which such tender or recovery shall result in the effective receipt by the Lenders of the full amount of the Obligation Currency expressed to be payable hereunder, and accordingly such primary obligations of the Borrower and the Guarantors shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovery in the Obligation Currency of the amount (if any) by which such effective receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Obligation Currency expressed to be payable hereunder and under any Note and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sums due under this Agreement and any Note.

 

77


Section 9.16 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable Law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable Law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 9.16 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

Section 9.17 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 9.18 Material Non-Public Information.

(a) EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 9.4

FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

(b) ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE BORROWER, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH BANK REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.

Section 9.19 USA PATRIOT Act Notice. The Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) and each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act” ) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.

ARTICLE 10. SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE

Section 10.1 Guarantee. Each Guarantor, jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (the “Subsidiary Guarantee” ), as primary obligor and not merely as surety, the prompt and complete payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under

 

78


this Agreement and any other Loan Document, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise, including obligations which, but for an automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or any other insolvency law or other proceeding, would become due (such obligations being hereinafter referred to as the “Obligations” ), and agrees to pay any and all expenses (including the legal fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent and each Lender in enforcing any rights under the Subsidiary Guarantee. Each Guarantor further agrees that if payment in respect of any Obligations shall be due in a currency other than Dollars and if, by reason of any Change in Law, disruption of currency or foreign exchange markets, war or civil disturbance or other event, payment of such Obligations in such currency shall be impossible, such Guarantor shall make payment of such Obligation in Dollars (based upon the applicable Alternate Currency Equivalent in effect on the date of payment). No amendment or modification of the Subsidiary Guarantee may be made without the prior written consent of each Guarantor. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the obligations of the each Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code) or any comparable provisions of any applicable state law.

Section 10.2 Waiver of Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by a Guarantor hereunder, or any set-off or application of funds of any Guarantor by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, such Guarantor shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders against the Borrower or against any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek any reimbursement from the Borrower in respect of payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders by the Borrower are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor, in trust for the Administrative Agent and each Lender, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of itself and the Lenders, in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether mature or unmatured, in such order as any Lender may determine.

Section 10.3 Amendments, etc. with respect to the Obligations. Each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against such Guarantor, and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be rescinded by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, and any of the Obligations continued, and the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, and this Agreement, and any Note and any other document in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as any Lender may deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or security interest at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Subsidiary Guarantee or any property subject thereto.

Section 10.4 Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional. Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon this Subsidiary Guarantee or acceptance of this

 

79


Subsidiary Guarantee; the Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this Subsidiary Guarantee; and all dealings between the Borrower and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as applicable, on the other, shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Subsidiary Guarantee. Each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the Borrower, such Guarantor or any other Guarantor with respect to the Obligations. This Subsidiary Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to, and each Guarantor hereby expressly waives any defenses to its obligations hereunder based upon (a) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any Note, any of the Obligations or any collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Loan Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Loan Document, including any increase in the Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise, (c) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by the Borrower against the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or (d) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Borrower or any Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Borrower for the Obligations, or of any Guarantor under this Subsidiary Guarantee, in bankruptcy or in any other instance. When pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and each Lender may, but shall be under no obligation to, pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the Borrower or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Borrower or any such other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security, or guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve the Guarantor of any liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders against each Guarantor.

Section 10.5 Reinstatement. This Subsidiary Guarantee shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

Section 10.6 Payments . Each of the Guarantors and the Borrower hereby agrees that the Obligations will be paid to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars or Alternate Currency as expressed to be payable hereunder and under any Note, in immediately available funds at the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 9.2 in the case of Dollars and at the Administrative Agent’s London Agency office in the case of Alternate Currency.

Section 10.7 Additional Guarantors. Upon the execution and delivery by any Person of a Guarantee Joinder and other required documents as provided in Section 5.9 , such Person shall be a Guarantor and shall be a party hereto as if an original signatory hereto.

Section 10.8 Guarantee Effectiveness . The provisions of this Article 10 and the Subsidiary Guarantee shall become effective on the Guarantee Effectiveness Date.

 

80


[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank; Signature Pages Follow]

 

81


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

Phillips 66

By: /s/ Frances M. Vallejo

Name: Frances M. Vallejo

Title: Vice President and Treasurer

Phillips 66 Company

By: /s/ Frances M. Vallejo

Name: Frances M. Vallejo

Title: Vice President and Treasurer

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender,

an Issuing Bank and a Lender

By: /s/ Muhammad Hasan

Name: Muhammad Hasan

Title: Vice President

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC,

as an Issuing Bank and a Lender

By: /s/ Nathan Bautista

Name: Nathan Bautista

Title: Authorised Signatory

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as an Issuing Bank and a Lender

By: /s/ Joseph Scott

Name: Joseph Scott

Title: Director

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as an Issuing Bank and a Lender

By: /s/ Andrew Sidford

Name: Andrew Sidford

Title: Vice President

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD.,

as an Issuing Bank and a Lender

By: /s/ Andrew Oram

Name: Andrew Oram

Title: Managing Director


DNB BANK ASA, GRAND CAYMAN BRANCH,

as an Issuing Bank and a Lender

By: /s/ Barbara Gronquist

Name: Barbara Gronquist

Title: Senior Vice President

By: /s/ Kjell Tore Egge

Name: Kjell Tore Egge

Title: Senior Vice President

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

as an Issuing Bank and a Lender

By: /s/ Don J. McKinnerney

Name: Don J. McKinnerney

Title: Authorized Signatory

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS,

as an Issuing Bank and a Lender

By: /s/ Nupur Kumar

Name: Nupur Kumar

Title: Vice President

By: /s/ Michael Spaight

Name: Michael Spaight

Title: Associate

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,

as a Lender

By: /s/ John Frazell

Name: John Frazell

Title: Director

BNP Paribas,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Claudia Zarate

Name: Claudia Zarate

Title: Director

By: /s/ Robert J. Munozinski

Name: Robert J. Munozinski

Title: Managing Director


LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Dennis McClellan

Name: Dennis McClellan

Title: Assistant Vice President, M040

By: /s/ Karen Weich

Name: Karen Weich

Title: Vice President, W011

Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd.,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Raymond Ventura

Name: Raymond Ventura

Title: Deputy General Manager

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By: /s/ M. Colin Warman

Name: M. Colin Warman

Title: Vice President

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Masakazu Hasegawa

Name: Masakazu Hasegawa

Title: Managing Director

Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Yvonne Tilden

Name: Yvonne Tilden

Title: Director

By: /s/ Ming K. Chu

Name: Ming K. Chu

Title: Vice President

Barclays Bank PLC,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Michael Mozer

Name: Michael Mozer

Title: Vice President


Bayerische Landesbank, New York Branch,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Rolf Siebert

Name: Rolf Siebert

Title: Senior Vice President

By: /s/ Gina Sandella

Name: Gina Sandella

Title: Vice President

UNICREDIT BANK AG, New York Branch,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Thomas Dusch

Name: Thomas Dusch

Title: Managing Director

By: /s/ Pranav Surendranath

Name: Pranav Surendranath

Title: Vice President

Export Development Canada,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Christiane de Billy

Name: Christiane de Billy

Title: Financing Manager

By: /s/ Joanne Tognarelli

Name: Joanne Tognarelli

Title: Senior Financing Manager

The Bank of New York Mellon,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Hussam S. Alsahlani

Name: Hussam S. Alsahlani

Title: Vice President

U.S. Bank National Association,

as a Lender

By: /s/ John Prigge

Name: John Prigge

Title: Vice President

Compass Bank,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Jason Goetz

Name: Jason Goetz

Title: Vice President


Bank of Communications Co., Ltd.,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Shelley He

Name: Shelley He

Title: Deputy General Manager

Comerica Bank,

as a Lender

By: /s/ L.J. Perenyi

Name: L.J. Perenyi

Title: Vice President

The Northern Trust Company,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Keith L. Burson

Name: Keith L. Burson

Title: Vice President

CHANG HWA COMMERCIAL BANK, LTD., NEW YORK BRANCH,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Eric Y.S. Tsai

Name: Eric Y.S. Tsai

Title: Vice President & General Manager

First Commercial Bank New York Branch,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Jason Lee

Name: Jason Lee

Title: General Manager

National Bank of Kuwait, S.A.K., Grand Cayman Branch,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Rex E. Richardson

Name: Rex E. Richardson

Title: Assistant General Manager

By: /s/ Wendy B. Wanninger

Name: Wendy B. Wanninger

Title: Executive Manager Corporate Banking

Taiwan Cooperative Bank Los Angeles Branch,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Tsu Neng Ko

Name: Warren Ko (Tsu Neng Ko)

Title: VP & Deputy General Manager

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

 

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

among

PHILLIPS 66,

PHILLIPS 66 COMPANY,

The Lenders Party Hereto,

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

CITIBANK, N.A.,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

and

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC,

Co-Syndication Agents

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD.,

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

and

DNB BANK ASA, GRAND CAYMAN BRANCH,

Co-Documentation Agents

 

 

RBS SECURITIES INC.,

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

DNB MARKETS, INC.,

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

and

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

 

 

Dated as of February 22, 2012

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

                 Page  

ARTICLE 1.     DEFINITIONS

     1   
 

Section 1.1

    Defined Terms      1   
 

Section 1.2

    Other Definitional Provisions      16   
 

Section 1.3

    Accounting Terms; GAAP      16   

ARTICLE 2 .     AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

     16   
 

Section 2.1

    Term Loan Facility      16   
 

Section 2.2

    Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Indebtedness      17   
 

Section 2.3

    Procedure for Borrowing on the Closing Date      18   
 

Section 2.4

    Termination or Reduction of Commitments      21   
 

Section 2.5

    Prepayments      21   
 

Section 2.6

    Conversion and Continuation Options      22   
 

Section 2.7

    Maximum Number of Tranches      22   
 

Section 2.8

    Fees      22   
 

Section 2.9

    Interest Rate      23   
 

Section 2.10

    Computation of Interest and Fees      23   
 

Section 2.11

    Inability to Determine Interest Rate; Illegality      24   
 

Section 2.12

    Pro Rata Treatment and Payments      25   
 

Section 2.13

    Payments by the Borrower      25   
 

Section 2.14

    Other Costs; Increased Costs      25   
 

Section 2.15

    Taxes      27   
 

Section 2.16

    Indemnity      30   
 

Section 2.17

    Mitigation Obligations      31   
 

Section 2.18

    Replacement of Lenders      31   
 

Section 2.19

    [Intentionally Blank]      31   
 

Section 2.20

    [Intentionally Blank]      31   
 

Section 2.21

    [Intentionally Blank]      31   
 

Section 2.22

    Defaulting Lenders      31   

ARTICLE 3.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     32   
 

Section 3.1

    Corporate Existence and Power      32   
 

Section 3.2

    Corporate and Governmental Authorization; Contravention      32   
 

Section 3.3

    Enforceability      32   
 

Section 3.4

    Financial Information      32   
 

Section 3.5

    Litigation      33   
 

Section 3.6

    Employee Benefit Plans      33   
 

Section 3.7

    Environmental Matters      33   
 

Section 3.8

    Taxes      33   
 

Section 3.9

    Investment Company Act      34   
 

Section 3.10

    Regulation U      34   
 

Section 3.11

    Purpose of Loans      34   
 

Section 3.12

    Compliance with Laws      34   
 

Section 3.13

    Disclosure      34   
 

Section 3.14

    Separation Transactions      34   

 

i


                 Page  

ARTICLE 4.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EXECUTION DATE AND TO CLOSING DATE

     35   
 

Section 4.1

    Conditions to Effectiveness of this Agreement (Execution Date)      35   
 

Section 4.2

    Conditions to the Closing Date      36   
 

Section 4.3

    Conditions to Funding      37   

ARTICLE 5.     AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

     38   
 

Section 5.1

    Financial Reporting Requirements      38   
 

Section 5.2

    Notices      39   
 

Section 5.3

    Existence; Conduct of Business      39   
 

Section 5.4

    Payment of Obligations      39   
 

Section 5.5

    Maintenance of Property; Insurance      39   
 

Section 5.6

    Compliance with Laws      39   
 

Section 5.7

    Books and Records; Inspection Rights      39   
 

Section 5.8

    Use of Proceeds      40   
 

Section 5.9

    First Tier Subsidiaries; Additional Guarantors      40   
 

Section 5.10

    Further Assurances      40   

ARTICLE 6.     NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

     40   
 

Section 6.1

    Liens      40   
 

Section 6.2

    Fundamental Changes      42   
 

Section 6.3

    Indebtedness; Securitization Transactions; Sale/Leaseback Transactions      42   
 

Section 6.4

    Transactions with Affiliates      44   

ARTICLE   7.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     44   

ARTICLE 8.     THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     46   
 

Section 8.1

    Appointment and Authority      46   
 

Section 8.2

    Rights as a Lender      46   
 

Section 8.3

    Exculpatory Provisions      46   
 

Section 8.4

    Notice of Default      47   
 

Section 8.5

    Reliance by the Administrative Agent      47   
 

Section 8.6

    Delegation of Duties      47   
 

Section 8.7

    Resignation of Administrative Agent      47   
 

Section 8.8

    Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent by Other Lenders      48   
 

Section 8.9

    Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim      48   
 

Section 8.10

    Guaranty Matters      48   
 

Section 8.11

    No Duties      49   

ARTICLE 9.     MISCELLANEOUS

     49   
 

Section 9.1

    Amendments and Waivers      49   
 

Section 9.2

    Notices      50   
 

Section 9.3

    No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      51   
 

Section 9.4

    Confidentiality      51   
 

Section 9.5

    Expenses; Indemnity; Taxes      51   
 

Section 9.6

    Successors and Assigns; Participations; Purchasing Lenders      53   
 

Section 9.7

    Adjustments; Set-off      55   

 

ii


                 Page  
 

Section 9.8

    Counterparts      56   
 

Section 9.9

    GOVERNING LAW      56   
 

Section 9.10

    Jurisdiction; Venue      56   
 

Section 9.11

    Survival      56   
 

Section 9.12

    Entire Agreement      57   
 

Section 9.13

    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      57   
 

Section 9.14

    Severability      57   
 

Section 9.15

    [Intentionally Blank]      57   
 

Section 9.16

    Interest Rate Limitation      57   
 

Section 9.17

    Headings      57   
 

Section 9.18

    Material Non-Public Information      57   
 

Section 9.19

    USA PATRIOT Act Notice      58   

ARTICLE 10.     SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE

     58   
 

Section 10.1

    Guarantee      58   
 

Section 10.2

    Waiver of Subrogation      58   
 

Section 10.3

    Amendments, etc. with respect to the Obligations      59   
 

Section 10.4

    Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional      59   
 

Section 10.5

    Reinstatement      59   
 

Section 10.6

    Payments      60   
 

Section 10.7

    Additional Guarantors      60   
 

Section 10.8

    Guarantee Effectiveness      60   

 

iii


TERM LOAN AGREEMENT, dated as of February 22, 2012, among PHILLIPS 66, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower” ), PHILLIPS 66 COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Guarantor” ), the several banks and financial institutions from time to time parties to this Agreement, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent” ).

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Administrative Questionnaire” : an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

“Affiliate ”: with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

“Agreement” : this Term Loan Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Applicable Margin” : for each Type of Loan, the applicable rate per annum set forth on the Pricing Grid.

“Assignment and Assumption” : an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

“Attributable Debt ”: in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction, as at the time of determination, the present value of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended); provided , however , that if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of and will constitute “ Capital Lease Obligations .” Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Benefit Arrangement” : at any time, an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA which is not a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan and which is maintained or otherwise contributed to by any ERISA Affiliate.

“Benefited Lender” : as defined in Section 9.7(a) .

“Board” : the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Borrowing Request ” means a request by the Borrower for a Loan in accordance with Section 2.3(a) , substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

Bridge Loan Agreement ”: the Bridge Loan Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Borrower, the Initial Guarantor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the several banks and financial institutions from time to time parties thereto.

 

1


“Business Day” : a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by Law to close; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

“Capital Lease Obligations” : as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that any lease that would have been considered an operating lease under the provisions of GAAP in effect as of December 31, 2011 shall be treated as an operating lease for all purposes under this Agreement.

“Cash Equivalents” : (a) direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, money market accounts, money market funds or overnight bank deposits having maturities of twelve months or less from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender or Qualified Issuer; (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-2 by S&P or P-2 by Moody’s, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within twelve months or less from the date of acquisition; (d) money market funds rated AAAm by S&P, Aaa-mf by Moody’s or AAAmmf by Fitch Ratings, Inc.; (e) short term debt obligations of an issuer rated at least BBB by S&P or Baa2 by Moody’s, and maturing within twelve months from the date of acquisition; (f) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 90 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a)  above entered into with any Lender or Qualified Issuer; and (g) solely with respect to a Subsidiary which is incorporated or organized under the Laws of a jurisdiction outside of the United States, in addition to the investments described in clauses (a)  through (f)  of this definition, substantially similar investments denominated in foreign currencies (including similarly capitalized foreign banks).

“Change in Control” : (a) the consummation of a transaction after the Distribution the result of which is that any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the SEC thereunder as in effect on the date hereof) acquires ownership, direct or indirect, beneficially or of record, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock; or (b) Continuing Directors cease to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower or any successor by merger or consolidation.

Change in Law : the occurrence after the date of this Agreement (or, with respect to any Lender, such later date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement) of (a) the adoption of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.14(c) , by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall be deemed to be a “ Change in Law ”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

2


“Closing Date” : the date upon which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2 have been satisfied (or waived in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 9.1 ).

“Co-Documentation Agents” : collectively, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., Credit Suisse AG, Royal Bank of Canada and DNB Bank ASA, Grand Cayman Branch.

Co-Syndication Agents ”: collectively, Citibank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A. and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc.

“Code” : the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Commitment” : as to any Lender, its obligation to make a Loan to the Borrower on the Closing Date in accordance with Section 2.1 in an amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule I (or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment or in such other documentation pursuant to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto, as applicable), as such amount may change from time to time as provided herein or as provided pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant hereto; provided that the Commitments shall not at any time exceed $2,800,000,000 in the aggregate.

“Commitment Percentage” : at a particular time, as to any Lender, the percentage of the aggregate Commitments in effect at such time constituted by such Lender’s Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Commitment Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect after giving effect to each assignment.

“Confidential Information” : as defined in Section 9.4 .

Connection Income Taxes : Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by gross or net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

“ConocoPhillips” : ConocoPhillips, a Delaware corporation.

“ConocoPhillips Company” : ConocoPhillips Company, a Delaware corporation.

“Consolidated Net Assets” : at any date, the total amount of assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after deducting therefrom (a) all current liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (excluding any thereof which are by their terms extendible or renewable at the option of the Borrower to a time more than 12 months after the time as of which the amount thereof is being computed), and (b) total prepaid expenses and deferred charges of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

“Consolidated Net Debt” : at any date, the Indebtedness (excluding Securitization Indebtedness) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries less the aggregate amount of (a) cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date (other than any cash proceeds of Securitization Indebtedness) and (b) cash and Cash Equivalents that have been deposited in a trust account or account created or pledged for the sole benefit of the holders of any Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries that has been defeased pursuant to such deposit and the other applicable terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Net Worth” : the Net Worth of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Continuing Director” : (a) each individual who is a director of the Borrower on the Closing Date and (b) each other director of the Borrower whose election, appointment or nomination for election by the Borrower’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the then Continuing Directors or by a vote of at least a majority of a committee of the Borrower’s board of directors comprised solely of Continuing Directors.

 

3


“Contribution” : the transfer (in one or more transactions) by ConocoPhillips and its Subsidiaries to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of the Contribution Business.

“Contribution Business” : certain assets, liabilities and operations of ConocoPhillips Company’s and certain of its Subsidiaries’ crude oil and petroleum products refining, marketing and transportation business, chemicals business and midstream business (along with certain related miscellaneous assets and liabilities), and the Equity Interests of certain entities holding certain of such assets, liabilities and operations.

“Control” : the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Debtor Relief Laws : the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

“Default” : any of the events specified in Article 7 , whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

“Defaulting Lender” : at any time, a Lender as to which the Administrative Agent has notified the Borrower that such Lender, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent, has (a) failed to fund any portion of its Loans within three (3) Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) failed, within three (3) Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with the terms of this Agreement relating to its obligations to fund prospective Loans, (d) otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within three (3) Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (e) (i) become or is insolvent or has a parent company that has become or is insolvent or (ii) become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or has a parent company that has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender shall not become a Defaulting Lender solely as the result of the acquisition or maintenance of an ownership interest in such Lender or its parent company, or the exercise of control over such Lender or its parent company, by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof, so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of the courts of the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.

 

4


“Designated Arrangers” : collectively, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, and RBS Securities Inc.

“Distribution” : the pro rata dividend of the Borrower’s common stock in connection with the Spin-Off substantially as described in the Registration Statement.

“Dollars” and “$” : dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

“Domestic Office” : initially, the office of each Lender designated as such in the Administrative Questionnaire of such Lender; thereafter, such other office of such Lender, if any, located within the United States which shall be making or maintaining Reference Rate Loans.

“Early Payment Date” : as defined in Section 2.5(b) .

“Elective Guarantor” : a Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.9(b) . A First Tier Subsidiary that is an Elective Guarantor shall cease to be an “ Elective Guarantor ” and shall become a “ Required Guarantor ” from and after the date that it becomes a wholly-owned Material Subsidiary.

“Environmental Laws” : all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials or to health and safety matters arising from the exposure to Hazardous Materials.

“Environmental Liability” : any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Equity Interests” : with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such securities (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

“ERISA” : the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

“ERISA Affiliate” : any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c)  of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

“ERISA Event” : (a) any Reportable Event with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (c) the

 

5


incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan, other than a standard termination under Section 4041(b) of ERISA; (d) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice from the PBGC of any intention of the PBGC to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (e) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any Withdrawal Liability or other liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice of a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

“Escrowed Funds” : as defined in Section 2.3(d)(ii) .

“Eurodollar Loans” : Loans hereunder denominated in Dollars at such time as they are made or being maintained at a rate of interest based upon the Eurodollar Rate.

“Eurodollar Office” : initially, the office of each Lender designated as such in the Administrative Questionnaire of such Lender, and thereafter, such other office of such Lender, if any, which shall be making or maintaining Eurodollar Loans.

“Eurodollar Rate” : with respect to the Interest Period for each Eurodollar Loan, (a) the rate per annum appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period or, (b) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum equal to the average (rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/16 of 1%) of the respective rates notified to the Administrative Agent by the Reference Lenders as the rate at which they are offered Dollar deposits two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period in the London interbank market at or about 11:00 A.M., London time, for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to the amount of the Eurodollar Loan of such Reference Lenders to which such Interest Period applies.

“Event of Default” : any of the events specified in Article 7 , provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, event or act has been satisfied.

“Excluded Subsidiary Debt” : (a) Unsecured Acquired Debt and refinancings, extensions, renewals, or refundings thereof provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased (other than by amounts incurred to pay the costs of such refinancing, extension, renewal or refunding and any premiums paid in connection therewith), (b) Indebtedness that is owed by a Subsidiary to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary, (c) amounts owing by a Subsidiary pursuant to Securitization Transactions as permitted by Section 6.3(c) and (d) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule II hereto.

Excluded Taxes : any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, state gross receipts Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the Laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a Law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an

 

6


assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.18 ) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.15 , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender acquired the applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.15(f) , and (d) any U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

“Execution Date” : the date upon which this Agreement has been executed by all parties hereto and all conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.1 have been satisfied (or waived in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 9.1 ).

FATCA ”: the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” : for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System of the United States arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

“Fee Letters” : collectively, the fee letters dated January 18, 2012, executed by the Borrower in connection with this Agreement, including the fee letters in favor of the Designated Arrangers, the Joint Lead Arrangers (other than the Designated Arrangers), the Administrative Agent and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.

“Financial Officer” : the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, financial vice president, treasurer or controller of a Person.

First Tier Subsidiary ”: any direct Subsidiary.

Foreign Lender : any Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

“GAAP” : generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time.

“Governmental Authority” : any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

“Guarantee” : as to any Person, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (b) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

7


Guarantee Effectiveness Date ”: the date designated as the “ Guarantee Effectiveness Date ” in the Guarantee Effectiveness Notice.

Guarantee Effectiveness Notice ”: a written notice from the Initial Guarantor, substantially in the form as Exhibit E , to the Administrative Agent dated as of the Closing Date stating that the Guarantee Effectiveness Date is, and the Guarantee of the Initial Guarantor hereunder is effective on, the Closing Date.

Guarantee Joinder ”: a Guarantee Joinder, substantially in the form as Exhibit D .

“Guarantor” : Phillips 66 Company in its capacity as the Initial Guarantor, each additional Required Guarantor (if any), and each Elective Guarantor (if any).

“Hazardous Materials” : all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

“Hedging Agreement” : any rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of the foregoing transactions) or any combination of the foregoing transactions.

“Hedging Obligations” : obligations in respect of Hedging Agreements.

“Indebtedness” : as to any Person, at any date, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, except trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business, (d) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person ( provided , that for purposes of this clause (e) , if such Person has not assumed or otherwise become personally liable for any such Indebtedness, the amount of Indebtedness of such Person in connection therewith shall be limited to the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset(s) and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness secured by such Lien), (f) all Indebtedness of others Guaranteed by such Person, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (h) all non-contingent obligations of such Person to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit or similar instrument (other than trade letters of credit and documentary letters of credit), provided however that in the case of letters of credit other than “Letters of Credit” issued under the Revolving Credit Agreement, reimbursement obligations shall not be considered Indebtedness unless they have not been reimbursed within three Business Days after becoming due, and (i) all production payments, proceeds production payments or similar obligations of such Person. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

 

8


“Indebtedness for Borrowed Money” : as to any Person, at any date, without duplication, Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a)  and (b)  of the definition of Indebtedness and Guarantees thereof.

“Indemnified Taxes : (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a) , Other Taxes.

“Indemnitee” : as defined in Section 9.5(b) .

Initial Financial Statements : (a) unaudited pro forma combined financial statements of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the Contribution Business, consisting of (i) unaudited pro forma statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2011, prepared as though the Spin-Off occurred on January 1, 2011, and (ii) unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, prepared as though the Spin-Off occurred on December 31, 2011, and (b) audited combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 and combined statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in net parent company investment for the three years ended December 31, 2011, of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the Contribution Business.

“Interest Payment Date” : (a) as to any Reference Rate Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan in respect of which the Borrower has selected an Interest Period of one, two or three months, the last day of such Interest Period, and (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan in respect of which the Borrower has selected an Interest Period longer than three months, each date which is three months or a whole multiple thereof, from the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period.

“Interest Period” : with respect to any Eurodollar Loan:

(i) initially, the period commencing on (A) the earlier of (1) the Pre-Funding Date and (2) the Closing Date or (B) the conversion date with respect to such Eurodollar Loan, and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Borrowing Request or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given pursuant to Section 2.3 or Section 2.6 ; and

(ii) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of continuation given pursuant to Section 2.6 ; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(iii) if any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(iv) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

(v) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this definition of “Interest Period” , no Interest Period shall end after the Maturity Date.

 

9


“Investment Grade Rating” : as to any Person, a rating of senior long-term unsecured debt of such Person without any third-party credit enhancement of (a) BBB- or higher by S&P or (b) Baa3 or higher by Moody’s.

“IRS” : The United States Internal Revenue Service.

“Joint Lead Arrangers” : collectively Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, RBS Securities Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, DNB Markets, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Royal Bank of Canada and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.

“Laws” : all ordinances, statutes, rules, regulations, orders, injunctions, writs, treaties or decrees of any governmental or political subdivision or agency thereof, or of any court or similar entity established by any thereof.

“Lender” : each Person listed on Schedule I and any other Person that becomes a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or otherwise in accordance with the terms hereof, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or otherwise in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Lien” : with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset (including any production payment, proceeds production payment or similar financing arrangement with respect to such asset). For the purposes of this Agreement, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any asset which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such asset.

“Loan” : as defined in Section 2.1(a) .

Loan Documents : this Agreement, including schedules and exhibits hereto, the Fee Letters, any Guarantee Joinder, any Note, and any other document executed by the Borrower or a Guarantor that states by its terms that it is a Loan Document, and amendments, modifications or supplements thereto or waivers thereof.

“Loan Party” : each of the Borrower and each Guarantor.

“Material Adverse Effect” : (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, (i) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the business, operations, property or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and of the Contribution Business, taken as a whole, (ii) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower and the Guarantors, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents, or material impairment of the ability of the Borrower to consummate the Spin-Off or (iii) material adverse effect upon the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Loan Documents; and (b) after the Closing Date, (i) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the business, operations, property or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower and the Guarantors, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) a material adverse effect upon the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Loan Documents; provided that consummation of the Transactions shall not be considered to be a material adverse change, effect or impairment.

“Material Subsidiary” : Phillips 66 Company and at any time, any Subsidiary which as of such time meets the definition of a “significant subsidiary” contained as of the date hereof in Regulation S-X of the SEC; provided that in no event shall any Subsidiary that is a Securitization Entity constitute a “ Material Subsidiary ” hereunder.

 

10


“Maturity Date” : the third anniversary of the Closing Date, or if such date is not a Business Day, then the Business Day immediately preceding such date.

“Moody’s” : Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Multiemployer Plan” : a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate (a) makes or is obligated to make contributions or (b) has any liability, including Withdrawal Liability.

“Net Worth” : with respect to any Person, without duplication, the sum of such Person’s capital stock, additional paid in capital, retained earnings and any other account that, in accordance with GAAP, constitutes stockholders’ equity, less treasury stock; provided that “ Net Worth ” shall not include the liquidation value of any Preferred Equity Interests.

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” : a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

“Note” : as defined in Section 2.2(f) .

“Obligations” : as defined in Section 10.1 .

Other Connection Taxes : with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes : all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.18 ).

Outstanding Amount : on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Loans occurring on such date.

“Participant” : as defined in Section 9.6(b) .

“Patriot Act” : as defined in Section 9.19 .

“PBGC” : the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

“Pension Act” : the Pension Protection Act of 2006, as amended from time to time.

Pension Funding Rules ”: the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Plans and set forth in, with respect to plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Act, Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, each as in effect prior to the Pension Act and, thereafter, Sections 412 , 430 , 431 , 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302 , 303 , 304 and 305 of ERISA, in each case, as amended from time to time.

 

11


“Permitted Changes” : with respect to any document or agreement, changes thereto or waivers or consents given thereunder that are either (a) not materially adverse to the Lenders or (b) agreed to by the Designated Arrangers. As used in this definition, a change or other matter is “materially adverse to the Lenders” if such change or other matter has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

“Person” : an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

“Plan” : any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

“Pre-Funding Date” : as defined in Section 2.3(a) .

Preferred Equity Interest ”: any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event or circumstance either (a) matures, (b) is redeemable (whether mandatorily or otherwise) at the option of the holder thereof for any consideration other than shares of common stock or (c) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or other Preferred Equity Interests, in each case, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is one year after the earlier of (x) the Maturity Date or (y) the date on which the Loans have been paid in full and the Commitments have terminated.

“Pricing Grid” : the Pricing Grid attached hereto as Annex A .

“Priority Debt” : as defined in Section 6.3(b) .

Pro Rata Share : with respect to each Lender, (a) at any time of determination on and after the Execution Date and prior to the making of the Loans on the Closing Date, such Lender’s Commitment Percentage, and (b) at any time of determination on and after the making of the Loans on the Closing Date, a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the principal amount of Loans held by such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount of Loans held by all Lenders at such time.

“Purchasing Lender” : as defined in Section 9.6(c) .

“Qualified Issuer” : any commercial bank (a) which has capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 and (b) the outstanding long-term debt securities of which are rated at least A by S&P or at least A2 by Moody’s, or carry an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency if both of the rating agencies named herein cease publishing ratings of investments.

Recipient : (a) the Administrative Agent or (b) any Lender, as applicable.

“Reference Lenders” : initially, Bank of America, N.A., Citibank, N.A., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.; provided that the Reference Lenders may be changed in accordance with Section 2.10 .

“Reference Rate” : the highest of (a) the average of the rates of interest publicly announced by the Reference Lenders from time to time as their respective reference or prime rates, which such rates may not

 

12


be the lowest rate of interest charged by such Reference Lenders, (b) the average of the overnight federal funds rate as quoted to the Administrative Agent from three brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent for the purchase at face value of federal funds in the secondary market in an amount comparable to the outstanding principal amount of the applicable Loan, or portion thereof, and with a maturity of one day plus a margin of 1/2 of 1%, and (c) the Eurodollar Rate applicable for a one month Interest Period starting on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%. Any change in the Reference Rate due to a change in the reference rate, prime rate, federal funds rate, or the Eurodollar Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such respective change.

“Reference Rate Loans” : Loans hereunder at such time as they are made or being maintained at a rate of interest based upon the Reference Rate.

“Register” : as defined in Section 9.6(d) .

“Registration Statement” : the Borrower’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the SEC on January 3, 2012. Unless otherwise indicated in this Agreement, all references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement shall mean the Registration Statement as it may be amended from time to time.

“Related Parties” : with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

“Reportable Event” : a “reportable event” as that term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder.

“Required Guarantor” : any wholly-owned Material Subsidiary that is a First Tier Subsidiary; collectively the “ Required Guarantors ”.

“Required Lenders” : (a) at any time of determination on and after the Execution Date and prior to the making of the Loans on the Closing Date, Lenders holding more than 50% of the aggregate Commitments, and (b) at any time of determination on and after the making of the Loans on the Closing Date, Lenders holding more than 50% of the Outstanding Amount; provided, however, that the Commitments or the principal amount of the Loans, as applicable, of any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded from the determination of Required Lenders to the extent set forth in Section 2.22(a) .

“Revolving Credit Agreement” : the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Borrower, the Initial Guarantor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the several banks and financial institutions from time to time parties thereto.

“S&P” : Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (a division of McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.).

“Sale/Leaseback Transaction : an arrangement whereby the Borrower or a Subsidiary transfers property owned by it to a Person and the Borrower or a Subsidiary leases it from such Person.

“SEC” : the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to the functions thereof.

“Securitization Entity” : any Person engaged solely in the business of effecting Securitization Transactions and related activities.

“Securitization Indebtedness” : any Indebtedness under any Securitization Transaction that does not permit or provide recourse for principal or interest (other than Standard Securitization Undertakings) to

 

13


the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Securitization Entity) or any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than the property or assets of a Securitization Entity or any Equity Interests or securities issued by a Securitization Entity).

“Securitization Transaction” : any transaction in which the Borrower or a Subsidiary sells or otherwise transfers accounts receivable or other rights to payment (whether existing or arising in the future) and assets related thereto (a) to one or more purchasers or (b) to a special purpose entity that (i) borrows under a loan secured by or issues securities payable from such accounts receivable or other rights to payment (or undivided interests therein) and related assets or (ii) sells or otherwise transfers such accounts receivable or other rights to payment (or undivided interests therein) and related assets to one or more purchasers, whether or not amounts received in connection with the sale or other transfer of such accounts receivable or other rights to payment and related assets to an entity referred to in clause (a)  or (b)  above would under GAAP be accounted for as liabilities on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower. The amount of any Securitization Transaction shall be deemed at any time to be (1) the aggregate outstanding principal or stated amount of the borrowings or securities in connection with the transactions referred to in clause (b)(i) of the preceding sentence; (2) the outstanding amount of capital invested in or unrecovered outstanding purchase price paid in connection with a transaction referred to in clause (b)(ii) of the preceding sentence; or (3) if there shall be no such principal or stated amount or outstanding capital invested or unrecovered purchase price, the uncollected amount of the accounts receivable transferred to such purchaser(s) pursuant to such Securitization Transaction net of any such accounts receivable that have been written off as uncollectible and any discount in the purchase price thereof.

“Senior Credit Facilities” : collectively, the loans and credit facilities provided under this Agreement, the Revolving Credit Agreement, and the Bridge Loan Agreement (if applicable).

“Senior Debt” : the Borrower’s senior unsecured, non-credit enhanced, long term debt for which a rating has been established by Moody’s and/or S&P as provided in the Pricing Grid.

“Separation Documents” : collectively, the material agreements and documents attached as exhibits to the Registration Statement that relate to the Contribution and Distribution.

“Special Distribution” : the direct and indirect payments and distributions, whether in the form of repayment of intercompany Indebtedness and/or other distributions of cash or other property or assets, by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to ConocoPhillips or any of its Subsidiaries on or prior to the Closing Date.

“Spin-Off” : a series of one or more transactions by ConocoPhillips and its Subsidiaries to give effect to the public spin-off of the Borrower, including the Contribution and Distribution.

“Spin-Off Consummation Date” : the date upon which the Spin-Off is consummated.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” : any representations, warranties, servicer obligations, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower of a type that are reasonably customary in securitizations.

“Subsidiary” : with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, or held by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “ Subsidiary ” or to “ Subsidiaries ” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

 

14


“Subsidiary Guarantee” : as defined in Section 10.1 .

Taxes : all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Ticking Fee” : as defined in Section 2.8(a) .

“Total Capitalization” : at the date of any determination thereof, the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Debt plus (b) Consolidated Net Worth plus (c) the involuntary liquidation value of any Preferred Equity Interests.

“Tranche” : the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans, the Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not the Loans comprising any such Tranche were originally made on the same day).

“Transactions” : the Contribution, the Special Distribution, the Distribution, the execution and delivery of the Revolving Credit Agreement, this Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement, the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Borrower and the Guarantors under the Bridge Loan Agreement (if applicable) and under this Agreement on the Closing Date, and the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Borrower and the Guarantors under the Revolving Credit Agreement on the “ Closing Date ” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

“Transfer Effective Date” : as defined in each Assignment and Assumption.

“Transferee” : as defined in Section 9.6(f) .

“Type” : as to any Loan, its nature as a Reference Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.

“Unsecured Acquired Debt” : unsecured Indebtedness of a Person that (a) exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary as a result of an acquisition, merger or other combination, in each case consummated after the Spin-Off Consummation Date, or at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or otherwise acquired by, a Subsidiary, in each case, after the Spin-Off Consummation Date, or (b) is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets after the Spin-Off Consummation Date; provided that, (x) in each case, such unsecured Indebtedness was not incurred or granted in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, or other combination, and (y) in no event shall such unsecured Indebtedness exceed the value of the Person or property so acquired.

U.S. Person : a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate : as defined in Section 2.15(f)(ii)(B)(3) .

“Voting Stock” : capital stock of the Borrower that is entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of the Borrower (other than any such capital stock having such rights only upon the occurrence of a contingency that has not yet occurred).

 

15


“Withdrawal Liability” : liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Section 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions .

(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any other Loan Document or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.

(b) As used herein and in any other Loan Document, and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, (i) the words “include” , “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” , (ii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iii) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, capital stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, (iv) references to agreements shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, and (v) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns.

(c) The words “hereof” , “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and article, section, schedule and exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

Section 1.3 Accounting Terms; GAAP . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein.

ARTICLE 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

Section 2.1 Term Loan Facility .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make a single loan in Dollars to the Borrower on the Closing Date (each such loan, a “ Loan ”) in a principal amount not to exceed such Lender’s Commitment. Any portion of the Commitments not utilized by the Borrower on the Closing Date shall be automatically and permanently terminated. If all or any portion of the Outstanding Amount is paid or prepaid, then the amount so paid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

 

16


(b) The Loans may from time to time be (i) Eurodollar Loans, (ii) Reference Rate Loans or (iii) a combination thereof, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.3 or Section 2.6 . Eurodollar Loans shall be made, continued or converted, as applicable, by each Lender at its Eurodollar Office and Reference Rate Loans shall be made or converted, as applicable, by each Lender at its Domestic Office.

Section 2.2 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Indebtedness .

(a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of the Loans made by such Lender as set forth in clause (b) of this Section 2.2 . The Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of its Loans from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 2.9 .

(b) The Borrower shall repay to the Lenders the aggregate principal amount of all Loans outstanding on the following dates in the respective amounts set forth below:

(i) on the first anniversary of the Closing Date, $800,000,000;

(ii) on the second anniversary of the Closing Date, $1,000,000,000; and

(iii) on the third anniversary of the Closing Date, $1,000,000,000.

In the event that the aggregate amount of Loans made on the Closing Date is less than $2,800,000,000, each of the three principal payments required under this Section 2.2(b) shall be reduced ratably. Each principal payment required under this Section 2.2(b) shall be allocated among the Lenders based on each Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such payment amount. Without limiting the foregoing, the Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender on the Maturity Date (or such earlier date on which the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 2.5(b) or Article 7 ) the aggregate principal amount of the Loans, together with interest thereon, outstanding on such date.

(c) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 9.6(d) , and a subaccount therein for each Lender in which there shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

(e) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 2.2(b) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

17


(f) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by any Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note of the Borrower evidencing the Loans of such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit A with appropriate insertions as to principal amount (each, a “Note” ).

Section 2.3 Procedure for Borrowing on the Closing Date .

(a) Borrowing Request . The Borrower may borrow under the Commitments on the Closing Date; provided that the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent a Borrowing Request, which Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable, (i) prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time, three Business Days prior to the Closing Date if the Borrower is requesting that any Eurodollar Loan be made on the Closing Date and (ii) prior to 12:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Closing Date if the Borrower is requesting that only Reference Rate Loans be made on the Closing Date, specifying (A) the amount to be borrowed, (B) the requested Closing Date, (C) whether Eurodollar Loans, Reference Rate Loans or a combination thereof are requested and (D) the length of the Interest Period for each Eurodollar Loan. The Borrower may require that Lenders transfer funds to the Administrative Agent in advance of the Closing Date to hold in escrow pursuant to Section 2.3(d) , by specifying, in the Borrowing Request, the date (the “ Pre-Funding Date ”) upon which Lenders shall deliver such funds to the Administrative Agent to be held in escrow (which requested Pre-Funding Date may be no earlier than two Business Days prior to the requested Closing Date). In the event the Borrower specifies a Pre-Funding Date in the Borrowing Request, then the Borrowing Request shall be submitted (i) prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time, three Business Days prior to the Pre-Funding Date if the Borrower is requesting that any Eurodollar Loan be made on the Closing Date and (ii) prior to 12:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Pre-Funding Date if the Borrower is requesting that only Reference Rate Loans be made on the Closing Date.

(b) Upon receipt of the Borrowing Request from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof (but in any event no later than (i) the date of receipt of such Borrowing Request from the Borrower, in the case of Eurodollar Loans and (ii) 12:30 P.M., New York City time, on the Closing Date (or the Pre-Funding Date, if applicable) in the case of Reference Rate Loans). Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.3(d) , each Lender will make the amount of its Commitment Percentage of the Loans available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower at the office of the Administrative Agent set forth in Section 9.2 prior to (1) 2:00 P.M., New York City time, in the case of Reference Rate Loans, and (2) 12:00 P.M., New York City time, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, in each case on the Closing Date, in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent (in Dollars). In the event that a Lender has transferred funds to the Administrative Agent in advance of the Closing Date to be held in escrow pursuant to Section 2.3(d) , such Lender shall satisfy its obligation to make the amount of its Commitment Percentage of the Loans available on the Closing Date when such funds are released from escrow to fund the Loans as provided in such Section. The proceeds of the Loans will be made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Administrative Agent, or such other account of the Borrower as shall have been designated by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

(c) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to the Closing Date (or, in the case of any borrowing of Reference Rate Loans, prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time on the Closing Date) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent the amount which would constitute its Commitment Percentage of the Loans, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on the Closing Date an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Loans. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower as promptly as practicable if such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Loans is not made available to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date. If such

 

18


amount is made available to the Administrative Agent on a date after the Closing Date, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) the daily average overnight Federal Funds Effective Rate during such period as quoted by the Administrative Agent, times (ii) the amount of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Loans (minus the amount, if any, which such Lender has made available to the Administrative Agent), times (iii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse from and including the Closing Date to the date on which such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Loans shall have become immediately available to the Administrative Agent and the denominator of which is 360. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.3(c) shall be prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information set forth therein, absent manifest error. If such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Loans is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days of the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover the amount of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Loans (minus the amount, if any, which such Lender had made available to the Administrative Agent) on demand from the Borrower with interest thereon (A) for the period from and including the Closing Date to the date one day after such demand, at a rate per annum equal to the daily average overnight Federal Funds Effective Rate during such period as quoted by the Administrative Agent and calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed and (B) thereafter, at the rate per annum applicable to Reference Rate Loans hereunder. Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(c) shall prejudice in any manner whatsoever any right or remedy of the Borrower against such Lender.

(d) Pre-Funding Request .

(i) In anticipation of the occurrence of the Closing Date, the Borrower may request that each Lender deliver to the Administrative Agent, in advance of the Closing Date, an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Loans requested to be made on the Closing Date, to be held by the Administrative Agent in escrow for the benefit of such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.3(d) . The Borrower may make this request by delivering a Borrowing Request to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.3(a) .

(ii) On the requested Pre-Funding Date, no later than 2:00 P.M., New York City time, each Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to its Commitment Percentage of the Loans requested to be made on the Closing Date, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Administrative Agent designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders and each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to release such funds (the “ Escrowed Funds ”) and use them to fund such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Loans on the Closing Date unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from such Lender prior to 11:00 A.M. New York City time on the proposed Closing Date set forth in the Borrowing Request that any one or more of the conditions precedent in Section 4.2 or Section 4.3 has not been satisfied. The Escrowed Funds shall be held in escrow by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of such Lender, upon the following terms:

(A) The Administrative Agent shall release the Escrowed Funds only as follows: (1) the Administrative Agent shall release the Escrowed Funds of each Lender to fund such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Loans on the Closing Date, without any further authorization from such Lender, or (2) if for any reason the Closing Date does not occur on or before 11:59 P.M. New York time on the Business Day immediately following the proposed Closing Date set forth in the Borrowing Request, the Administrative Agent shall promptly return to each Lender the portion of the Escrowed Funds delivered by such Lender. In the event any Escrowed Funds remain in escrow at the time of expiration of the Commitments, the Administrative Agent shall return to each Lender its Commitment Percentage of such remaining Escrowed Funds.

 

19


(B) The Administrative Agent shall hold the Escrowed Funds in a non-interest bearing account with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

(C) It is understood and agreed that the Borrower shall have no right, title or interest in any Escrowed Funds, and shall have no right to give directions to the Administrative Agent with regard to investment, application or release of such funds or otherwise with respect to such funds.

Whether or not the Closing Date occurs and whether or not Loans are made on the Closing Date, the Borrower agrees to pay to each Lender an amount (the “ Pre-Funding Compensation Amount ”) that is equal to the amount of interest that would have accrued hereunder on its Escrowed Funds (at the rate(s) requested by the Borrower in the Borrowing Request) if such Escrowed Funds had been used to fund Loans on the date such funds were delivered to the Administrative Agent to be placed into escrow and as if such Loans were outstanding for the period of time that such Escrowed Funds remain in escrow. To the extent that a Lender’s Escrowed Funds are used to fund its Commitment Percentage of Loans made on the Closing Date, the Pre-Funding Compensation Amount shall be due and payable by the Borrower to such Lender on the first Interest Payment Date following the Closing Date. To the extent that all or any part of a Lender’s Escrowed Funds are returned to such Lender for any reason and are not used to fund Loans, the Pre-Funding Compensation Amount shall be due and payable by the Borrower to such Lender within one Business Day after demand together with amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.16 . Amounts payable to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.16 shall be calculated as if such Escrowed Funds were Loans made on the Pre-Funding Date and prepaid on the date the Escrowed Funds are returned to such Lender.

(iii) In the event that any Lender fails to deliver funds in the amount and at the time required by Section 2.3(d)(ii) , the Borrower may take any of the following actions:

(A) the Borrower may, upon notice to such Lender and, if the relevant assignee is not then a Lender, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed), require such Lender to assign and delegate (and such Lender shall so assign and delegate), without recourse (in accordance with Section 9.6 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); or

(B) the Borrower may, upon notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), terminate the Commitment of such Lender, and if the Borrower so elects, it may (without the need to obtain consent of the Lenders, provided that no Lender’s Commitment shall be increased without such Lender’s consent, which consent may be given or withheld in such Lender’s sole and absolute discretion) replace all or a portion of the amount of the terminated Commitment by taking one or both of the following actions: (x) with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed), adding one or more additional Lenders, each with its own Commitment, and any such additional Person shall become a party as a “Lender” and assume obligations and acquire rights as such additional Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had such additional Lender been an original Lender, or (y) allowing one or more existing Lenders to increase their respective Commitments.

 

20


In the event that the Borrower terminates a Lender’s Commitment or requires that a Lender assign its Commitment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.3(d)(iii) , such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto (in the case of an assignment, effective upon such assignment), and such Lender shall have no right to receive any fees accrued for its account prior to the date of termination of its Commitment that have not previously been paid.

Section 2.4 Termination or Reduction of Commitments .

(a) From and after the Execution Date, the Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount thereof. Any such reduction shall be in an amount of $10,000,000, or a whole multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof, and shall reduce permanently the amount of such Commitments then in effect.

(b) In the event that any Lender has transferred funds to the Administrative Agent in advance of the Closing Date to be held in escrow pursuant to Section 2.3(d) , the Commitments shall irrevocably terminate if for any reason the Closing Date does not occur within one Business Day of the proposed closing date set forth in the Borrowing Request.

(c) Any partial reductions in the Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be allocated based on each Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Commitment reduction.

Section 2.5 Prepayments .

(a) Optional Prepayments. The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent at least three Business Days’ prior thereto in the case of Eurodollar Loans and at least one Business Day prior thereto in the case of Reference Rate Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or Reference Rate Loans or a combination thereof and if of a combination thereof, the amount of prepayment allocable to each. Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. If such notice is given, the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (except in the case of Reference Rate Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid and any amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.16 .

(b) Mandatory Prepayments . If (i) the Distribution has not been consummated in accordance in all material respects with the Registration Statement as in effect on the Execution Date (other than with respect to changes that are Permitted Changes), or (ii) the “ Closing Date ” under, and as defined in, the Revolving Credit Agreement has not occurred, in either case on or before 11:59 P.M., New York City time, on the second Business Day following the Closing Date, then the Borrower shall prepay the Loans in full by no later than 12:00 P.M., New York City time, on the earlier of (x) the third Business Day following the Closing Date and (y) the date upon which any Indebtedness of the Borrower in excess of $150,000,000 in the aggregate is required to be repaid (such date being referred to herein as the Early Payment Date ).

(c) Allocation . Any optional or mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall be allocated among the Lenders based on each Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment amount. Without limiting the foregoing, each optional prepayment of Loans shall be applied to the scheduled amortization payments of the Loans required pursuant to Section 2.2(b) as directed by the Borrower.

(d) Interest; Break Funding . Prepayments shall be made together with interest accrued to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount so prepaid and any amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.16 .

 

21


Section 2.6 Conversion and Continuation Options

(a) The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert its Eurodollar Loans to Reference Rate Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election by 11:00 A.M. on a Business Day, provided that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert its Reference Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent at least three Business Days’ prior irrevocable notice of such election. Any such notice of conversion to Eurodollar Loans shall specify the length of the Interest Periods therefor and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the requested Type thereof. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. All or any part of the outstanding Eurodollar Loans and Reference Rate Loans may be converted as provided herein, provided that no Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan (i) when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders in their sole discretion, notifies the Borrower such conversions shall not be permitted, (ii) if, after giving effect thereto, Section 2.7 would be contravened, or (iii) after the date that is one month prior to the Maturity Date; provided further , that if such conversion is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso and the applicable Eurodollar Loan is not repaid, such Loans shall automatically be converted to Reference Rate Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period.

(b) Any Eurodollar Loans may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving notice to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the appropriate notification provisions therefor set forth in Section 2.6(a) , of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans, provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such (i) when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversions, (ii) if, after giving effect thereto, Section 2.7 would be contravened, or (iii) after the date that is one month prior to the Maturity Date; provided further , that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this Section 2.6 or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso, such Loans shall automatically be converted to Reference Rate Loans (denominated in Dollars if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to clause (iii)  of the preceding proviso) on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period.

(c) The conversion or continuation of Loans as herein provided shall not constitute the making of new Loans hereunder.

Section 2.7 Maximum Number of Tranches. All borrowings, conversions and continuations of Loans and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, there shall be no more than ten Tranches outstanding at any one time.

Section 2.8 Fees.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a non-refundable ticking fee (the “Ticking Fee” ) from and including April 17, 2012 to, but excluding, the earlier of (i) the Closing Date and (ii) the date upon which all of the Commitments have expired or been terminated, computed at the rate per annum set forth on the Pricing Grid on the average daily amount of the Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment is made. Such Ticking Fees shall be payable on the earlier of (x) the Closing Date and (y) the date upon which all of the Commitments have expired or been terminated.

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, an administrative agent’s fee set forth in the Fee Letter between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

22


(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender, the upfront fees set forth in the Fee Letters among the Borrower and the Joint Lead Arrangers.

Section 2.9 Interest Rate.

(a) Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for the Interest Period applicable thereto on the unpaid principal amount thereof at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate determined for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) Each Reference Rate Loan shall bear interest for each day on the unpaid principal amount thereof at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the Reference Rate for such day plus the Applicable Margin.

(c) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan or if all or a portion of any interest payable on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall, without limiting the rights of any Lender under Article 7 , bear interest at a rate per annum which is (i) in the case of overdue principal, 2% above the rate which would otherwise be applicable pursuant to Section 2.9(a) or (b) and (ii) in the case of any other overdue amount, 2% above the rate described in Section 2.9(b) , in each case from the date of nonpayment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment); provided that if such overdue principal amount is of Eurodollar Loans and the due date therefor is other than the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto, such Eurodollar Loans shall bear interest from the date that such principal amount was due to the last day of such Interest Period at a rate per annum which is 2% above the rate which would otherwise be applicable pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2.9 .

(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that (i) interest accruing pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 2.9 shall be payable from time to time on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment, and (iii) in the event of any conversion of a Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

Section 2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees.

(a) Interest in respect of the Reference Rate Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 365 (or 366, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed. Ticking Fees and interest in respect of Eurodollar Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the Reference Rate or the Applicable Margin shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change in the Reference Rate is announced or such Applicable Margin changes as provided herein, as the case may be. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, upon the request of the Borrower, deliver to the Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.9(a) .

(c) If any Reference Lender’s Commitment shall terminate or all of its Loans are assigned to another Person for any reason whatsoever, such Reference Lender shall thereupon cease to be a Reference Lender. If for any reason there shall cease to be at least three Reference Lenders, then the Administrative Agent (with the consent of the Borrower) shall by notice to the Borrower and the Lenders designate another Lender as a Reference Lender so that there shall at all times be at least three Reference Lenders; provided that each Reference Lender must be a Lender.

 

23


(d) Each Reference Lender shall use its best efforts to furnish quotations of rates to the Administrative Agent as contemplated hereby. If any of the Reference Lenders shall be unable or otherwise fails to supply such rates to the Administrative Agent upon its request, the rate of interest shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Lenders or Reference Lender.

(e) The Borrower may, not more than once in each calendar year, change one or more of the Reference Lenders in accordance with this Section 2.10(e) ; provided that each Reference Lender must be a Lender. In order to effect such change, the Borrower shall give notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly transmit such notice to each Lender) that, commencing with (x) each Interest Period beginning not less than 10 Business Days after receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice with respect to Eurodollar Loans and (y) the first day of the first calendar month beginning not less than 10 Business Days after receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice with respect to Reference Rate Loans, the Reference Lenders shall be changed to the Lenders specified in such notice.

Section 2.11 Inability to Determine Interest Rate; Illegality.

(a) Inability to Determine Interest Rate . In the event that prior to the first day of any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Loan:

(i) none of the Reference Lenders is able to obtain bids for its Dollar deposits for such Interest Period in the manner contemplated by the term “Eurodollar Rate” ; or

(ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from Lenders constituting the Required Lenders that the interest rate determined pursuant to Section 2.9(a) for such Interest Period does not accurately reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining Eurodollar Loans during such Interest Period,

with respect to a Loan that is to be made as or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Loan, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give telecopy or telephonic notice ( provided that any telephonic notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing) of such determination to the Borrower and each Lender at least one day prior to the Closing Date or the relevant conversion date or continuation date for such Eurodollar Loan, as applicable. If such notice is given, any Loan that is to be made as or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Loan shall be made as or converted to a Reference Rate Loan. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert Reference Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans.

(b) Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that it becomes unlawful for any Lender or its applicable lending office to honor its obligation to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans either generally or having a particular Interest Period hereunder, then (a) such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof and such Lender’s obligation to make such Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended (the “ Affected Loans ”) until such time as such Lender may again make and maintain such Eurodollar Loans and (b) all Affected Loans which would otherwise be made by such Lender shall be made instead as Reference Rate Loans (and, if such Lender so requests by notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, all Affected Loans of such Lender then outstanding shall be automatically converted into Reference Rate Loans on the date specified by such Lender in such notice) and, to the extent that Affected Loans are so made as (or converted into) Reference Rate Loans, all payments of principal which would otherwise be applied to such Lender’s Affected Loans shall be applied instead to its Reference Rate Loans.

 

24


Section 2.12 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments.

(a) The borrowing of the Loans by the Borrower from the Lenders hereunder and each payment by the Borrower on account of any fee payable hereunder shall be made pro rata according to the respective Pro Rata Shares of the Lenders. Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective Pro Rata Shares of the Lenders.

(b) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder and under any other Loan Documents, whether on account of principal, interest and fees or otherwise, shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 12:00 P.M., New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the Administrative Agent’s office set forth in Section 9.2 , in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds. Any amounts received after such time on any date shall be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for the purposes of calculating interest thereon. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to each Lender to its Eurodollar Office or Domestic Office, as applicable, promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

(c) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.

Section 2.13 Payments by the Borrower . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Borrower prior to the date of any payment due to be made by the Borrower hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower is making such payment, and the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Lenders their respective pro rata shares of a corresponding amount. If such payment is not made to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower within three Business Days after such due date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover, on demand, from each Lender to which any amount which was made available pursuant to the preceding sentence, and each Lender severally agrees to repay forthwith on demand, such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the daily average overnight Federal Funds Effective Rate during such period as quoted by the Administrative Agent and calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrower.

Section 2.14 Other Costs; Increased Costs.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to each Lender which requests compensation under this Section 2.14 (by notice to the Borrower), on the last day of each Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loans made or maintained by such Lender, so long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves against “ Eurodollar liabilities ” under Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal

 

25


Reserve System (or, so long as such Lender may be required by such Board of Governors or by any other Governmental Authority to maintain reserves against any other category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on Eurodollar Loans is determined as provided in this Agreement or against any category of extensions of credit or other assets of such Lender which includes any Eurodollar Loans), an additional amount (determined by such Lender and notified to the Borrower) representing such Lender’s calculation or, if an accurate calculation is impracticable, reasonable estimate (using such reasonable means of allocation as such Lender shall determine) of the actual costs, if any, incurred by such Lender during such Interest Period as a result of the applicability of the foregoing reserves to such Eurodollar Loans, which amount in any event shall not exceed the product of the following for each day of such Interest Period:

(i) the principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans made or maintained by such Lender to which such Interest Period relates outstanding on such day; and

(ii) the difference between (x) a fraction the numerator of which is the Eurodollar Rate (expressed as a decimal) applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and the denominator of which is one minus the maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) at which such reserve requirements are imposed by such Board of Governors or other Governmental Authority on such date minus (y) such numerator; and

(iii) a fraction the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is 360.

(b) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement (including any compulsory loan requirement, insurance charge or other assessment) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender;

(ii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender; or

(iii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b)  through (d)  of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then, upon the request of such Lender or other Recipient, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(c) If any Lender determines in good faith that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such

 

26


Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered; provided that such Lender or such Issuing Bank is generally seeking compensation from similarly situated borrowers under similar credit facilities (to the extent such Lender or such Issuing Bank has the right under such similar credit facilities to do so) with respect to such Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements.

(d) A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in clause (b) or (c) of this Section 2.14 shall be delivered to such Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(e) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.14 for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

Section 2.15 Taxes.

(a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Law. If any applicable Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.15 ) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for, the payment of Other Taxes.

(c) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.15 , such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(d) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify each Recipient, within 30 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.15 ) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

27


(e) Indemnification by the Lenders . Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.6(b) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (e) .

(f) Status of Lenders.

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of any such non-U.S. documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.15(f)(ii)(A) , (ii)(B) and (ii)(D)  below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 (or successor form) certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal

 

28


withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form);

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form); or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-3 or Exhibit F-4 , IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

29


Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(g) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.15 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.15 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.15 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this clause (g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (g) , in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this clause (g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This Section 2.15 shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(h) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.15 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

Section 2.16 Indemnity. The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and to hold each Lender harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of:

(a) failure by the Borrower to make a payment when due of the principal amount of or interest on any Eurodollar Loans of such Lender;

(b) failure by the Borrower to borrow Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a Borrowing Request requesting the same in accordance with Section 2.3 ;

(c) failure by the Borrower to make a conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with Section 2.6 ;

(d) failure by the Borrower to make any prepayment of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given notice of the same in accordance with Section 2.5(a) ;

(e) the making of any conversion or prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on a day which is not the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto; and

(f) any assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18 ;

including in each case any such loss or expense arising from the reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain its Eurodollar Loans hereunder or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. If a Lender becomes entitled to claim any amounts pursuant to this Section 2.16 , it shall promptly notify the Borrower, through the Administrative Agent, of the event by reason of which it

 

30


has become so entitled. A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.16 and setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for such claim, submitted by such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) to the Borrower, shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

Section 2.17 Mitigation Obligations. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.15 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or Section 2.15 , as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

Section 2.18 Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lenders pursuant to Section 2.15 , or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, or if any Lender fails to execute and deliver any amendment, consent or waiver to any Loan Document requested by the Borrower by the date specified by the Borrower (or gives the Borrower or the Administrative Agent written notice prior to such date of its intention not to do so), then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.6 ), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee or the Borrower, as applicable, (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.15 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments, and (iv) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender failing to execute and deliver any amendment, consent or waiver requested by the Borrower, the applicable amendment, consent or waiver has been approved by the Required Lenders.

Section 2.19 [Intentionally Blank] .

Section 2.20 [Intentionally Blank] .

Section 2.21 [Intentionally Blank] .

Section 2.22 Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

(a) Voting . Neither the Commitment nor the principal amount of the Loans of such Defaulting Lender shall be included in determining whether all Lenders or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to Section 9.1 ), provided that any waiver, amendment or modification (i) that would increase or extend the Commitment of or reduce the principal or interest owing to such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement or (ii) requiring the consent of all Lenders which affects such Defaulting Lender differently than all other Lenders, as the case may be, shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

 

31


(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . In the event that the Administrative Agent and the Borrower each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then on such date such Lender shall no longer constitute a Defaulting Lender hereunder; provided that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

(c) Termination of Defaulting Lenders . The Borrower shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender by giving the Administrative Agent and such Defaulting Lender a written notice setting forth its election and a termination date (an “ Early Commitment Termination Date ”), which date shall not be earlier than three (3) Business Days after the date on which such notice has been given, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.18 . On the Early Commitment Termination Date, such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment shall terminate and the Borrower shall pay all Ticking Fees accrued to such Early Commitment Termination Date. Upon termination of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment in accordance with this Section 2.22(c) , such Defaulting Lender shall cease to be a party hereto.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each of the Borrower and each Guarantor, with respect to representations and warranties pertaining to it, represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and to each Lender as of the Closing Date that:

Section 3.1 Corporate Existence and Power. Each Loan Party is a corporation (or, in the case of any Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor after the Execution Date, other legal entity) duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and has all corporate (or other applicable organizational) powers and all material governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted.

Section 3.2 Corporate and Governmental Authorization; Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Agreement and any other Loan Documents to which it is a party (a) are within its corporate or other organizational powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, (b) require no consent or approval of, or other action by or in respect of, or registration or filing with, any Governmental Authority, (c) do not contravene, or constitute a breach or a default under, any provision of its charter, bylaws or other organizational documents, (d) do not contravene any applicable Law or regulation, and (e) do not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien prohibited by this Agreement on any assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (b)  and (d) , as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.3 Enforceability . The Loan Documents to which it is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of each Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, moratorium, insolvency or similar Laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and general principles of equity.

Section 3.4 Financial Information.

(a) The Initial Financial Statements reported on by Ernst & Young LLP and delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.2(f) fairly present in all material respects, in conformity with GAAP, the combined financial position of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and the Contribution Business as of such date and their combined results of operations and cash flows for such fiscal years.

 

32


(b) Since September 30, 2011, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.5 Litigation. There is no litigation pending, or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened in writing, against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (a) that purports to adversely affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents (other than such litigation that the Administrative Agent and the Designated Arrangers have reasonably determined to be frivolous) or (b) which has had or could reasonably be expected to result in, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.6 Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) No Reportable Event has occurred or prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA has occurred with respect to any “Employee Benefit Plans” , as that term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect has occurred with respect to the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or will occur upon the issuance of any Notes or the execution of this Agreement.

(b) The Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have fulfilled their respective obligations under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan and are in compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan. Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has (i) sought a waiver of the minimum funding standard under the Pension Funding Rules, (ii) failed to make any contribution or payment to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or in respect of any Benefit Arrangement, or made any amendment to any Plan or Benefit Arrangement, which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of a bond or other security under ERISA or the Code or (iii) incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA other than a liability to the PBGC for premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA.

Section 3.7 Environmental Matters. Except with respect to any matter that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) has failed to comply with any applicable Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any applicable Environmental Law, (b) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (c) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (d) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability. This Section 3.7 is the sole and exclusive representation and warranty of the Loan Parties with respect to Environmental Laws, Environmental Liabilities and Hazardous Materials contained in this Article 3 and no other provision hereof shall be construed to constitute such a representation or warranty; provided that the foregoing does not limit the provisions of Section 3.4 , Section 3.5 or Section 3.13 .

Section 3.8 Taxes . (a) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all material United States federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns have been filed on or before the applicable due date (as such due date may have been timely extended), and (b) all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary have been paid (other than those which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or materially adversely affect the performance by the Borrower of its payment obligations under this Agreement or any Notes). The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of taxes or other governmental charges are, in the opinion of the Borrower, adequate.

 

33


Section 3.9 Investment Company Act . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is, or is required to be registered as, an “investment company” , or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” , as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Section 3.10 Regulation U . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken or will take any action which would cause the Loans to violate the provisions of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve.

Section 3.11 Purpose of Loans . The proceeds of the Loans shall be used to provide financial support for the Spin-Off and for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including payments of the Special Distribution and payments of transaction fees, costs and expenses associated with the Spin-Off and the Senior Credit Facilities.

Section 3.12 Compliance with Laws . Such Loan Party and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable Laws (including ERISA and the rules and regulations thereunder and laws of the United States regarding sanctions and export controls applicable to unauthorized dealings with sanctioned countries or Persons) except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.13 Disclosure . The written reports, financial statements, certificates and other written information (other than information of a global economic or industry nature) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other written information so furnished), when taken as a whole, did not contain as of the date such written reports, financial statements, certificates or other written information were so furnished, any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to (a) projections, estimates, pro forma financial information, engineering reports and forward-looking statements (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) contained in the materials referenced above, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at the time and (b) financial statements, the Borrower represents only that such financial statements were prepared as represented in Section 3.4 and as required by Section 5.1(a) and Section 5.1(b) , as applicable.

Section 3.14 Separation Transactions .

(a) The Spin-Off and the Special Distribution are within the Borrower’s and the Initial Guarantor’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action.

(b) Neither the Spin-Off nor the Special Distribution (i) requires or will require any receipt of necessary third party consent except as obtained or made and in full force and effect (except to the extent failure to obtain such consent would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect), (ii) violates or results in or will violate or result in a default under any material agreement binding upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or by which any property or asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is bound, except to the extent that a Material Adverse Effect would not reasonably be expected to result therefrom, (iii) results in or will result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries prohibited hereby or (iv) violates or will violate the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or the Initial Guarantor.

(c) The final terms and conditions of the Spin-Off are consistent in all material respects with the description thereof in the Registration Statement on file with the SEC as of the Execution Date, other than with respect to Permitted Changes.

 

34


(d) The Contribution has been consummated in all material respects (i) as described in the Registration Statement on file with the SEC as of the Execution Date, other than with respect to Permitted Changes, (ii) in compliance with applicable Laws and regulatory approvals, and (iii) in accordance with the material terms of the Separation Documents as disclosed to the Lenders prior to the Execution Date (as such Separation Documents may be amended pursuant to amendments that are Permitted Changes). The Separation Documents as disclosed to the Lenders prior to the Execution Date have not been amended or otherwise modified or supplemented, and no condition therein has been waived and no consent has been given thereunder, in each case, other than with respect to Permitted Changes.

(e) All governmental and regulatory approvals necessary in connection with the Transactions have been obtained and are in full force and effect (including receipt by ConocoPhillips of a private letter ruling from the IRS substantially to the effect that the Distribution, together with certain related transactions, will qualify as a reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, subject to such assumptions, qualifications and limitations as are acceptable to ConocoPhillips, and the declaration by the SEC that the Registration Statement is effective) and all applicable waiting periods have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any Governmental Authority which would restrain or prevent or otherwise impose materially adverse conditions on the Transactions.

(f) The Distribution is scheduled to be consummated on the Closing Date, all actions necessary to consummate the Distribution have occurred or are scheduled to be taken on the Closing Date and all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Distribution have occurred or are scheduled to occur on the Closing Date.

ARTICLE 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EXECUTION DATE AND TO CLOSING DATE

Section 4.1 Conditions to Effectiveness of this Agreement (Execution Date) . This Agreement shall be effective upon satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 4.1 ; provided that the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder are subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2 and Section 4.3 :

(a) Loan Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party and each Lender and (ii) for the account of each Lender that has requested a Note, a Note conforming to the requirements of Section 2.2 and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower.

(b) Approvals . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower confirming that all governmental and regulatory approvals necessary in connection with execution and delivery of this Agreement shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect or stating that no such approvals are required.

(c) Fees and Expenses . The Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers shall have received all fees due and payable and required to be paid to them and to the Lenders on or prior to the Execution Date pursuant to Section 2.8 and the Fee Letters and payment of all other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Execution Date, including to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Execution Date, reimbursement or payment of all expenses required to be paid or reimbursed by the Borrower hereunder.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Execution Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

 

35


Section 4.2 Conditions to the Closing Date . The agreement of each Lender to make the Loan(s) requested to be made by it on the Closing Date is subject to the occurrence of the Execution Date and satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 9.1 ) of the conditions set forth in Section 4.3 and the following conditions precedent:

(a) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received favorable written opinion(s), reasonably satisfactory to the Designated Arrangers, of Bracewell & Giuliani LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, and, if applicable, such other counsel to the Loan Parties that is reasonably satisfactory to the Designated Arrangers, in each case, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Closing Date, covering such matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Loan Documents and the Transactions as the Designated Arrangers shall reasonably request.

(b) Secretary’s Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying (i) the resolutions of the board of directors of such Loan Party authorizing the execution of each Loan Document to which such Loan Party is party, (ii) the charter, bylaws or other applicable organizational documents of such Loan Party, and (iii) the names and true signatures of the officers executing any Loan Document on behalf of such Loan Party on the Closing Date, and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) Existence and Good Standing Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received certificates of existence and good standing with respect to each Loan Party, dated as of a recent date, from appropriate public officials in the jurisdictions of organization of such Loan Parties.

(d) Closing Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent dated the Closing Date and signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying (which statement shall constitute a representation and warranty made by the Borrower to the Lenders hereunder on the Closing Date) that, as of the Closing Date after giving effect to (x) the Transactions and (y) the issuance by the Borrower of its senior notes, if any, and the incurrence by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of other Indebtedness, if any, in each case, on or before the Closing Date to fund the Special Distribution and/or the Spin-Off, (A) each of the representations and warranties made by each Loan Party in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date, provided that the foregoing materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.4(b) , Section 3.5 or Section 3.14 , (B) no Default or Event of Default exists and (C) all governmental and regulatory approvals necessary in connection with the Transactions have been obtained and are in full force and effect, and (ii) certifying that the condition precedent set forth in Section 4.2(j) has been satisfied.

(e) Fees and Expenses . The Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers shall have received all fees due and payable and required to be paid to them and to the Lenders on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.8 and the Fee Letters and payment of all other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date, reimbursement or payment of all expenses required to be paid or reimbursed by the Borrower hereunder.

(f) Financial Statements . The Lenders shall have received (which shall be deemed to have occurred upon posting of the effective Registration Statement on EDGAR) the Initial Financial Statements.

(g) “Know Your Customer” and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance . The Lenders shall have received all documentation and other information that may be required by such Lenders in order to enable compliance with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act, to the extent requested by the Lenders in writing to the Borrower not less than 10 days prior to the Closing Date.

 

36


(h) Bridge Loan Agreement . Either (i) the “ Closing Date ” as defined in the Bridge Loan Agreement shall have occurred, or (ii) the lenders’ commitments under the Bridge Loan Agreement shall have terminated.

(i) Guaranty . The Administrative Agent shall have received the following: (i) the Guarantee Effectiveness Notice dated the Closing Date and executed by the Initial Guarantor confirming that the Guarantee Effectiveness Date is, and the Guarantee of the Initial Guarantor hereunder is effective on, the Closing Date, and (ii) (A) a Guarantee Joinder dated the Closing Date and signed by each other Person required to deliver a Guarantee pursuant to Section 5.9 , together with such certificates required to be delivered thereunder, or (B) a certificate dated the Closing Date executed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower certifying that no other wholly-owned Material Subsidiary that is a First Tier Subsidiary exists on the Closing Date.

(j) Debt Rating . The Borrower’s senior unsecured long term debt ratings shall be (i) at least “BBB-” by S&P with stable outlook and (ii) at least “Baa3” by Moody’s with stable outlook, which ratings and outlooks shall have taken into account (x) the consummation of the Transactions, and (y) the issuance by the Borrower of its senior notes, if any, and the incurrence by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of other Indebtedness, if any, in each case, on or before the Closing Date to fund the Special Distribution and/or the Spin-Off.

(k) Pro Forma Compliance . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower, demonstrating pro forma compliance with Section 6.3(a) and Section 6.3(b) , after giving effect to (x) the consummation of the Transactions and (y) the issuance by the Borrower of its senior notes, if any, and the incurrence by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of other Indebtedness, if any, in each case, on or before the Closing Date to fund the Special Distribution and/or the Spin-Off.

For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.2 , each Lender shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to Lenders unless an officer of the Administrative Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the Closing Date, specifying its objection thereto.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Closing Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. The obligations of the Lenders to make the Loans hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions contained in this Section 4.2 is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.1 ) at or prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on August 1, 2012 (and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Commitments shall terminate at such time).

Section 4.3 Conditions to Funding . The agreement of each Lender to make the Loan(s) requested to be made by it on the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent as of the Closing Date:

(a) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects, both before and after giving effect to the Loans requested to be made, provided that in any case the foregoing materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.4(b) , Section 3.5 and Section 3.14 .

 

37


(b) No Default or Event of Default . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, both before and after giving effect to the Loans requested to be made.

(c) Borrowing Request . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request in accordance with Section 2.3(a) .

ARTICLE 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

From and after the Closing Date and for so long as any Loan remains outstanding and unpaid or any other amount is owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder:

Section 5.1 Financial Reporting Requirements . The Borrower will:

(a) make available its Form 10-K via the EDGAR system of the SEC ( “EDGAR” ) on the internet as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, which will in each case include an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and the related audited consolidated statements of income, cash flows and changes in common stockholders’ equity for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on in a manner acceptable to the SEC by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing;

(b) make available its Form 10-Q via EDGAR on the internet as soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, which will, in each case, include a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as of the end of such quarter and the related (i) consolidated statement of income for such quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year ended at the end of such quarter, and (ii) consolidated statement of cash flows for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year ended at the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form (A) for the consolidated balance sheet, the figures as of the end of the Borrower’s previous fiscal year, (B) for the consolidated statement of income, the figures for the corresponding quarter and the corresponding portion of the Borrower’s previous fiscal year and (C) for the consolidated statement of cash flows, the figures for the corresponding portion of the Borrower’s previous fiscal year, the making available of such financial statements shall constitute a certification (subject to normal year-end adjustments) as to fairness of presentation and GAAP;

(c) furnish to the Administrative Agent within 10 days of making available via EDGAR each set of financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) stating whether there exists on the date of such certificate any Default or Event of Default and, if any Default or Event of Default then exists, setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto, and (ii) setting forth reasonably detained calculations demonstrating compliance with Section 6.3(a) and Section 6.3(b) ;

(d) furnish to the Administrative Agent a copy of all documents filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the SEC; provided that such documents shall be deemed to have been furnished on the date when made available via EDGAR; and

(e) furnish to the Administrative Agent from time to time such additional information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

 

38


Section 5.2 Notices . The Borrower will promptly furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent, notice of: (a) the occurrence of any (i) Default or (ii) Event of Default hereunder; (b) the institution of any litigation or proceeding involving it or a Subsidiary that has had or is reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (whether or not the claim asserted therein is considered to be covered by insurance); and (c) any adverse change in the ratings publicly announced by S&P or Moody’s of the Borrower’s then current Senior Debt. Each notice delivered under this Section 5.2 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

Section 5.3 Existence; Conduct of Business . The Borrower will, and will cause each Required Guarantor to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger or consolidation of the Borrower permitted under Section 6.2 or any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of any Subsidiary that is not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement; and provided further , that neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve, renew or keep in full force and effect any right, license, permit, privilege or franchise to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.4 Payment of Obligations . The Borrower will pay and discharge, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to pay and discharge, at or before maturity, all their respective material obligations and liabilities, including tax liabilities, except where the same may be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and will maintain and will cause each Material Subsidiary to maintain, in accordance with GAAP, appropriate reserves for the accrual of any of the same.

Section 5.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance . The Borrower will keep, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to keep, all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; will maintain, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to maintain (either in the name of the Borrower or in such Material Subsidiary’s own name), with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance on all their property in at least such amounts and against such risks as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies of similar size and established repute engaged in the same or a similar business; and will furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon its written request, full information as to the insurance carried.

Section 5.6 Compliance with Laws . The Borrower will comply, and cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and requirements of any Governmental Authority (including ERISA and the rules and regulations thereunder and laws of the United States regarding sanctions and export controls applicable to unauthorized dealings with sanctioned countries or Persons) except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.7 Books and Records; Inspection Rights.

(a) The Borrower will keep, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to keep, proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.

(b) The Borrower will permit, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to permit, representatives of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as applicable, at the Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s expense, upon reasonable prior notice during normal business hours (and, if the Borrower shall so request, in the presence of an officer or appointee of any officer of the Borrower), and subject to any applicable restrictions or limitations on access to any facility or information that is classified or restricted by

 

39


contract or by law, regulation or governmental guidelines and in accordance with any applicable safety procedures, (i) in the case of the Administrative Agent only, to visit and inspect their respective properties, to examine and make extracts from their respective books and records, and (ii) in the case of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, to visit and discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers, employees and, only during the continuance of an Event of Default, their independent public accountants, in each case, all at such reasonable times and as often as may reasonably be desired, but unless an Event of Default exists, no more frequently than once during each calendar year.

Section 5.8 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Loans will be used to provide financial support for the Spin-Off and for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including payment of the Special Distribution and payments of transaction fees, costs and expenses associated with the Spin-Off and the Senior Credit Facilities. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X.

Section 5.9 First Tier Subsidiaries; Additional Guarantors.

(a) In the event any wholly-owned Material Subsidiary is or becomes a First Tier Subsidiary, the Borrower will, within 30 days thereof, (i) cause such Material Subsidiary to become a party to this Agreement and guarantee the Obligations by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a Guarantee Joinder substantially in the form of Exhibit D , and (ii) deliver certificates and other documentation substantially similar to those required to be delivered on the Closing Date with respect to Phillips 66 Company as the Initial Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.2(b) and Section 4.2(c) , in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(b) Any Subsidiary may, at its election, become a Guarantor by delivery to the Administrative Agent of the Guarantee Joinder documents required by clause (a) of this Section 5.9 .

(c) Upon delivery of a Guarantee Joinder and other required documents to the Administrative Agent by a Subsidiary, notice of which is hereby waived by each Loan Party, such Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor and shall be a party hereto as if an original signatory hereto. Each Loan Party expressly agrees that its obligations arising hereunder shall not be affected or diminished by the addition or release of any other Loan Party hereunder. This Agreement shall be fully effective as to each Loan Party that is or becomes a party hereto regardless of whether any other Person becomes or fails to become or ceases to be a Loan Party hereunder.

Section 5.10 Further Assurances . The Borrower will from time to time, at its expense, promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary, or that the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may request, in order to enable the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to exercise or enforce their respective rights or remedies under or in connection with this Agreement and any other Loan Document.

ARTICLE 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

Each Loan Party hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date and for so long as any Loan remains outstanding and unpaid or any other amount is owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder:

Section 6.1 Liens . Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it except:

 

40


(a) any Lien existing on any asset of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower and not created in contemplation of such event, provided that such Lien attaches only to such asset and proceeds thereof;

(b) any Lien on any asset securing Indebtedness (including Liens in respect of Capital Lease Obligations) incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such asset, provided that (i) such Lien attached to such asset concurrently with or within 90 days after the acquisition thereof or the date of completion of such construction or improvement, and (ii) all such Liens attach only to the assets purchased, constructed or improved with the proceeds of the Indebtedness secured thereby and improvements, accessions, general intangibles and proceeds related thereto;

(c) any Lien on any asset of any Person existing at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such event, provided that such Lien attaches only to such asset and proceeds thereof;

(d) any Lien existing on any asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or a Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such acquisition, provided that such Lien attaches only to such asset and proceeds thereof;

(e) any Lien arising out of the refinancing, extension, renewal or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by any of the foregoing clauses of this Section 6.1 , provided that the principal amount of such Indebtedness is not increased (other than by amounts incurred to pay the costs of such refinancing, extension, renewal or refunding and any premiums paid in connection therewith) and such Lien does not attach to any additional assets;

(f) Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent securing Indebtedness or other obligations existing pursuant to this Agreement;

(g) Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection with pollution control, industrial revenue bond or similar types of financing, and Liens on property in favor of the United States or any state thereof, or any department, agency, instrumentality or political subdivision of any such jurisdiction, to secure Indebtedness incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of constructing or improving the property subject thereto;

(h) Liens granted on accounts receivable or other rights to payment and related assets in connection with Securitization Transactions permitted by Section 6.3(c) ;

(i) Liens on cash collateral required to be granted to the administrative agent under the Revolving Credit Agreement in connection with letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Agreement;

(j) Liens on precious metals catalysts in connection with Sale/Leaseback Transactions and Liens under any other Sale/Leaseback Transaction, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 6.3(b);

(k) Liens on cash collateral granted to a letter of credit issuer under the Revolving Credit Agreement to secure letters of credit outstanding after the replacement of such letter of credit issuer, or the termination or expiration of the commitments of such letter of credit issuer, under the Revolving Credit Agreement;

(l) Liens for taxes that (i) are not yet due, (ii) are not more than sixty (60) days past due and not subject to penalties for non-payment, or (iii) are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

41


(m) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar types of Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing amounts which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

(n) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

(o) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(p) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

(q) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (g) of Article 7 ;

(r) Liens in favor of banks having a right of setoff, revocation, refund or chargeback with respect to money or instruments of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on deposit with or in the possession of such bank, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(s) customary netting and offset provisions in Hedging Agreements; and

(t) Liens not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses of this Section 6.1 securing Indebtedness and Hedging Obligations, provided that Priority Debt shall not exceed the amount permitted by Section 6.3(b) as of the last day of any fiscal quarter (beginning with the last day of the fiscal quarter in which the Closing Date occurs).

Section 6.2 Fundamental Changes . The Borrower will not (a) consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or (b) sell, lease or otherwise transfer (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets to any other Person; provided that (i) any Person may consolidate or merge with or into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving Person, and (ii) if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any Person may consolidate or merge with or into the Borrower, and the Borrower may consolidate or merge with or into any Person, as long as the surviving entity, if other than the Borrower, has an Investment Grade Rating and assumes each of the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents pursuant to an agreement executed and delivered to the Lenders in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders.

Section 6.3 Indebtedness; Securitization Transactions; Sale/Leaseback Transactions .

(a) Consolidated Net Debt . The Borrower will not permit the outstanding principal amount of Consolidated Net Debt, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, beginning with the last day of the fiscal quarter in which the Closing Date occurs, to exceed 60% of Total Capitalization as of such date.

 

42


(b) Priority Debt . The Borrower shall not permit Priority Debt, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, beginning with the last day of the fiscal quarter in which the Closing Date occurs, to exceed an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated Net Assets as of such date. As used herein, “ Priority Debt” means:

(i)     (A) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of secured Indebtedness and the aggregate amount of secured Hedging Obligations of the Borrower and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries, provided that Priority Debt shall not include Indebtedness secured by (1) (x) Liens existing on any asset transferred by ConocoPhillips or a subsidiary of ConocoPhillips to the Borrower or a Subsidiary on or before the Closing Date, and Liens existing on any asset of any Person the ownership of which is transferred by ConocoPhillips or a subsidiary of ConocoPhillips to the Borrower or a Subsidiary on or before the Closing Date (collectively, “ Transferred Liens ”), to the extent such Indebtedness is listed on Schedule 6.3(b) and (y) other Transferred Liens to the extent that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness secured by Liens described in this clause (1)(y)  does not exceed $35,000,000 or (2) (I) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(a) on assets of Persons that become Subsidiaries of the Borrower after the Spin-Off Consummation Date (and proceeds thereof); (II) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b) on assets purchased, constructed or improved by the Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary after the Spin-Off Consummation Date (and improvements, accessions, general intangibles and proceeds related thereto) securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the Borrower or such Subsidiary after the Spin-Off Consummation Date for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such assets; (III) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(c) on assets of a Person merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Subsidiary after the Spin-Off Consummation Date (and proceeds thereof); (IV) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(d) on assets acquired by the Borrower or a Subsidiary after the Spin-Off Consummation Date (and proceeds thereof); (V) Liens arising out of the refinancing, extension, renewal or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by any of the foregoing clauses of this Section 6.3(b)(i) , provided that the principal amount of such Indebtedness is not increased (other than by amounts incurred to pay the costs of such refinancing, extension, renewal or refunding and any premiums paid in connection therewith) and such Lien does not attach to any additional assets; (VI) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(f) ; (VII) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(g) on assets purchased, constructed or improved by the Borrower or a Subsidiary after the Spin-Off Consummation Date for the purposes of financing all or part of the price or cost of constructing or improving such property; (VIII) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(h) ; (IX) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(i) ; and (X) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(j) , plus

(B) Attributable Debt of the Borrower and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries in respect of Sale/Leaseback Transactions to the extent that such Attributable Debt exceeds $250,000,000, plus

(ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of unsecured Indebtedness of wholly-owned Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiary Debt).

For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that a Guarantee constitutes Priority Debt and the Indebtedness Guaranteed thereby also constitutes Priority Debt, the amount of Priority Debt outstanding at such time shall be calculated without duplication and shall include only the amount of such Guaranteed Indebtedness constituting Priority Debt and shall not include the amount of such Guarantee.

 

43


(c) Securitization Transactions . The Borrower will not permit the aggregate outstanding amount of Securitization Transactions to exceed $1,500,000,000 at any time.

Section 6.4 Transactions with Affiliates . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into or engage in any material transaction (including any sale, lease, transfer, purchase or acquisition of property or assets) with any of its Affiliates, except on terms and conditions, taken as a whole, that are substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties (or, if in the good faith judgment of the Borrower’s board of directors, no comparable transaction is available with which to compare any such transaction, such transaction is otherwise fair to the Borrower or such Subsidiary from a financial point of view), provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to:

(a) transactions between or among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or between or among Subsidiaries;

(b) transactions involving any employee benefit plan or related trust of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(c) transactions pursuant to any contract or agreement outstanding as of the Execution Date and listed on Schedule 6.4 ;

(d) the payment of reasonable compensation, fees and expenses to, and indemnity provided on behalf of directors and officers of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

(e) transactions pursuant to the Separation Documents as disclosed to the Lenders prior to the Execution Date (as amended pursuant to amendments that are Permitted Changes).

For purpose of this Section 6.4 , ConocoPhillips and its Subsidiaries shall not be considered “ Affiliates ” of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

ARTICLE 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any of the following events from and after the Closing Date:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan, or any Guarantor shall fail to make any payments due under the Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder, within five Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) any representation or warranty made by the Loan Parties in Article 3 or in any certificate, financial or other statement furnished by the Loan Parties pursuant to this Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made; or

(c) the Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any of its covenants or agreements contained in Section 5.2(a)(ii) , Section 5.3 (with respect to the existence of the Borrower), Section 5.8 , or Article 6 ; or

(d) the Borrower or any Guarantor shall fail to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and any such failure shall remain unremedied for 30 days; or

 

44


(e) (i) the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall default beyond any applicable period of grace in any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money (other than Securitization Indebtedness of any Securitization Entity) on which the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries is liable in an aggregate principal amount then outstanding of $150,000,000 or more or (ii) an event of default (other than a failure to pay principal or interest) as defined in any mortgage, indenture, agreement or instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any such Indebtedness shall happen and shall result in such Indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it could otherwise become due and payable; or

(f) the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Material Subsidiaries shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian or the like of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail to pay its debts generally as they become due, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, (v) commence a voluntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws of the United States of America or file a voluntary petition or answer seeking reorganization, an arrangement with creditors or an order for relief or seeking to take advantage of any insolvency law or file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceeding, or action shall be taken by it for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing, or (vi) if without the application, approval or consent of such Guarantor, the Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries, a proceeding shall be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction, under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking in respect of such Guarantor, the Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries an order for relief or an adjudication in bankruptcy, reorganization, dissolution, winding up, liquidation, a composition or arrangement with creditors, a readjustment of debts, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator or custodian or the like of such Guarantor, the Borrower or such Material Subsidiaries or of all or any substantial part of its assets, or other like relief in respect thereof under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, and, if such proceeding is being contested by such Guarantor, the Borrower or such Material Subsidiaries in good faith, the same shall (A) result in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) continue undismissed for any period of 60 consecutive days; or

(g) one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any combination thereof involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance) of $150,000,000 or more with respect to the Guarantor, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries and such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, dismissed, discharged or stayed within 30 days from the entry thereof; or

(h) a Change in Control shall occur; or

(i) an ERISA Event shall occur that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clauses (iv) , (v)  or (vi)  of clause (f) above with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Commitments shall terminate and the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under the Loan Documents shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, any one or more of the following actions may be taken: with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall (i) by notice of default to the Borrower, declare the Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Commitments shall immediately terminate; and (ii) by notice of default to the Borrower, declare the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under the Loan Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable. Presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, and, except as expressly provided above in this Article 7 , all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived.

 

45


ARTICLE 8. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 8.1 Appointment and Authority . Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article 8 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of such provisions (except for the Borrower with respect to its consent right set forth in Section 8.7 ). It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

Section 8.2 Rights as a Lender . The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for, and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

Section 8.3 Exculpatory Provisions .

(a) The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

(i) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, covenants, functions, responsibilities, obligations or liabilities regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing,

(ii) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.1 ) provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law, and

(iii) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.1 ) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment.

 

46


(c) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Section 8.4 Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Article 7(a) ) unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “ notice of default ”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice or any notice pursuant to Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 , the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

Section 8.5 Reliance by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

Section 8.6 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

Section 8.7 Resignation of Administrative Agent. Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right with the consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required during the continuation of an Event of Default), to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the

 

47


retiring Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring Administrative Agent), and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article 8  and Section 9.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

Section 8.8 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent by Other Lenders. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that the extensions of credit made hereunder are commercial loans and not investments in a business enterprise or securities. Each Lender further represents that it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans in the ordinary course of its business and has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement as a Lender, and to make, acquire or hold Loans hereunder. Each Lender shall, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information (which may contain material, non-public information within the meaning of the United States securities laws concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates) as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder and in deciding whether or to the extent to which it will continue as a Lender or assign or otherwise transfer its rights, interests and obligations hereunder.

Section 8.9 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Section 2.8 and Section 9.5 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Section 2.8 and  Section 9.5 .

Section 8.10 Guaranty Matters. The Lenders authorize the Administrative Agent to release any Guarantor from its obligations as a Guarantor under this Agreement pursuant to a written request made by the Borrower, if (a) such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower or a wholly-owned

 

48


Material Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a First Tier Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under this Agreement or (b) such Guarantor is an Elective Guarantor at the time of such release. Any such request shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower certifying (which certification shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower hereunder) that (i) no Event of Default then exists or will exist after giving effect to such release, (ii) after giving pro forma effect to such release, Priority Debt will not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Assets as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 , and (iii) the conditions for release set forth in this Section 8.10 have been satisfied. Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release any Guarantor from its obligations under this Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof.

Section 8.11 No Duties. None of the Joint Lead Arrangers, Co-Syndication Agents or Co-Documentation Agents shall have any duties, responsibilities or liabilities under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents other than the duties, responsibilities and liabilities assigned to such entities in their capacities as Lenders hereunder.

ARTICLE 9. MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1 Amendments and Waivers. Neither this Agreement, nor any Note, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.1 . With the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may, from time to time, enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or the Borrower hereunder or thereunder or waiving, on such terms and conditions as the Administrative Agent may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (a) extend the time of payment or maturity of any Loan or any installment thereof or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any fee payable to the Lenders hereunder, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the amount of any Lender’s Commitment, in each case without the consent of the Lender affected thereby, (b) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of the Lenders under this Section 9.1 or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, or consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (except in a transaction permitted by and consummated in accordance with clause (ii)  of Section 6.2 ), in each case without the written consent of all the Lenders, (c) waive any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 hereunder without the consent of all Lenders, (d) change Section 2.12 in a manner that would alter the pro rata treatment of Lenders or pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of all Lenders, (e) amend, modify or waive any provision of Article 8 without the written consent of the then Administrative Agent, (f) release the Initial Guarantor or release of all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees without the written consent of all the Lenders ( provided that no such consent shall be required in connection with any release authorized by the Lenders under Section 8.10 ) or (g) amend, modify or waive any provision of Article 10 without the written consent of each Guarantor. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the outstanding Loans, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except as set forth in Section 2.22(a) .

 

49


Section 9.2 Notices.

(a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to clause (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

The Borrower and the

Guarantors (other than

     the Initial Guarantor):

Phillips 66

  600 North Dairy Ashford Road

  Houston, Texas 77079

  Attention: Treasurer

  Telecopier: (281) 293-2941

  Telephone: (281) 293-1000

 

     The Initial Guarantor:

Phillips 66 Company

  600 North Dairy Ashford Road

  Houston, Texas 77079

  Attention: Treasurer

  Telecopier: (281) 293-2941

  Telephone: (281) 293-1000

 

     The Administrative Agent:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

  1111 Fannin Street

  10th Floor

  Houston, Texas 77002

  Attention: Nathan Lorensen

  Telecopier: (713) 427-6307

  Telephone: (713) 750-3536

 

     The Lenders:

To such Lender’s address (or telecopy number)

  set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire

(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article 2 if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article 2 by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Notices and other communications (i) sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) posted to an internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) , of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

 

50


(c) Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

Section 9.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

Section 9.4 Confidentiality . Each Lender shall maintain in confidence and not disclose to any Person any non-public information furnished to it pursuant to this Agreement and designated by the Borrower as such ( “Confidential Information” ) without the prior consent of the Borrower, subject to each Lender’s (a) obligation to disclose any Confidential Information pursuant to a request or order under applicable Laws and regulations or pursuant to a subpoena or other legal process, (b) right to disclose any Confidential Information requested by any regulatory authority, (c) right to disclose any Confidential Information to other Lenders, to bank examiners, to its Affiliates, to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including auditors, counsel and other advisors, to any prospective Participant and to any prospective Purchasing Lender pursuant to Section 9.6(c) (subject to, in the case of prospective Participants and prospective Purchasing Lenders, the signing of a confidentiality agreement), (d) right to disclose any Confidential Information in connection with any litigation or dispute or the exercise of any remedy hereunder involving the Administrative Agent or the Lenders and the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (e) right to disclose any Confidential Information on a confidential basis to (i) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the Senior Credit Facilities or (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Senior Credit Facilities or (f) right to disclose any Confidential Information to any creditor or direct or indirect contractual counterparty in any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder or such creditor or contractual counterparty’s professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9.4 ); provided , however , that Confidential Information disclosed pursuant to clause (c) , (d) , (e)  or (f)  of this sentence shall be so disclosed subject to such procedures as are reasonably calculated to maintain the confidentiality thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.4 , (i) the foregoing obligation of confidentiality shall not apply to any Confidential Information that was known to such Lender or any of their respective Affiliates prior to the time it received such Confidential Information from the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, other than as a result of the disclosure thereof by a Person who, to the knowledge or reasonable belief of such Lender, was prohibited from disclosing it by any duty of confidentiality arising (under this Agreement or otherwise) by contract or law, and (ii) the foregoing obligation of confidentiality shall not apply to any Confidential Information that becomes part of the public domain independently of any act of such Lender not permitted hereunder or when identical or substantially similar information is received by such Lender, without restriction as to its disclosure or use, from a Person who was not prohibited from disclosing it by any duty of confidentiality arising (under this Agreement or otherwise) by contract or law. The obligations of each Lender under this Section 9.4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

Section 9.5 Expenses; Indemnity; Taxes.

(a) The Borrower agrees (i) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers for all their out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development,

 

51


preparation, negotiation and execution and, with respect to the Administrative Agent only, administration, of this Agreement and any other Loan Document and any other documents prepared in connection herewith, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable legal fees and disbursements of Haynes and Boone, LLP, counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Designated Arrangers, but excluding all other legal fees and disbursements, (ii) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers for all their costs and expenses incurred in connection with any amendment, supplement or modification to this Agreement and any other Loan Document and any other documents prepared in connection herewith, including the reasonable legal fees and disbursements of a single law firm serving as counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Designated Arrangers, but excluding all other legal fees and disbursements, and (iii) to pay or reimburse all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent and any such Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section 9.5 , or in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including all such out-of pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans.

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Joint Lead Arranger, each Lender and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or the use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent or any Joint Lead Arranger under Section 9.5(a) or Section 9.5(b) , each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or such Joint Lead Arranger, as the case may be, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or, such Joint Lead Arranger in its capacity as such.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable Law, no party hereto shall assert, and each such party hereby waives, any claim against any other party, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that, nothing in this Section 9.5(d) shall relieve the Borrower of any obligation it may have to indemnify an Indemnitee against special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages asserted against such Indemnitee by a third party.

(e) All amounts due under this Section 9.5 shall be payable not later than 10 days after written demand therefor.

 

52


(f) The agreements in this Section 9.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

Section 9.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations; Purchasing Lenders.

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, all future holders of the Loans and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, other than in connection with an assignment or transfer otherwise permitted hereunder, without the prior written consent of each Lender.

(b) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time sell to one or more banks or other financial institutions (each, a “Participant” ) participating interests in any Loan owing to such Lender, any Note held by such Lender, any Commitment of such Lender or any other interests of such Lender hereunder. In the event of any such sale by a Lender of a participating interest to a Participant, such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement to the other parties to this Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof, such Lender shall remain the holder of its Loan for all purposes under this Agreement, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the proviso in the second sentence of Section 9.1 that affects such Participant. Without affecting the limitations in the preceding sentence, each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.14 , Section 2.15 and Section 2.16 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein) with respect to its participation in the Commitments and the Loans outstanding from time to time; provided that such Participant (i) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.17 and Section 2.18 as if it were a Lender, and (ii) shall not be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to such Sections than the transferor Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation transferred by such transferor Lender to such Participant had no such transfer occurred, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.17 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.7(b) as though it were a Lender, provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 9.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(c) Each Lender may, with the consent of the Borrower (except that such consent shall not be required during the continuation of an Event of Default or for any assignment to an existing Lender or an

 

53


Affiliate thereof), the Administrative Agent (except that such consent shall not be required for any assignment to an existing Lender or an Affiliate thereof and which consent, when required, shall not be unreasonably withheld) sell or assign to one or more Lenders or additional banks, financial institutions or other entities (other than the Borrower or any of its Affiliates) (a “Purchasing Lender” ) (other than a Purchasing Lender that is a Defaulting Lender or that would be a Defaulting Lender upon becoming a Lender hereunder) all or part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to a duly executed Assignment and Assumption; provided that, if such sale is not to one or more existing Lenders or an Affiliate thereof, (i) such sale shall be in a minimum amount of $10,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent, and for so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower, otherwise consents and (ii) the Commitment retained (if any) by such transferor Lender after such sale shall be at least $10,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent, and for so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower, otherwise consents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lender may sell to one or more Lenders or Purchasing Lenders designated by the Borrower all of its Commitment and all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement relating to such Commitment pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption as described in the preceding sentence in connection with a purchase thereof effected pursuant to Section 2.18 . Upon (A) the execution of such Assignment and Assumption, (B) delivery of an executed copy thereof to the Borrower, (C) recordation of such transfer in the Register and (D) payment by such Purchasing Lender to the Administrative Agent of a registration and processing fee of $4,000 if such Purchasing Lender is not a Lender prior to the execution of such Assignment and Assumption and $2,000 otherwise ( provided that the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion may elect to waive such fee), from and after the Transfer Effective Date determined pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, such Purchasing Lender shall for all purposes be a Lender party to this Agreement and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement to the same extent as if it were an original party hereto with a Commitment as set forth therein and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption executed pursuant to Section 2.18 or any other assignment permitted hereunder of all of a Lender’s Commitment and all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement relating to such Commitment, the transferor Lender shall cease to be a party hereto, but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.14, Section 2.15 , Section 2.16 and Section 9.5 , in each case with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Such Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to amend this Agreement to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of any Purchasing Lender that was not a Lender prior to the execution of such Assignment and Assumption and the resulting adjustment of the Commitments and the Pro Rata Shares arising from the purchase by such Purchasing Lender of all or a portion of the rights and obligations of such transferor Lender under this Agreement. Upon the consummation of any transfer to a Purchasing Lender pursuant to this Section 9.6(c) , the transferor Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall make appropriate arrangements so that, if required, a replacement Note is issued to such transferor Lender and a new Note or, as appropriate, a replacement Note, is issued to such Purchasing Lender, in each case in principal amounts reflecting their respective Commitments. Such new Notes shall be in the form of the Notes replaced thereby.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall maintain, acting solely for this purpose as agent for the Borrower at its address referred to in Section 9.2 , a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register (the “Register” ) for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and any Commitment of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to, each Lender from time to time. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the Loan recorded therein for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

54


(e) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Assumption executed by a transferor Lender, a Purchasing Lender, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and, unless waived by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.6(c) , payment by the Purchasing Lender to the Administrative Agent of a registration and processing fee of $4,000 if such Purchasing Lender is not a Lender prior to the execution of such Assignment and Assumption and $2,000 otherwise, the Administrative Agent shall (i) promptly accept such Assignment and Assumption, (ii) on the Transfer Effective Date determined pursuant thereto record the information contained therein in the Register and (iii) give notice of such acceptance and recordation to the Lenders and the Borrower.

(f) The Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Participant or Purchasing Lender (each, a “Transferee” ) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information (other than Confidential Information except as permitted by Section 9.4 ) in such Lender’s possession concerning the Borrower, which has been delivered to such Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or which has been delivered to such Lender by the Borrower in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of the Borrower prior to entering into this Agreement.

(g) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 9.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(h) The Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue a Note to any Lender requiring a Note to facilitate transactions of the type described in Section 9.6(h) above.

Section 9.7 Adjustments; Set-off.

(a) If any Lender (a “Benefited Lender” ) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in clause (f) of Article 7 , or otherwise) in a greater proportion than any such payment to and collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans, or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall purchase (for cash at face value) from the other Lenders participations in the Loans, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, to the extent necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans; provided , however , that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this Section 9.7 shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section 9.7 shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default each Lender and each of its respective Affiliates shall have the right, without prior notice to any Loan Party, any such notice being expressly

 

55


waived by such Loan Party to the extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and appropriate and apply against the obligations under this Agreement any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party. The rights of each Lender and their respective Affiliates under this Section 9.7 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender or its Affiliates may have. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

Section 9.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission, emailed pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of the actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties hereto shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Section 9.9 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 9.10 Jurisdiction; Venue. Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement shall be brought in the courts of the State of New York sitting in the County of New York, Borough of Manhattan, or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the Borrower and each Guarantor hereby accepts for and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.2 . Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. Nothing herein shall affect the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Borrower or the Guarantors in any other jurisdiction. Each of the Borrower and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any action described in this Section 9.10 , or that such proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court, and agrees not to plead or claim the same.

Section 9.11 Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in any certificate, document or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid. The provisions of Section 2.14, Section 2.15 , Section 2.16 , Section 9.5 and Article 8 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

56


Section 9.12 Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to its subject matter, and supersedes all previous understandings, written or oral, with respect thereto.

Section 9.13 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE BORROWER, EACH GUARANTOR, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY NOTE AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.13.

Section 9.14 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement or of any other Loan Document which is prohibited, unenforceable or not authorized in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition, unenforceability or non-authorization without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or thereof or affecting the validity, enforceability or legality of any such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 9.15 [Intentionally Blank]

Section 9.16 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable Law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable Law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 9.16 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

Section 9.17 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 9.18 Material Non-Public Information.

(a) EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 9.4 FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

57


(b) ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE BORROWER, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH BANK REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.

Section 9.19 USA PATRIOT Act Notice. The Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) and each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act” ) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.

ARTICLE 10. SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE

Section 10.1 Guarantee. Each Guarantor, jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (the “Subsidiary Guarantee” ), as primary obligor and not merely as surety, the prompt and complete payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and any other Loan Document, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise, including obligations which, but for an automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or any other insolvency law or other proceeding, would become due (such obligations being hereinafter referred to as the “Obligations” ), and agrees to pay any and all expenses (including the legal fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent and each Lender in enforcing any rights under the Subsidiary Guarantee. No amendment or modification of the Subsidiary Guarantee may be made without the prior written consent of each Guarantor. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the obligations of the each Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code) or any comparable provisions of any applicable state law.

Section 10.2 Waiver of Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by a Guarantor hereunder, or any set-off or application of funds of any Guarantor by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, such Guarantor shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders against the Borrower or against any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek any reimbursement from the Borrower in respect of payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders by the Borrower are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor, in trust for the Administrative Agent and each Lender, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of itself and the Lenders, in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether mature or unmatured, in such order as any Lender may determine.

 

58


Section 10.3 Amendments, etc. with respect to the Obligations. Each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against such Guarantor, and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be rescinded by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, and any of the Obligations continued, and the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, and this Agreement, and any Note and any other document in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as any Lender may deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or security interest at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Subsidiary Guarantee or any property subject thereto.

Section 10.4 Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional. Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon this Subsidiary Guarantee or acceptance of this Subsidiary Guarantee; the Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this Subsidiary Guarantee; and all dealings between the Borrower and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as applicable, on the other, shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Subsidiary Guarantee. Each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the Borrower, such Guarantor or any other Guarantor with respect to the Obligations. This Subsidiary Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to, and each Guarantor hereby expressly waives any defenses to its obligations hereunder based upon (a) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any Note, any of the Obligations or any collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Loan Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Loan Document, including any increase in the Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise, (c) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by the Borrower against the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or (d) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Borrower or any Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Borrower for the Obligations, or of any Guarantor under this Subsidiary Guarantee, in bankruptcy or in any other instance. When pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and each Lender may, but shall be under no obligation to, pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the Borrower or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Borrower or any such other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security, or guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve the Guarantor of any liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders against each Guarantor.

Section 10.5 Reinstatement. This Subsidiary Guarantee shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is

 

59


rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

Section 10.6 Payments. Each of the Guarantors and the Borrower hereby agrees that the Obligations will be paid to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars as expressed to be payable hereunder and under any Note, in immediately available funds at the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 9.2 .

Section 10.7 Additional Guarantors. Upon the execution and delivery by any Person of a Guarantee Joinder and other required documents as provided in Section 5.9 , such Person shall be a Guarantor and shall be a party hereto as if an original signatory hereto.

Section 10.8 Guarantee Effectiveness. The provisions of this Article 10 and the Subsidiary Guarantee shall become effective on the Guarantee Effectiveness Date.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank; Signature Pages Follow]

 

60


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

Phillips 66

By: /s/ Frances M. Vallejo

Name: Frances M. Vallejo

Title: Vice President and Treasurer

Phillips 66 Company

By: /s/ Frances M. Vallejo

Name: Frances M. Vallejo

Title: Vice President and Treasurer

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent and a Lender

By: /s/ M. Hasan

Name: Muhammad Hasan

Title: Vice President

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Nathan Bautista

Name: Nathan Bautista

Title: Authorised Signatory

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Joseph Scott

Name: Joseph Scott

Title: Director

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Andrew Sidford

Name: Andrew Sidford

Title: Vice President

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD.,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Andrew Oram

Name: Andrew Oram

Title: Managing Director


DNB BANK ASA, GRAND CAYMAN BRANCH,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Barbara Gronquist

Name: Barbara Gronquist

Title: Senior Vice President

By: /s/ Kjell Tore Egge

Name: Kjell Tore Egge

Title: Senior Vice President

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Don J. McKinnerney

Name: Don J. McKinnerney

Title: Authorized Signatory

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Nupur Kumar

Name: Nupur Kumar

Title: Vice President

By: /s/ Michael Spaight

Name: Michael Spaight

Title: Associate

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,

as a Lender

By: /s/ John Frazell

Name: John Frazell

Title: Director

LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Dennis McClellan

Name: Dennis McClellan

Title: Assistant Vice President, M040

By: /s/ Karen Weich

Name: Karen Weich

Title: Vice President, W011

Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd.,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Raymond Ventura

Name: Raymond Ventura

Title: Deputy General Manager


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By: /s/ M. Colin Warman

Name: M. Colin Warman

Title: Vice President

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Masakazu Hasegawa

Name: Masakazu Hasegawa

Title: Managing Director

Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Yvonne Tilden

Name: Yvonne Tilden

Title: Director

By: /s/ Ming K. Chu

Name: Ming K. Chu

Title: Vice President

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Michael King

Name: Michael King

Title: Authorized Signatory

BNP Paribas,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Claudia Zarate

Name: Claudia Zarate

Title: Director

By: /s/ Robert J. Munozinski

Name: Robert J. Munozinski

Title: Managing Director

Export Development Canada,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Christiane de Billy

Name: Christiane de Billy

Title: Financing Manager

By: /s/ Joanne Tognarelli

Name: Joanne Tognarelli

Title: Senior Financing Manager


The Northern Trust Company,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Keith L. Burson

Name: Keith L. Burson

Title: Vice President

The Bank of New York Mellon,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Hussam S. Alsahlani

Name: Hussam S. Alsahlani

Title: Vice President

U.S. Bank National Association,

as a Lender

By: /s/ John Prigge

Name: John Prigge

Title: Vice President

Compass Bank,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Jason Goetz

Name: Jason Goetz

Title: Vice President

FIRST HAWAIIAN BANK,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Landon Santos

Name: Landon Santos

Title: Corporate Banking Officer

Bank of Communications Co., Ltd.,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Shelley He

Name: Shelley He

Title: Deputy General Manager

Comerica Bank,

as a Lender

By: /s/ L.J. Perenyi

Name: L.J. Perenyi

Title: Vice President

CHANG HWA COMMERCIAL BANK, LTD., NEW YORK BRANCH,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Eric Y.S. Tsai

Name: Eric Y.S. Tsai

Title: Vice President & General Manager


First Commercial Bank New York Branch,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Jason Lee

Name: Jason Lee

Title: General Manager

National Bank of Kuwait, S.A.K., Grand Cayman Branch,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Rex E. Richardson

Name: Rex E. Richardson

Title: Assistant General Manager

By: /s/ Wendy B. Wanninger

Name: Wendy B. Wanninger

Title: Executive Manager Corporate Banking

Taiwan Cooperative Bank Los Angeles Branch,

as a Lender

By: /s/ Tsu Neng Ko

Name: Warren Ko (Tsu Neng Ko)

Title: VP & Deputy General Manager

Exhibit 10.1

TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF [•], 2012

BY AND AMONG

CONOCOPHILLIPS,

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY,

PHILLIPS 66,

AND

PHILLIPS 66 COMPANY


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    

Page

 

Section 1. Definition of Terms

     2   

Section 2. Allocation of Tax Liabilities and Tax Benefits

     13   

Section 2.01 General Rule

     13   

Section 2.02 Federal Tax and Tax Benefits

     13   

Section 2.03 State Tax and Tax Benefits

     14   

Section 2.04 Foreign Tax and Tax Benefits

     16   

Section 2.05 UK Taxes

     17   

Section 2.06 Certain Transaction Taxes and Breaches of Covenant

     18   

Section 2.07 Tax Benefits

     19   

Section 2.08 Special Allocation and Computational Rules

     20   

Section 2.09 Deductible and Includible Tax Payments

     20   

Section 3. Proration of Taxes for Straddle Periods

     21   

Section 4. Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns

     22   

Section 4.01 General

     22   

Section 4.02 ConocoPhillips’s Responsibility

     22   

Section 4.03 Phillips 66’s Responsibility

     22   

Section 4.04 Tax Return Filing and Past Practices

     22   

Section 4.05 Consolidated or Combined Tax Returns

     23   

Section 4.06 Right to Review Tax Returns

     24   

Section 4.07 Phillips 66 Carrybacks and Claims for Refund

     25   

Section 4.08 Apportionment of Earnings and Profits and Tax Attributes

     25   

Section 5. Due Date for Payments and Related Matters

     27   

Section 5.01 General Rule

     27   

 

i


 

Section 5.02 ConocoPhillips Federal Consolidated Income Tax Returns, ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Returns and State Separate Income Tax Returns

     27   

Section 5.03 Other Taxes

     32   

Section 5.04 Certain Separate Return Income Taxes and Property Taxes

     35   

Section 5.05 Tax-Related Losses

     35   

Section 5.06 Treatment of Payments; Tax Gross Up

     36   

Section 5.07 Late Payments

     36   

Section 6. Tax-Free Status

     36   

Section 6.01 Tax Opinions/Rulings and Representation Letters

     36   

Section 6.02 Restrictions on Phillips 66 and Phillips 66 Company

     37   

Section 6.03 Procedures Regarding Opinions and Rulings

     40   

Section 6.04 Liability for Tax-Related Losses

     41   

Section 7. Assistance and Cooperation

     42   

Section 7.01 Assistance and Cooperation

     42   

Section 7.02 Tax Packages and Other Tax Return Information

     42   

Section 7.03 Reliance by ConocoPhillips

     43   

Section 8. Tax Records

     43   

Section 8.01 Retention of Tax Records

     43   

Section 8.02 Access to Tax Records

     44   

Section 9. Tax Contests

     44   

Section 9.01 Notice

     44   

Section 9.02 Control of Tax Contests

     44   

 

ii


 

Section 10. Effective Date; Termination of Prior Intercompany Tax Allocation Agreements

     47   

Section 11. Survival of Obligations

     47   

Section 12. Dispute Resolution

     47   

Section 13. Expenses

     48   

Section 14. General Provisions

     48   

Section 14.01 Addresses and Notices

     48   

Section 14.02 Binding Effect

     49   

Section 14.03 Waiver

     49   

Section 14.04 Severability

     49   

Section 14.05 Authority

     49   

Section 14.06 Further Action

     49   

Section 14.07 Integration

     49   

Section 14.08 Construction

     50   

Section 14.09 No Double Recovery

     50   

Section 14.10 Counterparts

     50   

Section 14.11 Governing Law

     50   

Section 14.12 Jurisdiction

     50   

Section 14.13 Amendment

     50   

Section 14.14 Phillips 66 Subsidiaries

     50   

Section 14.15 Successors

     51   

Section 14.16 Injunctions

     51   

 

iii


TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

This TAX SHARING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of [ ], 2012, by and among ConocoPhillips, a Delaware corporation (“ ConocoPhillips ”), ConocoPhillips Company, a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“ ConocoPhillips Company ”), Phillips 66, a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“ Phillips 66 ”), and Phillips 66 Company, a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips Company (“ Phillips 66 Company ”) (ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Companies ” and, as the context requires, individually referred to herein as the “ Company ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the board of directors of ConocoPhillips has determined that it is in the best interests of ConocoPhillips and its stockholders to create a new publicly traded company that shall operate the Phillips 66 Business;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 have agreed to create the new publicly traded company by means of, among other actions, (a) the contribution by ConocoPhillips Company to Phillips 66 Company of any Phillips 66 Assets held directly by ConocoPhillips Company in exchange for (i) the assumption by Phillips 66 Company of any Phillips 66 Liabilities from ConocoPhillips Company, and (ii) a number of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Phillips 66 Company (the “ Internal Contribution ”); (b) the distribution, on the Internal Distribution Date, by ConocoPhillips Company to ConocoPhillips of all the outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Phillips 66 Company (the “ Internal Distribution ”); (c) the contribution by ConocoPhillips to Phillips 66 of all the outstanding stock of Phillips 66 Company and any Phillips 66 Assets held directly by ConocoPhillips in exchange for (i) the assumption by Phillips 66 of any Phillips 66 Liabilities from ConocoPhillips, (ii) a special cash distribution; and (iii) a number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock (the “ Contribution ”); and (d) the distribution to holders of shares of ConocoPhillips Common Stock, through a spin-off, of all the outstanding shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock, as more fully described in the Separation and Distribution Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (the “ Distribution ”);

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, ConocoPhillips is the common parent of an affiliated group of corporations, including ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips 66, and Phillips 66 Company, which has elected to file consolidated Federal Income Tax Returns;

WHEREAS, as a result of the Distribution, Phillips 66 and its subsidiaries will cease to be members of the affiliated group (as that term is defined in Section 1504 of the Code) of which ConocoPhillips is the common parent;

WHEREAS, the parties desire to provide for and agree upon the allocation between the parties of liabilities for Taxes arising prior to, as a result of, and subsequent to the Distribution, and to provide for and agree upon other matters relating to Taxes;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:


Section 1. Definition of Terms .

For purposes of this Agreement (including the recitals hereof), the following terms have the following meanings, and capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Separation and Distribution Agreement:

Accounting Cutoff Date ” means, with respect to Phillips 66, any date as of the end of which there is a closing of the financial accounting records for such entity.

Accrued ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(b)(i)(A) of this Agreement.

Accrued ConocoPhillips Other Tax Liability” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03(b)(ii)(A)of this Agreement.

Accrued ConocoPhillips State Income Tax Asset ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(b)(ii)(A) of this Agreement.

Accrued ConocoPhillips State Income Tax Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(b)(ii)(A) of this Agreement.

Accrued Phillips 66 Federal Income Tax Asset ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(b)(i)(A) of this Agreement.

Accrued Phillips 66 Income Tax Asset ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(b)(i)(A) of this Agreement.

Accrued Phillips 66 Other Tax Liability” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03(b)(i)(A) of this Agreement.

Accrued Phillips 66 State Income Tax Asset ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(b)(i)(A) of this Agreement.

“Accrued Phillips 66 Federal Income Tax Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(b)(i)(A) of this Agreement.

Accrued Phillips 66 Income Tax Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(b)(i)(A) of this Agreement.

Accrued Phillips 66 State Income Tax Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(b)(i)(A) of this Agreement.

Active Trade or Business ” means the active conduct (as defined in Section 355(b)(2) of the Code and the regulations thereunder) by (a) Phillips 66 and its “separate affiliated group” (as defined in Section 355(b)(3)(B) of the Code) of the Refining Active Business (as defined in the Ruling Request) as conducted immediately prior to the Distribution; and (b) Phillips 66 Company and its “separate affiliated group” (as defined in Section 355(b)(3)(B) of the Code) of the Refining Active Business (as defined in the Ruling Request) as conducted immediately prior to the Internal Distribution.

 

2


Adjustment Request ” means any formal or informal claim or request filed with any Tax Authority, or with any administrative agency or court, for the adjustment, refund, or credit of Taxes, including (a) any amended Tax return claiming adjustment to the Taxes as reported on the Tax Return or, if applicable, as previously adjusted, (b) any claim for equitable recoupment or other offset, and (c) any claim for refund or credit of Taxes previously paid.

Affiliate ” means any entity that is directly or indirectly “controlled” by either the person in question or an Affiliate of such person. “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. The term Affiliate shall refer to Affiliates of a person as determined immediately after the Distribution.

Agreed UK Group Relief Surrenders ” means Group Relief Surrenders between members of one Group and members of the other Group in the amounts and in respect of the UK Corporation Tax UK Accounting Periods set out in Appendix 1 to Schedule 2.05 or such other Group Relief Surrenders as fall to be made in accordance with Paragraph 3 of Schedule 2.05, and any reference to an amendment to an Agreed UK Group Relief Surrender shall include any amendment or adjustment to, any withdrawal of and the making of any claim, election, surrender, notice or consent that is inconsistent with the claims, elections, surrenders, notices or consents made in respect of such Agreed UK Group Relief Surrender prior to Closing.

Agreement ” means this Tax Sharing Agreement.

Ancillary Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Benefit Intercompany Payee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09 of this Agreement.

Benefit Intercompany Payor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09 of this Agreement.

Board Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02(e) of this Agreement.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions located in Houston, Texas, New York, New York, or London, England are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Companies ” and “ Company ” have the meaning provided in the first sentence of this Agreement.

Contribution ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

ConocoPhillips ” has the meaning provided in the first sentence of this Agreement.

 

3


ConocoPhillips Affiliated Group ” means the affiliated group (as that term is defined in Section 1504 of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder) of which ConocoPhillips is the common parent.

ConocoPhillips Business ” has the meaning provided in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

ConocoPhillips Company ” has the meaning provided in the first sentence of this Agreement.

ConocoPhillips Federal Consolidated Income Tax Return ” means any U.S. Federal consolidated Tax Return in respect of Federal Income Taxes for the ConocoPhillips Affiliated Group.

ConocoPhillips Group ” means ConocoPhillips and its Affiliates, excluding any entity that is a member of the Phillips 66 Group.

ConocoPhillips Group Transaction Returns ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(b) of this Agreement.

ConocoPhillips Past Practice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a) of this Agreement.

ConocoPhillips Separate Return ” means any Separate Return of ConocoPhillips or any member of the ConocoPhillips Group.

ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Return ” means a consolidated, combined or unitary State Tax Return in respect of State Income Taxes that actually includes, by election or otherwise, one or more members of the ConocoPhillips Group together with one or more members of the Phillips 66 Group.

ConocoPhillips Tax Attributes ” means any Tax Attributes other than Phillips 66 Tax Attributes.

ConocoPhillips UK Tax Practice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a) of this Agreement.

ConocoPhillips UK Topco ” means ConocoPhillips Holdings Limited.

Controlling Party ” means, in the case of any Tax Contest described in Section 9.02(a) or (b), the Company entitled to control the Tax Contest under such Section.

Corresponding Relievable Loss ” means a Relievable Loss which may be the subject of an Agreed UK Group Relief Surrender as set out in Appendix 1 to Schedule 2.05 subject to adjustment as contemplated by Paragraph 3 of Schedule 2.05.

CTA 2009 ” means the United Kingdom’s Corporation Tax Act 2009.

CTA 2010 ” means the United Kingdom’s Corporation Tax Act 2010.

 

4


“Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 12 of this Agreement.

DGCL ” means the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Distribution Date ” means the date determined in accordance with Section 3.3(a) of the Separation and Distribution Agreement on which the Distribution occurs.

Employee Matters Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Excess Foreign Tax Credits ” means, for each category of foreign tax credits under Section 901 of the Code, the excess, if any, of the foreign tax credits (other than foreign tax credits that are Phillips 66 Tax Attributes) utilized by the Phillips 66 Business with respect to the ConocoPhillips Federal Consolidated Income Tax Returns for the Pre-Distribution Periods that end during 2011 or 2012 and any Straddle Period, collectively, taking into account any adjustment pursuant to a Final Determination of any such Tax Return, as determined pursuant to and consistent with the ConocoPhillips Past Practice, over the amount of such foreign tax credits utilized by the Phillips 66 Business as reported on such Tax Returns (other than any amended Tax Returns), collectively, as determined pursuant to and consistent with the ConocoPhillips Past Practice.

Federal Income Tax ” means any Tax imposed by Subtitle A of the Code, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.

Federal Other Tax ” means any Tax imposed by the federal government of the United States of America other than any Federal Income Taxes, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.

Federal Tax ” means any Federal Income Taxes or Federal Other Taxes.

Fifty-Percent or Greater Interest ” has the meaning ascribed to such term for purposes of Sections 355(d) and (e) of the Code.

Final Determination ” means the final resolution of liability for any Income Tax or Other Tax, which resolution may be for a specific issue or adjustment or for a taxable period, (a) by IRS Form 870 or 870-AD (or any successor forms thereto), on the later of the date of acceptance by or on behalf of the taxpayer or the IRS, or by a comparable form under the Laws of a State, local, or foreign taxing jurisdiction, except that a Form 870 or 870-AD or comparable form shall not constitute a Final Determination to the extent that it reserves (whether by its terms or by operation of Law) the right of the taxpayer to file a claim for refund or the right of the Tax Authority to assert a further deficiency in respect of such issue or adjustment or for such taxable period (as applicable); (b) by a decision, judgment, decree, or other order by a court of competent jurisdiction, which has become final and unappealable; (c) by a closing agreement or accepted offer in compromise under Sections 7121 or 7122 of the Code, or a comparable agreement under the Laws of a State, local, or foreign taxing jurisdiction; (d) by any allowance of a refund or credit in respect of an overpayment of Income Tax or Other Tax, but only after the

 

5


expiration of all periods during which such refund may be recovered (including by way of offset) by the jurisdiction imposing such Income Tax or Other Tax; (e) by a final settlement resulting from a treaty-based competent authority determination; or (f) by any other final disposition, including by reason of the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or by mutual agreement of the parties.

Foreign Income Tax ” means any Tax imposed by any foreign country or any possession of the United States, or by any political subdivision of any foreign country or any possession of the United States, which is an income tax as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.901-2, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.

Foreign Other Tax ” means any Tax imposed by any foreign country or any possession of the United States, or by any political subdivision of any foreign country or any possession of the United States, other than any Foreign Income Taxes and Foreign Property Taxes, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.

Foreign Property Tax ” means any real, personal and intangible ad valorem property Tax imposed by any foreign country or any possession of the United States, or by any political subdivision of any foreign country or any possession of the United States, and any interest penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.

Foreign Tax ” means any Foreign Income Taxes, Foreign Property Taxes or Foreign Other Taxes.

Group ” means the ConocoPhillips Group or the Phillips 66 Group, or both, as the context requires.

Group Relief Surrender ” means the surrender of Relievable Losses in accordance with Part 5 of CTA 2010.

Income Tax ” means any Federal Income Tax, State Income Tax or Foreign Income Tax.

Indemnification and Release Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06(b) of this Agreement.

Indemnitor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06(b) of this Agreement.

Internal Contribution ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Internal Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Internal Distribution Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

IRS ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

 

6


Joint Return ” means any Tax Return of a member of the ConocoPhillips Group or the Phillips 66 Group that is not a Separate Return.

Non-Controlling Party ” means, in the case of any Tax Contest described in Section 9.02(a) or (b), the Company not entitled to control the Tax Contest under such Section.

Notified Action ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(a) of this Agreement.

Other Tax ” means any Federal Other Tax, State Other Tax, or Foreign Other Tax.

Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any ConocoPhillips Federal Consolidated Income Tax Return, the due date (determined without regard to extensions) for filing the return determined under Section 6072 of the Code and the date the return is filed, and (b) with respect to any other Tax Return, the corresponding dates determined under the applicable Tax Law.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof, without regard to whether any entity is treated as disregarded for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes.

Phillips 66 ” has the meaning provided in the first sentence of this Agreement.

Phillips 66 Business ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Phillips 66 Capital Stock ” means all classes or series of capital stock of Phillips 66, including (a) the Phillips 66 Common Stock, (b) all options, warrants and other rights to acquire such capital stock and (c) all instruments properly treated as stock in Phillips 66 for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes.

Phillips 66 Carryback ” means any net operating loss, net capital loss, excess tax credit, or other similar Tax Item of any member of the Phillips 66 Group which may or must be carried from one Tax Period to another prior Tax Period under the Code or other applicable Tax Law.

Phillips 66 Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Phillips 66 Company ” has the meaning provided in the first sentence of this Agreement.

Phillips 66 Company Capital Stock ” means all classes or series of capital stock of Phillips 66 Company, including (a) the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Phillips 66 Company, (b) all options, warrants and other rights to acquire such capital stock and (c) all instruments properly treated as stock in Phillips 66 Company for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes.

Phillips 66 Federal Consolidated Income Tax Return ” means any U.S. Federal Income Tax Return for the affiliated group (as that term is defined in Section 1504 of the Code) of which Phillips 66 is the common parent.

 

7


Phillips 66 Group ” means Phillips 66 and its Affiliates, as determined immediately after the Distribution.

Phillips 66 Restructuring ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02(f) of this Agreement.

Phillips 66 Separate Return ” means any Separate Return of Phillips 66 or any member of the Phillips 66 Group.

Phillips 66 Tax Attributes ” means any Tax Attributes that are attributable to, or arise with respect to, assets or activities of the Phillips 66 Business, determined on a “with and without” basis.

Post-Distribution Period ” means any Tax Period beginning after the Distribution Date, and, in the case of any Straddle Period, the portion of such Straddle Period beginning the day after the Distribution Date.

Pre-Distribution Period ” means any Tax Period ending on or before the Distribution Date, and, in the case of any Straddle Period, the portion of such Straddle Period ending on the Distribution Date.

Prime Rate ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Privilege ” means any privilege that may be asserted under applicable Law, including any privilege arising under or relating to the attorney-client relationship (including the attorney-client and work product privileges), the accountant-client privilege and any privilege relating to internal evaluation processes.

Proposed Acquisition Transaction ” means a transaction or series of transactions (or any agreement, understanding or arrangement, within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7, or any other regulations promulgated thereunder, to enter into a transaction or series of transactions), whether such transaction is supported by Phillips 66 management or shareholders, is a hostile acquisition, or otherwise, as a result of which Phillips 66 would merge or consolidate with any other Person or as a result of which any Person or any group of related Persons would (directly or indirectly) acquire, or have the right to acquire, from Phillips 66 and/or one or more holders of outstanding shares of Phillips 66 Capital Stock, a number of shares of Phillips 66 Capital Stock that would, when combined with any other changes in ownership of Phillips 66 Capital Stock pertinent for purposes of Section 355(e) of the Code, comprise 40% or more of (a) the value of all outstanding shares of stock of Phillips 66 as of the date of such transaction, or in the case of a series of transactions, the date of the last transaction of such series, or (b) the total combined voting power of all outstanding shares of voting stock of Phillips 66 as of the date of such transaction, or in the case of a series of transactions, the date of the last transaction of such series. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Proposed Acquisition Transaction shall not include (x) the adoption by Phillips 66 of a shareholder rights plan or (y) issuances by Phillips 66 that satisfy Safe Harbor VIII (relating to acquisitions in connection with a person’s performance of services) or Safe Harbor IX (relating to acquisitions by a retirement plan of an employer) of Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7(d). For purposes of determining whether a transaction constitutes an indirect acquisition, any

 

8


recapitalization resulting in a shift of voting power or any redemption of shares of stock shall be treated as an indirect acquisition of shares of stock by the non-exchanging shareholders. This definition and the application thereof is intended to monitor compliance with Section 355(e) of the Code and shall be interpreted accordingly. Any clarification of, or change in, the statute or regulations promulgated under Section 355(e) of the Code shall be incorporated in this definition and its interpretation.

Relievable Losses ” means losses or other amounts eligible for group relief in accordance with Part 5 of CTA 2010, and any reference to the use of a Relievable Loss includes the use of a Relievable Loss as an allowance, credit, deduction, exemption or set off in respect of any tax, or in the computation of any income, profits or gains for the purposes of any tax, or to obtain a repayment of or saving of tax.

Representation Letters ” means the representation letters and any other materials (including, without limitation, a Ruling Request and any related supplemental submissions to the IRS) delivered or deliverable by ConocoPhillips and others in connection with the rendering by Tax Advisors, and/or the issuance by the IRS, of the Tax Opinions/Rulings.

Responsible Company ” means, with respect to any Tax Return, the Company having responsibility for preparing and filing such Tax Return under this Agreement.

Retention Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 of this Agreement.

Ruling ” means the private letter ruling issued by the IRS to ConocoPhillips in connection with the Transactions.

Ruling Request ” means any letter filed by ConocoPhillips with the IRS requesting a ruling (including the Ruling) regarding certain tax consequences of the Transactions (including all attachments, exhibits, and other materials submitted with such ruling request letter) and any amendment or supplement to such ruling request letter.

Section 6.02(e) Acquisition Transaction ” means any transaction or series of transactions that is not a Proposed Acquisition Transaction but would be a Proposed Acquisition Transaction if the percentage reflected in the definition of Proposed Acquisition Transaction were 25% instead of 40%.

Separate Return ” means (a) in the case of any Tax Return of any member of the Phillips 66 Group (including any consolidated, combined or unitary return), any such Tax Return that does not include any member of the ConocoPhillips Group and (b) in the case of any Tax Return of any member of the ConocoPhillips Group (including any consolidated, combined or unitary return), any such Tax Return that does not include any member of the Phillips 66 Group.

Separation and Distribution Agreement ” means the Separation and Distribution Agreement, as amended from time to time, by and among ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 dated as of [ ], 2012.

Special Joint Tax Contest ” means any Tax Contest with respect to a Joint Return to which Section 9.02(c)(ii) applies involving a potential adjustment as a result of which adjustment Phillips 66 may reasonably be expected to become liable to make any indemnification payment (or any payment under Section 2.07) of at least the amount set forth on Schedule 9.02.

 

9


Specified Separate Return ” means any Separate Return reflecting both Taxes for which Phillips 66 is responsible under Section 2 and Taxes for which ConocoPhillips is responsible under Section 2.

State ” means each State of the United States and the District of Columbia.

State Income Tax ” means any Tax imposed by any State of the United States or by any political subdivision of any such State which is imposed on or measured by net income, including state and local franchise or similar Taxes measured by net income, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.

State Other Tax ” means any Tax imposed by any State of the United States or by any political subdivision of any such State other than any State Income Taxes and State Property Tax, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.

State Property Tax ” means any real, personal and intangible ad valorem property Tax imposed by any State of the United States or by any political subdivision of any such State, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.

State Separate Income Tax Return ” means a Separate Return in respect of State Income Taxes.

State Tax ” means any State Income Taxes, State Property Taxes or State Other Taxes.

Straddle Period ” means any Tax Period that begins on or before and ends after the Distribution Date.

Substantial Authority ” means “substantial authority” within the meaning of Section 6662(d)(2)(B) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.6662-4(d) (or, in the case of any Taxes not subject to Section 6662(a), an analogous standard).

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any income, gross income, gross receipts, profits, capital stock, franchise, withholding, payroll, social security, workers compensation, unemployment, disability, property, ad valorem , stamp, excise, severance, occupation, service, sales, use, license, lease, transfer, import, export, value added, alternative minimum, estimated or other tax (including any fee, assessment, or other charge in the nature of or in lieu of any tax) imposed by any governmental entity or political subdivision thereof, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.

Tax Advisor ” means a U.S. tax counsel or accountant of recognized national standing.

Tax Attribute ” or “ Attribute ” means a net operating loss, net capital loss, unused investment credit, unused foreign tax credit, excess charitable contribution, general business credit, minimum tax credit or any other Tax Item that could reduce a Tax.

 

10


Tax Authority ” means, with respect to any Tax, the governmental entity or political subdivision thereof that imposes such Tax, and the agency (if any) charged with the collection of such Tax for such entity or subdivision.

Tax Benefit ” means any refund or reduction in otherwise required Tax payments.

Tax Contest ” means an audit, review, examination, or any other administrative or judicial proceeding with the purpose or effect of redetermining Taxes (including any administrative or judicial review of any claim for refund).

Tax Control ” means the definition of “control” set forth in Section 368(c) of the Code (or in any successor statute or provision), as such definition may be amended from time to time.

Tax-Free Status ” means the qualification of each of the Internal Contribution and Internal Distribution, taken together, and the Contribution and Distribution, taken together, (a) as a reorganization described in Sections 355(a) and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, (b) as a transaction in which the stock distributed thereby is “qualified property” for purposes of Sections 355(d), 355(e) and 361(c) of the Code, and (c) a transaction in which ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips 66, and Phillips 66 Company, and the shareholders of ConocoPhillips, recognize no income or gain for Federal Income Tax purposes pursuant to Sections 355, 361, and 1032 of the Code, other than, (x) in the case of ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips 66, and Phillips 66 Company, intercompany items or excess loss accounts taken into account pursuant to the Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 1502 of the Code, and (y) in the case of shareholders of ConocoPhillips, any receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares.

Tax Intercompany Payee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09 of this Agreement.

Tax Intercompany Payor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09 of this Agreement.

Tax Item ” means, (a) with respect to any Income Tax, any item of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit or recapture of credit or any other item that may have the effect of increasing or decreasing any Income Tax paid or payable, and (b) with respect to any other Tax, any item that may have the effect of increasing or decreasing any Tax paid or payable.

Tax Law ” means the Law of any governmental entity or political subdivision thereof relating to any Tax.

Tax Opinion ” means (a) the opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz in connection with the Contribution and the Distribution, and/or (b) the opinion (or opinions) of Tax Advisors in connection with the Transactions.

Tax Opinions/Rulings ” means the Tax Opinion (or Tax Opinions) of Tax Advisors and/or the Ruling (or Rulings) by the IRS deliverable to ConocoPhillips in connection with the Contribution and the Distribution.

Tax Packages ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(b) of this Agreement.

 

11


Tax Period ” means, with respect to any Tax, the period for which the Tax is reported as provided under the Code or other applicable Tax Law.

Tax Records ” means any Tax Returns, Tax Return workpapers, documentation relating to any Tax Contests, and any other books of account or records (whether or not in written, electronic or other tangible or intangible forms and whether or not stored on electronic or any other medium) required to be maintained under the Code or other applicable Tax Laws or under any record retention agreement with any Tax Authority.

Tax-Related Losses ” means (a) all federal, state and local Taxes (including interest and penalties thereon) imposed pursuant to any settlement, Final Determination, judgment or otherwise; (b) all accounting, legal and other professional fees, and court costs incurred in connection with such Taxes; and (c) all costs, expenses and damages associated with stockholder litigation or controversies and any amount paid by ConocoPhillips (or any ConocoPhillips Affiliate) or Phillips 66 (or any Phillips 66 Affiliate) in respect of the liability of shareholders, whether paid to shareholders or to the IRS or any other Tax Authority, in each case, resulting from the failure of the Internal Contribution and Internal Distribution, taken together, or the Contribution and Distribution, taken together, to have Tax-Free Status.

Tax Return ” means any report of Taxes due, any claim for refund of Taxes paid, any information return with respect to Taxes, or any other similar report, statement, declaration, or document required to be filed under the Code or other Tax Law, including any attachments, exhibits, or other materials submitted with any of the foregoing, and including any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing.

Transactions ” means the Internal Contribution, the Internal Distribution, the Contribution, the Distribution and the other transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Transfer Pricing Adjustment ” means any proposed or actual allocation by a Tax Authority of any Tax Item between or among any member of the ConocoPhillips Group and any member of the Phillips 66 Group with respect to any Pre-Distribution Period.

Treasury Regulations ” means the regulations promulgated from time to time under the Code as in effect for the relevant Tax Period.

UK Corporation Tax ” means corporation tax charged pursuant to section 2 of CTA 2009 and any corresponding tax on profits or gains imposed by a UK Tax Authority (including, for the absence of doubt, the supplementary charge charged pursuant to section 330 of CTA 2010).

UK GPA ” means ConocoPhillips UK Topco’s group payment arrangement made pursuant to section 36 of the United Kingdom’s Finance Act 1998 or section 59F of the United Kingdom’s Taxes Management Act 1970.

UK Nominated Company ” means ConocoPhillips (U.K.) Limited.

UK Tax ” means Tax imposed, assessed or collected by a UK Tax Authority.

 

12


UK Tax Authority ” means any Tax Authority within the United Kingdom.

UK Tax Document ” means UK Tax Returns, and claims, elections, surrenders, disclaimers, notices and consents for UK Tax purposes.

UK Tax Return ” means any Tax Return required to be made to any UK Tax Authority.

United Kingdom ” means the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

Unqualified Tax Opinion ” means an unqualified “will” opinion of a Tax Advisor, which Tax Advisor is acceptable to ConocoPhillips, on which ConocoPhillips may rely to the effect that a transaction will not affect the Tax-Free Status. Any such opinion must assume that the Internal Contribution, the Internal Distribution, the Contribution and the Distribution would have qualified for Tax-Free Status if the transaction in question did not occur.

VAT ” means value added tax imposed pursuant to European Council Directive 2006/112/EC, and any national legislation of a member state of the European Union giving effect thereto, and any similar sales or turnover tax.

Section 2. Allocation of Tax Liabilities and Tax Benefits .

Section 2.01 General Rule.

(a) Phillips 66 Liability. Phillips 66 shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the ConocoPhillips Group from and against any liability for, Taxes which are allocated to Phillips 66 under this Section 2.

(b) ConocoPhillips Liability. ConocoPhillips shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Phillips 66 Group from and against any liability for, Taxes which are allocated to ConocoPhillips under this Section 2.

Section 2.02 Federal Tax and Tax Benefits . Except as provided in Section 2.06, Federal Income Tax and Federal Other Tax and related Tax Benefits shall be allocated as follows:

(a) ConocoPhillips Federal Consolidated Income Tax for Pre-Distribution, Straddle and Certain Post-Distribution Periods.

(i) With respect to any ConocoPhillips Federal Consolidated Income Tax Return for any Pre-Distribution Period or any Straddle Period, (A) Phillips 66 shall be responsible for any and all Federal Income Taxes and any reduction in any Tax Benefit (other than any alternative minimum Tax or reduction in any alternative minimum Tax Benefit) attributable to, or arising with respect to or as a result of, assets or activities of the Phillips 66 Business, determined on a “with and without” basis pursuant to and consistent with the ConocoPhillips Past Practice; and (B) ConocoPhillips shall be responsible for any and all Federal Income Taxes and any reduction in any Tax Benefit other than Federal Income Taxes (and any reduction in Tax Benefits) for which Phillips 66 is responsible pursuant to Section 2.02(a)(i)(A).

 

13


(ii) With respect to any ConocoPhillips Federal Consolidated Income Tax Return for any Pre-Distribution Period or any Straddle Period, subject to Section 4.07, Phillips 66 shall be entitled to any Tax Benefit (other than any alternative minimum Tax Benefit) attributable to, or arising with respect to or as a result of, assets or activities of the Phillips 66 Business, determined on a “with and without” basis pursuant to and consistent with the ConocoPhillips Past Practice. For purposes of the calculations pursuant to this Section 2.02(a)(ii), in any Pre-Distribution Period or Straddle Period for which both Phillips 66 Tax Attributes and ConocoPhillips Tax Attributes are available for use, such Tax Attributes shall be deemed utilized in the order determined pursuant to and consistent with the ConocoPhillips Past Practice.

(iii) With respect to any ConocoPhillips Federal Consolidated Income Tax Return for any Post-Distribution Period (other than any Straddle Period), Phillips 66 shall be responsible for any and all Federal Income Taxes and any reduction in any Tax Benefit (other than any alternative minimum Tax or reduction in any alternative minimum Tax Benefit), whether in connection with the filing of such a Tax Return or a Final Determination of such a Tax Return, that would not have arisen but for the utilization by the Phillips 66 Business for any Pre-Distribution Period that ends during 2011 or 2012 or any Straddle Period of Excess Foreign Tax Credits, as determined pursuant to and consistent with the ConocoPhillips Past Practice.

(b) Separate Return Federal Income Tax. (i) Phillips 66 shall be responsible for any and all Federal Income Taxes relating to any Phillips 66 Separate Return; and (ii) except as set forth in Section 2.02(a)(iii), ConocoPhillips shall be responsible for any and all Federal Income Taxes relating to any ConocoPhillips Separate Return.

(c) Federal Other Tax .

(i) For all Pre-Distribution Periods and Straddle Periods, (A) with respect to any and all Federal Other Taxes relating to any Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, (I) Phillips 66 shall be responsible for any and all Federal Other Taxes attributable to, or arising with respect to or as a result of, assets or activities of the Phillips 66 Business; and (II) ConocoPhillips shall be responsible for any and all other Federal Other Taxes; and (B) with respect to any and all Federal Other Taxes relating to any Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the Phillips 66 Group, (I) ConocoPhillips shall be responsible for any and all Federal Other Taxes attributable to, or arising with respect to or as a result of, assets or activities of the ConocoPhillips Business and (II) Phillips 66 shall be responsible for any and all other Federal Other Taxes.

(ii) For all Post-Distribution Periods (other than any Straddle Periods or portion thereof), (A) Phillips 66 shall be responsible for any and all Federal Other Taxes relating to any Phillips 66 Separate Return; and (B) ConocoPhillips shall be responsible for any and all Federal Other Taxes relating to any ConocoPhillips Separate Return.

Section 2.03 State Tax and Tax Benefits . Except as provided in Section 2.06, State Income Tax, State Property Tax, and State Other Tax and related Tax Benefits shall be allocated as follows:

 

14


(a) State Income Tax.

(i) For any Pre-Distribution Period or any Straddle Period, (A) with respect to any State Income Taxes relating to any ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Return or any State Separate Income Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, (I) Phillips 66 shall be responsible for any and all State Income Taxes and any reduction in any Tax Benefit attributable to, or arising with respect to or as a result of, assets or activities of the Phillips 66 Business, determined as reported on such Tax Return or as subsequently adjusted pursuant to a Final Determination (which, for the absence of doubt, means the State Income Taxes computed for the applicable entity using its respective apportionment factor and allocated to the Phillips 66 Business pursuant to and consistent with the ConocoPhillips Past Practice); and (II) ConocoPhillips shall be responsible for any and all State Income Taxes and any reduction in any Tax Benefit other than State Income Taxes (and any reduction in Tax Benefits) for which Phillips 66 is responsible pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(i)(A)(I); and (B) with respect to any State Income Taxes relating to any ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Return or any State Separate Income Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the Phillips 66 Group, (I) ConocoPhillips shall be responsible for any and all State Income Taxes and any reduction in any Tax Benefit attributable to, or arising with respect to or as a result of, assets or activities of the ConocoPhillips Business, determined as reported on such Tax Return or as subsequently adjusted pursuant to a Final Determination (which, for the absence of doubt, means the State Income Taxes computed for the applicable entity using its respective apportionment factor and allocated to the ConocoPhillips Business pursuant to and consistent with the ConocoPhillips Past Practice); and (II) Phillips 66 shall be responsible for any and all State Income Taxes and any reduction in any Tax Benefit other than State Income Taxes (and any reduction in Tax Benefits) for which ConocoPhillips is responsible pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(i)(B)(I).

(ii) For any Pre-Distribution Period or any Straddle Period, subject to Section 4.07, (A) with respect to any State Income Taxes relating to any ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Return or any State Separate Income Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, (I) Phillips 66 shall be entitled to any Tax Benefit attributable to, or arising with respect to or as a result of, assets or activities of the Phillips 66 Business, determined as reported on such Tax Return or as subsequently adjusted pursuant to a Final Determination (which, for the absence of doubt, means the Tax Benefit computed for the applicable entity using its respective apportionment factor and allocated to the Phillips 66 Business pursuant to and consistent with the ConocoPhillips Past Practice); and (II) ConocoPhillips shall be entitled to any and all Tax Benefits other than Tax Benefits to which Phillips 66 is entitled under Section 2.03(a)(ii)(A)(I); and (B) with respect to any State Income Taxes relating to any ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Return or any State Separate Income Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the Phillips 66 Group, (I) ConocoPhillips shall be entitled to any Tax Benefit attributable to, or arising with respect to or as a result of, assets or activities of the ConocoPhillips Business, determined as reported on such Tax Return or as subsequently adjusted pursuant to a Final Determination (which, for the absence of doubt, means the

 

15


Tax Benefit computed for the applicable entity using its respective apportionment factor and allocated to the ConocoPhillips Business pursuant to and consistent with the ConocoPhillips Past Practice); and (II) Phillips 66 shall be entitled to any and all Tax Benefits other than Tax Benefits to which ConocoPhillips is entitled under Section 2.03(a)(ii)(B)(I). For purposes of the calculations pursuant to this Section 2.03(a)(ii), in any Pre-Distribution Period or Straddle Period for which both Phillips 66 Tax Attributes and ConocoPhillips Tax Attributes are available for use, such Tax Attributes shall be deemed utilized in the order determined pursuant to and consistent with the ConocoPhillips Past Practice.

(b) State Property Tax. (i) Phillips 66 shall be responsible for any and all State Property Taxes imposed (whether in respect of a period, or a time, before or after the Distribution) with respect to any property owned by any member of the Phillips 66 Group immediately after the Distribution; and (ii) ConocoPhillips shall be responsible for any and all State Property Taxes imposed with respect to any property owned by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group immediately after the Distribution or any property formerly owned by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group or Phillips 66 Group before the Distribution other than State Property Taxes for which Phillips 66 is responsible pursuant to Section 2.03(b)(i).

(c) State Other Tax.

(i) For all Pre-Distribution Periods and Straddle Periods, (A) with respect to any and all State Other Taxes relating to any Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, (I) Phillips 66 shall be responsible for any and all State Other Taxes attributable to, or arising with respect to or as a result of, assets or activities of the Phillips 66 Business; and (II) ConocoPhillips shall be responsible for any and all other State Other Taxes; and (B) with respect to any and all State Other Taxes relating to any Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the Phillips 66 Group, (I) ConocoPhillips shall be responsible for any and all State Other Taxes attributable to, or arising with respect to or as a result of, assets or activities of the ConocoPhillips Business and (II) Phillips 66 shall be responsible for any and all other State Other Taxes.

(ii) For all Post-Distribution Periods (other than any Straddle Periods or portion thereof), (A) Phillips 66 shall be responsible for any and all State Other Taxes relating to any Phillips 66 Separate Return; and (B) ConocoPhillips shall be responsible for any and all State Other Taxes relating to any ConocoPhillips Separate Return.

Section 2.04 Foreign Tax and Tax Benefits . Subject to Section 2.05 and except as provided in Section 2.06, Foreign Income Tax, Foreign Property Tax and Foreign Other Tax and related Tax Benefits shall be allocated as follows:

(a) Separate Return Foreign Income Tax. (i) Phillips 66 shall be responsible for any and all Foreign Income Taxes relating to any Phillips 66 Separate Return, including Foreign Income Tax of Phillips 66 or any member of the Phillips 66 Group imposed by way of withholding by a member of the ConocoPhillips Group; and (ii) ConocoPhillips shall be responsible for any and all Foreign Income Taxes relating to any ConocoPhillips Separate Return, including Foreign

 

16


Income Tax of ConocoPhillips or any member of the ConocoPhillips Group imposed by way of withholding by a member of the Phillips 66 Group; provided, however, that , in any case falling within clause (i) or clause (ii), UK Corporation Tax that is to be or has been discharged by the UK Nominated Company pursuant to the UK GPA shall be dealt with in accordance with Paragraph 2.02(a) to Paragraph 2.02(c) of Schedule 2.05.

(b) Foreign Property Tax. (i) Phillips 66 shall, except, for the absence of doubt, as regards VAT imposed by a UK Tax Authority to which Paragraph 2.01(b) of Schedule 2.05 applies (which shall be dealt with in accordance with that paragraph), be responsible for any and all Foreign Property Taxes imposed (whether in respect of a period, or a time, before or after the Distribution) with respect to any property owned by any member of the Phillips 66 Group immediately after the Distribution; and (ii) ConocoPhillips shall be responsible for any and all Foreign Property Taxes imposed with respect to any property owned by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group immediately after the Distribution or any property formerly owned by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group or Phillips 66 Group before the Distribution other than Foreign Property Taxes for which Phillips 66 is responsible pursuant to Section 2.04(b)(i).

(c) Foreign Other Tax.

(i) Subject to Section 2.04(c)(iii), for all Pre-Distribution Periods and Straddle Periods, (A) with respect to any and all Foreign Other Taxes relating to any Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, (I) Phillips 66 shall be responsible for any and all Foreign Other Taxes attributable to, or arising with respect to or as a result of, assets or activities of the Phillips 66 Business; and (II) ConocoPhillips shall be responsible for any and all other Foreign Other Taxes; and (B) with respect to any and all Foreign Other Taxes relating to any Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the Phillips 66 Group, (I) ConocoPhillips shall be responsible for any and all Foreign Other Taxes attributable to, or arising with respect to or as a result of, assets or activities of the ConocoPhillips Business; and (II) Phillips 66 shall be responsible for any and all other Foreign Other Taxes.

(ii) Subject to Section 2.04(c)(iii), for all Post-Distribution Periods (other than any Straddle Periods or portion thereof), (A) Phillips 66 shall be responsible for any and all Foreign Other Taxes relating to any Phillips 66 Separate Return; and (B) ConocoPhillips shall be responsible for any and all Foreign Other Taxes relating to any ConocoPhillips Separate Return.

(iii) VAT imposed by a UK Tax Authority to which Paragraph 2.01(b) of Schedule 2.05 applies shall be dealt with in accordance with that paragraph.

Section 2.05 UK Taxes . As regards UK Taxes, this Agreement applies as follows:

(a) The provisions of Schedule 2.05 apply to the allocation of UK Taxes and to other UK Tax matters;

 

17


(b) The other provisions of this Agreement also apply to the allocation of UK Taxes and to other UK Tax matters, except for the following provisions, which, notwithstanding such provisions, shall not so apply: Section 2.02, Section 2.03, Section 2.07(b), Section 2.07(c), Section 2.08, Section 3, Section 4.02(a), Section 4.02(b), Section 4.05, Section 4.06(a), Section 4.07, Section 4.08, Section 5.02, Section 5.03(b), Section 5.03(c), Section 5.03(d), Section 5.03(e), Section 5.04(c), Section 5.05, Section 5.06(a) (except with respect to any Federal or State Income Tax treatment of any such payments in respect of UK Taxes made by or to ConocoPhillips, Phillips 66, ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips 66 Company or any other member of the ConocoPhillips Group or the Phillips 66 Group that is organized under the laws of the United States or any State), Section 6, and any schedule other than Schedule 2.05; and

(c) In the event of conflict between the Sections of this Agreement (other than Schedule 2.05) and the paragraphs of Schedule 2.05, the paragraphs of Schedule 2.05 prevail, save to the extent that the conflict is between the Sections of this Agreement (other than Schedule 2.05) and paragraph 1 of Schedule 2.05, when the Sections of this Agreement prevail.

Section 2.06 Certain Transaction Taxes and Breaches of Covenant .

(a) Phillips 66 Liability . Phillips 66 shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the ConocoPhillips Group from and against any liability for:

(i) Any stamp, sales and use, gross receipts, value-added or other transfer Taxes imposed by any Tax Authority on any member of the Phillips 66 Group (if such member is primarily liable for such Tax) on the transfers occurring pursuant to the Transactions, provided that VAT imposed by a UK Tax Authority to which Paragraph 2.01(b) of Schedule 2.05 applies shall be dealt with in accordance with that paragraph and that the consideration given by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group to any member of the Phillips 66 Group for any chargeable supply made by a member of the Phillips 66 Group shall, unless the persons giving and receiving such consideration agree otherwise, be increased by an amount equal to the VAT chargeable;

(ii) Any Tax resulting from a breach by Phillips 66 of any covenant in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Indemnification and Release Agreement, or any other Ancillary Agreement; and

(iii) Any Tax-Related Losses for which Phillips 66 is responsible pursuant to Section 6.04 of this Agreement.

(b) ConocoPhillips Liability . Subject to Paragraph 2.01(b) of Schedule 2.05, ConocoPhillips shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Phillips 66 Group from and against any liability for:

(i) Any stamp, sales and use, gross receipts, value-added or other transfer Taxes imposed by any Tax Authority on any member of the ConocoPhillips Group (if such member is primarily liable for such Tax or if the applicable Tax Law is silent with respect to whether any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, on the one hand, or any member of the Phillips 66 Group, on the other hand, is primarily liable for such Tax) on the transfers

 

18


occurring pursuant to the Transactions, provided that the consideration given by any member of the Phillips 66 Group to any member of the ConocoPhillips Group for any chargeable supply made by a member of the ConocoPhillips Group shall, unless the persons giving and receiving such consideration agree otherwise, be increased by an amount equal to the VAT chargeable; and

(ii) Any Tax resulting from a breach by ConocoPhillips of any covenant in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Indemnification and Release Agreement, or any other Ancillary Agreement.

(c) UK Stamp Duty. For the purposes of Section 2.06(a) and (b), the primary liability to pay any United Kingdom stamp duty arising on any instrument of transfer executed pursuant to the Transactions shall be deemed to fall on the transferee under that instrument.

(d) Wrong Pocket Tax Liabilities. For the absence of doubt, to the extent that Section 2.4(a) or Section 2.5(c) or (d) of the Separation and Distribution Agreement apply to the transfer or assignment of any Excluded Assets or Phillips 66 Assets, as applicable, or to the assumption of any Excluded Liabilities or Phillips 66 Liabilities, as applicable, such provisions shall also apply to determine the responsibility for any Taxes (other than stamp, sales and use, gross receipts, value-added or other transfer Taxes imposed by any Tax Authority on the transfer or assignment of any such Assets or the assumption of such Liabilities, which shall be governed by Section 2.06(a)(i) and Section 2.06(b)(i), as applicable) attributable to, or arising with respect to or as a result of holding such Assets or Liabilities for, or transferring such Assets or Liabilities to, the member of the Group entitled to such Assets or responsible for such Liabilities under such provisions.

Section 2.07 Tax Benefits .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 2.07(b), (c), and (d), provided that refunds (and any interest thereon received from a UK Tax Authority) to which paragraph 2 of Schedule 2.05 applies shall be dealt with in accordance with that paragraph:

(i) Phillips 66 shall be entitled to any refund of or reduction in otherwise required payments of (and any interest thereon received from the applicable Tax Authority) Property Taxes, Other Taxes and Foreign Income Taxes for which Phillips 66 is responsible pursuant to Section 2 and any Tax Benefits (I) to the extent set forth in Sections 2.02(a)(ii), 2.03(a)(ii) and 2.09(b), (II) relating to Taxes for which Phillips 66 is responsible pursuant to 2.02(b)(i) or (III) relating to a Phillips 66 State Separate Income Tax Return for a Post-Distribution Period (other than a Straddle Period); and

(ii) ConocoPhillips shall be entitled to any refund of or reduction in otherwise required payments of (and any interest thereon received from the applicable Tax Authority) Income Taxes, Property Taxes and Other Taxes other than such Tax Benefits to which Phillips 66 is entitled pursuant to Section 2.07(a)(i).

(iii) If Phillips 66 receives a Tax Benefit to which ConocoPhillips is entitled pursuant to this Agreement, Phillips 66 shall pay over such Tax Benefit to ConocoPhillips as provided in Section 5 and 2.09(a)(i); and if ConocoPhillips receives a Tax Benefit to which Phillips 66 is entitled pursuant to this Agreement, ConocoPhillips shall pay over such Tax Benefit to Phillips 66 as provided in Section 5 and 2.09(a)(i).

 

19


(b) Refunds Attributable to a Phillips 66 Carryback. For the absence of doubt, Phillips 66 shall be entitled to any refund of or reduction in otherwise required payments of any Federal Tax or State Tax, as applicable, with respect to any Joint Return which refund or reduction is attributable to, and would not have arisen but for, a Phillips 66 Carryback pursuant to the proviso set forth in Section 4.07.

(c) Phillips 66 Minimum Tax Credits . Phillips 66 shall pay to ConocoPhillips an amount equal to the minimum tax credit under Section 53 of the Code allocated to the Phillips 66 Group by ConocoPhillips pursuant to Section 4.08.

(d) Income Tax Deductions in Respect of Certain Equity Awards and Incentive Compensation. Solely the member of the Group for which the relevant individual is currently employed or, if such individual is not currently employed by a member of the Group, was most recently employed at the time of the vesting, exercise, disqualifying disposition, payment or other relevant taxable event, as appropriate, in respect of the equity awards and other incentive compensation described in Article IV of the Employee Matters Agreement shall be entitled to claim any Income Tax deduction in respect of such equity awards and other incentive compensation on its respective Tax Return associated with such event.

Section 2.08 Special Allocation and Computational Rules .

(a) For purposes of Sections 2.02(a), 2.02(c)(i), 2.03(a), 2.03(c)(i), and 2.04(c)(i), any and all Tax Items (including, for the absence of doubt, Tax Items with respect to intercompany transactions between members of the ConocoPhillips Group and the Phillips 66 Group) shall be allocated to the assets and activities of the ConocoPhillips Business, on the one hand, and the assets and activities of the Phillips 66 Business, on the other hand, as applicable pursuant to and consistent with the ConocoPhillips Past Practice.

(b) ConocoPhillips shall determine the allocations described in Section 2.08(a), the Federal Income Taxes or State Income Taxes, as applicable (or Tax Benefits or reductions in Tax Benefits, as applicable) and any Other Taxes, as applicable, attributable to, or arising with respect to or as a result of, assets or activities of the Phillips 66 Business or the ConocoPhillips Business, the utilization of foreign tax credits under Section 901 by the Phillips 66 Business and the Taxes (or reductions in Tax Benefits) that would not have arisen but for the utilization of foreign tax credits by the Phillips 66 Business. In connection with any relevant demand for payment under Section 5, ConocoPhillips shall provide Phillips 66 with written notice containing a reasonably detailed summary of any such relevant determinations and timely respond to any reasonable requests from Phillips 66 for additional information with respect to any such determinations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, such determinations by ConocoPhillips shall, in the absence of bad faith or clear error, be conclusive.

Section 2.09 Deductible and Includible Tax Payments . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, without duplication for any amounts otherwise required to be paid hereunder

 

20


(and provided that, for the absence of doubt, this Section 2.09 shall not apply to payments required to be made pursuant to Paragraph 2 of Schedule 2.05), (a) in the event that any Company (the “ Benefit Intercompany Payor ”) is required to pay over a Tax Benefit to the other Company (the “ Benefit Intercompany Payee ”) hereunder, (i) the Benefit Intercompany Payor shall also pay over to the Benefit Intercompany Payee any interest relating thereto that is received (by way of offset or otherwise) by the Benefit Intercompany Payor or any of its Affiliates from the applicable Tax Authority and (ii) the Benefit Intercompany Payee shall be required to pay to the Benefit Intercompany Payor the amount of any Tax (or any reduction in Tax Benefit) actually suffered in cash by the Benefit Intercompany Payor or any of its Affiliates resulting (on a “with and without” basis) from the receipt by the Benefit Intercompany Payor or any of its Affiliates of the Tax Benefit from the applicable Tax Authority and (b) in the event that any Company (the “ Tax Intercompany Payor ”) is required to pay the other Company (the “ Tax Intercompany Payee ”) hereunder in respect of a Tax (or reduction in any Tax Benefit), (i) for the absence of doubt, the Tax Intercompany Payor shall pay to the Tax Intercompany Payee any interest or penalties relating thereto that is required to be paid (by way of offset or otherwise) by the Tax Intercompany Payee or any of its Affiliates to the applicable Tax Authority, (ii) the Tax Intercompany Payee shall be required to pay to the Tax Intercompany Payor the amount of any Tax Benefit actually realized in cash by the Tax Intercompany Payee or any of its Affiliates resulting (on a “with and without” basis) from the payment by the Tax Intercompany Payee or any of its Affiliates of the Tax to the applicable Tax Authority (or the reduction in Tax Benefit). Any amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Section 2.09 shall be calculated or recalculated, as applicable, in light of any Final Determination or any other facts that may arise or come to light after a payment is made pursuant to this Section 2.09 that would affect any amount required to be paid pursuant to this Section 2.09, and an appropriate adjusting payment shall be made (without duplication) by Phillips 66 or ConocoPhillips, as applicable, such that the aggregate amounts paid pursuant to this Section 2.09 reflect such recalculated amount.

Section 3. Proration of Taxes for Straddle Periods .

(a) General Method of Proration . In the case of any Straddle Period, Tax Items shall be apportioned between Pre-Distribution Periods and Post-Distribution Periods in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-76(b) as reasonably interpreted and applied by the Companies. No election shall be made under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-76(b)(2)(ii) (relating to ratable allocation of a year’s Tax Items). If the Distribution Date is not an Accounting Cutoff Date, the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-76(b)(2)(iii) will be applied to ratably allocate the Tax Items (other than extraordinary items) for the month which includes the Distribution Date.

(b) Transaction Treated as Extraordinary Item . In determining the apportionment of Tax Items between Pre-Distribution Periods and Post-Distribution Periods, any Tax Items relating to the Transactions shall be treated as extraordinary items described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-76(b)(2)(ii)(C) and shall (to the extent occurring on or prior to the Distribution Date) be allocated to Pre-Distribution Periods, and any Taxes related to such items shall be treated under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-76(b)(2)(iv) as relating to such extraordinary item and shall (to the extent occurring on or prior to the Distribution Date) be allocated to Pre-Distribution Periods.

 

21


Section 4. Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns.

Section 4.01 General . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4, Tax Returns shall be prepared and filed when due (including extensions) by the person obligated to file such Tax Returns under the Code or applicable Tax Law. The Companies shall provide, and shall cause their Affiliates to provide, assistance and cooperation to one another in accordance with Section 7 with respect to the preparation and filing of Tax Returns, including providing information required to be provided in Section 7.

Section 4.02 ConocoPhillips’s Responsibility . ConocoPhillips has the exclusive obligation and right to prepare and file, or to cause to be prepared and filed:

(a) ConocoPhillips Federal Consolidated Income Tax Returns for any Tax Periods ending on, before or after the Distribution Date;

(b) Except for Tax Returns required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by a member of the Phillips 66 Group, (i) ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Returns and (ii) any other Joint Returns which ConocoPhillips reasonably determines are required to be filed (or which ConocoPhillips chooses to be filed) by the Companies or any of their Affiliates for Tax Periods ending on, before or after the Distribution Date; provided, however , that if such ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Return or other Joint Return, as applicable, has not previously been filed by the Companies or any of their Affiliates in the applicable jurisdiction, ConocoPhillips shall provide written notice of such determination to file such ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Returns or other Joint Returns to Phillips 66; and

(c) ConocoPhillips Separate Returns which ConocoPhillips reasonably determines are required to be filed by the Companies or any of their Affiliates for Tax Periods ending on, before or after the Distribution Date.

Section 4.03 Phillips 66’s Responsibility . Phillips 66 shall prepare and file, or shall cause to be prepared and filed, all Tax Returns required to be filed by or with respect to members of the Phillips 66 Group other than those Tax Returns which ConocoPhillips is required to prepare and file under Section 4.02. For the absence of doubt, the Tax Returns required to be prepared and filed by Phillips 66 under this Section 4.03 shall include (a) any Phillips 66 Federal Consolidated Income Tax Return for Tax Periods ending after the Distribution Date and (b) Phillips 66 Separate Returns required to be filed for Tax Periods ending on, before or after the Distribution Date.

Section 4.04 Tax Return Filing and Past Practices .

(a) General Rule . Except as provided in Section 4.04(b), with respect to any Tax Return that Phillips 66 has the obligation and right to prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, under Section 4.03, to the extent Tax Items reported on such Tax Return might reasonably be expected to affect Taxes (or rights to Tax Benefits) for which ConocoPhillips is responsible (or to which ConocoPhillips is entitled) under this Agreement, such Tax Return shall, in the case of

 

22


a Tax Return that is not a UK Tax Return, be prepared in accordance with the past practice of the ConocoPhillips Group in determining accrued assets and liabilities for cash taxes on the books and records of ConocoPhillips and its subsidiaries and the past return filing practice of the ConocoPhillips Group with respect to the relevant Tax Return (including any past accounting methods, elections and conventions) (the “ ConocoPhillips Past Practice ”) and, in the case of a UK Tax Return, on a basis which is consistent with the basis on which UK Tax Documents already submitted by or on behalf of the relevant taxpayer to HM Revenue & Customs were prepared and filed (the “ ConocoPhillips UK Tax Practice ”), unless (i) any Tax Items with respect to the Tax Returns in question are not covered by the ConocoPhillips Past Practice or the ConocoPhillips UK Tax Practice (as relevant) (in which case, with respect to such Tax Items, such Tax Returns shall be prepared in accordance with reasonable Tax accounting practices selected by ConocoPhillips), (ii) no Substantial Authority exists for the ConocoPhillips Past Practice or the ConocoPhillips UK Tax Practice (as relevant) with respect to any Tax Items reportable on the Tax Returns in question (in which case, with respect to such Tax Items, such Tax Returns shall be prepared in accordance with reasonable Tax accounting practices selected by ConocoPhillips), or (iii) there is no adverse effect to ConocoPhillips (in which case, the Tax Returns in question shall be prepared in accordance with reasonable Tax accounting practices selected by Phillips 66).

(b) Reporting of Transactions . The Tax treatment of the Transactions reported on any Tax Return shall be consistent with the treatment thereof in the Ruling Requests and the Tax Opinions/Rulings, unless there is no reasonable basis for such Tax treatment. To the extent there is a Tax treatment relating to the Transactions which is not covered by the Ruling Requests or the Tax Opinions/Rulings, the Tax treatment of the Transactions reported on any Tax Return for which Phillips 66 is the Responsible Party shall be consistent with that on any Tax Return filed or to be filed by ConocoPhillips or any member of the ConocoPhillips Group or caused or to be caused to be filed by ConocoPhillips (“ ConocoPhillips Group Transaction Returns ”), unless there is no reasonable basis for such Tax treatment. To the extent there is a Tax treatment relating to the Transactions which is not covered by the Ruling Requests, the Tax Opinions/Rulings or ConocoPhillips Group Transaction Returns, the Companies shall agree on the Tax treatment to be reported on any Tax Return. For this purpose, the Tax treatment shall be determined by ConocoPhillips and shall be agreed to by Phillips 66 unless either (i) no Substantial Authority exists for the technical merits of the position, or (ii) such Tax treatment is inconsistent with the Tax treatment contemplated in the Ruling Requests, the Tax Opinions/Rulings and/or the ConocoPhillips Group Transaction Returns. Any dispute regarding such Tax treatment shall be referred for resolution pursuant to Section 12, sufficiently in advance of the filing date of such Tax Return (including extensions) to permit timely filing of the Tax Return.

Section 4.05 Consolidated or Combined Tax Returns . Phillips 66 will elect and join, and will cause its respective Affiliates to elect and join, in filing any ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Returns and any Joint Returns that ConocoPhillips determines are required to be filed or that ConocoPhillips chooses to file pursuant to Section 4.02(b).

 

23


Section 4.06 Right to Review Tax Returns.

(a) ConocoPhillips Federal Consolidated Income Tax Returns and ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Returns . ConocoPhillips shall make any ConocoPhillips Federal Consolidated Income Tax Return and ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Return (other than any such Tax Return for which Phillips 66 is the Responsible Company) and any workpapers related to any such Tax Return available for review by Phillips 66, if requested by Phillips 66. ConocoPhillips shall use its reasonable best efforts to make such Tax Return available to Phillips 66 for review and comment as required under this paragraph prior to the due date (including extensions) for filing of such Tax Return. Phillips 66 shall use reasonable best efforts to respond in writing to ConocoPhillips with any comments no later than the date on which ConocoPhillips files such Tax Return with the applicable Tax Authority, provided, however that Phillips 66’s comments shall be limited to the reporting of any material Tax Item on such Tax Return with respect to which Phillips 66 reasonably believes that no Substantial Authority exists for the technical merits of the position. ConocoPhillips shall reasonably consider such comments with respect to the reporting of any such material Tax Item on such Return (including considering whether to revise the reporting of such Tax Item on such Tax Return prior to filing such Tax Return with the applicable Tax Authority, file an amended Tax Return with the applicable Tax Authority revising the reporting of such Tax Item, or pursue an adjustment to the reporting of such Tax Item in connection with a Tax Contest with respect to such Tax Return or make no change).

(b) Certain Other Joint Returns and Separate Returns . The Responsible Company with respect to any material Joint Return (other than any ConocoPhillips Consolidated Federal Income Tax Return or any ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Return for which ConocoPhillips is the Responsible Company) or material Separate Return shall make such Tax Return and related workpapers available for review by the other Company, if requested by the other Company, to the extent (i) such Tax Return relates to Taxes for which the requesting party would reasonably be expected to be liable under applicable Tax Law or responsible under this Agreement, (ii) such Tax Return relates to Taxes and the requesting party would reasonably be expected to be liable under applicable Tax Law or responsible under this Agreement in whole or in part for any additional Taxes owing as a result of adjustments to the amount of such Taxes reported on such Tax Return, (iii) such Tax Return relates to Taxes for which the requesting party would reasonably be expected to have a claim for Tax Benefits under this Agreement, (iv) the requesting party reasonably determines that it must inspect such Tax Return to confirm compliance with the terms of this Agreement, (v) such Tax Return relates to an Agreed UK Group Relief Surrender, or (vi) such Tax Return relates to a Transfer Pricing Adjustment relating to a transaction or transactions involving a member of the requesting party’s Group. The Responsible Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to make such Tax Return available for review and comment as required under this paragraph prior to the due date (including extensions) for filing of such Tax Return. The requesting party shall use reasonable best efforts to respond in writing to the Responsible Party with any comments no later than the date on which the Responsible Party files such Tax Return with the applicable Tax Authority provided, however that (x) if ConocoPhillips is the Responsible Company, Phillips 66’s comments shall be limited to the reporting of any material Tax Item on such Tax Return with respect to which Phillips 66 reasonably believes that no Substantial Authority exists for the

 

24


technical merits of the position and (y) if Phillips 66 is the Responsible Company, ConocoPhillips’ comments shall be limited to the reporting of any material Tax Item on such Tax Return with respect to which ConocoPhillips reasonably believes that no Substantial Authority exists for the technical merits of the position or the reporting of any Tax Item on such Tax Return in accordance with this Agreement or the ConocoPhillips Past Practice or ConocoPhillips UK Tax Practice, as applicable. The Responsible Party shall reasonably consider such comments with respect to the reporting of any such material Tax Item on such Return (including considering whether to revise the reporting of such Tax Item on such Tax Return prior to filing such Tax Return with the applicable Tax Authority, file an amended Tax Return with the applicable Tax Authority revising the reporting of such Tax Item, or pursue an adjustment to the reporting of such Tax Item in connection with a Tax Contest with respect to such Tax Return or make no change).

(c) Execution of Returns Prepared by Other Party . In the case of any Tax Return which is required to be prepared and filed by one Company under this Agreement and which is required by Law to be signed by the other Company or its Affiliate (or by an authorized representative thereof), the Company which is legally required to sign such Tax Return (or whose Affiliate is legally required to sign or an authorized representative thereof) shall not be required to sign such Tax Return under this Agreement if there is no reasonable basis for the Tax treatment of any Tax Item reported on the Tax Return or the Tax treatment of any Tax Item reported on the Tax Return should, in the opinion of a Tax advisor from a nationally recognized legal, accounting or professional tax services firm, subject the other Company or its Affiliate (or its authorized representatives) to material penalties.

Section 4.07 Phillips 66 Carrybacks and Claims for Refund . Phillips 66 hereby agrees that, unless ConocoPhillips consents in writing, (a) no Adjustment Request with respect to any Joint Return shall be filed, and (b) any available elections to waive the right to claim in any Pre-Distribution Period with respect to any Joint Return any Phillips 66 Carryback arising in a Post-Distribution Period shall be made, and no affirmative election shall be made to claim any such Phillips 66 Carryback; provided, however, that the parties agree that any such Adjustment Request shall be made with respect to any Phillips 66 Carryback related to Federal Taxes or State Taxes, as applicable, upon the reasonable request of Phillips 66, if such Phillips 66 Carryback is necessary to prevent the loss of the Federal and/or State Tax Benefit of such Phillips 66 Carryback (including, but not limited to, an Adjustment Request with respect to a Phillips 66 Carryback of a capital loss for Federal and/or State Tax purposes arising in a Post-Distribution Period to a Pre-Distribution Period) and such Adjustment Request, based on ConocoPhillips’ sole, reasonable determination, will cause no Tax detriment to ConocoPhillips, the ConocoPhillips Group or any member of the ConocoPhillips Group. Any Adjustment Request which ConocoPhillips consents to make under this Section 4.07 shall be prepared and filed by the Responsible Company for the Joint Return to be adjusted.

Section 4.08 Apportionment of Earnings and Profits and Tax Attributes . ConocoPhillips shall in good faith advise Phillips 66 in writing of the portion, if any, of any earnings and profits, Tax Attribute, overall foreign loss or other consolidated, combined or unitary attribute which ConocoPhillips determines shall be allocated or apportioned to the Phillips 66 Group under

 

25


applicable Law. Phillips 66 and all members of the Phillips 66 Group shall prepare all Tax Returns in accordance with such written notice. In the event that any temporary or final amendments to Treasury Regulations are promulgated after the date of this Agreement that provide for any election to apply such regulations retroactively, then any such election shall be made only to the extent that ConocoPhillips determines to make such election. As soon as practicable after receipt of a written request from Phillips 66, ConocoPhillips shall provide copies of any studies, reports, and workpapers supporting the earnings and profits and other Tax Attributes allocable to Phillips 66. In the event of a subsequent adjustment to the earnings and profits or any Tax Attributes determined by ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips shall promptly notify Phillips 66 in writing of such adjustment. For the absence of doubt, ConocoPhillips shall not be liable to Phillips 66 or any member of the Phillips 66 Group for any failure of any determination under this Section 4.08 to be accurate under applicable Law.

 

26


Section 5. Due Date for Payments and Related Matters .

Section 5.01 General Rule .

(a) The due date for payment of any liability of one Company to the other Company under this Agreement shall be as follows:

(i) In the case of any liability of one Company to the other Company under Section 2 for which Section 5.02 through Section 5.07 specify a due date for payment of such liability, the due date for payment of such liability shall be as so specified in Section 5.02 through Section 5.07.

(ii) In the case of any liability of one Company to the other Company under Schedule 2.05 for which Schedule 2.05 specifies a due date for payment of such liability, the due date for payment of such liability shall be as so specified in Schedule 2.05.

(iii) In the case of any other liability under this Agreement, the due date for payment of such liability shall be within the later of (x) 30 days following the date of receipt of a written notice and demand from ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66, as applicable, for payment of the liability due (provided, in the case of any liability in respect of a refund, that ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66, as applicable, is aware of the receipt by the other Group of such refund) and (y) in the case of any liability in respect of a refund, within 30 days following the date of receipt of such refund from the relevant Tax Authority and, in the case of any liability in respect of Taxes payable to the relevant Tax Authority, the due date for payment of such Taxes to the relevant Tax Authority.

(b) All payments under this Agreement shall be made by ConocoPhillips directly to Phillips 66 and by Phillips 66 directly to ConocoPhillips; provided, however, that if the Companies mutually agree with respect to any such payment, any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, on the one hand, may make such payment to any member of the Phillips 66 Group, on the other hand, and vice versa.

Section 5.02 ConocoPhillips Federal Consolidated Income Tax Returns, ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Returns and State Separate Income Tax Returns . In the case of (x) any ConocoPhillips Federal Consolidated Income Tax Return, (y) any ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Return, and (z) any State Separate Income Tax Return, as applicable, in each case for any Pre-Distribution Period or any Straddle Period (including, for the absence of doubt, amended Tax Returns):

(a) Taxes Shown as Due on Tax Return. The Responsible Company shall compute the amount of Tax required to be paid to the applicable Tax Authority (taking into account the requirements of Section 4.04) with respect to such Tax Return in respect of a Payment Date. In the case of any such Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, ConocoPhillips shall pay (or cause to be paid) such amount to such Tax Authority on or before such Payment Date (and provide notice and proof of

 

27


payment to Phillips 66) and, in the case of any such Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the Phillips 66 Group, Phillips 66 shall pay (or cause to be paid) such amount to such Tax Authority on or before such Payment Date (and provide notice and proof of payment to ConocoPhillips).

(b) Accrual-to-Return Payment.

(i) Tax Returns Filed by ConocoPhillips Group Member. In the case of any such Tax Return for any Pre-Distribution Tax Period that ends during 2011 or 2012 or any Straddle Period filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group:

(A) (I) Phillips 66 shall be deemed to have paid ConocoPhillips on the Distribution Date an amount equal to any liability for cash Federal Income Taxes or State Income Taxes, as applicable, with respect to such Tax Return to the extent such Federal Income Taxes (other than alternative minimum Taxes) or State Income Taxes, as applicable, have been accrued as of the Distribution Date on the books and records of ConocoPhillips and its subsidiaries (“ Accrued ”) and allocated to the Phillips 66 Business (including any member of the Phillips 66 Group) as of the Distribution Date (which accruals and allocations, for the absence of doubt, may be computed after the Distribution Date as of the Distribution Date and which shall be recomputed as of the Distribution Date to take account of any Tax Return that is filed in respect of such Taxes) (with respect to such Federal Income Taxes, the “ Accrued Phillips 66 Federal Income Tax Liability ,” and such State Income Taxes, the “ Accrued Phillips 66 State Income Tax Liability ” and, collectively, the “ Accrued Phillips 66 Income Tax Liability ”); and (II) ConocoPhillips shall be deemed to have paid Phillips 66 on the Distribution Date an amount equal to any reduction of Federal Income Taxes or State Income Taxes, as applicable, otherwise due with respect to such Tax Return to the extent such reduction in Federal Income Taxes or State Income Taxes, as applicable, has been Accrued and allocated to the Phillips 66 Business (including any member of the Phillips 66 Group) as of the Distribution Date (with respect to such Federal Income Taxes, the “ Accrued Phillips 66 Federal Income Tax Asset ,” and such State Income Taxes, the “ Accrued Phillips 66 State Income Tax Asset ,” and, collectively, the “ Accrued Phillips 66 Income Tax Asset ”).

(B) Within 120 days following the earlier of (y) the due date (including extensions) for filing such Tax Return, or (z) the date on which such Tax Return is filed:

(I) In the case of any Accrued Phillips 66 Federal Income Tax Liability or Accrued Phillips 66 State Income Tax Liability, as applicable, with respect to such Tax Return (1) if Phillips 66 is responsible for Federal Income Taxes or State Income Taxes, as applicable, shown as due on such Tax Return (for the absence of doubt, without regard to any estimated, installment, or other advance payments or minimum tax credits) pursuant to Section 2.02(a) or 2.03(a) (or if Phillips 66 is neither responsible for any Federal Income Taxes or State Income Taxes, as applicable, shown as due on such Tax Return nor entitled to any

 

28


Tax Benefit with respect to such Tax Return) (for this purpose, determined without regard to Section 5.02(b)(i)(A)), (x) Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the amount of such Federal Income Taxes or State Income Taxes, as applicable, for which Phillips 66 is responsible, if any, over such Accrued Phillips 66 Federal Income Tax Liability or Accrued Phillips 66 State Income Tax Liability, as applicable, and (y) ConocoPhillips shall pay Phillips 66 an amount equal to the excess, if any, of such Accrued Phillips 66 Federal Income Tax Liability or Accrued Phillips 66 State Income Tax Liability, as applicable, over the amount of such Federal Income Taxes or State Income Taxes, as applicable, for which Phillips 66 is responsible, if any; and (2) if Phillips 66 is entitled to any Tax Benefit (other than any alternative minimum Tax Benefit) with respect to such Tax Return pursuant to Section 2.02(a)(ii) or Section 2.03(a)(ii), as applicable, ConocoPhillips shall pay Phillips 66 an amount equal to the sum of such Tax Benefit to which Phillips 66 is entitled and the amount of any such Accrued Phillips 66 Federal Income Tax Liability or Accrued Phillips 66 State Income Tax Liability, as applicable; and

(II) In the case of any Accrued Phillips 66 Federal Income Tax Asset or Accrued Phillips 66 State Income Tax Asset, as applicable, with respect to such Tax Return, (1) if Phillips 66 is entitled to any Tax Benefit (other than alternative minimum Tax Benefit) with respect to such Tax Return pursuant to Section 2.02(a)(ii) or Section 2.03(a)(ii), as applicable (or if Phillips 66 is neither entitled to any Tax Benefit with respect to such Tax Return nor responsible for any Federal Income Taxes or State Income Taxes, as applicable shown as due on such Tax Return) (for the absence of doubt, without regard to any estimated, installment, or other advance payments or minimum tax credit) (for this purpose, determined without regard to Section 5.02(b)(i)(A)), (x) ConocoPhillips shall pay Phillips 66 an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the amount of such Tax Benefit to which Phillips 66 is entitled, if any, over such Accrued Phillips 66 Federal Income Tax Asset or Accrued Phillips 66 State Income Tax Asset, as applicable; and (y) Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips an amount equal to the excess, if any, of such Accrued Phillips 66 Federal Income Tax Asset or Accrued Phillips 66 State Income Tax Asset, as applicable, over the amount of any such Tax Benefit, if any; and (2) if Phillips 66 is responsible for Federal Income Taxes or State Income Taxes, as applicable, shown as due on such Tax Return (for the absence of doubt, without regard to any estimated, installment, minimum tax credits or other advance payments) pursuant to Section 2.02(a) or 2.03(a) (for this purpose, determined without regard to Section 5.02(b)(i)(A)), Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips an amount equal to the sum of the amount of such Federal Income Taxes or State Income Taxes, as applicable, for which Phillips 66 is responsible and the amount of such Accrued Phillips 66 Federal Income Tax Asset or Accrued Phillips 66 State Income Tax Asset, as applicable.

(ii) Tax Returns Filed by Phillips 66 Group Member. In the case of any such ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Return or State Separate Income Tax Return, as applicable, for any Pre-Distribution Tax Period that ends during 2011 or 2012 or any Straddle Period filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the Phillips 66 Group:

 

29


(A) (I) ConocoPhillips shall be deemed to have paid Phillips 66 on the Distribution Date an amount equal to any liability for cash State Income Taxes with respect to such Tax Return to the extent such State Income Taxes have been Accrued as of the Distribution Date and allocated to the ConocoPhillips Business (including any member of the ConocoPhillips Group) as of the Distribution Date (which accrual and allocation, for the absence of doubt, may be computed after the Distribution Date as of the Distribution Date and which shall be recomputed as of the Distribution Date to take account of any Tax Return that is filed in respect of such Taxes) (with respect to such State Income Taxes, the “ Accrued ConocoPhillips State Income Tax Liability ”)); and (II) Phillips 66 shall be deemed to have paid ConocoPhillips on the Distribution Date an amount equal to any reduction of State Income Taxes otherwise due with respect to such Tax Return to the extent such reduction in State Income Taxes has been Accrued and allocated to the ConocoPhillips Business (including any member of the ConocoPhillips Group) as of the Distribution Date (with respect to such State Income Taxes, the “ Accrued ConocoPhillips State Income Tax Asset ”).

(B) Within 120 days following the earlier of (y) the due date (including extensions) for filing such Tax Return, or (z) the date on which such Tax Return is filed:

(I) In the case of any Accrued ConocoPhillips State Income Tax Liability with respect to such Tax Return (1) if ConocoPhillips is responsible for any State Income Taxes shown as due on such Tax Return (for the absence of doubt, without regard to any estimated, installment, or other advance payments or minimum tax credits) pursuant to Section 2.03(a) (or if ConocoPhillips is neither responsible for State Income Taxes shown as due on such Tax Return nor entitled to any Tax Benefit with respect to such Tax Return) (for this purpose, determined without regard to Section 5.02(b)(ii)(A)), (x) ConocoPhillips shall pay Phillips 66 an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the amount of such State Income Taxes for which ConocoPhillips is responsible, if any, over such Accrued ConocoPhillips State Income Tax Liability and (y) Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips an amount equal to the excess, if any, of such Accrued ConocoPhillips State Income Tax Liability over the amount of such State Income Taxes for which ConocoPhillips is responsible, if any; and (2) if ConocoPhillips is entitled to any Tax Benefit with respect to such Tax Return pursuant to this Agreement, Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips an amount equal to the sum of such Tax Benefit to which ConocoPhillips is entitled and the amount of any such Accrued ConocoPhillips State Income Tax Liability; and

(II) In the case of any Accrued ConocoPhillips State Income Tax Asset with respect to such Tax Return, (1) if ConocoPhillips is entitled to any Tax Benefit with respect to such Tax Return pursuant to this Agreement (or if ConocoPhillips is neither entitled to any Tax Benefit with respect to such Tax

 

30


Return nor responsible for any State Income Taxes shown as due on such Tax Return) (for the absence of doubt, without regard to any estimated, installment, or other advance payments or minimum tax credit) (for this purpose, determined without regard to Section 5.02(b)(ii)(A)), (x) Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the amount of such Tax Benefit to which ConocoPhillips is entitled, if any, over such Accrued ConocoPhillips State Income Tax Asset; and (y) ConocoPhillips shall pay Phillips 66 an amount equal to the excess, if any, of such Accrued ConocoPhillips State Income Tax Asset over the amount of any such Tax Benefit, if any; and (2) if ConocoPhillips is responsible for State Income Taxes shown as due on such Tax Return (for the absence of doubt, without regard to any estimated, installment, minimum tax credits or other advance payments) pursuant to Section 2.03(a) (for this purpose, determined without regard to Section 5.02(b)(ii)(A)), ConocoPhillips shall pay Phillips 66 an amount equal to the sum of the amount of such State Income Taxes for which ConocoPhillips is responsible and the amount of such Accrued ConocoPhillips State Income Tax Asset.

(c) Phillips 66 Minimum Tax Credits Payment. Within 120 days after the date on which the ConocoPhillips Federal Consolidated Income Tax Return for the Straddle Period is filed, Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips any amount for which Phillips 66 is responsible pursuant to Section 2.07(c).

(d) Taxes Resulting from Adjustment . In the case of any adjustment pursuant to a Final Determination with respect to such Tax Return, (A) in the case of any such Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, ConocoPhillips shall pay (or cause to be paid) to the applicable Tax Authority when due any additional Tax due with respect to such Tax Return required to be paid as a result of such adjustment; and (B) in the case of any such Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the Phillips 66 Group, Phillips 66 shall pay (or cause to be paid) to the applicable Tax Authority when due any additional Tax due with respect to such Tax Return as a result of such adjustment.

(e) Return-to-Adjustment Payments . In the case of any adjustment pursuant to a Final Determination with respect to such Tax Return, within 30 days following the later of (x) the date any additional Federal Income Tax or State Income Tax, as applicable, was paid by ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66, as applicable, with respect to such Tax Return as a result of such adjustment (or any Tax Benefit was actually reduced in cash or Tax Benefit is actually received in cash) or (y) the date of receipt of a written notice and demand from ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66, as applicable, following such Final Determination for payment of the amount due:

(i) In the case of any such Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, (A) Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips (x) any Federal Income Tax or State Income Tax, as applicable, due with respect to such Tax Return or any reduction in any Tax Benefit for which Phillips 66 is responsible pursuant to Section 2.02(a) or 2.03(a) as a result of such adjustment and (y) any amount required to be paid by Phillips 66 to ConocoPhillips pursuant to Section 2.07 with respect to such Tax Return as a result of such adjustment; and (B) ConocoPhillips

 

31


shall pay Phillips 66 (x) any reduction in any Tax Benefit for which ConocoPhillips is responsible pursuant to Section 2.02(a) or 2.03(a) and to which Phillips 66 is entitled pursuant to Section 2.02(a) or 2.03(a) as a result of such adjustment and (y) any amount required to be paid by ConocoPhillips to Phillips 66 pursuant to Section 2.07 with respect to such Tax Return as a result of such adjustment; and

(ii) In the case of any such Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the Phillips 66 Group, (A) ConocoPhillips shall pay Phillips 66 (x) any State Income Tax due with respect to such Tax Return or any reduction in any Tax Benefit for which ConocoPhillips is responsible pursuant to Section 2.03(a) as a result of such adjustment and (y) any amount required to be paid by ConocoPhillips to Phillips 66 pursuant to Section 2.07 with respect to such Tax Return as a result of such adjustment; and (B) Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips (x) any reduction in any Tax Benefit for which Phillips 66 is responsible pursuant to Section 2.03(a) and to which ConocoPhillips is entitled pursuant to Section 2.03(a) as a result of such adjustment and (y) any amount required to be paid by Phillips 66 to ConocoPhillips pursuant to Section 2.07 with respect to such Tax Return as a result of such adjustment.

Section 5.03 Other Taxes . In the case of any Tax Return with respect to Other Taxes for the Pre-Distribution Period or Straddle Period (including, for the absence of doubt, amended Tax Returns):

(a) Taxes Shown as Due on Tax Return. The Responsible Company shall compute the amount of Tax required to be paid to the applicable Tax Authority (taking into account the requirements of Section 4.04) with respect to such Tax Return in respect of a Payment Date. In the case of any such Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, ConocoPhillips shall pay (or cause to be paid) such amount to such Tax Authority on or before such Payment Date (and provide notice and proof of payment to Phillips 66) and, in the case of any such Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the Phillips 66 Group, Phillips 66 shall pay (or cause to be paid) such amount to such Tax Authority on or before such Payment Date (and provide notice and proof of payment to ConocoPhillips).

(b) Accrual-to-Return Payment.

(i) Tax Returns Filed by ConocoPhillips Group Member. In the case of any such Tax Return for any Pre-Distribution Tax Period that ends during 2011 or 2012 or any Straddle Period filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group:

(A) Phillips 66 shall be deemed to have paid ConocoPhillips on the Distribution Date an amount equal to any liability for cash Other Taxes with respect to such Tax Return to the extent such Other Taxes have been Accrued and allocated to the Phillips 66 Business (including any member of the Phillips 66 Group) as of the Distribution Date (which accruals and allocations, for the absence of doubt, may be computed after the Distribution Date as of the Distribution Date and which shall be recomputed as of the Distribution Date to take account of any Tax Return that is filed in respect of such Taxes) (with respect to such Other Taxes, the “ Accrued Phillips 66 Other Tax Liability ”).

 

32


(B) Subject to Section 5.03(e), within 120 days following the earlier of (y) the due date (including extensions) for filing such Tax Return, or (z) the date on which such Tax Return is filed, (x) Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the amount of Other Taxes shown as due on such Tax Return for which Phillips 66 is responsible (for the absence of doubt, without regard to any estimated, installment or other advance payments) pursuant to Section 2.02(c)(i), Section 2.03(c)(i), and Section 2.04(c)(i) (for this purpose, determined without regard to Section 5.03(b)(i)(A)) over any Accrued Phillips 66 Other Tax Liability with respect to such Tax Return, and (y) ConocoPhillips shall pay Phillips 66 an amount equal to the excess, if any, of any Accrued Phillips 66 Other Tax Liability with respect to such Tax Return over the amount of such Other Taxes for which Phillips 66 is responsible.

(ii) Tax Returns Filed by Phillips 66 Group Member. In the case of any such Tax Return for any Pre-Distribution Tax Period that ends during 2011 or 2012 or any Straddle Period filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the Phillips 66 Group:

(A) ConocoPhillips shall be deemed to have paid Phillips 66 on the Distribution Date an amount equal to any liability for cash Other Taxes with respect to such Tax Return to the extent such Other Taxes have been Accrued and allocated to the ConocoPhillips Business (including any member of the ConocoPhillips Group) as of the Distribution Date (which accruals and allocations, for the absence of doubt, may be computed after the Distribution Date as of the Distribution Date and which shall be recomputed as of the Distribution Date to take account of any Tax Return that is filed in respect of such Taxes) (with respect to such Other Taxes, the “ Accrued ConocoPhillips Other Tax Liability”) .

(B) Subject to Section 5.03(e), within 120 days following the earlier of (y) the due date (including extensions) for filing such Tax Return, or (z) the date on which such Tax Return is filed, (x) ConocoPhillips shall pay Phillips 66 an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the amount of Other Taxes shown as due on such Tax Return for which ConocoPhillips is responsible (for the absence of doubt, without regard to any estimated, installment or other advance payments) pursuant to Section 2.02(c)(i), Section 2.03(c)(i), and Section 2.04(c)(i) (for this purpose, determined without regard to Section 5.03(b)(ii)(A)) over any Accrued ConocoPhillips Other Tax Liability with respect to such Tax Return, and (y) Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips an amount equal to the excess, if any, of any Accrued ConocoPhillips Other Tax Liability with respect to such Tax Return over the amount of such Other Taxes for which ConocoPhillips is responsible.

(c) Taxes Resulting from Adjustment. In the case of any adjustment pursuant to a Final Determination with respect to any such Tax Return for any Pre-Distribution Periods or any Straddle Periods, (A) in the case of any such Tax Return filed or required to be filed under

 

33


applicable Tax Law by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, ConocoPhillips shall pay (or cause to be paid) when due any additional Other Tax required to be paid with respect to such Tax Return as a result of such adjustment; and (B) in the case of any such Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the Phillips 66 Group, Phillips 66 shall pay (or cause to be paid) when due any additional Other Tax required to be paid with respect to such Tax Return as a result of such adjustment.

(d) Return-to-Adjustment Payments . Subject to Section 5.03(e), in the case of any adjustment pursuant to a Final Determination with respect to such Tax Return for any Pre-Distribution Periods or any Straddle Periods, within 30 days following the later of (i) the date any Other Taxes were paid by ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.03(c) with respect to such Tax Return as a result of such adjustment or (ii) the date of receipt of a written notice and demand from ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66, as applicable, following such Final Determination for payment of the amount due:

(i) In the case of any such Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, (A) Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips (x) any Other Taxes due with respect to such Tax Return for which Phillips 66 is responsible pursuant to Section 2.02(c)(i), Section 2.03(c)(i), and Section 2.04(c)(i) as a result of such adjustment and (y) any amount required to be paid by Phillips 66 to ConocoPhillips pursuant to Section 2.07(a) with respect to such Tax Return as a result of such adjustment; and (B) ConocoPhillips shall pay Phillips 66 any amount required to be paid by ConocoPhillips to Phillips 66 pursuant to Section 2.07(a) as a result of such adjustment; and

(ii) In the case of any such Tax Return filed or required to be filed under applicable Tax Law by any member of the Phillips 66 Group, (A) ConocoPhillips shall pay Phillips 66 (x) any Other Taxes due with respect to such Tax Return for which ConocoPhillips is responsible pursuant to Section 2.02(c)(i), Section 2.03(c)(i), and Section 2.04(c)(i) as a result of such adjustment and (y) any amount required to be paid by ConocoPhillips to Phillips 66 pursuant to Section 2.07(a) with respect to such Tax Return as a result of such adjustment; and (B) Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips any amount required to be paid by Phillips 66 to ConocoPhillips pursuant to Section 2.07(a) as a result of such adjustment.

(e) De Minimis Threshold for Other Taxes . Notwithstanding Section 2.02(c), Section 2.03(c), Section 5.03(b) (except with respect to Foreign Other Taxes), and Section 5.03(d) (except with respect to Foreign Other Taxes) and except with respect to any amended Tax Return, in no event shall ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66, as applicable, be liable to pay Phillips 66 or ConocoPhillips, as applicable, any amount with respect to Other Taxes (other than Foreign Other Taxes) pursuant to Section 5.03(b) or Section 5.03(d) unless the amount of such payment otherwise required to be made pursuant to Section 5.03(b) with respect to the relevant Tax Return (other than any amended Tax Return) or Section 5.03(d) with respect to the relevant adjustment, as applicable (in each case, for the absence of doubt, without regard to this Section 5.03(e)), exceeds $100,000. For the absence of doubt, (i) the foregoing limitation shall apply on a per Tax Return basis (in the case of any payment otherwise required to be made pursuant to Section 5.03(b)) or on a per adjustment basis (in the case of any payment otherwise required to be made pursuant to Section 5.03(d)) and (ii) ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66, as applicable, shall be liable for the full amount of any payment to which the foregoing limitation does not apply.

 

34


Section 5.04 Certain Separate Return Income Taxes and Property Taxes . In the case of any (x) Income Taxes with respect to a Separate Return (other than State Separate Income Tax Returns for Pre-Distribution Periods or Straddle Periods); and (y) Property Taxes or any refunds of such Taxes:

(a) Taxes Due. Each Company shall pay, or shall cause to be paid, to the applicable Tax Authority when due (i) except as set forth in Section 5.04(c), all Income Taxes with respect to such Separate Return; and (ii) all Property Taxes, in each case for which such Company is responsible pursuant to Section 2.

(b) Refunds. If a Company or any member of such Company’s Group receives a refund of (i) Income Taxes with respect to such Separate Return; or (ii) Property Taxes, in each case to which the other Company is entitled pursuant to Section 2.07, such Company shall pay over such refund to the other Company within 30 days following the receipt of such refund.

(c) Section 2.02(a)(iii) Taxes . In the case of any ConocoPhillips Federal Income Tax Return (including, for the absence of doubt, an amended Tax Return) for a Post-Distribution Period (other than any Straddle Period), within 120 days following the earlier of (y) the due date (including extensions) for filing such Tax Return or (z) the date on which such Tax Return is filed, Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips the amount for which Phillips 66 is responsible under Section 2.02(a)(iii) with respect to such Tax Return. In the case of any adjustment pursuant to a Final Determination with respect to such Tax Return, within 30 days following the later of (i) the date any additional Federal Income Tax was paid by ConocoPhillips with respect to such Tax Return as a result of such adjustment (or any Tax Benefit was actually reduced in cash) or (ii) the date of receipt of a written notice and demand from ConocoPhillips following such Final Determination for payment of the amount due, Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips the amount for which Phillips 66 is responsible pursuant to Section 2.02(a)(iii) as a result of such adjustment.

Section 5.05 Tax-Related Losses . Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips the amount of any Tax-Related Losses for which Phillips 66 is responsible under Section 6.04:

(a) In the case of Tax-Related Losses described in clause (a) of the definition of “Tax-Related Losses,” no later than two Business Days prior to the date COP files, or causes to be filed, the applicable Tax Return for the year of the Internal Contribution, Internal Distribution, Contribution or Distribution, as applicable ( provided that if such Tax-Related Losses arise pursuant to a Final Determination described in clause (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Final Determination,” then Phillips 66 shall pay ConocoPhillips no later than two Business Days after the date of such Final Determination); and

(b) In the case of Tax-Related Losses described in clause (b) or (c) of the definition of “Tax-Related Losses,” no later than two Business Days after the date ConocoPhillips pays such Tax-Related Losses.

 

35


Section 5.06 Treatment of Payments; Tax Gross Up .

(a) Treatment of Payments. In the absence of any change in Tax treatment under the Code or other applicable Tax Law and except as provided in Section 5.06(b), any payments made by a Company under this Agreement shall be reported for Tax purposes by the payor and the recipient as distributions or capital contributions, as appropriate, occurring immediately before the Distribution (but only to the extent that the payment does not relate to a Tax allocated to the payor in accordance with Section 1552 of the Code or the regulations thereunder or Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-33(d) (or under corresponding principles of other applicable Tax Laws)) or as payments of an assumed or retained liability.

(b) Treatment of Interest Payments Under This Agreement. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent one Company (the “ Indemnitor ”) makes a payment of interest to another Company (the “ Indemnitee ”) under this Agreement with respect to the period from the date that the Indemnitee made a payment of a Tax to a Tax Authority to the date that the Indemnitor reimbursed the Indemnitee for such Tax payment, the interest payment shall be treated as interest expense to the Indemnitor (deductible to the extent provided by Law) and as interest income by the Indemnitee (includible in income to the extent provided by Law). The amount of the payment shall not be adjusted to take into account any associated Tax Benefit to the Indemnitor or increase in Tax to the Indemnitee.

(c) Tax Gross Up. If (i) notwithstanding the manner in which any payment under this Agreement is reported, there is an adjustment to the Tax liability of a Company as a result of its receipt of a payment pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) any deduction or withholding is required by Law to be made from any payment (other than an interest payment) under this Agreement, such payment shall be appropriately adjusted so that the amount of such payment, reduced by the amount of all Income Taxes payable with respect to the receipt thereof or the amount of all deduction or withholding required by Law with respect to such payment, as applicable (in each case, taking into account all correlative Tax Benefits resulting from the payment of such Income Taxes), shall equal the amount of the payment which the Company receiving such payment would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 5.07 Late Payments . Any amount owed by one party to another party under this Agreement which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the Prime Rate plus five percent, compounded semiannually, from the due date of the payment to the date paid. To the extent interest required to be paid under this Section 5.07 duplicates interest required to be paid under any other provision of this Agreement, interest shall be computed at the higher of the interest rate provided under this Section 5.07 or the interest rate provided under such other provision.

Section 6. Tax-Free Status .

Section 6.01 Tax Opinions/Rulings and Representation Letters .

(a) Each of Phillips 66 and ConocoPhillips hereby represents and agrees that (i) it has or will read the Representation Letters deliverable to Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz in connection

 

36


with the rendering of the Tax Opinion prior to the date submitted and has or will read the Representation Letters (including the Ruling Request) delivered to the IRS in connection with obtaining the Ruling prior to the date of this Agreement and (ii) subject to any qualifications therein, all information contained in such Representation Letters and Rulings that concerns or relates to such Company or any member of its Group will be true, correct and complete.

(b) Phillips 66, Phillips 66 Company, ConocoPhillips, and ConocoPhillips Company acknowledge that the Tax Opinions/Rulings and the Representation Letters may not yet have been obtained or submitted. Phillips 66, Phillips 66 Company, ConocoPhillips, and ConocoPhillips Company shall use their commercially reasonable efforts and shall cooperate in good faith to finalize the Representation Letters for the Distribution as soon as possible hereafter and to cause the same to be submitted to the Tax Advisors, the IRS or such other governmental authorities as ConocoPhillips shall deem necessary or desirable and shall take such other commercially reasonable actions as may be necessary or desirable to obtain the Tax Opinions/Rulings in order to confirm the Tax-Free Status.

Section 6.02 Restrictions on Phillips 66 and Phillips 66 Company .

(a) Phillips 66 and Phillips 66 Company agree that they will not take or fail to take, or permit any Phillips 66 Affiliate or Phillips 66 Company Affiliate, as applicable, to take or fail to take, any action where such action or failure to act would be inconsistent with or cause to be untrue any material, information, covenant or representation in any Representation Letters or Tax Opinions/Rulings. Phillips 66 and Phillips 66 Company agree that they will not take or fail to take, or permit any Phillips 66 Affiliate or Phillips 66 Company Affiliate, as applicable, to take or fail to take, any action which prevents or could reasonably be expected to prevent (i) the Tax-Free Status, or (ii) any transaction contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement which is intended by the parties to be tax-free (including, but not limited to, those transactions which the IRS has ruled qualify for tax-free treatment in the Ruling) from so qualifying, including, (x) in the case of Phillips 66, issuing any Phillips 66 Capital Stock that would prevent the Distribution from qualifying as a tax-free distribution within the meaning of Section 355 of the Code; and (y) in the case of Phillips 66 Company, issuing any Phillips 66 Company Capital Stock that would prevent the Internal Distribution from qualifying as a tax-free distribution within the meaning of Section 355 of the Code.

(b) Pre-Distribution Period. During the period from the date hereof until the completion of the Distribution, Phillips 66 and Phillips 66 Company shall not take any action (including, in the case of Phillips 66, the issuance of Phillips 66 Capital Stock) or permit any Phillips 66 Affiliate or Phillips 66 Company Affiliate directly or indirectly controlled by Phillips 66 or Phillips 66 Company, as applicable, to take any action if, as a result of taking such action, (i) Phillips 66 could have a number of shares of Phillips 66 Capital Stock (computed on a fully diluted basis or otherwise) issued and outstanding, including by way of the exercise of stock options (whether or not such stock options are currently exercisable) or the issuance of restricted stock, that could cause ConocoPhillips to cease to have Tax Control of Phillips 66; or (ii) Phillips 66 Company could have a number of shares of Phillips 66 Company Capital Stock (computed on a fully diluted basis or otherwise) issued and outstanding, including by way of the exercise of stock options (whether or not such stock options are currently exercisable) or the issuance of restricted stock, that could cause ConocoPhillips Company to cease to have Tax Control of Phillips 66 Company.

 

37


(c) Each of Phillips 66 and Phillips 66 Company agrees that, from the date hereof until the first day after the two-year anniversary of the Distribution Date, it will (i) maintain its status as a company engaged in the Active Trade or Business for purposes of Section 355(b)(2) of the Code and (ii) not engage in any transaction that would result in it ceasing to be a company engaged in the Active Trade or Business for purposes of Section 355(b)(2) of the Code, in each case, taking into account Section 355(b)(3) of the Code.

(d) Phillips 66 agrees that, from the date hereof until the first day after the two-year anniversary of the Distribution Date, it will not (i) enter into any Proposed Acquisition Transaction or, to the extent Phillips 66 has the right to prohibit any Proposed Acquisition Transaction, permit any Proposed Acquisition Transaction to occur (whether by (A) redeeming rights under a shareholder rights plan, (B) finding a tender offer to be a “permitted offer” under any such plan or otherwise causing any such plan to be inapplicable or neutralized with respect to any Proposed Acquisition Transaction, or (C) approving any Proposed Acquisition Transaction, whether for purposes of Section 203 of the DGCL or any similar corporate statute, any “fair price” or other provision of Phillips 66’s charter or bylaws or otherwise), (ii) merge or consolidate with any other Person or liquidate or partially liquidate or cause or permit Phillips 66 Company to merge or consolidate with any other Person or liquidate or partially liquidate, (iii) in a single transaction or series of transactions sell or transfer (other than sales or transfers of inventory in the ordinary course of business) all or substantially all of the assets that were transferred to Phillips 66 as part of the Contribution or to Phillips 66 Company as part of the Internal Contribution or sell or transfer (or cause or permit to be transferred) 60% or more of the gross assets of the Active Trade or Business or 60% or more of the consolidated gross assets of Phillips 66 and its Affiliates (such percentages to be measured based on fair market value as of the Distribution Date) or sell or transfer any of the shares of Phillips 66 Company, (iv) redeem or otherwise repurchase (directly or through a Phillips 66 Affiliate) any Phillips 66 stock, or rights to acquire stock, except to the extent such repurchases satisfy Section 4.05(1)(b) of Revenue Procedure 96-30 (as in effect prior to the amendment of such Revenue Procedure by Revenue Procedure 2003-48), (v) amend its certificate of incorporation (or other organizational documents), or take any other action, whether through a stockholder vote or otherwise, affecting the voting rights of Phillips 66 Capital Stock (including, without limitation, through the conversion of one class of Phillips 66 Capital Stock into another class of Phillips 66 Capital Stock) or (vi) take any other action or actions (including any action or transaction that would be reasonably likely to be inconsistent with any representation made in the Representation Letters or the Tax Opinions/Rulings) which in the aggregate (and taking into account any other transactions described in this subparagraph (d)) would be reasonably likely to have the effect of causing or permitting one or more persons (whether or not acting in concert) to acquire directly or indirectly stock representing a Fifty-Percent or Greater Interest in Phillips 66 or Phillips 66 Company or otherwise jeopardize the Tax-Free Status, unless prior to taking any such action set forth in the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi), (x) Phillips 66 shall have requested that ConocoPhillips obtain a Ruling in accordance with Section 6.03(b) and (d) of this Agreement to the effect that such transaction will not affect the Tax-Free Status and ConocoPhillips shall have received such a Ruling in form and substance satisfactory to ConocoPhillips in its sole and absolute discretion, which discretion shall be exercised in good faith solely to preserve the Tax-

 

38


Free Status (and in determining whether a Ruling is satisfactory, ConocoPhillips may consider, among other factors, the appropriateness of any underlying assumptions and management’s representations made in connection with such Ruling), (y) Phillips 66 shall provide ConocoPhillips with an Unqualified Tax Opinion in form and substance satisfactory to ConocoPhillips in its sole and absolute discretion, which discretion shall be exercised in good faith solely to preserve the Tax-Free Status (and in determining whether an opinion is satisfactory, ConocoPhillips may consider, among other factors, the appropriateness of any underlying assumptions and management’s representations if used as a basis for the opinion and ConocoPhillips may determine that no opinion would be acceptable to ConocoPhillips) or (z) ConocoPhillips shall have waived the requirement to obtain such Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion.

(e) Certain Issuances of Phillips 66 Capital Stock . If Phillips 66 proposes to enter into any Section 6.02(e) Acquisition Transaction or, to the extent Phillips 66 has the right to prohibit any Section 6.02(e) Acquisition Transaction, proposes to permit any Section 6.02(e) Acquisition Transaction to occur, in each case, during the period from the date hereof until the first day after the two-year anniversary of the Distribution Date, Phillips 66 shall provide ConocoPhillips, no later than ten days following the signing of any written agreement with respect to the Section 6.02(e) Acquisition Transaction, with a written description of such transaction (including the type and amount of Phillips 66 Capital Stock to be issued in such transaction) and a certificate of the Board of Directors of Phillips 66 to the effect that the Section 6.02(e) Acquisition Transaction is not a Proposed Acquisition Transaction or any other transaction to which the requirements of Section 6.02(d) apply (a “ Board Certificate ”).

(f) Phillips 66 Restructuring. Phillips 66 and Phillips 66 Company shall not engage in, cause or permit any internal restructuring (including by making or revoking any election under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3) involving Phillips 66 or Phillips 66 Company and/or any of their subsidiaries or any contribution, sale or other transfer of any of the assets directly or indirectly transferred to Phillips 66 as part of the Contribution, transferred to Phillips 66 Company as part of the Internal Contribution, or otherwise transferred to Phillips 66 or Phillips 66 Company, as applicable, or any of their subsidiaries in connection with the Transaction (any such action, a “ Phillips 66 Restructuring ”) during or with respect to any Tax Period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to 6 months following the Distribution Date without obtaining the prior written consent of ConocoPhillips (such prior written consent not to be unreasonably withheld). Phillips 66 or Phillips 66 Company, as applicable, shall provide written notice to ConocoPhillips describing any Phillips 66 Restructuring proposed to be taken during or with respect to any Tax Period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to 6 months following the Distribution Date and shall consult with ConocoPhillips regarding any such proposed actions.

(g) Distributions by Foreign Phillips 66 Subsidiaries. Until January 1 st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Distribution occurs, Phillips 66 shall neither cause nor permit any foreign subsidiary of Phillips 66 to enter into any transaction or take any action that would be considered under the Code to constitute the declaration or payment of a dividend (including pursuant to Section 304 of the Code) without obtaining the prior written consent of ConocoPhillips (such prior written consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

39


Section 6.03 Procedures Regarding Opinions and Rulings .

(a) If Phillips 66 notifies ConocoPhillips that it desires to take one of the actions described in clauses (i) through (vi) of Section 6.02(d) (a “ Notified Action ”), ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 shall reasonably cooperate to attempt to obtain the Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion referred to in Section 6.02(d), unless ConocoPhillips shall have waived the requirement to obtain such Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion.

(b) Rulings or Unqualified Tax Opinions at Phillips 66’s Request. ConocoPhillips agrees that at the reasonable request of Phillips 66 pursuant to Section 6.02(d), ConocoPhillips shall cooperate with Phillips 66 and use its reasonable best efforts to seek to obtain, as expeditiously as possible, a Ruling from the IRS or an Unqualified Tax Opinion for the purpose of permitting Phillips 66 to take the Notified Action. Further, in no event shall ConocoPhillips be required to file any Ruling Request under this Section 6.03(b) unless Phillips 66 represents that (i) it has read the Ruling Request, and (ii) all information and representations, if any, relating to any member of the Phillips 66 Group, contained in the Ruling Request documents are (subject to any qualifications therein) true, correct and complete. Phillips 66 shall reimburse ConocoPhillips for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the ConocoPhillips Group in obtaining a Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion requested by Phillips 66 within ten Business Days after receiving an invoice from ConocoPhillips therefor.

(c) Rulings or Unqualified Tax Opinions at ConocoPhillips’ Request . ConocoPhillips shall have the right to obtain a Ruling or an Unqualified Tax Opinion at any time in its sole and absolute discretion. If ConocoPhillips determines to obtain a Ruling or an Unqualified Tax Opinion, Phillips 66 shall (and shall cause each Affiliate of Phillips 66 to) cooperate with ConocoPhillips and take any and all actions reasonably requested by ConocoPhillips in connection with obtaining the Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion (including, without limitation, by making any representation or covenant or providing any materials or information requested by the IRS or Tax Advisor; provided that Phillips 66 shall not be required to make (or cause any Affiliate of Phillips 66 to make) any representation or covenant that is inconsistent with historical facts or as to future matters or events over which it has no control). ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 shall each bear its own costs and expenses in obtaining a Ruling or an Unqualified Tax Opinion requested by ConocoPhillips.

(d) Phillips 66 hereby agrees that ConocoPhillips shall have sole and exclusive control over the process of obtaining any Ruling, and that only ConocoPhillips shall apply for a Ruling. In connection with obtaining a Ruling pursuant to Section 6.03(b), (i) ConocoPhillips shall keep Phillips 66 informed in a timely manner of all material actions taken or proposed to be taken by ConocoPhillips in connection therewith; (ii) ConocoPhillips shall (A) reasonably in advance of the submission of any Ruling Request documents provide Phillips 66 with a draft copy thereof, (B) reasonably consider Phillips 66’s comments on such draft copy, and (C) provide Phillips 66 with a final copy; and (iii) ConocoPhillips shall provide Phillips 66 with notice reasonably in advance of, and Phillips 66 shall have the right to attend, any formally scheduled meetings with the IRS (subject to the approval of the IRS) that relate to such Ruling. Neither Phillips 66 nor any Phillips 66 Affiliate directly or indirectly controlled by Phillips 66 shall seek any guidance from the IRS or any other Tax Authority (whether written, verbal or otherwise) at any time concerning the Contribution, the Distribution, the Internal Contribution, the Internal Distribution (including the impact of any transaction on the Contribution, the Distribution, the Internal Contribution or the Internal Distribution) or any transaction referred to in Section 6.02(a)(ii).

 

40


Section 6.04 Liability for Tax-Related Losses .

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Indemnification and Release Agreement, or any other Ancillary Agreement to the contrary, subject to Section 6.04(b), Phillips 66 shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips Company, each of their Affiliates and each of their respective officers, directors and employees from and against, one hundred percent (100%) of any Tax-Related Losses that are attributable to or result from any one or more of the following: (i) the acquisition (other than pursuant to the Internal Contribution, the Internal Distribution, the Contribution, or the Distribution) of all or a portion of the stock and/or assets of Phillips 66 and/or its subsidiaries by any means whatsoever by any Person, (ii) any negotiations, understandings, agreements or arrangements by Phillips 66 with respect to transactions or events (including, without limitation, stock issuances, pursuant to the exercise of stock options or otherwise, option grants, capital contributions or acquisitions, or a series of such transactions or events) that cause the Internal Distribution or the Distribution to be treated as part of a plan pursuant to which one or more Persons acquire directly or indirectly stock of Phillips 66 Company or Phillips 66, as applicable, representing a Fifty-Percent or Greater Interest therein, (iii) any action or failure to act by Phillips 66 after the Distribution (including, without limitation, any amendment to Phillips 66’s certificate of incorporation (or other organizational documents), whether through a stockholder vote or otherwise) affecting the voting rights of Phillips 66 stock or Phillips 66 Company stock (including, without limitation, through the conversion of one class of Phillips 66 Capital Stock or Phillips 66 Company Capital Stock, respectively, into another class of Phillips 66 Capital Stock or Phillips 66 Company Capital Stock, respectively), (iv) any act or failure to act by Phillips 66, Phillips 66 Company, or any Phillips 66 Affiliate described in Section 6.02 (regardless whether such act or failure to act is covered by a Ruling, Unqualified Tax Opinion or waiver described in clause (x), (y) or (z) of Section 6.02(d), a Board Certificate described in Section 6.02(e) or a consent described in Section 6.02(f) or (g)) or (v) any breach by Phillips 66 of its agreement and representation set forth in Section 6.01(a).

(b) For purposes of calculating the amount and timing of any Tax-Related Loss for which Phillips 66 is responsible under this Section 6.04, Tax-Related Losses shall be calculated by assuming that ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips Company, the ConocoPhillips Affiliated Group and each member of the ConocoPhillips Group (I) pay Tax at the highest marginal corporate Tax rates in effect in each relevant taxable year and (II) have no Tax Attributes in any relevant taxable year.

 

41


Section 7. Assistance and Cooperation .

Section 7.01 Assistance and Cooperation .

(a) General . Each of the Companies shall cooperate (and cause its respective Affiliates to cooperate) with the other Company and with the other Company’s agents, representatives or advisors, including accounting firms and legal counsel, in connection with Tax matters relating to the Companies and their Affiliates including (i) preparation and filing of Tax Returns, (ii) determining the liability for and amount of any Taxes due (including estimated Taxes) or the right to and amount of any refund of Taxes, (iii) determining any amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Agreement, (iv) examinations of Tax Returns, and (v) any administrative or judicial proceeding in respect of Taxes assessed or proposed to be assessed or claims for refunds. Such cooperation shall include, without limitation, (x) preparing Tax Packages and providing information and documents as provided in Section 7.02, (y) making all information and documents in their possession relating to the other Company and its Affiliates available to such other Company as provided in Section 8, and (z) making available to the other Company, as reasonably requested and available, personnel (including officers, directors, employees and agents of the Companies or their respective Affiliates) responsible for preparing, maintaining, and interpreting information and documents relevant to Taxes, and personnel reasonably required as witnesses or for purposes of providing information or documents in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to Taxes. In the event that a member of the ConocoPhillips Group, on the one hand, or a member of the Phillips 66 Group, on the other hand, suffers a Tax detriment as a result of a Transfer Pricing Adjustment, the Companies shall cooperate pursuant to this Section 7 to seek any competent authority relief that may be available with respect to such Transfer Pricing Adjustment.

(b) Confidentiality . Any information or documents provided under this Section 7 shall be kept confidential by the Company receiving the information or documents, except as may otherwise be necessary in connection with the filing of Tax Returns or in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to Taxes. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other agreement, (i) neither ConocoPhillips nor any ConocoPhillips Affiliate shall be required to provide Phillips 66 or any Phillips 66 Affiliate or any other Person access to or copies of any information or procedures (including the proceedings of any Tax Contest) other than information or procedures that relate solely to Phillips 66, the business or assets of Phillips 66 or any Phillips 66 Affiliate and (ii) in no event shall ConocoPhillips or any ConocoPhillips Affiliate be required to provide Phillips 66, any Phillips 66 Affiliate or any other Person access to or copies of any information if such action could reasonably be expected to result in the waiver of any Privilege. In addition, in the event that ConocoPhillips determines that the provision of any information to Phillips 66 or any Phillips 66 Affiliate could be commercially detrimental, violate any Law or agreement or waive any Privilege, the parties shall use reasonable best efforts to permit compliance with their respective obligations under this Section 7 in a manner that avoids any such harm or consequence.

Section 7.02 Tax Packages and Other Tax Return Information .

 

42


(a) General . Phillips 66, Phillips 66 Company, ConocoPhillips, and ConocoPhillips Company acknowledge that time is of the essence in relation to any request for information, assistance or cooperation made by ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66 pursuant to Section 7.01 or this Section 7.02. Phillips 66, Phillips 66 Company, ConocoPhillips, and ConocoPhillips Company acknowledge that failure to conform to the deadlines set forth herein or reasonable deadlines otherwise set by ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66 could cause irreparable harm.

(b) Tax Packages. Phillips 66 (if ConocoPhillips is the Responsible Company with respect to the applicable Tax Returns) or ConocoPhillips (if Phillips 66 is the Responsible Company with respect to the applicable Tax Returns) shall provide to the Responsible Company a package containing information and documents relating to its Group required by the Responsible Company to prepare and file the applicable Tax Returns (“ Tax Packages ”). Phillips 66 or ConocoPhillips, as applicable, shall provide such Tax Packages (i) containing information or documents in such form as the Responsible Company reasonably requests (or, in the absence of such request, in such form as historically provided to the Responsible Company for the purposes of preparing and filing the applicable Tax Returns) and (ii) in sufficient time for the Responsible Company to file the applicable Tax Returns on a timely basis.

Section 7.03 Reliance by ConocoPhillips . If any member of the Phillips 66 Group supplies information to a member of the ConocoPhillips Group in connection with a Tax liability and an officer of a member of the ConocoPhillips Group signs a statement or other document under penalties of perjury in reliance upon the accuracy of such information, then upon the written request of such member of the ConocoPhillips Group identifying the information being so relied upon, the chief financial officer of Phillips 66 (or any officer of Phillips 66 as designated by the chief financial officer of Phillips 66) shall certify in writing that to his or her knowledge (based upon consultation with appropriate employees) the information so supplied is accurate and complete. Each of Phillips 66 and Phillips 66 Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each member of the ConocoPhillips Group and its directors, officers and employees from and against any fine, penalty, or other cost or expense of any kind attributable to a member of the Phillips 66 Group having supplied, pursuant to this Section 7, a member of the ConocoPhillips Group with inaccurate or incomplete information in connection with a Tax liability.

Section 8. Tax Records .

Section 8.01 Retention of Tax Records . Each Company shall preserve and keep all Tax Records exclusively relating to the assets and activities of its Group for Pre-Distribution Periods, and ConocoPhillips shall preserve and keep all other Tax Records relating to Taxes of the Groups for Pre-Distribution Tax Periods, for so long as the contents thereof may become material in the administration of any matter under the Code or other applicable Tax Law, but in any event until the later of (a) the expiration of any applicable statutes of limitations, or (b) seven years after the Distribution Date (such later date, the “ Retention Date ”). After the Retention Date, each Company may dispose of such Tax Records upon 90 days’ prior written notice to the other Company. If, prior to the Retention Date, a Company reasonably determines that any Tax Records which it would otherwise be required to preserve and keep under this Section 8 are no longer material in the administration of any matter under the Code or other applicable Tax Law and the other Company agrees, then such first Company may dispose of such Tax Records upon 90 days’ prior notice to the other Company.

 

43


Any notice of an intent to dispose given pursuant to this Section 8.01 shall include a list of the Tax Records to be disposed of describing in reasonable detail each file, book, or other record accumulation being disposed. The notified Company shall have the opportunity, at its cost and expense, to copy or remove, within such 90-day period, all or any part of such Tax Records. If, at any time prior to the Retention Date, Phillips 66 or Phillips 66 Company determines to decommission or otherwise discontinue any computer program or information technology system used to access or store any Tax Records, then Phillips 66 or Phillips 66 Company may decommission or discontinue such program or system upon 90 days’ prior notice to ConocoPhillips and ConocoPhillips shall have the opportunity, at its cost and expense, to copy, within such 90-day period, all or any part of the underlying data relating to the Tax Records accessed by or stored on such program or system.

Section 8.02 Access to Tax Records . The Companies and their respective Affiliates shall make available to each other for inspection and copying during normal business hours upon reasonable notice all Tax Records (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any pertinent underlying data accessed or stored on any computer program or information technology system) in their possession and shall permit the other Company and its Affiliates, authorized agents and representatives and any representative of a Taxing Authority or other Tax auditor direct access during normal business hours upon reasonable notice to any computer program or information technology system used to access or store any Tax Records, in each case to the extent reasonably required by the other Company in connection with the preparation of Tax Returns or financial accounting statements, audits, litigation, or the resolution of items under this Agreement.

Section 9. Tax Contests .

Section 9.01 Notice . Each of the Companies shall provide prompt notice to the other Company of any written communication from a Tax Authority regarding any pending or threatened Tax audit, assessment or proceeding or other Tax Contest of which it or its Affiliate becomes aware related to Taxes for Tax Periods for which it is indemnified by the other Company hereunder. Such notice shall attach copies of the pertinent portion of any written communication from a Tax Authority and contain factual information (to the extent known) describing any asserted Tax liability in reasonable detail and shall be accompanied by copies of any notice and other documents received from any Tax Authority in respect of any such matters; provided, however , that the Indemnitor shall not be relieved of its obligations hereunder by reason of any failure by the Indemnitee to so notify except to the extent the Indemnitor was materially harmed by such failure.

Section 9.02 Control of Tax Contests .

(a) Separate Returns. In the case of any Tax Contest with respect to any Separate Return for any Pre-Distribution Period or any Straddle Period:

(i) If the Tax Contest relates exclusively to Taxes for which Phillips 66 is responsible under Section 2, Phillips 66 shall have exclusive control over such Tax Contest, except insofar as ConocoPhillips shall have exclusive control over such Tax Contest pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(ii)(B) and subject to Section 9.02(c)(i) and (d) below; and

 

44


(ii) If the Tax Contest relates (A) exclusively to Taxes for which ConocoPhillips is responsible under Section 2, (B) exclusively to Taxes for which Phillips 66 is responsible under Section 2 and ConocoPhillips determines in good faith that Phillips 66 has failed to defend diligently such Tax Contest, or (C) to Taxes for which both ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 are responsible under Section 2, ConocoPhillips shall (in the case of Tax Contests described in Section 9.02(a)(ii)(B), at ConocoPhillips’ option) have exclusive control over the Tax Contest, subject to Section 9.02(c)(i) and (d) below.

(b) Joint Returns. In the case of any Tax Contest with respect to any ConocoPhillips Federal Consolidated Income Tax Return, ConocoPhillips State Combined Income Tax Return or other Joint Return, in each case, for any Pre-Distribution Period or Straddle Period, ConocoPhillips shall have exclusive control over the Tax Contest, including exclusive authority with respect to any settlement of such Tax liability, subject to Section 9.02(c)(ii) below.

(c) Settlement Rights and Certain Other Rights.

(i) Separate Returns. In the case of any Tax Contest with respect to any Separate Return, the Controlling Party shall have the sole right to contest, litigate, compromise and settle any such Tax Contest without obtaining the prior consent of the Non-Controlling Party; provided, however , that if Phillips 66 is the Controlling Party with respect to any Tax Contest with respect to any Separate Return which Tax Contest would reasonably be expected to have an adverse impact on ConocoPhillips, Phillips 66 shall not compromise or settle such Tax Contest without obtaining the prior consent of ConocoPhillips. Unless waived by the parties in writing, in connection with any potential adjustment in such Tax Contest (x) with respect to any Separate Return as a result of which adjustment the Non-Controlling Party may reasonably be expected to become liable to make any indemnification payment (or any payment under Section 2.07) to the Controlling Party under this Agreement or (y) with respect to any Specified Separate Return: (A) the Controlling Party shall keep the Non-Controlling Party informed in a timely manner of all actions taken or proposed to be taken by the Controlling Party with respect to such potential adjustment in such Tax Contest; (B) the Controlling Party shall provide the Non-Controlling Party copies of any written materials relating to such potential adjustment in such Tax Contest received from any Tax Authority; (C) the Controlling Party shall consult with the Non-Controlling Party before submitting any written materials prepared or furnished in connection with such potential adjustment in such Tax Contest and shall offer the Non-Controlling Party a reasonable opportunity to comment before submitting any such written materials; and (D) the Controlling Party shall timely provide the Non-Controlling Party with copies of any correspondence or filings submitted to any Tax Authority or judicial authority in connection with such potential adjustment in such Tax Contest. The failure of the Controlling Party to take any action specified in the preceding sentence with respect to the Non-Controlling Party shall not relieve the Non-Controlling Party of any liability and/or obligation which it may have to the Controlling Party under this Agreement except to the extent that the Non-Controlling Party was materially harmed by such failure, and in no event shall such failure relieve the Non-Controlling Party from any other liability or obligation which it may have to the Controlling Party.

 

45


(ii) Joint Returns. In the case of any Tax Contest with respect to Joint Returns, the Controlling Party shall have the sole right to contest, litigate, compromise and settle any such Tax Contest without obtaining the prior consent of the Non-Controlling Party. Unless waived by the parties in writing, in connection with any potential adjustment in such Tax Contest as a result of which adjustment the Non-Controlling Party may reasonably be expected to become liable to make any indemnification payment (or any payment under Section 2.07) to the Controlling Party under this Agreement: (A) the Controlling Party shall keep the Non-Controlling Party informed in a timely manner of all actions taken or proposed to be taken by the Controlling Party with respect to such potential adjustment in such Tax Contest; (B) the Controlling Party shall provide the Non-Controlling Party copies of any written materials relating to such potential adjustment in such Tax Contest received from any Tax Authority; and (C) the Controlling Party shall consult with the Non-Controlling Party before submitting any written materials prepared or furnished in connection with such potential adjustment in such Tax Contest. Phillips 66 shall not be entitled to attend meetings or teleconferences with the Tax Authority in connection with any Tax Contest with respect to any Joint Returns, except that, in connection with any Special Joint Tax Contest, Phillips 66 shall be entitled to attend such portion of any meeting or teleconference as pertains to Phillips 66. The failure of the Controlling Party to take any action specified in the second preceding sentence with respect to the Non-Controlling Party shall not relieve the Non-Controlling Party of any liability and/or obligation which it may have to the Controlling Party under this Agreement except to the extent that the Non-Controlling Party was materially harmed by such failure, and in no event shall such failure relieve the Non-Controlling Party from any other liability or obligation which it may have to the Controlling Party. ConocoPhillips shall be entitled to permit Phillips 66 to conduct any portion of a Special Joint Tax Contest on such terms and conditions as ConocoPhillips shall determine in its sole discretion.

(d) Tax Contest Participation. In the case of any Tax Contest with respect to any Separate Return, unless waived by the parties in writing, the Controlling Party shall provide the Non-Controlling Party with written notice reasonably in advance of, and the Non-Controlling Party shall have the right to attend, any formally scheduled meetings with Tax Authorities or hearings or proceedings before any judicial authorities in connection with any potential adjustment in a Tax Contest pursuant to which the Non-Controlling Party may reasonably be expected to become liable to make any indemnification payment (or any payment under Section 2.07) to the Controlling Party under this Agreement or with respect to any Specified Separate Return. The failure of the Controlling Party to provide any notice specified in this Section 9.02(d) to the Non-Controlling Party shall not relieve the Non-Controlling Party of any liability and/or obligation which it may have to the Controlling Party under this Agreement except to the extent that the Non-Controlling Party was materially harmed by such failure, and in no event shall such failure relieve the Non-Controlling Party from any other liability or obligation which it may have to the Controlling Party.

 

46


(e) Power of Attorney. Each member of the Phillips 66 Group shall execute and deliver to ConocoPhillips (or such member of the ConocoPhillips Group as ConocoPhillips shall designate) any power of attorney or other similar document reasonably requested by ConocoPhillips (or such designee) in connection with any Tax Contest (as to which ConocoPhillips is the Controlling Party) described in this Section 9.

Section 10. Effective Date; Termination of Prior Intercompany Tax Allocation Agreements .

This Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof. As of the date hereof, (a) all prior intercompany Tax allocation agreements shall be terminated, and (b) amounts due under such agreements as of the date hereof shall be settled before the Distribution Date. Upon such termination and settlement, no further payments by or to ConocoPhillips, Phillips 66 or any member of their respective Group, with respect to such agreements shall be made, and all other rights and obligations resulting from such agreements between the Companies and their Affiliates shall cease at such time. The prior practice of ConocoPhillips of creating intercompany obligations in respect of Tax allocations with respect to the Phillips 66 Business shall be terminated effectively immediately prior to the Distribution on the Distribution Date, and amounts due under any such remaining intercompany obligations shall be settled in the ordinary course.

Section 11. Survival of Obligations .

The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement shall be unconditional and absolute and shall remain in effect without limitation as to time.

Section 12. Dispute Resolution .

The Companies mutually desire that friendly collaboration will continue between them. Accordingly, they will try, and they will cause their respective Group members to try, to resolve in an amicable manner all disagreements and misunderstandings relating to their respective rights and obligations under this Agreement, including any amendments hereto. In furtherance thereof, in the event of any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including the validity, interpretation, breach or termination thereof (a “ Dispute ”), the Tax departments of the Companies shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the Dispute. If such good faith negotiations do not resolve the Dispute, then the Dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article IV of the Indemnification and Release Agreement, which shall be the sole and exclusive procedures for the resolution of any such Dispute unless otherwise specified in Article IV of the Indemnification and Release Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Indemnification and Release Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement, ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 are the only members of their respective Group entitled to commence a dispute resolution procedure under this Agreement, and each of ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 will cause its respective Group members not to commence any dispute resolution procedure other than through such party as provided in this Section 12.

 

47


Section 13. Expenses.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each party and its Affiliates shall bear their own expenses incurred in connection with preparation of Tax Returns, Tax Contests, and other matters related to Taxes under the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 14. General Provisions.

Section 14.01 Addresses and Notices . Each party giving any notice required or permitted under this Agreement will give the notice in writing and use one of the following methods of delivery to the party to be notified, at the address set forth below (except that any notice involving an amount at issue less than $100,000, individually, shall be sent to the designee of the General Tax Officer of the other Company, rather than the address below) or another address of which the sending party has been notified in accordance with this Section 14.01: (a) personal delivery; (b) facsimile or telecopy transmission with a reasonable method of confirming transmission; (c) commercial overnight courier with a reasonable method of confirming delivery; (d) pre-paid, United States of America certified or registered mail, return receipt requested; or (e) electronic mail with a reasonable method of confirming receipt. Notice to a party is effective for purposes of this Agreement only if given as provided in this Section 14.01 and shall be deemed given on the date that the intended addressee actually receives the notice.

 

If to ConocoPhillips or

ConocoPhillips Company :

 

ConocoPhillips

600 North Dairy Ashford

Houston, Texas 77079

Attention: General Tax Officer

Facsimile: 281-293-2852

Email: to be provided

  

with a copy to:

 

ConocoPhillips

600 North Dairy Ashford

Houston, Texas 77079

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile: [•]

Email: to be provided

If to Phillips 66 or Phillips 66

Company :

 

Phillips 66

[ ]

Houston, Texas [ ]

Attention: General Tax Officer

Facsimile: [ ]

Email: to be provided

  

with a copy to:

 

Phillips 66

[ ]

Houston, Texas [ ]

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile: [ ]

Email: to be provided

A party may change the address for receiving notices under this Agreement by providing written notice of the change of address to the other parties.

 

48


Section 14.02 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns.

Section 14.03 Waiver . The parties may waive a provision of this Agreement only by a written waiver signed by the party intended to be bound by the waiver. A party is not prevented from enforcing any right, remedy or condition in the party’s favor because of any failure or delay in exercising any right or remedy or in requiring satisfaction of any condition, except to the extent that the party specifically waives the same in writing. A written waiver given for one matter or occasion is effective only in that instance and only for the purpose stated. A waiver once given is not to be construed as a waiver for any other matter or occasion. Any enumeration of a party’s rights and remedies in this Agreement is not intended to be exclusive, and a party’s rights and remedies are intended to be cumulative to the extent permitted by Law and include any rights and remedies authorized in Law or in equity.

Section 14.04 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement remain in full force, if the essential terms and conditions of this Agreement for each party remain valid, binding and enforceable.

Section 14.05 Authority . Each of the parties represents to the other that (a) it has the corporate or other requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, (b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action, (c) it has duly and validly executed and delivered this Agreement, and (d) this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equity principles.

Section 14.06 Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information, and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement, including the execution and delivery to the other parties and their Affiliates and representatives of such powers of attorney or other authorizing documentation as is reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with Tax Contests (or portions thereof) under the control of such other parties in accordance with Section 9.

Section 14.07 Integration . This Agreement, together with each of the exhibits and schedules appended hereto, constitutes the final agreement between the parties, and is the complete and exclusive statement of the parties’ agreement on the matters contained herein. All prior and contemporaneous negotiations and agreements between the parties with respect to the matters contained herein are superseded by this Agreement, as applicable. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Separation and Distribution Agreement, or any of the Ancillary Agreements (other than this Agreement), with respect to matters addressed herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

 

49


Section 14.08 Construction . The language in all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed according to its fair meaning and shall not be strictly construed for or against any party. The captions, titles and headings included in this Agreement are for convenience only, and do not affect this Agreement’s construction or interpretation. Unless otherwise indicated, all “Section” references in this Agreement are to sections of this Agreement.

Section 14.09 No Double Recovery . No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to provide an indemnity or other recovery for any costs, damages, or other amounts for which the damaged party has been fully compensated under any other provision of this Agreement or under any other agreement or action at Law or equity. Unless expressly required in this Agreement, a party shall not be required to exhaust all remedies available under other agreements or at Law or equity before recovering under the remedies provided in this Agreement.

Section 14.10 Counterparts . The parties may execute this Agreement in multiple counterparts, each of which constitutes an original as against the party that signed it, and all of which together constitute one agreement. This Agreement is effective upon delivery of one executed counterpart from each party to the other party. The signatures of the parties need not appear on the same counterpart. The delivery of signed counterparts by facsimile or email transmission that includes a copy of the sending party’s signature is as effective as signing and delivering the counterpart in person.

Section 14.11 Governing Law . The internal Laws of the State of Delaware (without reference to its principles of conflicts of Law) govern the construction, interpretation and other matters arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and each of the exhibits and schedules hereto and thereto (whether arising in contract, tort, equity or otherwise).

Section 14.12 Jurisdiction . If any dispute arises out of or in connection with this Agreement, except as expressly contemplated by another provision of this Agreement, the parties irrevocably (and the parties will cause each other member of their respective Group to irrevocably) (a) consent and submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of federal and state courts located in Delaware, (b) waive any objection to that choice of forum based on venue or to the effect that the forum is not convenient, and (c) WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL OR ADJUDICATION BY JURY.

Section 14.13 Amendment . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein with respect to the Schedules hereto, the parties may amend this Agreement only by a written agreement signed by each party to be bound by the amendment and that identifies itself as an amendment to this Agreement.

Section 14.14 Phillips 66 Subsidiaries . If, at any time, Phillips 66 acquires or creates one or more subsidiaries that would have been includable in the Phillips 66 Group had they been acquired or created immediately after the Distribution, they shall be subject to this Agreement and all references to the Phillips 66 Group herein shall thereafter include a reference to such subsidiaries.

 

50


Section 14.15 Successors . This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of any successor by merger, acquisition of assets, or otherwise, to any of the parties hereto (including but not limited to any successor of ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips 66, or Phillips 66 Company succeeding to the Tax attributes of either under Section 381 of the Code), to the same extent as if such successor had been an original party to this Agreement.

Section 14.16 Injunctions . The parties acknowledge that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or were otherwise breached. The parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court having jurisdiction, such remedy being in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at Law or in equity.

 

51


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer on the date first set forth above.

 

“ConocoPhillips”

 

CONOCOPHILLIPS, a Delaware corporation

   

“Phillips 66”

 

PHILLIPS 66, a Delaware corporation

By:         By:    
Name:         Name:    
Title:         Title:    
       

ConocoPhillips Company

 

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY, a Delaware corporation

   

Phillips 66 Company

 

PHILLIPS 66 COMPANY, a Delaware corporation

By:         By:    
Name:         Name:    
Title:         Title:    
       

 

52


UK TAX

SCHEDULE 2.05

Part A: UK Tax Matters

Paragraph 1. General Principle.

Save as expressly provided in this Agreement, and without prejudice to the rights and obligations contained in this Schedule, each member of the ConocoPhillips Group and each member of the Phillips 66 Group shall be responsible for discharging any UK Tax Liability that may fall on it and shall be entitled to any UK Relief arising to it, and none of the parties to this Agreement indemnifies or otherwise agrees to make payment to, or to procure the making of payment to, the other in relation thereto.

Paragraph 2. Management of Pre-Distribution UK Tax Affairs.

Paragraph 2.01 . VAT Grouping .

(a) ConocoPhillips shall procure that (if one has not already been made) an application shall be made to HM Revenue & Customs pursuant to section 43B of the Value Added Tax Act 1994 for the exclusion of each member of the Phillips 66 Group that has previously been a member of ConocoPhillips UK Topco’s VAT group from the bodies corporate treated as members of ConocoPhillips UK Topco’s VAT group and for such exclusion to take effect from the time of the Distribution or, if HM Revenue & Customs do not permit this, at the earliest date following the Distribution permitted.

(b) Phillips 66 shall contribute, or shall procure that each member of the Phillips 66 Group which was a member of ConocoPhillips UK Topco’s VAT group contributes, to the representative member of such VAT group such proportion of any VAT for which the representative member is accountable as is properly attributable to supplies, acquisitions and importations (“ supplies ”) made by each member of the Phillips 66 Group whilst a member of ConocoPhillips UK Topco’s VAT group (less such amount of deductible input tax as is properly attributable to such supplies), such contribution to be made in cleared funds on the day which is the later of 30 days after demand is made therefor, and four Business Days before the day on which the representative member is required to account for such VAT to HM Revenue & Customs. ConocoPhillips shall pay, or shall procure that there is paid, to Immingham CHP LLP (on behalf of itself and each other relevant member of the Phillips 66 Group) an amount equivalent to such proportion of any repayment of VAT received by the representative member from HM Revenue & Customs or of any credit obtained by reference to an excess of deductible input tax over output tax that is properly attributable to supplies made to and by members of the Phillips 66 Group whilst members of ConocoPhillips UK Topco’s VAT group (but excluding any part of such repayment or credit that is attributable to interest payable by HM Revenue & Customs), promptly after its receipt by, or offset against a liability of, the representative member. Phillips 66 shall provide such information as may be required to enable the representative member to make the returns and provide the information required to be provided for VAT purposes.


Paragraph 2.02 . Group Payment Arrangement.

(a) ConocoPhillips shall procure that the UK Nominated Company will, in accordance with the UK GPA, give notice to HM Revenue & Customs to the effect that all members of the Phillips 66 Group will cease from the Distribution to be members of the same group of companies as the UK Nominated Company within the meaning of section 36 of the Finance Act 1998 or section 59F of the Taxes Management Act 1970.

(b) Phillips 66 shall procure that each member of the Phillips 66 Group which was a member of the UK GPA contributes to the UK Nominated Company, within 30 days after written demand is made therefor (or, if later, four Business Days before the amount becomes due and payable to HM Revenue & Customs), an amount equal to any instalment of UK Corporation Tax which is to be or has been discharged by the UK Nominated Company on behalf of the member of the Phillips 66 Group in question pursuant to the UK GPA (including, without limitation, through payment of a balance of monies payable pursuant to the UK GPA) as certified by the UK Nominated Company (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including any amount in respect of interest payable in respect of any such instalment of UK Corporation Tax to HM Revenue & Customs), provided that no such contribution shall be made to the extent that such contribution was made prior to or at the time of the Distribution.

(c) ConocoPhillips shall:

(i) procure that the UK Nominated Company shall, to the extent that it has not made such payment prior to the Distribution, pay to HM Revenue & Customs when the relevant amount is due and payable to HM Revenue & Customs (or promptly following receipt of the contribution by the relevant member of the Phillips 66 Group in respect of the relevant amount, if such contribution is received after the date when the relevant amount is due and payable to HM Revenue & Customs) an amount equal to any amount contributed after the Distribution to the UK Nominated Company by any member of the Phillips 66 Group pursuant to the UK GPA in respect of any instalment of UK Corporation Tax;

(ii) procure that the UK Nominated Company shall (subject to paragraph (iii) below) apportion to the relevant member of the Phillips 66 Group each amount contributed before or after the Distribution to the UK Nominated Company by any member of the Phillips 66 Group pursuant to the UK GPA in respect of any instalment of UK Corporation Tax (a “ Contributed Amount ”), such apportionment to be made by reference to the instalment or instalments of UK Corporation Tax in respect of which the Contributed Amount was paid; and

(iii) within 30 days after the relevant UK Corporation Tax has finally been apportioned, pay, or procure that there is paid, to the relevant member of the Phillips 66 Group an amount equal to any excess of any Contributed Amount in respect of any instalment of UK Corporation Tax over the amount of UK Corporation Tax finally apportioned to that member of the Phillips 66 Group in respect of that instalment (for the avoidance of doubt, taking no account of any interest payable by HM Revenue & Customs in respect of such excessive Contributed Amount).

 

2


Paragraph 3. Group Relief Surrenders between the Groups.

Paragraph 3.01. ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 shall procure that after the Distribution no claim, election, surrender, notice or consent is made in respect of any Group Relief Surrender by a member of the ConocoPhillips Group to a member of the Phillips 66 Group (or vice versa) other than pursuant to this Paragraph 3.

Paragraph 3.02. Subject to the remainder of this Paragraph 3, ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 shall use all reasonable endeavors to procure that each Agreed UK Group Relief Surrender referred to in Appendix 1 shall be made (and not later amended) or, if made prior to the Distribution, shall not be amended.

Paragraph 3.03. No payment shall be made by the company receiving an Agreed UK Group Relief Surrender, or by any other member of its Group, for any Agreed UK Group Relief Surrender (including for any increase in the amount of any Agreed UK Group Relief Surrender in accordance with Paragraph 3.05); and no payment shall be made by a company surrendering an Agreed UK Group Relief Surrender, or any member of its Group, in respect of any tax liability falling on a company receiving such Agreed UK Group Relief Surrender because the amount of such Agreed UK Group Relief Surrender is reduced in accordance with Paragraph 3.04.

Paragraph 3.04. If the amount of any Corresponding Relievable Loss is certified by the person to whom that loss arises to be in fact less than the amount given for that Corresponding Relievable Loss in Appendix 1, then the amount of any Agreed UK Group Relief Surrender in respect of that Corresponding Relievable Loss will be reduced accordingly. Any necessary allocation of the reduction shall be determined by Phillips 66 (if the reduction is in a Corresponding Relievable Loss assumed to be surrendered to more than one member of the Phillips 66 Group) or by ConocoPhillips (if the reduction is in a Corresponding Relievable Loss assumed to be surrendered to more than one member of the ConocoPhillips Group).

Paragraph 3.05. If a person who is a member of a Group has a Corresponding Relievable Loss in respect of a UK Accounting Period referred to in Appendix 1 which is in fact greater than a Corresponding Relievable Loss assumed for that member in Appendix 1, the amount thereof shall be certified by that person as soon as reasonably practicable to Phillips 66 (where the person with the Corresponding Relievable Loss is a member of the ConocoPhillips Group) or to ConocoPhillips (where the person with the Corresponding Relievable Loss is a member of the Phillips 66 Group) and an Agreed UK Group Relief Surrender in respect of that Corresponding Relievable Loss may, if requested by Phillips 66 or ConocoPhillips, as the case may be, for the other Group, be increased or made (including as an additional Group Relief Surrender to another member of the other Group) but only to the extent that the amount of the Corresponding Relievable Loss that exceeds the amount set out for that Corresponding Relievable Loss in Appendix 1 cannot be used by the person to whom that Corresponding Relievable Loss arises, or by another member of the same UK Tax Group, other than in a UK Accounting Period of that person subsequent to the UK Accounting Period in which that Corresponding Relievable Loss arises.

Paragraph 3.06. Subject to the other provisions of this Paragraph 3, if a company which is a member of a UK Tax Group has lower profits available to be relieved by a Group Relief Surrender than are assumed by Appendix 1 then Phillips 66 (in the case of the Phillips 66 UK Tax Group) or ConocoPhillips (in the case of the ConocoPhillips UK Tax Group) may require that a Group Relief Surrender of all or part of the Corresponding Relievable Loss in question is reallocated to another member of the same UK Tax Group.

 

3


Paragraph 3.07 . ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 shall each use all reasonable endeavors as respects its Group to procure that claims, adjustments, elections, surrenders, notices, consents (including adjustments to any of these) and other procedural matters required to give effect to this Paragraph 3 shall occur, within applicable UK Time Limits.

Paragraph 4. Other Surrenders and Similar Matters.

Paragraph 4.01 . Transfer Pricing. Subject to its compliance with Section 4.06(b) of this Agreement, no balancing or other payment shall be made by any member of either Group to a member of the other Group in respect of any Transfer Pricing Adjustment or compensating adjustment in respect of a UK Accounting Period ending on or before, or commencing before and ending after, the Distribution, including in respect of any alteration to any such Transfer Pricing Adjustment.

Paragraph 4.02 . Surrenders. No Non Group Relief Surrender shall be made after the Distribution by any member of either Group to a member of the other Group in respect of which no claim, election, surrender, notice or consent has been made on or prior to the Distribution.

Paragraph 4.03 . Rollover and Holdover Relief. ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 shall procure that after the Distribution no claim for Rollover Relief or Holdover Relief shall be made by a member of one Group in respect of any chargeable gains of a member of the other Group, other than pursuant to this Paragraph 4.03. ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 shall use all reasonable endeavors to procure that (a) the claims for Rollover Relief and Holdover Relief listed in Part A of Appendix 2 (if any) shall be made and not later amended and (b) adjustments, elections, surrenders, notices, consents (including adjustments to any of these) and other procedural matters required to give effect to such claims shall occur, within applicable UK Time Limits. ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 shall procure that no amendment is made to the claims for Rollover Relief or Holdover Relief made prior to the Distribution and listed in Part B of Appendix 2. Each member of each Group shall be responsible for discharging any UK Tax Liability arising in connection with a claim for Rollover Relief or Holdover Relief made prior to the Distribution or pursuant to this Paragraph 4.03 that may fall on it.

Paragraph 4.04 . Worldwide Debt Cap. ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 agree that prior to the Distribution no member of either Group has been subject to any Worldwide Debt Cap Disallowance, and that no payments shall be, or have been, made in respect of any Worldwide Debt Cap Disallowance by any member of either Group to any member of the other Group in respect of any UK Accounting Period ending on or before, or commencing before and ending after, the Distribution.

Paragraph 4.05 . Existing Arrangements. Any agreement, arrangement or understanding existing prior to the Distribution in respect of transfer pricing, Non Group Relief Surrenders, Rollover Relief or Holdover Relief or Worldwide Debt Cap Disallowances is (subject to Paragraph 4.03) terminated as regards the period from the Distribution forwards as between members of the Phillips 66 Group and members of the ConocoPhillips Group and no claims or payments shall be made in connection therewith.

 

4


Part B: Definitions and Interpretation

Paragraph 1. Definitions.

In this Schedule the following definitions shall have the following meanings:

ConocoPhillips UK Tax Group ” means ConocoPhillips UK Topco and any other company or companies (other than any member of the Phillips 66 Group) treated after the Distribution as a member or members of the same group as, or as otherwise connected or associated in any way with, ConocoPhillips UK Topco for any UK Tax purpose;

Contributed Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Paragraph 2.02(c)(ii) of this Schedule 2.05.

Holdover Relief ” means holdover relief available in accordance with sections 152 and 154 TCGA (as extended by sections 175 and 179B TCGA and/or following any election pursuant to section 179A TCGA), and any reference to an amendment to a claim for Holdover Relief shall include any amendment or adjustment to, any withdrawal of and the making of any claim, election, surrender, notice or consent that is inconsistent with the claims, elections, surrenders, notices or consents made in respect of such claim for Holdover Relief prior to the Distribution;

Non Group Relief Surrender ” means:

(a) the notional transfer of any asset or reallocation of a gain or loss in accordance with section 171A or section 179A of the TCGA; and/or

(b) the surrender of eligible unrelieved foreign tax (EUFT) in accordance with The Double Taxation Relief (Surrender of Relievable Tax Within a Group) Regulations 2001 (S.I. 2001 No. 1163); and/or

(c) any reallocation of a chargeable realization gain in accordance with section 792 of CTA 2009;

Phillips 66 UK Tax Group ” means Phillips 66 UK Topco and any other company or companies treated after the Distribution as a member or members of the same group as, or as otherwise connected or associated in any way with, Phillips 66 UK Topco for any UK Tax purpose;

Phillips 66 UK Topco ” means U.K. Phillips 66 Limited;

Relief ” includes, unless the context otherwise requires, any Tax Benefits and any allowance, credit, deduction, exemption or set off in respect of any tax or relevant to the computation of any income, profits or gains for the purposes of any tax, or any right to or actual repayment of or saving of tax, and any reference to the use or set off of a Relief shall be construed accordingly;

 

5


Rollover Relief ” means rollover relief available in accordance with section 152 TCGA (as extended by sections 175 and 179B TCGA and/or following any election pursuant to section 179A TCGA), and any reference to an amendment to a claim for Rollover Relief shall include any amendment or adjustment to, any withdrawal of and the making of any claim, election, surrender, notice or consent that is inconsistent with the claims, elections, surrenders, notices or consents made in respect of such claim for Rollover Relief prior to the Distribution;

Taxes Act ” means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;

TCGA ” means the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992;

TIOPA ” means the Taxation (International and other Provisions) Act 2010;

UK Accounting Period ” means any period by reference to which any income, profits or gains, or any other amounts relevant for the purposes of UK Tax, are measured or determined;

UK Relief ” means a Relief relating to UK Tax;

UK Tax Group ” means either of the Phillips 66 UK Tax Group or the ConocoPhillips UK Tax Group;

UK Tax Liability ” means a liability to make or suffer an actual payment of UK Tax;

UK Time Limit ” means the latest date on which a UK Tax document can be executed or delivered to a relevant UK Tax Authority either without incurring interest or a penalty, or in order to ensure that such UK Tax document is effective; and

Worldwide Debt Cap Disallowance ” means a disallowance under Chapter 3 of Part 7 of TIOPA.

Paragraph 2. Interpretation

Paragraph 2.01 General . In this Schedule:

(a) persons shall be treated as “ connected ” if they are connected within the meaning of section 1122 of CTA 2010;

(b) references to legislation are references to legislation of the United Kingdom; and

(c) references to provisions of the Corporation Taxes Acts shall, where relevant, be construed as references to the corresponding provisions of the Taxes Act or a Finance Act that the provisions referred to replace,

Paragraph 2.02 . Part A: Paragraph References . References in the main body of this Agreement and in Part A of this Schedule to paragraphs of this Schedule are, unless otherwise stated, references to paragraphs in Part A of this Schedule.

 

6

Exhibit 10.2

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

CONOCOPHILLIPS

AND

PHILLIPS 66

DATED AS OF [•], 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS      1   
ARTICLE II SERVICES      4   
2.1.  

Services

     4   
2.2.  

Additional Services

     4   
2.3.  

Services Not Included

     4   
2.4.  

Service Providers

     5   
2.5.  

Cooperation and Service Coordinators

     6   
2.6.  

Service Boundaries and Scope

     8   
2.7.  

Standard of Performance; Limitation of Liability

     9   
2.8.  

Precedence of Schedules

     11   
2.9.  

Leases and Subleases

     11   
ARTICLE III SERVICE CHARGES      11   
3.1.  

Compensation

     11   
ARTICLE IV PAYMENT      12   
4.1.  

Payment

     12   
4.2.  

Payment Disputes

     13   
4.3.  

Records; Review of Charges; Error Correction

     13   
4.4.  

Taxes

     14   
ARTICLE V TERM      15   
5.1.  

Term

     15   
ARTICLE VI DISCONTINUATION OF SERVICES      15   
6.1.  

Discontinuation or Termination of Services

     15   
6.2.  

Procedures Upon Discontinuation or Termination of Services

     16   
6.3.  

Transition From Services

     16   
ARTICLE VII DEFAULT      17   
7.1.  

Termination for Default

     17   

 

-i-


 

ARTICLE VIII INDEMNIFICATION AND WAIVER      17   
8.1.  

Personnel of ConocoPhillips Group

     17   
8.2.  

Personnel of Phillips 66 Group

     17   
8.3.  

Property of ConocoPhillips Group

     18   
8.4.  

Property of Phillips 66 Group

     18   
8.5.  

Environmental Matters

     18   
8.6.  

Impact on Third Parties

     18   
8.7.  

Services Received

     19   
8.8.  

Waiver of Consequential Damages

     19   
8.9.  

Express Negligence

     20   
ARTICLE IX CONFIDENTIALITY      20   
9.1.  

Confidentiality

     20   
9.2.  

Access to Computer Software

     21   
9.3.  

Data

     21   
9.4.  

Change Management

     21   
9.5.  

System Security

     21   
ARTICLE X FORCE MAJEURE      22   
10.1.  

Performance Excused

     22   
10.2.  

Notice

     22   
10.3.  

Cooperation

     22   
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS      22   
11.1.  

Entire Agreement

     22   
11.2.  

Binding Effect; No Third-Party Beneficiaries; Assignment

     23   
11.3.  

Amendment; Waivers

     23   
11.4.  

Notices

     23   
11.5.  

Counterparts

     24   
11.6.  

Severability

     24   
11.7.  

Governing Law

     24   
11.8.  

Dispute Resolution

     24   
11.9.  

Performance

     24   
11.10.  

Relationship of Parties

     24   
11.11.  

Regulations

     25   
11.12.  

Interpretation

     25   
11.13.  

Effect if Separation does not Occur

     25   

 

-ii-


TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

This TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of [•], 2012, by and between ConocoPhillips, a Delaware corporation (“ ConocoPhillips ”) and Phillips 66, a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“ Phillips 66 ”). ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “Party,” and collectively as the “Parties.” Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in Article I.

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, the board of directors of ConocoPhillips (the “ ConocoPhillips Board ”) has determined that it would be in the best interests of ConocoPhillips and its stockholders to separate the Phillips 66 Business from ConocoPhillips;

WHEREAS, ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 have entered into the Separation and Distribution Agreement dated [•], 2012 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ Separation and Distribution Agreement ”) in connection with the separation of the Phillips 66 Business from ConocoPhillips (the “ Separation ”) and the distribution of Phillips 66 Common Stock to stockholders of ConocoPhillips (the “ Distribution ”);

WHEREAS, the Separation and Distribution Agreement also provides for the execution and delivery of certain other agreements, including this Agreement, in order to facilitate and provide for the separation of Phillips 66 and its Subsidiaries from ConocoPhillips; and

WHEREAS, in order to ensure an orderly transition under the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Parties agree that it will be advisable for the ConocoPhillips Group to provide to the Phillips 66 Group, and for the Phillips 66 Group to provide to the ConocoPhillips Group, certain goods and services described herein for a transitional period.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the covenants and agreements set forth below and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the Separation and Distribution Agreement. The following capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth below:

Accessing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(a).

Additional Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.


Affiliate ” (including, with a correlative meaning, “ affiliated ”) means, when used with respect to a specified Person, a Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purpose of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), when used with respect to any specified Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract, agreement, obligation, indenture, instrument, lease, promise, arrangement, release, warranty, commitment, undertaking or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, after the Distribution, the members of the ConocoPhillips Group and the members of the Phillips 66 Group shall not be deemed to be under common control for purposes hereof due solely to the fact that ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 have common shareholders.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Ancillary Agreement ” means the Employee Matters Agreement, Indemnification and Release Agreement, Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement, Separation and Distribution Agreement, Tax Sharing Agreement and Transfer Documents.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions located in Houston, Texas or New York, New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

ConocoPhillips ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

ConocoPhillips Board ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

ConocoPhillips Group ” means ConocoPhillips and each Affiliate of ConocoPhillips after the Distribution Date.

Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Distribution Date ” means the date and time determined in accordance with Section 3.3(a) of the Separation and Distribution Agreement at which the Distribution occurs.

Employees ” has the meaning set forth in the Employee Matters Agreement.

Exhibits ” means the Exhibits attached hereto.

Force Majeure Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Group ” means either the ConocoPhillips Group or the Phillips 66 Group.

Indemnification and Release Agreement ” means the Indemnification and Release Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.

 

-2-


Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.10.

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.10.

Initial Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Lease ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9.

Louisiana Exception ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c).

New Data ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3.

Parties ” and “ Party ” have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Phillips 66 ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Phillips 66 Group ” means Phillips 66 and each Affiliate of Phillips 66 after the Distribution Date.

Schedules ” means the Schedules attached hereto.

Security Regulations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(a).

Separation ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Separation and Distribution Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Service Coordinator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(c).

Service Provider ” means a member of the ConocoPhillips Group or the Phillips 66 Group, as applicable, when it is providing Services to a member of the other Party’s Group.

Service Provider Group ” means the ConocoPhillips Group or the Phillips 66 Group, as applicable, when it is providing Services to a member of the other Party’s Group.

Service Recipient ” means a member of the Phillips 66 Group or the ConocoPhillips Group, as applicable, when it is receiving Services from a member of the other Party’s Group.

Service Recipient Group ” means the Phillips 66 Group or the ConocoPhillips Group, as applicable, when it is receiving Services from a member of the other Party’s Group.

Services ” means the Initial Services and any Additional Services agreed to by the Parties in accordance with Section 2.2.

Sublease ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9.

Systems ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(a).

 

-3-


Tax ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

Third Party License ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b).

Third Party Provider ” means a Person that is not affiliated with either Group and that is retained by the Service Provider to provide any portion of the Services under this Agreement, including any consultants, agents, contractors or subcontractors.

Transition Coordinator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(c).

ARTICLE II

SERVICES

2.1. Services .

(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, ConocoPhillips agrees to provide or to cause to be provided the services set forth in Schedules 1 through [•] to the applicable member of the Phillips 66 Group, and Phillips 66 agrees to provide or to cause to be provided the services set forth in Schedules 1 through [•] to the applicable member of the ConocoPhillips Group (collectively, the “ Initial Services ”).

(b) The Parties agree and acknowledge that the right to receive any Services (or portions thereof) may be assigned, allocated and/or contributed, in whole or in part, to any Affiliate(s) of a relevant Party. To the extent so assigned, allocated and/or contributed, the relevant Affiliate shall be deemed the Service Recipient with respect to the relevant portion of such Services.

2.2. Additional Services . A Party may request additional transitional Services (the “ Additional Services ”) in addition to the Initial Services from the Service Provider by providing written notice. The Service Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate such request; it being understood, however, that the Service Provider shall not be required to provide any Additional Services if the Parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms thereof. Upon the mutual written agreement as to the nature, cost, duration and scope of such Additional Services, the Parties shall supplement in writing the Schedules hereto to include such Additional Services. A Service Provider’s obligations with respect to providing any such Additional Services shall become effective only upon a new Schedule or an amendment to an existing Schedule being duly executed by the Parties.

2.3. Services Not Included . It is not the intent of the Service Provider and the other members of the Service Provider Group to render, nor of the Service Recipient and the other members of the Service Recipient Group to receive from the Service Provider and the other members of the Service Provider Group, professional advice or opinions, whether with regard to tax, legal, treasury, finance, employment or other business and financial matters, technical advice, whether with regard to information technology or other matters, or the handling of or addressing environmental matters; the Service Recipient shall not rely on, or construe, any Service rendered by or on behalf of the Service Provider as such professional advice or opinions or technical advice; and the Service Recipient shall seek all third-party professional advice and opinions or technical advice as it may desire or need.

 

-4-


2.4. Service Providers .

(a) Subject to Section 2.4(b), the Service Provider shall have the right (i) to provide the Services either directly and/or through its Affiliates and their respective Employees, agents or Third Party Providers designated by any of them and (ii) to select the particular personnel and working hours of such personnel in providing the Services; provided that any provision of Services through Third Party Providers shall not relieve the Service Provider of its obligations under this Agreement; and shall not decrease the quality or level of the Services provided to the Service Recipient.

(b) Each Service Provider may determine, in its reasonable discretion, which of its or its Affiliates’ Employees, agents or Third Party Providers will provide the applicable Services; provided that the Service Provider shall take into consideration reasonable requests of the Service Recipient in making such determinations. Without limiting the above and the provisions of Section 2.6(a), the Service Provider shall take into consideration the following in making its determination in this regard:

(i) The Service Provider shall consult in good faith with the Service Recipient regarding the proposed hiring of any Third Party Provider that has not been involved in the activities relating to such Service prior to the Distribution Date; provided , that, in the event that the Service Provider intends to subcontract a material portion of any of the Services set forth in one or more of the Schedules hereto where such subcontracting is inconsistent with the practice applied by the Service Provider generally from time to time within its own organization, the Service Provider shall give notice to the Service Recipient of its intent to subcontract any portion of the Services and the Service Recipient shall have twenty (20) calendar days (or such lesser period set forth in the notice as may be practicable in the event of exigent circumstances) to determine, in its sole discretion, whether to permit such subcontracting or whether to cancel such Service in accordance with Article VI hereof. If the Service Recipient opts to cancel a Service as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, it shall not be liable to the Service Provider pursuant to Section 6.1 for any costs or expenses the Service Provider or any member of the Service Provider Group remains obligated to pay to the Third Party Provider identified in the notice provided by the Service Provider as described above. The Service Provider shall not be required to give notice of its intent to subcontract Services to any Third Party Provider listed on the applicable Schedule, nor shall the Service Recipient have any right to cancel any Service subcontracted to any such listed party pursuant to this Section 2.4(b) ( provided that this sentence shall not prevent the Service Recipient from cancelling any Service pursuant to Section 6.1), and the Parties agree that any such Third Party Providers are capable of providing a quality or level of Services comparable to that provided by the Service Provider.

(ii) Except as provided in a particular Schedule, the Service Provider shall take into consideration any reasonable requests of the Service Recipient with regard to attempting to maintain as much continuity of personnel or representatives that provide any of the applicable Services as is reasonably practicable; provided , that the Service Provider will retain the right to determine which personnel or representatives will provide the Services in its reasonable discretion taking into consideration any competing needs and requirements for its businesses. Each Service Provider shall be solely responsible for the payment of all benefits and any other direct and indirect compensation for such Service Provider personnel assigned to perform Services under this Agreement, as well as such personnel’s worker’s compensation insurance and employment taxes, and other employer liabilities relating to such personnel as required by law.

 

-5-


(c) Without limiting the provisions of Section 11.10, at all times during the performance of the Services, all Persons performing such Services (including agents, temporary employees and Third Party Providers) shall be construed as being independent from the Service Recipient and the other members of the Service Recipient Group, and (except as stated in the Louisiana Exception below) such Persons shall not be entitled to any employee benefits or other forms of compensation of or from the Service Recipient or the other members of the Service Recipient Group nor, except as stated in the Louisiana Exception below, be considered or deemed to be employees of the Service Recipient or any member of the Service Recipient Group as a result of this Agreement. In all cases where the Service Provider’s (or its Affiliates’) employees (which shall be defined to include, but not be limited to, direct, borrowed, special or statutory employees) are covered by the Louisiana Worker’s Compensation Act, La. R.S. 23:1021 et seq. (the “ Louisiana Exception ”): (i) the Parties agree that all Services performed by the Service Provider and its (or its Affiliates’) employees pursuant to this Agreement are an integral part of and are essential to the ability of the Service Recipient to generate its goods, products and services for purposes of La. R.S. 23:1061(A)(1); (ii) the Service Recipient agrees that it is the principal or statutory employer of the Service Provider’s (or its Affiliates’) employees who are performing services for the Service Recipient pursuant to this Agreement for purposes of La. R.S. 23:1061(A)(3); and (iii) this provision is included for the sole purpose of establishing a statutory employer relationship to gain the benefits expressed in La. R.S. 23:1031 and La. R.S. 23:1061(A), and is not intended to create an employer-employee relationship for any other purpose.

(d) Unless expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, although the Service Provider will direct the performance of its Employees, agents and Third Party Providers and will consult with and advise the Service Recipient regarding the performance of the Services in accordance with this Agreement, the Service Recipient will be responsible for decision-making on behalf of any member of the Service Recipient Group. Furthermore, nothing in this Agreement shall provide the Service Provider, or its Employees, agents and Third Party Providers that are performing the Services, the right directly or indirectly to control or direct the operations of the Service Recipient. Such Employees, agents and Third Party Providers shall not be required to report to management of the Service Recipient nor be deemed to be under the management or direction of the Service Recipient (except as otherwise stated in the Louisiana Exception). The Service Recipient acknowledges and agrees that, except as may be expressly set forth herein as a Service (including any Additional Services) or otherwise expressly set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement or another Ancillary Agreement, no member of the Service Provider Group shall be obligated to provide, or cause to be provided, any service or goods to any member of the Service Recipient Group.

2.5. Cooperation and Service Coordinators .

(a) Subject to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Article IX, during the term of this Agreement and for so long as any Services are being provided to members of the Service Recipient Group under this Agreement, the Service Recipient will provide the Service

 

-6-


Provider and its authorized representatives reasonable access, during regular business hours and upon reasonable notice, to the Service Recipient Group and their Employees, representatives, facilities and books and records as the Service Provider and its representatives may reasonably require in order to perform such Services. Similarly, and subject to the same restrictions and conditions set forth above, the Service Provider will provide the Service Recipient and its authorized representatives reasonable access, during regular business hours and upon reasonable notice, to the members of the Service Provider Group and their Employees, representatives, facilities and books and records as the Service Recipient may reasonably require in connection with performance of its obligations and exercise of its rights under this Agreement, including rights to confirm or verify the Services.

(b) The Service Provider will devote such time and personnel as is reasonably necessary to carry out its obligations under this Agreement. The Service Provider and the Service Recipient shall cooperate with one another and provide such further assistance as the other Party may reasonably request in connection with the provision of Services hereunder.

(c) Each Party shall select in writing a representative to act as the primary contact with respect to the provision of the Services and the resolution of disputes under this Agreement (each such person, a “ Transition Coordinator ”). The initial Transition Coordinators shall be [•], for ConocoPhillips, and [•], for Phillips 66. The Transition Coordinators shall meet as expeditiously as possible to resolve any dispute hereunder; and any dispute that is not resolved by the Transition Coordinators within forty-five (45) calendar days shall be resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Section 11.8. The Parties may elect to designate individual coordinators for individual Services or groups of Services by designating such individuals in the applicable Schedule. The authority of such individual coordinator shall be limited to the designated Service or group of Services. Additionally, a Transition Coordinator may, by written notice to the other Transition Coordinator, designate one or more individuals as individual coordinators for certain classes or types of Services. Such written notice will identify the area of responsibility and any limitations on the authority of the designated individual. In either case, each such individual coordinator will hereinafter be referred to as a “ Service Coordinator ”. Each Party may treat an act of the Transition Coordinator (or of a Service Coordinator with respect to its assigned area of responsibility) of the other Party which is consistent with the provisions of this Agreement as being authorized by such other Party without inquiring behind such act or ascertaining whether such Transition Coordinator or Service Coordinator had authority to so act; provided , however , that no such Transition Coordinator or Service Coordinator shall have authority to amend this Agreement. The Service Provider and the Service Recipient shall advise each other promptly (in any case within no more than three (3) Business Days) in writing of any change in their respective Transition Coordinators, setting forth the name of the replacement, and stating that the replacement Transition Coordinator is authorized to act for such Party in accordance with this Section2.5(c). Any change in Service Coordinators shall be handled by similar written notification from the applicable Transition Coordinator.

(d) The Transition Coordinators (and/or the Service Coordinators with respect to their assigned areas of responsibility) may establish, by mutual agreement, procedures and protocols for communication, invoicing, payment and other functions under this Agreement that will supplement and implement the requirements and obligations specifically set forth in this Agreement.

 

-7-


2.6. Service Boundaries and Scope .

(a) Except as provided in a Schedule for a specific Service: (i) the Service Provider shall be required to provide, or cause to be provided, the Services only at the locations such Services were being provided by any member of the Service Provider Group for any member of the Service Recipient Group immediately prior to the Distribution Date; provided , however , that, to the extent any such Service is to be provided by an Employee of the Service Provider who did not work for the Service Provider prior to the Distribution Date or who was relocated by the Service Provider, such Service shall, to the extent feasible, only be provided by such Employee from the location at which such Employee is based; and (ii) the Services shall be available only for purposes of conducting the business of the Service Recipient Group substantially in the manner in which it was conducted immediately prior to the Distribution Date. Except as provided in a Schedule for a specific Service, in providing, or causing to be provided, the Services, the Service Provider shall not be obligated to: (A) maintain the employment of any specific Employee or hire additional Employees or Third Party Providers; (B) purchase, lease or license any additional equipment (including computer equipment, furniture, furnishings, fixtures, machinery, vehicles, tools and other tangible personal property), software or other assets, rights or properties; (C) make modifications to its existing systems or software; (D) provide any member of the Service Recipient Group with access to any systems or software other than those to which had authorized access immediately prior to the Distribution Date; (E) pay any costs related to the transfer or conversion of data of any member of the Service Recipient Group or (F) devote the efforts of any particular personnel providing the Services exclusively for the benefit of the Service Recipient, recognizing that such personnel may engage in other activities the Service Provider considers appropriate, whether or not related to this Agreement. The Service Recipient acknowledges (on its own behalf and on behalf of the other members of the Service Recipient Group) that the Employees of the Service Provider or any other members of the Service Provider Group who may be assisting in the provision of Services hereunder are at-will employees and, as such, may terminate or be terminated from employment with the Service Provider or any of the other members of the Service Provider Group at any time for any reason (it being understood that, except as specifically provided in a Schedule to this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way affect any right of a Service Provider to terminate any of its Employees, including those who may be assisting in the provisions of Services hereunder, whether such Employee is or was employed at-will or otherwise). For the avoidance of doubt and except as may hereafter be designated as Additional Services in accordance with Section 2.2, the Services do not include any services required for or that may result from any business acquisitions, divestitures, start-ups or terminations by the Service Recipient Group occurring following the Distribution Date. To the extent the Service Recipient desires the Service Provider to provide any services in connection with any such acquisitions, divestitures, start-ups or terminations, the Service Recipient shall follow the procedures for requesting Additional Services pursuant to Section 2.2.

(b) Subject to Sections 2.2, 2.6 and 2.7, the Parties acknowledge the transitional nature of the Services and that the Service Provider may make changes from time to time in the manner of performing the Services; provided , that such changes do not materially decrease the quality or level of the Services provided to the Service Recipient.

 

-8-


2.7. Standard of Performance; Limitation of Liability .

(a) Unless otherwise provided to the contrary in a Schedule, the Service Provider warrants that the Services shall be performed with the same general degree of care, at the same general level and at the same general degree of responsiveness, as when performed within the ConocoPhillips organization (including, for this purpose, Phillips 66 and its Subsidiaries) prior to the Distribution Date, and, if any such Services wee not performed within the ConocoPhillips organization prior to the Distribution Date, then such Services shall be performed with the same degree of care and with substantially the same service levels as the Service Provider performs comparable services for itself. It is understood and agreed that the Service Provider is not a professional provider of the types of services included in the Services and that the Service Provider personnel performing Services have other responsibilities and will not be dedicated full-time to performing Services hereunder.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Service Provider shall be required to perform Services hereunder or take any actions relating thereto that conflict with or violate any applicable law, contract, license, authorization, certification or permit or the Service Provider’s governance policies, as they may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the above, the provision of the Services may require consents, waivers, or approvals from certain third parties under permits, licenses and agreements to which the Service Provider, the Service Recipient or one of their respective Affiliates is a party (a “ Third Party License ”) to enable the Service Provider to provide the Services. The Parties shall promptly notify each other, providing reasonable detail of any specific impairment in the ability to provide any Services by reason of the limitations described in this Section2.7(b). The Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to develop a resolution that enables the Service Provider to continue the provision of the Services, including obtaining any required consents, waivers or approvals under a Third Party License, with the costs of obtaining such consents, waivers or approvals being the responsibility of the Service Recipient. If no commercially reasonable resolution is available within sixty (60) calendar days of notice of such impairment, either Party may immediately terminate the affected Service by providing written notice to the other Party. To the extent permitted by any applicable contracts of the Service Recipient, the Service Recipient hereby grants to the Service Provider a limited, nontransferable license, without the right to sublicense (except to an Affiliate of the Service Provider or a Third Party Provider who is providing Services on the Service Provider’s behalf, solely to the extent necessary for such Affiliate or Third Party Provider to provide the Services), for the term of this Agreement, to use the intellectual property owned by the Service Recipient solely to the extent necessary for the Service Provider to perform its obligations hereunder.

(c) In the event the Services are not provided in accordance with the warranty set forth in Section 2.7(a), then, at the Service Recipient’s request, the Service Provider shall re-perform such Services to the extent necessary to correct the failure as soon as reasonably practicable, with the same degree of care used in correcting a failure of a similar service for itself, at no additional cost to the Service Recipient. The foregoing sets forth the sole and exclusive remedy of the Service Recipient with respect to any failure of the Service Provider to

 

-9-


meet the warranty and the Service Provider’s liabilities under this Section 2.7(c) are subject to the liability cap set forth in Section 2.7(h); provided , that in the event the Service Provider defaults in the manner described in clause (ii) of Section 7.1, the Service Recipient shall have the further rights set forth in Article VII.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, except to the extent caused by a Service Provider and to the extent such Service Provider is otherwise liable under this Agreement, the Service Provider shall not be liable to the Service Recipient for any breach of any agreement by a Third Party Provider; provided , that the Service Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the terms of such agreements.

(e) The Parties recognize that some of the Services are being provided by the Service Provider in conjunction with the Employees of the Service Recipient and other members of the Service Recipient Group. To the extent that such Employees are not made available to provide the Services in conjunction with the Service Provider, then the Service Provider shall be relieved of its obligations to provide such Services to the extent that such services were dependent on the availability of such Employees.

(f) It is the intent of the Service Provider to plan and staff such that the Service Provider can completely fulfill the needs of the Service Recipient as well as the Service Provider’s own needs, and the Service Provider does not anticipate the need for any rationing or limitation of Services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Service Recipient acknowledges and agrees that the Service Provider shall have the right to establish reasonable priorities between the needs of the Service Provider, on the one hand, and the needs of the Service Recipient, on the other hand, as to the provision of any Service if the Service Provider determines that such priorities are necessary to avoid any adverse affect on the Service Provider. If any such priorities are established, the Service Provider shall advise the Service Recipient as soon as possible of any Service that will be materially delayed as a result of such prioritization, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the duration and impact of such delays.

(g) IN CONSIDERATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY PROVIDED IN SECTION 2.7(A) AND THE EXPRESS REMEDY FOR BREACH THEREOF PROVIDED IN SECTION 2.7(C), NO OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR GUARANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR CONFORMITY TO ANY REPRESENTATION OR DESCRIPTION), ARE MADE BY THE SERVICE PROVIDER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES, AND, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL SUCH REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES ARE HEREBY WAIVED AND DISCLAIMED. THE SERVICE RECIPIENT (ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF EACH OTHER MEMBER OF THE SERVICE RECIPIENT GROUP) HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SERVICE RECIPIENT OR ANY MEMBER OF THE SERVICE RECIPIENT GROUP MAY OTHERWISE HAVE FOR ANY LOSSES, TO ENFORCE SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OR TO PURSUE ANY OTHER REMEDY AVAILABLE IN CONTRACT, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC, LIMITED RIGHT AND REMEDY SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.7(C) IN THE EVENT OF ANY INADEQUATE PERFORMANCE, FAULTY PERFORMANCE OR OTHER FAILURE OR BREACH BY THE SERVICE PROVIDER

 

-10-


UNDER OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF RESULTING FROM THE NEGLIGENCE (WHETHER SOLE OR JOINT OR CONCURRENT OR ACTIVE OR PASSIVE) OF THE SERVICE PROVIDER OR ANY THIRD PARTY PROVIDER AND WHETHER DAMAGES ARE ASSERTED IN CONTRACT OR TORT, UNDER FEDERAL, STATE OR NON U.S. LAWS OR OTHER STATUTE.

(h) NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE PROVIDER GROUP BE LIABLE TO THE MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE RECIPIENT GROUP PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 2.6 FOR AMOUNTS IN THE AGGREGATE EXCEEDING THE AGGREGATE SERVICE CHARGES PAID HEREUNDER BY THE MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE RECIPIENT GROUP.

2.8. Precedence of Schedules . Each Schedule attached to or referenced in this Agreement is hereby incorporated into and shall form a part of this Agreement by reference; provided , however , that the terms contained in such Schedule shall only apply with respect to the Services provided under that Schedule. In the event of a conflict between the terms contained in an individual Schedule and the terms in the body of this Agreement, the terms in the Schedule shall take precedence with respect to the Services under such Schedule only. No terms contained in individual Schedules shall otherwise modify the terms of this Agreement.

2.9. Leases and Subleases . Certain of the Schedules shall incorporate by reference separately executed lease arrangements (each, a “ Lease ”) or sublease agreements (each, a “ Sublease ”) with respect to certain office spaces identified in the applicable Schedule in accordance with the specific language in the applicable Schedule. Each such Lease or Sublease shall be substantially in the form attached to the applicable Schedule, with modifications to the form as may be necessary in order to comply with the requirements of the Group occupying the applicable space, or with the requirements of a particular Lease for any such space or of a third party landlord, or as may be beneficial to the Parties based on the provisions of any such Lease. Notwithstanding the form attached to a Schedule, the executed Lease or Sublease shall be the document incorporated into the applicable Schedule, and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or the applicable Schedule, the rights and obligations of the Groups with respect to the occupancy of any particular office space shall be governed by the applicable Lease or Sublease. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement, the applicable Schedule and/or the applicable Lease or Sublease, the terms of the applicable Lease or Sublease shall control and be binding on both Parties and their respective Groups. Each Party shall take all reasonable actions to assure that all property occupied by personnel of both Groups are clearly marked to delineate the separation between them.

ARTICLE III

SERVICE CHARGES

3.1. Compensation . Subject to the specific terms of this Agreement, the compensation to be received by the Service Provider for each Service provided hereunder will be the fees or charges set forth in or calculated in the manner set forth in the Schedule relating to the particular Service, subject only to any escalation, reduction or other modifications provided for in such Schedule. In consideration for the provision of a Service, each member of the Service Recipient Group receiving such Service shall pay to the Service Provider, in the manner set forth in Article IV below, the fee or charge for such Service as set forth in or calculated in the manner set forth in the applicable Schedule.

 

-11-


ARTICLE IV

PAYMENT

4.1. Payment .

(a) Each month, the Transition Coordinator for ConocoPhillips shall prepare an invoice that identifies, with reasonable detail, all the Services performed in the prior month by ConocoPhillips and the other members of the ConocoPhillips Group for Phillips 66 and the other members of the Phillips 66 Group along with the charges for each Service, and the Transition Coordinator for Phillips 66 shall prepare an invoice that identifies, with reasonable detail, all the Services performed by Phillips 66 and the other members of the Phillips 66 Group for ConocoPhillips and the other members of the ConocoPhillips Group along with the charges for each Service. Each such invoice shall be broken down to show the Services performed by the Service Provider pursuant to each Schedule, shall detail the charge for each Service in accordance with the applicable Schedule and shall be supported by any applicable third party invoices and other documentation reasonably necessary for the Service Recipient to evaluate the charges. If the Service Provider incurs any out-of-pocket expenses (including any incremental license fees incurred by the Service Provider in connection with performance of the Services and any travel expenses incurred at the request or with the consent of the Service Recipient) or remits funds to a third party on behalf of the Service Recipient, in either case in connection with the rendering of Services, then the Service Provider shall include such amount in its monthly invoice to the Service Recipient, with reasonable supporting documentation.

(b) Each invoice shall be directed to the Service Recipient’s Transition Coordinator or such other person designated in writing from time to time by such Transition Coordinator. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 4.1(d) or 4.1(e), the Service Recipient shall pay the total amount of the invoice to the Service Provider no later than twenty (20) calendar days after receipt of the invoice. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Service Recipient shall remit funds in payment of invoices provided hereunder either by wire transfer or Automated Clearing House in accordance with the payment instructions provided in the invoice. Any obligation to make payment for Services provided hereunder shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

(c) Except as otherwise set forth in Section 4.1(d) or Section 4.1(e) below or in an applicable Schedule, all charges from all Schedules shall be accumulated as set forth in Section 4.1(a), shall be invoiced as set forth in Section 4.1(b), shall be denominated in United States dollars, and shall be paid in United States dollars.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, the Service Provider shall have the option to forward the invoices of any Third Party Provider directly to the Service Recipient for its payment to the Third Party Provider, rather than the procedures set forth in Sections 4.1(a) and (b). If the Service Provider makes such election, the Service Provider shall provide the Third Party Provider’s invoice promptly so that the Service Provide may process and

 

-12-


provide payment to the Third Party in a timely manner, and the Service Recipient shall be responsible to pay the Third Party Provider directly in accordance with the terms of the applicable agreement the Service Provider has with (and the invoice from) the Third Party Provider.

(e) Notwithstanding the requirements in Sections 4.1(a) through (c) above, in the event the Services under a particular Schedule are performed by a particular Service Provider outside the United States and/or are received by a Service Recipient outside the United States, the Service Provider and Service Recipient shall organize and implement alternative invoicing and payment procedures in order to comply with local requirements and/or minimize the overall tax exposure for any party. In such event, the Service Provider and the Service Recipient shall provide both Transition Coordinators with contemporaneous copies of all correspondence, invoicing and proof of payment.

(f) Interest will accrue on any amounts remaining unpaid at the due date for such payment at five percent (5%) per annum (compounded monthly) or, if less, the maximum non-usurious rate of interest permitted by applicable law, until such amounts, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, are paid in full.

4.2. Payment Disputes . The Service Recipient may object to any amounts for any Service at any time before, at the time of, or after payment is made, provided such objection is made in writing to the Service Provider within one hundred twenty (120) calendar days following the date of the disputed invoice. The Service Recipient shall timely pay the disputed items in full while resolution of the dispute is pending; provided , however , that the Service Provider shall pay interest at a rate of five percent (5%) per annum (compounded monthly) on any amounts it is required to return to the Service Recipient upon resolution of the dispute. Payment of any amount shall not constitute approval thereof. The Transition Coordinators shall meet as expeditiously as possible to resolve any dispute. Any dispute that is not resolved by the Transition Coordinators within forty-five (45) calendar days shall be resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution and arbitration procedures set forth in Section 11.8. Neither Party (nor any member of its respective Group) shall have a right of set-off against the other Party (or any member of its respective Group) for billed amounts hereunder. Upon written request, the Service Provider will provide to the Service Recipient reasonable additional detail and support documentation to permit the Service Recipient to verify the accuracy of an invoice.

4.3. Records; Review of Charges ; Error Correction . The Service Provider shall maintain true and correct records of all receipts, invoices, reports and other documents relating to the Services hereunder in accordance with its standard accounting practices and procedures, consistently applied. Such records (including invoices of third parties) shall be sufficient to calculate, and allow the Service Recipient to verify, the amounts owed under this Agreement. The Service Provider shall retain such accounting records and make them available to the Service Recipient’s authorized representatives and auditors for a period of not less than one year from the termination of this Agreement; provided , however , that the Service Provider may, at its option, transfer such accounting records to the Service Recipient upon termination of this Agreement. From time to time during such period, the Service Recipient shall have the right to review such books and records to verify the accuracy of such amounts, provided that such reviews shall not occur more frequently than once per calendar quarter. Each such review shall

 

-13-


be conducted during normal business hours and in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with the operations of the Service Provider. If, as a result of any such review, the Service Recipient determines that it overpaid any amount to the Service Provider, then the Service Recipient may raise an objection pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.2. The Service Recipient shall bear the cost and expense of any such review. The Service Provider shall make adjustments to charges as required to reflect the discovery of errors or omissions in charges. By way of clarification, the procedure in Section 4.2 provides the only means by which the Service Recipient may challenge specific charges in invoices from the Service Provider, and the procedures in this Section 4.3 are only for the purpose of correcting errors in calculations or documentation.

4.4. Taxes .

(a) The Service Recipient shall be entitled to withhold from sums otherwise due to the Service Provider under this Agreement any income, excess profits and/or other taxes required by applicable law to be withheld and shall pay the taxes withheld by the Service Recipient when due to the applicable taxing authorities. Further, the Service Recipient shall gross up its payment to the Service Provider so that the amount that the Service Provider receives is the same that it would have received had the withholding taxes imposed by the applicable tax authorities not applied; provided , however , that the Service Recipient shall not be required to gross up its payment to the Service Provider for any withholding taxes that are attributable to the failure of the Service Provider to comply with the final sentence of this Section 4.4(a). The Service Recipient shall provide the Service Provider with official governmental tax receipts (or certified copies of such tax receipts) evidencing payment of taxes withheld or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Service Provider. Should the Service Provider be entitled to claim exemption from or reduction of withholding under applicable law with respect to payments to the Service Provider under this Agreement, the Service Provider shall provide the Service Recipient (to the extent the Service Provider is entitled to do so under applicable law) with all properly completed forms or other evidence as may be required by applicable law to substantiate that the Service Recipient is entitled to claim such exemption or reduction.

(b) All transfer taxes, excises, fees or other charges (including value added, sales, use or receipts taxes, but not including any tax on or measured by the income, net or gross revenues, business activity or capital of a member of the Service Provider Group), or any increase therein, now or hereafter imposed directly or indirectly by law upon any fees paid hereunder for Services, which a member of the Service Provider Group is required to pay or incur in connection with the provision of Services hereunder (“ Tax ”), shall, to the extent allowed by law, be passed on to the Service Recipient as an explicit surcharge and shall be paid by the Service Recipient in addition to any Service fee payment, whether included in the applicable Service fee payment, or added retroactively. If the Service Recipient submits to the Service Provider a timely and valid resale or other exemption certificate acceptable to the Service Provider and sufficient to support the exemption from Tax, then such Tax will not be added to the Service fee; provided , however , that if a member of the Service Provider Group is ever required to pay such Tax pursuant to a final determination by the applicable tax authorities, the Service Recipient will promptly reimburse the Service Provider for such Tax, including any interest, penalties and attorney’s fees related thereto.

 

-14-


(c) The Parties shall reasonably cooperate to minimize the imposition of any taxes with respect to any fees paid for Services or to obtain a refund of such taxes. In the event that the Service Provider receives a refund of any taxes with respect to which the Service Recipient had grossed up its payment to the Service Provider under Section 4.4(a) or any taxes paid by the Service Recipient under Section 4.4(b), the Service Provider shall pay over such refund to the Service Recipient (but only to the extent the additional amounts paid by the Service Recipient under Section 4.4(a) or (b) with respect to taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out of pocket expenses of the Service Provider (including any taxes imposed with respect to such refund) as is determined by the Servicer Provider in good faith and its sole discretion; provided , however , that in the event the Service Provider is required to repay such refund to the applicable tax authorities, the Service Recipient will promptly reimburse the Service Provider the amount of such refund paid over to the Service Recipient, including any interest or penalties related thereto imposed by the applicable tax authorities.

ARTICLE V

TERM

5.1. Term . Subject to Articles VI and VII, the members of the Service Provider Group shall provide the specific Services to the members of the Service Recipient Group pursuant to this Agreement for the time period set forth in the Schedule relating to the specific Service. In accordance with the Separation and Distribution Agreement and Article VI, the Service Recipient shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide, and to terminate as soon as reasonably practicable, the specified Services to the applicable Service Recipient. Unless a specific Service or group of related Services is specified in the applicable Schedule to terminate earlier or a particular Service is extended beyond such date, all Services shall terminate one (1) year from the Distribution Date. Except as otherwise expressly agreed or unless sooner terminated, this Agreement shall commence upon the Distribution Date and shall continue in full force and effect between the Parties for so long as any Service set forth in any Schedule hereto is being provided to a Service Recipient, and this Agreement shall terminate upon the cessation of all Services provided hereunder; provided that Articles I, IV, VIII, IX and XI and Sections 2.7(g) and (h) will survive the termination of this Agreement and any such termination shall not affect any obligation for the payment of Services rendered prior to termination. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, including any extensions of this Agreement or of the period of performance of any particular Service, this Agreement cannot be extended beyond, and all Services shall terminate no later than, eighteen (18) months from the Distribution Date.

ARTICLE VI

DISCONTINUATION OF SERVICES

6.1. Discontinuation or Termination of Services .

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the relevant Schedule for a particular Service, at any time after the Distribution Date, the Service Recipient may, without cause and in accordance with the terms and conditions hereunder and the Separation and Distribution Agreement direct the discontinuation or termination of one or more specific Services by giving the Service Provider at least sixty (60) calendar days’ prior written notice or such other shorter notice specifically agreed by the Parties. Furthermore, any such discontinuation or termination

 

-15-


will affect the amounts payable to the Service Provider under this Agreement in the following manner: (i) to the extent that the charges for the discontinued or terminated Services have been separately identified in the applicable Schedule, such separately identified charges shall not apply following the discontinuation or termination of those Services; and (ii) from month to month, the Service Coordinators shall agree on the percentage reduction in Services and a commensurate percentage reduction in the amounts payable by the Service Recipient with respect to any Services which have been partially discontinued or terminated or for which the scope or amount has been narrowed. The Service Recipient shall be liable to the Service Provider for all costs and expenses the Service Provider or any member of the Service Provider Group remains obligated to pay in connection with any discontinued or terminated Service or Services (including to a Third Party Provider), except in the case of a Service terminated by the Service Recipient pursuant to clause (ii) of the first sentence of Section 7.1. The Parties shall cooperate as reasonably required to effectuate an orderly and systematic transfer to the Service Recipient Group of all of the duties and obligations previously performed by the Service Provider or a member of the Service Provider Group under this Agreement.

(b) Upon a Change in Control of the Service Recipient or in the event the Service Recipient becomes a competitor of the Service Provider or a member of the Service Provider Group or becomes affiliated with a competitor of the Service Provider or of a member of the Service Provider Group, the Service Provider shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate this Agreement or any or all of the applicable Services being provided under this Agreement upon thirty (30) calendar days’ prior written notice. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the 2011 Omnibus Stock and Performance Incentive Plan of ConocoPhillips, as such plan exists as of the date hereof and with the term “Company” as used in such definition to mean either ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66 as applicable.

6.2. Procedures Upon Discontinuation or Termination of Services . Upon the discontinuation or termination of a Service hereunder, this Agreement shall be of no further force and effect with respect to such Service, except as otherwise provided in the Schedule for the specific Service and except as to obligations accrued prior to the date of discontinuation or termination; provided , however , that Articles I, IV, VIII, IX and XI and Sections 2.7(g) and 2.7(h) of this Agreement shall survive such discontinuation or termination. Each Party shall, within sixty (60) calendar days after discontinuation or termination of a Service, deliver to the other Party originals of all books, records, contracts, receipts for deposits and all other papers or documents in its Group’s possession which pertain exclusively to the business of the other Group and relate to such Service; provided that a Party may retain copies of material provided to the other Party pursuant to this Section 6.2 as it deems necessary or appropriate in connection with its financial reporting obligations or internal control practices and policies.

6.3. Transition From Services . It is the express intent of the Parties and the members of their respective Groups that, notwithstanding the terms or schedules for performance of the Services provided or referenced in this Agreement, including in Article V and in the Schedules, the performance of Services pursuant to this Agreement be terminated as soon as possible. Consequently, each Service Recipient agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to reduce or eliminate its dependency on each Service as soon as reasonably practicable. Each Party agrees, on its behalf and on behalf of the other members of its Group, to facilitate the smooth transition of the Services from being performed by the Service Provider to being performed by the Service Recipient for itself.

 

-16-


ARTICLE VII

DEFAULT

7.1. Termination for Default . In the event (i) of a failure of the Service Recipient to pay for Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, or (ii) any Party or member of its Group shall default, in any material respect, in the due performance or observance by it of any of the other terms, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, then the non-defaulting Party shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to terminate the Service with respect to which the default occurred; provided that the defaulting Party shall have the right to cure or cause the cure of such default within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the written notice of such default and thereby avoid the termination. The Service Recipient’s right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Article VII and the rights set forth in Section 2.7 shall constitute the Service Recipient’s sole and exclusive rights and remedies for a breach by the Service Provider hereunder (including any breach caused by an Affiliate of the Service Provider or a Third Party Provider).

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION AND WAIVER

8.1. Personnel of ConocoPhillips Group . C ONOCO P HILLIPS SHALL INDEMNIFY , DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS EACH OF THE MEMBERS OF THE P HILLIPS 66 G ROUP AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS AND E MPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CAUSES OF ACTION , CLAIMS , SUITS , LOSSES , LIABILITIES , FINES , PENALTIES , COSTS , DAMAGES , JUDGMENTS , AWARDS AND EXPENSES , INCLUDING , BUT NOT LIMITED TO , COURT COSTS AND ATTORNEYS FEES (“C LAIMS ”) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED IN ANY WAY TO PERSONAL INJURY , DISEASE OR DEATH OF THE E MPLOYEES OR OFFICERS OF THE MEMBERS OF THE C ONOCO P HILLIPS G ROUP ARISING OUT OF OR OCCURRING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS A GREEMENT AND / OR PERFORMANCE OF S ERVICES HEREUNDER , REGARDLESS OF THE TIMING OR NATURE OR STYLE OF SUCH C LAIMS AND REGARDLESS OF THE IDENTITY OF THE CLAIMANT INCLUDING , BUT NOT LIMITED TO , THE E MPLOYEE OR OFFICER HIMSELF AND THEIR RESPECTIVE REPRESENTATIVES , AGENTS , HEIRS , BENEFICIARIES , ASSIGNS AND FAMILY MEMBERS .

8.2. Personnel of Phillips 66 Group . P HILLIPS 66 SHALL INDEMNIFY , DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS EACH OF THE MEMBERS OF THE C ONOCO P HILLIPS G ROUP AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS AND E MPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL C LAIMS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED IN ANY WAY TO PERSONAL INJURY , DISEASE OR DEATH OF THE E MPLOYEES OR OFFICERS OF THE MEMBERS OF THE P HILLIPS 66 G ROUP ARISING OUT OF OR OCCURRING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS A GREEMENT AND / OR PERFORMANCE OF S ERVICES HEREUNDER , REGARDLESS OF THE TIMING OR NATURE OR STYLE OF SUCH C LAIMS AND REGARDLESS OF THE IDENTITY OF THE CLAIMANT INCLUDING , BUT NOT LIMITED TO , THE E MPLOYEE OR OFFICER HIMSELF AND THEIR RESPECTIVE REPRESENTATIVES , AGENTS , HEIRS , BENEFICIARIES , ASSIGNS AND FAMILY MEMBERS .

 

-17-


8.3. Property of ConocoPhillips Group . C ONOCO P HILLIPS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR AND SHALL INDEMNIFY , DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS EACH OF THE MEMBERS OF THE P HILLIPS 66 G ROUP AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS AND E MPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL C LAIMS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED IN ANY WAY TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF THE PROPERTY OF THE MEMBERS OF THE C ONOCO P HILLIPS G ROUP OR THE PROPERTY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE E MPLOYEES OR OFFICERS , INCLUDING ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION OF SUCH PROPERTY , ARISING OUT OF OR OCCURRING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS A GREEMENT AND / OR PERFORMANCE OF S ERVICES HEREUNDER .

8.4. Property of Phillips 66 Group . P HILLIPS 66 SHALL BE LIABLE FOR AND SHALL INDEMNIFY , DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS EACH OF THE MEMBERS OF THE C ONOCO P HILLIPS G ROUP AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS AND E MPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL C LAIMS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED IN ANY WAY TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF THE PROPERTY OF THE MEMBERS OF THE P HILLIPS 66 G ROUP OR THE PROPERTY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE E MPLOYEES OR OFFICERS , INCLUDING ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION OF SUCH PROPERTY , ARISING OUT OF OR OCCURRING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS A GREEMENT AND / OR PERFORMANCE OF S ERVICES HEREUNDER .

8.5. Environmental Matters . T HE S ERVICE R ECIPIENT AND THE S ERVICE P ROVIDER AGREE THAT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE S ERVICE P ROVIDER BE CONSIDERED TO BE THE GENERATOR OF ANY WASTE MATERIAL AND ALL DECISIONS REGARDING THE SELECTION OF OFF - SITE DISPOSAL SITES OR OPTIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THE S ERVICES SHALL BE MADE EXCLUSIVELY BY S ERVICE R ECIPIENT . A CCORDINGLY , EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN S ECTIONS 8.1 THROUGH 8.4 ABOVE , THE S ERVICE R ECIPIENT SHALL BE LIABLE FOR AND SHALL INDEMNIFY , DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS EACH OF THE MEMBERS OF THE S ERVICE P ROVIDER G ROUP AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL C LAIMS RELATED TO OR ARISING OUT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS , POLLUTION , OR NONCOMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL RULES , LAWS , REGULATIONS OR AGREEMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS A GREEMENT AND / OR PERFORMANCE OF S ERVICES HEREUNDER .

8.6. Impact on Third Parties . T HE S ERVICE R ECIPIENT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE S ERVICES ARE OF SIGNIFICANT VALUE TO THE S ERVICE R ECIPIENT S BUSINESS AND ARE OF NO MATERIAL VALUE TO THE S ERVICE P ROVIDER OR THE OTHER MEMBERS OF THE S ERVICE P ROVIDER G ROUP . T HEREFORE , EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN S ECTIONS 8.1 THROUGH 8.5 ABOVE , THE S ERVICE R ECIPIENT SHALL BE LIABLE FOR AND SHALL INDEMNIFY , DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE S ERVICE P ROVIDER , THE OTHER MEMBERS OF THE S ERVICE P ROVIDER G ROUP AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS AND E MPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ANY C LAIMS ARISING OUT OF OR CONNECTED WITH THE IMPACT OF THE S ERVICES OR THE RESULTS OF THE S ERVICES ON ANY THIRD PARTIES ( PERSONS OTHER THAN MEMBERS OF THE S ERVICE P ROVIDER GROUP OR THE S ERVICE R ECIPIENT G ROUP OR THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS OR E MPLOYEES ), INCLUDING PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH , PROPERTY DAMAGE OR LOSS , AND MONETARY LOSS OR IMPACT .

 

-18-


8.7. Services Received . The Service Recipient hereby acknowledges and agrees that:

(a) the Service Provider’s liabilities with respect to the Services to be provided hereunder are subject to and limited by the provisions of Section 2.7, Article VII and the other provisions hereof, including the limitation of remedies available to the Service Recipient that restricts available remedies resulting from a Service not provided in accordance with the terms hereof to non-payment and, in certain circumstances, the right to terminate this Agreement;

(b) the Services are being provided solely to facilitate the transition of each of ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 as separate companies as a result of the Distribution;

(c) the Service Recipient shall be responsible for and assume all risks associated with the Services, except to the limited extent set forth in Section 2.7 and Article VII and this Article VIII;

(d) with respect to any software or documentation within the Services, the Service Recipient shall use such software and documentation internally and for their intended purpose only, shall not distribute, publish, transfer, sublicense or in any manner make such software or documentation available to other organizations or persons, and shall not act as a service bureau or consultant in connection with such software; and

(e) a material inducement to the Service Provider’s agreement to provide the Services is the limitation of liability and the release provided by the Service Recipient in this Agreement.

A CCORDINGLY , EXCEPT WITH REGARD TO THE LIMITED REMEDIES EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN S ECTION  2.7, THE S ERVICE R ECIPIENT SHALL ASSUME ALL LIABILITY FOR AND SHALL FURTHER RELEASE , DEFEND , INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE S ERVICE P ROVIDER , THE OTHER MEMBERS OF THE S ERVICE P ROVIDER G ROUP AND THEIR RESPECTIVE E MPLOYEES , OFFICERS , DIRECTORS AND AGENTS ( ALL INDEMNIFIED PARTIES ) FREE AND HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ALL C LAIMS OF THE S ERVICE R ECIPIENT AND THE OTHER MEMBERS OF THE S ERVICE R ECIPIENT G ROUP AND OF THIRD PARTIES RESULTING FROM , ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE S ERVICES PROVIDED BY ANY MEMBER OF THE S ERVICE P ROVIDER G ROUP TO ANY MEMBER OF THE S ERVICE R ECIPIENT G ROUP , HOWSOEVER ARISING AND WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE OF THE S ERVICE P ROVIDER , ANY MEMBER OF THE S ERVICE P ROVIDER G ROUP OR ANY T HIRD P ARTY P ROVIDER , OTHER THAN THOSE LOSSES CAUSED BY THE WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY .

8.8. Waiver of Consequential Damages .

(a) T HE MEMBERS OF THE C ONOCO P HILLIPS G ROUP SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO THE MEMBERS OF THE P HILLIPS 66 G ROUP UNDER THIS A GREEMENT FOR ANY EXEMPLARY , PUNITIVE , SPECIAL , INDIRECT , CONSEQUENTIAL , REMOTE OR SPECULATIVE DAMAGES ( INCLUDING IN RESPECT OF LOST PROFITS OR REVENUES ), HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY ( INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE , STRICT LIABILITY AND STATUTORY ) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THIS A GREEMENT AND / OR PERFORMANCE HEREUNDER , WHETHER OR NOT SUCH P ARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS SHALL NOT LIMIT EACH P ARTY S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS FOR LIABILITIES TO THIRD PARTIES AS SET FORTH IN THIS A GREEMENT , THE S EPARATION AND D ISTRIBUTION A GREEMENT OR ANY OTHER A NCILLARY A GREEMENT .

 

-19-


(b) T HE MEMBERS OF THE P HILLIPS 66 G ROUP SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO THE MEMBERS OF THE C ONOCO P HILLIPS G ROUP UNDER THIS A GREEMENT FOR ANY EXEMPLARY , PUNITIVE , SPECIAL , INDIRECT , CONSEQUENTIAL , REMOTE OR SPECULATIVE DAMAGES ( INCLUDING IN RESPECT OF LOST PROFITS OR REVENUES ), HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY ( INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE , STRICT LIABILITY AND STATUTORY ) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THIS A GREEMENT AND / OR PERFORMANCE HEREUNDER , WHETHER OR NOT SUCH P ARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS SHALL NOT LIMIT EACH P ARTY S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS FOR LIABILITIES TO THIRD PARTIES AS SET FORTH IN THIS A GREEMENT , THE S EPARATION AND D ISTRIBUTION A GREEMENT OR ANY OTHER A NCILLARY A GREEMENT .

8.9. Express Negligence . I T IS THE EXPRESS INTENT OF THE P ARTIES ( I THAT THE INDEMNITIES , RELEASES , DISCLAIMERS AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY SET FORTH IN THIS A GREEMENT ( INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH IN A RTICLE II AND IN THIS A RTICLE VIII) ARE TO BE ENFORCEABLE AGAINST THE P ARTIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXPRESS TERMS AND SCOPE THEREOF NOTWITHSTANDING ANY EXPRESS NEGLIGENCE RULE OR ANY SIMILAR DIRECTIVE THAT WOULD PROHIBIT OR OTHERWISE LIMIT INDEMNITIES , RELEASES , DISCLAIMERS OR LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY ; AND ( II THAT SUCH INDEMNITIES , RELEASES , DISCLAIMERS AND LIMITATIONS SHALL APPLY WHETHER THE C LAIMS ARISE OUT OF OR ARE BASED ON COMMON LAW , CIVIL LAW , MARITIME LAW , STATUTE , BREACH OF CONTRACT , POLLUTION , BREACH OF WARRANTY , OR OTHER SOURCE OR THEORY OF LAW OR LIABILITY AND EVEN IF THE C LAIM OR THE INJURY , LOSS OR DAMAGE RELATED THERETO IS CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE ( WHETHER SOLE OR JOINT OR CONCURRENT OR ACTIVE OR PASSIVE ), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER LEGAL FAULT OF THE PERSON RELEASED OR INDEMNIFIED THEREUNDER ; PROVIDED , THAT THE INDEMNITIES , RELEASES , DISCLAIMERS AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO THE EXTENT THE C LAIM IS CAUSED BY OR RESULTS FROM THE WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF SUCH PERSON .

ARTICLE IX

CONFIDENTIALITY

9.1. Confidentiality . The Parties each acknowledge and agree that in activities related to the performance of Services hereunder and in other interchanges between the Parties and their Groups as a result of the Distribution, each of the Parties and the members of their respective Groups will have access to information of the members of the other Group that is considered confidential or proprietary. Therefore, each of the Parties agrees to maintain all information of or regarding the other Group as confidential and not to use any such information for any purpose other than the performance of Services hereunder and/or necessary communications and cooperation between the Groups in connection with the Distribution. Each Party shall cause the members of its Group to become familiar with these requirements and shall cause such other members to comply with the requirements hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, the obligation of confidentiality shall not apply to any information which comes into the authorized possession of a Party (which, for purposes of this Article 9, shall include the Party

 

-20-


itself and any member of its Group) from a source other than the other Party or which becomes part of the public domain other than due to breach of this Agreement by the Party. If a Party is required by audit requirements, legal process or other lawful order to disclose information considered confidential hereunder, such Party shall give the other Party prompt notice of such requirement in order to allow the other Party to seek elimination of such order or to seek protection of such information, but the Party receiving such process or order shall be permitted to comply with such process or order.

9.2. Access to Computer Software . A Service Provider, in its sole discretion, may limit access to and the right to use software supplied by the Service Provider in connection with the Services solely to those Employees of the Service Recipient who need such access and right to use in connection with the provision of the Services.

9.3. Data . A Service Provider is authorized to have access to and make use of all data provided by the Service Recipient or created by the Service Provider solely on behalf of the Service Recipient after the Distribution Date (“ New Data ”), as necessary and appropriate for the performance by a Service Provider of its obligations under this Agreement. A Service Provider may not use any New Data for any purpose other than providing the Services.

9.4. Change Management . During the term of this Agreement, the Service Recipient shall abide by the Service Provider’s documented internal change control management policies and procedures (copies of which shall be provided to the Service Recipient) in connection with its use of any software used in connection with the Services.

9.5. System Security .

(a) If any Party is given access to the other Party’s computer systems or software (collectively, the “ Systems ”) in connection with the Services, the Party given access (the “ Accessing Party ”) shall comply with all of the other Party’s system security policies, procedures and requirements that have been provided to the Accessing Party in advance and in writing (collectively, “ Security Regulations ”), and shall not tamper with, compromise or circumvent any security or audit measures employed by such other Party. The Accessing Party shall access and use only those Systems of the other Party to which it has been granted the right of access and use.

(b) Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that only those of its personnel who are specifically authorized to have access to the Systems of the other Party gain such access, and use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent unauthorized access, use, destruction, alteration or loss of information contained therein, including notifying its personnel of the restrictions set forth in this Agreement and of the Security Regulations.

(c) If, at any time, the Accessing Party determines that any of its personnel has sought to circumvent, or has circumvented, the Security Regulations, that any unauthorized Accessing Party personnel has accessed the Systems, or that any of its personnel has engaged in activities that may lead to the unauthorized access, use, destruction, alteration or loss of data, information or software of the other Party, the Accessing Party shall promptly terminate any such person’s access to the Systems and immediately notify the other Party. In addition, such

 

-21-


other Party shall have the right to deny personnel of the Accessing Party access to its Systems upon notice to the Accessing Party. The Accessing Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the other Party in investigating any apparent unauthorized access to such other Party’s Systems.

ARTICLE X

FORCE MAJEURE

10.1. Performance Excused . Continued performance of a Service, except for any obligation to pay amounts due, may be suspended immediately to the extent the fulfillment of such Service is prevented, frustrated, hindered or delayed by any event or condition beyond the reasonable control of the Person suspending such performance (and not involving any willful misconduct of such Person), including acts of God, pandemics, floods, fire, earthquakes, labor or trade disturbances, strikes, war, acts of terrorism, civil commotion, electrical shortages or blackouts, breakdown or injury to computing facilities, compliance in good faith with any Law (whether or not it later proves to be invalid), unavailability of materials or bad weather (a “ Force Majeure Event ”). Unless the Service Provider Group incurs costs under agreements with its Third Party Providers, the Service Recipient shall not be obligated to pay any amount for Services that it does not receive as a result of a Force Majeure Event (and the Parties shall negotiate reasonably to determine the amount applicable to such Services not received). In addition to the reduction of any amounts owed by the Service Recipient hereunder, during the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, to the extent the provision of any Service has been disrupted or reduced, during such disruption or reduction, (a) the Service Recipient may replace any such affected Service by, at its own cost, providing any such Service for itself or engaging one or more third parties to provide such Service at the expense of the Service Recipient and (b) the Service Provider shall cooperate with, provide such information to and take such other actions as may be reasonably required to assist such third parties to provide such substitute Service.

10.2. Notice . The Party claiming suspension due to a Force Majeure Event will give prompt notice to the other of the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event giving rise to the suspension and of its nature and anticipated duration.

10.3. Cooperation . Upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, the Parties shall cooperate with each other to find alternative means and methods for the provision of the suspended Service.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

11.1. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the documents referenced herein (including the Separation and Distribution Agreement and any other Ancillary Agreement), constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written and oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements and understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

-22-


11.2. Binding Effect; No Third-Party Beneficiaries; Assignment . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns; and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any other person or entity any rights, benefits or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 2.1 and 2.4 with respect to the assignment of certain rights and obligations to a Party’s Affiliates, this Agreement may not be assigned by either Party, except with the prior written consent of the other Party.

11.3. Amendment; Waivers . No change or amendment may be made to this Agreement except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of both of the Parties. Either Party may, at any time, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the other contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, and (iii) waive compliance by the other with any of the agreements, covenants or conditions contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the Party to be bound thereby. No failure or delay on the part of either Party in the exercise of any right hereunder shall impair such right or be construed to be a waiver of, or acquiescence in, any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right.

11.4. Notices . Except for invoicing and payment, modifications to or additions to the Schedules or Services (which shall be handled between the Transition Coordinators), other regular communications between the Groups as established pursuant to procedures and protocols adopted in accordance with this Agreement and as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, all notices, requests, claims, demands or other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service, by facsimile or electronic transmission with receipt confirmed (followed by delivery of an original via overnight courier service) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 11.4):

If to ConocoPhillips, to:

ConocoPhillips

600 North Dairy Ashford Street

Houston, TX 77079

Attn: General Counsel

If to Phillips 66 to:

Phillips 66

[•]

Attn: General Counsel

Any Party may, by notice to the other Party, change the address and contact person to which any such notices are to be given.

 

-23-


11.5. Counterparts . This Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto and the other documents referred to herein, may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

11.6. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof or thereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby. Upon such determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon a suitable and equitable provision to effect the original intent of the parties.

11.7. Governing Law . This Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby or to the inducement of any party to enter herein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise) shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware irrespective of the choice of laws principles of the State of Delaware, including all matters of validity, construction, effect, enforceability, performance and remedies.

11.8. Dispute Resolution . Any Dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article IV of the Indemnification and Release Agreement, which shall be the sole and exclusive procedures for the resolution of any such Dispute unless otherwise specified herein or in Article IV of the Indemnification and Release Agreement.

11.9. Performance . Each Party shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth herein to be performed by any Affiliate of such Party.

11.10. Relationship of Parties . In the performance of this Agreement, the Service Provider (and any other member of the Service Provider Group which performs Services hereunder) will at all times act in its own capacity as an independent contractor, and nothing contained herein may be construed to make the Service Provider an agent, partner, fiduciary or joint venturer of the Service Recipient or the other members of the Service Recipient Group. The Service Provider’s Employees which perform Services under this Agreement (a) will remain personnel of the Service Provider, (b) will not by reason of the performance of Services under this Agreement become employees of any member of the Service Recipient Group and (c) will not be entitled to participate in any of the Service Recipient’s employee benefit or compensation plans, programs, agreements or arrangements, including pension, 401(k), profit sharing, retirement, deferred compensation, medical, health, group insurance, disability, bonus, incentive compensation, vacation pay, severance pay and other similar plans, programs, agreements and arrangements, whether reduced to writing or not. Similarly, any of the Service Recipient’s Employees that perform Services under this Agreement pursuant to Section2.7(e), (i) will remain personnel of the Service Recipient, (ii) will not by reason of the performance of Services under this Agreement become employees of any member of the Service Provider Group and (iii) will not be entitled to participate in any of the Service

 

-24-


Provider’s employee benefit or compensation plans, programs, agreements or arrangements, including pension, 401(k), profit sharing, retirement, deferred compensation, medical, health, group insurance, disability, bonus, incentive compensation, vacation pay, severance pay and other similar plans, programs, agreements or arrangements, whether reduced to writing or not. Each Party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) will indemnify and hold harmless the other Party and its affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and permitted assigns (the “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against all losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, actions, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or resulting from any claims asserted by, on behalf of, or in relation to the Employees of the Indemnifying Party that such Employees are employed by the Indemnified Party or one of its Affiliates, including any assertions of contingent worker or co-employment relationships, and including any responsibility or liability to any Employee or governmental authority for alleged misclassification of any employment relationship.

11.11. Regulations . All Employees of the Service Provider and the members of the Service Provider Group shall, when on the property of the Service Recipient, conform to the rules and regulations of the Service Recipient concerning safety, health and security that are made known to such Employees in advance in writing. All Employees of the Service Recipient and the other members of the Service Recipient Group shall, when on the property of the Service Provider, conform to the rules and regulations of the Service Provider concerning safety, health and security that are made known to such Employees in advance in writing.

11.12. Interpretation . In this Agreement, (a) words in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa and words of one gender shall be held to include the other genders as the context requires; (b) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” and “herewith” and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole (including all of the Schedules, Exhibits and Appendices hereto) and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; (c) Article, Section, Exhibit, Schedule and Appendix references are to the Articles, Sections, Exhibits, Schedules and Appendices to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; (d) the word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement means “including, without limitation,”; (e) the word “or” shall not be exclusive; (f) unless expressly stated to the contrary in this Agreement, all references to “the date hereof,” “the date of this Agreement,” “hereby” and “hereupon” and words of similar import shall all be references to the date first stated in the preamble, regardless of any amendment or restatement hereof.

11.13. Effect if Separation does not Occur . If the Distribution does not occur, then all actions and events that are, under this Agreement, to be taken or occur effective as of or following the Distribution Date, or otherwise in connection with the Distribution, shall not be taken or occur except to the extent specifically agreed in writing by the Parties and (in the absence of such specific written agreement) neither Party shall have any liability or further obligation to the other Party under this Agreement.

 

-25-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

CONOCOPHILLIPS
By:  
 

 

  Name:
  Title:
PHILLIPS 66
By:  
 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

-26-

Exhibit 10.3

EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT

by and between

CONOCOPHILLIPS

and

PHILLIPS 66

dated as of

[            ] [    ], 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I GENERAL PRINCIPLES FOR ALLOCATION OF LIABILITIES

     1   

Section 1.1

    

General Principles

     1   

Section 1.2

    

Service Credit

     3   

Section 1.3

    

Plan Administration

     3   

Section 1.4

     No Duplication or Acceleration of Benefits      3   

Section 1.5

     No Expansion of Participation      4   

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS

     4   

Section 2.1

     Definitions      4   

Section 2.2

     Interpretation      12   

ARTICLE III ASSIGNMENT OF EMPLOYEES

     14   

Section 3.1

     Active Employees      14   

Section 3.2

     Former Employees      17   

Section 3.3

     Employment Law Obligations      17   

Section 3.4

     Employee Records      17   

Section 3.5

     Non-Solicitation      19   

ARTICLE IV EQUITY AND INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLANS

     19   

Section 4.1

     General Principles      19   

Section 4.2

     Restricted Stock      20   

Section 4.3

     Non-exercisable Stock Options      20   

Section 4.4

     Exercisable Stock Options and Vested Stock Appreciation Rights      23   

Section 4.5

     Restricted Stock Units      25   

Section 4.6

     Performance Share Units      26   

Section 4.7

     Specified Transition Employees      26   

Section 4.8

     Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act; Code Sections 162(m) and 409A      27   

Section 4.9

     Performance Share Program      28   

Section 4.10

     Liabilities for Settlement of Awards      28   

Section 4.11

     Bonus and Short-Term Incentive Payments      29   

Section 4.12

     Form S-8      29   

Section 4.13

     Tax Reporting and Withholding for Equity-Based Awards      30   

 

- i -


Section 4.14

     Plan Administrator    30

Section 4.15

     Approval of Phillips 66 New Equity Plan    30
ARTICLE V U.S. QUALIFIED DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS    30

Section 5.1

     Establishment of Phillips 66 Pension Plan    30

Section 5.2

     Phillips 66 Pension Plan Participants    31

Section 5.3

     Delayed Transfer Employees    33
ARTICLE VI U.S. QUALIFIED DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS    34

Section 6.1

     Establishment of the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan    34

Section 6.2

     Transfer of COP 401(k) Plan Assets    34

Section 6.3

     Treatment of Phillips 66 Common Stock and COP Common Stock    34

Section 6.4

     Continuation of Elections    35

Section 6.5

     Delayed Transfer Employees    35

Section 6.6

     Tax Qualified Status    35
ARTICLE VII NONQUALIFIED COMPENSATION PLANS    36

Section 7.1

     Excess Benefit Plans    36

Section 7.2

     Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plans    36

Section 7.3

     Treatment of Phantom Shares in Deferred Compensation Plans    37

Section 7.4

     Grantor Trusts    38
ARTICLE VIII WELFARE PLANS    38

Section 8.1

     Establishment of Phillips 66 Welfare Plans    38

Section 8.2

     Transitional Matters Under Phillips 66 Welfare Plans    38

Section 8.3

     Continuity of Benefits, Benefit Elections and Beneficiary Designations    40

Section 8.4

     Delayed Transfer Employees from Phillips 66 Group to COP Group    42

Section 8.5

     Insurance Contracts    42

Section 8.6

     Third-Party Vendors    42

Section 8.7

     Retiree Welfare Plans    43
ARTICLE IX WORKERS’ COMPENSATION AND UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION    43

Section 9.1

     Phillips 66 Workers’ and Unemployment Compensation    43

Section 9.2

     COP Workers’ and Unemployment Compensation    44

Section 9.3

     Assignment of Contribution Rights    44

 

- ii -


Section 9.4

     Collateral    44

Section 9.5

     Cooperation    45
ARTICLE X SEVERANCE    45

Section 10.1

     Severance    45
ARTICLE XI BENEFIT ARRANGEMENTS AND OTHER MATTERS    45

Section 11.1

     Termination of Participation    45

Section 11.2

     Accrued Time Off    45

Section 11.3

     Leaves of Absence    46

Section 11.4

     Collective Bargaining Agreements    46

Section 11.5

     Director Programs    46

Section 11.6

     Restrictive Covenants in Employment and Other Agreements    46
ARTICLE XII NON-U.S. EMPLOYEES    47

Section 12.1

     General Principles    47

Section 12.2

     Treatment of Equity Awards Held by Non-U.S. Employees    47

Section 12.3

     Other Canada Employee Matters    51

Section 12.4

     UK Employee Matters Agreement    51
ARTICLE XIII GENERAL PROVISIONS    52

Section 13.1

     Preservation of Rights to Amend    52

Section 13.2

     Confidentiality    52

Section 13.3

     Administrative Complaints/Litigation    52

Section 13.4

     Reimbursement and Indemnification    52

Section 13.5

     Costs of Compliance with Agreement    53

Section 13.6

     Fiduciary Matters    53

Section 13.7

     Entire Agreement    53

Section 13.8

     Binding Effect; No Third-Party Beneficiaries; Assignment    53

Section 13.9

     Amendment; Waivers    54

Section 13.10

     Remedies Cumulative    54

Section 13.11

     Notices    54

Section 13.12

     Counterparts    54

Section 13.13

     Severability    54

Section 13.14

     Governing Law    55

 

- iii -


Section 13.15

        Dispute Resolution    55

Section 13.16

        Performance    55

Section 13.17

        Construction    55

Section 13.18

        Effect if Distribution Does Not Occur    55

 

- iv -


EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT, dated as of [                    ], 2012, is entered into by and between ConocoPhillips, a Delaware corporation (“ COP ”), and Phillips 66, a Delaware corporation (“ Phillips 66 ”). COP and Phillips 66 are also referred to in this Agreement individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

RECITALS

WHEREAS, COP has determined that it would be appropriate, desirable and in the best interests of COP and the shareholders of COP to separate the Phillips 66 business from COP;

WHEREAS, COP and Phillips 66 have entered into the Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated [                    ], 2012 (the “ Separation Agreement ”), in connection with the separation of the Phillips 66 business from COP and the Distribution of Phillips 66 Common Stock to shareholders of COP;

WHEREAS, the Separation Agreement also provides for the execution and delivery of certain other agreements, including this Agreement, in order to facilitate and provide for the separation of Phillips 66 and its subsidiaries from COP; and

WHEREAS, in order to ensure an orderly transition under the Separation Agreement, it will be necessary for the Parties to allocate between them Assets, Liabilities and responsibilities with respect to certain employee compensation and benefit plans and programs, and certain other employment matters.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the covenants and agreements set forth below and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

GENERAL PRINCIPLES FOR ALLOCATION OF LIABILITIES

Section 1.1 General Principles . (a) Each member of the COP Group and each member of the Phillips 66 Group shall take any and all reasonable action as shall be necessary or appropriate so that active participation in the COP Pension Plan, COP 401(k) Plan, COP Welfare Plans and COP Benefit Plans by all Phillips 66 Group Employees shall terminate in connection with the Distribution as and when provided under this Agreement (or if not specifically provided under this Agreement, as of the Effective Time).

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Distribution Date, one or more members of the Phillips 66 Group (as determined by Phillips 66) shall assume or continue the sponsorship of, and no member of the COP Group shall have any further Liability with respect to or under, the following agreements, obligations and Liabilities, and Phillips 66 shall indemnify each member of the COP Group, and the officers, directors, and employees of each member of the COP Group, and hold them harmless with respect to such agreements, obligations or Liabilities:

(i) any and all individual agreements entered into between any member of the COP Group and any Phillips 66 Group Employee;


(ii) any and all agreements entered into between any member of the COP Group and any individual who is an independent contractor providing services primarily for the business activities of the Phillips 66 Group;

(iii) any and all collective bargaining agreements, collective agreements and trade union or works council agreements entered into between any member of the COP Group and any union, works council or other body representing only Phillips 66 Group Employees;

(iv) any and all wages, salaries, incentive compensation (as the same may be modified by this Agreement), commissions, bonuses, and any other employee compensation or benefits payable to or on behalf of any Phillips 66 Group Employees after the Distribution Date, without regard to when such wages, salaries, incentive compensation, commissions, bonuses, or other employee compensation or benefits are or may have been earned;

(v) any and all moving expenses and obligations related to relocation, repatriation, transfers or similar items incurred by or owed to any Phillips 66 Group Employees that have not been paid prior to the Distribution Date;

(vi) any and all immigration-related, visa, work application or similar rights, obligations and Liabilities related to any Phillips 66 Group Employees; and

(vii) any and all Liabilities and obligations whatsoever with respect to claims made by or with respect to any Phillips 66 Group Employees in connection with any employee benefit plan, program or policy not otherwise retained or assumed by any member of the COP Group pursuant to this Agreement, including such Liabilities relating to actions or omissions of or by any member of the Phillips 66 Group or any officer, director, employee or agent thereof on or prior to the Distribution Date.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Time, no member of the Phillips 66 Group shall have any further Liability for, and COP shall indemnify each member of the Phillips 66 Group, and the officers, directors, and employees of each member of the Phillips 66 Group, and hold them harmless with respect to any and all Liabilities and obligations whatsoever with respect to, claims made by or with respect to any COP Group Employees or Former COP Group Employees in connection with any employee benefit plan, program or policy not otherwise retained or assumed by any member of the Phillips 66 Group pursuant to this Agreement, including such Liabilities relating to actions or omissions of or by any member of the COP Group or any officer, director, employee or agent thereof on, prior to or after the Distribution Date.

 

- 2 -


Section 1.2 Service Credit .

(a) Service for Eligibility, Vesting, and Benefit Purposes . Except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the Phillips 66 Pension Plan, the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan, and the Phillips 66 Welfare Plans shall, and Phillips 66 shall cause each member of the Phillips 66 Group to, recognize each Phillips 66 Group Employee full service credit for purposes of eligibility, vesting, determination of level of benefits and, to the extent applicable, benefit accruals under any Phillips 66 Benefit Plan for such Phillips 66 Group Employee’s service with any member of the COP Group on or prior to the Effective Time or Transfer Date, as applicable, to the same extent such service would be credited if it had been performed for a member of the Phillips 66 Group.

(b) Evidence of Prior Service . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, but subject to applicable Law, upon reasonable request by one Party to the other Party, the first Party will provide to the other Party copies of any records available to the first Party to document such service, plan participation and membership of such Employees and cooperate with the first Party to resolve any discrepancies or obtain any missing data for purposes of determining benefit eligibility, participation, vesting and calculation of benefits with respect to any Employee.

Section 1.3 Plan Administration .

(a) Transition Services . The Parties acknowledge that the COP Group or the Phillips 66 Group may provide administrative services for certain of the other Party’s benefit programs for a transitional period under the terms of the Transition Services Agreement. The Parties agree to enter into a business associate agreement (if required by HIPAA or other applicable health information privacy Laws) in connection with such Transition Services Agreement.

(b) Participant Elections and Beneficiary Designations . All participant elections and beneficiary designations made under any plan sponsored by a member of the COP Group prior to the Effective Time with respect to which Assets or Liabilities are transferred or allocated to plans maintained by a member of the Phillips 66 Group in accordance with this Agreement shall continue in effect under the applicable Phillips 66 plan, including deferral, investment and payment form elections, dividend elections, coverage options and levels, beneficiary designations and the rights of alternate payees under qualified domestic relations orders, to the extent allowed by applicable Law.

Section 1.4 No Duplication or Acceleration of Benefits . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Separation Agreement or any Transfer Document, no participant in the Phillips 66 Pension Plan, Phillips 66 401(k) Plan, Phillips 66 SERP, Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Plans, Phillips 66 Welfare Plan or other Benefit Plans of Phillips 66 shall receive benefits that duplicate benefits provided by the corresponding COP Benefit Plan or arrangement. Furthermore, unless expressly provided for in this Agreement, the Separation Agreement or in any Transfer Document or required by applicable Law, no provision in this Agreement shall be construed to create any right to accelerate vesting or entitlements to any compensation or Benefit Plan on the part of any COP Group Employee, Former COP Group Employee or Phillips 66 Group Employee.

 

- 3 -


Section 1.5 No Expansion of Participation . Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, as otherwise determined or agreed to by COP and Phillips 66, as required by applicable Law, or as explicitly set forth in a Phillips 66 Benefit Plan, a Phillips 66 Group Employee shall be entitled to participate in the Phillips 66 Benefit Plans only to the extent that such Employee was entitled to participate in the corresponding COP Benefit Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Distribution Date, with it being the intent of the Parties that this Agreement does not result in any expansion of the number of Phillips 66 Group Employees participating or the participation rights therein that they had prior to the Effective Time.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Section 2.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 2.1:

Adjustment Time ” means the Effective Time, except with regard to the provisions of Section 12.2(a), with regard to which it means the time that is immediately before the time that is immediately before the Effective Time.

Adjusted COP PSU ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

Adjusted COP RSA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

Adjusted COP RSU ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(c).

Adjusted COP Non-exercisable Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a)(i).

Adjusted COP Unvested SAR ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b)(i).

Adjusted COP Exercisable Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a)(i).

Adjusted COP Vested SAR ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(b)(i).

Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Agreement ” means this Employee Matters Agreement, together with all Schedules hereto and all amendments, modifications, and changes hereto entered into pursuant to Section 13.9.

Assets ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Benefit Management Records ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(b)(i).

 

- 4 -


Benefit Plan ” means any contract, agreement, policy, practice, program, plan, trust, commitment or arrangement providing for benefits, perquisites or compensation of any nature to any Employee, or to any family member, dependent, or beneficiary of any such Employee, including pension plans, thrift plans, supplemental pension plans and welfare plans, and contracts, agreements, policies, practices, programs, plans, trusts, commitments and arrangements providing for terms of employment, fringe benefits, severance benefits, change in control protections or benefits, travel and accident, life, disability and accident insurance, tuition reimbursement, travel reimbursement, vacation, sick, personal or bereavement days, leaves of absences and holidays.

Business Days ” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a day in which banking institutions in Houston, Texas are authorized or requested by law to close.

Canada Tax Act ” means the Income Tax Act (Canada).

Canadian Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.

COBRA ” means the U.S. Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as codified at Section 601 et seq. of ERISA and at Section 4980B of the Code.

Code ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Collective Bargaining Agreements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(j).

COP ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

COP Actuary ” means an independent actuary selected by COP.

COP Adjusted Exercise Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a)(i).

COP Benefit Plan ” means any Benefit Plan sponsored or maintained by a member of the COP Group immediately prior to the Effective Time.

COP Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of COP.

COP Deferred Compensation Plans ” means the Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan of COP, the Defined Contribution Make-up Plan of COP and the COP Director Deferral Plan for non-employee directors.

COP Delayed Price Ratio ” means, with respect to a Delayed Transfer Employee, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the volume weighted average per share price of COP Common Stock trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the last Trading Day immediately before such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date by (ii) the volume weighted average per share price of Phillips 66 Common Stock trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the last Trading Day immediately before such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date.

 

- 5 -


COP Delayed Share Ratio ” means, with respect to a Delayed Transfer Employee, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the volume weighted average per share price of Phillips 66 Common Stock trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the last Trading Day immediately before such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date by (ii) the volume weighted average per share price of COP Common Stock trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the last Trading Day immediately before such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date.

COP Director ” means any individual who is a non-employee member of the board of directors of COP immediately after the Effective Time.

COP Entity ” means any member of the COP Group.

COP 401(k) Plan ” means the ConocoPhillips Savings Plan.

COP 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(a).

COP Grantor Trust ” means the ConocoPhillips Grantor Trust.

COP Group ” shall have the same meaning as ConocoPhillips Group in the Separation Agreement.

COP Group Employee ” means, subject to the last sentence of Section 3.1(c), any individual who is employed by a member of the COP Group immediately after the Effective Time.

COP Equity Plan ” means any equity plan sponsored or maintained by COP immediately prior to the Distribution Date, including each of the plans set forth on Schedule 2.1(a).

COP Options ” means exercisable and non-exercisable options to purchase shares of COP Common Stock granted pursuant to any of the COP Equity Plans.

COP Pension Plan ” means the ConocoPhillips Retirement Plan.

COP Post-Distribution Stock Value ” means the simple average of the volume weighted average per share price of COP Common Stock trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the first four Trading Days following the Distribution Date.

COP Pre-Distribution Stock Value ” means the simple average of the volume weighted average per share price of COP Common Stock trading “regular way with due bills” on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the Distribution Date and the three immediately preceding Trading Days.

COP Price Ratio ” means the quotient obtained by dividing the COP Post-Distribution Stock Value by the COP Pre-Distribution Stock Value.

 

- 6 -


COP PSUs ” means restricted stock units issued in connection with COP’s Performance Share Program or in connection with Phillips Petroleum Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan or its predecessors, and shall also include that certain grant of restricted stock made to James J. Mulva on June 20, 2000 (and tendered and exchanged for restricted stock units effective January 29, 2002), that certain grant of restricted stock units made to James J. Mulva on November 17, 2001, and that certain grant of restricted stock units made to James J. Mulva on May 8, 2005 (together with any dividend equivalents related thereto that have been issued as further restricted stock units).

COP RSAs ” means restricted stock awards issued under any of the COP Equity Plans.

COP RSUs ” means restricted stock units granted under any of the COP Equity Plans, other than those which are COP PSUs.

COP SARs ” means stock appreciation rights granted under any of the COP Equity Plans.

COP SERP ” means the non-qualified COP supplemental executive retirement plans, including the Key Employee Supplemental Retirement Plan.

COP Severance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

COP Share Ratio ” means the quotient obtained by dividing the COP Pre-Distribution Stock Value by the COP Post-Distribution Stock Value.

COP Welfare Plan ” means any Welfare Plan sponsored or maintained by any one or more members of the COP Group as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, including each of the Welfare Plans set forth on Schedule 2.1(b).

Delayed Transfer COP Option ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b).

Delayed Transfer Employees ” means those COP Group Employees or Phillips 66 Group Employees whose transfer from COP Group to Phillips 66 Group or from Phillips 66 Group to COP Group, respectively, in connection with the Distribution will be delayed until after the Effective Time in accordance with the terms of the notice provided by COP to Phillips 66.

Delayed Transfer Phillips 66 Option ” shall have the meaning set forth Section 4.3(b).

Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Distribution Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Distribution Ratio ” shall be one share of Phillips 66 Common Stock for every two shares of COP Common Stock.

 

- 7 -


Effective Time ” means the time immediately before the effective time of the Distribution.

Employee ” means any COP Group Employee, Former COP Group Employee or Phillips 66 Group Employee.

Employee Leasing Agreements ” means the agreements between the Parties (or their respective Subsidiaries) for providing, on a limited basis, temporary services from individual employees of one Party or any of its Subsidiaries to the other Party or any of its Subsidiaries.

ERISA ” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Estimated Pension Plan Transfer Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 (b)(ii).

FICA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(h).

Final Pension Plan Transfer Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b)(iv).

Final Transfer Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b)(v).

FMLA ” means the U.S. Family and Medical Leave Act, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Former COP Group Employee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.

FSA Participation Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(b).

FUTA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(h).

HIPAA ” means the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

HSA Participation Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(c).

Indemnification and Release Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Initial Transfer Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b)(iv).

IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service.

Law ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

 

- 8 -


NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

Party ” or “ Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Person ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Phillips 66 ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Phillips 66 Actuary ” means an independent actuary selected by Phillips 66.

Phillips 66 Adjusted Exercise Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a)(ii).

Phillips 66 Benefit Plan ” means any Benefit Plan sponsored or maintained by a member of the Phillips 66 Group immediately following the Effective Time.

Phillips 66 Business ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Phillips 66 Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Phillips 66.

Phillips 66 Delayed Price Ratio ” means, with respect to a Delayed Transfer Employee, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the volume weighted average per share price of Phillips 66 Common Stock on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the last Trading Day immediately before such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date by (ii) the volume weighted average per share price of COP Common Stock on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the last Trading Day immediately before such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date.

Phillips 66 Delayed Share Ratio ” means, with respect to a Delayed Transfer Employee, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the volume weighted average per share price of COP Common Stock on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the last Trading Day immediately before such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date by (ii) the volume weighted average per share price of Phillips 66 Common Stock on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the last Trading Day immediately before such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date.

Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Beneficiary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

Phillips 66 Director ” means any individual who is a non-employee member of the board of directors of Phillips 66 immediately after the Effective Time.

Phillips 66 Entity ” means any member of the Phillips 66 Group.

 

- 9 -


Phillips 66 401(k) Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

Phillips 66 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

Phillips 66 FSA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(b).

Phillips 66 Group ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Phillips 66 Group Employee ” means, subject to the penultimate sentence of Section 3.1(c), any individual who is employed by a member of the Phillips 66 Group immediately after the Effective Time.

Phillips 66 HSA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(c).

Phillips 66 New Equity Plan ” means the plan adopted by Phillips 66 prior to the Effective Time and approved by COP, as sole shareholder of Phillips 66, under which the Phillips 66 equity-based awards described in Article IV shall be issued.

Phillips 66 Option ” means a Phillips 66 Exercisable Option or a Phillips 66 Non-exercisable Option.

Phillips 66 Pension Participants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

Phillips 66 Pension Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

Phillips 66 Price Ratio ” means the quotient obtained by dividing the Phillips 66 Stock Value by the COP Pre-Distribution Stock Value.

Phillips 66 PSUs ” means restricted stock units initially granted in connection with COP’s Performance Share Program or in connection with Phillips Petroleum Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan or its predecessors.

Phillips 66 RSAs ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

Phillips 66 SERP ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

Phillips 66 SERP Beneficiaries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

Phillips 66 Share Ratio ” means the quotient obtain by dividing the COP Pre-Distribution Stock Value by the Phillips 66 Stock Value.

Phillips 66 Short-Term Incentive Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(a).

Phillips 66 Stock Value ” means the simple average of the volume weighted average per share price of Phillips 66 Common Stock trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the first four Trading Days following the Distribution Date.

 

- 10 -


Phillips 66 Non-exercisable Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a)(ii).

Phillips 66 Exercisable Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a)(ii).

Phillips 66 Unvested SAR ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(b)(ii).

Phillips 66 Welfare Plan ” means any Welfare Plan sponsored or maintained by any one or more members of the Phillips 66 Group immediately after the Effective Time.

Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

Post-Distribution Value ” means, with respect to a Person’s COP PSUs or RSUs or Phillips 66 PSUs or RSUs, as applicable, the product of (a) the number of shares of COP Common Stock or shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock, as applicable, subject to such COP PSUs or RSUs or Phillips 66 PSUs or RSUs, as applicable, immediately after the Adjustment Time, and (b) the COP Post-Distribution Stock Value or Phillips 66 Stock Value, as applicable.

Pre-Distribution Spread ” means, with respect to any exercisable COP Option, COP Option held by a Former Employee, COP Option held by a Specified Transition Employee, or vested COP SAR, the product of (a) the number of shares of COP Common Stock subject to such exercisable COP Option or vested COP SAR immediately prior to the Effective Time and (b) the excess of the COP Pre-Distribution Stock Value over the per-share exercise price for such exercisable COP Option, COP Option held by a Former Employee, COP Option held by a Specified Transition Employee, or vested COP SAR, prior to any adjustment contemplated by Article IV.

Pre-Distribution Value ” means, with respect to a Person’s COP PSUs or RSUs, the product of (a) the number of shares of COP Common Stock subject to such COP PSUs or RSUs immediately prior to the Adjustment Time, and (b) the COP Pre-Distribution Stock Value.

Privacy Contract ” means any contract entered into in connection with applicable privacy protection Laws or regulations.

Regular Trading Hours ” means the period beginning at 9:30 A.M. New York City time and ending 4:30 P.M. New York City time.

Revised Pension Plan Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b)(iv).

Securities Act ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Separation Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

 

- 11 -


Trading Day ” means the period of time during any given calendar day, commencing with the determination of the opening price on the NYSE and ending with the determination of the closing price on the NYSE, in which trading and settlement in shares of COP Common Stock or Phillips 66 Common Stock is permitted on the NYSE.

Transfer Date ” means, with respect to a Delayed Transfer Employee, the date that such Delayed Transfer Employee commences employment with a member of the COP Group or Phillips 66 Group, as applicable, with the Transfer Date being specified in the notice provided by COP.

Transfer Document ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Transition Services Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

True-Up Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b)(v).

U.S. ” means the United States of America.

WARN ” means the U.S. Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and any applicable state or local Law equivalent.

Welfare Plan ” means, where applicable, a “welfare plan” (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) or a “cafeteria plan” under Section 125 of the Code, and any benefits offered thereunder, and any other plan offering health benefits (including medical, prescription drug, dental, vision, and mental health and substance abuse), disability benefits, or life, accidental death and disability, and business travel insurance, pre-tax premium conversion benefits, dependent care assistance programs, employee assistance programs, paid time off programs, contribution funding toward a health savings account, flexible spending accounts, or cashable credits.

Section 2.2 Interpretation . In this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

(a) words used in the singular include the plural and words used in the plural include the singular;

(b) if a word or phrase is defined in this Agreement, its other grammatical forms, as used in this Agreement, shall have a corresponding meaning;

(c) reference to any gender includes the other gender and the neuter;

(d) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

(e) the words “shall” and “will” are used interchangeably and have the same meaning;

 

- 12 -


(f) the word “or” shall have the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or”;

(g) relative to the determination of any period of time, “from” means “from and including,” “to” means “to but excluding” and “through” means “through and including”;

(h) all references to a specific time of day in this Agreement shall be based upon Central Standard Time or Central Daylight Savings Time, as applicable, on the date in question;

(i) whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, such number shall refer to calendar days unless Business Days are specified;

(j) accounting terms used herein shall have the meanings historically ascribed to them by COP and its Subsidiaries, including Phillips 66 for this purpose, in its and their internal accounting and financial policies and procedures in effect immediately prior to the date of this Agreement;

(k) reference to any Article, Section or Schedule means such Article or Section of, or such Schedule to, this Agreement, as the case may be, and references in any Section or definition to any clause means such clause of such Section or definition;

(l) the words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “hereto” and words of similar import shall be deemed references to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other provision of this Agreement;

(m) the term “commercially reasonable efforts” means efforts which are commercially reasonable to enable a Party, directly or indirectly, to satisfy a condition to or otherwise assist in the consummation of a desired result and which do not require the performing Party to expend funds or assume Liabilities other than expenditures and Liabilities which are customary and reasonable in nature and amount in the context of a series of related transactions similar to the Distribution;

(n) reference to any agreement, instrument or other document means such agreement, instrument or other document as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof and not prohibited by this Agreement;

(o) reference to any Law (including statutes and ordinances) means such Law (including any and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) as amended, modified, codified or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect at the time of determining compliance or applicability;

(p) references to any Person include such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by this Agreement; a reference to such Person’s “Affiliates” shall be deemed to mean such Person’s Affiliates following the Distribution and any reference to a third party shall be deemed to mean a Person who is not a Party or an Affiliate of a Party;

 

- 13 -


(q) if there is any conflict between the provisions of the main body of this Agreement and the Schedules hereto, the provisions of the main body of this Agreement shall control unless explicitly stated otherwise in such Schedule;

(r) unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, all references to dollar amounts herein shall be in respect of lawful currency of the U.S.;

(s) the titles to Articles and headings of Sections contained in this Agreement, in any Schedule and Exhibit and in the table of contents to this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement; and

(t) any portion of this Agreement obligating a Party to take any action or refrain from taking any action, as the case may be, shall mean that such Party shall also be obligated to cause its relevant Subsidiaries to take such action or refrain from taking such action, as the case may be.

ARTICLE III

ASSIGNMENT OF EMPLOYEES

Section 3.1 Active Employees .

(a) Phillips 66 Group Employees . Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, effective not later than immediately following the Effective Time, the employment of each individual whose employment duties are to be primarily related to the business activities of the Phillips 66 Group immediately after the Distribution Date (collectively, the “ Phillips 66 Group Employees ”) shall be continued by a member of the Phillips 66 Group or shall be assigned and transferred to a member of the Phillips 66 Group (in each case, with such member as determined by Phillips 66). Each of the Parties agrees to execute, and to seek to have the applicable employees execute, such documentation, if any, as may be necessary to reflect such assignments and transfers.

(b) COP Group Employees . Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, effective not later than immediately following the Effective Time, the employment of each individual whose employment duties are to be primarily related to the business activities of the COP Group immediately after the Distribution Date (collectively, the “ COP Group Employees ”) shall be continued by a member of the COP Group or shall be assigned and transferred to a member of the COP Group (in each case as determined by COP ). Each of the Parties agrees to execute, and to seek to have the applicable employees execute, such documentation, if any, as may be necessary to reflect such assignments and transfers.

(c) Delayed Transfer Employees . The Parties recognize that a certain number of the COP Group Employees who are Delayed Transfer Employees will be providing services to the Phillips 66 Group pursuant to the terms of the Transition Services Agreement and that certain of such Employees will be transferred to a Phillips 66 Entity at or around the time of the termination of the services being provided under the Transition Services Agreement. In addition, the Parties recognize that it is in the best interest of both Parties to defer the transfers of certain other Delayed Transfer Employees until after the Distribution Date.

 

- 14 -


Furthermore, the Parties recognize the possibility that an Employee may be transferred to the Phillips 66 Group and become a Phillips 66 Group Employee at the Effective Time, but at a later time (no later than December 31, 2012), be transferred back to the COP Group and become a COP Group Employee, upon the approval of both COP and Phillips 66. Effective not later than the Transfer Date specified in the notice provided by COP (if to a COP Group Employee) or by Phillips 66 (if to a Phillips 66 Group Employee), Delayed Transfer Employees will be transferred to the Phillips 66 Group or to the COP Group, as applicable. The Parties will cooperate and negotiate in good faith to amend the Transfer Dates as may reasonably be required by the Parties, taking into consideration (i) any adjustments to the termination of the applicable services under the Transition Services Agreement for which a Delayed Transfer Employee was primarily providing support under such agreement in order to avoid any material disruptions in the applicable services being provided under such agreement, (ii) any adjustments in the work assignments of the applicable Delayed Transfer Employee for the COP Group or the Phillips 66 Group that reasonably require the Transfer Date of such Delayed Transfer Employee to be adjusted, and (iii) the need to avoid any break in service for the Delayed Transfer Employees; provided that in no event shall the Transfer Date for any Delayed Transfer Employee extend more than the earlier of December 31, 2012 or three (3) months beyond the applicable Transfer Date provided in the notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Delayed Transfer Employees who are COP Group Employees as of immediately following the Effective Time and are subsequently transferred to the Phillips 66 Group pursuant to this Section 3.1(c) shall be treated as COP Group Employees for all purposes of this Agreement until their actual transfer, upon and following which they shall be treated as Phillips 66 Group Employees for all purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Delayed Transfer Employees who are Phillips 66 Group Employees as of the day immediately following the Distribution Date and are subsequently transferred to the COP Group pursuant to this Section 3.1(c) shall be treated as Phillips 66 Group Employees for all purposes of this Agreement during their time served as an employee of the Phillips 66 Group, until their actual transfer, upon and following which they shall be treated as COP Group Employees for all purposes of this Agreement.

(d) Leased Employees . COP Group Employees who have been leased or seconded to the Phillips 66 Group through an Employee Leasing Agreement shall remain in the COP Benefits Plans during the duration of the secondment or leasing, which shall not exceed 18 months. Phillips 66 Group Employees who have been leased or seconded to the COP Group through an Employee Leasing Agreement shall remain in the Phillips 66 Benefit Plans during the duration of the secondment or leasing, which shall not exceed 18 months. Any such employee leasing agreement(s) shall require the company benefiting from the services of each leased employee to fully reimburse the leasing company for the cost of each such employee’s remuneration and shall contain other terms and conditions consistent with an arm’s length commercial relationship between the leasing company and service recipient.

(e) At-Will Status . Notwithstanding the above or any other provision of this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall create any obligation on the part of any member of the COP Group or any member of the Phillips 66 Group to (i) continue the employment of any Employee or permit the return from a leave of absence for any period following the date of this Agreement or the Distribution Date (except as required by applicable Law) or (ii) change the employment status of any Employee from “at will,” to the extent such Employee is an “at will” employee under applicable Law.

 

- 15 -


(f) Severance . The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Distribution and the assignment, transfer or continuation of the employment of Employees as contemplated by this Section 3.1 shall not be deemed a severance of employment of any Employee for purposes of this Agreement or any Benefit Plan of any member of the COP Group or any member of the Phillips 66 Group.

(g) Not a Change of Control/Change in Control . The Parties acknowledge and agree that neither the consummation of the Distribution nor any transaction in connection with the Distribution shall be deemed a “change of control,” “change in control,” or term of similar import for purposes of any Benefit Plan of any member of the COP Group or any member of the Phillips 66 Group.

(h) Payroll and Related Taxes . With respect to the portion of the tax year occurring prior to the day immediately following the Distribution Date, COP will (i) be responsible for all payroll obligations, tax withholding and reporting obligations and (ii) furnish a Form W-2 or similar earnings statement to all Phillips 66 Group Employees for such period. With respect to the remaining portion of such tax year, Phillips 66 will (i) be responsible for all payroll obligations, tax withholding, and reporting obligations regarding Phillips 66 Group Employees and (ii) furnish a Form W-2 or similar earnings statement to all Phillips 66 Group Employees. With respect to each Phillips 66 Group Employee, COP and Phillips 66 shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to (to the extent permitted by applicable Law and practicable) (i) treat Phillips 66 (or the applicable Phillips 66 Entity) as a “successor employer” and COP (or the applicable COP Entity) as a “predecessor,” within the meaning of Sections 3121(a)(1) and 3306(b)(1) of the Code, to the extent appropriate, for purposes of taxes imposed under the United States Federal Insurance Contributions Act, as amended (“ FICA ”), or the United States Federal Unemployment Tax Act, as amended (“ FUTA ”), (b) cooperate with each other to avoid, to the extent possible, the restart of FICA and FUTA upon or following the Effective Time with respect to each such Phillips 66 Group Employee for the tax year during which the Effective Time occurs, and (c) file tax returns, exchange wage payment information, and report wage payments made by the respective predecessor and successor employer on separate IRS Forms W­2 or similar earnings statements to each such Phillips 66 Group Employee for the tax year in which the Effective Time occurs, in a manner provided in Section 4.02(l) of Revenue Procedure 2004-53.

(i) Employment Contracts; Expatriate Obligations . Phillips 66 will assume and honor, or will cause a Phillips 66 Entity to assume and honor, any agreements to which any Phillips 66 Group Employee is party with either any COP Entity or any joint venture with a COP Entity, including any (i) employment contract, (ii) retention, severance or change of control arrangement or (iii) expatriate (including any international assignee) contract or arrangement (including agreements and obligations regarding repatriation, relocation, equalization of taxes and living standards in the host country).

(j) Collective Bargaining Agreements . Schedule 3.1(j) sets forth a list of collective bargaining agreements relating to the Phillips 66 Group Employees in effect on the

 

- 16 -


date of this Agreement (the “ Collective Bargaining Agreements ”). Prior to the Distribution Date, COP and Phillips 66 will take or cause to be taken any actions necessary to cause a Phillips 66 Entity to assume the Collective Bargaining Agreements to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to alter the provisions of any Collective Bargaining Agreement or modify in any way the obligations owed to the Employees covered by any such agreement.

Section 3.2 Former Employees . All former employees of COP who have an employment end date on or before the Effective Time, regardless of whether or not they provided services to a downstream business while employed by COP, shall be a “ Former COP Group Employee .”

Section 3.3 Employment Law Obligations .

(a) WARN Act . After the Effective Time, (i) COP shall be responsible for providing any necessary WARN notice (and meeting any similar state Law notice requirements) with respect to any termination of employment of any COP Group Employee and (ii) Phillips 66 shall be responsible for providing any necessary WARN notice (and meeting any similar state Law notice requirements) with respect to any termination of employment of any Phillips 66 Group Employee.

(b) Compliance With Employment Laws . On and after the Distribution Date, (i) each member of the COP Group shall be responsible for adopting and maintaining any policies or practices, and for all other actions and inactions, necessary to comply with employment-related Laws and requirements relating to the employment of COP Group Employees and the treatment of any applicable Former COP Group Employees in respect of their former employment, and (ii) each member of the Phillips 66 Group shall be responsible for adopting and maintaining any policies or practices, and for all other actions and inactions, necessary to comply with employment-related Laws and requirements relating to the employment of Phillips 66 Group Employees.

Section 3.4 Employee Records .

(a) Sharing of Information . Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable Law, COP and Phillips 66 (acting directly or through members of the COP Group or the Phillips 66 Group, respectively) shall provide to the other and their respective agents and vendors all information necessary for the Parties to perform their respective duties under this Agreement. The Parties also hereby agree to enter into any business associate arrangements that may be required for the sharing of any Information pursuant to this Agreement to comply with the requirements of HIPAA.

(b) Transfer of Personnel Records and Authorization . Subject to any limitation imposed by applicable Law, on the Distribution Date, COP shall transfer and assign to Phillips 66 all personnel records, all immigration documents, including I-9 forms and work authorizations, all payroll deduction authorizations and elections, whether voluntary or mandated by Law, including but not limited to W-4 forms and deductions for benefits under the applicable Phillips 66 Benefit Plan and all absence management records, Family and Medical

 

- 17 -


Leave Act records, insurance beneficiary designations, Flexible Spending Account enrollment confirmations, attendance, and return to work information (“ Benefit Management Records ”) relating to Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants. COP shall transfer and assign to Phillips 66 all personnel records, immigration documents, payroll forms and benefit management records relating to Delayed Transfer Employees as soon as administratively feasible after the Transfer Date for each Delayed Transfer Employee. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable Law, COP, however, may retain originals of, copies of, or access to personnel Records, immigration records, payroll forms and Benefit Management Records as long as necessary to provide services to Phillips 66 (acting on its behalf pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement between the Parties entered into as of the date of this Agreement). Immigration records will, if and as appropriate, become a part of Phillips 66’s public access file. Phillips 66 will use personnel records, payroll forms and benefit management records for lawful purposes only, including calculation of withholdings from wages and personnel management. It is understood that following the Distribution Date, COP records so transferred and assigned may be maintained by Phillips 66 (acting directly or through one of its Subsidiaries) pursuant to Phillips 66’s applicable records retention policy.

(c) Access to Records . To the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement and any applicable privacy protection Laws or regulations or Privacy Contracts, reasonable access to Employee-related records after the Distribution Date will be provided to members of the COP Group and members of the Phillips 66 Group pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.7 of the Indemnification and Release Agreement. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Phillips 66 shall provide COP with reasonable access to those records necessary for its administration of any plans or programs on behalf of COP Group Employees and Former COP Group Employees after the Distribution Date as permitted by any applicable privacy protection Laws or regulations or Privacy Contracts. COP shall also be permitted to retain copies of all restrictive covenant agreements with any Phillips 66 Group Employee in which any member of the COP Group has a valid business interest. In addition, COP shall provide Phillips 66 with reasonable access to those records necessary for its administration of any plans or programs on behalf of Phillips 66 Group Employees after the Distribution Date as permitted by any applicable privacy protection Laws or regulations or Privacy Contracts. Phillips 66 shall also be permitted to retain copies of all restrictive covenant agreements with any COP Group Employee or Former COP Group Employee in which any member of the Phillips 66 Group has a valid business interest.

(d) Maintenance of Records . With respect to retaining, destroying, transferring, sharing, copying and permitting access to all Employee-related information, COP and Phillips 66 shall comply with all applicable Laws, regulations and internal policies, and shall indemnify and hold harmless each other from and against any and all Liability, claims, actions, and damages that arise from a failure (by the indemnifying party or its Subsidiaries or their respective agents) to so comply with all applicable Laws, regulations, Privacy Contracts and internal policies applicable to such information.

(e) No Access to Computer Systems or Files . Except as set forth in the Indemnification and Release Agreement or any Transfer Document, no provision of this Agreement shall give (i) any member of the COP Group direct access to the computer systems or other files, records or databases of any member of the Phillips 66 Group or (ii) any member

 

- 18 -


of the Phillips 66 Group direct access to the computer systems or other files, records or databases of any member of the COP Group, unless specifically permitted by the owner of such systems, files, records or databases.

(f) Confidentiality . The provisions of this Section 3.4 shall be in addition to, and not in derogation of, the provisions of the Indemnification and Release Agreement governing confidential information, including Section 5.8 of the Indemnification and Release Agreement. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, all records and data relating to Employees shall, in each case, be subject to the confidentiality provisions of the Indemnification and Release Agreement and any other applicable agreement and applicable Law.

(g) Cooperation . Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate to share, retain, and maintain data and records that are necessary or appropriate to further the purposes of this Section 3.4 and for each Party to administer its respective Benefit Plans to the extent consistent with this Agreement and applicable Law, and each Party agrees to cooperate as long as is reasonably necessary to further the purposes of this Section 3.4. Except as provided under any Transfer Document, no Party shall charge another Party a fee for such cooperation.

Section 3.5 Non-Solicitation . Each party agrees that, for a period of one year from the Distribution Date, such party (a “ Soliciting Party ”) will not solicit for employment any employee of any other party (a “ Protected Party ”); provided , however , that it is understood that this employee non-solicitation provision shall not prohibit: (a) any transfers of Delayed Transfer Employees; (b) generalized solicitations by advertising and the like, which are not directed to specific individuals or employees of the Protected Party; or (c) solicitations of persons whose employment was terminated by the Protected Party.

ARTICLE IV

EQUITY AND INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLANS

Section 4.1 General Principles .

(a) COP and Phillips 66 shall take any and all reasonable actions as shall be necessary and appropriate to further the provisions of this Article IV, including, to the extent practicable, providing written notice or similar communication to each Employee who holds one or more awards granted under any of the COP Equity Plans informing such Employee of (i) the actions contemplated by this Article IV with respect to such awards and (ii) whether (and during what time period) any “blackout” period shall be imposed upon holders of awards granted under any of the COP Equity Plans during which time awards may not be exercised or settled, as the case may be.

(b) Following the Distribution, a grantee who has outstanding awards under one or more of the COP Equity Plans and/or replacement awards under the Phillips 66 New Equity Plan shall be considered to have been employed by the applicable plan sponsor before and after the Distribution for purposes of (i) vesting and (ii) determining the date of termination of employment as it applies to any such award.

 

- 19 -


(c) No award described in this Article IV, whether outstanding or to be issued, adjusted, substituted or cancelled by reason of or in connection with the Distribution, shall be adjusted, settled, cancelled, or exercisable, until in the judgment of the administrator of the applicable plan or program such action is consistent with all applicable Laws, including federal securities Laws. Any period of exercisability will not be extended on account of a period during which such an award is not exercisable pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(d) The adjustment or conversion of COP Options, COP SARs, COP RSUs and COP PSUs shall be effectuated in a manner that is intended to avoid the imposition of any penalty or other taxes on the holders thereof pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.

Section 4.2 Restricted Stock . Each holder of outstanding COP RSAs immediately prior to the Effective Time, whether a COP Group Employee, a Former COP Group Employee or a Phillips 66 Group Employee, shall receive, upon the Distribution being made, such number of shares of Phillips 66 restricted stock (“ Phillips 66 RSAs ”) as determined by applying the Distribution Ratio in the same way as if the outstanding COP RSAs were fully vested shares of COP Common Stock as of the Effective Time. The COP RSAs outstanding following the Distribution are hereinafter referred to as “ Adjusted COP RSAs .” Except as set forth in this Section 4.2, the Adjusted COP RSAs and the Phillips 66 RSAs shall be subject to substantially the same terms and conditions immediately following the Effective Time as applicable to COP RSAs immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Section 4.3 Non-exercisable Stock Options .

(a) Treatment of Outstanding Non-exercisable Stock Options .

(i) COP Group Employees . Each non-exercisable COP Option outstanding under the COP Equity Plans which is held by a COP Group Employee shall remain an option to purchase COP Common Stock issued under the applicable COP Equity Plan (each such option, an “ Adjusted COP Non-exercisable Option ”). Each Adjusted COP Non-exercisable Option shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding non-exercisable COP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(x) the per-share exercise price of each such Adjusted COP Non-exercisable Option shall be equal to the product of (A) the per-share exercise price of the corresponding non-exercisable COP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) the COP Price Ratio, rounded up to the nearest whole cent (the “ COP Adjusted Exercise Price ”); and

(y) the number of shares of COP Common Stock subject to each such Adjusted COP Non-exercisable Option shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of COP Common Stock subject to the corresponding non-exercisable COP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (I) the excess of the COP Pre-Distribution Stock Value over the original exercise price of such non-exercisable COP Option by

 

- 20 -


(II) the excess of the COP Post-Distribution Stock Value over the COP Adjusted Exercise Price, with any fractional share rounded down to the nearest whole share.

(ii) Phillips 66 Group Employees . Each non-exercisable COP Option outstanding under the COP Equity Plans which is held by a Phillips 66 Employee at the Effective Time shall be converted as of the Effective Time into an option to purchase shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock (each such option, a “ Phillips 66 Non-exercisable Option ”) pursuant to the terms of the Phillips 66 New Equity Plan subject to terms and conditions after the Effective Time that are substantially similar to the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding non-exercisable COP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(x) the per-share exercise price of each such Phillips 66 Non-exercisable Option shall be equal to the product of (A) the per-share exercise price of the corresponding non-exercisable COP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) the Phillips 66 Price Ratio, rounded up to the nearest whole cent (the “ Phillips 66 Adjusted Exercise Price ”); and

(y) the number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock subject to each such Phillips 66 Non-exercisable Option shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of COP Common Stock subject to the corresponding non-exercisable COP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (I) the excess of the COP Pre-Distribution Stock Value over the original exercise price of such non-exercisable COP Option by (II) the excess of the Phillips 66 Stock Value over the Phillips 66 Adjusted Exercise Price, with any fractional share rounded down to the nearest whole share.

(iii) Former Employees . Each non-exercisable COP Option held by a Former Employee shall be adjusted at the Effective Time such that the holder of such non-exercisable COP Option shall immediately following the Effective Time holds an adjusted non-exercisable option to purchase COP Common Stock (an “ Adjusted COP Non-exercisable Option ”) and a non-exercisable option to purchase Phillips 66 Common Stock (a “ Phillips 66 Non-exercisable Option ”). Each Adjusted COP Non-exercisable Option and Phillips 66 Non-exercisable Option shall be subject to substantially the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding exercisable COP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(x) the per-share exercise price of each such Adjusted COP Non-exercisable Option shall be the COP Adjusted Exercise Price; and (y) the number of shares of COP Common Stock subject to each such Adjusted COP Non-exercisable Option shall be equal to the product of such number of shares multiplied by the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Pre-Distribution Spread by (B) the sum of (I) the excess of the COP Post-Distribution Stock Value over the COP Adjusted Exercise Price plus (II) one half the excess of the Phillips 66 Stock Value over the Phillips 66 Adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

- 21 -


(y) the per-share exercise price of each such Phillips 66 Non-exercisable Option shall be the Phillips 66 Adjusted Exercise Price, and (y) the number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock subject to each such Phillips 66 Non-exercisable Option shall be equal to one half the number of shares subject to the corresponding Adjusted COP Exercisable Option, with any fractional share rounded down to the nearest whole share.

(b) Special Rules for Delayed Transfer Employees Holding Non-exercisable Stock Options .

(i) Each non-exercisable COP Option held by a Delayed Transfer Employee who is not a Phillips 66 Employee shall be treated as set forth in Section 4.3(a)(i) on the same basis as any other non-exercisable COP Option. Each non-exercisable COP Option held by a Delayed Transfer Employee who is a Phillips 66 Employee shall be treated as set forth in Section 4.3(a)(ii) on the same basis as any other non-exercisable COP Option held by Phillips 66 Employees.

(ii) Each non-exercisable COP Option held by a Delayed Transfer Employee who transfers from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group shall be converted as of such Transfer Date into an option to purchase shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock (each such option, a “ Delayed Transfer Phillips 66 Option ”) pursuant to the terms of the applicable Phillips 66 equity plan and shall be subject to terms and conditions after such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date that are substantially similar to the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding Adjusted COP Non-exercisable Option immediately prior to such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(x) the per-share exercise price of each such Delayed Transfer Phillips 66 Option shall be equal to the product of (A) the per-share exercise price of the corresponding Adjusted COP Non-exercisable Option immediately prior to such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date and (B) the Phillips 66 Delayed Price Ratio, rounded up to the nearest whole cent; and

(y) the number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock subject to each such Delayed Transfer Phillips 66 Option shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of COP Common Stock subject to the corresponding Adjusted COP Non-exercisable Option immediately prior to such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (I) the excess of the volume weighted average per share price of COP Common Stock trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the last Trading Day immediately before such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date over the exercise price of the Adjusted COP Non-exercisable Option by (II) the excess of the volume weighted average per share price of Phillips 66 Common Stock trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the last Trading Day immediately before such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date over the exercise price for the Delayed Transfer Phillips 66 Option, as determined under clause (x) of this Section 4.3(b)(ii), with any fractional share rounded down to the nearest whole share.

 

- 22 -


(iii) Each Phillips 66 Non-exercisable Option held by a Delayed Transfer Employee who transfers from the Phillips 66 Group to the COP Group shall be converted as of such Transfer Date into an option to purchase shares of COP Common Stock (each such option, a “ Delayed Transfer COP Option ”) pursuant to the terms of the applicable COP equity plan and shall be subject to terms and conditions after such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date that are substantially similar (to the extent practicable) to the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding Phillips 66 Non-exercisable Option immediately prior to such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(x) the per-share exercise price of each such Delayed Transfer COP Option shall be equal to the product of (A) the per-share exercise price of the corresponding Phillips 66 Non-exercisable Option immediately prior to such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date and (B) the COP Delayed Price Ratio, rounded up to the nearest whole cent; and

(y) the number of shares of COP Common Stock subject to each such Delayed Transfer COP Option shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock subject to the corresponding Phillips 66 Non-exercisable Option immediately prior to such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (I) the excess of the volume weighted average per share price of Phillips 66 Common Stock trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the last Trading Day immediately before such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date over the exercise price of the Phillips 66 Non-exercisable Option by (II) the excess of the volume weighted average per share price of COP Common Stock trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the last Trading Day immediately before such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date over the exercise price for the Delayed Transfer COP Option, as determined under clause (x) of this Section 4.3(b)(iii), with any fractional share rounded down to the nearest whole share.

Section 4.4 Exercisable Stock Options and Vested Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Treatment of Outstanding Exercisable Stock Options . Each Exercisable COP Option regardless of who holds such exercisable COP option shall be adjusted at the Effective Time such that the holder of such exercisable COP Option shall immediately following the Effective Time holds an adjusted exercisable option to purchase COP Common Stock (an “ Adjusted COP Exercisable Option ”) and an exercisable option to purchase Phillips 66 Common Stock (a “ Phillips 66 Exercisable Option ”). Each Adjusted COP Exercisable Option and Phillips 66 Exercisable Option shall be subject to substantially the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding exercisable COP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(i) (x) the per-share exercise price of each such Adjusted COP Exercisable Option shall be the COP Adjusted Exercise Price; and (y) the number of shares of COP Common Stock subject to each such Adjusted COP Exercisable Option shall be equal to the product of such number of shares multiplied by the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Pre-Distribution Spread by (B) the sum of (I) the excess of the COP Post-Distribution Stock Value over the COP Adjusted Exercise Price plus (II) one half the excess of the Phillips 66 Stock Value over the Phillips 66 Adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

- 23 -


(ii) (x) the per-share exercise price of each such Phillips 66 Exercisable Option shall be the Phillips 66 Adjusted Exercise Price, and (y) the number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock subject to each such Phillips 66 Exercisable Option shall be equal to one half the number of shares subject to the corresponding Adjusted COP Exercisable Option, with any fractional share rounded down to the nearest whole share.

(b) Treatment of Outstanding Vested Stock Appreciation Rights . Each vested COP SAR regardless of who holds such vested COP SAR, shall be adjusted as of the Effective Time such that the holder of such vested COP SAR shall, immediately following the Effective Time, holds an adjusted vested stock appreciation right with respect to COP Common Stock (an “ Adjusted Vested COP SAR ”) and a vested stock appreciation right with respect to Phillips 66 Common Stock (a “ Vested Phillips 66 SAR ”). Each Adjusted Vested COP SAR and each Vested Phillips 66 SAR shall be subject to substantially the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding vested COP SAR immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(i) (x) the per-share exercise price of each such Adjusted Vested COP SAR shall be the COP Adjusted Exercise Price, and (y) the number of shares of COP Common Stock subject to each such Adjusted Vested COP SAR shall be equal to the product of the number of such shares multiplied by the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Pre-Distribution Spread by (B) the sum of (I) the excess of the COP Post-Distribution Stock Value over the COP Adjusted Exercise Price plus (II) one half the excess of the Phillips 66 Stock Value over the Phillips 66 Adjusted Exercise Price, with any fractional share rounded down to the nearest whole share; and

(ii) (x) the per-share exercise price of each such Vested Phillips 66 SAR shall be the Phillips 66 Adjusted Exercise Price, and (y) the number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock subject to each such Vested Phillips 66 SAR shall be equal to one half the number of shares subject to the corresponding Adjusted Vested COP SAR, with any fractional share rounded down to the nearest whole share.

 

- 24 -


Section 4.5 Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Treatment of COP RSUs Held by COP Group Employees and Former COP Group Employees . COP RSUs held by a COP Group Employee or a Former COP Group Employee immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be adjusted by multiplying the number of COP RSUs subject to each grant by the COP Share Ratio. If the resulting product includes a fractional share, the number of COP RSUs shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share. The terms and condition to which the COP RSUs are subject shall be substantially the same terms and conditions prior to the Distribution and following the Distribution.

(b) Treatment of COP RSUs Held by Phillips 66 Group Employees . COP RSUs held by Phillips 66 Group Employees immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be replaced with an award of a number of Phillips 66 restricted stock units (the “ Phillips 66 RSUs ”) determined by multiplying the number of COP RSUs subject to each grant by the Phillips 66 Share Ratio. If the resulting product includes a fractional share, the number of Phillips 66 RSUs shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share. Phillips 66 RSUs shall be subject to substantially the same terms and conditions after the Distribution as the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding COP RSUs immediately prior to the Distribution.

(c) Treatment of COP RSUs Held by COP Directors or Phillips 66 Directors . COP RSUs held by COP Directors or Phillips 66 Directors immediately prior to the Effective Time shall receive, upon the Distribution being made, such number of Phillips 66 RSUs as determined by applying the Distribution Ratio in the same way as if the COP RSUs were fully vested shares of COP Common Stock as of the Effective Time. The COP RSUs outstanding following the Distribution having been made are hereinafter referred to as “ Adjusted COP RSUs .” The Adjusted COP RSUs and the Phillips 66 RSUs shall be subject to substantially the same terms and conditions immediately following the Effective Time as applicable to COP RSUs immediately prior to the Effective Time.

(d) Special Rules for Delayed Transfer Employees Holding RSUs .

(i) COP RSUs held by a Delayed Transfer Employee who is employed by Phillips 66 immediately following the Effective Time shall be adjusted under Section 4.5(b) above on the same basis as any other COP RSU held by any other Phillips 66 Employee. COP RSUs held by a Delayed Transfer Employee who is employed by COP immediately following the Effective Time shall be adjusted under Section 4.5(a) on the same basis as any other COP RSU held by an individual who is not a Phillips 66 Employee.

(ii) COP RSUs held by a Delayed Transfer Employee who transfers from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group shall be converted as of such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date into Phillips 66 RSUs (“ Delayed Transfer Phillips 66 RSUs ”). Delayed Transfer Phillips 66 RSUs shall be granted pursuant to the terms of the applicable Phillips 66 equity plan and shall be subject to terms and conditions after the holder’s Transfer Date that are substantially similar to the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding COP RSU grant immediately prior to such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date, except as provided in this Section 4.5(d)(ii). The

 

- 25 -


number of Delayed Transfer Phillips 66 RSUs shall be determined by multiplying (A) the number of COP RSUs subject to each grant by (B) the Phillips 66 Delayed Share Ratio. Any fractional share which result from such calculation shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share.

(iii) Phillips 66 RSUs held by a Delayed Transfer Employee who transfers from the Phillips 66 Group to the COP Group shall be converted as of such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date into COP RSUs (“ Delayed Transfer COP RSUs ”). Delayed Transfer COP RSUs shall be issued pursuant to the terms of the applicable COP equity plan and shall be subject to terms and conditions after the holder’s Transfer Date that are substantially similar to the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding Phillips 66 RSU grant immediately prior to such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date, except as provided in this Section 4.5(d)(iii). The number of Delayed Transfer COP RSUs subject to each grant shall be determined by multiplying (A) the number of Phillips 66 RSUs subject to each grant by (B) the COP Delayed Share Ratio. Any fractional share which result from such calculation shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share.

Section 4.6 Performance Share Units . Each holder of outstanding COP PSUs, whether a COP Group Employee, a Former COP Group Employee or a Phillips 66 Group Employee, immediately prior to the Effective Time shall receive, upon the Distribution being made, such number of Phillips 66 PSUs as determined by applying the Distribution Ratio in the same way as if the COP PSUs were fully vested shares of COP Common Stock as of the Effective Time. The COP PSUs outstanding following the Distribution having been made are hereinafter referred to as “ Adjusted COP PSUs .” The Adjusted COP PSUs and the Phillips 66 PSUs shall be subject to substantially the same terms and conditions immediately following the Effective Time as applicable to COP PSUs immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Section 4.7 Specified Transition Employees . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, with regard to awards made to certain specified employees set forth on Schedule 4.7 (“ Specified Transition Employees ”), the following shall apply:

(a) Treatment of COP Options Held by Specified Transition Employees . COP Options granted (a “ COP Specified Transition Option ”) and held by a Specified Transition Employee immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be adjusted at the Effective Time such that the holder of such COP Specified Transition Option shall immediately following the Effective Time holds an adjusted option to purchase COP Common Stock (an “ Adjusted COP Specified Transition Option ”) and an option to purchase Phillips 66 Common Stock (a “ Phillips 66 Specified Transition Option ”). Each Adjusted COP Specified Transition Option and Phillips 66 Specified Transition Option shall be subject to substantially the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding COP Specified Transition Option immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(x) the per-share exercise price of each such Adjusted COP Specified Transition Option shall be the COP Adjusted Exercise Price; and (y) the number of shares of COP Common Stock subject to each such Adjusted COP Specified

 

- 26 -


Transition Option shall be equal to the product of such number of shares multiplied by the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Pre-Distribution Spread by (B) the sum of (I) the excess of the COP Post-Distribution Stock Value over the COP Adjusted Exercise Price plus (II) one half the excess of the Phillips 66 Stock Value over the Phillips 66 Adjusted Exercise Price; and

(x) the per-share exercise price of each such Phillips 66 Specified Transition Option shall be the Phillips 66 Adjusted Exercise Price, and (y) the number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock subject to each such Phillips 66 Specified Transition Option shall be equal to one half the number of shares subject to the corresponding Adjusted COP Specified Transition Option, with any fractional share rounded down to the nearest whole share.

(b) Treatment of COP RSUs Held by Specified Transition Employees . COP RSUs granted in 2012 (“ COP Specified Transition RSUs ”) and held by a Specified Transition Employee immediately prior to the Effective Time shall receive, upon the Distribution being made, such number of Phillips 66 RSUs (“ Phillips 66 Specified Transition RSUs ”) as determined by applying the Distribution Ratio in the same way as if the COP Specified Transition RSUs were fully vested shares of COP Common Stock as of the Effective Time. The COP Specified Transition RSUs outstanding following the Distribution having been made are hereinafter referred to as “ Adjusted COP Specified Transition RSUs .” The Adjusted COP Specified Transition RSUs and the Phillips 66 Specified Transition RSUs shall be subject to substantially the same terms and conditions immediately following the Effective Time as applicable to COP Specified Transition RSUs immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Section 4.8 Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act; Code Sections 162(m) and 409A . (a) By approving the adoption of this Agreement, the respective Boards of Directors of each of COP and Phillips 66 intend to exempt from the short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, by reason of the application of Rule 16b-3 thereunder, all acquisitions and dispositions of equity incentive awards by directors and officers of each of COP and Phillips 66, and the respective Boards of Directors of COP and Phillips 66 also intend expressly to approve, in respect of any equity-based award, the use of any method for the payment of an exercise price and the satisfaction of any applicable Tax withholding (specifically including the actual or constructive tendering of shares in payment of an exercise price and the withholding of option shares from delivery in satisfaction of applicable Tax withholding requirements) to the extent such method is permitted under the applicable COP Equity Plan and award agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary (including the treatment of supplemental and deferred compensation plans, outstanding long-term incentive awards and annual incentive awards as described herein), COP and Phillips 66 agree to negotiate in good faith regarding the need for any treatment different from that otherwise provided herein to ensure that (i) a federal income tax deduction for the payment of such supplemental or deferred compensation or long-term incentive award, annual incentive award or other compensation is, to the extent prescribed under the terms of the applicable plan and award agreement, not limited by reason of Section 162(m) of the Code, and (ii) the treatment of such supplemental or deferred compensation or long-term incentive award, annual incentive award or other compensation does not cause the imposition of a penalty tax under Section 409A of the Code.

 

- 27 -


Section 4.9 Performance Share Program . (a) Immediately prior to the Effective Time, each ongoing performance period under the COP Performance Share Program shall be truncated and COP PSUs shall be granted on a prorated basis based on the portion of each performance period that has elapsed prior to the Effective Time to COP Group Employees and Phillips 66 Group Employees who are participating in the COP Performance Share Program immediately prior to the Effective Time based on actual performance as compared to the applicable quantitative and qualitative measures during each ongoing performance period.

(b) Not later than the Effective Time, Phillips 66 shall, or shall cause another Phillips 66 Entity to, adopt a performance share program that is substantially similar to the COP Performance Share Program and shall provide compensation opportunities under the Phillips 66 performance share program to each Phillips 66 Group Employee who participated in the COP Performance Share Program immediately prior to the Effective Time that are substantially similar to the compensation opportunities that such Phillips 66 Group Employees had under the COP Performance Share Program immediately prior to the Effective Time.

(c) Immediately following the Effective Time, COP shall provide the COP Group Employees who participated in the COP Performance Share Program immediately prior to the Effective Time with compensation opportunities under the COP Performance Share Program that are substantially similar to the compensation opportunities that such COP Group Employees had under the COP Performance Share Program immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Section 4.10 Liabilities for Settlement of Awards .

(a) Settlement of COP Options. COP shall be responsible for all Liabilities associated with COP Options (regardless of the holder of such awards) including any option exercise, share delivery, registration or other obligations related to the exercise of the COP Options.

(b) Settlement of Phillips 66 Options. Phillips 66 shall be responsible for all Liabilities associated with Phillips 66 Options (regardless of the holder of such awards) including any option exercise, share delivery, registration or other obligations related to the exercise of the Phillips 66 Options.

(c) Settlement of COP SARs. COP shall be responsible for all Liabilities associated with COP SARs (regardless of the holder of such awards) including any stock appreciation right exercise, share delivery, registration or other obligations related to the exercise of the COP SARs.

(d) Settlement of Phillips 66 SARs. Phillips 66 shall be responsible for all Liabilities associated with Phillips 66 SARs (regardless of the holder of such awards) including any stock appreciation right exercise, share delivery, registration or other obligations related to the exercise of the Phillips 66 SARs.

 

- 28 -


(e) Settlement of Outstanding COP Restricted Stock. COP shall be responsible for all Liabilities associated with COP Restricted Stock including any share delivery, registration or other obligations related to the settlement of the COP Restricted Stock awards.

(f) Settlement of Outstanding Phillips 66 Restricted Stock. Phillips 66 shall be responsible for all Liabilities associated with Phillips 66 Restricted Stock including any share delivery, registration or other obligations related to the settlement of the Phillips 66 Restricted Stock awards.

(g) Settlement of Outstanding COP RSUs. COP shall be responsible for all Liabilities associated with COP RSUs, including any share delivery, registration or other obligations related to the settlement of COP RSUs.

(h) Settlement of Outstanding Phillips 66 RSUs. Phillips 66 shall be responsible for all Liabilities associated with Phillips 66 RSUs, including any share delivery, registration or other obligations related to the settlement of the Phillips 66 RSUs.

Section 4.11 Bonus and Short-Term Incentive Payments .

(a) Not later than the Effective Time, Phillips 66 shall, or shall cause another Phillips 66 Entity to, adopt a plan that will provide annual bonus or short-term cash incentive compensation opportunities for Phillips 66 Group Employees and Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group that are substantially similar to the opportunities provided to such Employees immediately prior to the Effective Time (the “ Phillips 66 Short-Term Incentive Plan ”), subject to Phillips 66’s right to amend such plan after the Effective Time in accordance with the terms thereof. The Phillips 66 Short-Term Incentive Plan shall be approved prior to the Effective Time by COP, as the sole shareholder of Phillips 66 and Phillips 66 Group Employees shall participate in such Phillips 66 Short-Term Incentive Plan immediately following the Effective Time; provided , however , that service with COP shall be credited for the purposes of determining whether such Phillips 66 Group Employee had been a participant in the Phillips 66 Short-Term Incentive Plan during the applicable performance period.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Phillips 66 Group shall be solely responsible for funding, paying, and discharging all obligations relating to any annual cash incentive awards that any Phillips 66 Employee is eligible to receive under any Phillips 66 Group annual bonus and other short-term incentive compensation plans with respect to payments made beginning at or after the Effective Time, including the Phillips 66 Short-Term Incentive Plan, and no member of the COP Group shall have any obligations with respect thereto, and (ii) the COP Group shall be solely responsible for funding, paying, and discharging all obligations relating to any annual cash incentive awards that any COP Group Employee is eligible to receive under any COP annual bonus plans with respect to payments made beginning at or after the Effective Time, and no member of the Phillips 66 Group shall have any obligations with respect thereto.

Section 4.12 Form S-8 . Upon or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time and subject to applicable Law, Phillips 66 shall prepare and file with the SEC a registration

 

- 29 -


statement on Form S-8 (or another appropriate form) registering under the Securities Act the offering of a number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock at a minimum equal to the number of shares subject to the Replacement Phillips 66 RSAs, Phillips 66 RSUs, Phillips 66 PSUs, Phillips 66 SARs, and the Phillips 66 Options. Phillips 66 shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such registration statement to be kept effective (and the current status of the prospectus or prospectuses required thereby to be maintained) as long as any Phillips 66 RSAs, Phillips 66 RSUs, Phillips 66 PSUs, Phillips 66 SAR, and Phillips 66 Options remain outstanding.

Section 4.13 Tax Reporting and Withholding for Equity-Based Awards . COP (or one of its Subsidiaries) will be responsible for all income, payroll, or other tax reporting related to income of COP Group Employees or COP Group Former Employees from equity-based awards, and Phillips 66 (or one of its Subsidiaries) will be responsible for all income, payroll, or other tax reporting related to income of Phillips 66 Group Employees from equity-based awards. Similarly, COP will be responsible for all income, payroll, or other tax reporting related to income of its non-employee directors from equity-based awards, and Phillips 66 will be responsible for all income, payroll, or other tax reporting related to income of its non-employee directors from equity-based awards. Further, COP (or one of its Subsidiaries) shall be responsible for remitting applicable tax withholdings for COP Group Employees to each applicable taxing authority, and Phillips 66 (or one of its Subsidiaries) shall be responsible for remitting applicable tax withholdings for Phillips 66 Group Employees to each applicable taxing authority; provided , however , that either COP or Phillips 66 shall act as agent for the other company by remitting amounts withheld in the form of shares or in conjunction with an exercise transaction to an appropriate taxing authority. COP and Phillips 66 acknowledge and agree that the parties will cooperate with each other and with third-party providers to effectuate withholding and remittance of taxes, as well as required tax reporting, in a timely, efficient, and appropriate manner.

Section 4.14 Plan Administrator . Each of COP and Phillips 66 agrees that it will use Bank of America Merrill Lynch for at least two years immediately following the Effective Time to administer all employee equity awards that are outstanding immediately following the Effective Time (including all such equity awards that are adjusted in accordance with this Section 4).

Section 4.15 Approval of Phillips 66 New Equity Plan . Not later than the Effective Time, Phillips 66 shall, or shall have caused a Phillips 66 Entity to, have adopted the Phillips 66 New Equity Plan. The Phillips 66 New Equity Plan shall be approved prior to the Effective Time by COP, as the sole shareholder of Phillips 66.

ARTICLE V

U.S. QUALIFIED DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS

Section 5.1 Establishment of Phillips 66 Pension Plan . Effective as of the Distribution Date, Phillips 66 shall, or shall cause another Phillips 66 Entity to, establish a defined benefit pension plan and related trust to provide retirement benefits to Phillips 66 Group Employees who immediately prior to the Distribution Date were participants in a COP Pension Plan (such defined benefit pension plan, the “ Phillips 66 Pension Plan ” and such Phillips 66 Employees, the

 

- 30 -


Phillips 66 Pension Plan Participants ”). Phillips 66 shall be responsible for taking all necessary, reasonable, and appropriate action to establish, maintain, and administer the Phillips 66 Pension Plan so that it is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and that the related trust thereunder is exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. Phillips 66 (acting directly or through members of the Phillips 66 Group) shall be responsible for any and all Liabilities (including Liability for funding) and other obligations with respect to the Phillips 66 Pension Plan.

Section 5.2 Phillips 66 Pension Plan Participants .

(a) Assumption of COP Pension Plan Liabilities . Effective as of the Distribution Date, Phillips 66 (acting directly or through members of the Phillips 66 Group) hereby agrees to cause the Phillips 66 Pension Plan to assume, fully perform, pay, and discharge all Liabilities under the COP Pension Plan relating to all Phillips 66 Pension Plan Participants as of the Distribution Date or, with respect to Delayed Transfer Employees, the Transfer Date.

(b) Transfer of the COP Pension Plan Assets .

(i) The Parties intend that the portion of the COP Pension Plan covering Phillips 66 Pension Plan Participants shall be transferred to the Phillips 66 Pension Plan in accordance with Section 414(l) of the Code, Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(l)-1, and Section 208 of ERISA. No later than thirty (30) days prior to the Distribution Date, COP and Phillips 66 (acting directly or through members of the COP Group or the Phillips 66 Group, respectively) shall, to the extent necessary, file an IRS Form 5310-A regarding the transfer of Assets and Liabilities from the COP Pension Plan to the Phillips 66 Pension Plan.

(ii) Prior to the Distribution Date (or such later time as mutually agreed by the Parties), COP shall cause the COP Actuary to determine the estimated value, as of the Distribution Date, of the Assets to be transferred to the Phillips 66 Pension Plan in accordance with the assumptions and valuation methodology set forth on Schedule 5.2(b) attached hereto (the “ Estimated Pension Plan Transfer Amount ”).

(iii) Not later than thirty (30) Business Days following the Distribution Date (or such later time as mutually agreed by the Parties), COP and Phillips 66 shall cooperate in good faith to cause an initial transfer of Assets from COP Pension Plan to the Phillips 66 Pension Plan in an amount equal to ninety percent (90%) of the Estimated Pension Plan Transfer Amount (such amount, the “ Initial Transfer Amount ”). COP shall satisfy its obligation pursuant to this Section 5.2(b)(iii) by causing the COP Pension Plan to transfer Assets equal to the Initial Transfer Amount. Assets may be transferred in cash, cash-like securities, or other cash equivalents, or in kind, or in a combination thereof, as determined by COP in its sole discretion.

(iv) Within two hundred seventy (270) days (or such later time as mutually agreed by the Parties) following the Distribution Date, COP shall cause the COP Actuary to provide Phillips 66 with a revised calculation of the value, as of the Distribution Date, of the Assets to be transferred to the Phillips 66 Pension Plan

 

- 31 -


determined in accordance with the assumptions and valuation methodology set forth on Schedule 5.2(b) attached hereto (the “ Revised Pension Plan Transfer Amount ”). Phillips 66 may submit, at its sole cost and expense, the Revised Pension Plan Transfer Amount to the Phillips 66 Actuary for verification; provided , that, such verification process and any calculation performed by the Phillips 66 Actuary in connection therewith shall be performed solely on the basis of the assumptions and valuation methodology set forth on Schedule 5.2(b) attached hereto. In order to perform such verification, upon request from Phillips 66, the Phillips 66 Actuary will receive the data and additional detailed methodology used to calculate the Initial Transfer Amount and the Final Pension Plan Transfer Amount (if reasonably needed) from the COP Actuary. Phillips 66 will be responsible for the cost and expense of the Phillips 66 Actuary and COP will be responsible for the cost and expense for the COP Actuary for such data transfer. In the event the Phillips 66 Actuary so determines that the value, as of the Distribution Date, of the Assets to be transferred to the Phillips 66 Pension Plan differs from the Revised Pension Plan Transfer Amount, the Phillips 66 Actuary shall identify in writing to the COP Actuary all objections to the determination within sixty (60) days following provision of the revised value calculation to Phillips 66 pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph (iv), and the Phillips 66 Actuary and COP Actuary shall use good faith efforts to reconcile any such difference. If the Phillips 66 Actuary and the COP Actuary fail to reconcile such differences, the Phillips 66 Actuary and the COP Actuary shall jointly designate a third, independent actuary whose calculation of the value, as of the Distribution Date, of the Assets to be transferred to the Phillips 66 Pension Plan shall be final and binding; provided , that, such calculation must be performed within sixty (60) days following designation of such third actuary and in accordance with the assumptions and valuation methodology set forth on Schedule 5.2(b) attached hereto; and provided , further , that such value shall be between the value determined by the Phillips 66 Actuary and the Revised Pension Plan Transfer Amount or equal to either such value. COP and Phillips 66 shall each pay one-half of the costs incurred in connection with the retention of such independent actuary. The final, verified value, as of the Distribution Date, of the Assets to be transferred to the Phillips 66 Pension Plan as determined in accordance with this Section 5.2(b)(iv) shall be referred to herein as the “ Final Pension Plan Transfer Amount .”

(v) Within forty-five (45) days (or such later time as mutually agreed by the Parties) of the determination of the Final Pension Plan Transfer Amount, COP shall cause the COP Pension Plan to transfer to the Phillips 66 Pension Plan (the date of such transfer, the “ Final Transfer Date ”) an amount (as determined by COP in its discretion, in kind, in cash, cash-like securities or other cash equivalents), equal to (A) the Final Pension Plan Transfer Amount minus (B) the Initial Transfer Amount (such difference, as adjusted to reflect earnings or losses as described in this Section 5.2(b)(v), the “ True-Up Amount ”); provided , that, in the event the True-Up Amount is negative, COP shall not be required to cause any such additional transfer and instead Phillips 66 shall be required to cause a transfer of cash, cash-like securities or other cash equivalents (or, if determined by COP in its discretion, assets in kind) from the Phillips 66 Pension Plan to the COP Pension Plan in an amount equal to the absolute value of the True-Up Amount. The Parties acknowledge that the COP Pension Plan’s transfer of the True-Up Amount to the Phillips 66 Pension Plan shall be in full settlement and satisfaction of the

 

- 32 -


obligations of COP to cause the transfer of, and the COP Pension Plan to transfer, Assets to the Phillips 66 Pension Plan pursuant to this Section 5.2(b)(v). The True-Up Amount, if any, shall be paid from the COP Pension Plan to the Phillips 66 Pension Plan, as determined by COP in its discretion in kind, in cash, cash-like securities or other cash equivalents, and shall be adjusted to reflect earnings or losses during the period from the Distribution Date to the Final Transfer Date. Such earnings or losses shall be determined based on the actual rate of return of the COP Pension Plan for the period commencing on (x) the first day of the calendar month in which the Distribution Date occurs, if the Distribution Date is any date other than the last day of a calendar month, or (y) the first day of the calendar month immediately following the Distribution Date, if the Distribution Date is the last day of a calendar month, and ending on the last calendar day of the month ending immediately prior to the Final Transfer Date. Earnings or losses for the period from such last day of the month to the Final Transfer Date shall be based on the actual rate of return of the COP Pension Plan during the last calendar month ending immediately prior to the Final Transfer Date determined as of the date that is as close as administratively practicable to the Final Transfer Date. In the event that Phillips 66 is obligated to cause the Phillips 66 Pension Plan to reimburse the COP Pension Plan pursuant to this Section 5.2(b)(v), such reimbursement shall be performed in accordance with the same principles set forth herein with respect to the payment of the True-Up Amount. The Parties acknowledge that the Phillips 66 Pension Plan’s transfer of such reimbursement amount to the COP Pension Plan shall be in full settlement and satisfaction of the obligations of Phillips 66 to cause the transfer of, and the Phillips 66 Pension Plan to transfer, Assets to the COP Pension Plan pursuant to this Section 5.2(b)(v).

(c) Continuation of Elections . As of the Distribution Date, Phillips 66 shall cause the Phillips 66 Pension Plan to recognize and maintain all existing elections, including, but not limited to, beneficiary designations, payments from elections and rights of alternate payees under qualified domestic relations orders with respect to Phillips 66 Pension Plan Participants under the COP Pension Plan.

Section 5.3 Delayed Transfer Employees . As of each Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date, Phillips 66 (acting directly or through a member of the Phillips 66 Group) shall cause the Phillips 66 Pension Plan to recognize, to the extent practicable, all existing elections under the COP Pension Plan, including beneficiary designations, payments from elections, and rights of alternate payees under qualified domestic relations orders with respect to each Delayed Transfer Employee who becomes a Phillips 66 Pension Plan Participant, and COP (acting directly or through a member of the COP Group) shall cause the COP Pension Plan to recognize, to the extent practicable, all existing elections under the Phillips 66 Pension Plan, including beneficiary designations, payments from elections, and rights of alternate payees under qualified domestic relations orders with respect to each Delayed Transfer Employee who becomes a COP Pension Plan Participant. As of each Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date, COP and Phillips 66 (acting directly or through a member of their respective Groups) shall take such actions as may be necessary to transfer assets and assume liabilities under the COP Pension Plan and the Phillips 66 Pension Plan in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.1 and 5.2, but applied at the Transfer Date rather than at the Distribution Date.

 

- 33 -


ARTICLE VI

U.S. QUALIFIED DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS

Section 6.1 Establishment of the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan . As of the Effective Time, Phillips 66 shall, or shall cause another Phillips 66 Entity to, establish a defined contribution plan and trust for the benefit of Phillips 66 Group Employees (the “ Phillips 66 401(k) Plan ”). Phillips 66 shall be responsible for taking all necessary, reasonable, and appropriate action to establish, maintain, and administer the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan so that it is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and that the related trust thereunder is exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. Phillips 66 (acting directly or through its Affiliates) shall be responsible for any and all Liabilities and other obligations with respect to the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan.

Section 6.2 Transfer of COP 401(k) Plan Assets . Not later than thirty (30) days following the Distribution Date (or such later time as mutually agreed by the Parties), COP shall cause the accounts (including any outstanding loan balances) in the COP 401(k) Plan attributable to Phillips 66 Group Employees who will participate in the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan (the “ Phillips 66 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries ”) and all of the Assets in the COP 401(k) Plan related thereto to be transferred in-kind to the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan, and Phillips 66 shall cause the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan to accept such transfer of accounts and underlying Assets and, effective as of the date of such transfer, to assume and to fully perform, pay, and discharge, all obligations of the COP 401(k) Plan relating to the accounts of the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries (to the extent the Assets related to those accounts are actually transferred from the COP 401(k) Plan to the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan) as of the Distribution Date. The transfer of Assets shall be conducted in accordance with Section 414(l) of the Code, Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(1)-1, and Section 208 of ERISA.

Section 6.3 Treatment of Phillips 66 Common Stock and COP Common Stock .

(a) Phillips 66 Common Stock Fund; Phillips 66 Common Stock Held in COP 401(k) Plan Accounts . The Phillips 66 401(k) Plan will provide, effective as of the Effective Time: (i) for the establishment of a Phillips 66 Common Stock fund; (ii) that such Phillips 66 Common Stock fund shall receive a transfer of and hold all shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock distributed in connection with the Distribution in respect of COP Common Stock held in COP 401(k) Plan accounts of Phillips 66 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries; and (iii) that, following the Effective Time, contributions made by or on behalf of such Phillips 66 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries may be allocated to the Phillips 66 Common Stock fund. Shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock distributed in connection with the Distribution in respect of shares of COP Common Stock held in COP 401(k) Plan accounts of COP Group Employees or Former COP Group Employees who participate in the COP 401(k) Plan (the “ COP 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries ”) shall be deposited in a Phillips 66 Common Stock fund under the COP 401(k) Plan, and COP 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries will be prohibited from increasing their holdings in such Phillips 66 Common Stock fund under the COP 401(k) Plan and may elect to liquidate their holdings in such Phillips 66 Common Stock fund and invest those monies in any other investment fund offered under the COP 401(k) Plan. Any shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock held in COP 401(k) Plan accounts of Phillips 66 Group Employees shall be transferred in kind to the trust underlying the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan pursuant to Section 6.2 of this Agreement.

 

- 34 -


(b) COP Common Stock in Phillips 66 401(k) Plan Accounts . Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 6.2, shares of COP Common Stock held in COP 401(k) Plan accounts of Phillips 66 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries prior to the Effective Time shall be transferred in kind to a COP Common Stock Fund under the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan pursuant to Section 6.2 of this Agreement. Phillips 66 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries will be prohibited from increasing their holdings in COP Common Stock under such COP Common Stock Fund and may elect to liquidate their holdings in such COP Common Stock Fund and invest those monies in any other investment fund offered under the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan.

Section 6.4 Continuation of Elections . As of the Distribution Date, Phillips 66 (acting directly or through members of the Phillips 66 Group) shall cause the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan to recognize and maintain all COP 401(k) Plan elections, including, but not limited to, deferral, investment, and payment form elections, beneficiary designations, and the rights of alternate payees under qualified domestic relations orders with respect to Phillips 66 Group Employees to the extent such election or designation is available under the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan.

Section 6.5 Delayed Transfer Employees . As of each Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date, Phillips 66 (acting directly or through a member of the Phillips 66 Group) shall cause the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan to recognize, to the extent practicable, all existing elections under the COP 401(k) Plan, including beneficiary designations, payments from elections, and rights of alternate payees under qualified domestic relations orders with respect to each Delayed Transfer Employee who becomes a Phillips 66 401(k) Plan Participant, and COP (acting directly or through a member of the COP Group) shall cause the COP 401(k) Plan to recognize, to the extent practicable, all existing elections under the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan, including beneficiary designations, payments from elections, and rights of alternate payees under qualified domestic relations orders with respect to each Delayed Transfer Employee who becomes a COP 401(k) Plan Participant. As of each Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date, COP and Phillips 66 (acting directly or through a member of their respective Groups) shall take such actions as may be necessary to transfer assets and assume liabilities under the COP 401(k) Plan and the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.2 and 6.3, but applied at the Transfer Date rather than at the Distribution Date.

Section 6.6 Tax Qualified Status . Phillips 66 will take all steps and make any necessary filings with the IRS to establish and maintain the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan so that it is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and the related trust is tax-exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code, including seeking and obtaining a favorable determination letter from the IRS as to such qualification. Furthermore, no later than thirty (30) days prior to the Distribution Date, COP and Phillips 66 (each acting directly or through their respective Affiliates) shall, to the extent necessary, file IRS Form 5310-A regarding the transfer of Assets and Liabilities from the COP 401(k) Plan to the Phillips 66 401(k) Plan as discussed in this Article VI.

 

- 35 -


ARTICLE VII

NONQUALIFIED COMPENSATION PLANS

Section 7.1 Excess Benefit Plans .

(a) Establishing Phillips 66 SERP . On or prior to the Effective Time, Phillips 66 shall, or shall cause another Phillips 66 Entity to, establish and adopt an excess benefit plan (the “ Phillips 66 SERP ”) to provide each Phillips 66 Group Employee who was a participant in the COP SERP as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (the “ Phillips 66 SERP Beneficiaries ”) benefits in respect of service and compensation following the Effective Time substantially similar to those accrued with respect to such person under the COP SERP as of immediately prior to the Effective Time. Each member of the Phillips 66 Group shall cease to be a participating employer in the COP SERP, and the Phillips 66 Group Employees shall no longer participate in the COP SERP, effective as of the Effective Time. Notwithstanding the above, with respect to any Delayed Transfer Employee whose employment is transferred from a COP Entity to a Phillips 66 Entity on a Transfer Date and who was a participant in the COP SERP (and each alternate payee or beneficiary of such person) as of immediately prior to such Transfer Date, the Phillips 66 SERP shall provide benefits substantially similar to those accrued with respect to such person under the COP SERP as of immediately prior to such Delayed Transfer Employee’s transfer. The Parties agree that for purposes of the COP SERP the employment of a Phillips 66 SERP Beneficiary shall not be considered to have terminated as a result of the Distribution or the transfer of employment from COP (or a COP Entity) to Phillips 66 (or a Phillips 66 Entity), and such employment shall only be considered to terminate for purposes of the Phillips 66 SERP when the employment of such Phillips 66 SERP Beneficiary with the Phillips 66 Group terminates in accordance with the terms of the Phillips 66 SERP and applicable Laws.

(b) Liability and Responsibility . The Liabilities in respect of Phillips 66 SERP Beneficiaries under the COP SERP shall be assumed by the member of the Phillips 66 Group which sponsors the Phillips 66 SERP, effective as of the Effective Time; provided that such Liabilities in respect of each such Phillips 66 SERP Beneficiary who is a Delayed Transfer Employee shall be assumed by such member of the Phillips 66 Group effective as of close of business on the applicable Transfer Date. Phillips 66 shall have sole responsibility for the administration of the Phillips 66 SERP and the payment of benefits thereunder to or on behalf of Phillips 66 Group Employees, and no member of the COP Group shall have any liability or responsibility therefor. COP shall have sole responsibility for the administration of the COP SERP and the payment of benefits thereunder to or on behalf of COP Group Employees and Former COP Group Employees, and no member of the Phillips 66 Group shall have any liability or responsibility therefor.

Section 7.2 Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plans .

(a) Establishing Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Plans . On or prior to the Effective Time, Phillips 66 shall, or shall cause another Phillips 66 Entity to, establish and adopt deferred compensation plans for its key employees and directors (the “ Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Plan ”) to provide each Phillips 66 Group Employee or Phillips 66 Director who was a participant in the COP Deferred Compensation Plans as of immediately

 

- 36 -


prior to the Effective Time (the “ Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Beneficiaries ”) benefits in respect of service and compensation following the Effective Time substantially similar to those accrued with respect to such person under the COP Deferred Compensation Plans as of immediately prior to the Effective Time. As of the Effective Time, the Phillips 66 Group Employees shall no longer participate in the COP Deferred Compensation Plans. Notwithstanding the above, with respect to any Delayed Transfer Employee whose employment is transferred from a COP Entity to a Phillips 66 Entity on a Transfer Date and who was a participant in a COP Deferred Compensation Plan as of immediately prior to such Transfer Date, the Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Plans shall provide benefits substantially similar to those available to such person under the COP Deferred Compensation Plans as of immediately prior to such Delayed Transfer Employee’s transfer. The Parties agree that for purposes of the COP Deferred Compensation Plans the employment of a Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Beneficiary shall not be considered to have terminated as a result of the Distribution or the transfer of employment from COP (or a COP Entity) to Phillips 66 (or a Phillips 66 Entity), and such employment shall only be considered to terminate for purposes of the Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Plans when the employment of such Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Beneficiary with the Phillips 66 Group terminates in accordance with the terms of the Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Plans and applicable Laws.

(b) Liability and Responsibility . The Liabilities in respect of Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Beneficiaries under the COP Deferred Compensation Plans shall be assumed by the member of the Phillips 66 Group which sponsors the applicable Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Plan, effective as of the Effective Time; provided that such Liabilities in respect of each such Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Beneficiary who is a Delayed Transfer Employee shall be assumed by such member of the Phillips 66 Group effective as of close of business on the applicable Transfer Date. Phillips 66 shall have sole responsibility for the administration of the Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Plans and the payment of benefits thereunder to or on behalf of Phillips 66 Group Employees, and no member of the COP Group shall have any liability or responsibility therefor. COP shall have sole responsibility for the administration of the COP Deferred Compensation Plans and the payment of benefits thereunder to or on behalf of COP Group Employees and Former COP Group Employees, and no member of the Phillips 66 Group shall have any liability or responsibility therefor.

Section 7.3 Treatment of Phantom Shares in Deferred Compensation Plans . Each cash-settled phantom share relating to COP Common Stock held in the COP Deferred Compensation Plans (or in any similar nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement maintained by a COP Entity) or the Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Plans (a “ COP Phantom Share ”) on the Distribution Date shall be converted into, upon the Distribution being made, an adjusted COP Phantom Share and such number of phantom shares relating to Phillips 66 Common Stock (the “Phillips 66 Phantom Shares”) as determined by applying the Distribution Ratio in the same way as it is applied to shares of COP Common Stock on the Distribution Date. The adjusted COP Phantom Shares and the Phillips 66 Phantom Shares held in the COP Deferred Compensation Plans (or in any similar nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement maintained by a COP Entity) and the Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Plan shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as COP Phantom Shares immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

- 37 -


Section 7.4 Grantor Trusts . On or prior to the Effective Time, Phillips 66 shall, or shall cause another Phillips 66 Entity to, adopt a grantor trust in a form that is substantially comparable to the COP Grantor Trust as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time. In connection with the assumption of the Liabilities under the COP SERP and the COP Deferred Compensation Plans in respect of Phillips 66 Group Employees, COP shall (or shall cause a COP Entity to), as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time in respect of the Phillips 66 SERP and Phillips 66 Deferred Compensation Plans, transfer Assets in an amount equal to the funded percentage of such Liabilities (as determined by the COP Actuary) as of the Effective Time to such grantor trust as of the Effective Time.

ARTICLE VIII

WELFARE PLANS

Section 8.1 Establishment of Phillips 66 Welfare Plans . On or prior to the Effective Time, Phillips 66 shall, or shall cause another Phillips 66 Entity to, establish and adopt Phillips 66 Welfare Plans which will provide welfare benefits to each Phillips 66 Group Employee and Delayed Transfer Employee who is transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group who is a participant in any of the COP Welfare Plans (and their eligible spouses and dependents, as the case may be) (collectively, the “ Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants ”) under terms and conditions that are substantially similar to the COP Welfare Plans. Coverage and benefits under the Phillips 66 Welfare Plans shall then be provided to the Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants on an uninterrupted basis under the newly established Phillips 66 Welfare Plans which shall contain substantially the same benefit provisions as in effect under the corresponding COP Welfare Plans immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that with respect to Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group, such coverage and benefits shall begin immediately after the Transfer Date. Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants shall cease to be eligible for coverage under the COP Welfare Plans (i) in the case of Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants who are not Delayed Transfer Employees described in clause (ii) of this sentence, at the Effective Time, and (ii) in the case of Delayed Transfer Employees who are transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group, upon their transfer to the Phillips 66 Group. For the avoidance of doubt, Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants shall not participate in any COP Welfare Plans after the time set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, and COP Group Employees and Former COP Group Employees shall not participate in any Phillips 66 Welfare Plans at any time.

Section 8.2 Transitional Matters Under Phillips 66 Welfare Plans .

(a) Treatment of Claims Incurred .

(i) Liability for Claims . With respect to unpaid covered claims incurred on or prior to the last day of the month in which the Distribution occurs by any Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participant under any COP Welfare Plans, including claims that are self-insured and claims that are fully insured through third-party insurance, COP shall retain and be responsible for the payment for such claims or shall cause such COP

 

- 38 -


Welfare Plans to fully perform, pay and discharge all such claims, as the case may be. No Phillips 66 Entity shall be responsible for any Liability with respect to any such claims.

(ii) Claims Incurred . For purposes of this Section 8.2(a), a claim or expense is deemed to be incurred (A) with respect to medical (including continuous hospitalization), dental, vision and/or prescription drug benefits, upon the rendering of health services giving rise to such claim or expense; (B) with respect to life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment and business travel accident insurance, upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to such claim or expense; and (C) with respect to long-term disability benefits, upon the date of an individual’s disability, as determined by the disability benefit insurance carrier or claim administrator, giving rise to such claim or expense.

(b) Credit for Deductibles and Other Limits . With respect to each Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participant, the Phillips 66 Welfare Plans will give credit for the plan year in which the Distribution Date occurs (in the case of Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group, for the plan year in which the applicable Transfer Date occurs) for any amount paid, number of services obtained or provider visits by such Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participant toward deductibles, out-of-pocket maximums, limits on number of services or visits, or other similar limitations to the extent such amounts are taken into account under the comparable COP Welfare Plan. For purposes of any life-time maximum benefit limit payable to a Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participant under any Phillips 66 Welfare Plan, the Phillips 66 Welfare Plans will recognize any expenses paid or reimbursed by a COP Welfare Plan with respect to such participant prior to the Effective Time (in the case of Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group, prior to the Transfer Date) to the same extent such expense payments or reimbursements would be recognized in respect of an active plan participant under the applicable COP Welfare Plan.

(c) COBRA . At and after the Effective Time, Phillips 66 shall assume all requirements under COBRA with respect to all Phillips 66 Group Employees (and their qualifying beneficiaries) who, as of the day prior to the Distribution Date, were covered under a COP Benefit Plan pursuant to COBRA or who have a COBRA qualifying event (as defined in Section 4980B of the Code) prior to the Distribution Date. Upon and after their transfer to the Phillips 66 Group, Phillips 66 shall assume and satisfy all requirements under COBRA with respect to any Delayed Transfer Employees who are transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group who have a COBRA qualifying event on or after the applicable Transfer Date for the Delayed Transfer Employee and their qualified beneficiaries.

(d) Employees on Leave . As of the Effective Time, Phillips 66 shall assume and satisfy all Liabilities with respect to any Phillips 66 Group Employee who is as of the Effective Time, on vacation or other approved leave of absence (including leave under FMLA or corresponding state Law, disability, military leave and other approved leave, including Liabilities for salary continuation, paid leave or continuing Benefit Plans). For avoidance of doubt, effective as of their transfer to the Phillips 66 Group, Phillips 66 shall assume and satisfy all Liabilities with respect to any Delayed Transfer Employee transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group who is, as of the applicable Transfer Date, on vacation or other

 

- 39 -


approved leave of absence (including leave under FMLA or corresponding state Law, disability, military leave and other approved leave, including Liabilities for salary continuation, paid leave or continuing Benefit Plans).

Section 8.3 Continuity of Benefits, Benefit Elections and Beneficiary Designations .

(a) Benefit Elections and Designations . As of the first day of the month after the month in which the Distribution occurs (or such other date provided for under Section 8.3(b)), Phillips 66 shall cause the Phillips 66 Welfare Plans to recognize and give effect to all elections and designations (including all coverage and contribution elections and beneficiary designations) made by each Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants under, or with respect to, the corresponding COP Welfare Plan for the plan year in which the Distribution occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 8.3(a) will prohibit Phillips 66 from soliciting or causing the solicitation of new election forms or beneficiary designations from Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants to be effective under the Phillips 66 Welfare Plan as of the first day of the month after the month in which the Distribution occurs.

(b) Additional Details Regarding Flexible Spending Accounts . Pursuant to Section 8.1, at or prior to the Effective Time, Phillips 66 shall, or shall cause another Phillips 66 Entity to, establish and adopt Phillips 66 Welfare Plans which will provide health care flexible spending account or dependent care flexible spending account benefits to Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants. To the extent any Phillips 66 Welfare Plan provides or constitutes a health care flexible spending account or dependent care flexible spending account (each a “ Phillips 66 FSA ”), such Phillips 66 Welfare Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Time.

(i) It is the intention of the Parties that all activity under a Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participant’s flexible spending account with COP for the plan year in which the Distribution Date occurs (in the case of Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group, for the plan year in which the applicable Transfer Date occurs) be treated instead as activity under the corresponding Phillips 66 FSA. Accordingly, (i) any period of participation by a Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participant in a COP flexible spending account during the plan year in which the Distribution Date occurs (in the case of Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group, for the plan year in which the applicable Transfer Date occurs) (the “ FSA Participation Period ”) will be deemed a period when the Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participant participated in the corresponding Phillips 66 FSA; (ii) all expenses incurred during the FSA Participation Period will be deemed incurred while the Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participant’s coverage was in effect under the corresponding Phillips 66 FSA; and (iii) all elections and reimbursements made with respect to an FSA Participation Period under a COP flexible spending account will be deemed to have been made with respect to the corresponding Phillips 66 FSA.

(ii) If the aggregate reimbursement payouts made to Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants prior to the Effective Time (in the case of Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group, prior to their transfer to the Phillips 66 Group) from the applicable COP Welfare Plan flexible spending accounts during the plan year in which the Distribution occurs (in the case of

 

- 40 -


Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group, for the plan year in which the applicable Transfer Date occurs) are less than the aggregate accumulated contributions to such accounts made by such Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants prior to the Effective Time (in the case of Delayed Transfer Employees, prior to their transfer to the Phillips 66 Group) for such plan year, COP shall cause an amount equal to the amount by which such contributions are in excess of such reimbursement payouts to be transferred to Phillips 66 (or a Phillips 66 Entity designated by Phillips 66) by wire transfer of immediately available funds as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 45 days, following the Effective Time (in the case of Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group, in no event later than 45 days, following their transfer to the Phillips 66 Group).

(iii) If the aggregate reimbursement payouts made to Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants prior to the Effective Time (in the case of Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group, prior to their transfer to the Phillips 66 Group) from the applicable COP Welfare Plan flexible spending accounts during the plan year in which the Distribution occurs (in the case of Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group, for the plan year in which the applicable Transfer Date occurs) exceed the aggregate accumulated contributions to such accounts made by the Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants prior to the Effective Time (in the case of Delayed Transfer Employees, prior to their transfer to the Phillips 66 Group) for such plan year, Phillips 66 shall cause an amount equal to the amount by which such reimbursement payouts are in excess of such contributions to be transferred to COP (or a COP Group Entity designated by COP) by wire transfer of immediately available funds as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 45 days, following the Effective Time (in the case of Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group, in no event later than 45 days, following their transfer to the Phillips 66 Group).

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 8.3(b), at and after the Effective Time, the Phillips 66 Group shall assume, and cause the Phillips 66 Welfare Plans to be solely responsible for, all claims by Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants under the applicable COP Welfare Plan flexible spending accounts that were incurred in the plan year in which the Distribution occurs, whether incurred prior to, on, or after the Effective Time, that have not been paid in full as of the Effective Time.

(c) Additional Details Regarding Health Savings Accounts . Pursuant to Section 8.1, on or prior to the Effective Time, Phillips 66 shall, or shall cause another Phillips 66 Entity to, establish and adopt Phillips 66 Welfare Plans which will provide health savings account benefits to Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants. To the extent any Phillips 66 Welfare Plan provides or constitutes a health savings account (each a “ Phillips 66 HSA ”), such Phillips 66 Welfare Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Time. It is the intention of the Parties that all activity under a Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participant’s health savings account with COP for the year in which the Distribution occurs (in the case of Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group, for the plan year in which the applicable Transfer Date occurs) be treated instead as activity under the corresponding Phillips 66 HSA. Accordingly, (i) any period of participation by a Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participant

 

- 41 -


in a COP health savings account during the year in which the Distribution occurs (in the case of Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group, for the plan year in which the applicable Transfer Date occurs) (the “ HSA Participation Period ”) will be deemed a period when the Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participant participated in the corresponding Phillips 66 HSA; (ii) all expenses incurred during the HSA Participation Period will be deemed incurred while the Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participant’s coverage was in effect under the corresponding Phillips 66 HSA; and (iii) all elections and reimbursements made with respect to an HSA Participation Period under a COP health savings account will be deemed to have been made with respect to the corresponding Phillips 66 HSA.

(d) Employer Non-elective Contributions . As of immediately after the Effective Time, Phillips 66 shall cause any Phillips 66 Welfare Plan that constitutes a “cafeteria plan” under Section 125 of the Code to recognize and give effect to all non-elective employer contributions credited toward coverage of a Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participant under the corresponding COP Welfare Plan that is a cafeteria plan under Section 125 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

(e) Waiver of Conditions or Restrictions . Unless prohibited by applicable Law or collective bargaining agreement, the Phillips 66 Welfare Plans will waive all limitations as to preexisting conditions, exclusions, service conditions, waiting period limitations or evidence of insurability requirements that would otherwise be applicable to the Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participant following the Effective Time (in the case of Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group, following their transfer to the Phillips 66 Group) to the extent that such Employee had previously satisfied such limitation under the corresponding COP Welfare Plan.

Section 8.4 Delayed Transfer Employees from Phillips 66 Group to COP Group . With regard to a Delayed Transfer Employee who is transferred from Phillips 66 (or a member of the Phillips 66 Group) to COP (or a member of the COP Group), the provisions of this Article VIII shall be applied as of the Transfer Date to place the Delayed Transfer Employee in the applicable COP Welfare Plans taking into account any circumstances or activity that had occurred while the Delayed Transfer Employee was with Phillips 66 (or a member of the Phillips 66 Group), in the same manner as described in this Article VIII with regard to the transfer of a Delayed Transfer Employee who is transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group.

Section 8.5 Insurance Contracts . To the extent any COP Welfare Plan is funded through the purchase of an insurance contract or is subject to any stop loss contract, COP and Phillips 66 will cooperate and use their commercially reasonable efforts to replicate such insurance contracts for Phillips 66 (except to the extent changes are required under applicable state insurance Laws or filings by the respective insurers) and to maintain any pricing discounts or other preferential terms for both COP and Phillips 66 for a reasonable term. Neither Party shall be liable for failure to obtain such insurance contracts, pricing discounts, or other preferential terms for the other Party. Each Party shall be responsible for any additional premiums, charges, or administrative fees that such Party may incur pursuant to this Section 8.5.

Section 8.6 Third-Party Vendors . Except as provided below, to the extent any COP Welfare Plan is administered by a third-party vendor, COP and Phillips 66 will cooperate and use

 

- 42 -


their commercially reasonable efforts to replicate any contract with such third-party vendor for Phillips 66 and to maintain any pricing discounts or other preferential terms for both COP and Phillips 66 for a reasonable term. Neither Party shall be liable for failure to obtain such pricing discounts or other preferential terms for the other Party. Each Party shall be responsible for any additional premiums, charges, or administrative fees that such Party may incur pursuant to this Section 8.6.

Section 8.7 Retiree Welfare Plans .

(a) COP Retiree Welfare Plans . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (other than Section 13.1), in respect of any COP Welfare Plan that provides retiree medical or other post-retirement benefits to eligible Employees: (i) no Phillips 66 Group Employee shall be eligible to receive such retiree benefits under any such COP Welfare Plan at or at any time after the Effective Time; provided , however , that any Phillips 66 Group Employee who, at the Effective Time, would have been eligible to receive such retiree medical benefits from any such COP Welfare Plan had that Phillips 66 Group Employee retired on or before the Effective Time, shall remain eligible to receive such retiree medical benefits under any such applicable COP Welfare Plan, considering the service and age points credited to the Effective Time but not any service or age points during time employed as a Phillips 66 Group Employee, and further shall not be eligible to receive such retiree medical benefits from any applicable COP Welfare Plan if that Phillips 66 Group Employee is receiving such retiree medical benefits from a Phillips 66 Welfare Plan; and (ii) COP (or one or more members of the COP Group designated by COP) shall retain sole responsibility for the Liabilities associated with any COP Welfare Plan providing retiree medical or other post-retirement benefits to eligible employees or former employees, and no Phillips 66 Entity shall have any Liability therefor.

(b) Phillips 66 Retiree Welfare Plans . Pursuant to Section 8.1, at or as soon as practicable after the Effective Time, Phillips 66 shall, or shall cause another Phillips 66 Entity to, establish and adopt Phillips 66 Welfare Plans that will provide retiree medical benefits to eligible Phillips 66 Welfare Plan Participants at and after the Effective Time.

ARTICLE IX

WORKERS’ COMPENSATION AND UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION

Section 9.1 Phillips 66 Workers’ and Unemployment Compensation . Effective as of the Effective Time, the Phillips 66 Group Subsidiary employing each Phillips 66 Group Employee shall have (and, to the extent it has not previously had such obligations, such Phillips 66 Group Subsidiary shall assume) the obligations for all claims and Liabilities relating to workers’ compensation and unemployment compensation benefits for all Phillips 66 Group Employees employed by that Subsidiary. Effective as of the applicable Transfer Date, the Phillips 66 Group Subsidiary employing the Delayed Transfer Employee shall have (and, to the extent it has not previously had such obligations, such Phillips 66 Group Subsidiary shall assume) the obligations for all claims and Liabilities relating to workers’ compensation and unemployment compensation benefits for all Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to that Phillips 66 Group Subsidiary. Effective as of the Effective Time, Phillips 66, acting through the Phillips 66 Group Subsidiary employing each Phillips 66 Group Employee,

 

- 43 -


will be responsible for (a) obtaining workers’ compensation insurance, including providing all collateral required by the insurance carriers and (b) establishing new or transferred unemployment insurance employer accounts, policies and claims handling contracts with the applicable government agencies. To the extent that such insurance coverage cannot be either assigned to or obtained by Phillips 66 or a Phillips 66 Group Subsidiary, in respect of claims and Liabilities otherwise to be assumed by Phillips 66 or a Phillips 66 Group Subsidiary pursuant to this Section 9.1, COP shall remain primarily liable for such claims and Liabilities, but Phillips 66 shall indemnify and hold harmless COP for any such claims and Liabilities. If the preceding sentence applies, then at one or more mutually agreed upon dates, COP’s Actuary will determine the present value of such claims and Liabilities and Phillips 66 shall reimburse COP for that amount.

Section 9.2 COP Workers’ and Unemployment Compensation . Effective as of the Effective Time, the COP Group Subsidiary employing each COP Group Employee shall have (and, to the extent it has not previously had such obligations, such COP Group Subsidiary shall assume) the obligations for all claims and Liabilities relating to workers’ compensation and unemployment compensation benefits for all COP Group Employees. Effective as of the applicable Transfer Date, the COP Group Subsidiary employing the Delayed Transfer Employee shall have (and, to the extent it has not previously had such obligations, such COP Group Subsidiary shall assume) the obligations for all claims and Liabilities relating to workers’ compensation and unemployment compensation benefits for all Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the Phillips 66 Group to that COP Group Subsidiary. Effective as of the Effective Time, the COP Group Subsidiary formerly employing each COP Group Employee shall have (and, to the extent it has not previously had such obligations, such COP Group Subsidiary shall assume) the obligations for all claims and Liabilities relating to workers’ compensation and unemployment compensation benefits for all Former COP Group Employees.

Section 9.3 Assignment of Contribution Rights . COP will transfer and assign (or cause another member of the COP Group to transfer and assign) to a member of the Phillips 66 Group all rights to seek contribution or damages from any applicable third party (such as a third party who aggravates an injury to a worker who makes a workers’ compensation claim) with respect to any workers’ compensation claim for which Phillips 66 is responsible for pursuant to this Article IX. Phillips 66 will transfer and assign (or cause another member of the Phillips 66 Group to transfer and assign) to a member of the COP Group all rights to seek contribution or damages from any applicable third party (such as a third party who aggravates an injury to a worker who makes a workers’ compensation claim) with respect to any workers’ compensation claim for which COP is responsible for pursuant to this Article IX.

Section 9.4 Collateral . On and after the Distribution Date, Phillips 66 (acting directly or through a member of the Phillips 66 Group) shall be responsible for providing all collateral required by insurance carriers in connection with workers’ compensation claims for which Liability is allocated to the Phillips 66 Group under this Article IX. COP (acting directly or through a member of the COP Group) shall be responsible for providing all collateral required by insurance carriers in connection with workers’ compensation claims for which Liability is allocated to the COP Group under this Article IX.

 

- 44 -


Section 9.5 Cooperation . Phillips 66 and COP shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide that workers’ compensation and unemployment insurance costs are not adversely affected for either of them by reason of the Distribution.

ARTICLE X

SEVERANCE

Section 10.1 Severance . COP shall have no Liability or obligation under any COP severance plan or policy with respect to Phillips 66 Group Employees. As of the applicable Transfer Date, COP shall have no Liability or obligation under any COP severance plan or policy with respect to Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group. By no later than the Effective Time, Phillips 66 shall, or shall cause another Phillips 66 Entity to, adopt severance plans under which Phillips 66 Group Employees who, immediately prior to the Effective Time, and Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group who, immediately prior to the applicable Transfer Date, are participants in any COP severance plan or policy, including the ConocoPhillips Severance Pay Plan, the ConocoPhillips Executive Severance Plan, the ConocoPhillips Key Employee Change in Control Severance Plan, (the “ COP Severance Plans ”), shall be eligible to participate immediately following the Effective Time (in the case of Phillips 66 Group Employees who are not Delayed Transfer Employees) or the applicable Transfer Date (in the case of Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group). Such Phillips 66 severance plan(s) or policies will provide terms and conditions for Phillips 66 Group Employees who are severed from the Phillips 66 Group following the Effective Time or Transfer Date, as the case may be, that are substantially similar to the terms and conditions provided under the applicable COP Severance Plans in which such Phillips 66 Group Employees participated immediately prior to the Effective Time or such Transfer Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Distribution and the assignment, transfer or continuation of the employment of Phillips 66 Group Employees contemplated by Section 3.1 shall not be deemed a severance of employment for purposes of this Agreement and any COP Severance Plans or policies, and effective as of the Effective Time, Phillips 66 Employees shall not be eligible to receive any severance or other benefits under any COP Severance Plans or policies.

ARTICLE XI

BENEFIT ARRANGEMENTS AND OTHER MATTERS

Section 11.1 Termination of Participation . Except as otherwise provided under this Agreement, (i) effective as of immediately after the Effective Time, Phillips 66 Group Employees shall not be eligible to participate in any COP Benefit Plan, and (ii) effective as of immediately after their transfer to the Phillips 66 Group, Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group shall not be eligible to participate in any COP Benefit Plan.

Section 11.2 Accrued Time Off . Phillips 66 shall recognize and assume all Liability for all unused vacation, holiday, sick leave, flex days, personal days and paid-time off and other time-off benefits with respect to (i) Phillips 66 Group Employees which accrued prior to the Effective Time and (ii) Delayed Transfer Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group which accrued prior to the applicable Transfer Date, and Phillips 66 shall credit each Phillips 66 Group Employee and Delayed Transfer Employee with such accrual.

 

- 45 -


Section 11.3 Leaves of Absence . Phillips 66 will continue to apply the appropriate leave of absence policies applicable to inactive Phillips 66 Group Employees who are on an approved leave of absence as of the Effective Time and Delayed Transferred Employees transferred from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group as of their Transfer Date. Leaves of absence taken by Phillips 66 Group Employees prior to the Effective Time and such Delayed Transfer Employees prior to their Transfer Date shall be deemed to have been taken as employees of a member of the Phillips 66 Group.

Section 11.4 Collective Bargaining Agreements . The COP Group shall have no further Liability for all collective bargaining agreements, collective agreements, multiemployer plans, pension and welfare plans and arrangements, and trade union or works council agreements entered into with any member of the COP Group, any union, works council, or other body representing only Phillips 66 Group Employees and such agreements, plans, and arrangements shall, to the extent permitted under applicable Law and their respective terms, be assigned from the applicable COP Entity to Phillips 66 (or a Phillips 66 Entity designated by Phillips 66) effective as of the Effective Time.

Section 11.5 Director Programs .

(a) Certain Director Plans . Effective as of the Distribution Date, Phillips 66 shall, or shall cause a Phillips 66 Entity to, establish a plan with terms and conditions substantially comparable to the COP Director’s Annual Matching Gift Program.

(b) Certain Director Fees . With respect to any COP Director and Phillips 66 Director, COP shall retain responsibility for the payment of any fees payable in respect of service on the board of directors of COP that are payable but not yet paid as of the Effective Time, and Phillips 66 shall not have any responsibility for any such payments. With respect to any Phillips 66 Director, Phillips 66 shall be responsible for the payment of any fees payable in respect of service on the board of directors of Phillips 66 that are earned at any time beginning at or after the Effective Time, and COP shall not have any responsibility for any such payments. With respect to any COP Director, COP shall be responsible for the payment of any fees payable in respect of service on the board of directors of COP that are earned at any time beginning at or after the Effective Time, and Phillips 66 shall not have any responsibility for any such payments.

Section 11.6 Restrictive Covenants in Employment and Other Agreements . To the fullest extent permitted by the agreements described in this Section 11.6 and applicable Law, COP shall assign, or cause an applicable member of the COP Group to assign, to Phillips 66 or a member of the Phillips 66 Group, as designated by Phillips 66, all agreements containing restrictive covenants (including confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions) between a member of the COP Group and a Phillips 66 Group Employee, with such assignment to be effective as of the Effective Time. To the extent that assignment of such agreements is not permitted, effective as of the Effective Time, each member of the Phillips 66 Group shall be considered to be a successor to each member of the COP Group for purposes of, and a third-party

 

- 46 -


beneficiary with respect to, all agreements containing restrictive covenants (including confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions) between a member of the COP Group and a Phillips 66 Group Employee, such that each member of the Phillips 66 Group shall enjoy all the rights and benefits under such agreements (including rights and benefits as a third-party beneficiary), with respect to the business operations of the Phillips 66 Group; provided , however , that in no event shall COP be permitted to enforce such restrictive covenant agreements against Phillips 66 Group Employees for action taken in their capacity as employees of a member of the Phillips 66 Group. Furthermore, the Parties agree that, with respect to equity awards held by COP Group Employees or Phillips 66 Group Employees which provide for cancellation, forfeiture or similar action in the event of a determination that the holder of an equity award engaged in “Detrimental Activities”, the entity that does not employ such holder shall enforce the penalties with respect to the Detrimental Activities and treat any equity award that was converted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement in the same manner as a result of such Detrimental Activities as the employing entity.

ARTICLE XII

NON-U.S. EMPLOYEES

Section 12.1 General Principles . Except as explicitly set forth in this Article XII, COP Group Employees and Phillips 66 Group Employees who are resident outside of the United States or otherwise are subject to non-U.S. Law and their related benefits and obligations shall be treated in the same manner as the COP Group Employees and Phillips 66 Group Employees who are resident of the United States are treated. All actions taken with respect to non-U.S. employees in connection with the Distribution will be accomplished in accordance with applicable Law and custom in each of the applicable jurisdictions.

Section 12.2 Treatment of Equity Awards Held by Non-U.S. Employees .

(a) Special Rules for Canadian Holders. For the purposes of this Agreement a COP Option or COP RSU, as applicable, is held by a “ Canadian Holder ” if such COP Option or COP RSU is held by a Person who is a resident of Canada for the purposes of Canada Tax Act or by a Person who was granted such COP Option or COP RSU in respect of, in the course of, or by virtue of employment in Canada. In respect of any COP Option or COP RSU held by a Canadian Holder, notwithstanding the other provisions of Sections 4.3(a), 4.4(a), 4.5(a) or 4.5(b), as applicable, the following rules apply:

(i) Timing for Canadian Holders . The adjustment or conversion of each COP RSU or COP Option held by a Canadian Holder shall be effected with such modifications as may be required such that any action under Sections 4.3(a), 4.4(a), 4.5(a) or 4.5(b) which is called for at or as of the Effective Time shall be taken or completed at the Adjustment Time;

(ii) Application of Canada Tax Act . It is intended that the provisions of subsection 7(1.4) of the Canada Tax Act apply to the adjustment or conversion of each COP RSU or COP Option held by a Canadian Holder.

 

- 47 -


(iii) Greater Certainty . For greater certainty, in respect of the application of subsection 7(1.4) of the Canada Tax Act to the adjustment or conversion of any COP RSU or COP Option held by a Canadian Holder, the computation of each amount under Sections 4.3(a), 4.4(a), 4.5(a) or 4.5(b), as applicable, shall be undertaken in respect of each such COP Option or COP RSU such that, for purposes of subsection 7(1.4) of the Canada Tax Act,

(x) the amount by which the total value immediately after the Adjustment Time of the rights of the Canadian Holder to acquire securities of COP or Phillips 66, as applicable, exceeds of the total of the amount payable to acquire such securities

does not exceed

(y) the amount by which the total value immediately before the Adjustment Time of the rights of the Canadian Holder to acquire securities of COP under the applicable COP Option or COP RSU exceeds of the total of the amount payable to acquire such securities

and COP or Phillips 66, as applicable, shall take all such steps and shall make all such adjustments effective as of the Adjustment Time as are necessary to ensure that the conversions or adjustments pursuant to Sections 4.3(a), 4.4(a), 4.5(a) or 4.5(b) are in compliance with the provisions of subsection 7(1.4) of the Canada Tax Act.

(iv) Delayed Transfer Employees . The provisions of this Agreement relating to the benefits and obligations of a Delayed Transfer Employee after the Effective Time shall not apply in respect of a Canadian Holder and arrangements in respect of such Delayed Transfer Employee shall be determined on an individual basis.

(b) Special Rules for Australian Employees Holding COP Exercisable Options . Notwithstanding the other provisions of Section 4.4, with regard to any Employee who, while on the Australia payroll, was granted a COP Option that, at the Effective Time, is a COP Exercisable Option, or who, at the Effective Time, is a national or citizen of Australia and whose home country payroll is Australia, and who holds a COP Exercisable Option, the following shall apply:

(i) All Holders Other than Phillips 66 Group Employees . Each exercisable COP Option held by any such person other than a Phillips 66 Group Employee shall remain an option to purchase COP Common Stock issued under the applicable COP Equity Plan (each such option, an “ Adjusted COP Exercisable Option ”). Each Adjusted COP Exercisable Option shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding exercisable COP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(x) the per-share exercise price of each such Adjusted COP Exercisable Option shall be equal to the product of (A) the per-share exercise price of the corresponding exercisable COP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) the COP Price Ratio, rounded up to the nearest whole cent (the “ COP Adjusted Exercise Price ”); and

 

- 48 -


(y) the number of shares of COP Common Stock subject to each such Adjusted COP Exercisable Option shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of COP Common Stock subject to the corresponding Exercisable COP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (I) the excess of the COP Pre-Distribution Stock Value over the original exercise price of such Exercisable COP Option by (II) the excess of the COP Post-Distribution Stock Value over the COP Adjusted Exercise Price, with any fractional share rounded down to the nearest whole share.

(ii) Phillips 66 Group Employees . Each exercisable COP Option outstanding under the COP Equity Plans which is held by a Phillips 66 Employee at the Effective Time shall be converted as of the Effective Time into an option to purchase shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock (each such option, a “ Phillips 66 Exercisable Option ”) pursuant to the terms of the Phillips 66 New Equity Plan subject to terms and conditions after the Effective Time that are substantially similar to the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding exercisable COP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(x) the per-share exercise price of each such Phillips 66 Exercisable Option shall be equal to the product of (A) the per-share exercise price of the corresponding exercisable COP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) the Phillips 66 Price Ratio, rounded up to the nearest whole cent (the “ Phillips 66 Adjusted Exercise Price ”); and

(y) the number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock subject to each such Phillips 66 Exercisable Option shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of COP Common Stock subject to the corresponding exercisable COP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (I) the excess of the COP Pre-Distribution Stock Value over the original exercise price of such non-exercisable COP Option by (II) the excess of the Phillips 66 Stock Value over the Phillips 66 Adjusted Exercise Price, with any fractional share rounded down to the nearest whole share.

(iii) Special Rules for Australian Delayed Transfer Employees Holding Exercisable Stock Options .

(x) Each Exercisable COP Option held by a Delayed Transfer Employee who transfers from the COP Group to the Phillips 66 Group shall be converted as of such Transfer Date into an option to purchase shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock (each such option, a “ Delayed Transfer Phillips 66 Option ”) pursuant to the terms of the applicable Phillips 66 equity plan and shall be subject to terms and conditions after such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date that are substantially similar to the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding Adjusted COP Exercisable Option immediately prior to such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(I) the per-share exercise price of each such Delayed Transfer Phillips 66 Option shall be equal to the product of (A) the per-share exercise price of the corresponding Adjusted COP Exercisable Option immediately prior to such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date and (B) the Phillips 66 Delayed Price Ratio, rounded up to the nearest whole cent; and

 

- 49 -


(II) the number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock subject to each such Delayed Transfer Phillips 66 Option shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of COP Common Stock subject to the corresponding Adjusted COP Exercisable Option immediately prior to such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (I) the excess of the volume weighted average per share price of COP Common Stock trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the last Trading Day immediately before such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date over the exercise price of the Adjusted COP Exercisable Option by (II) the excess of the volume weighted average per share price of Phillips 66 Common Stock trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the last Trading Day immediately before such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date over the exercise price for the Delayed Transfer Phillips 66 Option, as determined under clause (x)(I) of this Section 12.2(d)(iii), with any fractional share rounded down to the nearest whole share.

(y) Each Phillips 66 Exercisable Option held by a Delayed Transfer Employee who transfers from the Phillips 66 Group to the COP Group shall be converted as of such Transfer Date into an option to purchase shares of COP Common Stock (each such option, a “ Delayed Transfer COP Option ”) pursuant to the terms of the applicable COP equity plan and shall be subject to terms and conditions after such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date that are substantially similar (to the extent practicable) to the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding Phillips 66 Exercisable Option immediately prior to such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(I) the per-share exercise price of each such Delayed Transfer COP Option shall be equal to the product of (A) the per-share exercise price of the corresponding Phillips 66 Exercisable Option immediately prior to such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date and (B) the COP Delayed Price Ratio, rounded up to the nearest whole cent; and

(II) the number of shares of COP Common Stock subject to each such Delayed Transfer COP Option shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock subject to the

 

- 50 -


corresponding Phillips 66 Exercisable Option immediately prior to such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (I) the excess of the volume weighted average per share price of Phillips 66 Common Stock trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the last Trading Day immediately before such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date over the exercise price of the Phillips 66 Exercisable Option by (II) the excess of the volume weighted average per share price of COP Common Stock trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the last Trading Day immediately before such Delayed Transfer Employee’s Transfer Date over the exercise price for the Delayed Transfer COP Option, as determined under clause (y)(I) of this Section 12.2(d)(iii), with any fractional share rounded down to the nearest whole share.

Section 12.3 Other Canada Employee Matters .

(a) Establishment of Retirement and Savings Plans . Without limiting the meaning of Section 12.1 or any other provision hereof, ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 agree and confirm that Phillips 66 Canada ULC will establish:

(i) subject to regulatory approval, a defined contribution registered pension plan pursuant to the laws of Alberta;

(ii) a supplemental employee retirement plan or plans for employees of Phillips 66 Canada ULC; and

(iii) an employee savings plan,

for the benefit of employees of Phillips 66 Canada ULC each on terms similar to those enjoyed by members of the comparable plans sponsored by ConocoPhillips Canada Resources Corp.

(b) Transfer of Existing Retirement and Savings Plans Accounts . Promptly, upon receipt of all required regulatory approvals ConocoPhillips Canada Resources Corp. and Phillips 66 Canada ULC will arrange for transfer of the accounts and the assets therein of employees of Phillips 66 Canada ULC from the comparable plans sponsored by ConocoPhillips Canada Resources Corp. to accounts in the plans referred to in sub-section (a) above.

(c) Beneficiary Designations . Prior to the Distribution Date, ConocoPhillips Canada Resources Corp. and Phillips 66 Canada ULC will seek to obtain beneficiary designations from employees of Phillips 66 Canada ULC in relation to the plans referred to in sub-section (a) above and in relation to such Welfare Plans as ConocoPhillips Canada Resources Corp. considers necessary.

Section 12.4 UK Employee Matters Agreement . COP Group Employees and Phillips 66 Group Employees who are employees of ConocoPhillips Limited or of ConocoPhillips (U.K.) Limited shall be treated in the manner provided in the UK Employee Matters Agreement between those companies (attached as Appendix A to this Agreement) with regard to matters that are subject to this Agreement or to the UK Employee Matters Agreement. In the event of a

 

- 51 -


conflict between this Agreement and the UK Employee Matters Agreement, the UK Employee Matters Agreement shall prevail with regard to employees of ConocoPhillips Limited or of ConocoPhillips (U.K.) Limited or assets or liabilities of or relating to benefit plans and compensation programs for their benefit. In the event the UK Employee Matters Agreement addresses a matter with regard to employees of ConocoPhillips Limited or ConocoPhillips (U.K.) Limited or assets or liabilities of or relating to benefit plans and compensation programs for their benefit as to which this Agreement is silent, the UK Employee Matters Agreement shall be followed. In the event this Agreement addresses a matter with regard to employees of ConocoPhillips Limited or ConocoPhillips (U.K.) Limited or assets or liabilities of or relating to benefit plans and compensation programs for their benefit as to which the UK Employee Matters Agreement is silent, this Agreement shall be followed.

ARTICLE XIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 13.1 Preservation of Rights to Amend . The rights of each member of the COP Group and each member of the Phillips 66 Group to amend, waive, or terminate any plan, arrangement, agreement, program, or policy referred to herein shall not be limited in any way by this Agreement.

Section 13.2 Confidentiality . Each Party agrees that any information conveyed or otherwise received by or on behalf of a Party in conjunction herewith that is not otherwise public through no fault of such Party is confidential and is subject to the terms of the confidentiality provisions set forth herein and in the Indemnification and Release Agreement, including Section 3.4(g) of this Agreement and Section 5.8 of the Indemnification and Release Agreement.

Section 13.3 Administrative Complaints/Litigation . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, on and after the Distribution Date, Phillips 66 shall assume, and be solely liable for, the handling, administration, investigation, and defense of actions, including ERISA, occupational safety and health, employment standards, union grievances, wrongful dismissal, discrimination or human rights, and unemployment compensation claims asserted at any time against COP or any member of the COP Group by any Phillips 66 Group Employee (including any dependent or beneficiary of any such Employee) or any other person, to the extent such actions or claims arise out of or relate to employment or the provision of services (whether as an employee, contractor, consultant, or otherwise) to or with respect to the business activities of any member of the Phillips 66 Group after the Distribution Date. To the extent that any legal action relates to a putative or certified class of plaintiffs, which includes both COP Group Employees (or Former COP Group Employees) and Phillips 66 Group Employees and such action involves employment or benefit plan related claims, reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Parties in responding to such legal action shall be allocated among the Parties equitably in proportion to a reasonable assessment of the relative proportion of Employees included in or represented by the putative or certified plaintiff class. The procedures contained in the indemnification and related litigation cooperation provisions of the Indemnification and Release Agreement shall apply with respect to each Party’s indemnification obligations under this Section 13.3.

Section 13.4 Reimbursement and Indemnification . Each Party agrees to reimburse the other Party, within 30 days of receipt from the other Party of reasonable verification, for all costs

 

- 52 -


and expenses which the other Party may incur on its behalf as a result of any of the respective COP and Phillips 66 Welfare Plans, 401(k) Plans, Benefit Plans, and Pension Plans and, as contemplated by Section 10.1, any termination or severance payments or benefits. All Liabilities retained, assumed, or indemnified against by Phillips 66 pursuant to this Agreement, and all Liabilities retained, assumed, or indemnified against by COP pursuant to this Agreement, shall in each case be subject to the indemnification provisions of the Separation Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (i) no provision of this Agreement shall require any member of the Phillips 66 Group to pay or reimburse to any member of the COP Group any benefit-related cost item that a member of the Phillips 66 Group has paid or reimbursed to any member of the COP Group prior to the Effective Time; and (ii) no provision of this Agreement shall require any member of the COP Group to pay or reimburse to any member of the Phillips 66 Group any benefit-related cost item that a member of the COP Group has paid or reimbursed to any member of the Phillips 66 Group prior to the Effective Time.

Section 13.5 Costs of Compliance with Agreement . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or any other Transfer Document, each Party shall pay its own expenses in fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement.

Section 13.6 Fiduciary Matters . COP and Phillips 66 each acknowledges that actions required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement may be subject to fiduciary duties or standards of conduct under ERISA or other applicable Law, and no Party shall be deemed to be in violation of this Agreement if it fails to comply with any provisions hereof based upon its good-faith determination (as supported by advice from counsel experienced in such matters) that to do so would violate such a fiduciary duty or standard. Each Party shall be responsible for taking such actions as are deemed necessary and appropriate to comply with its own fiduciary responsibilities and shall fully release and indemnify the other Party for any Liabilities caused by the failure to satisfy any such responsibility.

Section 13.7 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the documents referenced herein (including the Separation Agreement, the Transfer Documents and the plans and agreements referenced herein), constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written and oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements and understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof. To the extent any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the provisions of the Separation Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to control with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 13.8 Binding Effect; No Third-Party Beneficiaries; Assignment . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, this Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and should not be deemed to confer upon any third parties any remedy, claim, Liability, reimbursement, cause of action, or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to amend any employee benefit plan or affect the applicable plan sponsor’s right to amend or terminate any employee benefit plan pursuant to the terms of such plan. The provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Parties, and no current or former Employee, officer, director, or independent contractor or any other individual associated

 

- 53 -


therewith shall be regarded for any purpose as a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be assigned by any Party, except with the prior written consent of the other Parties.

Section 13.9 Amendment; Waivers . No change or amendment may be made to this Agreement except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the Parties. Any Party may, at any time, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of another Party, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of another Party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, and (iii) waive compliance by another Party with any of the agreements, covenants, or conditions contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the Party to be bound thereby. No failure or delay on the part of any Party in the exercise of any right hereunder shall impair such right or be construed to be a waiver of, or acquiescence in, any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement contained herein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude other or further exercises thereof or of any other right.

Section 13.10 Remedies Cumulative . All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement or the Schedules attached hereto are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

Section 13.11 Notices . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices, claims, certificates, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given: (i) when personally delivered, (ii) if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the date the return receipt is executed or the letter is refused by the addressee or its agent, (iii) if sent by overnight courier which delivers only upon the executed receipt of the addressee, on the date the receipt acknowledgment is executed or refused by the addressee or its agent, or (iv) if sent by facsimile or electronic mail, on the date confirmation of transmission is received ( provided that a copy of any notice delivered pursuant to this clause (iv) shall also be sent pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii)), addressed to the attention of the addressee’s General Counsel at the address of its principal executive office or to such other address or facsimile number for a Party as it shall have specified by like notice.

Section 13.12 Counterparts . This Agreement, including the Schedules hereto and the other documents referred to herein, may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 13.13 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement or the Schedules attached hereto is determined by a non-appealable decision by a court, administrative agency, or arbitrator to be invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced, the court, administrative agency, or arbitrator shall interpret this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions

 

- 54 -


contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the fullest extent possible. If any sentence in this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

Section 13.14 Governing Law . This Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or thereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or to the inducement of any party to enter herein and therein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct, or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute, or otherwise) shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware irrespective of the choice of laws principles of the State of Delaware, including all matters of validity, construction, effect, enforceability, performance, and remedies.

Section 13.15 Dispute Resolution . The procedures for negotiation and binding arbitration set forth in Article IV of the Indemnification and Release Agreement shall apply to any dispute, controversy or claim (whether sounding in contract, tort or otherwise) that arises out of or relates to this Agreement, any breach or alleged breach hereof, the transactions contemplated hereby (including all actions taken in furtherance of the transactions contemplated hereby on or prior to the date hereof), or the construction, interpretation, enforceability, or validity hereof.

Section 13.16 Performance . Each of COP and Phillips 66 shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth herein to be performed by any member of the COP Group and any member of the Phillips 66 Group, respectively. The Parties each agree to take such further actions and to execute, acknowledge, and deliver, or to cause to be executed, acknowledged, and delivered, all such further documents as are reasonably requested by the other for carrying out the purposes of this Agreement or of any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 13.17 Construction . This Agreement shall be construed as if jointly drafted by the Parties and no rule of construction or strict interpretation shall be applied against any Party.

Section 13.18 Effect if Distribution Does Not Occur . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Separation Agreement is terminated prior to the Effective Time, this Agreement shall be of no further force and effect.

 

- 55 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed in their names by a duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

 

CONOCOPHILLIPS
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
PHILLIPS 66
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


LOGO    APPENDIX A

CONOCOPHILLIPS LIMITED

CONOCOPHILLIPS (U.K.) LIMITED

 

 

UK Employee Matters Agreement

 

 

[ ] 2012


CONTENTS

 

Clause         Page  

1.

  

Definitions and Interpretation

     1   

2.

  

Transfer of Employees

     3   

3.

  

Allocation of liabilities

     6   

4.

  

Information and Consultation

     6   

5.

  

Provision of Employees – Transition Services Agreement

     7   

6.

  

Provision of Employees – Secondments

     7   

7.

  

UK Share Incentive Plan

     8   

8.

  

Tax Reporting and Withholding for Equity-Based Awards

     9   

9.

  

Pensions

     10   

10.

  

General Provisions

     10   

 

- 1 -


AGREEMENT

dated [ ] 2012

PARTIES

 

1. ConocoPhillips (U.K.) Limited ( COPUK ); and

 

2. ConocoPhillips Limited ( COPL ).

WHEREAS:

(A) This Agreement is entered into by and between COPUK and COPL. COPUK and COPL are also referred to in this Agreement individually as a Party and collectively as the Parties ;

(B) It has been determined that it would be appropriate and desirable to separate the upstream and downstream businesses of the ConocoPhillips group. Following such separation, the downstream business will be operated by the Phillips 66 Group and the upstream business will be operated by the COP Group;

(C) COPUK has historically been engaged in operating the upstream business of the ConocoPhillips group, and COPL has historically been engaged in operating the downstream business. Following the separation referred to in recital B above, employees of the downstream business will be employed by COPL and employees of the upstream business will be employed by COPUK;

(D) This agreement sets out the agreement of the Parties regarding the allocation and transfer of UK employees liabilities between COPL and COPUK and arrangements in relation to such employees.

IT IS AGREED:

1. D EFINITIONS AND I NTERPRETATION

1.1 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

COP Common Stock means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of COP;

COP Group has the meaning given to it in the Separation Agreement;

COP Group UK SIP means the ConocoPhillips Share Incentive Plan;


COPL means ConocoPhillips Limited whose registered office is at Portman House, 2 Portman Street, London, W1H 6DU (registered in England under registered number 529086);

COPL Secondee has the meaning given to it in clause 6.1(b);

COPUK means ConocoPhillips (U.K.) Limited whose registered office is at Portman House, 2 Portman Street, London, W1H 6DU (registered in England under registered number 524868);

COPUK Secondee has the meaning given to it in clause 6.1(a);

CPP has the meaning given to it in clause 9.1;

Distribution has the same meaning as in the Separation Agreement;

Downstream Employees has the meaning given to it in clause 2.1;

Effective Time means the effective time of the Distribution;

Employee Matters Agreement means the Employee Matters Agreement entered into by ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 dated [ ] 2012;

Employees means all employees of COPL and COPUK;

Former COPL Employees has the meaning given to it in clause 2.7;

Former COPUK Employees has the meaning given to it in clause 2.7;

HMRC means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

ITEPA means the UK Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

Liabilities has the meaning given to it in the Separation Agreement;

Party or Parties has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Phillips 66 Common Stock means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Phillips 66;

Phillips 66 Group has the meaning given to it in the Separation Agreement;

Phillips 66 Group UK SIP has the meaning given to it in clause 7.4;

Separation Agreement means the Separation and Distribution Agreement entered into by ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 dated [ ] 2012;

SIP means a share incentive plan that complies with Schedule 2 of ITEPA;

Transfer Regulations means the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006;

 

- 2 -


Transition Services Agreement has the meaning given to it in the Separation Agreement;

1.2 The headings in this Agreement do not affect its interpretation.

1.3 References in this Agreement to statutory provisions shall (where the context so admits and unless otherwise expressly provided) be construed as references to those provisions as amended, consolidated, extended or re-enacted from time to time (whether before or after the date of this Agreement).

1.4 In this Agreement:

 

(a) words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

(b) words denoting one gender shall include each gender and all genders;

 

(c) references to persons shall be deemed to include references to natural persons, to firms, to partnerships, to bodies corporate, to associations, to organisations and to trusts (in each case whether or not having separate legal personality), but references to individuals shall be deemed to be references to natural persons only;

 

(d) references to clauses are references to clauses of this Agreement;

 

(e) references to the parties include their respective successors in title, permitted assignees, estates and legal personal representatives; and

 

(f) where the word “including” is used it shall be deemed to read “including without limitation”.

1.5 Expressions in this Agreement that are appropriate to companies shall be construed, in relation to an undertaking that is not a company, as references to the corresponding persons, officers, documents or organs, as the case may be, appropriate to undertakings of that nature.

2. T RANSFER OF E MPLOYEES

2.1 The Parties intend that at the Effective Time the employment of all Employees whose employment duties are to be primarily related to the business activities of the Phillips 66 Group immediately after the Effective Time (collectively, the Downstream Employees ) and all liabilities relating to their employment (other than rights under the CPP) shall, to the extent such Employees are not already employed by COPL, transfer to COPL by operation of the Transfer Regulations.

 

- 3 -


2.2 If, following the Effective Time, the contract of employment of any Downstream Employee who was employed by COPUK immediately prior to the Effective Time is found or alleged not to have effect by virtue of the Transfer Regulations as if originally made with COPL, the Parties agree that:

 

(a) COPL will, within 14 days of becoming aware of such finding or allegation, make an offer of employment to such Downstream Employee, to take effect upon the termination referred to in clause 2.2(b) below, on terms and conditions which (other than the identity of the employer and any terms and conditions relating to an occupational pension scheme) do not differ from the corresponding provisions of the Downstream Employee’s contract of employment immediately before the Effective Time;

 

(b) if such offer of employment is accepted by the relevant Downstream Employee within 14 days of the offer being made, the Downstream Employee will be released from employment by COPUK;

 

(c) if such offer of employment is not accepted by the relevant Downstream Employee within 14 days of the offer being made (or if no such offer is made by COPL), COPUK may terminate the employment of such Downstream Employee and COPL agrees to indemnify COPUK for any costs arising in relation to the employment of such Downstream Employee between the Effective Time and the termination date, and any costs arising in connection with the termination of employment of such Downstream Employee.

2.3 If, following the Effective Time, the contract of employment of any Downstream Employee who was employed by COPL immediately prior to the Effective Time is found or alleged to have effect by virtue of the Transfer Regulations as if originally made with COPUK, the Parties agree that:

 

(a) COPL will, within 14 days of becoming aware of such finding or allegation, make an offer of employment to such Downstream Employee, to take effect upon the termination referred to in clause 2.3(b) below, on terms and conditions which do not differ from the corresponding provisions of the Downstream Employee’s contract of employment immediately before the Effective Time;

 

(b) if such offer of employment is accepted by the relevant Downstream Employee within 14 days of the offer being made, the Downstream Employee will be released from employment by COPUK;

 

(c) if such offer of employment is not accepted by the relevant Downstream Employee within 14 days of the offer being made (or if no such offer is made by COPL), COPUK may terminate the employment of such Downstream Employee and COPL agrees to indemnify COPUK for any costs arising in relation to the employment of such Upstream Employee between the Effective Time and the termination date, and any costs arising in connection with the termination of employment of such Downstream Employee.

2.4 The Parties intend that at the Effective Time, the employment of all Employees whose employment duties are to be primarily related to the business activities of the COP Group immediately after the Effective Time (collectively, the Upstream Employees ) and all liabilities relating to their employment (other than rights under the CPP) shall, to the extent such Employees are not already employed by COPUK, transfer to COPUK by operation of the Transfer Regulations.

 

- 4 -


2.5 If, following the Effective Time, the contract of employment of any Upstream Employee who was employed by COPL immediately prior to the Effective Time is found or alleged not to have effect by virtue of the Transfer Regulations as if originally made with COPUK, the Parties agree that:

 

(a) COPUK will, within 14 days of becoming aware of such finding or allegation, make an offer of employment to such Upstream Employee, to take effect upon the termination referred to in clause 2.5(b) below, on terms and conditions which (other than the identity of the employer and any terms and conditions relating to an occupational pension scheme) do not differ from the corresponding provisions of the Upstream Employee’s contract of employment immediately before the Effective Time;

 

(b) if such offer of employment is accepted by the relevant Upstream Employee within 14 days of the offer being made, the Upstream Employee will be released from employment by COPL;

 

(c) if such offer of employment is not accepted by the relevant Upstream Employee within 14 days of the offer being made (or if no such offer is made by COPUK), COPL may terminate the employment of such Upstream Employee and COPUK agrees to indemnify COPL for any costs arising in relation to the employment of such Upstream Employee between the Effective Time and the termination date, and any costs arising in connection with the termination of employment of such Upstream Employee.

2.6 If, following the Effective Time, the contract of employment of any Upstream Employee who was employed by COPUK immediately prior to the Effective Time is found or alleged to have effect by virtue of the Transfer Regulations as if originally made with COPL, the Parties agree that:

 

(a) COPUK will, within 14 days of becoming aware of such finding or allegation, make an offer of employment to such Upstream Employee, to take effect upon the termination referred to in clause 2.6(b) below, on terms and conditions which do not differ from the corresponding provisions of the Upstream Employee’s contract of employment immediately before the Effective Time;

 

(b) if such offer of employment is accepted by the relevant Upstream Employee within 14 days of the offer being made, the Upstream Employee will be released from employment by COPL;

 

(c) if such offer of employment is not accepted by the relevant Upstream Employee within 14 days of the offer being made (or if no such offer is made by COPUK), COPL may terminate the employment of such Upstream Employee and COPUK agrees to indemnify COPL for any costs arising in relation to the employment of such Upstream Employee between the Effective Time and the termination date, and any costs arising in connection with the termination of employment of such Upstream Employee.

2.7 All former employees of COPUK whose employment has terminated prior to the Effective Time, shall be Former COPUK Employees (regardless of whether or not they provided services to an upstream or downstream business during their employment). All former

 

- 5 -


employees of COPL whose employment has terminated prior to the Effective Time, shall be Former COPL Employees (regardless of whether or not they provided services to an upstream or downstream business during their employment). Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, any liabilities in respect of Former COPUK Employees or Former COPL Employees who, prior to the Effective Time, are deferred or pensioner members of the CPP will remain liabilities of the CPP.

2.8 On and after the Effective Time, (i) COPUK shall be responsible for adopting and maintaining any policies or practices, and for all other actions and inactions, necessary to comply with employment-related laws and requirements relating to the employment of the Upstream Employees and the treatment of any applicable Former COPUK Employees in respect of their former employment, and (ii) COPL shall be responsible for adopting and maintaining any policies or practices, and for all other actions and inactions, necessary to comply with employment-related laws and requirements relating to the employment of the Downstream Employees and the treatment of any applicable Former COPL Employees in respect of their former employment.

3. A LLOCATION OF LIABILITIES

3.1 Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement:

 

(a) COPL shall assume and be solely liable for, the handling, administration, investigation, and defence of claims or actions by or in respect of any of the Downstream Employees on or after the Effective Time; and

 

(b) COPUK shall assume and be solely liable for, the handling, administration, investigation, and defence of claims or actions by or in respect of any of the Upstream Employees on or after the Effective Time.

4. I NFORMATION AND C ONSULTATION

4.1 Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law, COPUK and COPL shall provide to the other and their respective agents and vendors all information necessary for the Parties to perform their respective duties under this Agreement.

4.2 Each Party will comply with any legislative requirements which are triggered by the automatic transfer of the employment contracts of the Upstream Employees or the Downstream Employees to consult with such employees or their representatives or to provide information to the relevant members of the other Party in relation to such employees, including under Regulation 11, Regulation 13 and Regulation 14 of the Transfer Regulations.

 

- 6 -


5. P ROVISION OF E MPLOYEES – T RANSITION S ERVICES A GREEMENT

5.1 The Parties recognise that:

 

(a) a certain number of the Upstream Employees will be providing services to COPL pursuant to the terms of the Transition Services Agreement; and

 

(b) a certain number of the Downstream Employees will be providing services to COPUK pursuant to the terms of the Transition Services Agreement.

5.2 The Parties agree to provide all reasonable assistance to each other (or procure that such assistance is provided) to facilitate the provision of Employees under such arrangements.

5.3 The Parties intend and believe that neither the provision of any services pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, nor the termination of such services, shall constitute a “relevant transfer” for the purposes of the Transfer Regulations.

5.4 If any Upstream Employee who is providing services to COPL pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement is found or alleged to have become by operation of the Transfer Regulations an employee of COPL (an Alleged COPL Transferee ):

 

(a) COPL may terminate the employment of such Alleged COPL Transferee; and

 

(b) provided that the termination is effected within one month of the date on which COPL becomes aware of the finding or allegation in respect of such Alleged COPL Transferee, COPUK agrees to indemnify COPL in respect of any expenses, losses, fees, costs and/or liabilities arising out of the employment of such Alleged COPL Transferee and its termination.

5.5 If any Downstream Employee who is providing services to COPUK pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement is found or alleged to have become by operation of the Transfer Regulations an employee of COPUK (an Alleged COPUK Transferee ):

 

(a) COPUK may terminate the employment of such Alleged COPUK Transferee; and

 

(b) provided that the termination is effected within one month of the date on which COPUK becomes aware of the finding or allegation in respect of such Alleged COPUK Transferee, COPL agrees to indemnify COPUK in respect of any expenses, losses, fees, costs and/or liabilities arising out of the employment of such Alleged COPUK Transferee and its termination.

6. P ROVISION OF E MPLOYEES – S ECONDMENTS

6.1 The Parties recognise that:

 

(a) COPUK may second Upstream Employees (each such individual being a COPUK Secondee ) to COPL on or after the Effective Time for a specified period; and

 

(b) COPL may second Downstream Employees (each such individual being a COPL Secondee ) to COPUK on or after the Effective Time for a specified period.

 

- 7 -


6.2 COPUK shall:

 

(a) procure that the COPUK Secondees shall enter into such contractual arrangements with COPUK or COPL as are necessary for them to be seconded to COPL in accordance with clause 6.1; and

 

(b) enter into such agreements with COPL as are necessary to document such secondments.

6.3 COPL shall:

 

(a) procure that the COPL Secondees shall enter into such contractual arrangements with COPL or COPUK as are necessary for them to be seconded to COPUK in accordance with clause 6.1; and

 

(b) enter into such agreements with COPUK as are necessary to document such secondments.

7. UK S HARE I NCENTIVE P LAN

7.1 COPUK and COPL shall take any and all reasonable actions as shall be necessary and appropriate to further the provisions of this clause 7, including, to the extent practicable, providing written notice or similar communication to each Employee who holds shares under the COP Group UK SIP, informing such Employee of the actions contemplated by this clause 7 in respect of such shares.

7.2 The Parties will arrange for appropriate communications to be sent to participants in the COP Group UK SIP to explain the effect of the Distribution on their participation in the COP Group UK SIP.

7.3 COPUK shall procure that each Upstream Employee who is participating in the COP Group UK SIP and each Downstream Employee who is participating in the COP Group UK SIP shall be paid a sum of compensation in relation to any UK income tax and social security contributions payable in relation to Phillips 66 Common Stock on the Distribution.

7.4 COPL will prior to the Effective Time establish a new SIP for the benefit of Downstream Employees (the Phillips 66 Group UK SIP ), the terms of which will be substantially similar to the terms of the COP Group UK SIP (save that the Phillips 66 Group UK SIP shall relate to Phillips 66 Common Stock rather than COP Common Stock).

7.5 COPL shall invite all eligible Downstream Employees to apply for participation in the Phillips 66 Group UK SIP to take effect as soon as reasonably practicable the Effective Time.

7.6 Following the Effective Time Downstream Employees shall:

 

(a) cease to be eligible for new grants of share awards under the COP Group UK SIP;

 

(b) be permitted to retain COP Common Stock acquired before the Effective Time in the COP Group UK SIP for a period of 90 days after such time as HMRC confirms the relevant sponsoring companies of the COP Group and the Phillips 66 Group have ceased to be “associated companies” (as defined in paragraph 94 of Schedule 2 to ITEPA); and

 

- 8 -


(c) be eligible to participate in the Phillips 66 Group UK SIP on terms substantially similar to their participation in the COP Group UK SIP.

7.7 Both Parties agree to cooperate in seeking agreement with HMRC that the relevant sponsoring company of the COP Group UK SIP and the relevant sponsoring company of the Phillips 66 Group UK SIP will be treated as ceasing to be “associated companies” (as defined in paragraph 94 of Schedule 2 to ITEPA) as from the Effective Time.

7.8 Each Party agrees to cooperate in providing the other Party with sufficient information relating to its share register in order to establish when the Parties shall cease to be “associated companies” (as defined in paragraph 94 of Schedule 2 to ITEPA).

7.9 COPL will provide the trustee or shall procure the provision to the trustee of the COP Group UK SIP with details of any Downstream Employees who have ceased to be employed by COPL in the UK and their reason for leaving.

7.10 COPL will procure that the trustee of the COP Group UK SIP is kept informed of the Phillips 66 Common Stock awarded to or acquired by each Downstream Employee under the Phillips 66 Group UK SIP.

7.11 COPUK will procure that the trustee of the Phillips 66 Group UK SIP is kept informed of the COP Common Stock awarded to or acquired by each Downstream Employee under the COP Group UK SIP.

7.12 COPL will procure that COPUK is reimbursed for any costs associated with the operation of the COP Group UK SIP that relate to Downstream Employees.

8. T AX R EPORTING AND W ITHHOLDING FOR E QUITY -B ASED A WARDS

8.1 COPUK will be responsible for all income, payroll, or other tax reporting related to income of Upstream Employees or Former COPUK Employees from equity-based awards, and COPL will be responsible for all income, payroll, or other tax reporting related to income of Downstream Employees or Former COPL Employees from equity-based awards. Similarly, COPUK will be responsible for all income, payroll, or other tax reporting related to income of its non-employee directors from equity-based awards, and COPL will be responsible for all income, payroll, or other tax reporting related to income of its non-employee directors from equity-based awards. Further, COPUK shall be responsible for remitting applicable tax withholdings for Upstream Employees to each applicable taxing authority, and COPL shall be responsible for remitting applicable tax withholdings for Downstream Employees to each applicable taxing authority; provided , however , that either COPUK or COPL shall act as agent for the other company by remitting amounts withheld in the form of shares or in conjunction with an exercise transaction to an appropriate taxing authority. COPUK and COPL will cooperate with each other and with third-party providers to effectuate withholding and remittance of taxes, as well as required tax reporting, in a timely, efficient, and appropriate manner.

 

- 9 -


9. P ENSIONS

9.1 The Parties acknowledge and agree that matters relating to the UK ConocoPhillips Pension Plan ( CPP ) shall be dealt with in accordance with the provisions of a pensions demerger agreement to be entered into between COPUK, COPL, the trustee of the CPP and the trustee of a new occupational pension scheme to be established by COPL.

10. G ENERAL P ROVISIONS

10.1 The rights of COPUK and COPL to amend, waive, or terminate any plan, arrangement, agreement, program, or policy referred to herein shall not be limited in any way by this Agreement.

10.2 Each Party agrees that any information conveyed or otherwise received by or on behalf of a Party in conjunction herewith that is not otherwise public through no fault of such Party is confidential and is subject to the terms of the confidentiality provisions set forth herein and in the Separation Agreement, including Section 7.8 of the Separation Agreement.

10.3 All Liabilities retained, assumed, or indemnified against by COPL pursuant to this Agreement, and all Liabilities retained, assumed, or indemnified against by COPUK pursuant to this Agreement, shall in each case be subject to the indemnification provisions of the Separation Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (i) no provision of this Agreement shall require COPL to pay or reimburse to COPUK any benefit-related cost item that COPL has paid or reimbursed to COPUK prior to the Effective Time; and (ii) no provision of this Agreement shall require COPUK to pay or reimburse to COPL any benefit-related cost item that COPUK has paid or reimbursed to COPL prior to the Effective Time.

10.4 Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Party shall pay its own expenses in fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement.

10.5 COPUK and COPL each acknowledges that actions required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement may be subject to fiduciary duties or applicable law, and no Party shall be deemed to be in violation of this Agreement if it fails to comply with any provisions hereof based upon its good-faith determination (as supported by advice from counsel experienced in such matters) that to do so would violate such a fiduciary duty or applicable law. Each Party shall be responsible for taking such actions as are deemed necessary and appropriate to comply with its own fiduciary responsibilities and shall fully release and indemnify the other Party for any Liabilities caused by the failure to satisfy any such responsibility.

10.6 This Agreement, together with the documents referenced herein, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written and oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements and

 

- 10 -


understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof. To the extent any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the provisions of the Separation Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to control with respect to the subject matter hereof. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the provisions of the Employee Matters Agreement, in so far as the matter relates to employees of COPL or COPUK, this Agreement shall prevail. Any matters concerning employees of COPL or COPUK which are not dealt with expressly in this Agreement shall be governed by the terms of the Employee Matters Agreement.

10.7 This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, this Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and should not be deemed to confer upon any third parties any remedy, claim, Liability, reimbursement, cause of action, or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement including under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 or other equivalent applicable law. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to amend any employee benefit plan or affect the applicable plan sponsor’s right to amend or terminate any employee benefit plan pursuant to the terms of such plan. The provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Parties, and no current or former Employee, officer, director, or independent contractor or any other individual associated therewith shall be regarded for any purpose as a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be assigned by any Party, except with the prior written consent of the other Parties.

10.8 No change or amendment may be made to this Agreement except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the Parties. Any Party may, at any time, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of another Party, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of another Party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, and (iii) waive compliance by another Party with any of the agreements, covenants, or conditions contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the Party to be bound thereby. No failure or delay on the part of any Party in the exercise of any right hereunder shall impair such right or be construed to be a waiver of, or acquiescence in, any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement contained herein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude other or further exercises thereof or of any other right.

10.9 All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement attached hereto are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

10.10 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices, claims, certificates, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given: (i) when personally delivered, (ii) if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the date the return receipt is executed or the letter is refused by the addressee or its agent, (iii) if sent by overnight courier which delivers only upon the executed receipt of the addressee, on the date the receipt acknowledgment is executed or refused by the addressee or its agent, or (iv) if sent by facsimile or electronic mail, on the date confirmation of transmission is received (provided that a copy of any notice delivered pursuant to this clause (iv) shall also be sent pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii)), addressed to the attention of the addressee’s General Counsel at the address of its principal executive office or to such other address or facsimile number for a Party as it shall have specified by like notice.

 

- 11 -


10.11 This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

10.12 If any term or other provision of this Agreement is determined by a non-appealable decision by a court, administrative agency, or arbitrator to be invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced, the court, administrative agency, or arbitrator shall interpret this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the fullest extent possible. If any sentence in this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

10.13 This Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or thereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or to the inducement of any party to enter herein and therein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct, or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute, or otherwise) shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of England.

10.14 The procedures for negotiation and binding arbitration set forth in Article VIII of the Separation Agreement shall apply to any dispute, controversy or claim (whether sounding in contract, tort or otherwise) that arises out of or relates to this Agreement, any breach or alleged breach hereof, the transactions contemplated hereby (including all actions taken in furtherance of the transactions contemplated hereby on or prior to the date hereof), or the construction, interpretation, enforceability, or validity hereof.

10.15 The Parties each agree to take such further actions and to execute, acknowledge, and deliver, or to cause to be executed, acknowledged, and delivered, all such further documents as are reasonably requested by the other for carrying out the purposes of this Agreement or of any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

10.16 This Agreement shall be construed as if jointly drafted by the Parties and no rule of construction or strict interpretation shall be applied against any Party.

10.17 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Separation Agreement is terminated prior to the Effective Time, this Agreement shall be of no further force and effect.

 

- 12 -


SIGNATURE

This Agreement is signed by duly authorised representatives of the parties:

 

SIGNED    )      SIGNATURE:  

 

for and on behalf of    )       
ConocoPhillips (U.K. Limited)    )      NAME:  

 

SIGNED    )      SIGNATURE:  

 

for and on behalf of    )       
ConocoPhillips Limited    )      NAME:  

 

 

- 13 -

Exhibit 10.4

INDEMNIFICATION AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

CONOCOPHILLIPS

AND

PHILLIPS 66

DATED AS OF [•], 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS      1   
ARTICLE II MUTUAL RELEASES; INDEMNIFICATION      10   
2.1.  

Release of Pre-Distribution Claims

     10   
2.2.  

Indemnification by Phillips 66

     12   
2.3.  

Indemnification by ConocoPhillips

     13   
2.4.  

Indemnification Obligations Net of Insurance Proceeds and Other Amounts

     14   
2.5.  

Procedures for Indemnification of Third-Party Claims

     15   
2.6.  

Additional Matters

     17   
2.7.  

Remedies Cumulative

     19   
2.8.  

Survival of Indemnities

     19   
2.9.  

Guarantees, Letters of Credit and other Obligations

     19   
2.10.  

No Impact on Third Parties

     20   
2.11.  

No Cross-Claims or Third-Party Claims

     20   
2.12.  

Severability

     20   
2.13.  

Change of Control

     20   
ARTICLE III INSURANCE MATTERS      21   
3.1.  

Insurance Matters

     21   
ARTICLE IV DISPUTE RESOLUTION      23   
4.1.  

General Provisions

     23   
4.2.  

Consideration by Senior Executives

     24   
4.3.  

Mediation

     24   
4.4.  

Arbitration

     25   
ARTICLE V EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION; CONFIDENTIALITY      27   
5.1.  

Agreement for Exchange of Information

     27   
5.2.  

Ownership of Information

     27   
5.3.  

Compensation for Providing Information

     27   
5.4.  

Record Retention

     27   
5.5.  

Limitations of Liability

     28   

 

-i-


 

5.6.  

Other Agreements Providing for Exchange of Information

     28   
5.7.  

Production of Witnesses; Records; Cooperation

     28   
5.8.  

Confidentiality

     29   
5.9.  

Protective Arrangements

     30   
ARTICLE VI FURTHER ASSURANCES      30   
6.1.  

Attorney-Client Privilege

     30   
6.2.  

Interpretation

     30   
6.3.  

No Attorney Testimony

     30   
ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS      30   
7.1.  

Entire Agreement

     30   
7.2.  

Assignability

     31   
7.3.  

Third-Party Beneficiaries

     31   
7.4.  

Notices

     31   
7.5.  

Severability

     32   
7.6.  

Force Majeure

     32   
7.7.  

Headings

     32   
7.8.  

Survival of Covenants

     32   
7.9.  

Waivers of Default

     32   
7.10.  

Amendments

     32   
7.11.  

Limitations of Liability

     32   
7.12.  

Further Assurances

     33   

 

-ii-


INDEMNIFICATION AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

This INDEMNIFICATION AND RELEASE AGREEMENT, made and entered into effective as of [•], 2012 (this “ Agreement ”), is by and between ConocoPhillips, a Delaware corporation (“ ConocoPhillips ”), and Phillips 66, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“ Phillips 66 ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in Article I or in the Separation and Distribution Agreement dated as of [•], 2012 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ Separation and Distribution Agreement ”).

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, the board of directors of ConocoPhillips (the “ ConocoPhillips Board ”) has determined that it is in the best interests of ConocoPhillips and its stockholders to create a new publicly traded company that shall operate the Phillips 66 Business;

WHEREAS, ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 have entered into the Separation and Distribution Agreement in connection with the separation of the Phillips 66 Business from ConocoPhillips (the “ Separation ”) and the distribution of Phillips 66 Common Stock to stockholders of ConocoPhillips (the “ Distribution ”); and

WHEREAS, the Separation and Distribution Agreement also provides for the execution and delivery of certain other agreements, including this Agreement, in order to facilitate and provide for the separation of Phillips 66 and its Subsidiaries from ConocoPhillips.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained in this Agreement, the parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

The following capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth below:

AAA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a).

Accounts Receivable Securitization ” means a financing arrangement entered into prior to the Distribution by Phillips 66 Company, and approved by ConocoPhillips, involving the transfer or sale of accounts receivable of Phillips 66 Company or any member of the Phillips 66 Group.

Action ” means any demand, action, claim, dispute, suit, countersuit, arbitration, settlement, inquiry, subpoena, proceeding or investigation of any nature (whether criminal, civil, legislative, administrative, regulatory, prosecutorial or otherwise) by or before any federal, state, local, foreign or international Governmental Authority or any arbitration or mediation tribunal.


Affiliate ” means, when used with respect to a specified Person, a Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purpose of this definition, “ control ” (including with correlative meanings, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), when used with respect to any specified Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract, agreement, obligation, indenture, instrument, lease, promise, arrangement, release, warranty, commitment, undertaking or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, after the Distribution, the members of the ConocoPhillips Group and the members of the Phillips 66 Group shall not be deemed to be under common control for purposes hereof due solely to the fact that ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 have common shareholders.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Ancillary Agreements ” means the Employee Matters Agreement, this Agreement, the Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement and the Transfer Documents.

Applicable Toxic Tort Claim ” shall mean an Action alleging pollution, contamination, an illness, injury, death or medical condition resulting from or arising out of the presence of or exposure to asbestos, benzene, vinyl chloride, butadiene, or ethylene dichloride, except such Actions (a) alleging exposure to Flosal (which shall continue to be tendered by ConocoPhillips to Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company), (b) alleging exposure to Benzene in Norway, or (c) relating to or associated with Polar Tankers, Inc. and its predecessors.

Assets ” means, with respect to any Person, the assets, properties, claims and rights (including goodwill) of such Person, wherever located (including in the possession of vendors or other third Persons or elsewhere), of every kind, character and description, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible, intangible or contingent, in each case, whether or not recorded or reflected or required to be recorded or reflected on the books and records or financial statements of such Person, including the following:

(a) all accounting and other books, records and files whether in paper, microfilm, microfiche, computer tape or disc, magnetic tape, electronic or any other form;

(b) all apparatus, computers and other electronic data processing and communications equipment, fixtures, machinery, equipment, furniture, office equipment, automobiles, trucks, vessels, motor vehicles and other transportation equipment and other tangible personal property;

(c) all inventories of materials, parts, raw materials, components, supplies, works-in-process and finished goods and products;

 

-2-


(d) all interests in real property of whatever nature, including easements, whether as owner, mortgagee or holder of a Security Interest in real property, lessor, sublessor, lessee, sublessee or otherwise;

(e) (i) all interests in any capital stock or other equity interests of any Subsidiary, Affiliate or any other Person, (ii) all bonds, notes, debentures or other securities issued by any Subsidiary, Affiliate or any other Person, (iii) all loans, advances or other extensions of credit or capital contributions to any Subsidiary, Affiliate or any other Person, and (iv) all other investments in securities of any Person;

(f) all license agreements, leases of personal property, open purchase orders for raw materials, supplies, parts or services and other contracts, agreements or commitments;

(g) all letters of credit;

(h) all written (including in electronic form) or oral technical information, data, specifications, research and development information, engineering drawings and specifications, operating and maintenance manuals, and materials and analyses prepared by consultants and other third Persons;

(i) all Intellectual Property and Technology;

(j) all Software;

(k) all cost information, sales and pricing data, customer prospect lists, supplier records, customer and supplier lists, customer and vendor data, correspondence and lists, product data and literature, artwork, design, formulations and specifications, quality records and reports and other books, records, studies, surveys, reports, plans and documents;

(l) all prepaid expenses, trade accounts and other accounts and notes receivable;

(m) all rights under contracts or agreements, all claims or rights against any Person arising from the ownership of any Asset, all rights in connection with any bids or offers and all claims, choses in action or similar rights, whether accrued or contingent;

(n) all licenses, permits, approvals and authorizations which have been issued by any Governmental Authority;

(o) all cash or cash equivalents, bank accounts, lock boxes and other deposit arrangements; and

(p) all interest rate, currency, commodity or other swap, collar, cap or other hedging or similar agreements or arrangements.

 

-3-


Assumed Actions ” means (a) those Actions which are listed in Schedule 1; and (b) those Actions that are primarily related to the Phillips 66 Business.

Bridge Loan Facility ” means the bridge loan facility pursuant to the bridge loan facility agreement entered into prior to the Distribution by Phillips 66, as borrower, the bank named therein as administrative agent, and the lending banks named therein, on such terms and conditions as agreed to by Phillips 66 and the other parties to the bridge loan facility agreement and approved by ConocoPhillips.

ConocoPhillips ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

ConocoPhillips Board ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

ConocoPhillips Company ” means ConocoPhillips Company, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips.

ConocoPhillips Group ” means ConocoPhillips, each Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips immediately after the Distribution Date and each Affiliate of ConocoPhillips immediately after the Distribution Date (in each case other than any member of the Phillips 66 Group).

ConocoPhillips Indemnitees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

ConocoPhillips Intellectual Property ” means (a) the ConocoPhillips Name and ConocoPhillips Marks and (b) all other Intellectual Property that, as of the Distribution Date, is owned or licensed by any member of either Group, other than the Phillips 66 Intellectual Property.

ConocoPhillips Name and ConocoPhillips Marks ” means the names, marks, trade dress, logos, monograms, domain names and other source or business identifiers of ConocoPhillips or any of its Affiliates using or containing “ConocoPhillips” (in block letters or otherwise), “ConocoPhillips” either alone or in combination with other words or elements, and all names, marks, trade dress, logos, monograms, domain names and other source or business identifiers confusingly similar to or embodying any of the foregoing either alone or in combination with other words or elements, together with the goodwill associated with any of the foregoing.

Contribution ” means the contribution by ConocoPhillips to Phillips 66 of all the outstanding stock of Phillips 66 Company and any Phillips 66 Assets held directly by ConocoPhillips in exchange for (a) the assumption by Phillips 66 of any Phillips 66 Liabilities from ConocoPhillips, and (b) a number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock equal to the Required Share Number.

Corporate Action ” means any Action, whether filed before, on or after the Distribution Date, to the extent it asserts violations of any federal, state, local, foreign or international securities Law, securities class action or shareholder derivative claim.

 

-4-


Credit Rating ” means on any date, the rating that has been most recently announced by any Rating Agency for any class of senior, unsecured, non-convertible publicly held long-term debt of a Person.

Dispute ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

Distribution ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Distribution Date ” means the date and time determined in accordance with Section 3.3(a) of the Separation and Distribution Agreement at which the Distribution occurs.

Employee Matters Agreement ” means the Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.

Environmental Law ” means any Law relating to pollution, protection or restoration of or prevention of harm to the environment or natural resources, including the use, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, Release or discharge of Hazardous Materials or the protection of or prevention of harm to human health and safety.

Environmental Liabilities ” means all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Hazardous Materials, Environmental Law or contract or agreement relating to environmental, health or safety matters (including all removal, remediation or cleanup costs, investigatory costs, response costs, natural resources damages, property damages, personal injury damages, costs of compliance, including with any product take back requirements, or with any settlement, judgment or other determination of Liability and indemnity, contribution or similar obligations) and all costs and expenses, interest, fines, penalties or other monetary sanctions in connection therewith.

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Form 10 ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state, municipality or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity, body, agency, commission, department, board, bureau, court, tribunal or other instrumentality, whether federal, state, local, domestic, foreign or multinational, exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other similar functions of, or pertaining to, government and any executive official thereof.

Group ” means either the Phillips 66 Group or the ConocoPhillips Group, as the context requires.

Hazardous Materials ” means any chemical, material, substance, waste, pollutant, emission, discharge, release or contaminant that could result in liability under, or that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to, any Environmental Law, and any natural or artificial substance (whether solid, liquid or gas, noise, ion, vapor or electromagnetic) that could

 

-5-


cause harm to human health or the environment, including petroleum, petroleum products and byproducts, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, electronic, medical or infectious wastes, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, radioactive substances, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances.

Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

Indemnity Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

Information ” means information, whether or not patentable or copyrightable, in written, oral, electronic or other tangible or intangible forms, stored in any medium, including studies, reports, records, books, contracts, instruments, surveys, discoveries, ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, designs, specifications, drawings, blueprints, diagrams, models, prototypes, samples, flow charts, data, computer data, disks, diskettes, tapes, computer programs or other software, marketing plans, customer names, memos, and other technical, financial, employee or business information or data.

Information Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Initial Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

Insurance Proceeds ” means those monies:

(a) received by an insured from an insurance carrier; or

(b) paid by an insurance carrier on behalf of the insured;

in any such case net of any applicable premium adjustments (including reserves and retrospectively rated premium adjustments) and net of any costs or expenses incurred in the collection thereof; provided , however , with respect to a captive insurance arrangement, Insurance Proceeds shall only include net amounts received by the captive insurer in respect of any captive reinsurance arrangement.

Intellectual Property ” means all of the following whether arising under the Laws of the United States or of any other foreign or multinational jurisdiction: (a) patents, patent applications (including patents issued thereon) and statutory invention registrations, including reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations in part, substitutions, renewals, extensions and reexaminations of any of the foregoing, and all rights in any of the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, service names, trade dress, logos and other source or business identifiers, including all goodwill associated with any of the foregoing and any and all common law rights in and to any of the foregoing, registrations and applications for registration of any of the foregoing, all rights in and to any of the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, and all reissues, extensions and renewals of any of the foregoing, (c) Internet domain names, (d) copyrightable works, copyrights, moral rights, mask work rights, database rights and design rights, in each case, other

 

-6-


than Software, whether or not registered, and all registrations and applications for registration of any of the foregoing, and all rights in and to any of the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, (e) confidential and proprietary information, including trade secrets, invention disclosures, processes and know-how, in each case, other than Software, and (f) intellectual property rights arising from or in respect of any Technology.

Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement ” means the Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.

Investment Grade ” shall mean a rating of at least (a) BBB- by Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, (b) Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or (c) BBB- by Fitch, Inc.

Law ” means any national, supranational, federal, state, provincial, local or similar law (including common law), statute, code, order, ordinance, rule, regulation, treaty (including any income tax treaty), license, permit, authorization, approval, consent, decree, injunction, binding judicial or administrative interpretation or other requirement, in each case, enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by a Governmental Authority.

LHO ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(i).

Liabilities ” means any and all debts, guarantees, assurances, commitments, liabilities, responsibilities, Losses, remediation, deficiencies, reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit, damages, fines, penalties, settlements, sanctions, costs, expenses, interest and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, accrued or not accrued, asserted or unasserted, liquidated or unliquidated, foreseen or unforeseen, known or unknown, reserved or unreserved, or determined or determinable, including those arising under any Law, claim (including any Third-Party Claim), demand, Action, or order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority or arbitration tribunal, and those arising under any contract, agreement, obligation, indenture, instrument, lease, promise, arrangement, release, warranty, commitment or undertaking, or any fines, damages or equitable relief that is imposed, in each case, including all costs and expenses relating thereto.

Losses ” means actual losses (including any diminution in value), costs, damages, penalties and expenses (including legal and accounting fees and expenses and costs of investigation and litigation), whether or not involving a Third-Party Claim.

Medicare Reporting Obligations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(g).

Person ” means an individual, a general or limited partnership, a corporation, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a limited liability entity, any other entity and any Governmental Authority.

Phillips 66 ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

-7-


Phillips 66 Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Phillips 66.

Phillips 66 Company ” means Phillips 66 Company, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips Company.

Phillips 66 Financing Arrangements ” means the Rule 144A / Capital Markets Securities, the Term Loan Facility, the Bridge Loan Facility, the Accounts Receivable Securitization, and the Revolving Credit Facility.

Phillips 66 Group ” means Phillips 66, each Subsidiary of Phillips 66 immediately after the Distribution Date, and each Affiliate of Phillips 66 immediately after the Distribution Date.

Phillips 66 Indemnitees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

Rating Agency ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., Fitch, Inc. or any nationally recognized statistical rating organizations registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Release ” means any release, spill, emission, discharge, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, injection, deposit, disposal, dispersal, leaching or migration of Hazardous Materials into the environment (including, ambient air, surface water, groundwater and surface or subsurface strata).

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, advisors, accountants, attorneys or other representatives.

Required Share Number ” means the number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock necessary to effect the Distribution less the number of shares of Phillips 66 Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Contribution.

Response ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

Revolving Credit Facility ” means a revolving credit facility pursuant to a revolving credit facility agreement entered into prior to the Distribution by Phillips 66, as borrower, the bank named therein as administrative agent, and the lending banks named therein, on such terms and conditions as agreed to by Phillips 66 and the other parties to the revolving credit facility agreement and approved by ConocoPhillips.

Rule 144A / Capital Markets Securities ” means securities sold prior to the Distribution by Phillips 66, and approved by ConocoPhillips, in reliance on Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

-8-


Security Interest ” means any mortgage, security interest, pledge, lien, charge, claim, option, right to acquire, voting or other restriction, right-of-way, covenant, condition, easement, encroachment, restriction on transfer, or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever.

Separation ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Separation and Distribution Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Software ” means any and all (a) computer programs, including any and all software implementation of algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in source code, object code, human readable form or other form, (b) databases and compilations, including any and all data and collections of data, whether machine readable or otherwise, (c) descriptions, flow charts and other work products used to design, plan, organize and develop any of the foregoing, screens, user interfaces, report formats, firmware, development tools, templates, menus, buttons and icons, and (d) documentation, including user manuals and other training documentation, relating to any of the foregoing.

Subsidiary ” or “ subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, joint venture or partnership of which such Person (a) beneficially owns, either directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of (i) the total combined voting power of all classes of voting securities of such Person, (ii) the total combined equity interests or (iii) the capital or profit interests, in the case of a partnership, or (b) otherwise has the power to vote, either directly or indirectly, sufficient securities to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar governing body.

Tax Benefit ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Sharing Agreement.

Tax Sharing Agreement ” means the Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips 66 and Phillips 66 Company.

Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Sharing Agreement.

Technology ” means all technology, designs, formulae, algorithms, procedures, methods, discoveries, processes, techniques, ideas, know-how, research and development, technical data, tools, materials, specifications, processes, inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), apparatus, creations, improvements, works of authorship in any media, confidential, proprietary or non-public information and other similar materials, and all recordings, graphs, drawings, reports, analyses and other writings, and other tangible embodiments of the foregoing in any form whether or not listed herein, in each case, other than Software.

Term Loan Facility ” means the term loan facility pursuant to the term loan agreement entered into prior to the Distribution by Phillips 66, as borrower, the bank named therein as administrative agent, and the lending banks named therein, on such terms and conditions as agreed to by Phillips 66 and the other parties to the term loan agreement and approved by ConocoPhillips.

 

-9-


Third Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a).

Third-Party Claim ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a).

Transfer Documents ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Transition Services Agreement ” means the Transition Services Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66.

ARTICLE II

MUTUAL RELEASES; INDEMNIFICATION

2.1. Release of Pre-Distribution Claims .

(a) Except as provided in Section 2.1(c), effective as of the Distribution Date, Phillips 66 does hereby, for itself and each other member of the Phillips 66 Group, their respective Affiliates (other than any member of the ConocoPhillips Group), successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Distribution Date have been directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the Phillips 66 Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), remise, release and forever discharge ConocoPhillips and the members of the ConocoPhillips Group, their respective Affiliates (other than any member of the Phillips 66 Group), successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Distribution Date have been stockholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the ConocoPhillips Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from any and all Liabilities whatsoever, whether at law or in equity (including any right of contribution), whether arising under any contract or agreement, by operation of law or otherwise, existing or arising from any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Distribution Date, including in connection with the transactions and all other activities to implement the Separation and the Distribution.

(b) Except as provided in Section 2.1(c), effective as of the Distribution Date, ConocoPhillips does hereby, for itself and each other member of the ConocoPhillips Group, their respective Affiliates (other than any member of the Phillips 66 Group), successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Distribution Date have been directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the ConocoPhillips Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), remise, release and forever discharge Phillips 66, the respective members of the Phillips 66 Group, their respective Affiliates (other than any member of the ConocoPhillips Group), successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Distribution Date have been stockholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the Phillips 66 Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from any and all Liabilities whatsoever, whether at law or in equity (including any right of contribution), whether arising under any contract or agreement, by operation of law or otherwise, existing or arising from any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Distribution Date, including in connection with the transactions and all other activities to implement the Separation and the Distribution.

 

-10-


(c) Nothing contained in Section 2.1(a) or (b) shall impair any right of any Person to enforce this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement, any other Ancillary Agreement or any agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings that are specified in Section 2.8(b) of the Separation and Distribution Agreement or the applicable Schedules thereto as not to terminate as of the Distribution Date, in each case in accordance with its terms. Nothing contained in Section 2.1(a) or (b) shall release any Person from:

(i) any Liability provided in or resulting from any agreement among any members of the ConocoPhillips Group or the Phillips 66 Group that is specified in Section 2.8(b) of the Separation and Distribution Agreement or the applicable Schedules thereto as not to terminate as of the Distribution Date, or any other Liability specified in such Section 2.8(b) as not to terminate as of the Distribution Date;

(ii) any Liability, contingent or otherwise, assumed, transferred, assigned or allocated to the Group of which such Person is a member in accordance with, or any other Liability of any member of any Group under, this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement;

(iii) any Liability for the sale, lease, construction or receipt of goods, property or services purchased, obtained or used in the ordinary course of business by a member of one Group from a member of the other Group prior to the Distribution Date;

(iv) any Liability for unpaid amounts for products or services or refunds owing on products or services due on a value-received basis for work done by a member of one Group at the request or on behalf of a member of the other Group;

(v) any Liability that the parties may have with respect to indemnification or contribution pursuant to this Agreement for claims brought against the parties by third Persons, which Liability shall be governed by the provisions of this Article II and Article III and, if applicable, the appropriate provisions of the Separation and Distribution Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements; or

(vi) any Liability the release of which would result in the release of any third Person other than a Person released pursuant to this Section 2.1.

In addition, nothing contained in Section 2.1(a) shall release ConocoPhillips from honoring its existing obligations to indemnify any director, officer or employee of a member of the Phillips 66 Group who was a director, officer or employee of a member of the ConocoPhillips Group on or prior to the Distribution Date, to the extent such director, officer or employee becomes a named defendant in any Action with respect to which such director, officer or employee was entitled to such indemnification pursuant to then existing obligations; it being understood that, if the underlying obligation giving rise to such Action is a Phillips 66 Liability, Phillips 66 shall indemnify ConocoPhillips for such Liability (including ConocoPhillips’ costs to indemnify the director, officer or employee) in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Article II.

 

-11-


(d) Phillips 66 covenants that it will not make, and will not permit any member of the Phillips 66 Group to make, any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification, against ConocoPhillips or any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, or any other Person released pursuant to Section 2.1(a), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 2.1(a). ConocoPhillips covenants that it will not make, and will not permit any member of the ConocoPhillips Group to make, any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification, against Phillips 66 or any member of the Phillips 66 Group, or any other Person released pursuant to Section 2.1(b), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

(e) It is the intent of each of ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66, by virtue of the provisions of this Section 2.1, to provide for a full and complete release and discharge of all Liabilities existing or arising from all acts and events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur and all conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Distribution Date, between or among Phillips 66 or any member of the Phillips 66 Group, on the one hand, and ConocoPhillips or any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, on the other hand (including any contractual agreements or arrangements existing or alleged to exist between or among any such members on or before the Distribution Date), except as expressly set forth in Section 2.1(c). At any time, at the request of any other party to this Agreement, each party shall cause each member of its respective Group to execute and deliver releases reflecting the provisions hereof.

(f) Any breach of the provisions of this Section 2.1 by either ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66 shall entitle the other party to recover reasonable fees and expenses of counsel in connection with such breach or any action resulting from such breach.

2.2. Indemnification by Phillips 66 . Subject to Section 2.4, Phillips 66 shall, and shall cause the other members of the Phillips 66 Group to, indemnify, defend and hold harmless ConocoPhillips, each member of the ConocoPhillips Group and each of their respective directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ ConocoPhillips Indemnitees ”), from and against any and all Liabilities of the ConocoPhillips Indemnitees relating to, arising out of or resulting from any of the following items (without duplication):

(a) the failure of Phillips 66 or any other member of the Phillips 66 Group or any other Person to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any Phillips 66 Liabilities or Phillips 66 Contracts in accordance with its respective terms, whether prior to or after the Distribution Date or the date hereof;

(b) the Phillips 66 Business, any Phillips 66 Liabilities or any Phillips 66 Contracts;

(c) the Assumed Actions;

 

-12-


(d) any Corporate Action or Action relating primarily to the Phillips 66 Business from which Phillips 66 is unable to cause a ConocoPhillips Group party to be removed pursuant to Section 2.6(d);

(e) any use by any member of the ConocoPhillips Group allowed by the Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement after the Distribution Date of the Phillips 66 Intellectual Property owned by, or licensed by a Third Party to, a member of the Phillips 66 Group;

(f) any failure by Phillips 66 or a member of the Phillips 66 Group to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the waivers of subrogation contemplated by Section 2.4(d);

(g) any breach by Phillips 66 or any member of the Phillips 66 Group of this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any of the other Ancillary Agreements;

(h) any guarantee, indemnification obligation, letter of credit reimbursement obligations, surety, bond or other credit support agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding for the benefit of Phillips 66 or its Subsidiaries by ConocoPhillips or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Phillips 66 or its Subsidiaries) that survives following the Distribution Date; and

(i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect to all information contained in any of the Form 10 (including in any amendments or supplements thereto), the Information Statement (as amended or supplemented if Phillips 66 will have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any offering memorandum or other marketing materials prepared in connection with the Phillips 66 Financing Arrangements, other than any such statement or omission in the Form 10, Information Statement or offering memorandum or other marketing materials based on information furnished by ConocoPhillips solely in respect of the ConocoPhillips Group.

2.3. Indemnification by ConocoPhillips . Subject to Section 2.4, ConocoPhillips shall, and shall cause the other members of the ConocoPhillips Group to, indemnify, defend and hold harmless Phillips 66, each member of the Phillips 66 Group and each of their respective directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Phillips 66 Indemnitees ”), from and against any and all Liabilities of the Phillips 66 Indemnitees relating to, arising out of or resulting from any of the following items (without duplication):

(a) the failure of ConocoPhillips or any other member of the ConocoPhillips Group or any other Person to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any Excluded Liabilities, whether prior to or after the Distribution Date or the date hereof;

(b) the ConocoPhillips Business or any Excluded Contracts;

 

-13-


(c) the Excluded Liabilities;

(d) any Corporate Action or Action relating primarily to the ConocoPhillips Business from which ConocoPhillips is unable to cause a Phillips 66 Group party to be removed pursuant to Section 2.6(d);

(e) any use by any member of the Phillips 66 Group allowed by the Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement after the Distribution Date of the ConocoPhillips Intellectual Property owned by, or licensed by a Third Party to, a member of the ConocoPhillips Group;

(f) any failure by ConocoPhillips or a member of the ConocoPhillips Group to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the waivers of subrogation contemplated by Section 2.4(d);

(g) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect to all information contained in any of the Form 10 (including in any amendments or supplements thereto), the Information Statement (as amended or supplemented if Phillips 66 will have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any offering memorandum or other marketing materials prepared in connection with the Phillips 66 Financing Arrangements, only to the extent based on information furnished by ConocoPhillips solely in respect of the ConocoPhillips Group; and

(h) any breach by ConocoPhillips or any member of the ConocoPhillips Group of this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any of the other Ancillary Agreements.

2.4. Indemnification Obligations Net of Insurance Proceeds and Other Amounts .

(a) The parties intend that any Liability subject to indemnification or reimbursement pursuant to this Article II or Article III will be net of Insurance Proceeds that actually reduce the amount of the Liability. Accordingly, the amount which any party (an “ Indemnifying Party ”) is required to pay to any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder (an “ Indemnitee ”) will be reduced by any Insurance Proceeds theretofore actually recovered by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in respect of the related Liability. If an Indemnitee receives a payment (an “ Indemnity Payment ”) required by this Agreement from an Indemnifying Party in respect of any Liability and subsequently receives Insurance Proceeds, then the Indemnitee will pay to the Indemnifying Party an amount equal to the excess of the Indemnity Payment received over the amount of the Indemnity Payment that would have been due if the Insurance Proceeds had been received, realized or recovered before the Indemnity Payment was made.

(b) An insurer who would otherwise be obligated to pay any claim shall not be relieved of the responsibility with respect thereto or, solely by virtue of the indemnification provisions hereof, have any subrogation rights with respect thereto, it being expressly understood and agreed that no insurer or any other Third Party shall be entitled to a “windfall” ( i.e. , a benefit they would not be entitled to receive in the absence of the indemnification provisions) by virtue of the indemnification provisions hereof.

 

-14-


(c) The parties intend that any indemnification or reimbursement payment in respect of a Liability pursuant to this Article II or Article III shall be (i) reduced to take into account the amount of any Tax Benefit to the indemnified or reimbursed Person resulting from the Liability so indemnified or reimbursed and (ii) increased so that the amount of such payment, reduced by the amount of all Income Taxes (as defined in the Tax Sharing Agreement) payable with respect to the receipt thereof (but taking into account all correlative Tax Benefits resulting from the payment of such Income Taxes), shall equal the amount of the payment which the Person receiving such payment would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 2.4(c), the amount of any Tax Benefit and any Income Taxes shall be calculated on the basis that the indemnified or reimbursed Person is subject to the highest marginal regular statutory income Tax rate, has sufficient taxable income to permit the realization or receipt of any relevant Tax Benefit at the earliest possible time and is not subject to the alternative minimum tax.

(d) Each of ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 shall, and shall cause the members of its Group to, when appropriate, use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain waivers of subrogation for each of the insurance policies identified on Schedule 3.1(c). Each of ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 hereby waives, for itself and each member of its Group, its rights to recover against the other party in subrogation or as subrogee for a third Person.

(e) For all claims as to which indemnification is provided under Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 other than Third-Party Claims (as to which Section 2.5 shall apply), the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnitee for the enforcement of the indemnity obligations shall be borne by the Indemnifying Party.

2.5. Procedures for Indemnification of Third-Party Claims .

(a) If an Indemnitee shall receive written notice from a Person (including any Governmental Authority) who is not a member of the ConocoPhillips Group or the Phillips 66 Group (a “ Third Party ”) of any claim or of the commencement by any such Person of any Action (collectively, a “ Third-Party Claim ”) with respect to which an Indemnifying Party may be obligated to provide indemnification to such Indemnitee pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.3, or any other Section of this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement, such Indemnitee shall give such Indemnifying Party written notice thereof within fourteen (14) days of such written notice. Any such notice shall describe the Third-Party Claim in reasonable detail and include copies of all notices and documents (including court papers) received by the Indemnitee relating to the Third-Party Claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of an Indemnitee to provide notice in accordance with this Section 2.5(a) shall not relieve an Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent to which the Indemnifying Party shall demonstrate that it was materially prejudiced by the Indemnitee’s failure to provide notice in accordance with this Section 2.5(a).

(b) An Indemnifying Party may elect to defend (and, unless the Indemnifying Party has specified any reservations or exceptions, to seek to settle or compromise), at such

 

-15-


Indemnifying Party’s own expense and by such Indemnifying Party’s own counsel, any Third-Party Claim. Within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from an Indemnitee in accordance with Section 2.5(a) (or sooner, if the nature of such Third-Party Claim so requires), the Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnitee of its election whether the Indemnifying Party will assume responsibility for defending such Third-Party Claim, which election shall specify any reservations or exceptions. After notice from an Indemnifying Party to an Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of a Third-Party Claim, such Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in (but not control) the defense, compromise, or settlement thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be the expense of such Indemnitee except as set forth in the next sentence.

(c) In the event that the Indemnifying Party has elected to assume the defense of the Third-Party Claim but has specified, and continues to assert, any reservations or exceptions in such notice, then, in any such case, the reasonable fees and expenses of one separate counsel for all Indemnitees shall be the expense of such Indemnitees, but shall be reimbursed by the Indemnifying Party.

In the event that the Indemnifying Party has elected to assume the defense of the Third Party Claim but has specified, and continues to assert, any reservations or exceptions in such notice, then the Indemnitee must consent to any settlement or compromise.

(d) Notwithstanding an election by an Indemnifying Party to defend a Third-Party Claim pursuant to Section 2.5(b), the Indemnitee may, upon notice to the Indemnifying Party, elect to take over the defense of such Third-Party Claim if (i) in its exercise of reasonable business judgment, the Indemnitee determines that the Indemnifying Party is not defending such Third-Party Claim competently or in good faith, (ii) the Credit Rating of the Indemnifying Party is or falls below Investment Grade as determined by at least two Rating Agencies, (iii) the Indemnitee determines in its exercise of reasonable business judgment that there exists a compelling business reason for such Indemnitee to defend such Third-Party Claim (other than as contemplated by the foregoing clause (i)), (iv) the Indemnifying Party makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, has filed against it or files a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or is declared bankrupt or insolvent or declares that it is bankrupt or insolvent, or (v) there occurs a change of control of the Indemnifying Party.

(e) If an Indemnifying Party elects not to assume responsibility for defending a Third-Party Claim, or fails to notify an Indemnitee of its election as provided in Section 2.5(b), or if an Indemnitee takes over the defense of a Third-Party Claim as provided in Section 2.5(d)(i), the Indemnifying Party shall bear the costs and expenses of the Indemnitee incurred in defending such Third-Party Claim. If the Indemnitee takes over the defense of a Third-Party Claim as provided in Section 2.5(d)(ii)-(v), the Indemnifying Party shall bear all of the Indemnitee’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in defending such Third-Party Claim.

(f) If, pursuant to Section 2.5(d) or for any other reason, the Indemnifying Party is not defending a Third-Party Claim for which indemnification is provided under this Agreement, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right, at its own expense, to monitor reasonably the defense of such Third-Party Claim; provided , that such monitoring activity shall not interfere in any material respect with the conduct of such defense.

 

-16-


(g) If an Indemnifying Party has failed to assume the defense of the Third-Party Claim in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or an Indemnitee takes over the defense of a Third-Party Claim as provided in Section 2.5(d)(i), an Indemnitee may settle or compromise the Third-Party Claim without the consent of the Indemnifying Party. If an Indemnitee takes over the defense of a Third-Party Claim as provided in Section 2.5(d)(ii)-(v), such Indemnitee may not settle or compromise any Third-Party Claim without the consent of the Indemnifying Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(h) In the case of a Third-Party Claim, no Indemnifying Party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement of the Third-Party Claim without the consent of the Indemnitee if the effect thereof is to permit any injunction, declaratory judgment or other non-monetary relief to be entered, directly or indirectly against any Indemnitee. For the avoidance of doubt, the consent of any Indemnitee pursuant to this Section 2.5(h) shall be required only with respect to non-monetary relief.

(i) Phillips 66 shall prepare and circulate a legal hold order (“ LHO ”) covering relevant categories of documents as promptly as practical following receipt of any notice pursuant to Section 2.5(a) and shall promptly notify ConocoPhillips after such LHO has been circulated. ConocoPhillips shall prepare and circulate a LHO covering documents in the possession, custody or control of the ConocoPhillips Group with respect to any Action so notified to Phillips 66.

(j) The provisions of this Section 2.5 (other than this Section 2.5(j)) and the provisions of Section 2.6 shall not apply to Taxes (Taxes being governed by the Tax Sharing Agreement).

(k) All Assumed Actions have been tendered by ConocoPhillips to Phillips 66 and are deemed to be formally accepted by Phillips 66 upon the execution of this Agreement.

(l) An Indemnifying Party shall provide the Indemnitee with a monthly written report identifying any Third Party Claims which such Indemnifying Party has elected to defend pursuant to Section 2.5(b) or, in the case of Phillips 66, which are identified on Schedule 1.1. In addition, the Indemnifying Party shall establish a procedure reasonably acceptable to the Indemnitee to automatically send electronic notice from the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnitee through the litigation management system or any successor system when any such Third Party Claim is closed, regardless of whether such Third Party Claim was decided by settlement, verdict, dismissal or was otherwise disposed of.

2.6. Additional Matters .

(a) Indemnification payments in respect of any Liabilities for which an Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Article II shall be paid by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnitee as such Liabilities are incurred upon demand by the Indemnitee, including reasonably satisfactory documentation setting forth the basis for the amount of such indemnification payment, including documentation with respect to calculations made and consideration of any Insurance Proceeds that actually reduce the amount of such Liabilities. THE INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS ARTICLE II SHALL REMAIN

 

-17-


OPERATIVE AND IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT, REGARDLESS OF (I) ANY INVESTIGATION MADE BY OR ON BEHALF OF ANY INDEMNITEE, (II) THE KNOWLEDGE BY THE INDEMNITEE OF LIABILITIES FOR WHICH IT MIGHT BE ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION HEREUNDER AND (III) ANY TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

(b) Any claim on account of a Liability that does not result from a Third-Party Claim shall be asserted by written notice given by the Indemnitee to the related Indemnifying Party. Such Indemnifying Party shall have a period of thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice within which to respond thereto. If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such thirty (30)-day period, such Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have refused to accept responsibility to make payment. If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such thirty (30)-day period or rejects such claim in whole or in part, such Indemnitee shall be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to such party as contemplated by this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements.

(c) In the event of payment by or on behalf of any Indemnifying Party to any Indemnitee in connection with any Third-Party Claim, such Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated to and shall stand in the place of such Indemnitee as to any events or circumstances in respect of which such Indemnitee may have any right, defense or claim relating to such Third-Party Claim against any claimant or plaintiff asserting such Third-Party Claim or against any other Person. Such Indemnitee shall cooperate with such Indemnifying Party in a reasonable manner, and at the cost and expense of such Indemnifying Party, in prosecuting any subrogated right, defense or claim.

(d) In the event of an Action for which indemnification is sought pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.3 and in which the Indemnifying Party is not a named defendant, if either the Indemnitee or Indemnifying Party shall so request, the parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to substitute the Indemnifying Party for the named defendant.

(e) In the event that Phillips 66 or ConocoPhillips shall establish a risk accrual in an amount of at least $25 million with respect to any Third-Party Claim for which such party has indemnified the other party pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.3, as applicable, it shall notify the other party of the existence and amount of such risk accrual ( i.e. , when the accrual is recorded in the financial statements as an accrual for a potential liability), subject to the parties entering into an appropriate agreement with respect to the confidentiality and/or privilege thereof.

(f) Any Applicable Toxic Tort Claim for which, at the time notice is required under Section 2.5(a), ConocoPhillips cannot reasonably determine whether such Applicable Toxic Tort Claim primarily relates to the Phillips 66 Business shall be presumed to fall within Phillips 66’s indemnification obligation in Section 2.2(d). If pursuant to Section 2.5(a) an Applicable Toxic Tort Claim is notified to Phillips 66, and thereafter it is determined that Section 2.2 does not provide any indemnification therefor, ConocoPhillips shall pay to Phillips 66 $5,000 to cover Phillips 66’s direct and indirect expenses promptly following the re-tender of such Applicable Toxic Tort Claim to ConocoPhillips and its acceptance thereof.

 

-18-


(g) Phillips 66 shall provide ConocoPhillips or a Third Party designated by ConocoPhillips with all information necessary for the members of the ConocoPhillips Group to comply with their obligations under Section 111 of the Medicare, Medicaid and SCHIP Extension Act (or any successor thereto) (“ Medicare Reporting Obligations ”) with respect to the settlement or other disposition of any Action by or on behalf of any member of the Phillips 66 Group. If Phillips 66 fails to do so promptly and/or provides materially incorrect information, then Phillips 66 shall indemnify ConocoPhillips pursuant to Section 2.2 for any fines, penalties and/or costs arising from any such Phillips 66 failure or action. Phillips 66 shall bear all costs associated with satisfying such Medicare Reporting Obligations (including but not limited to settlements or releases of personal injury claims from a Medicare beneficiary on behalf of ConocoPhillips), including ConocoPhillips’ costs if ConocoPhillips elects to effect reporting, or reasonable third-party costs if ConocoPhillips outsources such reporting. ConocoPhillips agrees that it shall not use a Third Party for such purpose unless such Third Party indemnifies both ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 on commercially reasonable terms for any wrongful reporting. Phillips 66 shall provide ConocoPhillips with a monthly written report identifying all Actions that are subject to Medicare Reporting Obligations on the part of any member of the ConocoPhillips Group and that have been settled or otherwise disposed of by or on behalf of any member of the Phillips 66 Group. In addition, Phillips 66 shall establish a procedure reasonably acceptable to ConocoPhillips to automatically send electronic notice from Phillips 66 to ConocoPhillips through the litigation management system or any successor system when any such Action is closed, regardless of whether such Action was decided by settlement, verdict, dismissal or was otherwise disposed of.

2.7. Remedies Cumulative . The remedies provided in this Article II shall be cumulative and shall not preclude assertion by any Indemnitee of any other rights or the seeking of any and all other remedies against any Indemnifying Party.

2.8. Survival of Indemnities . The rights and obligations of each of ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 and their respective Indemnitees under this Article II shall survive the sale or other transfer by any party of any Assets or businesses or the assignment by it of any Liabilities.

2.9. Guarantees, Letters of Credit and other Obligations . In furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the obligations set forth in Section 2.6 hereof and Section 5.3 of the Separation and Distribution Agreement:

(a) On or prior to the Distribution Date or as soon as practicable thereafter, Phillips 66 shall (with the reasonable cooperation of the applicable member(s) of the ConocoPhillips Group) use its commercially reasonable efforts to have any member(s) of the ConocoPhillips Group removed as guarantor of or obligor for any Phillips 66 Liability to the extent that they relate to Phillips 66 Liabilities, including in respect of those guarantees, letters of credit and other obligations set forth on Schedule 2.9(a).

(b) On or prior to the Distribution Date, to the extent required to obtain a release from a guarantee, letter of credit or other obligation of any member of the ConocoPhillips Group, Phillips 66 shall execute a substitute document in the form of any such existing guarantee or letter of credit, as applicable, or such other form as is agreed to by the relevant parties to such guarantee agreement, letter of credit or other obligation, except to the extent that such existing guarantee contains representations, covenants or other terms or provisions either (i) with which Phillips 66 would be reasonably unable to comply or (ii) which would be reasonably expected to be breached.

 

-19-


(c) If the parties are unable to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, any such required removal as set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 2.9, (i) Phillips 66 shall, and shall cause the other members of the Phillips 66 Group to, indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of the ConocoPhillips Indemnitees for any Liability arising from or relating to such guarantee, letter of credit or other obligation, as applicable, and shall, as agent or subcontractor for the applicable ConocoPhillips Group guarantor or obligor, pay, perform and discharge fully all of the obligations or other Liabilities of such guarantor or obligor thereunder, and (ii) Phillips 66 shall not, and shall cause the other members of the Phillips 66 Group not to, agree to renew or extend the term of, increase any obligations under, or transfer to a third Person, any loan, guarantee, , letter of credit, lease, contract or other obligation for which a member of the ConocoPhillips Group is or may be liable unless all obligations of the members of the ConocoPhillips Group with respect thereto are thereupon terminated by documentation satisfactory in form and substance to ConocoPhillips in its sole and absolute discretion.

2.10. No Impact on Third Parties . For the avoidance of doubt, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the indemnifications provided for in this Article II are made only for purposes of allocating responsibility for Liabilities between the ConocoPhillips Group, on the one hand, and the Phillips 66 Group, on the other hand, and are not intended to, and shall not, affect any obligations to, or give rise to any rights of, any third parties.

2.11. No Cross-Claims or Third-Party Claims . Each of Phillips 66 and ConocoPhillips agrees that it shall not, and shall not permit the members of its respective Group to, in connection with any Third-Party Claim, assert as a counterclaim or third-party claim against any member of the ConocoPhillips Group or Phillips 66 Group, respectively, any claim (whether sounding in contract, tort or otherwise) that arises out of or relates to this Agreement, any breach or alleged breach hereof, the transactions contemplated hereby (including all actions taken in furtherance of the transactions contemplated hereby on or prior to the date hereof), or the construction, interpretation, enforceability or validity hereof, which in each such case shall be asserted only as contemplated by Article IV.

2.12. Severability . If any indemnification provided for in this Article II is determined by a Delaware federal or state court to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the liability shall be apportioned between the Indemnitee and the Indemnifying Party as determined in a separate proceeding in accordance with Article IV.

2.13. Change of Control . In the event that any third Person or “group” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) acquires, including by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination, fifty percent (50%) or more of the assets or voting equity of either ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66, ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66, as applicable, shall take all necessary action so that such third Person or group shall become a guarantor of the obligations of ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66, as applicable, under this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements.

 

-20-


ARTICLE III

INSURANCE MATTERS

3.1. Insurance Matters .

(a) ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 agree to cooperate in good faith to arrange insurance coverage for Phillips 66 to be effective no later than the Distribution Date. In no event shall ConocoPhillips, any other member of the ConocoPhillips Group or any ConocoPhillips Indemnitee have liability or obligation whatsoever to any member of the Phillips 66 Group in the event that any insurance policy or other contract or policy of insurance shall be terminated or otherwise cease to be in effect for any reason, shall be unavailable or inadequate to cover any Liability of any member of the Phillips 66 Group for any reason whatsoever or shall not be renewed or extended beyond the current expiration date.

(b) From and after the Distribution Date, other than as provided in Section 3.1(c), neither Phillips 66 nor any member of the Phillips 66 Group shall have any rights to or under any of ConocoPhillips’ or its Affiliates’ insurance policies. At the Distribution Date, Phillips 66 shall have in effect all insurance programs required to comply with Phillips 66’s contractual obligations and such other insurance policies as reasonably necessary, and, following the Distribution Date, Phillips 66 shall maintain such insurance programs and policies with insurers which comply with the minimum financial credit rating standards set by the major global insurance brokers.

(c) From and after the Distribution Date, except with respect to the insurance matters identified on Schedule 3.1(c), whose treatment shall be as set forth on such Schedule, with respect to any losses, damages and liabilities incurred by any member of the Phillips 66 Group prior to or in respect of the period prior to the Distribution Date, ConocoPhillips will provide Phillips 66 with access to, and Phillips 66 may, upon 10 days’ prior written notice to ConocoPhillips, make claims under, ConocoPhillips’ third-party insurance policies in place at the time of the Distribution and ConocoPhillips’ historical policies of insurance, but solely to the extent that such policies provided coverage for the Phillips 66 Group prior to the Distribution; provided , that such access to, and the right to make claims under such insurance policies, shall be subject to the terms and conditions of such insurance policies, including any limits on coverage or scope, any deductibles and other fees and expenses, and shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(i) Phillips 66 shall provide ConocoPhillips with a written report sixty (60) days prior to any such third-party insurance policy’s renewal date, as advised by ConocoPhillips, identifying any claims made by Phillips 66 for which notice has previously been provided to insurers of ConocoPhillips;

(ii) Phillips 66 and its Affiliates shall indemnify, hold harmless and reimburse ConocoPhillips and its Affiliates for any deductibles, self-insured retention, fees and expenses incurred by ConocoPhillips or its Affiliates to the extent resulting from any such access to, or any claims made by Phillips 66 or any of its Affiliates under, any insurance provided pursuant to this Section 3.1(c), including any indemnity payments, settlements, judgments, legal fees and allocated claims expenses and claim handling fees, whether such claims are made by Phillips 66, its employees or third Persons; and

 

-21-


(iii) Phillips 66 shall exclusively bear (and neither ConocoPhillips nor its Affiliates shall have any obligation to repay or reimburse Phillips 66 or its Affiliates for) and shall be liable for all uninsured, uncovered, unavailable or uncollectible amounts of all such claims made by Phillips 66 or any of its Affiliates under the policies as provided for in this Section 3.1(c).

In the event that an insurance policy aggregate is exhausted, or believed likely to be exhausted, due to noticed claims, the Phillips 66 Group, on the one hand, and the ConocoPhillips Group, on the other hand, shall be responsible for their pro rata portion of the reinstatement premium, based upon the losses of such Group submitted to ConocoPhillips’ insurance carrier(s) (including any submissions prior to the Distribution Date). To the extent that the ConocoPhillips Group or the Phillips 66 Group is allocated more than its pro rata portion of such premium due to the timing of losses submitted to ConocoPhillips’ insurance carrier(s), the other party shall promptly pay the first party an amount so that each Group has been properly allocated its pro rata portion of the reinstatement premium. ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 can mutually agree not to reinstate the policy aggregate and each Group then will bear all of its own future costs.

In the event that any member of the ConocoPhillips Group incurs any losses, damages or liability incurred prior to the Distribution Date under Phillips 66’s third-party insurance policies, the same process pursuant to this Section 3.1(c) shall apply, substituting “ConocoPhillips” for “Phillips 66” and “Phillips 66” for “ConocoPhillips.”

(d) All payments and reimbursements by Phillips 66 pursuant to this Section 3.1 will be made within fifteen (15) days after Phillips 66’s receipt of an invoice therefor from ConocoPhillips. If ConocoPhillips incurs costs to enforce Phillips 66’s obligations herein, Phillips 66 agrees to indemnify ConocoPhillips for such enforcement costs, including attorneys’ fees.

(e) All payments and reimbursements by ConocoPhillips pursuant to this Section 3.1 will be made within fifteen (15) days after ConocoPhillips’ receipt of an invoice therefor from Phillips 66. If Phillips 66 incurs costs to enforce ConocoPhillips’ obligations herein, ConocoPhillips agrees to indemnify Phillips 66 for such enforcement costs, including attorneys’ fees.

(f) ConocoPhillips shall retain the exclusive right to control its insurance policies and programs, including the right to exhaust, settle, release, commute, buy-back or otherwise resolve disputes with respect to any of its insurance policies and programs and to amend, modify or waive any rights under any such insurance policies and programs, notwithstanding whether any such policies or programs apply to any Phillips 66 Liabilities and/or claims Phillips 66 has made or could make in the future, and no member of the Phillips 66 Group shall, without the prior written consent of ConocoPhillips, erode, exhaust, settle, release, commute, buy-back or otherwise resolve disputes with ConocoPhillips’ insurers with respect to any of ConocoPhillips’ insurance policies and programs, or amend, modify or waive any rights under any such insurance policies and programs. Phillips 66 shall cooperate with ConocoPhillips

 

-22-


and share such information at Phillips 66’s cost as is reasonably necessary in order to permit ConocoPhillips to manage and conduct its insurance matters as it deems appropriate. Neither ConocoPhillips nor any of its Affiliates shall have any obligation to secure extended reporting for any claims under any of ConocoPhillips’ or its Affiliates’ liability policies for any acts or omissions by any member of the Phillips 66 Group incurred prior to the Distribution Date.

(g) This Agreement shall not be considered as an attempted assignment of any policy of insurance or as a contract of insurance and shall not be construed to waive any right or remedy of any member of the ConocoPhillips Group in respect of any insurance policy or any other contract or policy of insurance.

(h) Phillips 66 does hereby, for itself and each other member of the Phillips 66 Group, agree that no member of the ConocoPhillips Group shall have any Liability whatsoever as a result of the insurance policies and practices of ConocoPhillips and its Affiliates as in effect at any time, including as a result of the level or scope of any such insurance, the creditworthiness of any insurance carrier, the terms and conditions of any policy, or the adequacy or timeliness of any notice to any insurance carrier with respect to any claim or potential claim or otherwise.

(i) The parties acknowledge that to the extent there are losses or premium adjustments under the parties’ tripartite insurance agreements, such losses or adjustments will be governed by such tripartite insurance agreements.

ARTICLE IV

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

4.1. General Provisions .

(a) Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or the other Ancillary Agreements (except as otherwise set forth in any such Ancillary Agreements), including the validity, interpretation, breach or termination thereof (a “ Dispute ”), shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article IV, which shall be the sole and exclusive procedures for the resolution of any such Dispute unless otherwise specified in the applicable Ancillary Agreement or in this Article IV.

(b) Commencing with a request contemplated by Section 4.2, all communications between the parties or their representatives in connection with the attempted resolution of any Dispute shall be deemed to have been delivered in furtherance of a Dispute settlement and shall be exempt from discovery and production, and shall not be admissible into evidence for any reason (whether as an admission or otherwise), in any arbitral or other proceeding for the resolution of any Dispute.

(c) THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY WAIVE AND FOREGO ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

(d) Governing Law . This Agreement and, unless expressly provided therein, the Separation and Distribution Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or thereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby and

 

-23-


thereby or to the inducement of any party to enter herein and therein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise, and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise) shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, irrespective of the choice of laws principles of the State of Delaware, including all matters of validity, construction, effect, enforceability, performance and remedies.

(e) The specific procedures set forth in this Article IV, including the time limits referenced herein, may be modified by agreement of both of the parties in writing.

(f) All applicable statutes of limitations and defenses based upon the passage of time shall be tolled while the procedures specified in this Article IV are pending. The parties will take any necessary or appropriate action required to effectuate such tolling.

4.2. Consideration by Senior Executives . If a Dispute is not resolved in the normal course of business at the operational level, the parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve the Dispute by negotiation between executives who hold, at a minimum, the office of Senior Vice President and/or General Counsel. Either party may initiate the executive negotiation process by providing a written notice to the other (the “ Initial Notice ”). Within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the Initial Notice, the receiving party shall submit to the other a written response (the “ Response ”). The Initial Notice and the Response shall include (a) a statement of the Dispute and of each party’s position and (b) the name and title of the executive who will represent that party and of any other person who will accompany the executive. The parties agree that such executives shall have full and complete authority to resolve any Disputes submitted pursuant to this Section 4.2. Such executives will meet in person or by teleconference or video conference within thirty (30) days of the date of the Initial Notice to seek a resolution of the Dispute. In the event that the executives are unable to agree to a format for such meeting, the meeting shall be convened by teleconference.

4.3. Mediation . If a Dispute is not resolved by negotiation or a meeting between executives is not held as provided in Section 4.2 within thirty (30) days from the delivery of the Initial Notice, then either party may submit the Dispute for resolution by mediation pursuant to the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”) Mediation Procedures as then in effect. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing, the parties shall (a) conduct the mediation in Houston, Texas, and (b) select a mutually agreeable mediator from the AAA Panel of Mediators in the selected location. If the parties are unable to agree upon a mediator, the parties agree that AAA shall select a mediator from its panels consistent with its mediation rules. The parties shall agree to a mutually convenient date and time to conduct the mediation; provided that the mediation must occur within thirty (30) days of the request unless a later date is agreed to by the parties in writing. Each party shall bear its own fees, costs and expenses and an equal share of the expenses of the mediation. Each party shall designate a business executive to have full and complete authority to resolve the Dispute and to represent its interests in the mediation, and each party may, in its sole and absolute discretion, include any number of other Representatives in the mediation process. At the commencement of the mediation, either party may request to submit a written mediation statement to the mediator.

 

-24-


4.4. Arbitration .

(a) In the event any Dispute is not finally resolved pursuant to Section 4.2 within sixty (60) days from the delivery of the Initial Notice (if mediation is not requested pursuant to Section 4.3), or mediation pursuant to Section 4.3 within sixty (60) days of selection of a mediator, then such Dispute may be submitted to be finally resolved by binding arbitration pursuant to the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules as then in effect (the “ AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules ”).

(b) Without waiving its rights to any remedy under this Agreement and without first complying with the provisions of Sections 4.2 and 4.3, either party may seek any interim or provisional relief that is necessary to protect the rights or property of that party either (i) before any Delaware federal or state court, (ii) before a special arbitrator, as provided for under the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules, or (iii) before the arbitral tribunal established hereunder.

(c) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, any Dispute to be decided in arbitration hereunder will be decided (i) before a sole arbitrator if the amount in dispute, inclusive of all claims and counterclaims, totals less than $3 million; or (ii) by an arbitral tribunal of three (3) arbitrators if (A) the amount in dispute, inclusive of all claims and counterclaims, is equal to or greater than $3 million, or (B) either party elects in writing to have such dispute decided by three (3) arbitrators when one of the parties believes, in its sole judgment, the issue could have significant precedential value; however, the party who makes that request shall solely bear the increased costs and expenses associated with a panel of three (3) arbitrators ( i.e. , the additional costs and expenses associated with the two (2) additional arbitrators).

(d) The panel of three (3) arbitrators will be chosen as follows: (i) upon the written demand of either party and within fifteen (15) days from the date of such demand, each party will name an arbitrator; and (ii) the two (2) party-appointed arbitrators will thereafter, within thirty (30) days from the date on which the second of the two (2) arbitrators was named, name a third, independent arbitrator who will act as chairperson of the arbitral tribunal. In the event that either party fails to name an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days from the date of a written demand to do so, then upon written application by either party, that arbitrator will be appointed pursuant to the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. In the event that the two (2) party-appointed arbitrators fail to appoint the third, independent arbitrator within thirty (30) days from the date on which the second of the two (2) arbitrators was named, then upon written application by either party, the third, independent arbitrator will be appointed pursuant to AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. If the arbitration will be before a sole independent arbitrator, then the sole independent arbitrator will be appointed by agreement of the parties within fifteen (15) days upon written demand of either party. If the parties cannot agree to a sole independent arbitrator, then upon written application by either party, the sole independent arbitrator will be appointed pursuant to AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules.

(e) The place of arbitration shall be Houston, Texas. Along with the arbitrator(s) appointed, the parties will agree to a mutually convenient location, date and time to conduct the arbitration, but in no event will the final hearing(s) be scheduled less than nine (9) months from submission of the Dispute to arbitration unless the parties agree otherwise in writing.

 

 

-25-


(f) The arbitral tribunal will have the right to award, on an interim basis, or include in the final award, any relief which it deems proper in the circumstances, including money damages (with interest on unpaid amounts from the due date), injunctive relief (including specific performance) and attorneys’ fees and costs; provided that the arbitral tribunal will not award any relief not specifically requested by the parties and, in any event, will not award special damages. Upon constitution of the arbitral tribunal following any grant of interim relief by a special arbitrator or court pursuant to Section 4.4(b), the tribunal may affirm or disaffirm that relief, and the parties will seek modification or rescission of the order entered by the special arbitrator or court as necessary to accord with the tribunal’s decision.

(g) The parties agree to be bound by the provisions of Rule 13 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure with respect to compulsory counterclaims (as the same may be amended from time to time); provided that any such compulsory counterclaim shall be filed within thirty (30) days of the filing of the original claim.

(h) So long as either party has a timely claim to assert, the agreement to arbitrate Disputes set forth in this Section 4.4 will continue in full force and effect subsequent to, and notwithstanding the completion, expiration or termination of, this Agreement.

(i) A party obtaining an order of interim injunctive relief may enter judgment upon such award in any Delaware federal or state court. The final award in an arbitration pursuant to this Article IV shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties, and a party obtaining a final award may enter judgment upon such award in any court of competent jurisdiction.

(j) It is the intent of the parties that the agreement to arbitrate Disputes set forth in this Section 4.4 shall be interpreted and applied broadly such that all reasonable doubts as to arbitrability of a Dispute shall be decided in favor of arbitration.

(k) The parties agree that any Dispute submitted to mediation and/or arbitration shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, Delaware Law, as provided in Section 4.1(d) and, except as otherwise provided in this Article IV or mutually agreed to in writing by the parties, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1 et seq ., shall govern any arbitration between the parties pursuant to this Section 4.4.

(l) Subject to Section 4.4(c)(ii)(B), each party shall bear its own fees, costs and expenses and shall bear an equal share of the costs and expenses of the arbitration, including the fees, costs and expenses of the three (3) arbitrators; provided that the arbitral tribunal may award the prevailing party its reasonable fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), including with respect to any Disputes relating to the parties’ rights and obligations with respect to indemnification under this Agreement.

(m) Notwithstanding anything in this Article IV to the contrary, any disputes relating to the interpretation of Article II or requesting injunctive relief or specific performance shall be conducted according to the fast-track arbitration procedures of the AAA then in effect.

 

-26-


ARTICLE V

EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION; CONFIDENTIALITY

5.1. Agreement for Exchange of Information .

(a) Subject to Section 5.8 and any other applicable confidentiality obligations, each of ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66, on behalf of its respective Group, agrees to provide, or cause to be provided, to the other Group, at any time before or after the Distribution Date, as soon as reasonably practicable after written request therefor, any Information in the possession or under the control of such respective Group which the requesting party reasonably needs (i) to comply with reporting, disclosure, filing or other requirements imposed on the requesting party (including under applicable securities or tax Laws) by a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the requesting party, (ii) for use in any other judicial, regulatory, administrative, tax or other proceeding or in order to satisfy audit, accounting, claims, regulatory, litigation, tax or other similar requirements, in each case other than claims or allegations that one party to this Agreement has against the other, or (iii) subject to the foregoing clause (ii), to comply with its obligations under this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement; provided , however , that, in the event that any party determines that any such provision of Information could be commercially detrimental, violate any Law or agreement, or waive any privilege otherwise available under applicable Law, including the attorney-client privilege, the parties shall take all reasonable measures to permit the compliance with such obligations in a manner that avoids any such harm or consequence.

5.2. Ownership of Information . Any Information owned by one Group that is provided to a requesting party pursuant to Section 5.1 or Section 5.7 shall be deemed to remain the property of the providing party. Unless specifically set forth herein, nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as granting or conferring rights of license or otherwise in any such Information.

5.3. Compensation for Providing Information . The party requesting Information agrees to reimburse the other party for the reasonable costs, if any, of creating, gathering and copying such Information, to the extent that such costs are incurred for the benefit of the requesting party. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other agreement between the parties, such costs shall be computed in accordance with the providing party’s standard methodology and procedures.

5.4. Record Retention . To facilitate the possible exchange of Information pursuant to this Article V and other provisions of this Agreement after the Distribution Date, the parties agree to use their reasonable best efforts to retain all Information in their respective possession or control on the Distribution Date in accordance with the policies of ConocoPhillips as in effect on the Distribution Date or such other policies as may be adopted by ConocoPhillips after the Distribution Date ( provided , in the case of Phillips 66, that ConocoPhillips notifies Phillips 66 of any such change). No party will destroy, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to destroy, any Information which the other party may have the right to obtain pursuant to this Agreement prior to the end of the retention period set forth in such policies without first notifying the other party of the proposed destruction and giving the other party the opportunity to take possession of such information prior to such destruction; provided , however , that in the case of any Information

 

-27-


relating to Taxes, employee benefits or Environmental Liabilities, such retention period shall be extended to the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (giving effect to any extensions thereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 9 of the Tax Sharing Agreement shall govern the retention of Tax Records (as defined in the Tax Sharing Agreement).

5.5. Limitations of Liability . No party shall have any liability to any other party in the event that any Information exchanged or provided pursuant to this Agreement which is an estimate or forecast, or which is based on an estimate or forecast, is found to be inaccurate in the absence of willful misconduct by the party providing such Information. No party shall have any liability to any other party if any Information is destroyed after reasonable best efforts by such party to comply with the provisions of Section 5.4.

5.6. Other Agreements Providing for Exchange of Information . The rights and obligations granted under this Article V are subject to any specific limitations, qualifications or additional provisions on the sharing, exchange, retention or confidential treatment of Information set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

5.7. Production of Witnesses; Records; Cooperation .

(a) After the Distribution Date, except in the case of an adversarial Action by one party against another party, each party hereto shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to make available to the other party, upon written request, the former, current and future directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents of the members of its respective Group as witnesses and any books, records or other documents within its control or which it otherwise has the ability to make available, to the extent that any such person (giving consideration to business demands of such directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents) or books, records or other documents may reasonably be required in connection with any Action in which the requesting party may from time to time be involved, regardless of whether such Action is a matter with respect to which indemnification may be sought hereunder. The requesting party shall bear all costs and expenses in connection therewith.

(b) If an Indemnifying Party chooses to defend or to seek to compromise or settle any Third-Party Claim, the other party shall make available to such Indemnifying Party, upon written request, the former, current and future directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents of the members of its respective Group as witnesses and any books, records or other documents within its control or which it otherwise has the ability to make available, to the extent that any such person (giving consideration to business demands of such directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents) or books, records or other documents may reasonably be required in connection with such defense, settlement or compromise, or such prosecution, evaluation or pursuit, as the case may be, and shall otherwise cooperate in such defense, settlement or compromise, or such prosecution, evaluation or pursuit, as the case may be.

(c) Without limiting the foregoing, the parties shall cooperate and consult to the extent reasonably necessary with respect to any Actions.

 

-28-


(d) Without limiting any provision of this Section 5.7, each of the parties agrees to cooperate, and to cause each member of its respective Group to cooperate, with each other in the defense of any infringement or similar claim with respect any Intellectual Property and shall not claim to acknowledge, or permit any member of its respective Group to claim to acknowledge, the validity or infringing use of any Intellectual Property of a third Person in a manner that would hamper or undermine the defense of such infringement or similar claim.

(e) The obligation of the parties to provide witnesses pursuant to this Section 5.7 is intended to be interpreted in a manner so as to facilitate cooperation and shall include the obligation to provide as witnesses inventors and other officers without regard to whether the witness or the employer of the witness could assert a possible business conflict (subject to the exception set forth in the first sentence of Section 5.7(a)).

(f) In connection with any matter contemplated by this Section 5.7, the parties will enter into a mutually acceptable joint defense agreement so as to maintain to the extent practicable any applicable attorney-client privilege or work product immunity of any member of any Group.

5.8. Confidentiality .

(a) Subject to Section 5.9, until the five (5)-year anniversary of the Distribution Date, each of ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66, on behalf of itself and each member of its respective Group, agrees to hold, and to cause its respective Representatives to hold, in strict confidence, with at least the same degree of care that applies to ConocoPhillips’ confidential and proprietary information pursuant to policies in effect as of the Distribution Date, all Information concerning each such other Group that is either in its possession (including Information in its possession prior to the Distribution Date) or furnished by any such other Group or its respective Representatives at any time pursuant to this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement, any other Ancillary Agreement or otherwise, and shall not use any such Information other than for such purposes as shall be expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder, except, in each case, to the extent that such Information has been (i) in the public domain through no fault of such party or any member of such Group or any of their respective Representatives, (ii) later lawfully acquired from other sources by such party (or any member of such party’s Group) which sources are not themselves bound by a confidentiality obligation, or (iii) independently generated without reference to any proprietary or confidential Information of the other party.

(b) Each party agrees not to release or disclose, or permit to be released or disclosed, any such Information to any other Person, except its Representatives who need to know such Information (who shall be advised of their obligations hereunder with respect to such Information), except in compliance with Section 5.9. Without limiting the foregoing, when any Information is no longer needed for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement, each party will promptly after request of the other party either return to the other party all Information in a tangible form (including all copies thereof and all notes, extracts or summaries based thereon) or certify to the other party that it has destroyed such Information (and such copies thereof and such notes, extracts or summaries based thereon).

 

-29-


5.9. Protective Arrangements . In the event that any party or any member of its Group either determines on the advice of its counsel that it is required to disclose any Information pursuant to applicable Law or receives any demand under lawful process or from any Governmental Authority to disclose or provide Information of any other party (or any member of any other party’s Group) that is subject to the confidentiality provisions hereof, such party shall notify the other party prior to disclosing or providing such Information and shall cooperate at the expense of the requesting party in seeking any reasonable protective arrangements requested by such other party. Subject to the foregoing, the Person that received such request may thereafter disclose or provide Information to the extent required by such Law (as so advised by counsel) or by lawful process or such Governmental Authority.

ARTICLE VI

FURTHER ASSURANCES

6.1. Attorney-Client Privilege . Phillips 66 agrees that, in the event of any Dispute or other litigation, dispute, controversy or claim between ConocoPhillips or a member of the ConocoPhillips Group, on the one hand, and Phillips 66 or a member of the Phillips 66 Group, on the other hand, Phillips 66 will not, and will cause the members of its Group not to, seek any waiver of attorney-client privilege with respect to any communications relating to advice given prior to the Distribution Date by counsel to ConocoPhillips or any Person that was a subsidiary of ConocoPhillips prior to the Distribution Date, regardless of any argument that such advice may have affected the interests of both parties. Moreover, Phillips 66 will, and will cause the members of its Group to, honor any such attorney-client privilege between ConocoPhillips and the members of its Group and its or their counsel, and will not assert that ConocoPhillips or a member of its Group has waived, relinquished or otherwise lost such privilege. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of any litigation, dispute, controversy or claim between ConocoPhillips or a member of its Group, on the one hand, and a Third Party other than a member of the Phillips 66 Group, on the other hand, ConocoPhillips shall retain the right to assert attorney-client privilege with respect to any communications relating to advice given prior to the Distribution Date by counsel to ConocoPhillips or any Person that was a subsidiary of ConocoPhillips prior to the Distribution Date.

6.2. Interpretation . Nothing contained herein shall be interpreted or construed against the drafter(s) of these agreements. Both parties had full and fair opportunity to contribute.

6.3. No Attorney Testimony . No in-house attorney or outside attorney may be called to testify about or present evidence covering the interpretation or meaning of this Agreement in any dispute between the parties.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the documents referenced herein (including the Separation and Distribution Agreement and any other Ancillary Agreement), constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written and oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements and understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof. In the case of any

 

-30-


conflict between this Agreement and the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement (other than the Tax Sharing Agreement and the Employee Matters Agreement) in relation to any matters addressed by this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement, in the case of any conflict between this Agreement and the Tax Sharing Agreement in relation to matters addressed by the Tax Sharing Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement shall prevail. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement, in the case of any conflict between this Agreement and the Employee Matters Agreement in relation to matters addressed by the Employee Matters Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement shall prevail.

7.2. Assignability . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and thereto, respectively, and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided , however , that no party hereto or thereto may assign its respective rights or delegate its respective obligations under this Agreement without the express prior written consent of the other parties hereto or thereto.

7.3. Third-Party Beneficiaries . Except for the indemnification rights under this Agreement of any ConocoPhillips Indemnitee or Phillips 66 Indemnitee in their respective capacities as such, (a) the provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the parties and are not intended to confer upon any Person except the parties any rights or remedies hereunder, and (b) there are no third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement and this Agreement shall not provide any third person with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement.

7.4. Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands or other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service, by facsimile or electronic transmission with receipt confirmed (followed by delivery of an original via overnight courier service) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 7.4):

If to ConocoPhillips, to:

ConocoPhillips

600 North Dairy Ashford Street

Houston, Texas 77079

Attention: General Counsel

If to Phillips 66 to:

Phillips 66

[ ]

Attention: General Counsel

 

-31-


Any party may, by notice to the other party, change the address and contact person to which any such notices are to be given.

7.5. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a Delaware state or federal court to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof or thereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby. Upon such determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon such a suitable and equitable provision to effect the original intent of the parties.

7.6. Force Majeure . No party shall be deemed in default of this Agreement to the extent that any delay or failure in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, other than a delay or failure to make a payment, results from any cause beyond its reasonable control and without its fault or negligence, such as acts of God, acts of civil or military authority, embargoes, epidemics, war, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, floods, unusually severe weather conditions, labor problems or unavailability of parts, or, in the case of computer systems, any failure in electrical or air conditioning equipment. In the event of any such excused delay, the time for performance shall be extended for a period equal to the time lost by reason of the delay.

7.7. Headings . The article, section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

7.8. Survival of Covenants . The covenants, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and liability for the breach of any obligations contained herein, shall survive the Separation and the Distribution and shall remain in full force and effect.

7.9. Waivers of Default . Waiver by any party of any default by the other party of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver by the waiving party of any subsequent or other default, nor shall it prejudice the rights of the other party. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof prejudice any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

7.10. Amendments . No provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed waived, amended, supplemented or modified by any party, unless such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification is in writing and signed by the authorized representative of the party against whom it is sought to enforce such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification.

7.11. Limitations of Liability . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, NEITHER PHILLIPS 66 OR ITS AFFILIATES, ON THE ONE HAND, NOR CONOCOPHILLIPS OR ITS AFFILIATES, ON THE OTHER HAND, SHALL BE LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, REMOTE, SPECULATIVE OR SIMILAR DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF COMPENSATORY DAMAGES OF THE OTHER ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (OTHER THAN ANY SUCH LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO A THIRD-PARTY CLAIM).

 

-32-


7.12. Further Assurances .

(a) In addition to the actions specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, each of the parties hereto shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, prior to, on and after the Distribution Date, to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws, regulations and agreements, to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, prior to, on and after the Distribution Date, each party hereto shall cooperate with the other parties, and without any further consideration, but at the expense of the requesting party, to execute and deliver, or use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be executed and delivered, all instruments, including instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer, and to make all filings with, and to obtain all consents, approvals or authorizations of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person under any permit, license, agreement, indenture or other instrument (including any third-party consents or Governmental Approvals), and to take all such other actions as such party may reasonably be requested to take by any other party hereto from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements, in order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements and the transfers of the Phillips 66 Assets and the assignment and assumption of the Phillips 66 Liabilities and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Without limiting the foregoing, each party will, at the reasonable request, cost and expense of any other party, take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to vest in such other party good and marketable title, free and clear of any Security Interest, if and to the extent it is practicable to do so.

(c) On or prior to the Distribution Date, ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 in their respective capacities as direct and indirect stockholders of their respective Subsidiaries, shall each ratify any actions which are reasonably necessary or desirable to be taken by ConocoPhillips Company, Phillips 66 Company or any other Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips, as the case may be, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements.

 

-33-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indemnification and Release Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

CONOCOPHILLIPS
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

PHILLIPS 66
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

-34-

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

CONOCOPHILLIPS

AND

PHILLIPS 66

DATED AS OF [ ], 2012

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1   

ARTICLE II SOFTWARE

     6   

2.1         Existing Software Ownership

     6   

2.2         Allocation of Software Ownership Within a Group

     6   

2.3         Software License Grants

     6   

2.4         Furnishing of Software

     7   

2.5         Subsequent Derivative Works

     7   

2.6         Confidentiality of Software

     8   

2.7         No Contravention of Existing License Agreements

     8   

ARTICLE III PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

     8   

3.1         Ownership of Existing Proprietary Information

     8   

3.2         Allocation of Proprietary Information Within a Group

     9   

3.3         License Grants for Proprietary Information

     9   

3.4         Confidentiality Obligations

     10   

3.5         Limitations on Confidentiality Restrictions

     10   

3.6         Compelled Production

     10   

3.7         Furnishing of Proprietary Information

     11   

3.8         No Contravention of Existing License Agreements

     11   

ARTICLE IV PATENTS

     11   

4.1         Ownership of Existing Patents

     11   

4.2         License to Existing Patents

     11   

ARTICLE V TRADEMARKS

     12   

5.1         Ownership of Trademarks

     12   

5.2         Allocation of Trademarks Within a Group

     13   

5.3         No rights in Phillips 66 Group Trademarks

     13   

5.4         License to ConocoPhillips Group Trademarks

     13   

5.5         Ownership of Domains

     14   

5.6         License and Transfer-back of Certain Domain Names to ConocoPhillips

     14   

5.7         FTC Matter Related to Certain Phillips 66 Group Trademarks

     14   

ARTICLE VI IPR FUTURES AND ISSUES OF OWNERSHIP

     14   

6.1         Ownership Unaffected by this Agreement

     14   

6.2         No Rights or Licenses Granted

     15   

6.3         Issues as to Ownership

     15   

ARTICLE VII ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLICENSES

     15   

7.1         Assignment Agreements

     15   

7.2         Assignment of Phillips 66 IP Licenses

     15   

7.3         Assignment of ConocoPhillips IP Licenses

     16   

7.4         Sublicense of Phillips 66 IP Licenses

     16   

 

i


7.5         Sublicense of ConocoPhillips IP Licenses

     16   

7.6         Acquisition of Subsidiary by Phillips 66

     16   

7.7         Failure of Assignment of Phillips 66 IP Licenses

     17   

7.8         Failure of Assignment of ConocoPhillips IP Licenses

     18   

7.9         Order of Precedence

     19   

ARTICLE VIII ASSIGNMENT/SUBLICENSING

     19   

8.1         Assignments

     19   

8.2         Sublicense Rights

     19   

ARTICLE IX INFRINGEMENT

     19   

ARTICLE X NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS

     20   

ARTICLE XI GOVERNING LAW; IP CLAIMS

     20   

11.1       Choice of Law

     20   

11.2       Intellectual Property Rights

     20   

11.3       Equitable Remedies

     20   

11.4       Bankruptcy

     21   

ARTICLE XII NOTICE

     21   

ARTICLE XIII FURTHER DUE DILIGENCE

     22   

ARTICLE XIV FEES AND EXPENSES

     22   

ARTICLE XV MISCELLANEOUS

     22   

15.1       No Other Rights

     22   

15.2       No Enforcement Against Third Party

     22   

15.3       Further Assurances

     22   

15.4       Rules of Construction

     23   

15.5       Amendments

     23   

15.6       No Waiver

     24   

15.7       Third Party Beneficiaries

     24   

15.8       Force Majeure

     24   

15.9       Counterparts

     24   

15.10      Severability

     25   

15.11      Entire Agreement

     25   

 

ii


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT AND LICENSE AGREEMENT made and entered into effective as of [ ], 2012 (this “ Agreement ”), is by and between ConocoPhillips, a Delaware corporation (“ ConocoPhillips ”), and Phillips 66, a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“ Phillips 66 ”) (the “Parties”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in Article I or in that certain Separation and Distribution Agreement between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 dated as of [ ], 2012 (the “Separation and Distribution Agreement”).

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, the board of directors of ConocoPhillips (the “ConocoPhillips Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of ConocoPhillips and its stockholders to create a new publicly traded company that shall operate the Phillips 66 Business;

WHEREAS, Phillips 66 has been incorporated for this purpose and has not engaged in activities except in preparation for its corporate reorganization and the distribution of its stock;

WHEREAS, in furtherance of the foregoing, the ConocoPhillips Board has determined that it is appropriate and desirable for ConocoPhillips and its applicable Subsidiaries to transfer the Phillips 66 Assets, including the Phillips 66 Intellectual Property, to Phillips 66 and its applicable Subsidiaries, and for Phillips 66 and its applicable Subsidiaries to assume the Phillips 66 Liabilities, in each case, as more fully described in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Associated Agreements;

WHEREAS, Phillips 66 and its Subsidiaries desire to receive (and ConocoPhillips is willing to grant to Phillips 66 and its Subsidiaries) certain rights under Patents and non-Patent Intellectual Property retained and owned by ConocoPhillips or its Subsidiaries on or after the Effective Date, and ConocoPhillips and its Subsidiaries desire to receive (and Phillips 66 is willing to grant to ConocoPhillips and its Subsidiaries) certain rights under Patents and Non-Patent Intellectual Property Rights owned by Phillips 66 or its Subsidiaries on or after the Effective Date.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

For the purpose of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.


Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Ancillary Agreements ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Associated Agreements ” shall mean the Copyright and Technology Assignment, the Patent Assignment, the Trademark and Service Mark Assignment, and the Domain Name Assignment.

Authorized Persons ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.

ConocoPhillips ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

ConocoPhillips Board ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

ConocoPhillips Business ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

ConocoPhillips Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

ConocoPhillips Group ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

ConocoPhillips Group Proprietary Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.1.

ConocoPhillips Group Software ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.1.

ConocoPhillips Group Trademarks ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.1.

ConocoPhillips IP Licenses ” shall mean all (a) licenses, permissions and covenants granted by any Person, including Phillips 66 Group members, to ConocoPhillips or any Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips to, in any way, exploit or use Intellectual Property owned, controlled or otherwise licensable by such Person, and the corresponding agreements by which such licenses, permissions or covenants are granted, which are licenses, permissions or covenants to use or exploit Software, Patents or Proprietary Information and that primarily relate to, arise out of or result from the ConocoPhillips Business (such licenses, permissions and covenants, and their corresponding agreements, being collectively referred to as “Inbound ConocoPhillips IP Licenses”); and (b) licenses, permissions and covenants granted by ConocoPhillips or any Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips to any Person to, in any way, exploit or use Intellectual Property owned, controlled or otherwise licensable by the ConocoPhillips Group, and the corresponding agreements by which such licenses, permissions or covenants are granted, which are licenses, permissions or covenants to use or exploit Software, Patents or Proprietary Information and that primarily relate to, arise out of or result from the ConocoPhillips Business (such licenses, permissions and covenants, and their corresponding agreements, being collectively referred to as “Outbound ConocoPhillips IP Licenses”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall not be deemed a ConocoPhillips IP License.

 

2


Copyright and Technology Assignment ” shall mean that certain Copyright and Technology Assignment contemporaneously executed by ConocoPhillips Company and Phillips 66 Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I.

Copyrights ” shall mean all copyrights and related rights and interests in copyrights and related rights, moral rights, licenses and all other rights, privileges and priorities relating to any works of authorship or any subject matter protected by related rights, including all works of authorship under Section 102 of Title 17 of the United States Code, under the copyright and related rights laws of every country and jurisdiction throughout the world, now or hereafter known, whether registered or unregistered, for their entire term of protection, including all extensions, licenses, renewals or reversions thereof.

Derivative Work ” shall mean a work which is based upon one or more preexisting works, and which is a derivative work, including any revision, modification, translation, abridgment, condensation, expansion, collection, compilation, or any other form in which such preexisting works may be recast, transformed, or adapted, and which, if prepared without authorization by the owner of a preexisting work, would constitute Copyright infringement.

Distribution ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Existing ConocoPhillips Group Patents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.1.

Existing Phillips 66 Group Patents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.2.

Governmental Authority ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Group ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Inbound ConocoPhillips IP Licenses ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of ConocoPhillips IP Licenses.

Inbound Phillips 66 IP Licenses ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Phillips 66 IP Licenses.

Intellectual Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Internal Contribution ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Internal Contribution Date ” shall mean the date on which the Internal Contribution is effected.

IPR Futures ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.1.

 

3


Licensee ” shall mean a Party receiving a license of any Intellectual Property hereunder.

Licensor ” shall mean a Party licensing any Intellectual Property hereunder.

Outbound ConocoPhillips IP Licenses ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of ConocoPhillips IP Licenses.

Outbound Phillips 66 IP Licenses ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Phillips 66 IP Licenses.

Parties ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the preamble.

Patent Assignment ” shall mean that certain Patent Assignment contemporaneously executed by ConocoPhillips Company and Phillips 66 Company, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit II.

Patents ” shall mean patents and patent applications, all foreign counterparts, continuations, divisions, reissues, reexaminations and renewals of such patents and patent applications, all prosecution files and databases for such patents and patent applications and all inventions created or first reduced to practice as of the Distribution on which a patent later issues.

Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Phillips 66 ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Phillips 66 Business ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Phillips 66 Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Phillips 66 Group ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Phillips 66 Designee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Phillips 66 Group Domains ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.1.

Phillips 66 Group Proprietary Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.2.

Phillips 66 Group Software ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2.

Phillips 66 Group Trademarks ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.2.

Phillips 66 IP Licenses ” shall mean all (a) licenses, permissions and covenants granted by any Person, including ConocoPhillips Group members, to Phillips 66 or any Subsidiary of

 

4


Phillips 66 to, in any way, exploit or use Intellectual Property owned, controlled or otherwise licensable by such Person, and the corresponding agreements by which such licenses, permissions or covenants are granted, which are licenses, permissions or covenants to use or exploit Software, Patents or Proprietary Information and that primarily relate to, arise out of or result from the Phillips 66 Business (such licenses, permissions and covenants, and their corresponding agreements, being collectively referred to as “Inbound Phillips 66 IP Licenses”); and (b) licenses, permissions and covenants granted by Phillips 66 or any Subsidiary of Phillips 66 to any Person to, in any way, exploit or use Intellectual Property owned, controlled or otherwise licensable by the Phillips 66 Group, and the corresponding agreements by which such licenses, permissions or covenants are granted, which are licenses, permissions or covenants to use or exploit Software, Patents or Proprietary Information and that primarily relate to, arise out of or result from the Phillips 66 Business (such licenses, permissions and covenants, and their corresponding agreements, being collectively referred to as “Outbound Phillips 66 IP Licenses”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall not be deemed a Phillips 66 IP License.

Proprietary Information ” shall mean (i) business and technical information, including ideas, data, knowledge, trade secrets, know-how and algorithms, existing as of the Distribution, which is proprietary and/or that derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use and is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy and (ii) all physical manifestations of the business and technical information described in the preceding clause (i), including documents, specifications, designs, plans, records, drawings and databases.

Separation and Distribution Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Software ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Third Party ” shall mean any Person other than a member of a Group.

Trademark ” shall mean any word, name, corporate name, trade name, domain name (including, without limitation, IP addresses and ASNs), logo, design, mark, trademark, service mark, symbol, device, trade dress, any common law marks, trademark or service mark application or registration, or any other indicia of origin or any combination thereof and all goodwill associated therewith.

Trademark and Service Mark Assignment ” shall mean that certain Trademark and Service Mark Assignment contemporaneously executed by ConocoPhillips Company and Phillips 66 Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit III.

Transaction Expenses ” shall mean with respect to any Party, all out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, all fees and expenses of counsel, accountants, investment bankers, experts, consultants or agents to such Party or any of its Affiliates and including governmental

 

5


transfer taxes, recording fees and other similar fees and impositions) incurred by such Party or its Affiliates (or on such Party’s or Affiliate’s behalf) in connection with or related to the authorization, preparation, negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

SOFTWARE

 

  2.1 Existing Software Ownership

As between the Phillips 66 Group and the ConocoPhillips Group, any Software existing as of the Internal Contribution Date that was:

2.1.1. created by or for or assigned, transferred, conveyed to, or otherwise owned by ConocoPhillips or any other member of either Group that primarily relates to, arises out of or results from the ConocoPhillips Business, shall be owned by ConocoPhillips Company or, at ConocoPhillips’ discretion, a Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“ConocoPhillips Group Software”);

2.1.2. created by or for or assigned, transferred, conveyed to, or otherwise owned by ConocoPhillips or any other member of either Group that primarily relates to, arises out of or results from the Phillips 66 Business shall be owned by Phillips 66 Company or, at Phillips 66’s discretion, a Phillips 66 Designee (“Phillips 66 Group Software”); and

2.1.3. created by or for or assigned, transferred, conveyed to, or otherwise owned by ConocoPhillips and that is not covered under Section 2.1.1 or Section 2.1.2 shall be owned by ConocoPhillips Company or, at ConocoPhillips’ discretion, a Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips.

 

  2.2 Allocation of Software Ownership Within a Group

Each Group may allocate ownership of Software owned by that Group to the appropriate member or members within that Group.

 

  2.3 Software License Grants

2.3.1. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and subject to rights of Third Parties and licenses in effect as of the Internal Contribution Date, effective as of the Internal Contribution Date, ConocoPhillips hereby grants, and agrees to cause each other ConocoPhillips Group member to grant, to Phillips 66 Company a non-exclusive, fully paid-up, worldwide, perpetual, non-sublicensable (except as provided in Section 8.2), non-assignable (except as provided in Section 8.1), royalty-free and irrevocable license to, in the conduct of the Phillips 66 Business, use, reproduce, distribute, display and prepare Derivative Works based upon, any ConocoPhillips Group Software that is used in the Phillips 66 Business as of the Internal Contribution Date.

 

6


2.3.2. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and subject to rights of Third Parties and licenses in effect as of the Internal Contribution Date, effective immediately following the Internal Contribution Date, Phillips 66 hereby grants, and agrees to cause each other Phillips 66 Group member to grant to ConocoPhillips Company a non-exclusive, fully paid-up, worldwide, perpetual, non-sublicensable (except as provided in Section 8.2), non-assignable (except as provided in Section 8.1), royalty-free and irrevocable license to, in the conduct of the ConocoPhillips Business, use, reproduce, distribute, display and prepare Derivative Works based upon, any Phillips 66 Group Software that is used in the ConocoPhillips Business as of the Internal Contribution Date.

2.3.3. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and subject to rights of Third Parties and licenses in effect as of the Internal Contribution Date, effective as of the Internal Contribution Date, ConocoPhillips hereby grants, and agrees to cause each other ConocoPhillips Group member to grant, to Phillips 66 Company a non-exclusive, fully paid-up, worldwide, perpetual, fully-sublicensable, fully-assignable, royalty-free and irrevocable license to use, reproduce, distribute, display and prepare Derivative Works based upon any Software described under Section 2.1.3. The license granted in this Section 2.3.3 shall not be restricted to any field of use.

 

  2.4 Furnishing of Software

Subject to reasonable confidentiality restrictions and Third Party rights, until the date that is twelve (12) months after the Internal Contribution Date, a Group may request a copy of Software licensed pursuant to Section 2.3, including the source code, which Software such Group reasonably believes is required in the conduct of its business, and the other Group shall provide a copy of such Software; provided that, in each case, such Software exists in the same form in which it existed as of the Internal Contribution Date. Following such twelve-month period, for an additional two-year period, each Group shall use reasonable efforts to supply a copy of such Software to the requesting Group. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Party in possession of the licensed Software need only furnish a copy of such software in the form in which it existed as of the Internal Contribution Date and in no event shall a Party be required to furnish to the other Party any upgrades, updates, enhancements or other modifications to the licensed Software.

 

  2.5 Subsequent Derivative Works

After the Internal Contribution Date, a Group creating a Derivative Work of Software licensed from another Group shall own all rights in and to the particular modifications, additions or changes made to such Software by the creating Group, subject to the Intellectual Property rights of the licensing Group. No license is granted hereunder to such modifications, additions or changes by the Group creating such a Derivative Work to the Group that owns the Software on which such Derivative Work is based and the Group creating such a Derivative Work shall not, by virtue of creating any Derivative Work, gain any greater rights in and to such licensed Software than are expressly granted pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7


  2.6 Confidentiality of Software

Each Group shall treat any source code for Software owned by the other Group as Proprietary Information of the other Group and shall hold it in confidence in accordance with the terms of Section 3.4.

 

  2.7 No Contravention of Existing License Agreements

Nothing in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement changes, alters, limits or expands any current rights that any ConocoPhillips Group member or any Phillips 66 Group member may have been granted as of the Internal Contribution Date by any Person to reproduce, distribute, display or otherwise use Software. For purposes of clarity, the Parties understand and agree that the purpose of the Software licenses granted herein is to allow to continue after the Internal Contribution Date certain incidental uses by one Group of the other Group’s Software which have taken place in the Groups prior to the Internal Contribution Date and neither Group shall seek to use any license to Software granted hereunder to exploit Software in a manner that was not granted prior to the Internal Contribution Date.

ARTICLE III

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

 

  3.1 Ownership of Existing Proprietary Information

As between the Phillips 66 Group and the ConocoPhillips Group, any Proprietary Information existing as of the Internal Contribution Date:

3.1.1. created or developed by or for or assigned, transferred, conveyed to, or otherwise owned by ConocoPhillips Company or any other member of either Group that primarily relates to, arises out of or results from the ConocoPhillips Business, shall be owned by ConocoPhillips Company or, at ConocoPhillips’ discretion, a Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips. Proprietary Information owned by the ConocoPhillips Company or another Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips pursuant to this Section 3.1.1 is referred to as “ConocoPhillips Group Proprietary Information” and includes, but is not limited to the Proprietary Information listed in Schedule 3.1.1;

3.1.2. created or developed by or for or assigned, transferred, conveyed to, or otherwise owned by ConocoPhillips Company or any other member of either Group that primarily relates to, arises out of or results from the Phillips 66 Business, shall be owned by Phillips 66 Company or, at Phillips 66’s discretion, a Phillips 66 Designee; Proprietary Information owned by Phillips 66 Company or another Phillips 66 Designee pursuant to this Section 3.1.2 is referred to as “Phillips 66 Group Proprietary Information” and includes, but is not limited to the Proprietary Information listed in Schedule 3.1.2; and

 

8


3.1.3. created or developed by or for or assigned, transferred, conveyed to, or otherwise owned by ConocoPhillips Company, and that is not covered under Section 3.1.1 or Section 3.1.2 shall be owned by ConocoPhillips Company or, at ConocoPhillips’s discretion, a Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips.

 

  3.2 Allocation of Proprietary Information Within a Group

Each Group may allocate ownership of Proprietary Information owned by that Group to the appropriate member or members within that Group.

 

  3.3 License Grants for Proprietary Information

3.3.1. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and subject to rights of Third Parties and licenses in effect as of the Internal Contribution Date, effective as of the Internal Contribution Date, ConocoPhillips hereby grants, and agrees to cause each other ConocoPhillips Group member to grant, to Phillips 66 Company a non-exclusive, fully paid-up, worldwide, perpetual, non-sublicensable (except as provided in Section 8.2), non-assignable (except as provided in Section 8.1), royalty-free and irrevocable license to, in the conduct of the Phillips 66 Business, use any ConocoPhillips Group Proprietary Information that is used in the Phillips 66 Business as of the Internal Contribution Date.

3.3.2. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and subject to rights of Third Parties and licenses in effect as of the Internal Contribution Date, effective immediately following the Internal Contribution Date, Phillips 66 hereby grants, and agrees to cause each other Phillips 66 Group member to grant, to ConocoPhillips Company a non-exclusive, fully paid-up, worldwide, perpetual, non-sublicensable (except as provided in Section 8.2), non-assignable (except as provided in Section 8.1), royalty-free and irrevocable license to, in the conduct of the ConocoPhillips Business, use any Phillips 66 Group Proprietary Information that is used in the ConocoPhillips Business as of the Internal Contribution Date.

3.3.3. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and subject to rights of Third Parties and licenses in effect as of the Internal Contribution Date, effective as of the Internal Contribution Date, ConocoPhillips hereby grants, and agrees to cause each other ConocoPhillips Group member to grant, to Phillips 66 Company an exclusive, fully paid-up, worldwide, perpetual, fully-sublicensable, fully-assignable, royalty-free and irrevocable license to, in the conduct of the Phillips 66 Business, use any Proprietary Information described in Section 3.1.3 that is used in the ConocoPhillips Business as of the Internal Contribution Date. In addition, subject to rights of Third Parties and licenses in effect as of the Internal Contribution Date, effective as of the Internal Contribution Date, ConocoPhillips hereby grants, and agrees to cause each other ConocoPhillips Group member to grant, to Phillips 66 Company a non-exclusive, fully paid-up,

 

9


worldwide, perpetual, fully-sublicensable, fully-assignable, royalty-free and irrevocable license to use any ConocoPhillips Group Proprietary Information described in Section 3.1.3 in any field of use that does not fall within the ConocoPhillips Business and the Phillips 66 Business.

 

  3.4 Confidentiality Obligations

With respect to Proprietary Information owned by the other Group, each Group shall:

3.4.1. restrict disclosure of such Proprietary Information to its employees, contractors, Affiliates and advisors with a need to know (“Authorized Persons”) and obligate such Authorized Persons to conduct themselves in accordance with the obligations assumed herein, and

3.4.2. not disclose such Proprietary Information to any Third Party without the prior written approval of such other Group.

 

  3.5 Limitations on Confidentiality Restrictions

The restrictions concerning the use or disclosure of Proprietary Information contained in Section 3.4 shall not apply to information:

3.5.1. lawfully received free of restriction from another source that was not legally or contractually prohibited from distribution of such information;

3.5.2. after it has become generally available to the public without breach of this Agreement;

3.5.3. independently developed or derived by the recipient without use of the Proprietary Information; or

3.5.4. that the Group who owns such information agrees, in writing, may be used or disclosed and then only to the extent of such agreement.

 

  3.6 Compelled Production

The restrictions concerning the use or disclosure of Proprietary Information contained in Section 3.4 shall not preclude a member of either Group, on the good faith advice of counsel, from complying with applicable law or other demand under lawful process, including a discovery request in a civil litigation or from a governmental agency or official, if the member first gives the Group owning the relevant Proprietary Information prompt notice of the required disclosure and cooperates with the owning Group, at the owning Group’s sole expense, in seeking reasonable protective arrangements with the party requiring disclosure under applicable law or other demand under lawful process. In no event shall such cooperation require any member of a Group to take any action which, on the advice of its counsel, could result in the imposition of any sanctions or other penalties against that member.

 

10


  3.7 Furnishing of Proprietary Information

Except as required by the terms of this Agreement, no member of any Group is required to furnish any physical manifestations of any Proprietary Information to any member of any other Group.

 

  3.8 No Contravention of Existing License Agreements

Nothing in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement changes, alters, limits or expands any current rights that any ConocoPhillips Group member or any Phillips 66 Group member may have been granted as of the Distribution by any Person to use Proprietary Information. For purposes of clarity, the Parties understand and agree that the purpose of the licenses to use Proprietary Information granted herein is to allow to continue after the Internal Contribution Date certain incidental uses by one Group of the other Group’s Proprietary Information which have taken place in the Groups prior to the Internal Contribution Date and neither Group shall seek to use any license to Proprietary Information granted hereunder to exploit Proprietary Information in a manner that was not granted prior to the Internal Contribution Date.

ARTICLE IV

PATENTS

 

  4.1 Ownership of Existing Patents

As between the Phillips 66 Group and the ConocoPhillips Group, any Patents existing as of the Internal Contribution Date that:

4.1.1. were invented or developed by or for or assigned, transferred, conveyed to, or otherwise owned by the ConocoPhillips Group and are primarily related to the ConocoPhillips Business, including but not limited to, those set forth on Schedule 4.1.1 hereto, shall be owned by ConocoPhillips Company or, at ConocoPhillips’ discretion, a Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“Existing ConocoPhillips Group Patents” as further defined in Exhibit II);

4.1.2. were invented or developed by or for or assigned, transferred, conveyed to, or otherwise invented or developed for the benefit of the Phillips 66 Group and are primarily related to the Phillips 66 Business, including but not limited to, those set forth on Schedule 4.1.2 hereto, shall be owned by Phillips 66 Company or, at Phillips 66’s discretion, a Phillips 66 Designee (“Existing Phillips 66 Group Patents” as further defined in Exhibit II).

 

  4.2 License to Existing Patents

4.2.1. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and subject to rights of Third Parties and licenses in effect as of the Distribution, effective as of the Internal Contribution Date, ConocoPhillips hereby grants, and agrees to cause

 

11


each other ConocoPhillips Group member to grant, to Phillips 66 Company under Existing ConocoPhillips Group Patents, including, for the purpose of clarification, all counterparts, continuations, divisions, reissues, reexaminations and renewals thereof, an exclusive, fully paid-up, worldwide, perpetual, fully-sublicensable, fully-assignable, royalty-free and irrevocable license to make, have made, use, have used, offer to sell, sell and import any and all products and services in the conduct of the Phillips 66 Business, and limited to the scope of the Phillips 66 Business as of the Internal Contribution Date. For the purpose of clarification, ConocoPhillips reserves all rights, and no license is granted herein to Phillips 66 Company under Existing ConocoPhillips Group Patents to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell and import any and all products and services other than in the conduct of the Phillips 66 Business as of the Internal Contribution Date.

4.2.2. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and subject to rights of Third Parties and licenses in effect as of the Internal Contribution Date, effective immediately following the Internal Contribution Date, Phillips 66 hereby grants, and agrees to cause each other Phillips 66 Group member to grant, to ConocoPhillips Company under Existing Phillips 66 Group Patents, including, for the purpose of clarification, all counterparts, continuations, divisions, reissues, reexaminations and renewals thereof, an exclusive, fully paid-up, worldwide, perpetual, fully-sublicensable, fully-assignable, royalty-free and irrevocable license to make, have made, use, have used, offer to sell, sell and import any and all products and services in the conduct of the ConocoPhillips Business, and limited to the scope of the ConocoPhillips Business as of the Internal Contribution Date. For the purpose of clarification, Phillips 66 reserves all rights, and no license is granted herein to ConocoPhillips Company under Existing Phillips 66 Group Patents to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell and import any and all products and services other than in the conduct of the ConocoPhillips Business as of the Internal Contribution Date.

4.2.3. Should the owner of any Patent subject to the license grants in Section 4.2.1 or 4.2.2 not wish to prepare, file, prosecute, maintain or issue any patent application, or maintain a Patent issuing from any such patent applications, in any particular country, the owning Party, in consideration for the then fair market value of such Patent, shall grant the other Party any necessary authority to file, prosecute, maintain or issue such patent application, or maintain such Patent, in the name of non-owning Party and at its sole expense.

ARTICLE V

TRADEMARKS

 

  5.1 Ownership of Trademarks

As between the Phillips 66 Group and the ConocoPhillips Group, any Trademarks existing as of the Internal Contribution Date that:

 

12


5.1.1. were created or developed by or for or assigned, transferred, conveyed to, or otherwise owned by the ConocoPhillips Group and primarily relate to, arise out of or result from the ConocoPhillips Business, shall be owned by ConocoPhillips Company or, at ConocoPhillips’ discretion, a Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips. Trademarks owned by ConocoPhillips Company or another Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips pursuant to this Section 5.1.1 are referred to as “ConocoPhillips Group Trademarks” and are listed in Schedule 5.1.1; and

5.1.2. were created or developed by or for or assigned, transferred, conveyed to, or otherwise owned by the Phillips 66 Group and primarily relate to, arise out of or result from the Phillips 66 Business, shall be owned by Phillips 66 Company or, at Phillips 66’s discretion, a Phillips 66 Designee. Trademarks owned by Phillips 66 Company or another Phillips 66 Designee pursuant to this Section 5.1.2 are referred to as “Phillips 66 Group Trademarks” and are listed in Schedule 5.1.2.

 

  5.2 Allocation of Trademarks Within a Group

Each Group may allocate ownership of Trademarks owned by that Group to the appropriate member within that Group.

 

  5.3 No rights in Phillips 66 Group Trademarks

For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in any Ancillary Agreement or in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, all Trademarks other than the ConocoPhillips Group Trademarks shall be exclusively owned by Phillips 66 Company or, at Phillips 66’s discretion, a Phillips 66 Designee. Nothing in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement changes, alters, limits or expands any current rights that any ConocoPhillips Group member or any Phillips 66 Group Member may have been granted as of the Internal Contribution Date by any party to use Trademarks.

 

  5.4 License to ConocoPhillips Group Trademarks

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and subject to rights of Third Parties and licenses in effect as of the Internal Contribution Date, effective as of the Internal Contribution Date, ConocoPhillips hereby grants, and agrees to cause each other ConocoPhillips Group member to grant, to Phillips 66 Company under ConocoPhillips Group Trademarks that are used in the Phillips 66 Business as of the Internal Contribution Date, a nonexclusive, fully paid-up, worldwide, non-sublicensable (except as provided in Section 8.2), non-assignable (except as provided in Section 8.1), royalty-free license to use the ConocoPhillips Group Trademarks in commerce in connection with the offer to sell, sell and import of any and all products and services in the conduct of the Phillips 66 Business. Phillips 66 Company shall acquire no ownership rights in the ConocoPhillips Group Trademarks and all goodwill symbolized by and connected with the use of the ConocoPhillips Group Trademarks by Phillips 66 Company shall inure solely to the benefit of ConocoPhillips Company. The term of the license granted in this Section 5.4 shall be thirty-six (36) months.

 

13


  5.5 Ownership of Domains

As between the Phillips 66 Group and the ConocoPhillips Group, any domain names existing as of the Internal Contribution Date that:

5.5.1. were created or developed by or for or assigned, transferred, conveyed to, or otherwise owned by the Phillips 66 Group and primarily relate to, arise out of or result from the Phillips 66 Business, shall be owned by Phillips 66 Company or, at Phillips 66’s discretion, a Phillips 66 Designee, subject to the temporary license and transfer of the domain names containing the trademark CONOCOPHILLIPS. Domain names owned by Phillips 66 Company or another Phillips 66 Designee pursuant to this Section 5.5.1 are referred to as “Phillips 66 Group Domains” and are listed in Schedule 5.5.1.

 

  5.6 License and Transfer-back of Certain Domain Names to ConocoPhillips

Certain domain names identified in the Phillips 66 Group Domains schedule contain the mark CONOCOPHILLIPS and shall be temporarily transferred and licensed for Phillips 66 Company’s control and during which the trademark license identified in Section 5.4 is active. Accordingly, ConocoPhillips grants a license to Phillips 66 Company to control and use the domain names identified in the Phillips 66 Group Domains schedule during the term in which the trademark license in Section 5.4 remains active. Upon the expiration of the trademark license in Section 5.4, all domain names in the Phillips 66 Group Domains schedule containing the trademark CONOCOPHILLIPS shall be transferred back to ConocoPhillips Company within one-hundred and twenty (120) days.

 

  5.7 FTC Matter Related to Certain Phillips 66 Group Trademarks

Further to Section 5.3 and in accordance with the Decision and Order of In the Matter of Conoco, Inc., a corporation, and Phillips Petroleum Company, a corporation , Docket No. C-4058, February 7, 2003, as modified November 14, 2011, Phillips 66 Company shall succeed to the consent decree obligations set forth in the Order.

ARTICLE VI

IPR FUTURES AND ISSUES OF OWNERSHIP

 

  6.1 Ownership Unaffected by this Agreement

6.1.1. All Software, Proprietary Information, Patents, and Trademarks (a) created, developed or made, or, (b) other than by operation of this Agreement, otherwise acquired or controlled, by a member of a Group after the Internal Contribution Date (“IPR Futures”) shall be owned in accordance with applicable law or agreement and such ownership is not covered or in any way provided by this Agreement (other than Section 6.3 and Article VII below), the Separation and

 

14


Distribution Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, except that (i) Patents issuing on applications contained in the definition of Existing ConocoPhillips Group Patents and all counterparts, continuations, divisions, reissues, reexaminations and renewals of Existing ConocoPhillips Group Patents shall be owned by ConocoPhillips Company or, at ConocoPhillips’ discretion, a Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips and (ii) Patents issuing on applications contained in the definition of Existing Phillips 66 Group Patents and all counterparts, continuations, divisions, reissues, reexaminations and renewals of Existing Phillips 66 Group Patents shall be owned by Phillips 66 Company or, at Phillips 66’s discretion, a Phillips 66 Designee.

 

  6.2 No Rights or Licenses Granted

Other than as provided in the Patent Assignment, the Trademark and Service Mark Assignment, or the Copyright and Technology Assignment, no rights or licenses under any IPR Futures are granted pursuant to this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

 

  6.3 Issues as to Ownership

In the event that an issue should arise under this Agreement as to the ownership of, or license rights in, particular Software, Proprietary Information, Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or IPR Futures, the Parties shall discuss and negotiate reasonably in good faith to resolve any such issue.

ARTICLE VII

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLICENSES

 

  7.1 Assignment Agreements

By the Patent Assignment, the Copyright and Technology Assignment, the Trademark and Service Mark Assignment and the Domain Name Assignment, as of the Internal Contribution Date, ConocoPhillips, on behalf of itself and each of its Subsidiaries (including ConocoPhillips Company), assigns to Phillips 66 Company any and all right, title and interest of ConocoPhillips and each of its Subsidiaries (including ConocoPhillips Company) in, to and under the Existing Phillips 66 Group Patents, Phillips 66 Group Trademarks, Phillips 66 Group Software and Phillips 66 Group Proprietary Information.

 

  7.2 Assignment of Phillips 66 IP Licenses

ConocoPhillips, on behalf of itself and each of its Subsidiaries (including ConocoPhillips Company), does hereby assign, convey, transfer and deliver to Phillips 66 Company, effective as of the Internal Contribution Date, all of ConocoPhillips’ and each of its Subsidiaries’ entire right, title and interest, to, in and under all Phillips 66 IP Licenses, in accordance with the terms of such licenses and only to the extent ConocoPhillips or a Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips has the right to do so (subject to its obligations in Section 15.3.1), together with any and all rights and licenses granted to the Phillips 66 Group

 

15


pursuant to this Agreement. Immediately after the assignment to Phillips 66 Company set forth in this Section 7.2, ConocoPhillips and the other ConocoPhillips Group members shall no longer retain any rights or licenses granted to the Phillips 66 Group pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  7.3 Assignment of ConocoPhillips IP Licenses

Phillips 66, on behalf of itself and each Phillips 66 Designee (including Phillips 66 Company), does hereby assign, convey, transfer and deliver to ConocoPhillips Company effective immediately following the Internal Contribution Date, all of Phillips 66’s and each Phillips 66 Designee’s entire right, title and interest, to, in and under all ConocoPhillips IP Licenses, in accordance with the terms of such licenses and only to the extent Phillips 66 or a Phillips 66 Designee has the right to do so (subject to its obligations in Section 15.3.1), together with any and all rights and licenses granted to the ConocoPhillips Group pursuant to this Agreement. Immediately after the assignment to ConocoPhillips Company set forth in this Section 7.3, Phillips 66 and the other Phillips 66 Group members shall no longer retain any rights or licenses granted to the ConocoPhillips Group pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  7.4 Sublicense of Phillips 66 IP Licenses

Effective immediately following the Internal Contribution Date and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Phillips 66, on behalf of itself and each Phillips 66 Designee (including Phillips 66 Company), hereby grants to ConocoPhillips Company a non-exclusive, fully paid-up, worldwide, perpetual, non-sublicensable (except as provided in Section 8.2), non-assignable (except as provided in Section 8.1), royalty-free and irrevocable sublicense to use Phillips 66 IP Licenses that were used in the ConocoPhillips Business as of the Internal Contribution Date, in accordance with the terms set forth in such license agreements and only to the extent that Phillips 66 or a Phillips 66 Designee has the right to do so (subject to its obligations in Section 15.3.2 herein).

 

  7.5 Sublicense of ConocoPhillips IP Licenses

Effective as of the Internal Contribution Date and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, ConocoPhillips, on behalf of itself and each other ConocoPhillips Group member, hereby grants to Phillips 66 Company a non-exclusive, fully paid-up, worldwide, perpetual, non-sublicensable (except as provided in Section 8.2), non-assignable (except as set forth as provided in Section 8.1), royalty-free and irrevocable sublicense to use ConocoPhillips IP Licenses that were used in the Phillips 66 Business as of the Internal Contribution Date, in accordance with the terms set forth in such license agreements and only to the extent ConocoPhillips or a member of the ConocoPhillips Group has the right to do so (subject to its obligations in Section 15.3.2 herein).

 

  7.6 Acquisition of Subsidiary by Phillips 66

The Parties recognize that one or more Subsidiaries of ConocoPhillips will no longer be Subsidiaries of ConocoPhillips following the Internal Contribution Date but will become

 

16


Subsidiaries of Phillips 66. Such Subsidiaries shall not be required to assign to Phillips 66 Company any Phillips 66 IP Licenses under Section 7.2 or any other Intellectual Property allocated to the Phillips 66 Group pursuant to this Agreement because Phillips 66 Company will obtain control of such Phillips 66 IP License or other Intellectual Property through equity ownership of that Subsidiary. Accordingly, to the extent that Phillips 66 Company obtains as a Subsidiary a Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips Company, which Subsidiary would, but for the operation of this Section 7.6, have assigned to Phillips 66 its Phillips 66 IP Licenses by operation of Section 7.2 or other Intellectual Property by operation of the Copyright and Technology Assignment, the Patent Assignment or the Trademark and Service Mark Assignment, then the assignment of such rights, and only such rights, shall not be deemed to have been made by operation of the Copyright and Technology Assignment, the Patent Assignment, the Trademark and Service Mark Assignment or Section 7.2. Otherwise, the assignments of this Agreement are unaffected by this Section 7.6.

 

  7.7 Failure of Assignment of Phillips 66 IP Licenses

In the event that a particular Phillips 66 IP License cannot be assigned by ConocoPhillips or its Subsidiaries (including ConocoPhillips Company) to Phillips 66 or a Phillips 66 Designee (including Phillips 66 Company) after assistance has been fully rendered in accordance with the obligations set forth in Section 15.3.1, then, with respect to such a Phillips 66 IP License that is

7.7.1. an Outbound Phillips 66 IP License, ConocoPhillips hereby irrevocably appoints, and agrees to cause each of its Subsidiaries to irrevocably appoint, Phillips 66 Company as ConocoPhillips’ and its Subsidiaries’ exclusive agent for administering such Outbound Phillips 66 IP License and hereby irrevocably assigns to Phillips 66 Company any and all right, title and interest in and to all royalties and other payments to be paid to ConocoPhillips or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to such Outbound Phillips 66 IP License. ConocoPhillips shall, on behalf of itself and each of its Subsidiaries, at any time without charge to Phillips 66 Company, sign all papers, take all rightful oaths, and do all acts which Phillips 66 Company believes to be necessary, desirable or convenient to effect such appointment and assignment, including sending such letters as Phillips 66 Company may request directing licensees under such Outbound Phillips 66 IP Licenses to make payments to Phillips 66 Company.

7.7.2. an Inbound Phillips 66 IP License, ConocoPhillips shall exercise, and agrees to cause each of its Subsidiaries to exercise, to the fullest extent permitted by such Inbound Phillips 66 IP License, its rights for the maximum benefit and protection of Phillips 66 Company, and ConocoPhillips, to the fullest extent permitted without jeopardizing Phillips 66 Company’s license rights under such Inbound Phillips 66 IP License, hereby irrevocably appoints, and agrees to cause each of its Subsidiaries to irrevocably appoint, Phillips 66 Company as an agent for ConocoPhillips and its Subsidiaries under such Inbound Phillips 66 IP License with full authority to act on behalf of ConocoPhillips and its Subsidiaries to ensure that the Phillips 66 Group enjoys the maximum benefit and protection of

 

17


such Inbound Phillips 66 IP License. ConocoPhillips shall, on behalf of itself and each of its Subsidiaries, at any time without charge to Phillips 66 Company, sign all papers, take all rightful oaths, and do all acts which Phillips 66 Company believes to be necessary, desirable or convenient to effect such appointment, including sending such letters as Phillips 66 Company may request advising licensors of such appointment.

 

  7.8 Failure of Assignment of ConocoPhillips IP Licenses

In the event that a particular ConocoPhillips IP License cannot be assigned by Phillips 66 or a Phillips 66 Designee to ConocoPhillips Company after assistance has been fully rendered in accordance with the obligations set forth in Section 15.3.1, then, with respect to such a ConocoPhillips IP License that is

7.8.1. an Outbound ConocoPhillips IP License, Phillips 66 hereby irrevocably appoints, and agrees to cause each of the Phillips 66 Designees to irrevocably appoint, ConocoPhillips Company as Phillips 66 and its Subsidiaries’ exclusive agent for administering such Outbound ConocoPhillips IP License and hereby irrevocably assigns to ConocoPhillips Company any and all right, title and interest in and to all royalties and other payments to be paid to Phillips 66 and its Subsidiaries pursuant to such Outbound ConocoPhillips IP License. Phillips 66 shall, on behalf of itself and each of its Subsidiaries, at any time without charge to ConocoPhillips Company, sign all papers, take all rightful oaths, and do all acts which ConocoPhillips Company believes to be necessary, desirable or convenient to effect such appointment and assignment, including sending such letters as ConocoPhillips Company may request directing licensees under such Outbound ConocoPhillips IP Licenses to make payments to ConocoPhillips Company.

7.8.2. an Inbound ConocoPhillips IP License, Phillips 66 shall exercise, and agrees to cause each of the Phillips 66 Designees to exercise, to the fullest extent permitted by such Inbound ConocoPhillips IP License, its rights for the maximum benefit and protection of ConocoPhillips Company, and Phillips 66, to the fullest extent permitted without jeopardizing ConocoPhillips Company’s license rights under such Inbound ConocoPhillips IP License, hereby irrevocably appoints, and agrees to cause each of the Phillips 66 Designees to appoint, ConocoPhillips Company as an agent for Phillips 66 and the Phillips 66 Designees under such Inbound ConocoPhillips IP License with full authority to act on behalf of Phillips 66 and the Phillips 66 Designees to ensure that the ConocoPhillips Group enjoys the maximum benefit and protection of such Inbound ConocoPhillips IP License. Phillips 66 shall, on behalf of itself and each of its Subsidiaries, at any time without charge to ConocoPhillips Company, sign all papers, take all rightful oaths, and do all acts which ConocoPhillips Company believes to be necessary, desirable or convenient to effect such appointment, including sending such letters as ConocoPhillips Company may request advising licensors of such appointment.

 

18


  7.9 Order of Precedence

In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and those of the Patent Assignment, the Copyright and Technology Assignment, or the Trademark and the Service Mark Assignment, the order of priority shall be first the Patent Assignment, the Copyright and Technology Assignment, or the Trademark and Service Mark Assignment, as applicable, and second this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

ASSIGNMENT/SUBLICENSING

 

  8.1 Assignments

8.1.1. Except as expressly provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, neither Party shall assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, unless such assignment is to a Person who is or becomes an Affiliate of such Party. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns of each of the Parties.

8.1.2. Except as provided in Section 8.2 below and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Associated Agreements, as applicable, each Party shall have the right to assign, transfer, convey, license or use in any manner, any Intellectual Property, including Software, Proprietary Information, Patents, and Trademarks, owned by such Party, whether as a result of allocations, assignments or transfers set forth in or contemplated by this Agreement, the Associated Agreements or otherwise.

 

  8.2 Sublicense Rights

Neither Party shall sublicense any of the Intellectual Property rights licensed to it pursuant to Sections 2.3.1, 2.3.2, 3.3.1, 3.3.2, 5.4, 7.4 or 7.5 hereof without the prior written consent of the other Party, unless such sublicense is to a Person who is or becomes an Affiliate of such Party; provided that, the sublicense granted to such Person shall only be effective for so long as such Person remains an Affiliate of such Party.

ARTICLE IX

INFRINGEMENT

ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 agree to reasonably cooperate with each other, and to cause their respective Subsidiaries to reasonably cooperate with each other, in the protection and enforcement of the Intellectual Property licensed to the other Party pursuant to this Agreement. Licensor may, in its sole discretion, commence or prosecute and effect the disposition of any claims or suits relative to the infringement, misappropriation and/or unlawful use of the licensed Intellectual Property in its own name and may, with Licensee’s permission, such permission not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, join Licensee as a party in the prosecution of such claims or suits. Licensee agrees to reasonably cooperate with Licensor in connection with any

 

19


such claims or suits and undertakes to furnish reasonable assistance to Licensor in the conduct of all proceedings in regard thereto. Both Parties shall promptly notify the other party in writing of any infringement, misappropriation or illegal uses by others of the licensed Intellectual Property.

ARTICLE X

NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS

ALL SOFTWARE, PROPRIETARY INFORMATION, TRADEMARKS, AND PATENTS COVERED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT ARE FURNISHED “AS IS,” WITHOUT ANY SUPPORT, ASSISTANCE, MAINTENANCE OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, WHATSOEVER. EACH GROUP ASSUMES TOTAL RESPONSIBILITY AND RISK FOR ITS USE OF ANY SOFTWARE, PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, OR PROPRIETARY INFORMATION COVERED BY THIS AGREEMENT. NEITHER GROUP MAKES, AND EACH GROUP EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS, ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WARRANTIES OF TITLE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTY THAT SUCH SOFTWARE, PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, OR PROPRIETARY INFORMATION IS “ERROR FREE.”

ARTICLE XI

GOVERNING LAW; IP CLAIMS

 

  11.1 Choice of Law

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its principles of conflicts of law. Except as otherwise provided herein, ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66, each on behalf of itself and the members of its respective Group, hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Delaware, or absent subject matter jurisdiction in that court, the state courts of the State of Delaware for all actions, suits or proceedings arising in connection with this Agreement.

 

  11.2 Intellectual Property Rights

Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, in no event shall any claims, disputes or controversies between the Parties which potentially concern the validity, enforceability, infringement or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property rights, including any rights protectable under Intellectual Property law anywhere throughout the world such as Patent, Copyright, trade secret and Trademark law, be subject to resolution by arbitration.

 

  11.3 Equitable Remedies

The Parties recognize that money damages alone may not be an adequate remedy for any breach or threatened breach of any obligation hereunder involving Intellectual Property rights or either Party exceeding the scope of its license and rights hereunder. The Parties

 

20


therefore agree that in addition to any other remedies available hereunder, by law or otherwise, the non-breaching Party shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief against any such continued action by the other Parties.

 

  11.4 Bankruptcy

This Agreement constitutes a license of “intellectual property” within the meaning of Section 365(n) of the United States Bankruptcy Code. If Section 365(n) of the United States Bankruptcy Code (or any successor provision) is applicable, and the trustee or debtor-in-possession has rejected this Agreement and if the Licensee has elected pursuant to Section 365(n) to retain its rights hereunder, then upon written request of Licensee, to the extent Licensee is otherwise entitled hereunder, the trustee or debtor-in-possession shall provide to Licensee any intellectual property (including embodiments thereof) held or controlled by the trustee or debtor-in-possession.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICE

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices, consents, approvals, waivers and the like made hereunder shall be in written English addressed as provided below, shall reference this Agreement and shall be sent by any of the following methods: (a) certified mail, postage-prepaid, return-receipt requested, (b) a delivery service which requires proof of delivery signed by the recipient or (c) properly-transmitted facsimile followed by written confirmation in accordance with methods (a), (b) or first-class U.S. mail. The date of notice shall be deemed to be the date it was received (in the case of method (c) above, the date of notice shall be deemed to be the date that the facsimile copy is received). A Party may change its address for notice by written notice delivered in accordance with this Article XII.

If to ConocoPhillips, to:

ConocoPhillips

600 North Dairy Ashford Street

Houston, Texas 77079

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile:

If to Phillips 66, to:

Phillips 66

[•]

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile:

 

21


ARTICLE XIII

FURTHER DUE DILIGENCE

ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 acknowledge that following the execution of this Agreement and prior to the Distribution, ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 will be conducting further due diligence into the Patents, and other Intellectual Property owned by the Groups. ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 agree to work in good faith to ensure that the Intellectual Property covered by this Agreement has been properly allocated, assigned and licensed to each Group according to principles set forth in this Agreement.

ARTICLE XIV

FEES AND EXPENSES

All Transaction Expenses incurred by either of the Parties or its Affiliates shall be paid by the Party incurring the Transaction Expense. However, all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a Party related to the filing, prosecution, registration, maintenance or recordation of Intellectual Property rights assigned to a Party by this Agreement shall be paid by the Party to which such rights are assigned by this Agreement.

ARTICLE XV

MISCELLANEOUS

 

  15.1 No Other Rights

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ASSOCIATED AGREEMENTS, NO OTHER RIGHTS OR LICENSES ARE GRANTED.

 

  15.2 No Enforcement Against Third Party

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or the Associated Agreements, in no event shall any member of any Group be required to enforce or otherwise assert against any Person any Intellectual Property rights.

 

  15.3 Further Assurances

Each Party covenants to execute upon request any further documents reasonably necessary to effect the express terms and conditions of this Agreement, including such documents as are reasonably necessary to vest title in Intellectual Property rights as provided in this Agreement. All expenses incurred in connection with such actions shall be paid in accordance with Article XIV.

15.3.1. Assistance with Assignment. ConocoPhillips, on behalf of itself and each other ConocoPhillips Group member, and Phillips 66, on behalf of itself and each other Phillips 66 Group member, shall, at any time without charge to the other Party, sign all papers, take all rightful oaths, and do all acts which the other Party believes are necessary, desirable or convenient to assign, convey, transfer and

 

22


deliver to such other Party any licenses to be assigned pursuant to Section 7.2 or 7.3, and to record such assignments with the appropriate Governmental Authorities, including without limitation, using reasonable efforts to seek consent of any party to any such license for the assignment of the same to the other Party. It is understood and agreed that neither Party shall be required to undertake extraordinary or unreasonable measures to obtain any necessary consent, including making any expenditures or accepting any material changes in the terms of any license agreement for which consent is sought.

15.3.2. Assistance with Sublicense. ConocoPhillips, on behalf of itself and each other ConocoPhillips Group member, and Phillips 66, on behalf of itself and each other Phillips 66 Group member, shall at any time without charge to the other Party, sign all papers, take all rightful oaths, and do all acts which the other Party believes is necessary, desirable or convenient to sublicense to such other Party any licenses to be sublicensed pursuant to Section 7.4. or 7.5, including without limitation, using reasonable efforts to seek consent of any party to any such license for the sublicense of the same to such other Party. It is understood and agreed that neither Party shall be required to undertake extraordinary or unreasonable measures to obtain any necessary consent, including making any expenditures or accepting any material changes in the terms of any license agreement for which consent is sought.

 

  15.4 Rules of Construction

As used in this Agreement, (i) neutral pronouns and any derivations thereof shall be deemed to include the feminine and masculine and all terms used in the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa, as the context may require; (ii) the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including all exhibits and schedules as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and not to any subdivision of this Agreement; (iii) the word “including” or any variation thereof means “including, without limitation” and shall not be construed to limit any general statement that it follows to the specific or similar items or matters immediately following it; (iv) descriptive headings and titles used in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not constitute a part of and shall not be utilized in interpreting this Agreement; (v) the words “Party” and “Parties” refer, respectively, to each or both parties to this Agreement (vi) reference to a work of authorship or information as being created or developed by a Party means that the work of authorship or information is created or developed by employees of that Party or by such other individuals, such as contractors, who have a duty to assign ownership in such work of authorship or information to such Party. This Agreement shall be fairly interpreted in accordance with its terms and without any strict construction in favor of or against either Party.

 

  15.5 Amendments

This Agreement may not be amended, changed, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified except by an instrument in writing signed by the Parties.

 

23


  15.6 No Waiver

The failure of either Party to exercise any right, power or remedy provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity, or to insist upon compliance by the other Party with its obligations hereunder, and any custom or practice of the Parties at variance with the terms hereof, shall not constitute a waiver by such Party of its right to exercise any such or other right, power or remedy or to demand such compliance.

 

  15.7 Third Party Beneficiaries

The provisions of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Parties and are not intended to confer upon any Person except the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder and there are no third party beneficiaries of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement and neither this Agreement nor any Ancillary Agreement shall provide any third person with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement. No Party hereto shall have any right, remedy or claim with respect to any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement to the extent such provision relates solely to the other Party hereto or the members of such other Party’s respective Groups. No Party shall be required to deliver any notice under this Agreement or under any Ancillary Agreement to any other Party with respect to any matter in which such other Party has no right, remedy or claim.

 

  15.8 Force Majeure

No Party shall be deemed in default of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement during the period of extension referred to in the next sentence to the extent that any delay or failure in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement results from any cause beyond its reasonable control and without its fault or negligence, such as acts of God, criminal or terrorist acts, acts of civil or military authority, embargoes, epidemics, war, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, floods, unusually severe weather conditions, labor problems or unavailability of parts, or, in the case of computer systems, any failure in electrical or air conditioning equipment. In the event of any such excused delay, the time for performance shall be extended for a period equal to the time lost by reason of the delay, but in no event shall such period of extension exceed forty-five (45) days.

 

  15.9 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, the Parties.

 

24


  15.10 Severability

The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and in the event that any one or more provisions, or any portion thereof, are deemed illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions or portions thereof, as the case may be, shall remain in full force and effect unless the deletion of such provision or portion thereof shall cause this Agreement to become materially adverse to either Party, in which event the Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to arrive at an accommodation that best preserves for the Parties the benefits and obligations of the offending provision or portion thereof.

 

  15.11 Entire Agreement

This Agreement together with the Associated Agreements set forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties as to the subject matter hereof and thereof and merge all prior discussions between them. Neither of the Parties shall be bound by any warranties, understandings or representations with respect to such subject matter other than as expressly provided herein, in prior written agreements, or in a writing executed with or subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by an authorized representative of the Party to be bound thereby.

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on their behalf by one of their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.

 

CONOCOPHILLIPS
By:     
 

Name:

Title:

 

PHILLIPS 66
By:     
 

Name:

Title:

 

26

Exhibit 10.6

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

CHEVRON PHILLIPS CHEMICAL COMPANY LLC

EFFECTIVE AS OF JULY 1, 2002


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     2   

ARTICLE 2 OFFICES AND STATUTORY AGENT

     11   

2.1

  

REGISTERED OFFICE AND STATUTORY AGENT

     11   

2.2

  

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE

     11   

2.3

  

BUSINESS

     11   

ARTICLE 3 MEMBERS; CLASSES; VOTING RIGHTS; MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

     11   

3.1

  

MEMBERS

     11   

3.2

  

CLASSES OF MEMBERS

     11   

3.3

  

DUTIES OF MEMBERS

     11   

3.4

  

VOTING RIGHTS

     11   

3.5

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     12   

3.6

  

MEETINGS OF MEMBERS; NOTICE OF MEETINGS

     12   

3.7

  

QUORUM

     13   

3.8

  

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     13   

3.9

  

ACTION BY MEMBERS WITHOUT A MEETING

     13   

ARTICLE 4 BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     14   

4.1

  

GENERAL

     14   

4.2

  

NUMBER AND CLASSES OF DIRECTORS

     14   

4.3

  

ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     14   

4.4

  

VACANCIES; RESIGNATIONS, REPLACEMENTS

     15   

4.5

  

TERM

     15   

4.6

  

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     15   

4.7

  

FIDUCIARY DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

     15   

4.8

  

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     15   

ARTICLE 5 MEETINGS OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     15   

5.1

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     15   

5.2

  

MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS

     16   

5.3

  

QUORUM; ALTERNATES; PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE PERMITTED; VOTE REQUIRED FOR ACTION

     16   

5.4

  

WAIVER OF NOTICE; CONSENT TO MEETING

     17   

5.5

  

ACTION BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS WITHOUT A MEETING

     17   

5.6

  

COMMITTEES AND SUBCOMMITTEES

     17   

ARTICLE 6 OFFICERS

     17   

6.1

  

GENERAL

     17   

6.2

  

APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL

     18   

6.3

  

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND PRESIDENT

     18   

6.4

  

VICE PRESIDENTS

     18   

 

i


6.5

  

SECRETARY

     18   

6.6

  

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

     18   

6.7

  

TERM

     19   

ARTICLE 7 OPERATIONAL MATTERS

     19   

7.1

  

BOARD OF DIRECTOR APPROVAL

     19   

7.2

  

STRATEGIC AND BUSINESS PLANS; REPORTS

     21   

ARTICLE 8 CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND PERCENTAGE INTERESTS

     21   

8.1

  

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND PERCENTAGE INTERESTS

     21   

8.2

  

ADDITIONAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     22   

8.3

  

WITHDRAWAL OR REDUCTION OF CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     22   

8.4

  

NO RETURN ON OR OF CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     22   

8.5

  

CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

     22   

8.6

  

LOANS BY MEMBERS TO THE COMPANY

     23   

8.7

  

TREATMENT OF CERTAIN INDEMNITY PAYMENTS

     24   

8.8

  

TREATMENT OF CERTAIN DEFERRED CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     24   

8.9

  

SPECIAL RULE

     24   

8.10

  

APPLICATION OF THE BASKET, TAX BASKET AMOUNT AND CAP

     25   

ARTICLE 9 ALLOCATION OF PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS; TAX AND ACCOUNTING MATTERS

     25   

9.1

  

ALLOCATIONS

     25   

9.2

  

DISTRIBUTIONS

     29   

9.3

  

ACCOUNTING MATTERS

     34   

9.4

  

TAX STATUS AND RETURNS

     34   

9.5

  

754 ELECTION AND OTHER TAX ELECTIONS

     34   

9.6

  

TAX MATTERS PARTNER

     35   

ARTICLE 10 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

     35   

10.1

  

TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

     35   

10.2

  

CONDITIONS OF TRANSFER

     35   

10.3

  

ADMISSION OF SUBSTITUTE MEMBER

     36   

10.4

  

EFFECT OF TRANSFER WITHOUT APPROVAL

     36   

10.5

  

LIABILITY FOR BREACH

     36   

10.6

  

PERMITTED TRANSFERS SUBJECT TO RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

     36   

10.7

  

PERMITTED TRANSFERS AMONG WHOLLY-OWNED AFFILIATES

     38   

10.8

  

TRANSFERS OF EQUITY INTERESTS IN A MEMBER

     38   

 

ii


ARTICLE 11 COMPETITION

     39   

11.1

  

GENERAL

     39   

11.2

  

RESOLUTION OF COMPETITIVE CONFLICTS

     39   

ARTICLE 12 TERM AND DISSOLUTION

     40   

12.1

  

TERM

     40   

12.2

  

DISSOLUTION

     40   

12.3

  

LIQUIDATION

     40   

12.4

  

LIABILITIES

     41   

12.5

  

SETTLING OF ACCOUNTS

     41   

12.6

  

DISTRIBUTION OF PROCEEDS

     41   

12.7

  

CERTIFICATE OF CANCELLATION

     42   

ARTICLE 13 INDEMNIFICATION

     42   

13.1

  

INDEMNIFICATION: PROCEEDING OTHER THAN BY COMPANY

     42   

13.2

  

INDEMNIFICATION: PROCEEDING BY COMPANY

     43   

13.3

  

MANDATORY ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

     43   

13.4

  

EFFECT AND CONTINUATION

     44   

13.5

  

INSURANCE AND OTHER FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS

     44   

13.6

  

NOTICE OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT

     45   

13.7

  

REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

     45   

ARTICLE 14 INSPECTION OF COMPANY RECORDS; ANNUAL AND OTHER REPORTS

     45   

14.1

  

RECORDS TO BE KEPT

     45   

14.2

  

ACCESS TO COMPANY INFORMATION

     45   

14.3

  

ANNUAL AND QUARTERLY REPORTS

     46   

ARTICLE 15 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     46   

15.1

  

DEFAULTS

     46   

15.2

  

REMEDIES

     46   

15.3

  

NO WAIVER

     46   

ARTICLE 16 MISCELLANEOUS

     46   

16.1

  

AMENDMENTS

     46   

16.2

  

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF COMPANIES OR INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES

     47   

16.3

  

SEAL

     47   

16.4

  

ACTIONS BY CLASS P MEMBERS AND CLASS C MEMBERS

     47   

16.5

  

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     47   

16.6

  

THIRD PARTIES

     47   

16.7

  

GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION AND FORUM; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     47   

16.8

  

COUNTERPARTS

     48   

16.9

  

TITLES AND SUBTITLES; FORM OF PRONOUNS; CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS

     48   

16.10

  

DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY ACT PREVAILS

     48   

16.11

  

SEVERABILITY

     48   

16.12

  

EFFECTIVE DATES OF AMENDMENTS

     49   

 

iii


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

CHEVRON PHILLIPS CHEMICAL COMPANY LLC

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of July 1, 2002 (the “Preferred Contribution Effective Date”) by and between ChevronTexaco Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ChevronTexaco”), Phillips Petroleum Company, a Delaware corporation (“Phillips,” or the “Initial Phillips Member”), Chevron U.S.A. Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation (“CUSA,” or the “Initial Chevron Member”), Phillips Chemical Holdings Company (formerly Drilling Specialties Co.), a Delaware corporation (“Chemical Holdings”), WesTTex 66 Pipeline Co., a Delaware corporation (“WesTTex 66”), and Phillips Petroleum International Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“PPIC”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, on May 23, 2000, a Certificate of Formation (the “Certificate”) for Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (the “Company”), a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; and

WHEREAS, the Initial Chevron Member and the Initial Phillips Member entered into the original Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company (the “Original LLC Agreement”) on May 23, 2000; and

WHEREAS, on July 1, 2000, the Members (as defined herein), including the Initial Chevron Member and the Initial Phillips Member, entered into an Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “Amended & Restated LLC Agreement”) that amended and restated the Original LLC Agreement in its entirety; and

WHEREAS, the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement was amended, effective as of July 1, 2000, by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company (“Amendment No. 1 to the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Members desire to make a preferred contribution to the capital of the Company in consideration of the issuance by the Company of Preferred Interests (as hereinafter defined); and


WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 16.1(a) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement, the Members desire to amend and restate the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement in its entirety to incorporate in one document the amendments made by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement, to provide for the issuance of the Preferred Interests, and to make certain other revisions to the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement:

NOW, THEREFORE, the Members by this Agreement set forth the limited liability company agreement for the Company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. ss. 18-101 et seq., the “Act”) upon the following terms and conditions:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement without other definition shall, unless expressly stated otherwise, have the meanings specified in this Article 1.

“Adjusted Capital Account Balance” means each Member’s Capital Account, increased by the amount of such Member’s share of “minimum gain” and “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” as such terms are defined in Treasury Regulation 1.704-2 and such other amounts as such Member is unconditionally obligated to contribute hereunder.

“Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means, with respect to any Member, the deficit balance, if any, in such Member’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Fiscal Year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(a) Credit such Capital Account by any amounts which such Member is obligated to restore pursuant to this Agreement (including any note obligations) or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentence of each of sections 1.704-2(i)(5) and 1.704-2(g)(1) of the Income Tax Regulations; and

(b) Debit such Capital Account by the items described in sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6) of the Income Tax Regulations.

The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Income Tax Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

“Adjusted Class C Financial Statement Net Contribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(c)(ii).

“Adjusted Class P Financial Statement Net Contribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(c)(ii).

 

2


“Adjusted Taxable Income” means, for a Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period, the federal taxable income allocated by the Company to the Member for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period; provided , that such taxable income shall be computed by taking into account any special basis adjustment with respect to such Member resulting from an election by the Company under Code Section 754.

“Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Agreement” means this Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, as originally executed and as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. Words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereby” and “hereunder,” when used with reference to this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole, unless the context otherwise requires.

“Basket” has the meaning set forth in Article I of the Contribution Agreement.

“Board of Directors” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

“Cap” has the meaning set forth in Article I of the Contribution Agreement.

“Capital Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5.

“Capital Contributions” means the contributions made by the Members to the capital of the Company pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2 hereof and, in the case of all the Members, the aggregate of all such Capital Contributions.

“Carrying Value” means, with respect to any Company asset, such asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(a) The fair market value as agreed by the Members, when contributed, of an asset contributed to the Company by any Member. The aggregate Carrying Value effective as of the Closing of the assets initially contributed by each Member to the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(a) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement, is the amount that was determined in accordance with Section 8.1(c) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement.

(b) The Carrying Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values as agreed to by the Board of Directors, and the resulting unrecognized gain or loss allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Members as though such assets had been sold for their respective fair market values as of the following times: (i) immediately before the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis capital contribution; (ii) upon the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company assets, unless all Members receive simultaneous distributions of either undivided interests in the distributed property or identical Company assets in proportion to their interests in the Company; (iii) the date the Company is liquidated within the meaning of section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Income Tax Regulations; and (iv) the termination of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

3


(c) The Carrying Value of the Company assets shall be increased or decreased to the extent required under section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) of the Income Tax Regulations in the event that the adjusted tax basis of Company assets are adjusted pursuant to section 732, 734 or 743 of the Code, provided, however , that the Carrying Value shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (c) to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to subparagraph (b) is required in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subparagraph (c).

(d) The Carrying Value of a Company asset that is distributed (whether in liquidation of the Company or otherwise) to one or more Members shall be adjusted to equal its fair market value at the time of such distribution as determined by the Board of Directors, and the resulting unrecognized gain or loss shall be allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Members as though such asset had been sold for such fair market value.

(e) The Carrying Value of a Company asset shall be adjusted by the Depreciation attributable to such asset.

“Cash Earnings” shall mean the Company’s Net Profit for each Fiscal Quarter, (i) exclusive of any net income as so computed of the Company’s non-United States subsidiaries that has not been distributed by such subsidiaries to the Company or the Company’s United States subsidiaries, (ii) increased by depreciation, amortization, cost recovery allowances and other non-cash charges deducted in determining the Company’s Net Profit, and (iii) decreased by any income or franchise taxes (including without limitation withholding or branch profits taxes on distributions made or deemed made to the Company) imposed on the Company (as distinguished from income taxes imposed on the Members), to the extent not already deducted in computing Net Profit.

“Chemicals Business” means the lines of business comprising P Chem and C Chem (as defined in the Contribution Agreement), other petrochemicals businesses and related businesses; provided, however , that Chemicals Business shall not include any specific businesses comprising Chevron Excluded Assets or Phillips Excluded Assets (as defined in the Contribution Agreement).

 

4


“Chevron Pipe Line Contribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit A-2 of the Contribution Agreement.

“Class C Financial Statement Net Contribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(c)(i).

“Class C Member” includes CUSA and any other Member to whom a Class C Member Transfers a Membership Interest in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however , that a Class C Member shall cease to be a Class C Member upon the Transfer of all of such Person’s Membership Interest in accordance with this Agreement.

“Class C Members Aggregate Allocable Share” means, for each Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period of the Company, the sum of the Adjusted Taxable Income of the Company allocated to all Class C Members for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period.

“Class P Financial Statement Net Contribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(c)(i).

“Class P Member” includes Phillips, Chemical Holdings, WesTTex 66 and PPIC, and any other Member to whom a Class P Member Transfers a Membership Interest in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however , that a Class P Member shall cease to be a Class P Member upon the Transfer of all of such Person’s Membership Interest in accordance with this Agreement.

“Class P Members Aggregate Allocable Share” means, for each Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period of the Company, the sum of the Adjusted Taxable Income of the Company allocated to all Class P Members for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period.

“Class Membership Interest” means the aggregate Membership Interest of all of the Class C Members or all of the Class P Members, as the case may be.

“Closing” has the meaning provided for in the Contribution Agreement.

“Closing Date” means the date of the Closing.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

“Company Indemnifiable Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7.

“Company Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d) of the Income Tax Regulations for the phrase “partnership minimum gain.”

“Contribution Agreement” means that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2000, by and among Chevron Corporation, Phillips Petroleum Company and the Company.

“Costs” means the sum of all cash expenditures made by the Company in connection with the ownership of the Company’s assets and the operation of the Company’s business, including,

 

5


without limitation, the cost of all materials purchased, goods returned, services provided and other similar fees, costs and expenses; all real estate and sales taxes; all insurance premiums; all payments of principal and interest on Company indebtedness; any distributions to Members, and other similar expenditures.

“Depreciation” means, for a Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such Fiscal Year or other period, except that if the Carrying Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Fiscal Year or other period, Depreciation shall be an amount that bears the same ratio to such beginning Carrying Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however , that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Year or other period is zero, then Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Carrying Value using any reasonable method selected by the Board of Directors.

“Director” means a Person who is elected as a Director of the Company pursuant to Section 4.3 or 4.4 of this Agreement.

“Fiscal Quarter” means the three (3) month period beginning on the first day of the Company’s Fiscal Year, and each subsequent (3) month period within the Company’s Fiscal Year.

“Fiscal Year” means the Company’s tax year for U.S. federal income tax purposes specified in Section 9.3.

“Income Tax Regulations” means the regulations issued with respect to the Code.

“Indemnified Party” and “Indemnifying Party” shall have the meanings set forth in Article I of the Contribution Agreement.

“K-Resin Accident” means the fire and explosion on March 27, 2000 that took place at the Phillips K-Resin plant located in Pasadena, Texas.

“Leverage Ratio Deficit” means, as of any relevant date, the amount, if any, by which the book value of the indebtedness for money borrowed would need to increase, without the Company’s receiving and holding an asset of corresponding value, to cause the Company’s Total Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio, as of such date, to increase to 20%.

“Mandatory Redemption Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(j)(i).

“Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

“Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” means an amount, with respect to each Member, equal to the Company Minimum Gain that would result if all such Member’s Member Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, as determined in accordance with section 1.704-2(i)(3) of the Income Tax Regulations.

 

6


“Member Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth in section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Income Tax Regulations for the phrase “partner nonrecourse debt.”

“Member Nonrecourse Deduction” has the meaning set forth in section 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations for the phrase “partner nonrecourse deduction.”

“Member’s Proportionate Tax Share” means (i) with respect to a Class C Member, the product of (X) the Tax Distribution for the Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period, as applicable, and (Y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Percentage Interest of such Class C Member for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period and the denominator is the sum of the Percentage Interests for all Class C Members for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period and (ii) with respect to a Class P Member, the product of (X) the Tax Distribution for the Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period, as applicable, and (Y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Percentage Interest of such Class P Member for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period and the denominator is the sum of the Percentage Interests for all Class P Members for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period. In the event that the Percentage Interest of a Member changes during any Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period, the Member’s Proportionate Tax Share of such Member and the other Class P Members or Class C Members, as the case may be, for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period shall be appropriately adjusted to take into account the Class P Members’ or Class C Members’, as the case may be, varying interests. In no event shall the application of the foregoing formula result in the Class C Members in the aggregate or the Class P Members in the aggregate receiving an amount in excess of the Tax Calculation Share applicable to such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period.

“Membership Interest” means the ownership interest of a Member in the Company, including a Member’s Preferred Interest (to the extent not fully redeemed in accordance with Sections 9.2(j) or 9.2(k)) and right to share in the Company’s items of income, gain, loss, deduction, credits and similar items, and the right to receive distributions from the Company, as well as a Member’s rights to vote and otherwise participate in the operation or affairs of the Company as provided for herein and under the Act.

“Minimum Leverage Distribution” means the lesser of (x) five (5) times the amount of the Leverage Ratio Deficit or (y) the Net Cash Available for Distribution.

“Net Cash Available for Distribution” means (i) the excess, for each semi-annual period ending on the last day of the second and fourth Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year, of Revenues for such period over Costs for such period; plus (ii) cash and cash equivalent securities on hand at the beginning of such period; minus (iii) adequate reserves for working capital, approved future expenditures and known liabilities.

“Net Profit” or “Net Loss” means for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such Fiscal Year or period determined in accordance with section 703(a) of the Code (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to section 703(a)(1) of the Code shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

(a) Any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

 

7


(b) Any expenditure of the Company described in section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code or treated as such expenditure pursuant to section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) of the Income Tax Regulations, and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss, shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

(c) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Company assets where such gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Carrying Value of the Company assets disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such Company assets differs from its Carrying Value;

(d) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Fiscal Year;

(e) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any asset included in Company assets pursuant to section 734(b) of the Code or section 743(b) is required pursuant to section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) of the Income Tax Regulations to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s Membership Interest, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for the purposes of computing Net Profit and Net Loss;

(f) If the Carrying Value of any Company asset is adjusted in accordance with either of clauses (b) or (d) of the definition of “Carrying Value,” the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account in the Fiscal Year of such adjustment as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Profit or Net Loss; and

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, any items that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 9.1(b) shall not be taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss.

“Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in section 1.704-2(c) of the Income Tax Regulations.

“Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in section 1.704-2(b)(3) of the Income Tax Regulations.

“Optional Redemption Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(k)(ii).

 

8


“Parent” means, when used with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, which owns or controls, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities (or equivalent voting interests) of such Person.

“Percentage Interest” means a Member’s percentage interest in the Company as set forth opposite such Member’s name on Schedule 2 hereto.

“Person” means any general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, association, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other entity and, where the contexts so permits or requires, a natural person.

“Pre-Adjustment Excess” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(b).

“Preferred Contribution” shall mean, with respect to each Member, such Member’s respective Capital Contribution made to the Company on the date of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(d).

“Preferred Distribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(i)(i).

“Preferred Distribution Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(i)(iii).

“Preferred Interest” shall mean a Member’s equity interest in the Company as set forth in Article 1 and Sections 7.1(a)(iv), 7.1(a)(xiii), 8.1(d), 8.5, 9.1(g), 9.1(i). 9.2(c), 9.2(i), 9.2(j), 9.2(k) and 12.6 of this Agreement.

“Preferred Percentage Interest” means with respect to a Member as of any date of determination, the percentage determined by dividing the amount of Unrecovered Preferred Contribution of such Member on such date by the aggregate amount of Unrecovered Preferred Contributions of all Members on such date. The Preferred Percentage Interests as of the effective date of this Agreement are set forth opposite the names of the Members on Schedule 2 hereto.

“Preferred Target Ratio” shall mean a Total Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio of 27% or less, as calculated based upon the Company’s balance sheet as of the last day of a Fiscal Quarter. Preferred Contributions shall be deemed Member’s equity for purposes of calculating the Preferred Target Ratio.

“Preferred Yield” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(i)(i).

“Quarterly Tax Distribution” means, for each Member for each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of the Company during the term of the Company, such Member’s Proportionate Tax Share for such Fiscal Quarter.

“Revenues” means revenues and receipts of every kind and nature (from both cash and credit transactions), including sales proceeds, rental, license, lease or other income, net proceeds from issuance of indebtedness, proceeds from insurance and all other similar items, but excluding (i) payments received as an advance or deposit, until actually applied by the Company; and (ii) except as otherwise expressly agreed by the Members, the amount of any Capital Contributions.

 

9


“Right of Optional Redemption” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 9.2(k)(i).

“Subsidiary” means, when used with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which such Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities (or equivalent voting interests).

“Tax Basket Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.11 of Annex B to the Contribution Agreement.

“Tax Calculation Share” means, for each Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period, the greater of (i) the Class P Members Aggregate Allocable Share for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period and (ii) the Class C Members Aggregate Allocable Share for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period.

“Tax Distribution” means, for each Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period of the Company during the term of the Company, the product of (i) the Tax Calculation Share for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period and (ii) the Tax Rate for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period.

“Tax Rate” means the marginal blended tax rate determined by assuming that (i) such Person is a corporation subject to the highest marginal corporate United States federal income tax rate applicable for the applicable period, (ii) such Person is subject to franchise and other income taxes at a combined rate initially determined to be 5% (which rate may be periodically changed to such rate as shall be agreed upon by the Class C Member(s) and Class P Member(s)), and (iii) the franchise and other income taxes described in the preceding clause (ii) are deductible for United States federal income tax purposes.

“Total Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio” means the ratio, the numerator of which is the sum of the Company’s long-term debt plus current maturities, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, and the denominator of which is the sum of the Company’s long-term debt plus current maturities, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings plus Members’ equity plus minority interest, if any, all as set forth in the Company’s balance sheet as of the last day of the relevant Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year.

“Unpaid Preferred Yield” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate amount of Preferred Yield accrued on Preferred Contributions pursuant to Section 9.2(i) for all periods up to and including such date, over (ii) the aggregate amount of Preferred Distributions previously paid by the Company.

“Unrecovered Preferred Contribution” means with respect to a Member, as of any date of determination, (i) the total amount contributed to the capital of the Company by such Member as a Preferred Contribution as of such date minus (ii) the aggregate amount of distributions by the Company to such Member under Section 9.2(j) and/or Section 9.2(k) as of such date to the extent made in return of such Member’s Preferred Contribution.

 

10


“Ultimate Parent” means, with respect to any Person, a Parent who is not a Subsidiary of any other Person.

“Wholly-Owned Affiliate” means a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Ultimate Parent of a Member.

ARTICLE 2

OFFICES AND STATUTORY AGENT

2.1 REGISTERED OFFICE AND STATUTORY AGENT . The registered office and statutory agent in Delaware required by the Act shall be as set forth in the Certificate until such time as the registered office or statutory agent is changed in accordance with the Act.

2.2 PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE . The location of the principal executive office for the transaction of the business of the Company shall be Houston, Texas, or such other location as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time.

2.3 BUSINESS . The Company may carry on any lawful business, purpose or activity which is permitted to be carried on by a limited liability company under the Act. The actual business of the Company shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 3

MEMBERS; CLASSES; VOTING RIGHTS; MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

3.1 MEMBERS . Each party to this Agreement, except for ChevronTexaco, and each person admitted as a Member pursuant to this Agreement shall be a member of the Company until they cease to be a member in accordance with the provisions of the Act, the Certificate or this Agreement (the “Members”). The names of the Members shall be set forth on Schedule 1 hereto.

3.2 CLASSES OF MEMBERS . The Membership Interests in the Company shall be divided into two (2) classes of members, such classes being designated as Class C Members and Class P Members.

3.3 DUTIES OF MEMBERS . Members shall not owe duties, fiduciary or otherwise, or obligations to the Company or other Members, except as expressly set forth herein.

3.4 VOTING RIGHTS .

(a) Except as may otherwise be provided by this Agreement or the Act or the Certificate, the unanimous vote of the Members on a matter shall constitute the act of the Members.

(b) The Members shall have the right to elect Directors in accordance with Sections 4.3 and 4.4 of this Agreement.

 

11


(c) Only Persons whose names are listed as Members on the records of the Company at the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given or, if such notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the day on which the meeting of Members is held (except that the record date for Members entitled to give consent to action without a meeting shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.9) shall be entitled to receive notice of and to vote at such meeting, and such day shall be the record date for such meeting. Any Member entitled to vote on any matter shall be entitled to cast that number of votes equal to such Member’s Percentage Interest and may cast part of the votes in favor of the proposal and refrain from exercising the remaining votes or vote against the proposal (other than elections of a Director), but if the Member fails to specify the number of votes such Member is exercising affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the Member’s approving vote is with respect to all votes such Member is entitled to cast. Such vote may be viva voce or by ballot; provided, however , that all elections for Directors must be by ballot upon demand made by a Member at any election and before the voting begins.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS . All meetings of the Members shall be held at any place within or without the State of Delaware which may be designated either by the Board of Directors or by the written consent of all Members entitled to vote thereat given either before or after the meeting and filed with the secretary. In the event of any inconsistency in the places designated by the Board of Directors or the Members as herein provided, or in the absence of any such designation, Members’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the Company.

3.6 MEETINGS OF MEMBERS; NOTICE OF MEETINGS . Meetings of the Members for the purpose of taking any action permitted to be taken by the Members may be called by a majority of the Directors or by Members holding a majority of the Percentage Interests. Upon request in writing that a meeting of Members be called for any proper purpose, the Secretary forthwith shall cause notice to be given to the Members entitled to vote that a meeting will be held at a time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after receipt of the request. Except in special cases where other express provision is made by statute, notice of such meetings shall be given personally, in writing, via electronic means or via facsimile to each Member entitled to vote not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting. Such notices shall state:

(a) The place, date and hour of the meeting;

(b) Those matters which the Directors, at the time of the mailing of the notice, intend to present for action by the Members; and

(c) The names of the Directors intended at the time of the notice to be presented for election.

 

12


3.7 QUORUM . The presence at any meeting in person or by proxy of Members holding one-hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate Percentage Interests entitled to vote at such meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

3.8 WAIVER OF NOTICE . The actions of any meeting of Members, however called and noticed, and wherever held, shall be as valid as if taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each person entitled to vote, not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to a holding of the meeting, or an approval of the minutes thereof. The waiver of notice, consent or approval need not specify either the business to be transacted or the purpose of any regular or special meeting of Members. All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the Company records and made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Attendance of a Member at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at such meeting, except when the Member objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the meeting.

3.9 ACTION BY MEMBERS WITHOUT A MEETING . Directors may be elected or removed without a meeting by a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, signed by Members entitled to elect or remove Directors in accordance with Section 4.3; in addition, a Director may be elected at any time to fill a vacancy by a written consent signed by Members entitled to elect or remove Directors in accordance with Section 4.3. Notice of such election shall be promptly given to nonconsenting Members.

Any other action which, under any provision of the Act or the Certificate or this Agreement, may be taken at a meeting of the Members, may be taken without a meeting, and without notice except as hereinafter set forth, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by Members having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Members entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the secretary of the Company and shall be maintained in the Company’s records.

Unless the consents of all Members entitled to vote have been solicited in writing, prompt notice shall be given of the taking of any action approved by Members without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent to those Members entitled to vote who have not consented in writing.

Unless the Board of Directors sets a record date for the determination of Members entitled to notice of and to give such written consent, the record date for such determination shall be the day on which the first written consent is given.

Any Member giving a written consent, or the Member’s proxyholders, or a personal representative of the Member or their respective proxyholders, may revoke the consent by a writing received by the secretary prior to the time that written consents of the number of votes

 

13


required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the secretary, but may not do so thereafter. Such revocation is effective upon its receipt by the secretary or, if there shall be no person then holding such office, upon its receipt by any other officer or Director of the Company.

ARTICLE 4

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

4.1 GENERAL . Subject to the provisions of the Act and any limitations in the Certificate and this Agreement as to action required to be authorized or approved by the Members, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed and all its powers shall be exercised by the Members, who have in turn delegated their authority to manage the business and affairs of the Company and to exercise all of the Company’s powers to the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”), who have in turn delegated to the Officers (as defined herein) such portions of the authority of the Board of Directors as set forth herein (and as may be set forth in resolutions of the Board of Directors), provided that any delegation of authority to the Officers set forth herein or otherwise is subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors. Without prejudice to such general powers, but subject to the same limitations, it is hereby expressly declared that the Board of Directors shall have the following powers:

(a) To conduct, manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including, to the extent determined by the Board of Directors, managing any Subsidiary limited liability company and to make such rules and regulations therefor not inconsistent with law or with the Certificate or with this Agreement, as the Board of Directors shall deem to be in the best interests of the Company;

(b) To appoint and remove at pleasure the officers, agents and employees of the Company, prescribe their duties and fix their compensation;

(c) To borrow money and incur indebtedness for the purposes of the Company and to cause to be executed and delivered therefor, in the Company’s name, promissory notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages, pledges, hypothecations or other evidences of debt and securities therefor;

(d) To designate an executive and other committees, each consisting of two or more Directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, and to prescribe the manner in which proceedings of such committees shall be conducted; and

(e) To acquire real and personal property, arrange financing, enter into contracts and complete all other arrangements needed to effectuate the business of the Company.

4.2 NUMBER AND CLASSES OF DIRECTORS . The Board of Directors shall consist of four (4) voting Directors (the “Voting Directors”) and two (2) non-voting Directors (the “Non-Voting Directors”).

4.3 ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS . The Directors shall be elected as follows:

(a) The Class C Member(s) shall elect two (2) Voting Directors (individually, a “Class C Director”, and together, the “Class C Directors”).

 

14


(b) The Class P Member(s) shall elect two (2) Voting Directors (individually, a “Class P Director”, and together, the “Class P Directors”).

(c) The Class C Member(s) may remove, at any time, either or both of the Class C Directors, with or without cause. The Class P Member(s) may remove, at any time, either or both of the Class P Directors, with or without cause.

(d) The chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company shall be ex officio the two Non-Voting Directors. The Non-Voting Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If either the office of chief executive officer or the office of chief financial officer is vacant, the Non-Voting Director position associated with such office shall also be vacant.

4.4 VACANCIES; RESIGNATIONS, REPLACEMENTS .

(a) Upon the death, resignation or removal of any Voting Director, the Member(s) that elected such Voting Director is authorized to fill the vacancy and shall have power to elect a successor to take office when the resignation, removal or deemed vacancy becomes effective.

(b) Any Voting Director may resign effective upon giving thirty (30) days written notice to each Member of the Company, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation.

4.5 TERM . The Class C Directors and Class P Directors shall hold office until their removal pursuant to this Agreement or until their respective successors are elected and qualified pursuant to this Agreement.

4.6 COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS . Directors of the Company, as such, shall not be entitled to compensation, unless otherwise unanimously approved by the Members.

4.7 FIDUCIARY DUTIES OF DIRECTORS . The Class C Directors shall owe fiduciary duties exclusively to the Class C Member(s), and the Class P Directors shall owe fiduciary duties exclusively to the Class P Member(s). No person shall be authorized to institute an action against a Voting Director for breach of fiduciary duty other than a Member to whom a fiduciary duty is owed pursuant to the previous sentence.

4.8 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY . The Voting Directors shall not be liable to the Company or its Members for actions taken in good faith.

ARTICLE 5

MEETINGS OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS

5.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at any place within or without the State of Delaware that has been designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the absence of such designation, meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the principal executive office of the Company, except as provided in Section 5.2.

 

15


5.2 MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS . The Board of Directors shall meet at least six (6) times per Fiscal Year, pursuant to a schedule established by the Board of Directors as early as practicable each Fiscal Year. In addition, meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by any Director. Notice of the time and place of meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each Director, or sent by first-class mail or by telex, telegram, electronic mail or facsimile transmission, charges prepaid, addressed to him or her at his or her address as it appears upon the records of the Company or, if it is not so shown on the records and is not readily ascertainable, at the place at which the meetings of the Board of Directors are regularly held. In case such notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. In case such notice is telegraphed or sent by telex, electronic mail or facsimile transmission, it shall be delivered to a common carrier for transmission to the Director or actually transmitted by the person giving the notice by electronic means to the Director at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. In case such notice is delivered personally or by telephone as above provided, it shall be so delivered at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. Any notice given personally or by telephone shall be communicated directly to the Director. Such deposit in the mail, delivery to a common carrier, transmission by electronic means or delivery, personally or by telephone, as above provided, shall be due, legal and personal notice to such Directors. The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting.

5.3 QUORUM; ALTERNATES; PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE PERMITTED; VOTE REQUIRED FOR ACTION .

(a) The presence of at least one Class C Director and at least one Class P Director constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business. If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, notice of any adjournment to another time or place (other than adjournments until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, as to which no notice is required) shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting to the Directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

(b) Each Voting Director may, by written notice given to the chief executive officer, appoint an alternate to attend and vote at meetings, or at any particular meeting, if the Voting Director is unable to attend. The presence of an alternate at any meeting shall be deemed to be presence of the Director at such meeting for all purposes, and the vote of such alternate shall be deemed to be the vote of the relevant Director. No Director may retract the vote of any duly appointed alternate on behalf of such Director after the close of the meeting at which such vote is made. In the event that the Director who appointed an alternate attends a meeting, the appointment of such alternate shall be ineffective for such meeting, and the alternate shall have no right to be present or to participate in that meeting.

(c) Directors may participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all Directors participating in such meeting can communicate with and hear one another.

 

16


(d) Every act or decision done or made the Board of Directors shall require the unanimous consent of all Voting Directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present.

5.4 WAIVER OF NOTICE; CONSENT TO MEETING . Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Director who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such Director. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the Company’s records and made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

5.5 ACTION BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS WITHOUT A MEETING . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if at least one Class C Director and at least one Class P Director (or their alternates who have been appointed pursuant to Section 5.3(b) above) shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Board of Directors.

5.6 COMMITTEES AND SUBCOMMITTEES . The provisions of this Article 5 shall also apply, with necessary changes in points of detail, to committees and subcommittees of the Board of Directors, if any, and to actions by such committees or subcommittees (except for the first sentence of Section 5.2, which shall not apply, and except that special meetings of a committee or subcommittee may also be called at any time by any two members of the committee or subcommittee), unless otherwise provided by this Agreement or by the resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee or subcommittee. For such purpose, references to the Directors collectively shall be deemed to refer to each such committee or subcommittee, and references to “Directors” shall be deemed to refer to members of the committee or subcommittee. In addition, the Members intend that the Board of Directors appoint a separate committee responsible for taxes and that such committee at least be given the authority to make routine and/or recurring decisions with respect to taxes.

ARTICLE 6

OFFICERS

6.1 GENERAL . Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Certificate and this Agreement, the Board of Directors shall from time to time to appoint one or more individuals who shall be termed officers of the Company (the “Officers”). Subject to the decision and control of the Board of Directors, the Officers of the Company shall manage the day-to-day activities and affairs and will have discretion with regard to all matters not otherwise reserved to the Board of Directors of the Company. Each Officer shall hold his or her respective office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise specifically provided for below, an Officer need not be a Member or Director of the Company, and any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Officers of the Company shall include a president and chief executive officer, a chief financial officer, and a secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, one or more vice presidents, and such other Officers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

17


6.2 APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL . Officers shall be appointed by the Board of Directors. Each Officer, including an Officer elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his or her successor is elected, except as otherwise provided by the Act or the Certificate, unless earlier removed pursuant to this Section 6.2. Any Officer may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors.

6.3 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND PRESIDENT . The chief executive officer and president shall, subject to the oversight and control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Company. Subject to Section 7.1 hereof, the chief executive officer and president shall have all of the powers which are ordinarily inherent in the office of the chief executive officer and president of a corporation, and he shall have such further powers and shall perform such further duties, as may be prescribed for him by the Board of Directors.

6.4 VICE PRESIDENTS . In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the chief executive officer, or, if not ranked, the vice president designated by the chief executive officer, shall perform all of the duties of the chief executive officer and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the chief executive officer. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by president or by this Agreement or by the Board of Directors.

6.5 SECRETARY . The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal executive office of the Company, or such other place as the president may order, a book of minutes of all proceedings of the Members and of the Board of Directors, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and if special how authorized, the notice thereof given, the names of those present and the number of votes present or represented at Members’ or Board of Directors meetings. The secretary or an assistant secretary, or, if they are absent or unable or refuse to act, any other officer of the Company, shall give or cause to be given notice of all the meetings of the Members required by the Agreement or by law to be given, and he shall keep the seal of the Company, if any, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the president or by this Agreement or by the Board of Directors.

6.6 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER . The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of account of the Company. The chief financial officer shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal executive office of the Company a record of Members showing (i) the names of the Members and their addresses, (ii) their respective initial and all their respective subsequent Capital Contributions, (and ) their respective Unpaid Preferred Yield, Unrecovered Preferred Contributions, Percentage Interests and Preferred Percentage Interests, as they may vary from time to time. The chief financial officer shall receive and deposit all moneys and other valuables belonging to the Company in the name and to the credit of the Company and shall disburse the same only in such manner as the chief executive officer or the appropriate officers of the

 

18


Company may from time to time determine, shall render, whenever requested, an account of all his transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the Company, and shall perform such further duties as the chief executive officer or this Agreement or the Board of Directors may prescribe.

6.7 TERM . The initial Officers of the Company were appointed for a term of three years from the Closing, which term may be renewed by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the initial Officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and may be removed by the Board of Directors in its discretion at any time prior to the end of their three year terms pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof. Any subsequent Officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and may be removed by the Board of Directors in its discretion at any time.

ARTICLE 7

OPERATIONAL MATTERS

7.1 BOARD OF DIRECTOR APPROVAL .

(a) Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors pursuant to subsection (b) below, the Company shall not have the authority to approve or undertake any of the following matters without the approval of the Board of Directors (obtained as set forth in Section 5.3(d)):

(i) The hiring, firing, renewal, compensation, evaluation and planning for succession of the chief executive officer and president, the chief financial officer and senior vice presidents and other Officers of similar rank.

(ii) Compensation policies for Company employees, including specific compensation and benefit plans and programs.

(iii) Annual strategic and business plans and amendments thereto (including entering into any unrelated new lines of business) in accordance with Section 7.2, Company-wide financing plans, and Company-wide risk management plans (including a program of insurance).

(iv) Any distribution to the Members in excess of, or in an amount less than, Tax Distributions and Minimum Leverage Distributions (both of which are deemed automatically approved by the Board of Directors) other than a distribution of a Mandatory Redemption Payment (which is deemed automatically approved by the Board of Directors).

(v) The following material transactions:

(A) Projects, long-term contracts (including cancellation thereof), mergers, consolidations, re-capitalization, acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures or alliances involving the commitment or transfer by the Company of value in excess of $25 million and shut-downs of material facilities; and

 

19


(B) Investments and transactions outside the normal lines of business in excess of $10 million.

(vi) Capital expenditures in excess of 110% of the approved capital expenditure budget or overruns on major projects greater than 10%.

(vii) Individual borrowings and leasing arrangements in excess of $25 million, or if the Board of Directors in its discretion sets a debt ceiling, any borrowing in excess of such debt ceiling.

(viii) Unusual, non-recurring uses of Company credit in support of operations above a $10 million exposure.

(ix) The settlement of actions or claims against the Company involving more than $10 million.

(x) Related-party transactions involving the receipt or payment of more than $5 million in any one transaction or $10 million in any series of related transactions, irrespective of individual amounts (other than transactions reflected by the agreements referred to on Schedules 6.11(b) and 6.11(c) of each of the Phillips Disclosure Schedule to the Contribution Agreement and the Chevron Disclosure Schedule to the Contribution Agreement).

(xi) Any amendment to the Certificate or this Agreement.

(xii) Except as otherwise specifically provided for in Article X, the admission of an additional Member or other equity holder of the Company.

(xiii) Any redemption of an equity interest in the Company, other than a mandatory redemption of Preferred Interests pursuant to Section 9.2(j).

(xiv) Any adoption of or change in the Company’s form of business or accounting principles.

(xv) Any material consolidation or relocation of the Company’s research and development facilities, or the exercise or waiver of any right affecting the term of any leasehold for research and development facilities.

(xvi) The commencement of voluntary bankruptcy proceedings for the Company.

(xvii) Any material decision regarding repair, replacement or startup relating to the K-Resin Accident.

(xviii) The liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(xix) Any use by the Company of the “Chevron,” “ChevronTexaco” or “Phillips” name, by itself.

 

20


(b) The Board of Directors shall review periodically the appropriateness of the list of items contained in Section 7.1(a) (including the related threshold dollar amounts contained therein) which must be brought before the Board of Directors, and will implement changes if and when appropriate. Any such changes shall be set forth in a written resolution, and, to the extent that such written resolution is inconsistent with Section 7.1(a), the written resolution will control.

7.2 STRATEGIC AND BUSINESS PLANS; REPORTS .

(a) The Board of Directors and the Officers will conduct an interactive strategic planning process on an annual basis. In connection with this process, the Officers shall prepare and submit to the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors shall review, consider and adopt:

(i) a strategic plan for the Company; and

(ii) a three (3) year business plan, including capital and operating budgets.

Such process shall be conducted in accordance with the strategic planning processes of the Members, as determined by the Board of Directors.

(b) In the event that the Board of Directors fails to timely approve capital or operating budgets for any period, the Officers will be authorized to spend such amounts as are necessary or appropriate to meet the Company’s prior commitments and obligations and to conduct and maintain the Company’s operations and properties in a safe and efficient manner in accordance with industry practice.

(c) The Officers shall provide the Board of Directors with monthly reports of the operating results of the Company compared with the strategic and business plan, including the capital and operating budgets, and annual and periodic reports of compliance matters (e.g. financial controls, environmental, human resources, etc.).

ARTICLE 8

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND PERCENTAGE INTERESTS

8.1 CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND PERCENTAGE INTERESTS .

(a) Effective as of the Closing, each of the Members agreed (i) to make a Capital Contribution to the Company as contemplated by Article II of the Contribution Agreement and credit the Capital Account of each Member in respect thereof in accordance with Section 8.1(b) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement, (ii) to determine the Percentage Interest of each Class C Member and each Class P Member in accordance with Section 8.1(a) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement, and (iii) that (A) the aggregate Percentage Interests of all Class C Members shall equal 50% and the aggregate Percentage Interests of all Class P Members shall equal 50%, (B) such aggregate Percentage Interests shall not change unless otherwise agreed by the Members, and (C) such aggregate Percentage Interests shall not be affected by the Chevron Pipe Line Contribution.

 

21


(b) Effective as of the Closing, ChevronTexaco and Phillips agreed to (i) determine the balance of the Capital Account of each Member as of the Closing Date in accordance with Section 8.1(c) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement, (ii) determine the Percentage Interest of each Member as of the Closing Date in accordance with Section 8.1(c) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement, and (iii) agree to schedules setting forth the Carrying Values of assets specified in clause (i) of the first sentence of Section 8.1(c) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement.

(c) The determination of Capital Account balances as described in Section 8.1(b) hereof was designed to result in the aggregate credit balances in the Capital Accounts of the Class C Members being equal to the aggregate credit balances in the Capital Accounts of the Class P Members as of Closing and after giving effect to the distributions described in Section 9.2(f) which is consistent with the agreement of the Members that the fair market value of the net assets contributed to the Company by the Class C Members at Closing and the fair market value of the net assets being contributed to the Company by the Class P Members at Closing were equal after giving effect to the distributions described in Section 9.2(f), and this result was not to be affected by the Chevron Pipe Line Contribution.

(d) On the Preferred Contribution Effective Date, (i) Chevron U.S.A. shall make a Capital Contribution to the Company of $125,000,000, (ii) Phillips shall make a Capital Contribution to the Company of $94,750,000, (iii) Chemical Holdings shall make a Capital Contribution to the Company of $1,000,000, (iv) WesTTex 66 shall make a Capital Contribution to the Company of $5,250,000, and (v) PPIC shall make a Capital Contribution to the Company of $24,000,000 (each such Capital Contribution, a “Preferred Contribution”). Each Member’s Preferred Contribution shall be credited to its Capital Account.

8.2 ADDITIONAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS . No Member may make additional Capital Contributions other than pursuant to its obligations under the Contribution Agreement or this Agreement without the consent of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall approve all material terms of any such Capital Contribution, including its effect on the Members’ relative Capital Accounts and Percentage Interests.

8.3 WITHDRAWAL OR REDUCTION OF CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS .

(a) Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no Member shall have the right to withdraw from the Company all or any part of its Capital Contribution.

(b) A Member, irrespective of the nature of its Capital Contribution, shall not have the right to demand and receive a distribution in kind in return for its Capital Contribution, unless the Members shall have otherwise unanimously agreed.

8.4 NO RETURN ON OR OF CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS . No amounts shall be payable on, with respect to, or in return of, Capital Contributions or Capital Accounts of Members except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

8.5 CAPITAL ACCOUNTS . A single Capital Account shall be maintained for each Member (regardless of the class of interests owned by such Member and regardless of the time or manner in which such interests were acquired) in accordance with the capital accounting rules of

 

22


section 704(b) of the Code and the Income Tax Regulations thereunder (including without limitation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) of the Income Tax Regulations) and as further described in this Section 8.5.

(a) There shall be established for each Member a Capital Account reflecting the excess (or deficit) of (a) the sum of (i) the Carrying Value of assets contributed to the Company by such Member and the amount of cash contributed to the Company by such Member under Section 8.1 or Section 8.2 or paid pursuant to a note contributed to the Company by such Member, (ii) such Member’s share of Net Profits calculated in accordance with Section 9.1 and any items in the nature of income or gain that are specifically allocated to such Member under Section 9.1, and (iii) the amount of any Company liabilities assumed by such Member or which are secured by any property distributed to such Member over (b) the sum of (i) such Member’s share of Net Losses under Section 9.1 and any items in the nature of losses or expenses that are specifically allocated to such Member under Section 9.1, (ii) any distributions to such Member under Section 9.2 or Section 12.6, and (iii) liabilities of such Member assumed by the Company or which are secured by any property contributed by such Member. In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of this section, there shall be taken into account section 752(c) of the Code and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Income Tax Regulations.

(b) In the event of a transfer of all or any portion of a Member’s interest in the Company pursuant to Article 10 hereof, the Capital Account of any transferee shall include the appropriate portion of the Capital Account of the Member from which the transferee’s interest in the Company was obtained.

(c) When Company property is distributed in kind (whether in connection with liquidation and dissolution or otherwise), the Capital Accounts of the Members shall first be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized income, gain, loss and deduction inherent in such property (that has not been reflected in the Capital Account previously) would be allocated among the Members if there were a taxable disposition of such property for the fair market value of such property (taking into account section 7701(g) of the Code) on the date of distribution.

(d) The appropriate Officers shall make or cause to be made all necessary adjustments in each Member’s Capital Account as required by the capital accounting rules of section 704(b) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

8.6 LOANS BY MEMBERS TO THE COMPANY . No Member shall be obligated to lend money to the Company. No Member may lend money to the Company without the consent of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall approve all material terms of such a loan, including, without limitation, the interest rate and term. Any loan by a Member to the Company with the required consent of the Board of Directors shall be separately entered on the books of the Company as a loan to the Company and not as a Capital Contribution, and shall be evidenced by a promissory note duly executed by at least one Class C Director and one Class P Director on behalf of the Company and delivered to the lending Member.

 

23


8.7 TREATMENT OF CERTAIN INDEMNITY PAYMENTS .

(a) If Company makes any payment to a third party that is subject to indemnification by a Class C Member or a Class P Member (or any Affiliate thereof) pursuant to the Contribution Agreement or Annex B or C thereto (a “Company Indemnifiable Payment”), the Members intend such payment to be treated as preserving the value of the contribution made pursuant to Article II of the Contribution Agreement by the Member liable for the indemnity payment. Toward that end, each indemnity obligation arising in respect of a Company Indemnifiable Payment will be treated as having arisen immediately prior to such contribution of assets by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party will be treated as if it had originally contributed assets with a Carrying Value increased by the amount of the Company Indemnifiable Payment, and the Company will be treated as having assumed an additional liability in the amount of the Company Indemnifiable Payment. As a result, the amounts credited to the Capital Accounts of the Class C Members in the aggregate and the Class P Members in the aggregate will remain equal. The Members also intend that the tax consequences of such Company Indemnifiable Payment and the indemnification payment itself shall inure to the Indemnifying Party, but, except as otherwise agreed by the Members, only to the extent that such tax result can be achieved without causing the Capital Accounts of the Class C Members in the aggregate and the Capital Accounts of the Class P Members in the aggregate to fail to be equal.

(b) If a Member makes any payment to a third party that is subject to indemnification by the Company pursuant to the Contribution Agreement or Annex B or C thereto (a “Member Indemnifiable Payment”), the Members intend that the tax consequences of such Member Indemnifiable Payment and the indemnification payment itself shall inure to the Company and be shared by the Members in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, but, except as otherwise agreed by the Members, only to the extent that such tax results can be achieved without causing the Capital Accounts of the Class C Members in the aggregate and the Capital Accounts of the Class P Members in the aggregate to fail to be equal.

8.8 TREATMENT OF CERTAIN DEFERRED CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS . As a result of the K-Resin Accident, the value of certain assets contributed by the Class P Members at Closing had declined from that which existed when the Members were first agreeing on the economic terms of the arrangement described in this Agreement. The Members could not agree on the amount of the decline in value, in part because they were unable to reach an agreement on the likely time and expense involved in repairing the damage caused by the K-Resin Accident and the degree and permanence of any loss of customers that the K-Resin Accident may cause. In order to resolve the issue, it was agreed that one or more of the Class P Members might have to make capital contributions to the Company after the Closing under the circumstances and in the amounts calculated under the provisions of the Contribution Agreement. The Members view such deferred capital contributions as necessary to preserve the pre K-Resin Accident value of the business and assets contributed by the Class P Members. The Members agree that any deferred contributions are capital contributions and will not be reported as income by the Company.

8.9 SPECIAL RULE . An Indemnifying Party will indemnify the Indemnified Party on a Net After-Tax Basis against any income or franchise tax incurred in the event that any indemnification payment is treated as taxable income to the Indemnified Party. For purposes of this paragraph, “Net After-Tax Basis” means after any U.S. federal, state or local income or franchise taxes (computed using the Tax Rate) incurred as a result of such indemnification (assuming the deductibility of such state and local income and franchise taxes in calculating federal income tax), reduced by any tax benefit arising as a result of such indemnification.

 

24


8.10 APPLICATION OF THE BASKET, TAX BASKET AMOUNT AND CAP . No provision of this Agreement or the Contribution Agreement (including the Annexes thereto) shall be applied or interpreted in a manner that would cause any indemnification payment to be made that otherwise would not be payable because of application of the Basket, Tax Basket Amount or the Cap.

ARTICLE 9

ALLOCATION OF PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS; TAX AND

ACCOUNTING MATTERS

9.1 ALLOCATIONS . Net Profit and Net Loss of the Company shall be determined and allocated with respect to each Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period of the Company as follows:

(a) GENERAL ALLOCATION. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 9, Net Profit and Net Loss for each Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

(b) REGULATORY ALLOCATIONS. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following special allocations shall be made for each Fiscal Year or other period in the following order of priority:

(i) If there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during a Company taxable year, then each Member shall be allocated items of Company income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, for subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Member’s share of net decrease in Company Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with section 1.704-2(g)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations. This subsection (b)(i) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement of section 1.704-2(f) of the Income Tax Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(ii) If there is a net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt during any Company taxable year, each Member who has a share of the Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Income Tax Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in the amount equal to such Member’s share of net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in a manner consistent with the provisions of section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Income Tax Regulations. This subsection (b)(ii) is intended to comply with the partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback requirement of section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Income Tax Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

25


(iii) If any Member unexpectedly receives (or Members unexpectedly receive) an adjustment, allocation or distribution of the type contemplated by section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) of the Income Tax Regulations, items of income and gain shall be allocated to such Member (or if more than one Member receives such an adjustment, allocation or distribution, items of income and gain shall be allocated to such Members in proportion to the amounts of their respective Adjusted Capital Account Deficits) in an amount (or amounts) and manner sufficient to eliminate the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of such Member (or deficits of such Members) as quickly as possible. It is intended that this subsection (b)(iii) qualify and be construed as a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Income Tax Regulations.

(iv) If the allocation of Net Loss to a Member as provided in Section 9.1(a) would create or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit and one or more other Members would have a positive Capital Account balance, there shall be allocated to such Member only that amount of Net Loss as will not create or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. The Net Loss that would, absent the application of the preceding sentence, otherwise be allocated to such Member shall, subject to the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit limitations of such sentence, be allocated to those Members having positive Capital Account balances up to the amount of such positive Capital Account balances in the ratios that each such Member’s positive Capital Account Balance bears to the sum of such positive Capital Account balances. To the extent that allocations of Net Losses have been made pursuant to this subsection (b)(iv), future allocations of Net Profits, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, shall be made first to restore such Net Losses.

(v) Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year or other period shall be allocated each year to the Member that bears the economic risk of loss (within the meaning of section 1.752-2 of the Income Tax Regulations) for the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable.

(vi) Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year or other period shall be allocated to the Members in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.

(vii) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset, pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required, pursuant to section 1.704-1(B)(2)(IV)(M)(2) or 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(M)(4) of the Income Tax Regulations, to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as the result of a distribution to a Member in compete liquidation of such Member’s interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment to Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss

 

26


shall be specially allocated to the Members in accordance with their interests in the Company in the event section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(M)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations applies, or to the Member to whom such distribution was made in the event section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(M)(4) of the Income Tax Regulations applies

(viii) The allocations set forth in subsections (b)(i) through (b)(vii) (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of sections 1.704-1(b), 1.704-2(f) and 1.704-2(i) of the Income Tax Regulations. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.1(a), the Regulatory Allocations shall be taken into account in allocating other items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Members so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of such allocations of other items and the Regulatory Allocations to each Member shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each Member if the Regulatory Allocations had not occurred.

(c) TAX ALLOCATIONS.

(i) Except as provided in subsection (c)(ii), for income tax purposes under the Code and the Income Tax Regulations, Company taxable income and loss shall be allocated to each Member in the same manner that Company Net Profit and Net Loss (and items entering into the determination thereof) are allocated.

(ii) SECTION 704(C). In accordance with section 704(c) of the Code and the Income Tax Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company shall, solely for income tax purposes, be allocated so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and the initial Carrying Value of such property. If the Carrying Value of any Company property is adjusted as described in the definition of “Carrying Value”, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and the Carrying Value of such asset in the manner prescribed under Sections 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code and the Income Tax Regulations thereunder. With respect to assets contributed or required to be contributed by the Members at the Closing pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, for purposes of applying section 704(c) of the Code and this Section 9.1(c)(ii), the Company shall use the traditional method with curative allocations set forth in section 1.704-3(c) of the Income Tax Regulations. Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the Board of Directors.

(d) DEPRECIATION RECAPTURE. Solely for tax purposes, a Member’s share of the Company’s depreciation recapture recognized for tax purposes upon the disposition of Company property shall be computed in the manner provided for in sections 1.704-3(a)(11), 1.1245-1(e) and 1.1250-1(f) of the Income Tax Regulations. The provisions of this Section 9.1(d) are intended to affect only the character of the items of gain allocated by the Company to

 

27


the Members. This Section 9.1(d) shall not affect the aggregate amount of gain (including gain characterized under this Section 9.1(d) as depreciation recapture) otherwise allocable to a Member pursuant to this Section 9.1.

(e) CHANGE IN PERCENTAGE INTERESTS. Except as otherwise required by law, if the Percentage Interests of the Members of the Company are changed during any taxable year, all items to be allocated to the Members for such entire taxable year shall be prorated on the basis of the portion of such taxable year which precedes each such change and the portion of such taxable year on and after each such change according to the number of days in each such portion, and the items so allocated for each such portion shall be allocated to the Members in the manner in which such items are allocated as provided in Section 9.1(a) during each such portion of the taxable year in question.

(f) EXCESS NONRECOURSE LIABILITIES. Nonrecourse liabilities of the Company that constitute “excess nonrecourse liabilities” within the meaning of section 1.752-3(a)(3) of the Income Tax Regulations, shall be allocated among the Members in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.

(g) ALLOCATIONS IN RESPECT OF PREFERRED INTERESTS. Commencing on the date of this Agreement, for each Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter, or other period of the Company, before any allocation pursuant to Section 9.1(a), Net Profits for such period shall be allocated to the Members holding Preferred Interests pro rata in accordance with their respective Preferred Percentage Interests until the cumulative amount of Net Profits allocated in respect of the Preferred Percentage Interests pursuant to this section for the current Fiscal Year and all prior Fiscal Years or portions thereof equals the cumulative amount of Preferred Distributions made pursuant to Section 9.2(i) for all periods up to and including the period in which the allocation of Net Profits under this Section is being made. Net Losses shall not be allocated to a Member holding a Preferred Interest to the extent the allocation of Net Losses would cause the Capital Account of such Member to be less than the sum of such Member’s Unpaid Preferred Yield and Unrecovered Preferred Contribution.

(h) ALLOCATIONS RELATING TO CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS. In connection with the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including upon liquidation of the Company), items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall, except as otherwise required by subsections (b) through (f) above, be allocated to the Members in the following order and manner:

(i) First, in an amount equal to the Unpaid Preferred Yield up to the date of such allocation.

(ii) Second, to each Member owning a Preferred Interest in the ratio that its Unrecovered Preferred Contribution bears to the aggregate Unrecovered Preferred Contributions of all Members up to an amount that causes the Capital Account of each Member owning a Preferred Interest to equal its respective Unrecovered Preferred Contribution. For purposes of this Section 9.1(h)(ii), Capital Accounts shall be computed by excluding therefrom allocations of items of income, gain, loss and deduction made under Sections 9.1(h)(i).

 

28


(iii) Last, in such amounts as shall cause (A) the ratio of the Capital Account of each Member to the aggregate Capital Accounts of all Members to (B) equal as nearly as possible each Member’s respective Percentage Interest. For purposes of this Section 9.1(h)(iii), Capital Accounts shall be computed by excluding therefrom allocations of items of income, gain, loss and deduction made under Sections 9.1(h)(i) and (ii).

(i) STATE AND LOCAL ITEMS. Items of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit and tax preference for state and local income tax purposes shall be allocated to and among the Members in a manner consistent with the allocation of such items for federal income tax purposes in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.1.

9.2 DISTRIBUTIONS .

(a) The Company shall distribute to each Member as promptly as practicable (and in any event within forty-five (45) days) after the end of each of the first three (3) Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year of the Company an amount equal to such Member’s Quarterly Tax Distribution for such Fiscal Quarter. In addition, the Company shall distribute to each Member as promptly as practicable (and in any event within forty-five (45) days) after the end of each Fiscal Year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of such Member’s Proportionate Tax Share for such Fiscal Year over the aggregate amount of Quarterly Tax Distributions made to such Member with respect to such Fiscal Year.

(b) At the end of each of the second Fiscal Quarter and the fourth Fiscal Quarter, the Board of Directors shall determine if a Leverage Ratio Deficit exists. If a Leverage Ratio Deficit exists, the Board of Directors, as promptly as practicable after the end of such Fiscal Quarter, shall meet and take such action as the Directors deem necessary to reduce the Leverage Ratio Deficit to zero. If the Board of Directors fails to reduce the Leverage Ratio Deficit to zero within forty-five (45) days following the end of the second or fourth Fiscal Quarter, the Chief Executive Officer shall cause the Company to distribute to the Members in proportion to their relative Percentage Interests an amount equal to the Minimum Leverage Distribution for the applicable six-month period.

(c) Any distributions by the Company to the Members, other than the Tax Distribution, the Minimum Leverage Distribution and any distributions of a Mandatory Redemption Payment, shall be payable at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

(d) To the extent the Company is required by law to withhold or to make tax payments on behalf of or with respect to any Member, the Company may withhold such amounts and make such tax payments as so required. For purposes of this Agreement, any such payments or withholdings shall be treated as a distribution to the Member on behalf of whom the withholding or payment was made.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.2, the Company shall not make any distribution to the Members which would render the Company insolvent or which is otherwise prohibited by applicable law.

 

29


(f) Subsequent to the Closing, the Company made distributions to the Members as provided in Section 9.2(f) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement, and, after such distributions, the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Class C Members remained equal to the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Class P Members. The Company will use its best efforts to avoid taking any action that, or failing to take any action the failure of which to take, is likely to cause all or part of the distributions made pursuant to Section 9.2(f) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement to be taxable to one or more of the Members and in connection therewith the Members shall cooperate with the Company and each other.

(g) In the event that, within two years of the Closing or any contribution of an asset to the Company, the Members desire for the Company to make a distribution or payment to any of the Members or pay all or a portion of any liability, and if such distribution or payment to a Member or such payment of a liability may give rise to a disguised sale under section 707(a)(2)(B) of the Code or corresponding provision of state or local law, the Members shall cooperate to avoid such result without changing the intended economics of the arrangement.

(h) FORMATION AND REIMBURSEMENT FOR CAPITAL EXPENDITURES.

(i) The Members intended that the contributions of P Chem (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) and C Chem (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) constitute a nonrecognition transaction pursuant to Section 721(a) of the Code, and the Members reported and caused the Company to report and otherwise treat the transfers of P Chem and C Chem to the Company as solely a nonrecognition transaction pursuant to Section 721(a) of the Code on all relevant tax returns and reports. Each Class P Member states that it has made capital expenditures that are eligible for reimbursement pursuant to Regulations Section 1.707-4(d) (“REIMBURSABLE CAPITAL Expenditures”) with respect to P Chem in an amount that is not less than the amount set forth opposite its name on Schedule 3 attached hereto, and the Class C Member states that it has made Reimbursable Capital Expenditures with respect to C Chem in an amount that is not less than the amount set forth opposite its name on Schedule 3 attached hereto.

(ii) If, absent this Section 9.2(h), any distribution to a Class P Member would cause any of the P Chem property transferred by that Member to the Company pursuant to the Contribution Agreement to be treated as a sale of such property, or if, absent this Section 9.2(h), any distribution to a Class C Member would cause any of the C Chem property transferred by that Member to the Company pursuant to the Contribution Agreement to be treated as a sale of such property, then, to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.707-4(d), the Company and the Members shall treat such distribution as a reimbursement of Reimbursable Capital Expenditures made by such Member (up to the amount thereof as set forth on Schedule 3 less any portion of such amount that has been reimbursed by any prior distribution treated as a reimbursement of Reimbursable Capital Expenditures under this Section 9.2(h)).

 

30


(iii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing Section 9.2(h)(ii), if, absent this Section 9.2(h), any distribution to a Member would cause any of the property transferred by that Member to the Company pursuant to the Contribution Agreement to be treated as a sale of such property, then, to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.707-4(d), the Members and the Company shall treat (i) any excess of any of the distribution to a Class C Member of the Initial Financing required by Section 9.2(f) of the LLC Agreement and Section 6.16 of the Contribution Agreement and any distribution in respect of Actual Contributed Cash and/or Working Capital Difference required by Section 3.3 of the Contribution Agreement (collectively, the “Special Distribution”) over the Class C Member’s “allocable share” (within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.707-5(b)) of the Interim Financing or other borrowing of the Company, the proceeds of which are allocable (within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.707-5(b) and Notice 89-35, 1989-1 C.B. 675) to such Special Distribution, as reimbursements of Reimbursable Capital Expenditures incurred by such Class C Member (up to the amount thereof as set forth on Schedule 3 less any portion of such amount that has been reimbursed by any prior distribution treated as a reimbursement of Reimbursable Capital Expenditures under this Section 9.2(h)), and (ii) any excess of the Special Distribution to a Class P Member over the Class P Member’s “allocable share” (within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.707-5(b)) of the Interim Financing or other borrowing of the Company, the proceeds of which are allocable (within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.707-5(b) and Notice 89-35, 1989-1 C.B. 675) to such Special Distribution, as reimbursements of Reimbursable Capital Expenditures incurred by such Class P Member (up to the amount thereof as set forth on Schedule 3 less any portion of such amount that has been reimbursed by any prior distribution treated as a reimbursement of Reimbursable Capital Expenditures under this Section 9.2(h)).

(i) PREFERRED DISTRIBUTIONS.

(i) A preferred return (“Preferred Yield”) shall accrue with respect to each Preferred Interest at the rate of 9.0% per annum on the Unrecovered Preferred Contribution of the Member holding such Preferred Interest. Subject to the Board of Directors’ discretion to declare distributions as provided in Section 9.2(c), each Member holding a Preferred Interest shall be entitled to receive distribution of its respective Preferred Yield as and when declared by the Board of Directors (“Preferred Distributions”). Preferred Distributions are payable only to the extent that the Company has funds on hand legally available therefor.

(ii) The Preferred Yield will (A) accrue and accumulate from the most recent date on which all accrued and unpaid Preferred Yield has been paid or, if no Preferred Yield has been paid, from and including July 1, 2002; (B) be payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year, commencing on September 30, 2002, except to the extent any such payment is deferred as permitted under Section 9.2(c); and (C) be payable from the Company’s positive Cash Earnings, but only to the extent of the Company’s Net Profits for any Fiscal Quarter.

 

31


(iii) The amount of any Preferred Yield for any period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months and for any period of less than a full calendar month on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in such month. If any date on which Preferred Distributions are payable is not a Business Day, then payment of the amount payable on such date shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date such payment was originally payable (each date on which a Preferred Distribution is payable in accordance with the foregoing, a “Preferred Distribution Date”).

(iv) Each Preferred Distribution will be payable to the holders of Preferred Interests as they appear on the Company’s books and records as of the close of business on the record date for such Preferred Distribution, which shall be the Business Day before such Preferred Distribution Date.

(v) The Company shall notify each Member as promptly as practicable upon determining that a Preferred Distribution is required under this Section 9.2(i). Such notice shall specify as to each Member the amount of such Preferred Distribution and the relevant Preferred Distribution Date

(j) MANDATORY REDEMPTION OF PREFERRED INTERESTS.

(i) Subject to the restriction in Section 9.2(e), if, in any Fiscal Quarter, the Company has achieved the Preferred Target Ratio, the Company shall redeem Preferred Interests by making cash distributions in return of $25,000,000 of Preferred Contributions and, in addition, shall pay all Unpaid Preferred Yield on such amount of Preferred Contributions to the Mandatory Redemption Payment Date therefor (each such payment, a “Mandatory Redemption Payment”). Each Mandatory Redemption Payment shall be apportioned among the Members pro rata according to their respective Preferred Percentage Interests. Upon distribution of each Mandatory Redemption Payment, (A) the Preferred Contributions of each Member holding a Preferred Interest shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Mandatory Redemption Payment apportioned to it less any amount of the Mandatory Redemption Payment distributed in payment of Unpaid Preferred Yield and (B) such Member’s Preferred Percentage Interest shall be reduced accordingly.

(ii) The Company shall notify each Member as promptly as practicable upon determining that a Mandatory Redemption Payment is required under this Section 9.2(j). Such notice shall specify as to each Member the amount of such Mandatory Redemption Payment, the date upon which such Mandatory Redemption Payment shall be made (the “Mandatory Redemption Payment Date”), and the amount of Unpaid Preferred Yield to be included in such payment.

 

32


(iii) The Company shall distribute each Mandatory Redemption Payment to the Members as promptly as practicable (and in any event within forty-five (45) days) after the end of each Fiscal Quarter in which it achieves the Preferred Target Ratio.

(iv) Each Mandatory Redemption Payment will be distributable to the holders of Preferred Interests as they appear on the Company’s books and records as of the close of business on the Business Day before the relevant Mandatory Redemption Payment Date.

(v) Except as provided in Section 9.2(j)(i), no Member may require the Company to redeem all or any part of its Preferred Interest.

(k) RIGHT OF OPTIONAL REDEMPTION OF PREFERRED INTEREST.

(i) In addition to its mandatory redemption obligations under Section 9.2(j)(i) above, the Company also shall have the right, exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion, to redeem Preferred Interests, in whole or in part, at any time by making cash distributions in return of Preferred Contributions and, in addition, by paying all Unpaid Preferred Yield on such amount of Preferred Contributions, in each case to the date of such optional redemption distribution (this right being the “Right of Optional Redemption”). The Right of Optional Redemption does not limit the Company’s obligations under Section 9.2(j)(i).

(ii) To exercise its Right of Optional Redemption, the Company shall declare the amount of Preferred Contributions to be returned and amount of Unpaid Preferred Yield thereon to the Optional Redemption Payment Date therefor (the “Optional Redemption Amount”). Distributions of the Optional Redemption Amount shall be apportioned among the Members according to their respective Preferred Percentage Interests. Upon each distribution of an Optional Redemption Amount, (A) the Preferred Contribution of each Member holding a Preferred Interest shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Optional Redemption Amount apportioned to it less any amount of the Optional Redemption Amount distributed in payment of Unpaid Preferred Yield and (B) such Member’s Preferred Percentage Interest shall be reduced accordingly.

(iii) The Company shall not declare any redemption of less than ten million dollars ($10,000,000) of Preferred Contributions.

(iv) The Company shall notify each Member as promptly as practicable upon determining that it will exercise its Right of Optional Redemption under this Section 9.2(k). Such notice shall specify as to each Member the Optional Redemption Amount, the date upon which such redemption shall be made (the “Optional Redemption Payment Date”), and the amount of Unpaid Preferred Yield to be included in such payment.

(v) The Company shall distribute the Optional Redemption Amount as promptly as practicable (and in any event within fifteen (15) days) after determining to exercise the Right of Optional Redemption.

 

33


(vi) Each Optional Redemption Amount will be distributable to the holders of Preferred Interests as they appear on the Company’s books and records as of the close of business on the Business Day before the relevant Optional Redemption Payment Date.

(l) PREFERRED INTERESTS TO BE RETIRED UPON REDEMPTION IN FULL. When (i) all Unpaid Preferred Yield has been distributed and (ii) the Company has returned all Preferred Contributions (whether pursuant to this Section 9.2(j)(i) or pursuant to Section 9.2(k)), the Preferred Interests shall be deemed to be retired, and the Members shall have no further rights with respect to such Preferred Interests.

9.3 ACCOUNTING MATTERS . The Company’s tax year shall be the calendar year unless otherwise required by section 706 of the Code or the Income Tax Regulations thereunder. The Board of Directors shall cause to be maintained complete books and records accurately reflecting the accounts, business and transactions of the Company on a calendar-year basis and using such cash, accrual, or hybrid method of accounting as in the judgment of the Board of Directors is most appropriate; provided, however, that books and records with respect to the Company’s Capital Accounts and allocations under this Agreement of Net Profit and Net Loss (and items entering into the determination thereof) and income, gain, loss, deduction or credit (or item thereof) shall be kept on the basis of the Company’s Fiscal Year and under United States federal income tax accounting principles as applied to partnerships.

9.4 TAX STATUS AND RETURNS .

(a) Any provision hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, solely for United States federal income tax purposes, each of the Members hereby recognizes that the Company is subject to all provisions of Subchapter K of Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code; provided, however , that the filing of U.S. Partnership Returns of Income shall not be construed to expand the purposes of the Company or expand the obligations or liabilities of the Members.

(b) The chief financial officer shall prepare or cause to be prepared all tax returns and statements, if any, that must be filed on behalf of the Company with any taxing authority, and shall make timely filing thereof. Within one-hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each calendar year, the Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered to each Member a report setting forth in reasonable detail the information with respect to the Company during such calendar year reasonably required to enable each Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns in accordance with applicable law then prevailing.

9.5 754 ELECTION AND OTHER TAX ELECTIONS . In the event of a distribution of property to a Member, or a transfer of any interest in the Company permitted under the Act or this Agreement, the Company, upon the written request of the transferor or transferee, shall file a timely election under section 754 of the Code and the Income Tax Regulations thereunder to adjust the basis of the Company’s assets under section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code and a corresponding election under the applicable provisions of state and local law, and the person

 

34


making such request shall pay all costs incurred by the Company in connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees. Other tax elections and decisions relating to Taxes not specifically governed by any other express provision of this Agreement shall be made as agreed by the Board of Directors.

9.6 TAX MATTERS PARTNER .

(a) The Initial Phillips Member shall be the Company’s “tax matters partner” for purposes of subchapter C of chapter 63 of subtitle F of the Code (dealing with the tax treatment of partnership items); provided, however , that the tax matters partner shall not take any action without the approval of the Board of Directors or its designee; and provided, further , that the tax matters partner shall receive no compensation for its services as tax matters partner but shall be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in acting in such capacity.

(b) The Company shall indemnify the tax matters partner (including the officers and directors of a corporate tax matters partner) against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, and expenses (including attorney fees) reasonably incurred in any civil, criminal, or investigative proceeding in which they are involved or threatened to be involved by reason of being the tax matters partner unless the tax matters partner acted in bad faith or with gross negligence. The indemnification provided hereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any applicable statute, agreement, vote of Partners, or otherwise.

ARTICLE 10

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

10.1 TRANSFER OF INTERESTS . No Member may sell, assign, transfer or hypothecate (“Transfer”) all or any part of its Membership Interest in the Company, or any interest therein, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 10.

10.2 CONDITIONS OF TRANSFER . No Member may Transfer all or any part of such Member’s Membership Interest, or any interest therein, except in compliance with Section 10.6, Section 10.7 or Article 11, such compliance to be jointly determined by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer and documented by a certificate evidencing such Transfer. Moreover, no Member may Transfer all or any part of such Member’s Membership Interest, or any interest therein, unless such Transfer will not (and, upon request of the Board of Directors, the transferring Member provides an opinion of counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Board of Directors that such Transfer will not): (A) violate any applicable federal or state securities laws or regulations, subject the Company to registration as an investment company or election as a “business development company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940; (B) require any Member or any affiliate of a Member to register as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; (C) violate any other federal, state or local laws; (D) effect a termination of the Company under section 708 of the Code; (E) cause the Company to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; (F) cause the Company or any Member to be treated as an ERISA fiduciary; or (G) otherwise violate this Agreement.

 

35


10.3 ADMISSION OF SUBSTITUTE MEMBER . In the event of a Transfer pursuant to Section 10.6, 10.7 or Article 11, and the requirements of Section 10.2 and this Section 10.3 are met, then the transferee of the Member’s Membership Interest shall be entitled to be admitted to the Company as a substitute Member, and this Agreement (and all exhibits hereto) shall be amended to reflect such admission, provided that the following conditions are complied with:

(a) The transferor and transferee shall have executed and acknowledged such instruments as the Board of Directors may deem necessary or desirable to effect the substitution;

(b) The transferee acknowledges all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement as the same may have been amended and agrees in writing to be bound by the same;

(c) The transferee reimburses the Company for all reasonable expenses connected with such admission including, but not limited to, legal fees and costs;

(d) The filing with the Company, if required by the Board of Directors, of such proof of the investment intent and financial status of the transferee as the Board of Directors may request; and

(e) Compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

10.4 EFFECT OF TRANSFER WITHOUT APPROVAL . Any purported Transfer of all or any part of a Member’s Membership Interest, or any interest therein, which is not in compliance with this Article 10 shall be void and, except as provided for in Section 10.5, below, shall be of no effect.

10.5 LIABILITY FOR BREACH . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 10, any Member purporting to Transfer its Membership Interest, or any part thereof, in violation of this Article 10 shall be liable to the Company and the other Members for all liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) arising as a direct or consequential result of such non-complying transfer, attempted transfer or purported transfer, including specifically, any additional cost or taxes created by non-compliance with any of the requirements and conditions provided for in Section 10.2.

10.6 PERMITTED TRANSFERS SUBJECT TO RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL .

(a) At any time after the three (3) year anniversary of the Closing Date, the Class C Member(s) or the Class P Member(s) (a “Transferring Class”) may Transfer not less than all of their respective Class Membership Interest to a Person for cash, subject to the Right of First Refusal provided for in this Section 10.6 and the last sentence of Section 10.2.

(b) In the event that any Transferring Class has received a bona fide written cash offer, which such Transferring Class is willing to accept, for the Transferring Class to sell not less than all of its respective Class Membership Interest (the “Transferred Interest”) to any Person, the Transferring Class shall deliver a written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to all of the Members, other than the Members in the Transferring Class, (the “Non-Transferring Class”) stating the Transferring Class’s intent to sell the Transferred Interest pursuant to a bona fide cash

 

36


offer. The Transfer Notice shall (i) specify the purchase price for and other material terms with respect to the sale of the Transferred Interest, (ii) identify the proposed purchaser of the Transferred Interest, (iii) specify the date scheduled for the transfer (which date shall not be earlier than one hundred twenty (120) days from the date the Transfer Notice is delivered), (iv) contain a statement that the offer has been accepted pending compliance with the right of first refusal set forth herein and receipt of required regulatory and other approvals, and (v) shall have attached thereto a copy of the written offer containing all of the terms and conditions on which the Transferred Interest is to be sold.

(c) The Non-Transferring Class shall have the exclusive option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Transferred Interest on terms and conditions substantially the same in all material respects as, and at the same price, set forth in the written offer delivered pursuant to subsection (b) above. The Non-Transferring Class shall notify the Company and the Transferring Class of its intention to exercise or not to exercise the right of first refusal hereunder within forty-five (45) days of receipt by the Non-Transferring Class of a Transfer Notice.

(d) In the event that the Non-Transferring Class shall have duly elected to purchase the Transferred Interest (the “Electing Class”), the Electing Class and the Transferring Class shall diligently pursue obtaining all regulatory approvals and use best commercially reasonable efforts to consummate the closing of the purchase of the Transferred Interest as soon as practicable and in any event within one year from receipt of the Transfer Notice; provided that, if such closing does not occur within such one-year period due to the failure to obtain any required regulatory approvals, the Electing Class’s right to close such sale may be extended at the option of the Electing Class, until such regulatory approvals are obtained, but in no event for a period of greater than one additional year. In the event of a failure of the Non-Transferring Class to elect to purchase all of the Transferred Interest or a failure of the Electing Class to consummate such purchase in accordance herewith, the Transferring Class will be free, at any time within 120 days from the date the Non-Transferring Class elect not to exercise their purchase rights hereunder or from the date the time periods specified in this section for such election have expired, subject, in each case, to extension for up to an additional eight (8) months to the extent necessary to achieve any required regulatory approvals, to consummate the sale of the Transferred Interest to the purchaser at a price and upon terms and conditions no more favorable to the purchaser than those specified in the Transfer Notice; provided that the purchaser shall assume all of the liabilities and obligations of the Transferring Class under this Agreement by a binding written instrument which shall be enforceable by the Company and the Non-Transferring Class.

(e) A Transferring Class shall not be relieved of any of its obligations arising under this Agreement prior to such Transfer. The Transferring Class and any transferee shall execute such documents as the Non-Transferring Class shall reasonably request to evidence the Transfer and the assumption and continuing obligations under this Agreement.

(f) At the request of a Member, the Company will provide prospective purchasers of such Member’s Class Membership Interest with reasonable access to financial, operating and other information of the Company, subject to customary confidentiality agreements which shall include provisions to protect competitively sensitive information. Each Member shall cooperate with, and shall not oppose, the closing of any Transfer which is in Compliance with this Section 10.6.

 

37


10.7 PERMITTED TRANSFERS AMONG WHOLLY-OWNED AFFILIATES . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Membership Interest to a Wholly-Owned Affiliate of such Member, and such Transfer shall be deemed automatically approved by the Board of Directors; provided, however , that such Transfer otherwise meets the conditions and requirements of Sections 10.2 and 10.3.

10.8 TRANSFERS OF EQUITY INTERESTS IN A MEMBER . A sale, assignment, transfer or hypothecation of any direct or indirect equity interest in a Member by a Parent of such Member shall be deemed to be a Transfer by that Member of its Membership Interest in the Company for purposes of this Article 10 and shall not be permitted except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 10. ChevronTexaco and Phillips shall comply with this Section 10.8 and shall take all necessary action to cause their Affiliates to comply with this Section 10.8. For the purpose of clarification of this Section 10.8, a change of control of the Ultimate Parent of any Member shall not be considered a Transfer of such Member’s Membership Interest or a Transfer of the equity interest in such Member.

 

38


ARTICLE 11

COMPETITION

11.1 GENERAL . The Members expect that the Company shall be the primary vehicle by which each the Members (together with their Affiliates) engage in the Chemicals Business. If a majority in interest of the Members of one class (the “Non-Competing Class”) concludes in good faith that the Company is no longer the primary vehicle by which the Members of the other class (together with its Affiliates) (the “Competing Class”) is engaged in the Chemicals Business, then the Non-Competing Class shall have the right to send written notice of such good faith conclusion (“Conflict Notice”) to the Competing Class. Upon receipt of the Conflict Notice, the Competing Class shall enter into good faith negotiations with the Non-Competing Class to resolve any or all substantial conflicts of interest resulting from the ownership of businesses competing with the businesses of the Company.

11.2 RESOLUTION OF COMPETITIVE CONFLICTS .

(a) In the event that:

(i) A Non-Competing Class exercises its right to require a Competing Class to engage in good faith negotiations pursuant to Section 11.1;

(ii) The Non-Competing Class and Competing Class are unable to resolve the conflicts of interest within 150 days of the delivery of the Conflict Notice; and

(iii) The value (in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank selected by the Board of Directors) of the Competing Class’s (including its Affiliates’) interests in businesses competing with the businesses of the Company exceeds 50% of the enterprise value of the Company;

then, in such case, the Non-Competing Class shall have the right, within 30 days from the later of (x) the expiration of the period in (ii) above or (y) the determination in (iii) above, to state a single cash price at which it is prepared to purchase the Class Membership Interest of the Competing Class, which will constitute a binding offer to purchase (the “Initial Offer”). In the event of an Initial Offer, the Competing Class shall have 60 days to decide either to accept the Initial Offer or to make a counter-offer by stating a single cash price, which is at least 5% higher than the Initial Offer, at which it is prepared to purchase the Class Membership Interest of the Non-Competing Class (a “Counter-Offer”). In the event of a Counter-Offer, the Non-Competing Class shall have 30 days to decide either to accept the Counter-Offer or to make another offer by stating a single cash price, which is at least 5% higher than the Counter-Offer, at which it is prepared to purchase the Class Membership Interest of the Competing Class (a “Subsequent Offer”). In the event of a Subsequent Offer by the Non-Competing Class, the Competing Class shall have 30 days to decide either to accept the Subsequent Offer or to make another counter-offer by stating a single cash price, which is at least 5% higher than the Subsequent Offer, at which it is prepared to purchase the Class Membership Interest of the Non-Competing Class. The offering process described in this paragraph shall continue in this manner until a price is reached

 

39


at which either the Competing Class or the Non-Competing Class is willing to sell its Class Membership Interest to the other class. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, a Member may also sell its Class Membership Interest pursuant to the right of first refusal provisions set forth in Section 10.6.

(b) In the event that a Non-Competing Class has concluded in good faith that the Company is no longer the primary vehicle by which a Competing Class is engaged in the Chemicals Business in accordance with Section 11.1, and:

(i) a sale pursuant to subsection (a) above is not concluded (whether or not the condition expressed in subsection (a)(iii) above is satisfied); and

(ii) the Competing Class and Non-Competing Class have not been able to resolve, pursuant to Section 11.1 above, all substantial conflicts of interest resulting from the ownership by the Competing Class of a substantial business competing with the businesses of the Company;

then either the Competing Class or the Non-Competing Class may require the other class from time to time to enter into good faith negotiations to cause the Company (and/or the Members) to adopt such reasonable, mutually acceptable provisions as would mitigate the potential adverse consequences of the conflicts of interests on the continuing businesses of the Company. Such provisions could include, for example, restrictions on the dissemination and use of confidential information, greater delegation of authority to management of the Company, or modification of minimum distribution requirements or the non-involvement of the Competing Class in business decisions of the Company potentially affecting such competing businesses.

ARTICLE 12

TERM AND DISSOLUTION

12.1 TERM . Except as provided in Section 12.2 hereof, the existence of the Company shall be perpetual.

12.2 DISSOLUTION . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up upon the first to occur of the following:

(a) The approval of dissolution by the Board of Directors; or

(b) The bankruptcy or dissolution of either all of the Class C Members or all of the Class P Members.

12.3 LIQUIDATION .

(a) Upon the occurrence of an event of dissolution as defined in the Act or in Section 12.2 of this Agreement, the Company shall cease to engage in any further business, except to the extent necessary to perform existing obligations, and shall wind up its affairs and liquidate its assets. The Board of Directors, or if there be no Directors then in office the Members, shall appoint a liquidator (who may, but need not, be a Member) who shall have sole authority and

 

40


control over the winding up and liquidation of the Company’s business and affairs and shall diligently pursue the winding up and liquidation of the Company. As soon as practicable after his appointment, the liquidator shall cause to be filed a statement of intent to dissolve as required by section 18-203 of the Act.

(b) During the course of liquidation, the Members shall continue to share profits and losses as provided in Section 9.1 of this Agreement, but there shall be no cash distributions or Preferred Distributions to the Members until the Distribution Date (as defined in Section 12.4).

(c) A Member shall not have any obligation to contribute any amount to the Company in the event of a negative balance in its Capital Account.

12.4 LIABILITIES . Liquidation shall continue until the Company’s affairs are in such condition that there can be a final accounting, showing that all fixed or liquidated obligations and liabilities of the Company are satisfied or can be adequately provided for under this Agreement. The assumption or guarantee in good faith by one or more financially responsible persons shall be deemed to be an adequate means of providing for such obligations and liabilities. When the liquidator has determined that there can be a final accounting, the liquidator shall establish a date (not to be later than the end of the taxable year of the liquidation, i.e., the time at which the Company ceases to be a going concern as provided in section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Income Tax Regulations, or, if later, ninety (90) days after the date of such liquidation) for the distribution of the proceeds of liquidation of the Company (the “Distribution Date”). The net proceeds of liquidation of the Company shall be distributed to the Members as provided in Section 12.6 hereof not later than the Distribution Date.

12.5 SETTLING OF ACCOUNTS . Subject to section 18-804 of the Act, upon the dissolution and liquidation of the Company, the proceeds of liquidation shall be applied as follows: (a) first, to pay all expenses of liquidation and winding up; (b) second, to pay all debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, in the order of priority as provided by law, other than debts owing to the Members or on account of Members’ contributions; (c) third, to pay all debts of the Company owing to a Member; and (d) to establish reasonable reserves for any remaining contingent or unforeseen liabilities of the Company not otherwise provided for, which reserves shall be maintained by the liquidator on behalf of the Company in a regular interest-bearing trust account for a reasonable period of time as determined by the liquidator. If any excess funds remain in such reserves at the end of such reasonable time, then such remaining funds shall be distributed by the Company to the Members pursuant to Section 12.6 hereof.

12.6 DISTRIBUTION OF PROCEEDS .

(a) Subject to section 18-804 of the Act, upon final liquidation of the Company but not later than the Distribution Date, the net proceeds of liquidation remaining following the settling of accounts in accordance with Section 12.5 hereof shall be distributed to the Members in the following order and manner:

(i) Preferred Interests Liquidation Preference.

(A) First, to Members owning Preferred Interests in proportion to their respective Preferred Percentage Interests up to

 

41


an amount equal to the Unpaid Preferred Yield, provided, however , no amount distributed to a Member under this section 12.6(a)(i)(A) shall exceed the positive balance in such Member’s Capital Account.

(B) Second, to each Member owning a Preferred Interest in the ratio that its Unrecovered Preferred Contribution bears to the aggregate Unrecovered Preferred Contributions of all Members up to the amount of its respective Unrecovered Preferred Contribution, provided, however , no amount distributed to a Member under this section 12.6(a)(i)(B) shall exceed the positive balance in such Member’s Capital Account after reflecting any distribution to such Member made pursuant to and in accordance with Section 12.6(a)(i)(A).

(ii) Last, to the Members in proportion to and up to the balance of their respective positive Capital Accounts after reflecting therein any distributions to Members made pursuant to and in accordance with Section 12.6(a)(i).

(b) The balance of Members’ Capital Accounts immediately prior to distributions under Section 12.6(a) shall be determined after all adjustments to such Capital Accounts for the taxable year of the Company during which the liquidation occurs as are required by this Agreement and Income Tax Regulations section 1.704-1(b), such adjustments to be made within the time specified in such Income Tax Regulations.

12.7 CERTIFICATE OF CANCELLATION . Upon dissolution and liquidation of the Company, the liquidator shall cause to be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, a certificate of cancellation in accordance with section 18-203 of the Act.

ARTICLE 13

INDEMNIFICATION

13.1 INDEMNIFICATION: PROCEEDING OTHER THAN BY COMPANY . The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, except an action by or in the right of the Company, by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director, Member or officer of the Company (and may similarly indemnify employees or agents of the Company), or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, member, director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, does

 

42


not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and that, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

13.2 INDEMNIFICATION: PROCEEDING BY COMPANY .

(a) The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was an officer of the Company (and may similarly indemnify employees or agents of the Company), or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, member, director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including amounts paid in settlement and attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of the action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

(b) The Company will indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director of the Company, or is or was a Director of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a manager, member, director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including amounts paid in settlement and attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of the action or suit if he acted in good faith in accordance with Section 4.8 hereof.

(c) With respect to indemnification pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) above, such indemnification may not be made for any claim, issue or matter as to which such a person has been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction, after exhaustion of all appeals therefrom, to be liable to the Company or for amounts paid in settlement to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or suit was brought or other court of competent jurisdiction determines upon application that in view of all the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court deems proper.

13.3 MANDATORY ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES . The expenses of Directors, Members and officers incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding must be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director, Member or officer to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 13.3 do not affect any rights to advancement of expenses to which personnel of the Company other than Directors, Members or officers may be entitled under any contract or otherwise.

 

43


13.4 EFFECT AND CONTINUATION . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to Section 13.1 to Section 13.3, inclusive:

(a) Does not exclude any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate or any limited liability company agreement, vote of Members or disinterested Directors, if any, or otherwise, for either an action in his official capacity or an action in another capacity while holding his office, except that indemnification, unless ordered by a court pursuant to Section 13.2 or for the advancement of expenses made pursuant to Section 13.3, may not be made to or on behalf of any Member, Director or officer if a final adjudication establishes that his acts or omissions involved intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of the law and was material to the cause of action.

(b) Continues for a person who has ceased to be a Member, Director, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators.

13.5 INSURANCE AND OTHER FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS .

(a) The Board of Directors may cause the Company to purchase and maintain insurance or make other financial arrangements on behalf of any person who is or was a Member, Director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, Member, director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise for any liability asserted against him and liability and expenses incurred by him in his capacity as a Director, member, director, officer, employee or agent, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Company has the authority to indemnify him against such liability and expenses.

(b) The other financial arrangements made by the Company pursuant to Section 13.5(a) may include:

(i) The creation of a trust fund;

(ii) The establishment of a program of self-insurance;

(iii) The securing of its obligation of indemnification by granting a security interest or other lien on any assets of the Company; or

(iv) The establishment of a letter of credit, guaranty or surety.

No financial arrangement made pursuant to this Section 13.5(b) may provide protection for a person adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction, after exhaustion of all appeals therefrom, to be liable for intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law, except with respect to the advancement of expenses or indemnification ordered by a court.

(c) In the absence of fraud:

(i) The decision of the Company as to the propriety of the terms and conditions of any insurance or other financial arrangement made pursuant to this Section 13.5 and the choice of the person to provide the insurance or other financial arrangement is conclusive; and

 

44


(ii) The insurance or other financial arrangement:

(A) Is not void or voidable; and

(B) Does not subject any Director or Member approving it to personal liability for his action, even if a Director or Member approving the insurance or other financial arrangement is a beneficiary of the insurance or other financial arrangement.

13.6 NOTICE OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT . Any indemnification of, or advancement of expenses to, a Director, Member or officer in accordance with this Article 13, if arising out of a proceeding by or on behalf of the Company, shall be reported in writing to the Members with or before the notice of the next Members’ meeting.

13.7 REPEAL OR MODIFICATION . Any repeal or modification of this Article 13 by the Members of the Company shall not adversely affect any right of a Director, Member or officer of the Company existing hereunder at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE 14

INSPECTION OF COMPANY RECORDS; ANNUAL AND OTHER REPORTS

14.1 RECORDS TO BE KEPT . The Company shall keep at its registered office:

(a) A current list of the full name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Member and Director separately identifying the Members in alphabetical order and the Directors, if any, in alphabetical order;

(b) A copy of the filed Certificate and all amendments thereto, together with executed copies of any powers of attorney pursuant to which any document has been executed;

(c) (c) Copies of this Agreement, and all amendments hereto;

(d) Copies of the Company’s federal income tax returns and reports, if any, for, at least, the three most recent years; and

(e) Copies of any financial statements of the Company for, at least, the three most recent years.

14.2 ACCESS TO COMPANY INFORMATION . The accounting books and records, the record of Members, and minutes of proceedings of the Members of the Company, including, without limitation such information necessary to conduct periodic audits of various kinds (e.g. EHS, financial), shall be open to inspection upon the reasonable request of any Member at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to such Member’s interest as a Member. Such inspection by a Member may be made in person or by agent or attorney, and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts. In addition, the Members shall have reasonable access to the Officers of the Company in order to discuss the Company’s business.

 

45


14.3 ANNUAL AND QUARTERLY REPORTS .

(a) The Board of Directors shall within 45 days after the end of the first three Fiscal Quarters and within 90 days after the close of a Fiscal Year, deliver or mail to the Members, the quarterly and annual, respectively, financial statements of the Company.

(b) The income statements and balance sheets referred to in this Section 14.3 shall be accompanied by the report thereon, if any, of any independent accountants engaged by the Company or the certificate of an authorized officer of the Company that such financial statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the Company.

(c) The annual financial statements of the Company shall be audited by independent accountants, and independent accountants shall participate in the preparation of quarterly financial statements of the Company, in each case consistent with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to annual and quarterly financial statements of publicly traded companies.

ARTICLE 15

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

15.1 DEFAULTS . If a Member materially defaults in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, and such default is not cured within ten (10) days after notice of such default is given by a Director to the defaulting Member for a default that can be cured by the payment of money, or within thirty (30) days after notice of such default is given by a Director to the defaulting Member for any other default, then the non-defaulting Members shall have the rights and remedies described in Section 15.2 hereunder in respect of the default.

15.2 REMEDIES . If a Member fails to perform its obligations under this Agreement, any other Member shall have, in addition to any rights and remedies provided hereunder, all such rights and remedies as are provided at law or in equity.

15.3 NO WAIVER . No consent or waiver, express or implied, by a Member to or of any breach or default by another Member in the performance by such other Member of its obligations under this Agreement shall constitute a consent to or waiver of any similar breach or default by any other Member. Failure by a Member to complain of any act or omission to act by another Member, or to declare such other Member in default, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such Member of its rights under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 16

MISCELLANEOUS

16.1 AMENDMENTS .

(a) Subject to any contrary provisions of the Act, this Agreement may be amended only by the affirmative vote of Members owning all of the Class Membership Interest of both Class C and Class P. Any such amendment shall be in writing, duly executed by all the Members.

 

46


(b) Subject to any contrary provisions of the Act, the Certificate may only be amended by the affirmative vote of Members owning one hundred percent (100%) of all of the Percentage Interests entitled to vote. Any such amendment shall be in writing, and shall be executed and filed in accordance with section 18-202 of the Act.

16.2 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF COMPANIES OR INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES . The chief executive officer, any vice president or the secretary or any assistant secretary of this Company is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other company or companies, or any interests in any other entity, standing in the name of this Company. The authority herein granted to said officers to vote or represent on behalf of this Company any and all shares held by this Company in any other company or companies, or any interests in any other entity, may be exercised either by such officers in person or by any other person authorized so to do by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by said officers.

16.3 SEAL . The Members or Board of Directors may adopt a seal of the Company in such form as the Members or the Board of Directors (as the case may be) shall decide.

16.4 ACTIONS BY CLASS P MEMBERS AND CLASS C MEMBERS . Phillips shall ensure that each of the Class P Members, and ChevronTexaco shall ensure that each of the Class C Members, takes all actions necessary to be taken by such Member in order to fulfill the obligations of such Member, or of Phillips or ChevronTexaco, as the case may be, under this Agreement.

16.5 ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement, including the exhibits and schedules hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the Members with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and understandings of the parties. No party hereto shall be liable or bound to the other in any manner by any warranties, representations or covenants with respect to the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein.

16.6 THIRD PARTIES . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except that the provisions of Article 13 are for the benefit of the persons to be indemnified by the Company.

16.7 GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION AND FORUM; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to Delaware choice of law provisions.

(b) Each party hereto irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any Delaware state court or any federal court sitting in the State of Delaware in any action arising out of or relating

 

47


to this Agreement, and hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action may be heard and determined in such Delaware state or federal court. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. The parties hereto further agree, to the extent permitted by law, that final and unappealable judgment against any of them in any action or proceeding contemplated above shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction within or outside the United States by suit on the judgment, a certified copy of which shall be conclusive evidence of the fact and amount of such judgment.

(c) To the extent that any party hereto has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations with respect to this Agreement.

(d) Each party hereto waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each party hereto certifies that it has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications set forth above in this Section 16.7.

16.8 COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and shall become effective when there exist copies hereof which, when taken together, bear the authorized signatures of each of the parties hereto. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

16.9 TITLES AND SUBTITLES; FORM OF PRONOUNS; CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS . The titles of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement. All pronouns used in this Agreement shall be deemed to include masculine, feminine and neuter forms, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular. Unless otherwise specified, references to Sections or Articles are to the Sections or Articles in this Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “including” shall mean “including, without limitation”.

16.10 DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY ACT PREVAILS . Unless the context otherwise requires, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions contained in the Act and the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of this Agreement; provided, however , that in the event of any inconsistency between such laws, the provisions of the Act shall prevail.

16.11 SEVERABILITY . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held by a proper court to be unenforceable under applicable law, portions of such provisions, or such provisions in their entirety, to the extent necessary and permitted by law, shall be severed herefrom, and the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

48


16.12 EFFECTIVE DATES OF AMENDMENTS . The amendments made by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement which is restated in Section 9.2(h) hereof remain effective as of July 1, 2000. All other amendments made by this Agreement are effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

49


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned hereby execute this Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

CHEVRON U.S.A. INC.
By  

/s/ ROBERT C. GORDAN

Name   Robert C. Gordan
Title   Assistant Treasurer
CHEVRONTEXACO CORPORATION
By  

/s/ ROBERT C. GORDAN

Name   Robert C. Gordan
Title   Assistant Treasurer
PHILLIPS PETROLEUM COMPANY
By  

/s/ J. W. SHEETS

Name   J. W. Sheets
Title   Vice President and Treasurer

 

50


 

PHILLIPS CHEMICAL HOLDINGS COMPANY
By  

/s/ FRANCES M. VALLEJO

Name   Frances M. Vallejo
Title   Vice President and Assistant Treasurer
WESTTEX 66 PIPELINE CO.
By  

/s/ FRANCES M. VALLEJO

Name   Frances M. Vallejo
Title   Vice President and Assistant Treasurer
PHILLIPS PETROLEUM INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
By  

/s/ FRANCES M. VALLEJO

Name   Frances M. Vallejo
Title   Vice President and Assistant Treasurer

 

51

Exhibit 10.7

CONSENT AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE SECOND AMENDED AND

RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF CHEVRON

PHILLIPS CHEMICAL COMPANY LLC

This Consent and First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (this “ Consent and Amendment ”), effective as of September 30, 2007, is entered into by and among all of the members (the “ Members ”) of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (the “ Company ”). Any capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meanings set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (the “ LLC Agreement ”).

RECITALS

 

  1. Effective as of July 1, 2002, the Members of the Company entered into the LLC Agreement.

 

  2. ConocoPhillips Company (formerly known as Phillips Petroleum Company) (“ COP ”), currently holder of a 37.92% Membership Interest in the Company, desires to contribute out of this holding One Percent (1%) of the total Membership Interest in the Company (the “ Transfer Interest ”) to Phillips Investment Company (“ PIC ”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of COP.

 

  3. PIC desires to contribute the Transfer Interest to Phillips Petroleum International Investment Company (“ PPIIC ”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of PIC.

 

  4. PPIIC desires to contribute the Transfer Interest to Phillips Petroleum International Corporation (“ PPIC ”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of PPIIC and currently holder of a 9.62% Membership Interest in the Company.

 

  5. Following the three transfers of the Transfer Interest, COP will hold a 36.92% Membership Interest and PPIC will hold a 10.62% Membership Interest.

 

  6. The Members desire to (a) amend the LLC Agreement to correct the name of one of the Members throughout; (b) amend Schedule 1 of the LLC Agreement to reflect (i) corrections to the names of two of the Members, and (ii) new addresses of certain Members; (c) amend Schedule 2 of the LLC Agreement to reflect (i) corrections to the names of two of the Members, (ii) new addresses of certain Members, (iii) revise certain Members’ Percentage Interests that were inadvertently rounded up in the LLC Agreement, and (iv) the cumulative effect of the above described transfers of the Transfer Interest; (d) generally consent to such transfers; and (e) waive any and all provisions of the LLC Agreement restricting the transfers of the Transfer Interest or requiring additional actions be taken.

THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein, it is agreed by and among the Members as follows:

I.

CONSENT TO TRANSFER

 

  1.1 The Members of the Company hereby consent to and approve transfers of the Transfer Interest from COP to PIC, from PIC to PPIIC and from PPIIC to PPIC (each a “ Transfer ”, and collectively, the “ Transfers ”).

 

  1.2

The Members of the Company hereby waive any and all provisions of the LLC Agreement restricting the Transfers of the Transfer Interest or requiring additional actions be taken, including,


  without limitation, (a) Section 10.3 of the LLC Agreement requiring PIC and PPIIC to agree in writing to be bound by the LLC Agreement and to be admitted as Substitute Members, and (b) Section 10.3 of the LLC Agreement requiring the LLC Agreement to be amended to reflect each Transfer of the Transfer Interest instead of simply one amendment to reflect the cumulative effect of all three Transfers, which is accomplished by Section 2 below, and (c) Section 7.1(a)(xi) of the LLC Agreement requiring approval of the Board of Directors to amend the LLC Agreement requiring approval of the Board of Directors to amend the LLC Agreement pursuant to Section 2 below.

II.

AMENDMENTS TO LLC AGREEMENT

 

  2.1 “Phillips Petroleum Company” is hereby changed to “ConocoPhillips Company” throughout the LLC Agreement.

 

  2.2 The Members of the Company hereby replace Schedule 1 of the LLC Agreement in its entirety with Exhibit 1 attached hereto.

 

  2.3 The Members of the Company hereby replace Schedule 2 of the LLC Agreement in its entirety with Exhibit 2 attached hereto.

III.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

  3.1 Except as hereby specifically amended, modified or supplemented by this Consent and Amendment, the LLC Agreement is hereby confirmed and ratified in all respects by each party hereto and shall be and remain in full force and effect according to its terms.

 

  3.2 Should any one or more of the provisions of this Consent and Amendment be determined to be illegal or unenforceable as to one or more of the parties hereto, all other provisions nevertheless shall remain effective and binding on the parties hereto.

 

  3.3 This Consent and Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Consent and Amendment has been executed by all of the undersigned Members, effective as of the date and year first above written.

 

CHEVRON U.S.A. INC.

By: /s/ Frank G. Soler

Name: Frank G. Soler
Title: Assistant Secretary

 

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY

By: /s/ J. W. Sheets

Name: J. W. Sheets
Title: Vice President and Treasurer


PHILLIPS CHEMICAL HOLDINGS COMPANY

By: /s/ J. W. Sheets

Name: J. W. Sheets
Title: Vice President and Treasurer

 

WESTTEX 66 PIPELINE CO.

By: /s/ J. W. Sheets

Name: J. W. Sheets
Title: Vice President and Treasurer

 

PHILLIPS PETROLEUM INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

By: /s/ J. W. Sheets

Name: J. W. Sheets
Title: Vice President and Treasurer

Exhibit 10.8

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF CHEVRON PHILLIPS CHEMICAL COMPANY LLC

This Second Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (this “ Amendment ”), effective as of November 11, 2011, is entered into by and among Chevron U.S.A. Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, ConocoPhillips Company, a Delaware corporation, Phillips Chemical Holdings Company, a Delaware corporation, WesTTex 66 Pipeline Company, a Delaware corporation, and Phillips Petroleum International Corporation, a Delaware corporation (collectively, the “ Members ”), constituting all of the members of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (the “ Company ”). Any capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meanings set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (as amended, the “ LLC Agreement ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Members of the Company desire to amend the LLC Agreement as provided herein to remove the requirement that the Company make the Minimum Leverage Distribution.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

I. AMENDMENTS TO THE LLC AGREEMENT

1.1 Deletion of Certain Definitions .

1.1.1 Article 1 of the LLC Agreement is hereby amended by deleting each of the following defined terms and their respective definitions therefrom: “Adjusted Class C Financial Statement Net Contribution,” “Adjusted Class P Financial Statement Net Contribution,” “Class C Financial Statement Net Contribution,” “Class P Financial Statement Net Contribution,” “Leverage Ratio Deficit,” “Minimum Leverage Distribution,” “Net Cash Available for Distribution” and “Pre-Adjustment Excess.”

1.2 Board of Director Approval .

1.2.1 Section 7.1(a)(iv) of the LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(iv) Any distribution to the Members in excess of, or in an amount less than, Tax Distributions (which are deemed automatically approved by the Board of Directors) other than a distribution of a Mandatory Redemption Payment (which is deemed automatically approved by the Board of Directors).”


1.3 Distributions .

1.3.1 Section 9.2(b) of the LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]”

1.3.2 Section 9.2(c) of the LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Any distributions by the Company to the Members, other than the Tax Distribution and any distributions of a Mandatory Redemption Payment, shall be payable at the discretion of the Board of Directors.”

 

II. MISCELLANEOUS

2.1 Full Force and Effect . Except as amended by this Amendment or by the letter agreement among Chevron U.S.A. Inc., ConocoPhillips Company and the other parties hereto of even date hereof (the “Letter Agreement”), the LLC Agreement continues in full force and effect, and the parties hereto hereby ratify and confirm the LLC Agreement, as amended hereby and thereby. All references to the “Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” or words of similar import in the LLC Agreement shall be deemed to mean the LLC Agreement as amended by this Amendment and the Letter Agreement.

2.2 Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, including through electronically exchanged signature pages (e.g., emailed PDFs or facsimile transmission), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and shall become effective when there exists copies hereof which, when taken together, bear the authorized signatures of each of the parties hereto. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought need to be produced to evidence the existence of this Amendment.

2.3 Third Parties . Nothing in this Amendment, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Amendment.

2.4 Governing Law; Jurisdiction and Forum; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

2


2.4.1 This Amendment shall be governed by and construed under the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to Delaware choice of law provisions.

2.4.2 Each party hereto irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any Delaware state court or any federal court sitting in the State of Delaware in any action arising out of or relating to this Amendment, and hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action may be heard and determined in such Delaware state or federal court. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. The parties hereto further agree, to the extent permitted by law, that final and unappealable judgment against any of them in any action or proceeding contemplated above shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction within or outside the United States by suit on the judgment, a certified copy of which shall be conclusive evidence of the fact and amount of such judgment.

2.4.3 To the extent that any party hereto has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations with respect to this Amendment.

2.4.4 Each party hereto waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Amendment. Each party hereto certifies that it has been induced to enter into this Amendment by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications set forth above in this Section 2.4.

2.5 Titles and Subtitles; Forms of Pronouns; Construction and Definitions . The titles of the sections and paragraphs of this Amendment are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing this Amendment. All pronouns used in this Amendment shall be deemed to include masculine, feminine and neuter forms, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular. Unless otherwise specified, references to Sections or Articles are to the Sections or Articles in this Amendment. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “including” shall mean “including, without limitation”.

2.6 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Amendment are held by a proper court to be unenforceable under applicable law, portions of such provisions, or such provisions in their entirety, to the extent necessary and permitted by law, shall be severed herefrom, and the balance of this Amendment shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

2.7 Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information, and take or refrain from taking such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to give full effect to the provisions of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby.

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

CHEVRON U.S.A. INC.
By:  

/s/ Mark Menke

Name:   Mark Menke
Its:   GM - Mergers & Acquisitions
  Assistant Secretary
CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Greg C. Garland

Name:  

Greg C. Garland

Its:  

Senior Vice President,

 

Exploration & Production—Americas

PHILLIPS CHEMICAL HOLDINGS COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Frances M. Vallejo

Name:   Frances M. Vallejo
Its:   Vice President & Treasurer
WESTTEX 66 PIPELINE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Frances M. Vallejo

Name:   Frances M. Vallejo
Its:   Vice President & Treasurer
PHILLIPS PETROLEUM INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Frances M. Vallejo

Name:   Frances M. Vallejo
Its:   Vice President & Treasurer

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to LLC Agreement]

Exhibit 10.9

CONSENT AGREEMENT

This Consent Agreement (“ Consent Agreement ”), dated as of November 11, 2011, is entered into by Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), ConocoPhillips, a Delaware corporation (“ ConocoPhillips ”), ConocoPhillips Company, a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“ COPCo ”), Phillips Chemical Holdings Company, a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“ Chemical Holdings ”), WesTTex 66 Pipeline Co., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“ WesTTex 66 ”), Phillips Petroleum International Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“ PPIC ” and together with COPCo, Chemical Holdings and WesTTex 66, the “ Class P Members ”), Chevron Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Chevron ”), and Chevron U.S.A. Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Chevron (“ CUSA ” and the “ Class C Member ”). Reference is made to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of July 1, 2002 (as amended on or prior to the date hereof, the “ LLC Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein have the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

WHEREAS, ConocoPhillips, through its wholly-owned Subsidiaries, the Class P Members, and Chevron, through its wholly-owned Subsidiary, the Class C Member, indirectly own one hundred percent of the Membership Interest of the Company;

WHEREAS, ConocoPhillips has announced its intention to pursue a separation of certain of its businesses, via a series of transactions including a contribution of certain assets and entities to a newly-formed, wholly-owned Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“ SpinCo ”), followed by a distribution of all of the stock of SpinCo to ConocoPhillips’ stockholders (the “ Spin-off ”);

WHEREAS, ConocoPhillips contemplates that in connection with and pursuant to the Spin-off, which is targeted to occur by the second quarter of 2012, ConocoPhillips shall (i) have equity interest(s) in certain of the Class P Members transferred to SpinCo, to a wholly-owned Subsidiary of SpinCo or to a wholly-owned Subsidiary of COPCo, (ii) have Membership Interest(s) owned by certain of the Class P Members transferred to SpinCo or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of SpinCo, (iii) have Membership Interest(s) owned by certain of the Class P Members transferred among or between the Class P Members or to a wholly-owned Subsidiary of COPCo, (iv) have all the equity interest of a wholly-owned Subsidiary of COPCo that holds Membership Interest transferred to ConocoPhillips or SpinCo or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of SpinCo, (v) distribute all of the stock of SpinCo to ConocoPhillips’ stockholders or (vi) effect a combination of (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) so that SpinCo directly or indirectly owns the entire Class Membership Interest of the Class P Members;

WHEREAS, COPCo (formerly Phillips Petroleum Company), Chevron and the Company are party to that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2000 (as amended or modified, the “ Contribution Agreement ”);


WHEREAS, in connection with the Contribution Agreement, COPCo (formerly Phillips Petroleum Company), Chevron and the Company entered into that certain Tradename License Agreement referenced in the Contribution Agreement (as amended or modified, the “ Tradename License Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, COPCo (as successor by merger to Tosco Corporation) and Union Oil Company of California, a California corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Chevron (“ Unocal ”), entered into that certain Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated December 14, 1996 (as amended or modified, the “ Sale and Purchase Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Sale and Purchase Agreement provided for entry by the parties thereto in an agreement entitled Environmental Agreement, and COPCo (as successor by merger to Tosco Corporation) and Unocal entered into such Environmental Agreement as of April 1, 1997;

WHEREAS, COPCo (as successor by merger to Tosco Corporation) and Unocal entered into that certain Environmental Liability Transfer Agreement, dated September 1, 2009; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the foregoing, the Company, ConocoPhillips, the Class P Members, Chevron and the Class C Member have determined to enter into this Consent Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Notwithstanding Article 10 or any other provision of the LLC Agreement to the contrary, ConocoPhillips may, if ConocoPhillips determines to effect the Spin-off, (i) have equity interest(s) in certain of the Class P Members transferred to SpinCo, to a wholly-owned Subsidiary of SpinCo or to a wholly-owned Subsidiary of COPCo, (ii) have Membership Interest(s) owned by certain of the Class P Members transferred to SpinCo or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of SpinCo, (iii) have Membership Interest(s) owned by certain of the Class P Members transferred among or between the Class P Members or to a wholly-owned Subsidiary of COPCo, (iv) have all the equity interest of a wholly-owned Subsidiary of COPCo that holds Membership Interest transferred to ConocoPhillips or SpinCo or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of SpinCo, (v) distribute all of the stock of SpinCo to ConocoPhillips’ stockholders or (vi) effect a combination of (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) so that SpinCo directly or indirectly owns the entire Class Membership Interest of the Class P Members (each case, the “ Transfer ”).

 

2. Each of Chevron and the Class C Member hereby waives any right of first refusal with respect to the Class P Members’ Membership Interest pursuant to Section 10.6 of the LLC Agreement and any other transfer rights or restrictions pursuant to Section 10.8 or any other provision of the LLC Agreement that would otherwise be applicable in the event that ConocoPhillips effects the Transfer.

 

2


3. Each of Chevron and the Class C Member hereby grants its consent to the Transfer and agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate and execute, if necessary, whatever documents may be reasonably required in order for ConocoPhillips to effect the Transfer.

 

4. Each of the foregoing waivers, consents, and agreements of Chevron and the Class C Member is subject to the following conditions (the “ Conditions ”), and this Consent Agreement shall not be effective until such conditions are met:

 

  (a) In the event that ConocoPhillips effects a transfer of Membership Interest owned by a Class P Member to SpinCo or to a wholly-owned Subsidiary of SpinCo or of COPCo that is not already a Member at the time of such transfer (each, a “ New Substitute Member ”), each such New Substitute Member and each Class P Member shall have executed and delivered to Chevron and the Class C Member an amendment to the LLC Agreement reflecting the admission of each such New Substitute Member and including an agreement in writing by the New Substitute Member to be bound by the LLC Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto (each, a “ New Substitute Member Amendment ”);

 

  (b) (i) Each of SpinCo and any wholly-owned Subsidiaries of SpinCo, to the extent the Membership Interest of the Class P Members is to be transferred to such Subsidiaries pursuant to the Transfer, and (ii) each of the current Class P Members to the extent such Class P Members are to retain their direct Membership Interest pursuant to the Transfer, shall have executed and delivered to Chevron and the Class C Member the Third Amended and Restated LLC Agreement of the Company in substantially the form attached as Exhibit B hereto (the “ Third Amended and Restated LLC Agreement ”);

 

  (c) Each of COPCo and SpinCo shall have executed and delivered to Chevron and the Company the Contribution Assumption Agreement in substantially the form attached as Exhibit C hereto (the “ Contribution Assumption Agreement ”); and

 

  (d) Each of COPCo, ConocoPhillips and SpinCo shall have executed and delivered to Chevron the Environmental Assumption Agreement in substantially the form attached as Exhibit D hereto (the “ Environmental Assumption Agreement ”).

 

  (e)

ConocoPhillips shall either, at ConocoPhillips’ option, (i) provide Chevron with written confirmation from a duly authorized officer of ConocoPhillips that the financial status of SpinCo immediately prior to consummation of the Spin-Off has not materially worsened compared to that set forth in the documentation provided by ConocoPhillips to Chevron or the documentation filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, in each case, on or prior to the date hereof or (ii) provide

 

3


  Chevron with evidence that SpinCo has both a credit rating of Baa3 or higher (or the equivalent) from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or any successor thereto) and a credit rating of BBB- or higher (or the equivalent) from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group (or any successor thereto) as of immediately prior to the Spin-off.

 

5. The parties agree that any purported Transfer consummated without the satisfaction of the Conditions shall be void and shall be of no effect.

 

6. With respect to each New Substitute Member, and concurrently with the satisfaction of the Condition set forth in Section 4(a) with respect to such New Substitute Member, the Class C Member agrees to execute and deliver to the Class P Members the applicable New Substitute Member Amendment.

 

7. Concurrently with the Transfer, and upon the satisfaction of the Conditions, (a) each of Chevron and the Class C Member agrees to execute and deliver to SpinCo and the Class P Members the Third Amended and Restated LLC Agreement, (b) Chevron agrees to execute and deliver to COPCo and SpinCo the Contribution Assumption Agreement, (c) Chevron agrees to cause Unocal to execute and deliver to COPCo, ConocoPhillips and SpinCo the Environmental Assumption Agreement and (d) the Company agrees to execute and deliver to COPCo, SpinCo and Chevron the Contribution Assumption Agreement.

 

8. COPCo hereby waives any and all right to claim that the Transfer and the transactions contemplated by the Transfer is in breach of, results in a termination of any rights under, or gives rise to any termination or other right becoming exercisable pursuant to or in connection with, the Tradename License Agreement (including, without limitation, the right to termination of the Tradename License Agreement set forth in Section 8.2.2 of the Tradename License Agreement). Each of COPCo, Chevron and the Company agree that (a) the Tradename License Agreement shall continue to remain in full force and effect prior to and after the consummation of the Transfer or any of the other transactions contemplated by the Transfer, except that upon consummation of the Transfer all of COPCo’s rights as “LICENSOR” pursuant to Section 8.2.2 of the Tradename License Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and (b) the Tradename License Agreement shall continue in force regardless of whether COPCo’s Trademark (as defined in the Tradename License Agreement) registrations remain in force.

 

9.

ConocoPhillips represents and warrants that the Transfer shall not cause a termination of the Company under section 708 of the Code (a “ Termination ”). If the Transfer causes a Termination, ConocoPhillips, as the sole remedy therefor, will reimburse and indemnify the Company and the Class C Member, and hold the Company and the Class C Member harmless from, all liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) arising as a direct or consequential result of such Termination (“ Termination Losses ”); provided that the calculation of such

 

4


  Termination Losses shall (i) use an assumed discount rate of 10% and (ii) be on an after-tax basis, with an assumed tax rate of 38%. For the avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with respect to property held by the Company at the time of the Termination, the difference between the present value of (i) the deductions the Company would have been entitled to under Section 168 of the Code had no such Termination occurred and (ii) the deductions the Company is entitled to under Section 168 of the Code following the Termination shall be considered Termination Losses.

 

10. ConocoPhillips represents and warrants that the Transfer will not (a) violate any applicable federal or state securities laws or regulations, subject the Company to registration as an investment company or election as a “business development company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940; (b) require any Member or any affiliate of a Member to register as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; (c) violate any other federal, state or local laws; (d) cause the Company to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; (e) cause the Company or any Member to be treated as an ERISA fiduciary; or (f) otherwise violate the LLC Agreement (each of the foregoing, a “ Transfer Violation ”). If the Transfer causes a Transfer Violation, ConocoPhillips will reimburse and indemnify the Company and the Class C Member and hold the Company and the Class C Member harmless from all liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) arising as a direct or consequential result of such Transfer Violation, and such indemnification shall be on an after-tax basis with an assumed tax rate of 38%.

 

11. ConocoPhillips shall promptly reimburse the Company for all third party fees and expenses incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transfer, including, but not limited to, Transfer Taxes and legal fees and costs. “ Transfer Tax ” means any registration, stamp, recording, property, transfer or similar tax.

 

12. From the date hereof until the consummation of the Spin-Off, ConocoPhillips agrees to provide Chevron with such proof of the investment intent and financial status of SpinCo as Chevron may reasonably request.

 

13.

 

  (a) This Consent Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to Delaware choice of law provisions.

 

  (b)

Each party hereto irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any Delaware state court or any federal court sitting in the State of Delaware in any action arising out of or relating to this Consent Agreement, and hereby irrevocably agrees that all

 

5


  claims in respect of such action may be heard and determined in such Delaware state or federal court. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. The parties hereto further agree, to the extent permitted by law, that final and unappealable judgment against any of them in any action or proceeding contemplated above shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction within or outside the United States by suit on the judgment, a certified copy of which shall be conclusive evidence of the fact and amount of such judgment.

 

  (c) To the extent that any party hereto has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations with respect to this Consent Agreement.

 

  (d) Each party hereto waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Consent Agreement. Each party hereto certifies that it has been induced to enter into this Consent Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications set forth above in this Section 12.

 

14. This Consent Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts including through electronically exchanged signature pages (e.g., emailed PDFs or facsimile transmissions), one for each of the parties hereto, and each of the counterparts when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

15. This Consent Agreement shall automatically terminate if the Transfer is not consummated in accordance with this Consent Agreement prior to October 1, 2012 or, if earlier, upon a public announcement by ConocoPhillips that it has abandoned the Spin-off.

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Consent Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

CONOCOPHILLIPS
By:  

/s/ Greg C. Garland

  Name:  

Greg C. Garland

  Title:  

Senior Vice President,

Exploration & Production—Americas

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Greg C. Garland

  Name:  

Greg C. Garland

  Title:  

Senior Vice President,

Exploration & Production—Americas

PHILLIPS CHEMICAL HOLDINGS COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Frances M. Vallejo

  Name:   Frances M. Vallejo
  Title:   Vice President & Treasurer
WESTTEX 66 PIPELINE CO.
By:  

/s/ Frances M. Vallejo

  Name:   Frances M. Vallejo
  Title:   Vice President & Treasurer
PHILLIPS PETROLEUM INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Frances M. Vallejo

  Name:   Frances M. Vallejo
  Title:   Vice President & Treasurer

[Signature Page to Consent Agreement]


 

CHEVRON CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Michael K. Wirth

  Name: Michael K. Wirth
  Title:   EVP Downstream & Chemicals
CHEVRON U.S.A. INC.
By:  

/s/ Mark Menke

  Name: Mark Menke
 

Title:   GM - Mergers and Acquisitions

            Assistant Secretary

CHEVRON PHILLIPS CHEMICAL COMPANY LLC
By:  

/s/ Timothy J. Hill

  Name: Timothy J. Hill
  Title:   SVP, Legal & Public Affairs

[Signature Page to Consent Agreement]


Exhibit B

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

CHEVRON PHILLIPS CHEMICAL COMPANY LLC

EFFECTIVE AS OF             , 20    


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     3   

ARTICLE 2 OFFICES AND STATUTORY AGENT

     13   

2.1

 

REGISTERED OFFICE AND STATUTORY AGENT

     13   

2.2

 

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE

     14   

2.3

 

BUSINESS

     14   

ARTICLE 3 MEMBERS; CLASSES; VOTING RIGHTS; MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

     14   

3.1

 

MEMBERS

     14   

3.2

 

CLASSES OF MEMBERS

     14   

3.3

 

DUTIES OF MEMBERS

     14   

3.4

 

VOTING RIGHTS

     14   

3.5

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     15   

3.6

 

MEETINGS OF MEMBERS; NOTICE OF MEETINGS

     15   

3.7

 

QUORUM

     15   

3.8

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     15   

3.9

 

ACTION BY MEMBERS WITHOUT A MEETING

     16   

ARTICLE 4 BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     16   

4.1

 

GENERAL

     16   

4.2

 

NUMBER AND CLASSES OF DIRECTORS

     17   

4.3

 

ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     17   

4.4

 

VACANCIES; RESIGNATIONS, REPLACEMENTS

     18   

4.5

 

TERM

     18   

4.6

 

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     18   

4.7

 

FIDUCIARY DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

     18   

4.8

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     18   

ARTICLE 5 MEETINGS OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     19   

5.1

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     19   

5.2

 

MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS

     19   

5.3

 

QUORUM; ALTERNATES; PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE PERMITTED; VOTE REQUIRED FOR ACTION

     19   

5.4

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE; CONSENT TO MEETING

     20   

5.5

 

ACTION BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS WITHOUT A MEETING

     20   

5.6

 

COMMITTEES AND SUBCOMMITTEES

     20   

ARTICLE 6 OFFICERS

     21   

6.1

 

GENERAL

     21   

6.2

 

APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL

     21   

6.3

 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND PRESIDENT

     21   

 

i


6.4

 

VICE PRESIDENTS

     21   

6.5

 

SECRETARY

     21   

6.6

 

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

     22   

6.7

 

TERM

     22   

ARTICLE 7 OPERATIONAL MATTERS

     22   

7.1

 

BOARD OF DIRECTOR APPROVAL

     22   

7.2

 

STRATEGIC AND BUSINESS PLANS; REPORTS

     24   

ARTICLE 8 CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND PERCENTAGE INTERESTS

     25   

8.1

 

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND PERCENTAGE INTERESTS

     25   

8.2

 

ADDITIONAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     26   

8.3

 

WITHDRAWAL OR REDUCTION OF CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     26   

8.4

 

NO RETURN ON OR OF CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     26   

8.5

 

CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

     26   

8.6

 

LOANS BY MEMBERS TO THE COMPANY

     27   

8.7

 

TREATMENT OF CERTAIN INDEMNITY PAYMENTS

     28   

8.8

 

TREATMENT OF CERTAIN DEFERRED CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     28   

8.9

 

SPECIAL RULE

     29   

8.10

 

APPLICATION OF THE BASKET, TAX BASKET AMOUNT AND CAP

     29   

ARTICLE 9 ALLOCATION OF PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS; TAX AND ACCOUNTING MATTERS

     29   

9.1

 

ALLOCATIONS

     29   

9.2

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

     33   

9.3

 

ACCOUNTING MATTERS

     36   

9.4

 

TAX STATUS AND RETURNS

     36   

9.5

 

754 ELECTION AND OTHER TAX ELECTIONS

     36   

9.6

 

TAX MATTERS PARTNER

     36   

ARTICLE 10 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

     37   

10.1

 

TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

     37   

10.2

 

CONDITIONS OF TRANSFER

     37   

10.3

 

ADMISSION OF SUBSTITUTE MEMBER

     37   

10.4

 

EFFECT OF TRANSFER WITHOUT APPROVAL

     38   

10.5

 

LIABILITY FOR BREACH

     38   

10.6

 

PERMITTED TRANSFERS SUBJECT TO RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

     38   

10.7

 

PERMITTED TRANSFERS AMONG WHOLLY-OWNED AFFILIATES

     40   

10.8

 

TRANSFERS OF EQUITY INTERESTS IN A MEMBER

     40   

10.9

 

CREDIT RATINGS BUY-OUT OPTION

     40   

10.10

 

BUY-OUT OPTION UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL

     43   

10.11

 

CLOSING OF BUY-OUT OPTION EXERCISES

     44   

 

ii


ARTICLE 11 COMPETITION

     45   

11.1

 

GENERAL

     45   

11.2

 

RESOLUTION OF COMPETITIVE CONFLICTS

     46   

ARTICLE 12 TERM AND DISSOLUTION

     47   

12.1

 

TERM

     47   

12.2

 

DISSOLUTION

     47   

12.3

 

LIQUIDATION

     47   

12.4

 

LIABILITIES

     48   

12.5

 

SETTLING OF ACCOUNTS

     48   

12.6

 

DISTRIBUTION OF PROCEEDS

     48   

12.7

 

CERTIFICATE OF CANCELLATION

     49   

ARTICLE 13 INDEMNIFICATION

     49   

13.1

 

INDEMNIFICATION: PROCEEDING OTHER THAN BY COMPANY

     49   

13.2

 

INDEMNIFICATION: PROCEEDING BY COMPANY

     49   

13.3

 

MANDATORY ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

     50   

13.4

 

EFFECT AND CONTINUATION

     50   

13.5

 

INSURANCE AND OTHER FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS

     51   

13.6

 

NOTICE OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT

     52   

13.7

 

REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

     52   

ARTICLE 14 INSPECTION OF COMPANY RECORDS; ANNUAL AND OTHER REPORTS

     52   

14.1

 

RECORDS TO BE KEPT

     52   

14.2

 

ACCESS TO COMPANY INFORMATION

     52   

14.3

 

ANNUAL AND QUARTERLY REPORTS

     53   

ARTICLE 15 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     53   

15.1

 

DEFAULTS

     53   

15.2

 

REMEDIES

     53   

15.3

 

NO WAIVER

     53   

ARTICLE 16 MISCELLANEOUS

     54   

16.1

 

AMENDMENTS

     54   

16.2

 

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF COMPANIES OR INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES

     54   

16.3

 

SEAL

     54   

16.4

 

ACTIONS BY CLASS P MEMBERS AND CLASS C MEMBERS

     54   

16.5

 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     54   

16.6

 

THIRD PARTIES

     55   

16.7

 

GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION AND FORUM; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     55   

16.8

 

COUNTERPARTS

     55   

16.9

 

TITLES AND SUBTITLES; FORM OF PRONOUNS; CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS

     56   

16.10

 

DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY ACT PREVAILS

     56   

16.11

 

SEVERABILITY

     56   

16.12

 

EFFECTIVE DATES OF AMENDMENTS

     56   

 

iii


THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

CHEVRON PHILLIPS CHEMICAL COMPANY LLC

THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT is made and entered into effective as of              , 20     by and among Chevron Corporation (formerly ChevronTexaco Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Chevron”), [SPINCO], a [            ] (“[SpinCo]”), 1 [NEWLY FORMED SPINCO SUBSIDIARY], a [            ] (“[SpinCo Sub]”), WesTTex 66 Pipeline Company, a Delaware corporation (“WesTTex 66”), Phillips Chemical Holdings Company (formerly Drilling Specialties Co.), a Delaware corporation (“Chemical Holdings”) and Chevron U.S.A. Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation (“CUSA,” or the “Initial Chevron Member”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, on May 23, 2000, a Certificate of Formation (the “Certificate”) for Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (the “Company”), a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; and

WHEREAS, the Initial Chevron Member and ConocoPhillips Company (formerly Phillips Petroleum Company), a Delaware corporation (“Phillips,” or the “Initial Phillips Member”), entered into the original Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company (the “Original LLC Agreement”) on May 23, 2000; and

WHEREAS, on July 1, 2000, Chemical Holdings, WesTTex 66, Phillips Petroleum International Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“PPIC”), the Initial Chevron Member, the Initial Phillips Member, and others entered into an Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “Amended & Restated LLC Agreement”) that amended and restated the Original LLC Agreement in its entirety; and

WHEREAS, the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement was amended, effective as of July 1, 2000, by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company (“Amendment No. 1 to the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, effective as of July 1, 2002, Chevron, Chemical Holdings, WesTTex 66, PPIC, the Initial Chevron Member and the Initial Phillips Member entered into a Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “Second Amended & Restated LLC Agreement”) that amended and restated the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement in its entirety; and

 

1   NOTE: This Agreement reflects what is understood to be ConocoPhillips’ planned structure of the transfer of Company Membership Interests in connection with the Spin-off. If the planned structure changes appropriate drafting changes will be required to reflect the correct Members of the Company upon completion of the Spin-off. For purposes of this draft, SpinCo is the publicly-traded Ultimate Parent created by the Spin-off.


WHEREAS, the Second Amended & Restated LLC Agreement was amended, effective as of September 30, 2007, by Consent and First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC; and

WHEREAS, the Second Amended & Restated LLC Agreement was amended, effective as of             , 2011, by Second Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC; and

WHEREAS, a letter agreement was entered into as of             , 2011, by and among Phillips, PPIC, WesTTex 66, Chemical Holdings and CUSA with respect to certain matters relating to Tax Distributions (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, the Second Amended & Restated LLC Agreement was amended, effective as of             , 20    , by Third Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC to reflect the admission of [SpinCo Sub] as a substitute Member; and [ADD ANY FURTHER AMENDMENTS REQUIRED FOR SUBSTITUTE MEMBERS PURSUANT TO THE CONSENT AGREEMENT]

WHEREAS, ConocoPhillips, a Delaware corporation (“ConocoPhillips”), separated certain of its businesses, via a series of transactions including a contribution of certain assets and entities to [SpinCo], followed by a distribution of all of the stock of [SpinCo] to ConocoPhillips’ stockholders (the “Spin-off”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Spin-off, (i) PPIC transferred its 10.62% Membership Interest to Phillips, increasing Phillips’ Percentage Interest to 47.54%, (ii) Phillips formed [SpinCo Sub] as a wholly-owned Subsidiary and contributed its 47.54% Membership Interest to [SpinCo Sub] together with Phillips’ equity interests in WesTTex 66 and Chemical Holdings, (iii) Phillips distributed its equity interest in [SpinCo Sub] to ConocoPhillips, (iv) ConocoPhillips contributed its equity interest in [SpinCo Sub] to [SpinCo] at which time [SpinCo] was a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips and (v) ConocoPhillips distributed all the stock of [SpinCo] to ConocoPhillips’ stockholders (collectively, the “SpinCo Transfer”); and [TO BE MODIFIED IF NECESSARY TO REFLECT CHANGED STRUCTURE OF SPINCO TRANSFER]

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 16.1(a) of the Second Amended & Restated LLC Agreement, the Members desire to amend and restate the Second Amended & Restated LLC Agreement in its entirety to reflect the SpinCo Transfer and to make certain other revisions to the Second Amended & Restated LLC Agreement.

 

2


NOW, THEREFORE, the Members by this Agreement set forth the limited liability company agreement for the Company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. ss. 18-101 et seq., the “Act”) upon the following terms and conditions:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement without other definition shall, unless expressly stated otherwise, have the meanings specified in this Article 1.

“Act” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

“Adjusted Capital Account Balance” means each Member’s Capital Account, increased by the amount of such Member’s share of “minimum gain” and “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” as such terms are defined in Treasury Regulation 1.704-2 and such other amounts as such Member is unconditionally obligated to contribute hereunder.

“Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means, with respect to any Member, the deficit balance, if any, in such Member’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Fiscal Year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(a) Credit such Capital Account by any amounts which such Member is obligated to restore pursuant to this Agreement (including any note obligations) or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentence of each of sections 1.704-2(i)(5) and 1.704-2(g)(1) of the Income Tax Regulations; and

(b) Debit such Capital Account by the items described in sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6) of the Income Tax Regulations.

The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Income Tax Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

“Adjusted Taxable Income” means, for a Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period, the federal taxable income allocated by the Company to the Member for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period; provided, that such taxable income shall be computed by taking into account any special basis adjustment with respect to such Member resulting from an election by the Company under Code Section 754.

“Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Agreement” means this Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, as originally executed and as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. Words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereby” and “hereunder,” when used with reference to this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

3


“Amended & Restated LLC Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

“Amendment No. 1 to the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

“Basket” has the meaning set forth in Article I of the Contribution Agreement.

“Board of Directors” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

“Buy-Out Interests” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.9(d).

“Buy-Out Interest Option” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.9(d).

“Buy-Out Interest Option Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.9(d).

“Buy-Out Members” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.9(a).

“Buy-Out Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.9(d).

“Cap” has the meaning set forth in Article I of the Contribution Agreement.

“Capital Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5.

“Capital Contributions” means the contributions made by the Members to the capital of the Company pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2 hereof and, in the case of all the Members, the aggregate of all such Capital Contributions.

“Carrying Value” means, with respect to any Company asset, such asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(a) The fair market value as agreed by the Members, when contributed, of an asset contributed to the Company by any Member. The aggregate Carrying Value effective as of the Closing of the assets initially contributed by the Initial Chevron Member and each Previous Phillips Member to the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(a) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement, is the amount that was determined in accordance with Section 8.1(c) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement.

(b) The Carrying Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values as agreed to by the Board of Directors, and the resulting unrecognized gain or loss allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Members as though such assets had been sold for their respective fair market values as of the following times: (i) immediately before the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis capital contribution; (ii) upon the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company assets, unless all Members receive simultaneous distributions of either undivided interests in the distributed property or identical Company assets in proportion to their interests in the Company; (iii) the date the Company is liquidated within the meaning of section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Income Tax Regulations; and (iv) the termination of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

4


(c) The Carrying Value of the Company assets shall be increased or decreased to the extent required under section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) of the Income Tax Regulations in the event that the adjusted tax basis of Company assets are adjusted pursuant to section 732, 734 or 743 of the Code, provided, however , that the Carrying Value shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (c) to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to subparagraph (b) is required in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subparagraph (c).

(d) The Carrying Value of a Company asset that is distributed (whether in liquidation of the Company or otherwise) to one or more Members shall be adjusted to equal its fair market value at the time of such distribution as determined by the Board of Directors, and the resulting unrecognized gain or loss shall be allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Members as though such asset had been sold for such fair market value.

(e) The Carrying Value of a Company asset shall be adjusted by the Depreciation attributable to such asset.

“Cash Earnings” shall mean the Company’s Net Profit for each Fiscal Quarter, (i) exclusive of any net income as so computed of the Company’s non-United States subsidiaries that has not been distributed by such subsidiaries to the Company or the Company’s United States subsidiaries, (ii) increased by depreciation, amortization, cost recovery allowances and other non-cash charges deducted in determining the Company’s Net Profit, and (iii) decreased by any income or franchise taxes (including without limitation withholding or branch profits taxes on distributions made or deemed made to the Company) imposed on the Company (as distinguished from income taxes imposed on the Members), to the extent not already deducted in computing Net Profit.

“Certificate” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

“Change of Control” of an entity shall be deemed to occur if:

(a) during any consecutive 24-month period, persons who constitute the board of directors of such entity at the beginning of the period (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease to constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of such entity; provided , that any person becoming a director during such 24-month period and whose appointment, election or nomination was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on the board of directors of such entity (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of such entity in which such person is named as a nominee for director) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however , that no individual initially appointed, elected or nominated as a director of such entity as a result of an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election or removal of members of the board of directors of such entity (“Election Contest”) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Section 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than the board of directors of such entity (“Proxy Contest”), including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Election Contest or Proxy Contest, shall be deemed an Incumbent Director;

 

5


(b) any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act) or “group” (as such term is defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such phrase is defined in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of such entity representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of such entity’s then outstanding voting securities;

(c) such entity consummates a merger or consolidation of such entity, with any other company, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of such entity outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of such entity or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(d) such entity consummates the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of its assets.

“Change of Control Interests” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.10(b).

“Change of Control Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.10(a).

“Change of Control Option” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.10(b).

“Change of Control Option Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.10(b).

“Change of Control Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.10(b).

“Chemicals Business” means the lines of business comprising P Chem and C Chem (as defined in the Contribution Agreement), other petrochemicals businesses and related businesses; provided, however , that Chemicals Business shall not include any specific businesses comprising Chevron Excluded Assets or Phillips Excluded Assets (as defined in the Contribution Agreement).

“Chemical Holdings” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

“Chevron” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

“Chevron Pipe Line Contribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit A-2 of the Contribution Agreement.

“Class C Director” and “Class C Directors” have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a).

“Class C Member” includes CUSA and any other Member to whom a Class C Member Transfers a Membership Interest in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however , that a Class C Member shall cease to be a Class C Member upon the Transfer of all of such Person’s Membership Interest in accordance with this Agreement.

 

6


“Class C Members Aggregate Allocable Share” means, for each Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period of the Company, the sum of the Adjusted Taxable Income of the Company allocated to all Class C Members for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period.

“Class P Director” and “Class P Directors” have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b).

“Class P Member” includes [SpinCo Sub], WesTTex 66, Chemical Holdings and any other Member to whom a Class P Member Transfers a Membership Interest in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however , that a Class P Member shall cease to be a Class P Member upon the Transfer of all of such Person’s Membership Interest in accordance with this Agreement.

“Class P Members Aggregate Allocable Share” means, for each Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period of the Company, the sum of the Adjusted Taxable Income of the Company allocated to all Class P Members for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period.

“Class Membership Interest” means the aggregate Membership Interest of all of the Class C Members or all of the Class P Members, as the case may be.

“Closing” has the meaning provided for in the Contribution Agreement.

“Closing Date” means the date of the Closing.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

“Company Indemnifiable Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7(a).

“Company Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d) of the Income Tax Regulations for the phrase “partnership minimum gain.”

“Competing Class” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

“Conflict Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

“ConocoPhillips” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

“Consent Agreement” means that certain Consent Agreement, dated as of             , 2011, by and among the Company, ConocoPhillips, Phillips, Chemical Holdings, WesTTex 66, PPIC, Chevron and CUSA, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time.

“Contribution Agreement” means that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2000, by and among Chevron Corporation, Phillips Petroleum Company and the Company, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time.

 

7


“Contribution Assumption Agreement” means that certain Contribution Assumption Agreement, dated as of             , 20    , by and among Phillips, [SpinCo], Chevron and the Company, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time.

“Costs” means the sum of all cash expenditures made by the Company in connection with the ownership of the Company’s assets and the operation of the Company’s business, including, without limitation, the cost of all materials purchased, goods returned, services provided and other similar fees, costs and expenses; all real estate and sales taxes; all insurance premiums; all payments of principal and interest on Company indebtedness; any distributions to Members, and other similar expenditures.

“Counter-Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(a).

“Credit Rating Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.9(a).

“Cure Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.9(b).

“CUSA” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

“Depreciation” means, for a Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such Fiscal Year or other period, except that if the Carrying Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Fiscal Year or other period, Depreciation shall be an amount that bears the same ratio to such beginning Carrying Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however , that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Year or other period is zero, then Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Carrying Value using any reasonable method selected by the Board of Directors.

“Director” means a Person who is elected as a Director of the Company pursuant to Section 4.3 or 4.4 of this Agreement.

“Distribution Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.4.

“Downgraded Members” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.9(a).

“Electing Class” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.6(d).

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Fair Market Value” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.9(c).

“Fiscal Quarter” means the three (3) month period beginning on the first day of the Company’s Fiscal Year, and each subsequent (3) month period within the Company’s Fiscal Year.

 

8


“Fiscal Year” means the Company’s tax year for U.S. federal income tax purposes specified in Section 9.3.

“Income Tax Regulations” means the regulations issued with respect to the Code.

“Indemnified Party” and “Indemnifying Party” shall have the meanings set forth in Article I of the Contribution Agreement.

“Initial Chevron Member” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

“Initial Credit Rating Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.9(b).

“Initial Cure Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.9(b).

“Initial Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(a).

“Initial Phillips Member” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

“K-Resin Accident” means the fire and explosion on March 27, 2000 that took place at the Phillips K-Resin plant located in Pasadena, Texas.

“Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

“Member Indemnifiable Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7(b).

“Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” means an amount, with respect to each Member, equal to the Company Minimum Gain that would result if all such Member’s Member Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, as determined in accordance with section 1.704-2(i)(3) of the Income Tax Regulations.

“Member Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth in section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Income Tax Regulations for the phrase “partner nonrecourse debt.”

“Member Nonrecourse Deduction” has the meaning set forth in section 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations for the phrase “partner nonrecourse deduction.”

“Member’s Proportionate Tax Share” means (i) with respect to a Class C Member, the product of (X) the Tax Distribution for the Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period, as applicable, and (Y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Percentage Interest of such Class C Member for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period and the denominator is the sum of the Percentage Interests for all Class C Members for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period and (ii) with respect to a Class P Member, the product of (X) the Tax Distribution for the Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period, as applicable, and (Y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Percentage Interest of such Class P Member for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period and the denominator is the sum of the Percentage Interests for all Class P Members for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period. In the event that the Percentage Interest of a Member changes during any Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period, the Member’s Proportionate Tax Share of such Member and the other Class P Members or Class C Members,

 

9


as the case may be, for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period shall be appropriately adjusted to take into account the Class P Members’ or Class C Members’, as the case may be, varying interests. In no event shall the application of the foregoing formula result in the Class C Members in the aggregate or the Class P Members in the aggregate receiving an amount in excess of the Tax Calculation Share applicable to such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period.

“Membership Interest” means the ownership interest of a Member in the Company, and right to share in the Company’s items of income, gain, loss, deduction, credits and similar items, and the right to receive distributions from the Company, as well as a Member’s rights to vote and otherwise participate in the operation or affairs of the Company as provided for herein and under the Act.

“Moody’s Triggering Credit Rating” means a credit rating lower than Baa3 (or the equivalent) from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or any successor thereto).

“Net After-Tax Basis” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.9.

“Net Profit” or “Net Loss” means for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such Fiscal Year or period determined in accordance with section 703(a) of the Code (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to section 703(a)(1) of the Code shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

(a) Any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

(b) Any expenditure of the Company described in section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code or treated as such expenditure pursuant to section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) of the Income Tax Regulations, and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss, shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

(c) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Company assets where such gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Carrying Value of the Company assets disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such Company assets differs from its Carrying Value;

(d) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Fiscal Year;

(e) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any asset included in Company assets pursuant to section 734(b) of the Code or section 743(b) is required pursuant to section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) of the Income Tax Regulations to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s Membership Interest, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for the purposes of computing Net Profit and Net Loss;

 

10


(f) If the Carrying Value of any Company asset is adjusted in accordance with either of clauses (b) or (d) of the definition of “Carrying Value,” the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account in the Fiscal Year of such adjustment as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Profit or Net Loss; and

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, any items that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 9.1(b) shall not be taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss.

“Non-Competing Class” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

“Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in section 1.704-2(c) of the Income Tax Regulations.

“Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in section 1.704-2(b)(3) of the Income Tax Regulations.

“Non-Transferring Class” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.6(b).

“Non-Voting Directors” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

“Officers” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

“Original LLC Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

“Parent” means, when used with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, which owns or controls, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities (or equivalent voting interests) of such Person.

“Percentage Interest” means a Member’s percentage interest in the Company as set forth opposite such Member’s name on Schedule 2 hereto.

“Person” means any general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, association, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other entity and, where the contexts so permits or requires, a natural person.

“Phillips” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

“PPIC” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

“Previous Phillips Member” means each of Phillips, WesTTex 66, Chemical Holdings and PPIC.

“Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.11(a).

 

11


“Quarterly Tax Distribution” means, for each Member for each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of the Company during the term of the Company, such Member’s Proportionate Tax Share for such Fiscal Quarter.

“Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(b)(viii).

“Reimbursable Capital Expenditures” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(h)(i).

“Revenues” means revenues and receipts of every kind and nature (from both cash and credit transactions), including sales proceeds, rental, license, lease or other income, net proceeds from issuance of indebtedness, proceeds from insurance and all other similar items, but excluding (i) payments received as an advance or deposit, until actually applied by the Company; and (ii) except as otherwise expressly agreed by the Members, the amount of any Capital Contributions.

“S&P Triggering Credit Rating” means a credit rating lower than BBB- (or the equivalent) from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group (or any successor thereto).

“Second Amended & Restated LLC Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

“Seller Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.11(a).

“Special Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(h)(iii).

“[SpinCo]” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

“[SpinCo Sub]” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

“SpinCo Transfer” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

“Spin-off” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

“Subsequent Credit Rating Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.9(b).

“Subsequent Cure Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.9(b).

“Subsequent Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(a).

“Subsidiary” means, when used with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which such Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities (or equivalent voting interests).

“Suspension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

“Tax Basket Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.11 of Annex B to the Contribution Agreement.

 

12


“Tax Calculation Share” means, for each Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period, the greater of (i) the Class P Members Aggregate Allocable Share for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period and (ii) the Class C Members Aggregate Allocable Share for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period.

“Tax Distribution” means, for each Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period of the Company during the term of the Company, the product of (i) the Tax Calculation Share for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period and (ii) the Tax Rate for such Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period.

“Tax Rate” means the marginal blended tax rate determined by assuming that (i) such Person is a corporation subject to the highest marginal corporate United States federal income tax rate applicable for the applicable period, (ii) such Person is subject to franchise and other income taxes at a combined rate initially determined to be 5% (which rate may be periodically changed to such rate as shall be agreed upon by the Class C Member(s) and Class P Member(s)), and (iii) the franchise and other income taxes described in the preceding clause (ii) are deductible for United States federal income tax purposes.

“Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

“Transfer Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.6(b).

“Transferred Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.6(b).

“Transferring Class” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.6(a).

“Ultimate Parent” means, with respect to any Person, a Parent who is not a Subsidiary of any other Person.

“Valuation Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.9(a).

“Voting Directors” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

“WesTTex 66” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

“Wholly-Owned Affiliate” means a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Ultimate Parent of a Member.

ARTICLE 2

OFFICES AND STATUTORY AGENT

2.1 REGISTERED OFFICE AND STATUTORY AGENT . The registered office and statutory agent in Delaware required by the Act shall be as set forth in the Certificate until such time as the registered office or statutory agent is changed in accordance with the Act.

 

13


2.2 PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE . The location of the principal executive office for the transaction of the business of the Company shall be Houston, Texas, or such other location as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time.

2.3 BUSINESS . The Company may carry on any lawful business, purpose or activity which is permitted to be carried on by a limited liability company under the Act. The actual business of the Company shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 3

MEMBERS; CLASSES; VOTING RIGHTS; MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

3.1 MEMBERS . Each party to this Agreement, except for Chevron and [SpinCo], and each person admitted as a Member pursuant to this Agreement shall be a member of the Company until they cease to be a member in accordance with the provisions of the Act, the Certificate or this Agreement (the “Members”). The names of the Members shall be set forth on Schedule 1 hereto.

3.2 CLASSES OF MEMBERS . The Membership Interests in the Company shall be divided into two (2) classes of members, such classes being designated as Class C Members and Class P Members.

3.3 DUTIES OF MEMBERS . Members shall not owe duties, fiduciary or otherwise, or obligations to the Company or other Members, except as expressly set forth herein.

3.4 VOTING RIGHTS .

(a) Except as may otherwise be provided by this Agreement or the Act or the Certificate, the unanimous vote of the Members on a matter shall constitute the act of the Members.

(b) The Members shall have the right to elect Directors in accordance with Sections 4.3 and 4.4 of this Agreement.

(c) Only Persons whose names are listed as Members on the records of the Company at the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given or, if such notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the day on which the meeting of Members is held (except that the record date for Members entitled to give consent to action without a meeting shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.9) shall be entitled to receive notice of and to vote at such meeting, and such day shall be the record date for such meeting. Any Member entitled to vote on any matter shall be entitled to cast that number of votes equal to such Member’s Percentage Interest and may cast part of the votes in favor of the proposal and refrain from exercising the remaining votes or vote against the proposal (other than elections of a Director), but if the Member fails to

 

14


specify the number of votes such Member is exercising affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the Member’s approving vote is with respect to all votes such Member is entitled to cast. Such vote may be viva voce or by ballot; provided, however , that all elections for Directors must be by ballot upon demand made by a Member at any election and before the voting begins.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS . All meetings of the Members shall be held at any place within or without the State of Delaware which may be designated either by the Board of Directors or by the written consent of all Members entitled to vote thereat given either before or after the meeting and filed with the secretary. In the event of any inconsistency in the places designated by the Board of Directors or the Members as herein provided, or in the absence of any such designation, Members’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the Company.

3.6 MEETINGS OF MEMBERS; NOTICE OF MEETINGS . Meetings of the Members for the purpose of taking any action permitted to be taken by the Members may be called by a majority of the Directors or by Members holding a majority of the Percentage Interests. Upon request in writing that a meeting of Members be called for any proper purpose, the Secretary forthwith shall cause notice to be given to the Members entitled to vote that a meeting will be held at a time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after receipt of the request. Except in special cases where other express provision is made by statute, notice of such meetings shall be given personally, in writing, via electronic means or via facsimile to each Member entitled to vote not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting. Such notices shall state:

(a) The place, date and hour of the meeting;

(b) Those matters which the Directors, at the time of the mailing of the notice, intend to present for action by the Members; and

(c) The names of the Directors intended at the time of the notice to be presented for election.

3.7 QUORUM . The presence at any meeting in person or by proxy of Members holding one-hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate Percentage Interests entitled to vote at such meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

3.8 WAIVER OF NOTICE . The actions of any meeting of Members, however called and noticed, and wherever held, shall be as valid as if taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each person entitled to vote, not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to a holding of the meeting, or an approval of the minutes thereof. The waiver of notice, consent or approval need not specify either the business to be transacted or the purpose of any regular or special meeting of Members. All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the Company records and made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

 

15


Attendance of a Member at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at such meeting, except when the Member objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the meeting.

3.9 ACTION BY MEMBERS WITHOUT A MEETING . Directors may be elected or removed without a meeting by a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, signed by Members entitled to elect or remove Directors in accordance with Section 4.3; in addition, a Director may be elected at any time to fill a vacancy by a written consent signed by Members entitled to elect or remove Directors in accordance with Section 4.3. Notice of such election shall be promptly given to nonconsenting Members.

Any other action which, under any provision of the Act or the Certificate or this Agreement, may be taken at a meeting of the Members, may be taken without a meeting, and without notice except as hereinafter set forth, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by Members having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Members entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the secretary of the Company and shall be maintained in the Company’s records.

Unless the consents of all Members entitled to vote have been solicited in writing, prompt notice shall be given of the taking of any action approved by Members without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent to those Members entitled to vote who have not consented in writing.

Unless the Board of Directors sets a record date for the determination of Members entitled to notice of and to give such written consent, the record date for such determination shall be the day on which the first written consent is given.

Any Member giving a written consent, or the Member’s proxyholders, or a personal representative of the Member or their respective proxyholders, may revoke the consent by a writing received by the secretary prior to the time that written consents of the number of votes required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the secretary, but may not do so thereafter. Such revocation is effective upon its receipt by the secretary or, if there shall be no person then holding such office, upon its receipt by any other officer or Director of the Company.

ARTICLE 4

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

4.1 GENERAL . Subject to the provisions of the Act and any limitations in the Certificate and this Agreement as to action required to be authorized or approved by the

 

16


Members, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed and all its powers shall be exercised by the Members, who have in turn delegated their authority to manage the business and affairs of the Company and to exercise all of the Company’s powers to the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”), who have in turn delegated to the Officers (as defined herein) such portions of the authority of the Board of Directors as set forth herein (and as may be set forth in resolutions of the Board of Directors), provided that any delegation of authority to the Officers set forth herein or otherwise is subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors. Without prejudice to such general powers, but subject to the same limitations, it is hereby expressly declared that the Board of Directors shall have the following powers:

(a) To conduct, manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including, to the extent determined by the Board of Directors, managing any Subsidiary limited liability company and to make such rules and regulations therefor not inconsistent with law or with the Certificate or with this Agreement, as the Board of Directors shall deem to be in the best interests of the Company;

(b) To appoint and remove at pleasure the officers, agents and employees of the Company, prescribe their duties and fix their compensation;

(c) To borrow money and incur indebtedness for the purposes of the Company and to cause to be executed and delivered therefor, in the Company’s name, promissory notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages, pledges, hypothecations or other evidences of debt and securities therefor;

(d) To designate an executive and other committees, each consisting of two or more Directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, and to prescribe the manner in which proceedings of such committees shall be conducted; and

(e) To acquire real and personal property, arrange financing, enter into contracts and complete all other arrangements needed to effectuate the business of the Company.

4.2 NUMBER AND CLASSES OF DIRECTORS . The Board of Directors shall consist of four (4) voting Directors (the “Voting Directors”) and two (2) non-voting Directors (the “Non-Voting Directors”).

4.3 ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS . The Directors shall be elected as follows:

(a) The Class C Member(s) shall elect two (2) Voting Directors (individually, a “Class C Director”, and together, the “Class C Directors”).

 

17


(b) The Class P Member(s) shall elect two (2) Voting Directors (individually, a “Class P Director”, and together, the “Class P Directors”).

(c) The Class C Member(s) may remove, at any time, either or both of the Class C Directors, with or without cause. The Class P Member(s) may remove, at any time, either or both of the Class P Directors, with or without cause.

(d) The chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company shall be ex officio the two Non-Voting Directors. The Non-Voting Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If either the office of chief executive officer or the office of chief financial officer is vacant, the Non-Voting Director position associated with such office shall also be vacant.

4.4 VACANCIES; RESIGNATIONS, REPLACEMENTS .

(a) Upon the death, resignation or removal of any Voting Director, the Member(s) that elected such Voting Director is authorized to fill the vacancy and shall have power to elect a successor to take office when the resignation, removal or deemed vacancy becomes effective.

(b) Any Voting Director may resign effective upon giving thirty (30) days written notice to each Member of the Company, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation.

4.5 TERM . The Class C Directors and Class P Directors shall hold office until their removal pursuant to this Agreement or until their respective successors are elected and qualified pursuant to this Agreement.

4.6 COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS . Directors of the Company, as such, shall not be entitled to compensation, unless otherwise unanimously approved by the Members.

4.7 FIDUCIARY DUTIES OF DIRECTORS . The Class C Directors shall owe fiduciary duties exclusively to the Class C Member(s), and the Class P Directors shall owe fiduciary duties exclusively to the Class P Member(s). No person shall be authorized to institute an action against a Voting Director for breach of fiduciary duty other than a Member to whom a fiduciary duty is owed pursuant to the previous sentence.

4.8 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY . The Voting Directors shall not be liable to the Company or its Members for actions taken in good faith.

 

18


ARTICLE 5

MEETINGS OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS

5.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at any place within or without the State of Delaware that has been designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the absence of such designation, meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the principal executive office of the Company, except as provided in Section 5.2.

5.2 MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS . The Board of Directors shall meet at least six (6) times per Fiscal Year, pursuant to a schedule established by the Board of Directors as early as practicable each Fiscal Year. In addition, meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by any Director. Notice of the time and place of meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each Director, or sent by first-class mail or by telex, telegram, electronic mail or facsimile transmission, charges prepaid, addressed to him or her at his or her address as it appears upon the records of the Company or, if it is not so shown on the records and is not readily ascertainable, at the place at which the meetings of the Board of Directors are regularly held. In case such notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. In case such notice is telegraphed or sent by telex, electronic mail or facsimile transmission, it shall be delivered to a common carrier for transmission to the Director or actually transmitted by the person giving the notice by electronic means to the Director at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. In case such notice is delivered personally or by telephone as above provided, it shall be so delivered at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. Any notice given personally or by telephone shall be communicated directly to the Director. Such deposit in the mail, delivery to a common carrier, transmission by electronic means or delivery, personally or by telephone, as above provided, shall be due, legal and personal notice to such Directors. The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting.

5.3 QUORUM; ALTERNATES; PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE PERMITTED; VOTE REQUIRED FOR ACTION .

(a) The presence of at least one Class C Director and at least one Class P Director constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business. If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, notice of any adjournment to another time or place (other than adjournments until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, as to which no notice is required) shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting to the Directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

(b) Each Voting Director may, by written notice given to the chief executive officer, appoint an alternate to attend and vote at meetings, or at any particular meeting, if the Voting Director is unable to attend. The presence of an alternate at any meeting shall be deemed to be presence of the Director at such meeting for all purposes, and the vote of such alternate shall be deemed to be the vote of the relevant Director. No Director may retract the vote of any duly

 

19


appointed alternate on behalf of such Director after the close of the meeting at which such vote is made. In the event that the Director who appointed an alternate attends a meeting, the appointment of such alternate shall be ineffective for such meeting, and the alternate shall have no right to be present or to participate in that meeting.

(c) Directors may participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all Directors participating in such meeting can communicate with and hear one another.

(d) Every act or decision done or made by the Board of Directors shall require the unanimous consent of all Voting Directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present.

5.4 WAIVER OF NOTICE; CONSENT TO MEETING . Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Director who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such Director. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the Company’s records and made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

5.5 ACTION BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS WITHOUT A MEETING . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if at least one Class C Director and at least one Class P Director (or their alternates who have been appointed pursuant to Section 5.3(b) above) shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Board of Directors.

5.6 COMMITTEES AND SUBCOMMITTEES . The provisions of this Article 5 shall also apply, with necessary changes in points of detail, to committees and subcommittees of the Board of Directors, if any, and to actions by such committees or subcommittees (except for the first sentence of Section 5.2, which shall not apply, and except that special meetings of a committee or subcommittee may also be called at any time by any two members of the committee or subcommittee), unless otherwise provided by this Agreement or by the resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee or subcommittee. For such purpose, references to the Directors collectively shall be deemed to refer to each such committee or subcommittee, and references to “Directors” shall be deemed to refer to members of the committee or subcommittee. In addition, the Members intend that the Board of Directors appoint a separate committee responsible for taxes and that such committee at least be given the authority to make routine and/or recurring decisions with respect to taxes.

 

20


ARTICLE 6

OFFICERS

6.1 GENERAL . Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Certificate and this Agreement, the Board of Directors shall from time to time appoint one or more individuals who shall be termed officers of the Company (the “Officers”). Subject to the decision and control of the Board of Directors, the Officers of the Company shall manage the day-to-day activities and affairs and will have discretion with regard to all matters not otherwise reserved to the Board of Directors of the Company. Each Officer shall hold his or her respective office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise specifically provided for below, an Officer need not be a Member or Director of the Company, and any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Officers of the Company shall include a president and chief executive officer, a chief financial officer, and a secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, one or more vice presidents, and such other Officers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

6.2 APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL . Officers shall be appointed by the Board of Directors. Each Officer, including an Officer elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his or her successor is elected, except as otherwise provided by the Act or the Certificate, unless earlier removed pursuant to this Section 6.2. Any Officer may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors.

6.3 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND PRESIDENT . The chief executive officer and president shall, subject to the oversight and control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Company. Subject to Section 7.1 hereof, the chief executive officer and president shall have all of the powers which are ordinarily inherent in the office of the chief executive officer and president of a corporation, and he shall have such further powers and shall perform such further duties, as may be prescribed for him by the Board of Directors.

6.4 VICE PRESIDENTS . In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the chief executive officer, or, if not ranked, the vice president designated by the chief executive officer, shall perform all of the duties of the chief executive officer and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the chief executive officer. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the president or by this Agreement or by the Board of Directors.

6.5 SECRETARY . The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal executive office of the Company, or such other place as the president may order, a book of minutes of all proceedings of the Members and of the Board of Directors, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and if special how authorized, the notice thereof given, the names of those present and the number of votes present or represented at Members’ or Board of Directors meetings. The secretary or an assistant secretary, or, if they are absent or unable or refuse to act, any other officer of the Company, shall give or cause to be given notice of all the meetings of the Members required by the Agreement or by law to be given, and he shall keep the

 

21


seal of the Company, if any, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the president or by this Agreement or by the Board of Directors.

6.6 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER . The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of account of the Company. The chief financial officer shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal executive office of the Company a record of Members showing (i) the names of the Members and their addresses, (ii) their respective initial and all their respective subsequent Capital Contributions and Percentage Interests, as they may vary from time to time. The chief financial officer shall receive and deposit all moneys and other valuables belonging to the Company in the name and to the credit of the Company and shall disburse the same only in such manner as the chief executive officer or the appropriate officers of the Company may from time to time determine, shall render, whenever requested, an account of all his transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the Company, and shall perform such further duties as the chief executive officer or this Agreement or the Board of Directors may prescribe.

6.7 TERM . The initial Officers of the Company were appointed for a term of three years from the Closing, which term may be renewed by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the initial Officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and may be removed by the Board of Directors in its discretion at any time prior to the end of their three year terms pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof. Any subsequent Officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and may be removed by the Board of Directors in its discretion at any time.

ARTICLE 7

OPERATIONAL MATTERS

7.1 BOARD OF DIRECTOR APPROVAL .

(a) Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors pursuant to subsection (b) below, the Company shall not have the authority to approve or undertake any of the following matters without the approval of the Board of Directors (obtained as set forth in Section 5.3(d)):

(i) The hiring, firing, renewal, compensation, evaluation and planning for succession of the chief executive officer and president, the chief financial officer and senior vice presidents and other Officers of similar rank.

(ii) Compensation policies for Company employees, including specific compensation and benefit plans and programs.

 

22


(iii) Annual strategic and business plans and amendments thereto (including entering into any unrelated new lines of business) in accordance with Section 7.2, Company-wide financing plans, and Company-wide risk management plans (including a program of insurance).

(iv) Any distribution to the Members in excess of, or in an amount less than, Tax Distributions made in accordance with Sections 9.2(a) and 9.2(b) hereof (which are deemed automatically approved by the Board of Directors, subject to Section 8.2 hereof).

(v) The following material transactions:

(A) Projects, long-term contracts (including cancellation thereof), mergers, consolidations, re-capitalization, acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures or alliances involving the commitment or transfer by the Company of value in excess of $25 million and shut-downs of material facilities; and

(B) Investments and transactions outside the normal lines of business in excess of $10 million.

(vi) Capital expenditures in excess of 110% of the approved capital expenditure budget or overruns on major projects greater than 10%.

(vii) Individual borrowings and leasing arrangements in excess of $25 million, or if the Board of Directors in its discretion sets a debt ceiling, any borrowing in excess of such debt ceiling.

(viii) Unusual, non-recurring uses of Company credit in support of operations above a $10 million exposure.

(ix) The settlement of actions or claims against the Company involving more than $10 million.

(x) Related-party transactions involving the receipt or payment of more than $5 million in any one transaction or $10 million in any series of related transactions, irrespective of individual amounts (other than transactions reflected by the agreements referred to on Schedules 6.11(b) and 6.11(c) of each of the Phillips Disclosure Schedule to the Contribution Agreement and the Chevron Disclosure Schedule to the Contribution Agreement).

 

23


(xi) Any amendment to the Certificate or this Agreement.

(xii) Except as otherwise specifically provided for in Article X, the admission of an additional Member or other equity holder of the Company.

(xiii) Any redemption of an equity interest in the Company.

(xiv) Any adoption of or change in the Company’s form of business or accounting principles.

(xv) Any material consolidation or relocation of the Company’s research and development facilities, or the exercise or waiver of any right affecting the term of any leasehold for research and development facilities.

(xvi) The commencement of voluntary bankruptcy proceedings for the Company.

(xvii) Any material decision regarding repair, replacement or startup relating to the K-Resin Accident.

(xviii) The liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(xix) Any use by the Company of the “Chevron,” “ChevronTexaco” or “Phillips” name, by itself.

(b) The Board of Directors shall review periodically the appropriateness of the list of items contained in Section 7.1(a) (including the related threshold dollar amounts contained therein) which must be brought before the Board of Directors, and will implement changes if and when appropriate. Any such changes shall be set forth in a written resolution, and, to the extent that such written resolution is inconsistent with Section 7.1(a), the written resolution will control.

7.2 STRATEGIC AND BUSINESS PLANS; REPORTS .

(a) The Board of Directors and the Officers will conduct an interactive strategic planning process on an annual basis. In connection with this process, the Officers shall prepare and submit to the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors shall review, consider and adopt:

(i) a strategic plan for the Company; and

 

24


(ii) a three (3) year business plan, including capital and operating budgets.

Such process shall be conducted in accordance with the strategic planning processes of the Members, as determined by the Board of Directors.

(b) In the event that the Board of Directors fails to timely approve capital or operating budgets for any period, the Officers will be authorized to spend such amounts as are necessary or appropriate to meet the Company’s prior commitments and obligations and to conduct and maintain the Company’s operations and properties in a safe and efficient manner in accordance with industry practice.

(c) The Officers shall provide the Board of Directors with monthly reports of the operating results of the Company compared with the strategic and business plan, including the capital and operating budgets, and annual and periodic reports of compliance matters (e.g. financial controls, environmental, human resources, etc.).

ARTICLE 8

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND PERCENTAGE INTERESTS

8.1 CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND PERCENTAGE INTERESTS .

(a) Effective as of the Closing, the Initial Chevron Member and each of the Previous Phillips Members agreed (i) to make a Capital Contribution to the Company as contemplated by Article II of the Contribution Agreement and credit the Capital Account of the Initial Chevron Member and each Previous Phillips Member in respect thereof in accordance with Section 8.1(b) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement, (ii) to determine the Percentage Interest of each Class C Member and each Class P Member in accordance with Section 8.1(a) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement, and (iii) that (A) the aggregate Percentage Interests of all Class C Members shall equal 50% and the aggregate Percentage Interests of all Class P Members shall equal 50%, (B) such aggregate Percentage Interests shall not change unless otherwise agreed by the Members, and (C) such aggregate Percentage Interests shall not be affected by the Chevron Pipe Line Contribution.

(b) Effective as of the Closing, Chevron and Phillips agreed to (i) determine the balance of the Capital Account of the Initial Chevron Member and each Previous Phillips Member as of the Closing Date in accordance with Section 8.1(c) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement, (ii) determine the Percentage Interest of the Initial Chevron Member and each Previous Phillips Member as of the Closing Date in accordance with Section 8.1(c) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement, and (iii) agree to schedules setting forth the Carrying Values of assets specified in clause (i) of the first sentence of Section 8.1(c) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement.

 

25


(c) The determination of Capital Account balances as described in Section 8.1(b) hereof was designed to result in the aggregate credit balances in the Capital Accounts of the Class C Members being equal to the aggregate credit balances in the Capital Accounts of the Class P Members as of Closing and after giving effect to the distributions described in Section 9.2(f) which is consistent with the agreement of the Initial Chevron Member and each of the Previous Phillips Members that the fair market value of the net assets contributed to the Company by the Class C Members at Closing and the fair market value of the net assets contributed to the Company by the Class P Members at Closing were equal after giving effect to the distributions described in Section 9.2(f), and this result was not to be affected by the Chevron Pipe Line Contribution.

8.2 ADDITIONAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS . No Member may make additional Capital Contributions other than pursuant to its obligations under the Contribution Agreement or this Agreement without the consent of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall approve all material terms of any such Capital Contribution, including its effect on the Members’ relative Capital Accounts and Percentage Interests. Except as provided below, the Members intend that any capital requirements of the Company after the date hereof not satisfied by revenues generated from the operations of the Company will be funded through additional Capital Contributions by the Members or loans from Members to the Company, in each case as approved by the Members and the Board of Directors. It is not anticipated that such future capital requirements of the Company will be funded through the incurrence of indebtedness for borrowed money; provided that the foregoing shall not prevent (i) the entry into commercial cash management facilities, including but not limited to corporate revolving credit facilities, commercial paper programs and accounts receivable securitization programs, solely for short term or general working capital purposes or (ii) project financing. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that any additional Capital Contributions by the Members or loans from Members to the Company are approved by the Members and the Board of Directors, no Tax Distributions shall be made with respect to the two (2) Fiscal Quarters that end immediately after the date that each such additional Capital Contribution or loan is made (each such period, a “Suspension Period”).

8.3 WITHDRAWAL OR REDUCTION OF CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS .

(a) Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no Member shall have the right to withdraw from the Company all or any part of its Capital Contribution.

(b) A Member, irrespective of the nature of its Capital Contribution, shall not have the right to demand and receive a distribution in kind in return for its Capital Contribution, unless the Members shall have otherwise unanimously agreed.

8.4 NO RETURN ON OR OF CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS . No amounts shall be payable on, with respect to, or in return of, Capital Contributions or Capital Accounts of Members except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

8.5 CAPITAL ACCOUNTS . A single Capital Account shall be maintained for each Member (regardless of the class of interests owned by such Member and regardless of the time or

 

26


manner in which such interests were acquired) in accordance with the capital accounting rules of section 704(b) of the Code and the Income Tax Regulations thereunder (including without limitation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) of the Income Tax Regulations) and as further described in this Section 8.5.

(a) There shall be established for each Member a Capital Account reflecting the excess (or deficit) of (a) the sum of (i) the Carrying Value of assets contributed to the Company by such Member and the amount of cash contributed to the Company by such Member under Section 8.1 or Section 8.2 or paid pursuant to a note contributed to the Company by such Member, (ii) such Member’s share of Net Profits calculated in accordance with Section 9.1 and any items in the nature of income or gain that are specifically allocated to such Member under Section 9.1, and (iii) the amount of any Company liabilities assumed by such Member or which are secured by any property distributed to such Member over (b) the sum of (i) such Member’s share of Net Losses under Section 9.1 and any items in the nature of losses or expenses that are specifically allocated to such Member under Section 9.1, (ii) any distributions to such Member under Section 9.2 or Section 12.6, and (iii) liabilities of such Member assumed by the Company or which are secured by any property contributed by such Member. In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of this section, there shall be taken into account section 752(c) of the Code and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Income Tax Regulations.

(b) In the event of a transfer of all or any portion of a Member’s interest in the Company pursuant to Article 10 hereof, the Capital Account of any transferee shall include the appropriate portion of the Capital Account of the Member from which the transferee’s interest in the Company was obtained.

(c) When Company property is distributed in kind (whether in connection with liquidation and dissolution or otherwise), the Capital Accounts of the Members shall first be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized income, gain, loss and deduction inherent in such property (that has not been reflected in the Capital Account previously) would be allocated among the Members if there were a taxable disposition of such property for the fair market value of such property (taking into account section 7701(g) of the Code) on the date of distribution.

(d) The appropriate Officers shall make or cause to be made all necessary adjustments in each Member’s Capital Account as required by the capital accounting rules of section 704(b) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

8.6 LOANS BY MEMBERS TO THE COMPANY . No Member shall be obligated to lend money to the Company. No Member may lend money to the Company without the consent of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall approve all material terms of such a loan, including, without limitation, the interest rate and term. Any loan by a Member to the Company with the required consent of the Board of Directors shall be separately entered on the books of the Company as a loan to the Company and not as a Capital Contribution, and shall be evidenced by a promissory note duly executed by at least one Class C Director and one Class P Director on behalf of the Company and delivered to the lending Member.

 

27


8.7 TREATMENT OF CERTAIN INDEMNITY PAYMENTS .

(a) If Company makes any payment to a third party that is subject to indemnification by a Class C Member, a Class P Member or a Previous Phillips Member (or any Affiliate thereof) pursuant to the Contribution Agreement or Annex B or C thereto (a “Company Indemnifiable Payment”), the Members intend such payment to be treated as preserving the value of the contribution made pursuant to Article II of the Contribution Agreement by the Member liable for the indemnity payment. Toward that end, each indemnity obligation arising in respect of a Company Indemnifiable Payment will be treated as having arisen immediately prior to such contribution of assets by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party will be treated as if it had originally contributed assets with a Carrying Value increased by the amount of the Company Indemnifiable Payment, and the Company will be treated as having assumed an additional liability in the amount of the Company Indemnifiable Payment. As a result, the amounts credited to the Capital Accounts of the Class C Members in the aggregate and the Class P Members in the aggregate will remain equal. The Members also intend that the tax consequences of such Company Indemnifiable Payment and the indemnification payment itself shall inure to the Indemnifying Party, but, except as otherwise agreed by the Members, only to the extent that such tax result can be achieved without causing the Capital Accounts of the Class C Members in the aggregate and the Capital Accounts of the Class P Members in the aggregate to fail to be equal.

(b) If a Member or a Previous Phillips Member makes any payment to a third party that is subject to indemnification by the Company pursuant to the Contribution Agreement or Annex B or C thereto (a “Member Indemnifiable Payment”), the Members intend that the tax consequences of such Member Indemnifiable Payment and the indemnification payment itself shall inure to the Company and be shared by the Members in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, but, except as otherwise agreed by the Members, only to the extent that such tax results can be achieved without causing the Capital Accounts of the Class C Members in the aggregate and the Capital Accounts of the Class P Members in the aggregate to fail to be equal.

8.8 TREATMENT OF CERTAIN DEFERRED CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS . As a result of the K-Resin Accident, the value of certain assets contributed by the Previous Phillips Members at Closing had declined from that which existed when the Initial Chevron Member and the Previous Phillips Members were first agreeing on the economic terms of the arrangement described in this Agreement. The Initial Chevron Member and the Previous Phillips Members could not agree on the amount of the decline in value, in part because they were unable to reach an agreement on the likely time and expense involved in repairing the damage caused by the K-Resin Accident and the degree and permanence of any loss of customers that the K-Resin Accident may cause. In order to resolve the issue, it was agreed that one or more of the Class P Members might have to make capital contributions to the Company after the Closing under the circumstances and in the amounts calculated under the provisions of the Contribution Agreement. The Members view such deferred capital contributions as necessary to preserve the pre K-Resin

 

28


Accident value of the business and assets contributed by the Class P Members. The Members agree that any deferred contributions are capital contributions and will not be reported as income by the Company.

8.9 SPECIAL RULE . An Indemnifying Party will indemnify the Indemnified Party on a Net After-Tax Basis against any income or franchise tax incurred in the event that any indemnification payment is treated as taxable income to the Indemnified Party. For purposes of this paragraph, “Net After-Tax Basis” means after any U.S. federal, state or local income or franchise taxes (computed using the Tax Rate) incurred as a result of such indemnification (assuming the deductibility of such state and local income and franchise taxes in calculating federal income tax), reduced by any tax benefit arising as a result of such indemnification.

8.10 APPLICATION OF THE BASKET, TAX BASKET AMOUNT AND CAP . No provision of this Agreement or the Contribution Agreement (including the Annexes thereto) shall be applied or interpreted in a manner that would cause any indemnification payment to be made that otherwise would not be payable because of application of the Basket, Tax Basket Amount or the Cap.

ARTICLE 9

ALLOCATION OF PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS; TAX AND ACCOUNTING MATTERS

9.1 ALLOCATIONS . Net Profit and Net Loss of the Company shall be determined and allocated with respect to each Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period of the Company as follows:

(a) GENERAL ALLOCATION. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 9, Net Profit and Net Loss for each Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter or other period shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

(b) REGULATORY ALLOCATIONS. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following special allocations shall be made for each Fiscal Year or other period in the following order of priority:

(i) If there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during a Company taxable year, then each Member shall be allocated items of Company income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, for subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Member’s share of net decrease in Company Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with section 1.704-2(g)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations. This subsection (b)(i) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement of section 1.704-2(f) of the Income Tax Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

29


(ii) If there is a net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt during any Company taxable year, each Member who has a share of the Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Income Tax Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in the amount equal to such Member’s share of net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in a manner consistent with the provisions of section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Income Tax Regulations. This subsection (b)(ii) is intended to comply with the partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback requirement of section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Income Tax Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(iii) If any Member unexpectedly receives (or Members unexpectedly receive) an adjustment, allocation or distribution of the type contemplated by section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) of the Income Tax Regulations, items of income and gain shall be allocated to such Member (or if more than one Member receives such an adjustment, allocation or distribution, items of income and gain shall be allocated to such Members in proportion to the amounts of their respective Adjusted Capital Account Deficits) in an amount (or amounts) and manner sufficient to eliminate the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of such Member (or deficits of such Members) as quickly as possible. It is intended that this subsection (b)(iii) qualify and be construed as a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Income Tax Regulations.

(iv) If the allocation of Net Loss to a Member as provided in Section 9.1(a) would create or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit and one or more other Members would have a positive Capital Account balance, there shall be allocated to such Member only that amount of Net Loss as will not create or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. The Net Loss that would, absent the application of the preceding sentence, otherwise be allocated to such Member shall, subject to the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit limitations of such sentence, be allocated to those Members having positive Capital Account balances up to the amount of such positive Capital Account balances in the ratios that each such Member’s positive Capital Account Balance bears to the sum of such positive Capital Account balances. To the extent that allocations of Net Losses have been made pursuant to this subsection (b)(iv), future allocations of Net Profits, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, shall be made first to restore such Net Losses.

(v) Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year or other period shall be allocated each year to the Member that bears the economic risk of loss (within the meaning of section 1.752-2 of the Income Tax Regulations) for the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable.

 

30


(vi) Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year or other period shall be allocated to the Members in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.

(vii) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset, pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required, pursuant to section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) of the Income Tax Regulations, to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as the result of a distribution to a Member in complete liquidation of such Member’s interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment to Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Members in accordance with their interests in the Company in the event section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations applies, or to the Member to whom such distribution was made in the event section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) of the Income Tax Regulations applies

(viii) The allocations set forth in subsections (b)(i) through (b)(vii) (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of sections 1.704-1(b), 1.704-2(f) and 1.704-2(i) of the Income Tax Regulations. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.1(a), the Regulatory Allocations shall be taken into account in allocating other items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Members so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of such allocations of other items and the Regulatory Allocations to each Member shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each Member if the Regulatory Allocations had not occurred.

(c) TAX ALLOCATIONS.

(i) Except as provided in subsection (c)(ii), for income tax purposes under the Code and the Income Tax Regulations, Company taxable income and loss shall be allocated to each Member in the same manner that Company Net Profit and Net Loss (and items entering into the determination thereof) are allocated.

(ii) SECTION 704(C). In accordance with section 704(c) of the Code and the Income Tax Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company shall, solely for income tax purposes, be allocated so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income

 

31


tax purposes and the initial Carrying Value of such property. If the Carrying Value of any Company property is adjusted as described in the definition of “Carrying Value”, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and the Carrying Value of such asset in the manner prescribed under Sections 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code and the Income Tax Regulations thereunder. With respect to assets contributed or required to be contributed by the Initial Chevron Member, [SpinCo] and the Previous Phillips Members at the Closing pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, for purposes of applying section 704(c) of the Code and this Section 9.1(c)(ii), the Company shall use the traditional method with curative allocations set forth in section 1.704-3(c) of the Income Tax Regulations. Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the Board of Directors.

(d) DEPRECIATION RECAPTURE. Solely for tax purposes, a Member’s share of the Company’s depreciation recapture recognized for tax purposes upon the disposition of Company property shall be computed in the manner provided for in sections 1.704-3(a)(11), 1.1245-1(e) and 1.1250-1(f) of the Income Tax Regulations. The provisions of this Section 9.1(d) are intended to affect only the character of the items of gain allocated by the Company to the Members. This Section 9.1(d) shall not affect the aggregate amount of gain (including gain characterized under this Section 9.1(d) as depreciation recapture) otherwise allocable to a Member pursuant to this Section 9.1.

(e) CHANGE IN PERCENTAGE INTERESTS. Except as otherwise required by law, if the Percentage Interests of the Members of the Company are changed during any taxable year, all items to be allocated to the Members for such entire taxable year shall be prorated on the basis of the portion of such taxable year which precedes each such change and the portion of such taxable year on and after each such change according to the number of days in each such portion, and the items so allocated for each such portion shall be allocated to the Members in the manner in which such items are allocated as provided in Section 9.1(a) during each such portion of the taxable year in question.

(f) EXCESS NONRECOURSE LIABILITIES. Nonrecourse liabilities of the Company that constitute “excess nonrecourse liabilities” within the meaning of section 1.752-3(a)(3) of the Income Tax Regulations, shall be allocated among the Members in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.

(g) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

(h) ALLOCATIONS RELATING TO CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS. In connection with the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including upon liquidation of the Company), items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall, except as otherwise required by subsections (b) through (f) above, be allocated to the Members

 

32


in the following manner: in such amounts as shall cause (A) the ratio of the Capital Account of each Member to the aggregate Capital Accounts of all Members to (B) equal as nearly as possible each Member’s respective Percentage Interest.

(i) STATE AND LOCAL ITEMS. Items of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit and tax preference for state and local income tax purposes shall be allocated to and among the Members in a manner consistent with the allocation of such items for federal income tax purposes in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.1.

9.2 DISTRIBUTIONS .

(a) Subject to Section 8.2 hereof, the Company shall distribute to each Member as promptly as practicable (and in any event within forty-five (45) days) after the end of each of the first three (3) Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year of the Company an amount equal to such Member’s Quarterly Tax Distribution for such Fiscal Quarter. In addition, subject to Section 8.2 hereof, the Company shall distribute to each Member as promptly as practicable (and in any event within forty-five (45) days) after the end of each Fiscal Year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of such Member’s Proportionate Tax Share for such Fiscal Year over the aggregate amount of Quarterly Tax Distributions made to such Member with respect to such Fiscal Year; provided that, if a Suspension Period occurs during such Fiscal Year, such calculation shall exclude any Adjusted Taxable Income attributable to Fiscal Quarters within such Suspension Period; provided further that, if Section 9.2(b) ceases to prevent Tax Distributions pursuant to this Section 9.2(a) during a Fiscal Year, the calculation of the Tax Distribution to be made with respect to such Fiscal Year pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 9.2(a) shall also exclude any Adjusted Taxable Income attributable to Fiscal Quarters in such Fiscal Year that ended prior to the date when Section 9.2(b) ceased to prevent such Tax Distributions.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Company make any Tax Distribution pursuant to Section 9.2(a) until the date upon which each of (i) the $300,000,000 7% Senior Notes due 2014, (ii) the $400,000,000 8   1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2019 and (iii) the $300,000,000 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021, each issued by the Company and Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LP as joint and several obligors (collectively, the “Bond Indebtedness”), has been repaid or redeemed in full or such repayment obligations otherwise have been fully discharged. The Class C Member and each of the Class P Members agree to cause the Class C Directors and the Class P Directors, respectively, to instruct management of the Company to use commercially reasonable efforts to repay or redeem the Bond Indebtedness, as promptly as commercially practicable after the date hereof, with available cash of the Company in the manner most beneficial to the Company in management’s discretion.

(c) Any distributions by the Company to the Members, other than a Tax Distribution in accordance with Sections 9.2(a) and 9.2(b) hereof, shall be payable at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

33


(d) To the extent the Company is required by law to withhold or to make tax payments on behalf of or with respect to any Member, the Company may withhold such amounts and make such tax payments as so required. For purposes of this Agreement, any such payments or withholdings shall be treated as a distribution to the Member on behalf of whom the withholding or payment was made.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.2, the Company shall not make any distribution to the Members which would render the Company insolvent or which is otherwise prohibited by applicable law.

(f) Subsequent to the Closing, the Company made distributions to the Initial Chevron Member and the Previous Phillips Members as provided in Section 9.2(f) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement, and, after such distributions, the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Class C Members remained equal to the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Class P Members. The Company will use its best efforts to avoid taking any action that, or failing to take any action the failure of which to take, is likely to cause all or part of the distributions made pursuant to Section 9.2(f) of the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement to be taxable to one or more of the Members and in connection therewith the Members shall cooperate with the Company and each other.

(g) In the event that, within two years of the Closing or any contribution of an asset to the Company, the Members desire for the Company to make a distribution or payment to any of the Members or pay all or a portion of any liability, and if such distribution or payment to a Member or such payment of a liability may give rise to a disguised sale under section 707(a)(2)(B) of the Code or corresponding provision of state or local law, the Members shall cooperate to avoid such result without changing the intended economics of the arrangement.

(h) FORMATION AND REIMBURSEMENT FOR CAPITAL EXPENDITURES.

(i) The Initial Chevron Member and the Previous Phillips Members intended that the contributions of P Chem (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) and C Chem (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) constitute a nonrecognition transaction pursuant to Section 721(a) of the Code, and the Initial Chevron Member and the Previous Phillips Members reported and caused the Company to report and otherwise treat the transfers of P Chem and C Chem to the Company as solely a nonrecognition transaction pursuant to Section 721(a) of the Code on all relevant tax returns and reports. Each Class P Member states that it has made capital expenditures that are eligible for reimbursement pursuant to Regulations Section 1.707-4(d) (“Reimbursable Capital Expenditures”) with respect to P Chem in an amount that is not less than the amount set forth opposite its name on Schedule 3 attached hereto, and the Class C Member states that it has made Reimbursable Capital Expenditures with respect to C Chem in an amount that is not less than the amount set forth opposite its name on Schedule 3 attached hereto.

 

34


(ii) If, absent this Section 9.2(h), any distribution to a Class P Member would cause any of the P Chem property transferred by a Previous Phillips Member to the Company pursuant to the Contribution Agreement to be treated as a sale of such property, or if, absent this Section 9.2(h), any distribution to a Class C Member would cause any of the C Chem property transferred by that Member to the Company pursuant to the Contribution Agreement to be treated as a sale of such property, then, to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.707-4(d), the Company and the Members shall treat such distribution as a reimbursement of Reimbursable Capital Expenditures made by such Person (up to the amount thereof as set forth on Schedule 3 less any portion of such amount that has been reimbursed by any prior distribution treated as a reimbursement of Reimbursable Capital Expenditures under this Section 9.2(h)).

(iii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing Section 9.2(h)(ii), if, absent this Section 9.2(h), any distribution to a Member would cause any of the property transferred by that Member (or in the case of a Class P Member any property transferred by a Previous Phillips Member) to the Company pursuant to the Contribution Agreement to be treated as a sale of such property, then, to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.707-4(d), the Members and the Company shall treat (i) any excess of any of the distribution to a Class C Member of the Initial Financing required by Section 9.2(f) of the LLC Agreement and Section 6.16 of the Contribution Agreement and any distribution in respect of Actual Contributed Cash and/or Working Capital Difference required by Section 3.3 of the Contribution Agreement (collectively, the “Special Distribution”) over the Class C Member’s “allocable share” (within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.707-5(b)) of the Interim Financing or other borrowing of the Company, the proceeds of which are allocable (within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.707-5(b) and Notice 89-35, 1989-1 C.B. 675) to such Special Distribution, as reimbursements of Reimbursable Capital Expenditures incurred by such Class C Member (up to the amount thereof as set forth on Schedule 3 less any portion of such amount that has been reimbursed by any prior distribution treated as a reimbursement of Reimbursable Capital Expenditures under this Section 9.2(h)), and (ii) any excess of the Special Distribution to a Class P Member over the Class P Member’s “allocable share” (within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.707-5(b)) of the Interim Financing or other borrowing of the Company, the proceeds of which are allocable (within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.707-5(b) and Notice 89-35, 1989-1 C.B. 675) to such Special Distribution, as reimbursements of Reimbursable Capital Expenditures incurred by such Class P Member (up to the amount thereof as set forth on Schedule 3 less any portion of such amount that has been reimbursed by any prior distribution treated as a reimbursement of Reimbursable Capital Expenditures under this Section 9.2(h)).

 

35


9.3 ACCOUNTING MATTERS . The Company’s tax year shall be the calendar year unless otherwise required by section 706 of the Code or the Income Tax Regulations thereunder. The Board of Directors shall cause to be maintained complete books and records accurately reflecting the accounts, business and transactions of the Company on a calendar-year basis and using such cash, accrual, or hybrid method of accounting as in the judgment of the Board of Directors is most appropriate; provided, however, that books and records with respect to the Company’s Capital Accounts and allocations under this Agreement of Net Profit and Net Loss (and items entering into the determination thereof) and income, gain, loss, deduction or credit (or item thereof) shall be kept on the basis of the Company’s Fiscal Year and under United States federal income tax accounting principles as applied to partnerships.

9.4 TAX STATUS AND RETURNS .

(a) Any provision hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, solely for United States federal income tax purposes, each of the Members hereby recognizes that the Company is subject to all provisions of Subchapter K of Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code; provided, however , that the filing of U.S. Partnership Returns of Income shall not be construed to expand the purposes of the Company or expand the obligations or liabilities of the Members.

(b) The chief financial officer shall prepare or cause to be prepared all tax returns and statements, if any, that must be filed on behalf of the Company with any taxing authority, and shall make timely filing thereof. Within one-hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each calendar year, the Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered to each Member a report setting forth in reasonable detail the information with respect to the Company during such calendar year reasonably required to enable each Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns in accordance with applicable law then prevailing.

9.5 754 ELECTION AND OTHER TAX ELECTIONS . In the event of a distribution of property to a Member, or a transfer of any interest in the Company permitted under the Act or this Agreement, the Company, upon the written request of the transferor or transferee, shall file a timely election under section 754 of the Code and the Income Tax Regulations thereunder to adjust the basis of the Company’s assets under section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code and a corresponding election under the applicable provisions of state and local law, and the person making such request shall pay all costs incurred by the Company in connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees. Other tax elections and decisions relating to Taxes not specifically governed by any other express provision of this Agreement shall be made as agreed by the Board of Directors.

9.6 TAX MATTERS PARTNER .

(a) [SpinCo Sub] shall be the Company’s “tax matters partner” for purposes of subchapter C of chapter 63 of subtitle F of the Code (dealing with the tax treatment of partnership items); provided, however , that the tax matters partner shall not take any action without the approval of the Board of Directors or its designee; and provided, further , that the tax matters partner shall receive no compensation for its services as tax matters partner but shall be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in acting in such capacity.

 

36


(b) The Company shall indemnify the tax matters partner (including the officers and directors of a corporate tax matters partner) against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, and expenses (including attorney fees) reasonably incurred in any civil, criminal, or investigative proceeding in which they are involved or threatened to be involved by reason of being the tax matters partner unless the tax matters partner acted in bad faith or with gross negligence. The indemnification provided hereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any applicable statute, agreement, vote of Partners, or otherwise.

ARTICLE 10

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

10.1 TRANSFER OF INTERESTS . No Member may sell, assign, transfer or hypothecate (“Transfer”) all or any part of its Membership Interest in the Company, or any interest therein, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 10.

10.2 CONDITIONS OF TRANSFER . No Member may Transfer all or any part of such Member’s Membership Interest, or any interest therein, except in compliance with Section 10.6, Section 10.7, Section 10.9, Section 10.10, Section 10.11 or Article 11, such compliance to be jointly determined by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer and documented by a certificate evidencing such Transfer. Moreover, except as set forth in Sections 10.9, 10.10 or 10.11 or Article 11, no Member may Transfer all or any part of such Member’s Membership Interest, or any interest therein, unless such Transfer will not (and, upon request of the Board of Directors, the transferring Member provides an opinion of counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Board of Directors that such Transfer will not): (A) subject the Company to registration as an investment company or election as a “business development company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940; (B) require any Member or any affiliate of a Member to register as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; (C) effect a termination of the Company under section 708 of the Code; (D) cause the Company to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; (E) cause the Company or any Member to be treated as an ERISA fiduciary; or (F) otherwise violate this Agreement; provided, that no Transfer shall violate any federal, state or local laws, including any applicable federal or state securities laws or regulations.

10.3 ADMISSION OF SUBSTITUTE MEMBER . In the event of a Transfer pursuant to Sections 10.6, 10.7, 10.9, 10.10 or 10.11 or Article 11, and the requirements of Section 10.2 and this Section 10.3 are met, then the transferee of the Member’s Membership Interest shall be entitled to be admitted to the Company as a substitute Member, and this Agreement (and all schedules and exhibits hereto) shall be amended to reflect such admission, provided that the following conditions are complied with:

(a) The transferor and transferee shall have executed and acknowledged such instruments as the Board of Directors may deem necessary or desirable to effect the substitution;

 

37


(b) The transferee acknowledges all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement as the same may have been amended and agrees in writing to be bound by the same;

(c) The transferee reimburses the Company for all reasonable expenses connected with such admission including, but not limited to, legal fees and costs;

(d) The filing with the Company, if required by the Board of Directors, of such proof of the investment intent and financial status of the transferee as the Board of Directors may request; and

(e) Compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

10.4 EFFECT OF TRANSFER WITHOUT APPROVAL . Any purported Transfer of all or any part of a Member’s Membership Interest, or any interest therein, which is not in compliance with this Article 10 shall be void and, except as provided for in Section 10.5, below, shall be of no effect.

10.5 LIABILITY FOR BREACH . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 10, any Member purporting to Transfer its Membership Interest, or any part thereof, in violation of this Article 10 shall be liable to the Company and the other Members for all liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) arising as a direct or consequential result of such non-complying transfer, attempted transfer or purported transfer, including specifically, any additional cost or taxes created by non-compliance with any of the requirements and conditions provided for in Section 10.2.

10.6 PERMITTED TRANSFERS SUBJECT TO RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL .

(a) At any time the Class C Member(s) or the Class P Member(s) (a “Transferring Class”) may Transfer not less than all of their respective Class Membership Interest to a Person for cash, subject to the Right of First Refusal provided for in this Section 10.6 and the last sentence of Section 10.2.

(b) In the event that any Transferring Class has received a bona fide written cash offer, which such Transferring Class is willing to accept, for the Transferring Class to sell not less than all of its respective Class Membership Interest (the “Transferred Interest”) to any Person, the Transferring Class shall deliver a written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to all of the Members, other than the Members in the Transferring Class (the “Non-Transferring Class”), stating the Transferring Class’s intent to sell the Transferred Interest pursuant to a bona fide cash

 

38


offer. The Transfer Notice shall (i) specify the purchase price for and other material terms with respect to the sale of the Transferred Interest, (ii) identify the proposed purchaser of the Transferred Interest, (iii) specify the date scheduled for the transfer (which date shall not be earlier than one hundred twenty (120) days from the date the Transfer Notice is delivered), (iv) contain a statement that the offer has been accepted pending compliance with the right of first refusal set forth herein and receipt of required regulatory and other approvals, and (v) shall have attached thereto a copy of the written offer containing all of the terms and conditions on which the Transferred Interest is to be sold.

(c) The Non-Transferring Class shall have the exclusive option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Transferred Interest on terms and conditions substantially the same in all material respects as, and at the same price, set forth in the written offer delivered pursuant to subsection (b) above. The Non-Transferring Class shall notify the Company and the Transferring Class of its intention to exercise or not to exercise the right of first refusal hereunder within forty-five (45) days of receipt by the Non-Transferring Class of a Transfer Notice.

(d) In the event that the Non-Transferring Class shall have duly elected to purchase the Transferred Interest (the “Electing Class”), the Electing Class and the Transferring Class shall diligently pursue obtaining all regulatory approvals and use best commercially reasonable efforts to consummate the closing of the purchase of the Transferred Interest as soon as practicable and in any event within one year from receipt of the Transfer Notice; provided that, if such closing does not occur within such one-year period due to the failure to obtain any required regulatory approvals, the Electing Class’s right to close such sale may be extended at the option of the Electing Class, until such regulatory approvals are obtained, but in no event for a period of greater than one additional year. In the event of a failure of the Non-Transferring Class to elect to purchase all of the Transferred Interest or a failure of the Electing Class to consummate such purchase in accordance herewith, the Transferring Class will be free, at any time within 120 days from the date the Non-Transferring Class elect not to exercise their purchase rights hereunder or from the date the time periods specified in this section for such election have expired, subject, in each case, to extension for up to an additional eight (8) months to the extent necessary to achieve any required regulatory approvals, to consummate the sale of the Transferred Interest to the purchaser at a price and upon terms and conditions no more favorable to the purchaser than those specified in the Transfer Notice; provided that the purchaser shall assume all of the liabilities and obligations of the Transferring Class under this Agreement by a binding written instrument which shall be enforceable by the Company and the Non-Transferring Class.

(e) A Transferring Class shall not be relieved of any of its obligations arising under this Agreement prior to such Transfer. The Transferring Class and any transferee shall execute such documents as the Non-Transferring Class shall reasonably request to evidence the Transfer and the assumption and continuing obligations under this Agreement.

(f) At the request of a Member, the Company will provide prospective purchasers of such Member’s Class Membership Interest with reasonable access to financial, operating and other information of the Company, subject to customary confidentiality agreements which shall

 

39


include provisions to protect competitively sensitive information. Each Member shall cooperate with, and shall not oppose, the closing of any Transfer which is in Compliance with this Section 10.6.

10.7 PERMITTED TRANSFERS AMONG WHOLLY-OWNED AFFILIATES . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Membership Interest to a Wholly-Owned Affiliate of such Member, and such Transfer shall be deemed automatically approved by the Board of Directors; provided, however , that such Transfer otherwise meets the conditions and requirements of Sections 10.2 and 10.3.

10.8 TRANSFERS OF EQUITY INTERESTS IN A MEMBER . A sale, assignment, transfer or hypothecation of any direct or indirect equity interest in a Member by a Parent of such Member shall be deemed to be a Transfer by that Member of its Membership Interest in the Company for purposes of this Article 10 and shall not be permitted except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 10. Chevron and [SpinCo] shall comply with this Section 10.8 and shall take all necessary action to cause their Affiliates to comply with this Section 10.8. For the purpose of clarification of this Section 10.8, a Change of Control of the Ultimate Parent of any Member shall not be considered a Transfer of such Member’s Membership Interest or a Transfer of the equity interest in such Member pursuant to this and the foregoing sections of this Article 10; provided, that a Change of Control of [SpinCo] shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.10 hereof.

10.9 CREDIT RATINGS BUY-OUT OPTION .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if any of the Members of one class or the Ultimate Parent of any of the Members of one class (the Member(s) of such class, the “Downgraded Members”) concurrently have both an S&P Triggering Credit Rating and a Moody’s Triggering Credit Rating (a “Credit Rating Event”), the Member(s) of the other class (the “Buy-Out Members”) may, by delivering written notice (a “Valuation Notice”) to the Downgraded Members following such Credit Rating Event in accordance with Section 10.9(b) below, require that the Members determine the Fair Market Value of the Membership Interests of the Downgraded Members in accordance with Section 10.9(c) below. The Downgraded Members each agree to give written notice to the Buy-Out Members within five (5) days of any Credit Rating Event.

(b) Upon the first occurrence of a Credit Rating Event for the Downgraded Members (an “Initial Credit Rating Event”), the Buy-Out Members shall not be entitled to deliver a Valuation Notice unless a Downgraded Member or its Ultimate Parent has had either an S&P Triggering Credit Rating or a Moody’s Triggering Credit Rating continuously for three hundred sixty-five (365) days from the beginning of the Initial Credit Rating Event (the “Initial Cure Period”). If each Downgraded Member and each Downgraded Member’s Ultimate Parent no longer has an S&P Triggering Credit Rating and no longer has a Moody’s Triggering Credit Rating after an Initial Credit Rating Event (a “Cure Event”), and another Credit Rating Event occurs with respect to any such Downgraded Member or any such Downgraded Member’s Ultimate Parent within twenty-four (24) months following the date of the most recent Cure Event

 

40


(a “Subsequent Credit Rating Event”), the Buy-Out Members shall not be entitled to deliver a Valuation Notice hereunder unless a Downgraded Member or its Ultimate Parent has had either an S&P Triggering Credit Rating or a Moody’s Triggering Credit Rating continuously for the following number of days following such Subsequent Credit Rating Event: (i) three hundred sixty-five (365) days minus the sum of (ii) the number of days between the beginning of an Initial Credit Rating Event and the Cure Event associated with such Initial Credit Rating Event and (iii) the number of days between the beginning of each other Subsequent Credit Rating Event and the Cure Event associated with each such other Subsequent Credit Rating Event (a “Subsequent Cure Period”); provided, however, that if at least twenty-four (24) months elapse after a Cure Event and before the next Credit Rating Event, such Credit Rating Event will be deemed to be an Initial Credit Rating Event hereunder; provided further, however, that if no Cure Event occurs during the Initial Cure Period (including the Initial Cure Period following a Credit Rating Event deemed an Initial Credit Rating Event hereunder) or during any Subsequent Cure Period, as applicable, with respect to a Credit Rating Event (such Credit Rating Event, a “Uncured Credit Rating Event”), the Buy-Out Members may deliver a Valuation Notice at any time within ninety (90) days following the expiration of any such period. For the avoidance of doubt, after the occurrence of an Uncured Credit Rating Event for the Downgraded Members, the Buy-Out Members may deliver a Valuation Notice at any time within ninety (90) days following the occurrence of a Subsequent Credit Rating Event with respect to such Downgraded Members (other than (x) during the time the Fair Market Value is being determined pursuant to Section 10.9(c), (y) during the Buy-Out Interest Option Period or (z) after the exercise of the Buy-Out Interest Option, unless such exercise is terminated by the Purchaser (as defined below) in accordance with Section 10.11(a), in each case of (x), (y) and (z), due to a previously delivered Valuation Notice by the Buy-Out Members); provided, however, that if at least twenty-four (24) months elapse after the Cure Event associated with the Uncured Credit Rating Event and before the next Credit Rating Event, such Credit Rating Event will be deemed to be an Initial Credit Rating Event hereunder.

(c) The “Fair Market Value” of the relevant Membership Interests shall be:

(i) the amount agreed between the Class C Member and [SpinCo] after negotiating in good faith for no more than thirty (30) days after notice having been served requiring that the Members determine the Fair Market Value of the relevant Membership Interests in accordance with Sections 10.9(a) and 10.9(b) or Section 10.10(a) hereof, as the case may be; or

(ii) in the event that the Class C Member and [SpinCo] are unable to agree on the Fair Market Value of the relevant Membership Interests within such period, each shall appoint, within ten (10) days following the expiration of the thirty (30) day period referred to in Section 10.9(c)(i), a nationally recognized investment bank to act for the appointing party to determine the fair market value of the relevant Membership Interests as promptly as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the above mentioned ten (10) day period. In the event the Class C Member or [SpinCo] fails to timely appoint

 

41


such an investment bank, the party that has timely appointed such an investment bank shall be entitled, at such party’s option, either (A) to have the investment bank it appointed determine the fair market value of the relevant Membership Interests, which determination shall be final and binding on the Members or (B) to petition the Delaware Court of Chancery to have the Chancellor of such court (or his designee) promptly appoint a second such investment bank. Each investment bank appointed pursuant to this Section 10.9(c) shall be instructed to determine the fair market value of the relevant Membership Interests by determining the value of fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Membership Interests of the Class C Member and Class P Members, without a control premium and with valuation premised on a sale in an arm’s length transaction where neither the seller nor the buyer is under compulsion to consummate the sale. If the lower of the two values determined by the two investment banks is no more than 10% lower than the greater value, then the Fair Market Value of the relevant Membership Interests shall be the average of the two values. If the lower value is more than 10% lower than the greater value, then the Class C Member and [SpinCo] shall direct the two (2) investment banks to promptly (and not later than ten (10) days following the delivery of the last of the two (2) valuations prepared by such investment banks) appoint a third nationally recognized investment bank to determine the fair market value of the relevant Membership Interests. In the event the two (2) investment banks fail to timely appoint such a third investment bank, either the Class C Member or [SpinCo] shall be entitled to petition the Delaware Court of Chancery to have the Chancellor of such court (or his designee) promptly appoint a third such investment bank. If the value determined by such third investment bank is within the range of the first two values, then the fair market value of the relevant Membership Interests as determined by such third investment bank shall be the Fair Market Value of the relevant Membership Interests. If the value determined by such third investment bank is outside the range of the first two values, then the Fair Market Value of the relevant Membership Interests shall be the median of the three values. Each of the Class C Member and [SpinCo] shall pay the costs and fees for the investment bank it appoints and the costs and fees of the third investment bank, if any, shall be shared equally between the Class C Member and [SpinCo].

(iii) The above-described determination of Fair Market Value of the relevant Membership Interests of the Company will be final and binding on the Members.

(d) The Buy-Out Members shall have the option, but not the obligation (the “Buy-Out Interest Option”), to purchase from the Downgraded Members, and to require each Downgraded Member to sell to the Buy-Out Members, all (but not less than all) of each Downgraded Member’s Membership Interest (the “Buy-Out Interests”) for a purchase price (the “Buy-Out Purchase Price”) equal to the Fair Market Value of each such Downgraded Member’s Membership Interest (as finally determined pursuant to Section 10.9(c)). The Buy-Out Interest Option must be exercised with respect to all of the Downgraded Members. The Buy-Out Interest

 

42


Option shall be exercisable by the Buy-Out Members, in their sole discretion and at their sole option, by delivering written notice (which written notice shall be irrevocable except as provided in Section 10.11(a)) to each of the Downgraded Members at any time during the period commencing on the date on which the Fair Market Value of the Membership Interests of the Downgraded Members is finally determined pursuant to Section 10.9(c) and ending sixty (60) days after such date (the “Buy-Out Interest Option Period”). Such written notice shall obligate each Downgraded Member to sell and the Buy-Out Members to purchase the Buy-Out Interests as herein provided. The failure of the Buy-Out Members to deliver the written notice during a given Buy-Out Interest Option Period (or the delivery of a written notice by the Buy-Out Members declining to exercise the Buy-Out Interest Option) shall result in the termination of the Buy-Out Interest Option with respect to such Buy-Out Interest Option Period, and any subsequent exercise of the Buy-Out Interest Option by the Buy-Out Members after such termination shall require the delivery of a new Valuation Notice to the Downgraded Members with respect to a different Credit Rating Event in accordance with Section 10.9(b).

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Member shall be entitled to deliver a Valuation Notice or exercise a Buy-Out Interest Option if (i) a Credit Rating Event has occurred with respect to (A) such Member, (B) any Member of the same class as such Member, (C) the Ultimate Parent of such Member or (D) the Ultimate Parent of any Member of the same class as such Member and (ii) no Cure Event has occurred with respect to such Credit Rating Event.

(f) The Buy-Out Members shall be entitled, in the Buy-Out Members’ sole discretion, to assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations to the Buy-Out Interest Option to any of their Affiliates and to any third party. Such assignment may be made by the Buy-Out Members at any time prior to the consummation of the Transfer of the Buy-Out Interests hereunder.

10.10 BUY-OUT OPTION UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL .

(a) If there is a Change of Control of [SpinCo], within ten (10) days of such Change of Control [SpinCo] shall deliver a written notice (a “Change of Control Notice”) to the Class C Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if there occurs a Change of Control of [SpinCo], the Class C Member may, by delivering written notice to [SpinCo] at any time after the occurrence of the Change of Control of [SpinCo] but no later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Change of Control Notice, require that the Members determine the Fair Market Value of the aggregate Membership Interests of the Class P Members in accordance with Section 10.9(c) above.

(b) If the Class C Member delivers its written notice in accordance with Section 10.10(a), the Class C Member shall have the option, but not the obligation (the “Change of Control Option”), to purchase such aggregate Membership Interests, and to require the sale of such aggregate Membership Interests by the Class P Members (the “Change of Control Interests”), for a purchase price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) equal to the Fair Market Value of the Change of Control Interests (as finally determined pursuant to Section 10.9(c)).

 

43


The Change of Control Option must be exercised with respect to all of the Class P Members. The Change of Control Option shall be exercisable by the Class C Member, in its sole discretion and at its sole option, by delivering written notice (which written notice shall be irrevocable except as provided in Section 10.11(a)) to each of the Class P Members at any time during the period commencing on the date on which the Fair Market Value of the Membership Interests of the Class P Members is finally determined pursuant to Section 10.9(c) and ending sixty (60) days after such date (the “Change of Control Option Period”). Such written notice shall obligate each Class P Member to sell and the Class C Member to purchase the Change of Control Interests as herein provided. The failure of the Class C Member to deliver the written notice during a given Change of Control Option Period (or the delivery of a written notice by the Class C Member declining to exercise the Change of Control Option) shall result in the termination of the Change of Control Option with respect to such Change of Control Option Period.

(c) The Class C Member shall be entitled, in the Class C Member’s sole discretion, to assign all or a portion of its right and obligations to the Change of Control Option to any of its Affiliates and to any third party. Such assignment may be made by the Class C Member at any time prior to the consummation of the Transfer of the Change of Control Interests hereunder.

10.11 CLOSING OF BUY-OUT OPTION EXERCISES .

(a) The closing of the sale and purchase of Membership Interests pursuant to the Change of Control Option or pursuant to the Buy-Out Interest Option shall take place at the offices of the Purchaser’s counsel ninety (90) days after, as applicable, (i) the date of the exercise of the Buy-Out Interest Option or (ii) the date of the exercise of the Change of Control Option; provided, that the closing shall in no event occur earlier than five (5) days after receipt of all approvals required from, and expiration of all waiting periods (including waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended) imposed by, any governmental authorities in connection with the purchase and sale. At closing, (w) each Member selling its Membership Interest (the “Seller Member”) shall represent and warrant to each Member (or its assignee(s)) purchasing such Membership Interest (the “Purchaser”) that the Purchaser is receiving good and marketable legal and beneficial title to such Seller Member’s Membership Interest, free and clear of any liens (other than restrictions imposed by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, applicable state securities laws, and this Agreement), which representations and warranties shall be the sole representations and warranties required of such Seller Member, (x) the Purchaser shall assume, and cause the release of each Seller Member from, each on-going obligation of such Seller Member under this Agreement and in respect of the Company and its business, including all obligations under guarantees issued by such Seller Member, in each case arising after the closing of the sale and purchase of such Membership Interest, (y) each Seller Member shall deliver resignations from those Voting Directors the Seller Member has elected to the Board of Directors, and (z) the Purchaser shall deliver to each of the Seller Member(s) an amount equal to either the applicable Buy-Out Purchase Price (in the case of the purchase of the Membership Interest pursuant to the Buy-Out Interest Option) or the applicable Change of Control Purchase Price (in the case of the purchase of the Membership Interest pursuant to the Change of Control Option) in immediately available funds; provided that

 

44


nothing in the foregoing clause (x) shall relieve any Seller Member of any of its obligations pursuant to the Contribution Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.11, if a governmental authority whose approval is required to consummate the purchase of the Membership Interest fails to approve such transaction or imposes a condition on its approval that, in the sole discretion of the Purchaser, would make the purchase by it of the Membership Interest pursuant to the Buy-Out Interest Option or pursuant to the Change of Control Option impractical or not otherwise in the best interests of the Purchaser, then the Purchaser may terminate the exercise of the applicable option and the purchase of the Membership Interest by and upon delivery of written notice to the Seller Member and, upon such termination, no Member shall have any further obligation under this Section 10.11 with respect thereto and each such Seller Member shall continue to own its Membership Interest.

(b) The Members shall take all necessary actions required to give effect to the provisions of Section 10.9, Section 10.10 and Section 10.11, including (i) the passing of such Member and Board of Directors resolutions of the Company as may be reasonably necessary to facilitate the relevant transaction, and (ii) the filing of all necessary notices to and requests for consent of any governmental authorities, and the Members shall equally share any filing fees required in connection therewith.

(c) If requested in writing by the Purchaser, the Company and the Members hereby agree to cooperate with Purchaser to structure, in a manner reasonably requested by Purchaser (with the Purchaser to bear the incremental cost, if any, of such request), the Transfer pursuant to the exercise of the Buy-Out Interest Option or the Change of Control Option so as not to effect a termination of the Company under section 708 of the Code.

ARTICLE 11

COMPETITION

11.1 GENERAL . The Members expect that the Company shall be the primary vehicle by which each of the Members (together with their Affiliates) engage in the Chemicals Business. If a majority in interest of the Members of one class (the “Non-Competing Class”) concludes in good faith that the Company is no longer the primary vehicle by which the Members of the other class (together with its Affiliates) (the “Competing Class”) is engaged in the Chemicals Business, then the Non-Competing Class shall have the right to send written notice of such good faith conclusion (“Conflict Notice”) to the Competing Class. Upon receipt of the Conflict Notice, the Competing Class shall enter into good faith negotiations with the Non-Competing Class to resolve any or all substantial conflicts of interest resulting from the ownership of businesses competing with the businesses of the Company.

 

45


11.2 RESOLUTION OF COMPETITIVE CONFLICTS .

(a) In the event that:

(i) A Non-Competing Class exercises its right to require a Competing Class to engage in good faith negotiations pursuant to Section 11.1;

(ii) The Non-Competing Class and Competing Class are unable to resolve the conflicts of interest within 150 days of the delivery of the Conflict Notice; and

(iii) The value (in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank selected by the Board of Directors) of the Competing Class’s (including its Affiliates’) interests in businesses competing with the businesses of the Company exceeds 50% of the enterprise value of the Company; provided that if the Board of Directors does not select such a nationally recognized investment bank within 30 days of the end of the 150 day period set forth in (ii) above, such value shall be determined by nationally recognized investment banks selected by the process set forth in Section 10.9(c)(ii), mutatis mutandis (including, if necessary, the appointment of a third investment bank to determine such value, if necessary, and without regard to the sentence beginning “Each investment bank…”);

then, in such case, the Non-Competing Class shall have the right, within 30 days from the later of (x) the expiration of the period in (ii) above or (y) the determination in (iii) above, to state a single cash price at which it is prepared to purchase the Class Membership Interest of the Competing Class, which will constitute a binding offer to purchase (the “Initial Offer”). In the event of an Initial Offer, the Competing Class shall have 60 days to decide either to accept the Initial Offer or to make a counter-offer by stating a single cash price, which is at least 5% higher than the Initial Offer, at which it is prepared to purchase the Class Membership Interest of the Non-Competing Class (a “Counter-Offer”). In the event of a Counter-Offer, the Non-Competing Class shall have 30 days to decide either to accept the Counter-Offer or to make another offer by stating a single cash price, which is at least 5% higher than the Counter-Offer, at which it is prepared to purchase the Class Membership Interest of the Competing Class (a “Subsequent Offer”). In the event of a Subsequent Offer by the Non-Competing Class, the Competing Class shall have 30 days to decide either to accept the Subsequent Offer or to make another counter- offer by stating a single cash price, which is at least 5% higher than the Subsequent Offer, at which it is prepared to purchase the Class Membership Interest of the Non-Competing Class. The offering process described in this paragraph shall continue in this manner until a price is reached at which either the Competing Class or the Non-Competing Class is willing to sell its Class Membership Interest to the other class. If such a price is reached, the closing of the sale and purchase of the Membership Interests pursuant to this Article 11 shall be conducted in accordance with the terms of Sections 10.11(a), (b) and (c), mutatis mutandis . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, a Member may also sell its Class Membership Interest pursuant to the right of first refusal provisions set forth in Section 10.6.

 

46


(b) In the event that a Non-Competing Class has concluded in good faith that the Company is no longer the primary vehicle by which a Competing Class is engaged in the Chemicals Business in accordance with Section 11.1, and:

(i) a sale pursuant to subsection (a) above is not concluded (whether or not the condition expressed in subsection (a)(iii) above is satisfied); and

(ii) the Competing Class and Non-Competing Class have not been able to resolve, pursuant to Section 11.1 above, all substantial conflicts of interest resulting from the ownership by the Competing Class of a substantial business competing with the businesses of the Company;

then either the Competing Class or the Non-Competing Class may require the other class from time to time to enter into good faith negotiations to cause the Company (and/or the Members) to adopt such reasonable, mutually acceptable provisions as would mitigate the potential adverse consequences of the conflicts of interests on the continuing businesses of the Company. Such provisions could include, for example, restrictions on the dissemination and use of confidential information, greater delegation of authority to management of the Company, or modification of distribution requirements or the non-involvement of the Competing Class in business decisions of the Company potentially affecting such competing businesses.

ARTICLE 12

TERM AND DISSOLUTION

12.1 TERM . Except as provided in Section 12.2 hereof, the existence of the Company shall be perpetual.

12.2 DISSOLUTION . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up upon the first to occur of the following:

(a) The approval of dissolution by the Board of Directors; or

(b) The bankruptcy or dissolution of either all of the Class C Members or all of the Class P Members.

12.3 LIQUIDATION .

(a) Upon the occurrence of an event of dissolution as defined in the Act or in Section 12.2 of this Agreement, the Company shall cease to engage in any further business, except to the extent necessary to perform existing obligations, and shall wind up its affairs and liquidate its assets. The Board of Directors, or if there be no Directors then in office the Members, shall appoint a liquidator (who may, but need not, be a Member) who shall have sole authority and

 

47


control over the winding up and liquidation of the Company’s business and affairs and shall diligently pursue the winding up and liquidation of the Company. As soon as practicable after his appointment, the liquidator shall cause to be filed a statement of intent to dissolve as required by section 18-203 of the Act.

(b) During the course of liquidation, the Members shall continue to share profits and losses as provided in Section 9.1 of this Agreement, but there shall be no cash distributions to the Members until the Distribution Date (as defined in Section 12.4).

(c) A Member shall not have any obligation to contribute any amount to the Company in the event of a negative balance in its Capital Account.

12.4 LIABILITIES . Liquidation shall continue until the Company’s affairs are in such condition that there can be a final accounting, showing that all fixed or liquidated obligations and liabilities of the Company are satisfied or can be adequately provided for under this Agreement. The assumption or guarantee in good faith by one or more financially responsible persons shall be deemed to be an adequate means of providing for such obligations and liabilities. When the liquidator has determined that there can be a final accounting, the liquidator shall establish a date (not to be later than the end of the taxable year of the liquidation, i.e., the time at which the Company ceases to be a going concern as provided in section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Income Tax Regulations, or, if later, ninety (90) days after the date of such liquidation) for the distribution of the proceeds of liquidation of the Company (the “Distribution Date”). The net proceeds of liquidation of the Company shall be distributed to the Members as provided in Section 12.6 hereof not later than the Distribution Date.

12.5 SETTLING OF ACCOUNTS . Subject to section 18-804 of the Act, upon the dissolution and liquidation of the Company, the proceeds of liquidation shall be applied as follows: (a) first, to pay all expenses of liquidation and winding up; (b) second, to pay all debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, in the order of priority as provided by law, other than debts owing to the Members or on account of Members’ contributions; (c) third, to pay all debts of the Company owing to a Member; and (d) to establish reasonable reserves for any remaining contingent or unforeseen liabilities of the Company not otherwise provided for, which reserves shall be maintained by the liquidator on behalf of the Company in a regular interest-bearing trust account for a reasonable period of time as determined by the liquidator. If any excess funds remain in such reserves at the end of such reasonable time, then such remaining funds shall be distributed by the Company to the Members pursuant to Section 12.6 hereof.

12.6 DISTRIBUTION OF PROCEEDS .

(a) Subject to section 18-804 of the Act, upon final liquidation of the Company but not later than the Distribution Date, the net proceeds of liquidation remaining following the settling of accounts in accordance with Section 12.5 hereof shall be distributed to the Members in the following manner: to the Members in proportion to and up to the balance of their respective positive Capital Accounts.

 

48


(b) The balance of Members’ Capital Accounts immediately prior to distributions under Section 12.6(a) shall be determined after all adjustments to such Capital Accounts for the taxable year of the Company during which the liquidation occurs as are required by this Agreement and Income Tax Regulations section 1.704-1(b), such adjustments to be made within the time specified in such Income Tax Regulations.

12.7 CERTIFICATE OF CANCELLATION . Upon dissolution and liquidation of the Company, the liquidator shall cause to be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, a certificate of cancellation in accordance with section 18-203 of the Act.

ARTICLE 13

INDEMNIFICATION

13.1 INDEMNIFICATION: PROCEEDING OTHER THAN BY COMPANY . The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, except an action by or in the right of the Company, by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director, Member or officer of the Company (and may similarly indemnify employees or agents of the Company), or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, member, director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, does not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and that, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

13.2 INDEMNIFICATION: PROCEEDING BY COMPANY .

(a) The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was an officer of the Company (and may similarly indemnify employees or agents of the Company), or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, member, director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including amounts paid in settlement and attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of the action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

 

49


(b) The Company will indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director of the Company, or is or was a Director of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a manager, member, director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including amounts paid in settlement and attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of the action or suit if he acted in good faith in accordance with Section 4.8 hereof.

(c) With respect to indemnification pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) above, such indemnification may not be made for any claim, issue or matter as to which such a person has been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction, after exhaustion of all appeals therefrom, to be liable to the Company or for amounts paid in settlement to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or suit was brought or other court of competent jurisdiction determines upon application that in view of all the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court deems proper.

13.3 MANDATORY ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES . The expenses of Directors, Members and officers incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding must be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director, Member or officer to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 13.3 do not affect any rights to advancement of expenses to which personnel of the Company other than Directors, Members or officers may be entitled under any contract or otherwise.

13.4 EFFECT AND CONTINUATION . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to Section 13.1 to Section 13.3, inclusive:

(a) Does not exclude any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate or any limited liability company agreement, vote of Members or disinterested Directors, if any, or otherwise, for either an action in his official capacity or an action in another capacity while holding his office, except that indemnification, unless ordered by a court pursuant to Section 13.2 or for the advancement of expenses made pursuant to Section 13.3, may not be made to or on behalf of any Member, Director or officer if a final adjudication establishes that his acts or omissions involved intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of the law and was material to the cause of action.

(b) Continues for a person who has ceased to be a Member, Director, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators.

 

50


13.5 INSURANCE AND OTHER FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS .

(a) The Board of Directors may cause the Company to purchase and maintain insurance or make other financial arrangements on behalf of any person who is or was a Member, Director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, Member, director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise for any liability asserted against him and liability and expenses incurred by him in his capacity as a Director, member, director, officer, employee or agent, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Company has the authority to indemnify him against such liability and expenses.

(b) The other financial arrangements made by the Company pursuant to Section 13.5(a) may include:

(i) The creation of a trust fund;

(ii) The establishment of a program of self-insurance;

(iii) The securing of its obligation of indemnification by granting a security interest or other lien on any assets of the Company; or

(iv) The establishment of a letter of credit, guaranty or surety.

No financial arrangement made pursuant to this Section 13.5(b) may provide protection for a person adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction, after exhaustion of all appeals therefrom, to be liable for intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law, except with respect to the advancement of expenses or indemnification ordered by a court.

(c) In the absence of fraud:

(i) The decision of the Company as to the propriety of the terms and conditions of any insurance or other financial arrangement made pursuant to this Section 13.5 and the choice of the person to provide the insurance or other financial arrangement is conclusive; and

(ii) The insurance or other financial arrangement:

(A) Is not void or voidable; and

 

51


(B) Does not subject any Director or Member approving it to personal liability for his action, even if a Director or Member approving the insurance or other financial arrangement is a beneficiary of the insurance or other financial arrangement.

13.6 NOTICE OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT . Any indemnification of, or advancement of expenses to, a Director, Member or officer in accordance with this Article 13, if arising out of a proceeding by or on behalf of the Company, shall be reported in writing to the Members with or before the notice of the next Members’ meeting.

13.7 REPEAL OR MODIFICATION . Any repeal or modification of this Article 13 by the Members of the Company shall not adversely affect any right of a Director, Member or officer of the Company existing hereunder at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE 14

INSPECTION OF COMPANY RECORDS; ANNUAL AND OTHER REPORTS

14.1 RECORDS TO BE KEPT . The Company shall keep at its registered office:

(a) A current list of the full name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Member and Director separately identifying the Members in alphabetical order and the Directors, if any, in alphabetical order;

(b) A copy of the filed Certificate and all amendments thereto, together with executed copies of any powers of attorney pursuant to which any document has been executed;

(c) Copies of this Agreement, and all amendments hereto;

(d) Copies of the Company’s federal income tax returns and reports, if any, for, at least, the three most recent years; and

(e) Copies of any financial statements of the Company for, at least, the three most recent years.

14.2 ACCESS TO COMPANY INFORMATION . The accounting books and records, the record of Members, and minutes of proceedings of the Members of the Company, including, without limitation such information necessary to conduct periodic audits of various kinds (e.g. EHS, financial), shall be open to inspection upon the reasonable request of any Member (or of the Initial Phillips Member, upon the execution by the Initial Phillips Member of a customary confidentiality agreement acceptable to the Class C Member, acting reasonably, and solely to the extent relating to matters existing or arising prior to the Spin-off ) at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to such Person’s interest as a Member.

 

52


Such inspection may be made in person or by agent or attorney, and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts. In addition, the Members (or the Initial Phillips Member, upon the execution by the Initial Phillips Member of a customary confidentiality agreement acceptable to the Class C Member, acting reasonably, and solely to the extent relating to matters existing or arising prior to the Spin-off ) shall have reasonable access to the Officers of the Company in order to discuss the Company’s business.

14.3 ANNUAL AND QUARTERLY REPORTS .

(a) The Board of Directors shall within 45 days after the end of the first three Fiscal Quarters and within 90 days after the close of a Fiscal Year, deliver or mail to the Members, the quarterly and annual, respectively, financial statements of the Company.

(b) The income statements and balance sheets referred to in this Section 14.3 shall be accompanied by the report thereon, if any, of any independent accountants engaged by the Company or the certificate of an authorized officer of the Company that such financial statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the Company.

(c) The annual financial statements of the Company shall be audited by independent accountants, and independent accountants shall participate in the preparation of quarterly financial statements of the Company, in each case consistent with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to annual and quarterly financial statements of publicly traded companies.

ARTICLE 15

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

15.1 DEFAULTS . If a Member materially defaults in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, and such default is not cured within ten (10) days after notice of such default is given by a Director to the defaulting Member for a default that can be cured by the payment of money, or within thirty (30) days after notice of such default is given by a Director to the defaulting Member for any other default, then the non-defaulting Members shall have the rights and remedies described in Section 15.2 hereunder in respect of the default.

15.2 REMEDIES . If a Member fails to perform its obligations under this Agreement, any other Member shall have, in addition to any rights and remedies provided hereunder, all such rights and remedies as are provided at law or in equity.

15.3 NO WAIVER . No consent or waiver, express or implied, by a Member to or of any breach or default by another Member in the performance by such other Member of its obligations under this Agreement shall constitute a consent to or waiver of any similar breach or default by any other Member. Failure by a Member to complain of any act or omission to act by another Member, or to declare such other Member in default, irrespective of how long such

 

53


failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such Member of its rights under this Agreement. Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of any Member to exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement shall preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right or remedy.

ARTICLE 16

MISCELLANEOUS

16.1 AMENDMENTS .

(a) Subject to any contrary provisions of the Act, this Agreement may be amended only by the affirmative vote of Members owning all of the Class Membership Interest of both Class C and Class P. Any such amendment shall be in writing, duly executed by all the Members.

(b) Subject to any contrary provisions of the Act, the Certificate may only be amended by the affirmative vote of Members owning one hundred percent (100%) of all of the Percentage Interests entitled to vote. Any such amendment shall be in writing, and shall be executed and filed in accordance with section 18-202 of the Act.

16.2 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF COMPANIES OR INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES . The chief executive officer, any vice president or the secretary or any assistant secretary of this Company is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other company or companies, or any interests in any other entity, standing in the name of this Company. The authority herein granted to said officers to vote or represent on behalf of this Company any and all shares held by this Company in any other company or companies, or any interests in any other entity, may be exercised either by such officers in person or by any other person authorized so to do by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by said officers.

16.3 SEAL . The Members or Board of Directors may adopt a seal of the Company in such form as the Members or the Board of Directors (as the case may be) shall decide.

16.4 ACTIONS BY CLASS P MEMBERS AND CLASS C MEMBERS . [SpinCo] shall ensure that each of the Class P Members, and Chevron shall ensure that each of the Class C Members, takes all actions necessary to be taken by such Member in order to fulfill the obligations of such Member, or of [SpinCo] or Chevron, as the case may be, under this Agreement.

16.5 ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement, including the exhibits and schedules hereto, together with the Contribution Agreement, the Contribution Assumption Agreement, the Consent Agreement, and all other agreements, instruments, certificates and other documents entered into or delivered by the parties in connection herewith or therewith, constitutes the entire agreement among the Members with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and understandings of the parties. No party

 

54


hereto shall be liable or bound to the other in any manner by any warranties, representations or covenants with respect to the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein or therein.

16.6 THIRD PARTIES . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as provided in Section 14.2 and that the provisions of Article 13 are for the benefit of the Persons to be indemnified by the Company.

16.7 GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION AND FORUM; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to Delaware choice of law provisions.

(b) Each party hereto irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any Delaware state court or any federal court sitting in the State of Delaware in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement, and hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action may be heard and determined in such Delaware state or federal court. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. The parties hereto further agree, to the extent permitted by law, that final and unappealable judgment against any of them in any action or proceeding contemplated above shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction within or outside the United States by suit on the judgment, a certified copy of which shall be conclusive evidence of the fact and amount of such judgment.

(c) To the extent that any party hereto has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations with respect to this Agreement.

(d) Each party hereto waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each party hereto certifies that it has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications set forth above in this Section 16.7.

16.8 COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, including through electronically exchanged signature pages (e.g., emailed PDFs or facsimile transmission), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and shall become effective when there exist copies hereof which, when taken together, bear the authorized signatures of each of the parties hereto. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

55


16.9 TITLES AND SUBTITLES; FORM OF PRONOUNS; CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS . The titles of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement. All pronouns used in this Agreement shall be deemed to include masculine, feminine and neuter forms, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular. Unless otherwise specified, references to Sections or Articles are to the Sections or Articles in this Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “including” shall mean “including, without limitation”.

16.10 DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY ACT PREVAILS . Unless the context otherwise requires, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions contained in the Act and the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of this Agreement; provided, however , that in the event of any inconsistency between such laws, the provisions of the Act shall prevail.

16.11 SEVERABILITY . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held by a proper court to be unenforceable under applicable law, portions of such provisions, or such provisions in their entirety, to the extent necessary and permitted by law, shall be severed herefrom, and the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

16.12 EFFECTIVE DATES OF AMENDMENTS . The amendments made by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement which is restated in Section 9.2(h) hereof remain effective as of July 1, 2000. All other amendments made by this Agreement are effective as of the date first set forth above.

[ Signatures Follow ]

 

56


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned hereby execute this Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

CHEVRON CORPORATION
By  

 

Name  
Title  
CHEVRON U.S.A. INC.
By  

 

Name  
Title  
[SPINCO]
By  

 

Name  
Title  
[SPINCO SUB]
By  

 

Name  
Title  
WESTTEX 66 PIPELINE COMPANY
By  

 

Name  
Title  


PHILLIPS CHEMICAL HOLDINGS COMPANY
By  

 

Name  
Title  

Exhibit 10.10

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CONSENT AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Consent Agreement (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of February 10, 2012, is entered into by Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), ConocoPhillips, a Delaware corporation (“ ConocoPhillips ”), ConocoPhillips Company, a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“ COPCo ”), Phillips Chemical Holdings Company, a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“ Chemical Holdings ”), WesTTex 66 Pipeline Company, a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“ WesTTex 66 ”), Phillips Petroleum International Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ConocoPhillips (“ PPIC ” and together with COPCo, Chemical Holdings and WesTTex 66, the “ Class P Members ”), Chevron Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Chevron ”), and Chevron U.S.A. Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Chevron (the “ Class C Member ”). Any capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meanings set forth in the Consent Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company, ConocoPhillips, the Class P Members, Chevron and the Class C Member entered into that certain Consent Agreement dated as of November 11, 2011 (the “ Consent Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Class C Member and the Class P Members concurrently herewith are amending the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company (as amended, the “ LLC Agreement ”) to increase the total number of voting Directors from four (4) to six (6), consisting of three (3) Class P Directors and three (3) Class C Directors; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Consent Agreement as set forth below in order to cause Exhibit B to the Consent Agreement (the form of the Third Amended and Restated LLC Agreement) to reflect the aforementioned amendments to the LLC Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

I. AMENDMENTS TO THE CONSENT AGREEMENT

1.1 Section 13(d) of the Consent Agreement is hereby amended to replace the phrase “Section 12” set forth therein with the phrase “Section 13.”

1.2 Exhibit B to the Consent Agreement (“ Exhibit B ”) is hereby amended as follows:


1.2.1 Immediately following the eighth “WHEREAS” clause in the Recitals of Exhibit B, the following paragraph is hereby inserted:

“WHEREAS, the Second Amended & Restated LLC Agreement was amended, effective as of February __, 2012, by Third Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC; and”

1.2.2 The paragraph in Exhibit B immediately following the insert referred to in Section 1.2.1 above is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“WHEREAS, the Second Amended & Restated LLC Agreement was amended, effective as of                          , 20          , by Fourth Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC to reflect the admission of [SpinCo Sub] as a substitute Member; and [ADD ANY FURTHER AMENDMENTS REQUIRED FOR SUBSTITUTE MEMBERS PURSUANT TO THE CONSENT AGREEMENT]”

1.2.3 Section 4.2 of Exhibit B is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows

“4.2 Number and Classes of Directors . The Board of Directors shall consist of six (6) voting Directors (the “Voting Directors”) and two (2) non-voting Directors (the “Non-Voting Directors”).”

1.2.4 Section 4.3 of Exhibit B is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“4.3 Election and Removal of Directors . The Directors shall be elected as follows:

(a) The Class C Member(s) shall elect three (3) Voting Directors (individually, a “Class C Director”, and together, the “Class C Directors”).

(b) The Class P Member(s) shall elect three (3) Voting Directors (individually, a “Class P Director”, and together, the “Class P Directors”).

 

2


(c) The Class C Member(s) may remove, at any time, any or all of the Class C Directors, with or without cause. The Class P Member(s) may remove, at any time, any or all of the Class P Directors, with or without cause.

(d) The chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company shall be ex officio the two Non-Voting Directors. The Non-Voting Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If either the office of chief executive officer or the office of chief financial officer is vacant, the Non-Voting Director position associated with such office shall also be vacant.”

 

II. MISCELLANEOUS

2.1 Full Force and Effect . Except as amended by this Amendment, the Consent Agreement continues in full force and effect, and the parties hereto hereby ratify and confirm the Consent Agreement, as amended hereby. All references to the “Consent Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” or words of similar import in the Consent Agreement shall be deemed to mean the Consent Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

2.2 Governing Law; Jurisdiction and Forum; Waiver of Jury Trial .

2.2.1 This Amendment shall be governed by and construed under the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to Delaware choice of law provisions.

2.2.2 Each party hereto irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any Delaware state court or any federal court sitting in the State of Delaware in any action arising out of or relating to this Amendment, and hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action may be heard and determined in such Delaware state or federal court. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. The parties hereto further agree, to the extent permitted by law, that final and unappealable judgment against any of them in any action or proceeding contemplated above shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction within or outside the United States by suit on the judgment, a certified copy of which shall be conclusive evidence of the fact and amount of such judgment.

2.2.3 To the extent that any party hereto has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations with respect to this Amendment.

2.2.4 Each party hereto waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Amendment. Each party hereto certifies that it has been induced to enter into this Amendment by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications set forth above in this Section 2.2.

 

3


2.3 Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts including through electronically exchanged signature pages (e.g., emailed PDFs or facsimile transmissions), one for each of the parties hereto, and each of the counterparts when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature pages follow]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to Consent Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

CONOCOPHILLIPS
By:   /s/ Frances M.Vallejo         
  Name:     Frances M. Vallejo
  Title:       Vice President & Treasurer

 

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY
By:   /s/ Frances M.Vallejo         
  Name:     Frances M. Vallejo
  Title:       Vice President & Treasurer

 

PHILLIPS CHEMICAL HOLDINGS COMPANY
By:   /s/ Frances M. Vallejo         
  Name:     Frances M. Vallejo
  Title:       Vice President & Treasurer

 

WESTTEX 66 PIPELINE CO.
By:   /s/ Frances M. Vallejo         
  Name:     Frances M. Vallejo
  Title:       Vice President & Treasurer

 

PHILLIPS PETROLEUM INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Frances M. Vallejo         
  Name:     Frances M. Vallejo
  Title:       Vice President & Treasurer

[Signature Page to Consent Agreement Amendment]


 

CHEVRON CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Kari H. Endries         
  Name:     Kari H. Endries
  Title:       Assistant Secretary

 

CHEVRON U.S.A. INC.
By:   /s/ Michael W. Woody         
  Name:     Michael W. Woody
  Title:       Assistant Secretary

 

CHEVRON PHILLIPS CHEMICAL COMPANY LLC
By:   /s/ Timothy J. Hill         
  Name:     Timothy J. Hill
  Title:       SVP, Legal & Public Affairs

[Signature Page to Consent Agreement Amendment]

Exhibit 10.11

THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF CHEVRON PHILLIPS CHEMICAL COMPANY LLC

This Third Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (this “ Amendment ”), effective as of February 10, 2012, is entered into by and among Chevron U.S.A. Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation (the “ Class C Member ”), ConocoPhillips Company, a Delaware corporation (“ COPCo ”), Phillips Chemical Holdings Company, a Delaware corporation (“ Chemical Holdings ”), WesTTex 66 Pipeline Company, a Delaware corporation (“ WesTTex 66 ”), and Phillips Petroleum International Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ PPIC ”; PPIC, COPCo, Chemical Holdings, and WesTTex 66 are collectively, the “ Class P Members ”; the Class P Members and the Class C Member are collectively, the “ Members ”). Any capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meanings set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (as amended, the “ Existing LLC Agreement ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Class P Members and the Class C Member collectively own one hundred percent of the Membership Interest of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”); and

WHEREAS, the Members of the Company desire to amend the Existing LLC Agreement as provided herein to increase the total number of voting Directors from four (4) to six (6), consisting of three (3) Class P Directors and three (3) Class C Directors.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

I. AMENDMENTS TO THE EXISTING LLC AGREEMENT

1.1 Section 4.2 of the Existing LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“4.2 Number and Classes of Directors . The Board of Directors shall consist of six (6) voting Directors (the “Voting Directors”) and two (2) non-voting Directors (the “Non-Voting Directors”).”


1.2 Section 4.3 of the Existing LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“4.3 Election and Removal of Directors . The Directors shall be elected as follows:

(a) The Class C Member(s) shall elect three (3) Voting Directors (individually, a “Class C Director”, and together, the “Class C Directors”).

(b) The Class P Member(s) shall elect three (3) Voting Directors (individually, a “Class P Director”, and together, the “Class P Directors”).

(c) The Class C Member(s) may remove, at any time, any or all of the Class C Directors, with or without cause. The Class P Member(s) may remove, at any time, any or all of the Class P Directors, with or without cause.

(d) The chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company shall be ex officio the two Non-Voting Directors. The Non-Voting Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If either the office of chief executive officer or the office of chief financial officer is vacant, the Non-Voting Director position associated with such office shall also be vacant.”

 

II. MISCELLANEOUS

2.1 Full Force and Effect . Except as amended by this Amendment, the Existing LLC Agreement continues in full force and effect, and the parties hereto hereby ratify and confirm the Existing LLC Agreement, as amended hereby. All references to the “Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” or words of similar import in the Existing LLC Agreement shall be deemed to mean the Existing LLC Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

2.2 Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, including through electronically exchanged signature pages (e.g., emailed PDFs or facsimile transmission), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and shall become effective when there exists copies hereof which, when taken together, bear the authorized signatures of each of the parties hereto. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought need to be produced to evidence the existence of this Amendment.

2.3 Third Parties . Nothing in this Amendment, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Amendment.

2.4 Governing Law; Jurisdiction and Forum; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

2


2.4.1 This Amendment shall be governed by and construed under the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to Delaware choice of law provisions.

2.4.2 Each party hereto irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any Delaware state court or any federal court sitting in the State of Delaware in any action arising out of or relating to this Amendment, and hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action may be heard and determined in such Delaware state or federal court. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. The parties hereto further agree, to the extent permitted by law, that final and unappealable judgment against any of them in any action or proceeding contemplated above shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction within or outside the United States by suit on the judgment, a certified copy of which shall be conclusive evidence of the fact and amount of such judgment.

2.4.3 To the extent that any party hereto has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations with respect to this Amendment.

2.4.4 Each party hereto waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Amendment. Each party hereto certifies that it has been induced to enter into this Amendment by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications set forth above in this Section 2.4.

2.5 Titles and Subtitles; Forms of Pronouns; Construction and Definitions . The titles of the sections and paragraphs of this Amendment are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing this Amendment. All pronouns used in this Amendment shall be deemed to include masculine, feminine and neuter forms, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular. Unless otherwise specified, references to Sections or Articles are to the Sections or Articles in this Amendment. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “including” shall mean “including, without limitation”.

2.6 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Amendment are held by a proper court to be unenforceable under applicable law, portions of such provisions, or such provisions in their entirety, to the extent necessary and permitted by law, shall be severed herefrom, and the balance of this Amendment shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

2.7 Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information, and take or refrain from taking such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to give full effect to the provisions of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby.

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

CHEVRON U.S.A. INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael W. Woody

Name:   Michael W. Woody
Its:   Assistant Secretary
CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Frances M. Vallejo

Name:   Frances M. Vallejo
Its:   Vice President & Treasurer
PHILLIPS CHEMICAL HOLDINGS COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Frances M. Vallejo

Name:   Frances M. Vallejo
Its:   Vice President & Treasurer
WESTTEX 66 PIPELINE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Frances M. Vallejo

Name:   Frances M. Vallejo
Its:   Vice President & Treasurer
PHILLIPS PETROLEUM INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Frances M. Vallejo

Name:   Frances M. Vallejo
Its:   Vice President & Treasurer

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to LLC Agreement]

Exhibit 10.12

 

 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

DUKE ENERGY FIELD SERVICES, LLC

by and between

CONOCOPHILLIPS GAS COMPANY

and

DUKE ENERGY ENTERPRISES CORPORATION

Dated as of July 5, 2005

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

ARTICLE I

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 
Section 1.1  

Definitions

     1   
Section 1.2  

Construction

     10   

 

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

 

  

  

Section 2.1  

Formation

     10   
Section 2.2  

Name

     10   
Section 2.3  

Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other

     10   
Section 2.4  

Purpose; Powers

     11   
Section 2.5  

Foreign Qualification

     11   
Section 2.6  

Term

     11   
Section 2.7  

No State-Law Partnership

     11   
Section 2.8  

Title to Company Assets

     11   
Section 2.9  

No Power to Bind Company or Other Members

     12   
Section 2.10  

Liability to Third Parties

     12   

 

ARTICLE III

MANAGEMENT

 

  

  

Section 3.1  

Management of the Company’s Affairs

     12   
Section 3.2  

Member Obligations

     13   
Section 3.3  

Company Board Composition; Initial Directors

     13   
Section 3.4  

Removal and Replacement of Directors

     14   
Section 3.5  

Meetings of the Company Board

     14   
Section 3.6  

Notice of Company Board Meetings

     14   
Section 3.7  

Actions by the Company Board

     14   
Section 3.8  

Action by Unanimous Written Consent of Voting Directors

     15   
Section 3.9  

Officers

     15   
Section 3.10  

Failure to Approve Budgets

     17   
Section 3.11  

Compensation

     17   
Section 3.12  

Deadlock Resolution Procedures

     17   
Section 3.13  

Cash Contribution

     17   

 

ARTICLE IV

BOOKS AND RECORDS; REPORTS AND

INFORMATION AND ACCOUNTS

 

  

  

  

Section 4.1  

Maintenance of Books and Records

     17   
Section 4.2  

Auditors; Corporate Reports; Annual Financial Statements

     18   
Section 4.3  

Confidentiality

     19   

 

i


 

ARTICLE V

LIQUIDITY AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

 

 
Section 5.1   

Transfer of Interest

     19   
Section 5.2   

Right of First Offer

     20   
Section 5.3   

Change of Control

     21   
Section 5.4   

Transfers to Wholly Owned Subsidiaries

     22   
Section 5.5   

Void Transfers

     23   

 

ARTICLE VI

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

 

  

  

Section 6.1   

Capital Contributions

     23   
Section 6.2   

Additional Capital Contributions

     23   
Section 6.3   

Capital Accounts

     23   
Section 6.4   

Return of Contributions

     24   

 

ARTICLE VII

PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS

 

  

  

Section 7.1   

Allocation of Profit and Losses

     24   
Section 7.2   

Limitations on Allocations

     24   
Section 7.3   

Restoration of Negative Capital Accounts

     26   
Section 7.4   

Interim Allocations Relating to Transferred Company Interests

     26   
Section 7.5   

Code Section 704(c) Allocations

     27   
Section 7.6   

Distributions

     27   

 

ARTICLE VIII

WITHHOLDING TAX MATTERS; TAX STATUS AND TREATMENT

 

  

  

Section 8.1   

Withholding

     29   
Section 8.2   

Tax Status

     29   
Section 8.3   

Tax Matters Partner; Tax Elections

     31   

 

ARTICLE IX

DISSOLUTION, WINDING-UP AND TERMINATION

 

  

  

Section 9.1   

Dissolution

     32   
Section 9.2   

Winding-Up and Termination

     33   

 

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

 

  

  

Section 10.1   

Counterparts

     33   
Section 10.2   

Governing Law; Jurisdiction and Forum; Waiver of Jury Trial

     33   
Section 10.3   

Grant of Security Interest; Member Status

     34   
Section 10.4   

Entire Agreement

     34   
Section 10.5   

Notices

     35   
Section 10.6   

Successors and Assigns

     36   

 

ii


 

Section 10.7   

Headings

     36   
Section 10.8   

Amendments and Waivers

     36   
Section 10.9   

Severability

     37   
Section 10.10   

Interpretation

     37   
Section 10.11   

Further Assurances

     37   

 

iii


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF DUKE ENERGY FIELD SERVICES, LLC, dated as of July 5, 2005, by and between CONOCOPHILLIPS GAS COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ CPGC ”), and DUKE ENERGY ENTERPRISES CORPORATION (formerly Duke Energy Field Services Corporation), a Delaware corporation (“ DEFS Holding ”).

RECITALS:

1. Duke Energy Field Services, LLC (the “ Company ”) was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on December 15, 1999 (the “ Formation Date ”), by the filing of a Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) under and pursuant to the Act. DEFS Holding was admitted to the Company as the sole member, effective as of the Formation Date, pursuant to that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of December 15, 1999 (the “ Original Agreement ”).

2. DEFS Holding and CPGC (formerly Phillips Gas Company) amended and restated the Original Agreement in its entirety on March 31, 2000 to reflect the admission of CPGC as a member of the Company (including the Amendments (defined below), the “ Amended and Restated Agreement ”).

3. The Amended and Restated Agreement was further amended by the First Amendment dated August 4, 2000 among CPGC, DEFS Holding, Phillips Gas Investment Company (“ Phillips Investment ”) and Duke Energy Field Services Investment Corp. (“ DEFS Investment ”) to reflect the admission of Phillips Investment and DEFS Investment as Preferred Members of the Company, as defined therein, and by a Second Amendment dated as of July 29, 2004 (such First Amendment and Second Amendment, the “ Amendments ”).

4. Phillips Investment and DEFS Investment are no longer Preferred Members of the Company effective as of December 31, 2003.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, DEFS Holding and CPGC hereby amend and restate the Amended and Restated Agreement as follows:

ARTICLE I

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . Each capitalized term used herein shall have the meaning given such term set forth below:

“Act” shall mean the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and any successor statute, as amended from time to time.

“Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” shall mean, with respect to any Member, the deficit balance, if any, in such Member’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Fiscal Year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

 

1


(a) such Capital Account shall be deemed to be increased by any amounts that such Member is obligated to restore to the Company (pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise) or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to (i) the penultimate sentence of Regulation Section 1.704-2(g)(1), or (ii) the penultimate sentence of Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(5); and

(b) such Capital Account shall be deemed to be decreased by the items described in Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), and (6).

The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

“Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, a Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such Person.

“Agreement” shall mean this Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended from time to time.

“Amended and Restated Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Amendments” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Book Value” shall mean (a) with respect to the assets of the Company contributed in accordance with Section 6.1(a) (i) by DEFS Holding, $3,585,500,000 and (ii) by CPGC, $2,139,500,000; (b) with respect to the assets of the Company contributed by CPGC in accordance with Section 6.1(b), $398,000,000; (c) with respect to any asset of the Company contributed by any Member (other than as provided in clause (a) or (b) above), the asset’s fair market value at the time of such contribution; and (d) with respect to any other asset of the Company, the adjusted tax basis of such asset as of the relevant date for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(1) the Book Values of all Company assets (including intangible assets such as goodwill) shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values (taking Code Section 7701(g) into account) as of the following times:

(A) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution if such adjustment is necessary to reflect the relative economic interests of the interest holders in the Company; the contribution of cash by CPGC in accordance with Section 6.1(b) shall cause such an adjustment;

(B) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of money or Company property as consideration for an interest in the Company if such adjustment is necessary to reflect the relative economic interests of the interest holders in the Company; the distribution, in accordance with the Reorganization Agreement, of the Equity Interests in the Canadian Holding Company (as defined in the Reorganization Agreement) and the TEPPCO GP Sale Proceeds Amount (as defined in the Reorganization Agreement) shall cause such an adjustment;

 

2


(C) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f)(5)(ii);

(D) the grant of an interest in the Company (other than a de minimis interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Company by an existing Member acting in its capacity as a Member or by a new Member acting in its capacity as a Member or in anticipation of becoming a Member; and

(E) any other event to the extent determined by the Tax Committee to be necessary to properly reflect Book Values in accordance with the standards set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(q).

(2) the Book Value of any Company asset distributed in kind to any Member shall be the gross fair market value of such asset (taking Code Section 7701(g) into account) on the date of such distribution; and

(3) the Book Value of Company assets shall be increased or decreased, as appropriate, to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted tax bases of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) and subparagraph (f) of the definition of “Profits” and “Losses” herein; provided, however, that Book Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (3) to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to subparagraph (1) hereof is required in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subparagraph (3).

The Book Value of an asset shall be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses and other items allocated pursuant to Article VII hereof. The foregoing definition of Book Value is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) and shall be interpreted and applied consistently therewith.

“Business Day” shall mean any day on which banks are generally open to conduct business in the State of New York.

“Business Dispute” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(a).

“Capital Account” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

“Capital Contribution” shall mean, with respect to any Member, the amount of any money and the initial Book Value of any property (other than money) contributed to the Company with respect to the interest in the Company held or purchased by such Member and credited to each such Member’s Capital Accounts pursuant to Article VI hereof.

“Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Change of Control” shall mean an event that causes a Person that holds a Company Interest to cease to be Controlled by such Person’s Parent; provided, however, that an event that causes Duke or COP to be Controlled by another Person shall not constitute a Change of Control;

 

3


provided further, however, that the distribution of the equity interests in an equity that holds Duke’s then existing interstate pipeline business and the Duke Member to the equity holders of Duke (or of the Parent of Duke) shall not constitute a Change of Control and thereafter the defined term Duke shall mean such entity.

“Changing Member” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).

“Changing Member Appraiser” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(c).

“Closing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Contribution Agreement.

“Code” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Company Board” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

“Company Interest” shall mean, with respect to either Member, such Member’s respective membership interest in the Company.

“Contribution Agreement” shall mean the Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 16, 1999, by and among Duke Energy Corporation, Phillips and the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time.

“Control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of both of the following:

(a) (i) in the case of a corporation, more than 25% of the direct or indirect economic interest in the outstanding equity securities thereof; (ii) in the case of a limited liability company, partnership, limited partnership or venture, the right to more than 25% of the distributions therefrom (including liquidating distributions); (iii) in the case of a trust or estate, including a business trust, more than 25% of the beneficial interest therein; and (iv) in the case of any other entity, more than 25% of the economic or beneficial interest therein; and

(b) in the case of any entity, the power or authority, through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, to control or direct the management and policies of the entity.

“Control Acceptance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).

“Control Appraiser Committee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(c).

“Control Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).

“Control Offer Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).

“COP” shall mean ConocoPhillips, a Delaware corporation.

 

4


“COP Directors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

“COP Member” shall mean CPGC or any wholly owned Subsidiary of COP admitted as a substitute Member pursuant to Section 5.4; provided that in the event a COP Member transfers less than all of its Company Interest to a wholly owned subsidiary of COP pursuant to Section 5.4, then “COP Member” shall be deemed to include both such COP Member and such wholly owned subsidiary of COP, to the extent applicable; provided, however, that in no event shall the COP Members collectively own more than a 50 percent Percentage Interest.

“CPGC” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“CPGC Contribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

“CPGC Distribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

“DEFS Holding” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“DEFS Investment” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Depreciation” shall mean, for each Fiscal Year or part thereof, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to an asset for such Fiscal Year or part thereof, except that if the Book Value of an asset differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Fiscal Year, the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Year or part thereof shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such Book Value as the U.S. federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Year or part thereof bears to such adjusted tax basis. If such asset has a zero adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such asset for such Fiscal Year shall be determined under a method reasonably selected by agreement among the Members.

“Director” shall mean one or more members of the Company Board, as the context may require.

“Disguised Sale Amount” shall mean the excess of (a) $1,200,000,000 over (b) the product of the Percentage Interest of CPGC in the Company as of the Closing Date and $2,400,000,000.

“Dispute Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(a).

“Distribution” shall mean, with respect to any Member, the amount of money and the Book Value of any property (other than money) distributed to such Member pursuant to Section 7.6 hereof (or pursuant to Section 2.2(a), 2.2(b)(ii), or 3.3(b) of the Reorganization Agreement) with respect to such Member’s Company Interest.

“Duke” shall mean Duke Energy Corporation, a North Carolina corporation.

“Duke Directors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

 

5


“Duke Member” shall mean DEFS Holding or any wholly owned Subsidiary of Duke admitted as a substitute member pursuant to Section 5.4; provided that in the event a Duke Member transfers less than all of its Company Interest to a wholly owned subsidiary of Duke pursuant to Section 5.4, then “Duke Member” shall be deemed to include both such Duke Member and such wholly owned subsidiary of Duke, to the extent applicable; provided, however, that in no event shall the Duke Members collectively own more than a 50 percent Percentage Interest.

“EBITDA” shall mean earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Equity Interest” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents, including membership interests (however designated, whether voting or nonvoting or certificated or noncertificated), of equity of such person, including, if such Person is a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of property of, such partnership, excluding debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity.

“Fair Market Value” shall mean, with respect to any Member’s Company Interest, a purchase price equal to the value that would be obtained for such Company Interest, in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, and an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell, such Company Interest.

“Financing” shall have the meaning set forth in the Contribution Agreement.

“Fiscal Year” shall mean the taxable year of the Company, which shall be a fiscal year ending on December 31st.

“Flow Through Subsidiaries” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

“Formation Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

“Governmental Entity” shall mean any federal, state, political subdivision or other governmental agency or instrumentality, foreign or domestic.

“Law” shall mean any applicable constitutional provision, statute, act, code (including the Code), law, regulation, rule, ordinance, order, decree, ruling, proclamation, resolution, judgment, decision, declaration or interpretative or advisory opinion or letter of a Governmental Entity.

“Lien” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, security interest, encumbrance, lien, charge or deposit arrangement or other arrangement having the practical effect of the foregoing.

“Member” shall mean one or more of DEFS Holding, CPGC and any Person hereafter admitted to the Company as a member as provided in this Agreement, as the context may require, but such term does not include any Person who has ceased to be a member in the Company.

 

6


“MLP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.7.

“Neutral Control Appraiser” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(c).

“Neutral Firm” means a nationally-recognized law firm or accounting firm designated by the Duke Member and the COP Member by mutual agreement

“Non-Changing Member” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).

“Non-Changing Member Appraiser” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).

“Nonrecourse Deductions” shall have the meaning set forth in Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(1). The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year equals the excess, if any, of (a) the net increase in the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain during such Fiscal Year over (b) the aggregate amount of any distributions during such Fiscal Year of proceeds of a Nonrecourse Liability that are allocable to an increase in Partnership Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Regulation Section 1.704-2(c).

“Nonrecourse Liability” shall have the meaning set forth in Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(3).

“Non-Transfer Member” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

“Officers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

“Original Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Other Member” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a)(i).

“Parent” shall mean, with respect to a particular Person, the Person that Controls such particular Person and is not itself Controlled by any other Person.

“Parent CEO” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(b).

“Partnership Minimum Gain” shall mean the aggregate amount of gain (of whatever character), determined for each Nonrecourse Liability of the Company, that would be realized by the Company if it disposed of the Company property subject to such Nonrecourse Liability in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction thereof (and for no other consideration), determined in accordance with Regulation Sections 1.704-2(d) and (k), and the determination of a Member’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain in accordance with Regulation Section 1.704-2(g).

“Partner Nonrecourse Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

“Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” shall mean the aggregate amount of gain (of whatever character), determined for each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, that would be realized by

 

7


the Company if it disposed of the Company property subject to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction thereof (and for no other consideration), determined in accordance with Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(3) and (k), and the determination of a Member’s share of minimum gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt in accordance with Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(5).

“Partner Nonrecourse Deductions” shall mean the excess, if any, of (a) the net increase, if any, in the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Fiscal Year over (b) the aggregate amount of any distributions during such Fiscal Year of proceeds of a Partner Nonrecourse Debt that are allocable to an increase in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(2).

“Percentage Interest” shall mean, with respect to the Company Interest owned by the Duke Member, 50 percent, and with respect to the Company Interest owned by the COP Member, 50 percent.

“Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, limited liability company, firm, corporation, association, joint venture, trust or other entity or any Governmental Entity.

“Phillips” shall mean Phillips Petroleum Company.

“Phillips Investment” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Profits” and “Losses” shall mean, for each Fiscal Year or part thereof, the taxable income or loss of the Company for such Fiscal Year determined, solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss, or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments (without duplication):

(a) any income of the Company that is exempt from U.S. federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

(b) any expenditure of the Company that is (i) not deductible in computing U.S. taxable income and not properly chargeable to the Members’ Capital Accounts as described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as such pursuant to Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and (ii) not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses pursuant to this definition, shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

(c) any Depreciation for such Fiscal Year or part thereof shall be taken into account in lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss;

(d) gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Company property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall be computed with reference to the Book Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property for U.S. federal income tax purposes differs from its Book Value;

 

8


(e) in the event the Book Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to subparagraphs (1) and (2) of the definition of Book Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the Book Value of the asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases the Book Value of the asset) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits and Losses;

(f) to the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset under Code Section 734(b) is required, pursuant to Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s Company Interest, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the adjusted tax basis of the asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases the adjusted tax basis of the asset) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits and Losses; and

(g) notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, such taxable income or loss shall be deemed not to include any income, gain, loss, deduction or other item thereof specially allocated pursuant to Section 7.2(b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (h) or the proviso in Section 7.1(b).

The amounts of the items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Section 7.2(b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (h) shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in subparagraphs (a) through (f) above.

“Regulation” shall mean the income tax regulations promulgated under the Code by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (whether final or temporary).

“Regulatory Allocations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(g).

“Reorganization Agreement” shall mean the DEFS Reorganization Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2005, by and among Duke Capital LLC, COP and the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time.

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Subject Subsidiary” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

“Subsidiary” shall mean, when used with respect to any Person, any Affiliate of such Person that is Controlled by such Person.

“Tax Committee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(a).

“Tax Matters Partner” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(a).

“Taxing Authority” shall have the meaning set forth in the Reorganization Agreement.

“Transfer” shall mean any sale, assignment or other transfer, whether by operation of law or otherwise (and any deemed transfer pursuant to Section 338 of the Code of the assets of a Member in connection with the purchase of the stock of such Member and any other transfer for U.S. federal income tax purposes of the assets held by a Member if such deemed transfer or transfer would result in a termination of the Company pursuant to Section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code). “Transferred” and “Transferring” shall have correlative meanings.

 

9


“Transfer Member” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

“Transfer Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

Section 1.2 Construction . Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) the gender (or lack of gender) of all words used in this Agreement includes the masculine, feminine and neuter; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) references to Laws refer to such Laws as they may be amended from time to time, and references to particular provisions of a Law include any corresponding provisions of any succeeding Law; (d) references to money refer to legal currency of the United States of America; (e) the word “including” means “including, without limitation”; and (f) all capitalized terms defined herein are equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto agree that, except as specifically provided herein, (x) this Agreement takes effect and governs with respect to the Fiscal Years, or portions thereof, in each case, beginning after the date hereof and (y) with respect to the Fiscal Years, or portions thereof, in each case, ending on or prior to the date hereof, the Amended and Restated Agreement governs.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1 Formation . The Company has been organized as a Delaware limited liability company by the filing of the Certificate under and pursuant to the Act. Each of DEFS Holding’s and CPGC’s status as a Member is hereby continued, in each case effective contemporaneously with the execution by such Person of this Agreement.

Section 2.2 Name . The name of the Company is “Duke Energy Field Services, LLC”, and all Company business must be conducted in that name or such other names that comply with Law as the Company Board may select.

Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other . The registered office of the Company required by the Act to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be the office of the initial registered agent for service of process named in the Certificate or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Company Board may designate in the manner provided by Law. The registered agent for service of process of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the initial registered agent for service of process named in the Certificate or such other Person or Persons as the Company Board may designate in the manner provided by Law. The principal office of the Company in the United States shall be 370 17th Street, Suite 900, Denver, Colorado 80202, or such other place as the Company Board may from time to time designate, which need not be in the State of Delaware, and the Company shall maintain records there and shall keep the street address of such principal office at the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware. The Company may have such other offices as the Company Board may designate.

 

10


Section 2.4 Purpose; Powers .

(a) The purposes of the Company are to engage in the midstream gas gathering, processing, transportation and marketing business in the United States and Canada, the marketing of natural gas liquids in Mexico, the transportation of refined petroleum products and liquefied petroleum gases and related products and related terminaling, storage and other activities, and the gathering, transportation, storage and marketing of crude oil. The Company may also pursue other business purposes beyond those described in the immediately preceding sentence; provided that any such other business purposes (i) are not forbidden by the Act or by applicable Law and (ii) are approved by the Company Board in accordance with Section 3.7.

(b) The Company has the power to do any and all acts necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or in furtherance of the purposes of the Company set forth in Section 2.4(a) herein and has, without limitation, any and all powers that may be exercised on behalf of the Company by the Directors and Officers pursuant to Article III hereof.

Section 2.5 Foreign Qualification . Prior to the Company’s conducting business in any jurisdiction other than Delaware, the Company Board shall cause the Company to comply, to the extent procedures are available and those matters are reasonably within the control of the Company Board, with all requirements necessary to qualify the Company as a foreign limited liability company in that jurisdiction. At the request of the Company Board, each Member shall execute, acknowledge, swear to and deliver all certificates and other instruments conforming with this Agreement that are necessary or appropriate to qualify, continue and terminate the Company as a foreign limited liability company in all such jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business.

Section 2.6 Term . The Company commenced on December 15, 1999 by the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and its existence shall be perpetual, unless and until it is dissolved in accordance with Article IX.

Section 2.7 No State-Law Partnership . The Members intend that the Company shall be a limited liability company and, except as provided in Section 8.2 with respect to U.S. federal income tax treatment (and other tax treatment consistent therewith), the Company shall not be a state Law partnership (including a limited partnership) or joint venture, and no Member shall be a state Law partner or joint venturer of any other Member, for any purposes, and this Agreement may not be construed to suggest otherwise.

Section 2.8 Title to Company Assets . Title to Company assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Company as an entity, and no Member, Director or Officer, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Company assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Company assets may be held in the name of the Company or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the Company Board may determine. All Company assets shall be recorded as the property of the Company in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such Company assets is held. The Company’s credit and assets shall be used solely for the benefit of the Company, and no asset of the Company shall be Transferred or encumbered for, or in payment of any individual obligation of, any Member, Director or Officer.

 

11


Section 2.9 No Power to Bind Company or Other Members . A Member or Affiliate of a Member may not take any action purporting to bind the Company, any other Member or their respective Affiliates, except as provided in this Agreement. All actions undertaken by the Members and their Affiliates, or any of them, are at their sole risk and expense except to the extent, if any, that the Company with the approval of the Company Board assumes those obligations by executing appropriate documentation in accordance with this Agreement. None of the Members is an agent, employee, contractor, vendor, representative or (except for tax purposes) partner of any other Member or its Affiliates by virtue of its execution of this Agreement, and a Member may not hold itself out as such; provided, however, that Members and their Affiliates may, subject to any applicable terms hereof, be parties to agreements with the Company with the approval of the Company Board.

Section 2.10 Liability to Third Parties . No Member shall be liable for the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company solely by reason of being a Member.

ARTICLE III

MANAGEMENT

Section 3.1 Management of the Company’s Affairs . All management powers over the business and affairs of the Company shall be exclusively vested in a board of directors (the “ Company Board ”) and, subject to the direction of the Company Board, the officers of the Company (the “ Officers ”). The Officers and Directors shall collectively constitute “managers” of the Company within the meaning of the Act. Neither Member, by virtue of its status as a member of the Company, shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Company or actual or apparent authority to enter into contracts on behalf of, or to otherwise bind, the Company. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the authority and functions of the Company Board on the one hand and of the Officers on the other shall be identical to the authority and functions of the board of directors and officers, respectively, of a corporation organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Thus, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the direction of the Company Board, which may delegate from time to time such authority and duties as it deems appropriate to one or more of the Officers, who shall be agents of the Company. In addition to the powers that now or hereafter can be granted to managers under the Act and to all other powers granted under any other provision of this Agreement, and subject to any provisions of this Agreement (including Section 3.7 and Section 3.9) that permit action or require approval of specified Persons, the Company Board and the Officers (subject to the direction of the Company Board) shall have full, complete and absolute power and authority to do all things on such terms as they may deem necessary or appropriate to conduct, or cause to be conducted, or to manage, the business and affairs of the Company, including the following:

(a) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness and the incurring of any other obligations;

(b) the making of tax (consistent with Articles VII and VIII), regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Company;

 

12


(c) the merger or other combination of the Company with or into another Person;

(d) the use of the assets of the Company (including cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the repayment of obligations of the Company;

(e) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments;

(f) the distribution of Company cash;

(g) the selection, engagement and dismissal of Officers, employees and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, engineers, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

(h) the maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the Company as it deems necessary or appropriate;

(i) the acquisition or disposition of assets;

(j) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, or the contribution of property to, any entity;

(k) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Company, including the commencement, prosecution and defense of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation; and

(l) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law.

Section 3.2 Member Obligations . Neither Member nor any Affiliate of, or any Director appointed by, either Member shall have any obligation or owe any duty, fiduciary or otherwise, to the Company or to any other Member or its Affiliates, including any obligation (a) to offer business opportunities to the Company, (b) to refrain from pursuing business opportunities that may have a competitive impact upon the Company or (c) to refrain from taking any other action that will or may be detrimental to the Company, and neither Member nor any Affiliate of such Member shall, by virtue of the relationship established pursuant to this Agreement, have any other obligations to take or refrain from taking any other action that may impact the Company. The provisions of this Section 3.2 constitute an agreement to modify or eliminate fiduciary duties pursuant to the provisions of Section 18-1101 of the Act.

Section 3.3 Company Board Composition; Initial Directors . The Company Board shall consist of five Directors, four of whom shall be voting Directors. The President of the Company shall be the Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall be the fifth Director and shall be a non-voting Director. The Duke Member shall appoint two voting Directors (the “ Duke Directors ”). The COP Member shall appoint two voting Directors (the “ COP Directors ”). Each Director appointed to the Company Board shall serve until his or her successor is duly appointed or until his or her earlier removal or resignation.

 

13


Section 3.4 Removal and Replacement of Directors . The Duke Member shall have the right, at any time and for any reason (or for no reason), to remove any or all of the Duke Directors. The COP Member shall have the right, at any time and for any reason (or for no reason), to remove any or all of the COP Directors. Should any Director be unwilling or unable to continue to serve, or otherwise cease to serve (including by reason of his or her involuntary removal or the expiration of any applicable term of office), then (a) in the case of a vacancy of a Duke Director, the Duke Member shall fill the resulting vacancy on the Company Board by a Person designated by the Duke Member, and (b) in the case of a vacancy of a COP Director, the COP Member shall fill the resulting vacancy in the Company Board by a Person designated by the COP Member.

Section 3.5 Meetings of the Company Board .

(a) Regular meetings of the Company Board shall be held quarterly.

(b) Either Member may request a special meeting of the Company Board at any time on two Business Days’ prior notice.

(c) A quorum for meetings of the Company Board shall be at least three voting Directors, present in person, by telephone or represented by proxy.

(d) Directors may participate in and hold a meeting of the Company Board by means of conference telephone, videoconference or similar communications equipment by which all Persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in such manner in any such meeting constitutes presence in person at the meeting.

(e) The Chairman of the Board, if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings of the Company Board and of Members. Otherwise, any other Director chosen by the Company Board, shall preside.

Section 3.6 Notice of Company Board Meetings . Written notice of all regular meetings of the Company Board must be given to all Directors at least 15 days prior to any regular meeting of the Company Board and two Business Days prior to any special meeting of the Company Board. Any such notice, or waiver thereof, need not state the purpose of such meeting except as may otherwise be required by Law. Attendance of a Director at a meeting (including pursuant to Section 3.5(d)) shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such Director attends the meeting for the express purposes of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 3.7 Actions by the Company Board . All decisions of the Company Board shall require the affirmative majority vote of the voting Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present provided that the affirmative vote of both at least one Duke Director and at least one COP Director shall be required for all decisions of the Company Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Duke Member and the COP Member will cause their respectively appointed Company Board members to take all action necessary to cause the

 

14


Company to form a master limited partnership (“ MLP ”) as soon as reasonably practicable in 2005, including (i) initially contributing assets from the list of assets on Schedule 3.7 with an aggregate EBITDA of up to $75 million and priced in the aggregate at not less than 7 times such EBITDA, (ii) effecting an initial public offering of limited partner interests and an initial debt financing for the MLP in compliance with Sarbanes Oxley and all other applicable laws and regulations, and (iii) subject to clause (b) immediately below, designating Jim Mogg and Mike Bradley as the initial Chairman and CEO, respectively, of the general partner of the MLP with authority on behalf of DEFS to implement and make decisions relating to the formation of the MLP, (b) persons subsequently holding the positions of Chairman and CEO of the general partner of the MLP and all executive officers of such general partner and the MLP shall be selected by the board of the general partner of the MLP, which board shall consist of nine individuals, two of which shall be appointed by the Duke Member, two of which shall be appointed by the COP Member and five of which shall consist of independent directors as mutually agreed in good faith by the Duke Member and the COP Member; provided, however, that the board of the general partner of the MLP shall have the authority to appoint, remove and replace the Chairman and CEO of the general partner of the MLP and all executive officers of such general partner and the MLP, and (c) the Duke Directors shall make all decisions relating to the enforcement of any rights or obligations of the Company or any of its Affiliates against or to COP or any of its Affiliates, and the COP Directors shall have the exclusive authority to make all decisions relating to the enforcement of any rights or obligations of the Company or any of its Affiliates against or to Duke or any of its Affiliates, and the COP Directors shall have the exclusive authority to make all decisions relating to the enforcement of any rights or obligations of the Company or any of its Affiliates against or to Duke or any of its Affiliates and, in the event of a Change of Control that results (pursuant to the last proviso in the definition of the term “Change of Control”) in the term “Duke” no longer referring to Duke Energy Corporation, against Duke Energy Corporation as to matters relating to periods prior to such Change of Control. The formation of additional master limited partnerships shall be at the discretion of the Company Board.

Section 3.8 Action by Unanimous Written Consent of Voting Directors . To the extent permitted by applicable Law, the Company Board may act without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote so long as all voting Directors shall have executed a written consent or consents with respect to any such Company Board action taken in lieu of a meeting.

Section 3.9 Officers . (a) Generally. Unless provided otherwise in this Agreement or by resolution of the Company Board, the Officers shall have the titles, power, authority and duties described below in this Section 3.9.

(b) Titles and Number. The Officers of the Company shall be the Chairman of the Board, the President, any and all Vice Presidents, the Secretary and Treasurer and any and all Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. There shall be appointed from time to time, in accordance with Section 3.9(c) below, such Vice Presidents, Secretaries, Assistant Secretaries, Treasurers and Assistant Treasurers as the Company Board may desire. Any person may hold two or more offices.

(c) Appointment and Term of Office. The Officers shall be appointed by the Company Board at such time and for such term as the Company Board shall determine. Any

 

15


Officer may be removed, with or without cause, only by the Company Board, provided, however, that such removal shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of such Officer under any contract to which the Company is a party. Vacancies in any office may be filled only by the Company Board. Any Officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company Board. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

(d) President. Subject to the limitations imposed by this Agreement, any employment agreement, any employee plan or any determination of the Company Board, the President, subject to the direction of the Company Board, shall be the chief executive officer and Chairman of the Board of the Company and, as such, shall be responsible for the management and direction of the day-to-day business and affairs of the Company, its other Officers, employees and agents, shall supervise generally the affairs of the Company and shall have the full authority to execute all documents and take all actions that the Company may legally take. The President shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by this Agreement or the Company Board, including any duties and powers stated in any employment agreement approved by the Company Board.

(e) Vice President. In the absence of the President, each Vice President shall have all of the powers and duties conferred upon the President, including the same power as the President to execute documents on behalf of the Company. Each such Vice President shall perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Company Board or the President.

(f) Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall record or cause to be recorded in books provided for that purpose the minutes of the meetings or actions of the Company Board and Members, shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and as required by Law, shall be custodian of all records (other than financial), shall see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and all other documents and records required by Law are properly kept and filed, and, in general, shall perform duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him by this Agreement, the Company Board or the President. The Assistant Secretaries shall exercise the powers of the Secretary during that Officer’s absence or inability or refusal to act.

(g) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. The Treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Company and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Company in such form and as often as required by this Agreement, the Company Board or the President. The Treasurer, subject to the order of the Company Board, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Company. The Treasurer shall perform all other duties commonly incident to his office and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers at this Agreement, the Company Board or the President shall designate from time to time. The Assistant Treasurers shall exercise the power of the Treasurer during the Officer’s absence or inability or refusal to act. Each of the Assistant Treasurers shall possess the same power as the Treasurer to sign all certificates, contracts, obligations and other instruments of the Company. If no Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer is appointed and serving or in the absence of the appointed Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer, the Senior Vice President, or such other Officer as the Company Board shall select, shall have the powers and duties conferred upon the Treasurer.

 

16


Section 3.10 Failure to Approve Budgets . If the Company Board fails to timely approve capital or operating budgets for any period, the Officers are hereby authorized to spend such amounts as are necessary or appropriate to meet the Company’s prior commitments and obligations and to conduct and maintain the Company’s operations and properties in a safe and efficient manner in accordance with industry practice.

Section 3.11 Compensation . The Officers shall receive such compensation for their services as may be designated by the Company Board. In addition, the Officers shall be entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the course of their service hereunder. In addition, the members of the Company Board shall be entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the course of their service hereunder.

Section 3.12 Deadlock Resolution Procedures .

(a) Failure to Approve Actions Requiring Approval by Company Board. If the Company Board has disagreed regarding any action when properly submitted to it for a vote (a “ Business Dispute ”) pursuant to Section 3.7, then the voting Directors will consult and negotiate with each other in good faith to find a solution that would be approved by the Company Board. If the voting Directors do not reach such solution within 10 Business Days from the date the disagreement occurred, then either Member may give written notice to the other that the Company Board’s failure to approve such action will, in such Member’s judgment, adversely affect the Company (a “ Dispute Notice ”).

(b) Consideration by Member Executives. Within two Business Days after the giving of the Dispute Notice, the Business Dispute will be referred by the Directors to the chief executive officer of the Parent of each Member to whom the respective Directors report (each a “ Parent CEO ”) in an attempt to reach resolution. The Parent CEOs will consult and negotiate with each other in good faith. If they are unable to agree within 20 Business Days of the date of the Dispute Notice, then they will adjourn such attempts for a further period of 5 Business Days during which the Parent CEOs will not consult with each other. On the day following such period, the Parent CEOs will consult with each other again in an effort to resolve the Business Dispute. If the Parent CEOs are unable to resolve the Business Dispute within 48 hours after the time at which they last consulted with each other, then the action shall be considered not approved by the Company Board.

Section 3.13 Cash Contribution . The Company shall segregate the cash contribution referenced in Section 8.2(c)(5) in a separate account and shall use such cash for the acquisition or improvement of plant, property and equipment.

ARTICLE IV

BOOKS AND RECORDS; REPORTS AND

INFORMATION AND ACCOUNTS

Section 4.1 Maintenance of Books and Records . Records and books of account (including those required by the Act) shall be kept by the Company in which shall be entered all

 

17


transactions and other matters relative to the Company’s business as are usually entered into records and books of account maintained by Persons engaged in business of like character. The Company books and records shall be maintained in accordance with GAAP.

Section 4.2 Auditors; Corporate Reports; Annual Financial Statements .

(a) Auditors. As of the date hereof, the auditors of the Company shall be Deloitte & Touche L.L.P.; provided that the Company’s auditors may be changed from time to time by the Company Board, in accordance with Section 3.7.

(b) Company Reports. (i) Each Member and its respective representatives shall be entitled to reasonable access, during regular business hours and upon reasonable advance notice, to the corporate books and records and properties, and the executive officers and representatives, of the Company and its Subsidiaries, for any reasonable purpose, including in order to conduct any investigation or audit of the business, financial position and financial statements of any such entity; provided that nothing herein shall authorize access to classified or controlled unclassified information, except as authorized by applicable Law.

(ii) Each Member shall be supplied not later than 45 days after the end of each of the first three calendar quarters of each year with unaudited financial statements of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, including a balance sheet, an income statement and a statement of cash flows, as well as a comparison of actual performance with any applicable business plan and such tax information as either Member may reasonably request.

(iii) The Company Board shall be supplied not later than 45 days after the end of each calendar month with unaudited financial statements of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, including a balance sheet, an income statement and a statement of cash flows, as well as a comparison of actual performance with any applicable business plan and, within 45 days of the end of each calendar quarter, budget and cash flow forecasts showing the position of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the next 12-month period together with such additional information as the Company Board may reasonably request.

(c) Annual Financial Statements. (i) Annual financial statements for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and subject to an audit by the auditors of the Company.

(ii) The Company shall make available to each Member simultaneously the consolidated annual audited financial statements for the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and the reports of the auditors thereon as soon as practicable after the issuance by the auditors of such reports.

(iii) The Company and its Subsidiaries shall prepare annual financial statements in respect of each fiscal year for presentation to the auditors within one month from the end of that fiscal year and shall use reasonable best efforts to ensure that the auditors will issue their reports on such financial statements by March 15 of each year.

 

18


Section 4.3 Confidentiality . (a) Each Member and its respective Affiliates shall keep confidential all information which is obtained by them as Members or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement or the Reorganization Agreement, whether that information is (i) generated or commissioned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) related to the business affairs of any of the Members or of their respective Affiliates.

(b) The restrictions in Section 4.3(a) shall not apply to:

(i) information which enters the public domain otherwise than by breach of this Agreement;

(ii) information already in the possession of a Member or any of its Affiliates before disclosure to it under this Agreement and which was not acquired directly or indirectly from the other Member or any of its Affiliates and which is not the subject of a confidentiality agreement in favor of the provider of such information;

(iii) information lawfully obtained from a third party that is free to disclose such information;

(iv) information developed or created by a Member or any of its Affiliates (other than the Company or its Subsidiaries) independent of this Agreement;

(v) information required to be disclosed by a Member or any of its Affiliates to a third party contemplating purchasing shares in that Member in order to permit such third party to decide whether or not to proceed and what price to offer; provided that such third party shall prior to any such disclosure have entered into a confidentiality agreement with such Member and its Affiliates on terms no less strict than the terms of this Section 4.3;

(vi) information requested by any Governmental Entity entitled by Law to require the same; provided that prior to such disclosure if practicable, the disclosing Member shall notify in writing the owner of such information (where the identity of such owner can be reasonably determined) that such request has been made; provided further that the Member seeking to rely on an exemption contained in this Section 4.3(b) shall provide such evidence as the other Member may reasonably require to prove that the information sought to be exempted falls within the relevant category; and

(vii) information that a Member or its Affiliates must disclose under applicable securities Laws or stock exchange regulations.

(c) The restrictions contained in Section 4.3(a) shall last until the date two years from the relevant disclosure.

ARTICLE V

LIQUIDITY AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

Section 5.1 Transfer of Interest . Except to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 5.4, no Member may Transfer all or any part of its Company Interest without the express prior written consent of the other Member.

 

19


Section 5.2 Right of First Offer . If the holder of any Equity Interest in the Duke Member or the holder of any Equity Interest in the COP Member desires to Transfer all or any part of such Equity Interest to a Person other than a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Parent of such Member, then prior to effecting or making such Transfer, the Duke Member (if the subject Equity Interest is in the Duke Member) or the COP Member (if the subject Equity Interest is in the COP Member) (the “ Transfer Member ”) shall notify in writing the other Member (the “ Non-Transfer Member ”) of the terms and conditions upon which such Transfer is proposed to be effected (which notice shall be herein referred to as a “ Transfer Notice ” and shall include all material price and non-price terms and conditions). The Non-Transfer Member shall have the right to cause a wholly owned Subsidiary of its Parent (the “Subject Subsidiary ”) to acquire all (but not less than all) of the Equity Interest that is the subject of the Transfer Notice on the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice. The Non-Transfer Member shall have 30 days following delivery of the Transfer Notice during which to notify the Transfer Member whether or not it desires to exercise such right of first offer. If the Non-Transfer Member does not respond during the applicable period set forth above for exercising its purchase right under this Section 5.2, such Non-Transfer Member shall be deemed to have waived such right. If the Non-Transfer Member elects to cause the Subject Subsidiary to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Equity Interest that is the subject of the Transfer Notice, the closing of such purchase shall occur at the principal place of business of the Company on the tenth day following the first date on which all applicable conditions precedent have been satisfied or waived (but in no event shall such closing take place later than the date that is 60 days (subject to extension for regulatory approvals, but in no event more than 180 days) following the date on which the Non-Transfer Member agrees to cause the Subject Subsidiary to purchase all of the Equity Interest that is the subject of the Transfer Notice). The Transfer Member agrees, and the Non-Transfer Member agrees to cause the Subject Subsidiary, to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any applicable conditions precedent to be satisfied as expeditiously as possible. At the closing, (a) the Transfer Member shall cause the holder of the Equity Interest to execute and deliver to the Subject Subsidiary (i) an assignment of the Equity Interest described in the Transfer Notice, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Subject Subsidiary, and (ii) any other instruments reasonably requested by the Subject Subsidiary to give effect to the purchase; and (b) the Non-Transfer Member shall cause the Subject Subsidiary to deliver to the holder of such Equity Interest the purchase price specified in the Transfer Notice in immediately available funds or other consideration as specified in the Transfer Notice. If the Non-Transfer Member does not elect to cause the Subject Subsidiary to purchase the Equity Interest pursuant to this Section 5.2, or having elected to so purchase such Equity Interest fails to do so within the time period required by this Section 5.2, the holder of such Equity Interest shall be free for a period of 180 days after the expiration of the offer period referred to above or the date of such failure, as applicable, to enter into a definitive written agreement with an unaffiliated third party regarding the Transfer of such Equity Interest on terms and conditions that satisfy the following criteria:

(1) the amount of consideration to be paid by the purchasing party may not be less than the consideration set forth in the Transfer Notice;

(2) the form of consideration may not be materially different from that set forth in the Transfer Notice, except to the extent any change in the form of consideration makes the terms of the transaction less favorable from the purchaser’s standpoint; and

 

20


(3) the terms and conditions set forth in such definitive written agreement, when considered together with the form and amount of consideration to be paid by such purchasing party, may not render the terms of such transaction, taken as a whole, materially inferior (to the holder of such Equity Interest from an economic standpoint) to those set forth in the Transfer Notice (it being agreed that the granting by the holder of such Equity Interest of representations, warranties and indemnities with respect to the business or properties of the Company, as applicable, or any of its subsidiaries that are different from or in addition to any such provisions referenced in the Transfer Notice shall not be considered to be more favorable to the purchaser for purposes of this clause (3)).

If such a definitive written agreement is entered into with an unaffiliated third party within such time period, the holder of such Equity Interest shall be free for a period of 270 days following the execution of such definitive written agreement to consummate the Transfer of such Equity Interest in accordance with the terms thereof. If such Transfer is not consummated within such time period in accordance with the terms of such definitive written agreement, the requirements of this Section 5.2 shall apply anew to any further efforts by the holder of such Equity Interest to Transfer such Equity Interest.

Section 5.3 Change of Control .

(a) If (i) a Change of Control occurs with respect to the Duke Member other than pursuant to Section 5.2, the COP Member shall have the option to purchase the Duke Member’s Company Interest for Fair Market Value pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.3(b), (c) and (d), or (ii) a Change of Control occurs with respect to the COP Member other than pursuant to Section 5.2, the Duke Member shall have the option to purchase the COP Member’s Company Interest for Fair Market Value pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.3(b), (c) and (d).

(b) In the event of a transaction giving rise to a Change of Control of either the Duke Member or the COP Member other than pursuant to Section 5.2, the Member who has suffered such a Change of Control (the “ Changing Member ”) shall promptly (and in any event within three days of the consummation of such transaction) deliver notice (the “ Control Notice ”) to the other Member (the “ Non-Changing Member ”) of such Change of Control transaction. The Non-Changing Member shall have the right, to be exercised by notice (the “ Control Acceptance ”) on or before the 60th day following receipt of the Control Notice (the “ Control Offer Period ”), to elect to purchase the Company Interest of the Changing Member for Fair Market Value as of the date of the Change of Control. The Control Acceptance shall set forth the name of a nationally recognized appraisal firm (which may be an investment banking, accounting or other firm that performs appraisal and valuation services) designated by the Non-Changing Member as its appraisal firm (the “ Non-Changing Member Appraiser ”).

(c) If the Non-Changing Member timely delivers the Control Acceptance during the Control Offer Period, within 15 days from the date of receipt of the Control Acceptance, the Changing Member shall notify the Non-Changing Member in writing of the name of an appraisal firm (which may be an investment banking, accounting or other firm that performs appraisal and valuation services) designated as the Changing Member’s appraisal firm (the “ Changing Member Appraiser ”). The Non-Changing Member Appraiser and the Changing Member Appraiser shall jointly choose a third appraisal firm (which may be an investment

 

21


banking, accounting or other firm that performs appraisal and valuation services) within 15 days after the appointment of the Non-Changing Member Appraiser (provided, however, that if they fail to select a third appraisal firm within 15 days after the appointment of the Non-Changing Member Appraiser, such third firm (which shall be an investment banking, accounting or other firm that performs appraisal and valuation services) will be selected by the American Arbitration Association at the request of either party within 10 days after such request) (the “ Neutral Control Appraiser ”, and together with the Changing Member Appraiser and the Non-Changing Member Appraiser, the “ Control Appraiser Committee ”). Once the Control Appraiser Committee has been chosen, each of the Changing Member and Non-Changing Member shall submit proposed Fair Market Values of the Changing Member’s Company Interest to the Control Appraiser Committee, together with any supporting documentation such Member deems appropriate, as soon as practicable, but in no event earlier than 30 days after the date of receipt of the Control Acceptance nor later than 30 days after the date of selection of the Neutral Control Appraiser. If either Member fails to submit its proposed Fair Market Value within the required time period, the Fair Market Value proposed by the other Member (assuming such other Member has submitted its proposed value within the required time period) shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Changing Member’s Company Interest for purposes of this Section 5.3. If both Members submit their respective proposed values on a timely basis, the Control Appraiser Committee shall determine, by majority vote, the Fair Market Value as of the date of the Change of Control of the Changing Member’s Company Interest as promptly as possible (and in any event on or before the 30th day after submittal of the competing proposals), which determination shall be final and binding on the Members. The cost of such appraisal shall be paid in equal portions by the Duke Member and the COP Member. Each of the Changing Member and the Non-Changing Member shall provide to the other and, if applicable, the Control Appraisal Committee, all information reasonably requested by them.

(d) The closing of the Non-Changing Member’s acquisition of the Changing Member’s Company Interest shall be consummated on or before the 60th day after the determination of the Fair Market Value in accordance with Section 5.3(c). The acquisition shall be consummated at a closing held at the principal offices of the Company (unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Changing Member and the Non-Changing Member) at which time the purchase price, payable in the form of immediately available funds, shall be delivered to the Changing Member, and the Changing Member shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Non-Changing Member (or at the election of the Non-Changing Member, its designee) such transfer documentation reasonably acceptable to the Non-Changing Member as shall be required to evidence the transfer of the Changing Member’s Company Interest free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, except those created under this Agreement.

Section 5.4 Transfers to Wholly Owned Subsidiaries . A Member may Transfer all or any part of its Company Interest to a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Parent of the COP Member (in the case of the COP Member) or of the Parent of the Duke Member (in the case of the Duke Member), and such wholly owned Subsidiary shall be admitted as a substitute Member, all without the consent of the other Member, provided that (i) reasonable advance notice of such Transfer is provided to the other Member, including for purposes of effecting the provisions of Section 10.3(a), (ii) such wholly owned Subsidiary becomes a party to this Agreement by executing an assumption and adoption agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the other Member and (iii) such Member remains fully liable for the fulfillment of its obligations

 

22


hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such Transfer would result in a termination of the Company pursuant to Section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code, (i) a Member may Transfer only so much of its Company Interest to such wholly owned Subsidiary as will not cause such a termination, and (ii) provided that reasonable advance notice of such Transfer is provided to the other Member, including for purposes of effecting the provisions of Section 10.3(a), the remaining portion of its Company Interest may be transferred to such wholly owned Subsidiary as soon as practicable after the date that such a transfer will not cause such a termination.

Section 5.5 Void Transfers . For the absence of doubt, notwithstanding Section 5.2, 5.3 or 5.4, there shall be no Transfer of a Company Interest held by a Member that would result in a termination of the Company pursuant to Section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code without the prior written consent of the other Member. Any purported Transfer of a Company Interest, of any Equity Interest in the COP Member, or of any Equity Interest in the Duke Member prohibited by this Article V shall be void.

ARTICLE VI

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

Section 6.1 Capital Contributions .

(a) The initial Capital Contributions made to the Company by the Members shall be the property contributed by the Members pursuant to Article II of the Contribution Agreement.

(b) On the date of this Agreement, CPGC has made a Capital Contribution to the Company pursuant to Section 2.2(d) of the Reorganization Agreement.

Section 6.2 Additional Capital Contributions . The Members may make additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Company as requested by the Company Board. Except for the Capital Contributions required of the Members pursuant to Section 6.1, no Member shall be required to make any Capital Contributions to the Company.

Section 6.3 Capital Accounts . A “ Capital Account ” shall be maintained for each Member on the books of the Company in compliance with the requirements of Code Section 704(b) and the Regulations thereunder. The Capital Accounts of the Members immediately after the Capital Contributions made pursuant to Section 6.1(a) were (prior to reduction for the amount of any cash distributed to DEFS Holding and CPGC on the Closing Date), in the case of DEFS Holding, $3,585,500,000 and, in the case of CPGC, $2,139,500,000. In connection with the transactions contemplated by the Reorganization Agreement, the Capital Accounts of the Members shall be adjusted in the manner illustrated in Schedule 6.3 of this Agreement. Each Member’s Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the Capital Contributions of such Member, (ii) Profits and items of income or gain allocated to such Member as set forth in Article VII hereof, (iii) any positive adjustment to such Capital Account by reason of an adjustment to the Book Value of Company assets, and (iv) the amount of Company liabilities assumed by such Member or which are secured by any property distributed to such Member. Each Member’s Capital Account shall be decreased by (i) the amount of any cash and the Book Value of any property distributed to such Member, (ii) Losses, Nonrecourse Deductions, Partner Nonrecourse

 

23


Deductions, and items of loss or deduction allocated to such Member as set forth in Article VII hereof, (iii) any negative adjustment to such Capital Account by reason of an adjustment to the Book Value of Company assets, and (iv) the amount of any liabilities of such Member assumed by the Company or which are secured by property contributed by such Member to the Company. In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of the preceding two sentences, there shall be taken into account Code Section 752(c) and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Regulations.

Section 6.4 Return of Contributions . Although a Member has the right to receive Distributions in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, a Member is not entitled to the return of any part of its Capital Contributions or to be paid interest in respect of either its Capital Account or its Capital Contributions. An unrepaid Capital Contribution is not a liability of the Company or of any Member. No Member will be required to contribute or to lend any cash or property to the Company to enable the Company to return any Member’s Capital Contributions.

ARTICLE VII

PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 7.1 Allocation of Profit and Losses .

(a) In General. This Section 7.1 sets forth the general rules for book allocations to the Members and shall apply to allocations with respect to the operations and liquidation of the Company, maintaining the books and records of the Company and computing the Members’ Capital Accounts or share of Profit, Losses, other items or distributions pursuant to this Agreement, in each case as required for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Code Section 704(b) and the Regulations thereunder. These provisions do not apply to the requirement that the Company maintain books and records for financial reporting purposes in accordance with Section 4.1.

(b) Profits and Losses. For Fiscal Years, or portions thereof, in each case, beginning after the date hereof, Profits and Losses shall be allocated among the Members in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests in the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall make special allocations to the extent required pursuant to Article V of Annex A to the Contribution Agreement and Sections 3.3(a), 7.10 and 7.15(c) of the Reorganization Agreement).

Section 7.2 Limitations on Allocations . Notwithstanding the general allocation rules set forth in Section 7.1 hereof, the following special allocation rules and limitations shall apply with respect to maintaining the Company’s books and records and computing the Members’ Capital Accounts or share of Profits, Losses, other items or distributions pursuant to this Agreement, in each case as required for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Code Section 704(b) and the Regulations thereunder.

(a) Limitations on Loss Allocations. The losses allocated to any Member pursuant to Section 7.1(b) hereof with respect to any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the maximum amount of losses that can be so allocated without causing such Member to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of such Fiscal Year. In the event some but not all of the

 

24


Members would have Adjusted Capital Account Deficits as a consequence of an allocation of losses pursuant to Section 7.1(b) hereof, the limitation set forth in this Section 7.2(a) shall be applied on a Member-by-Member basis and any such losses not allocable to a Member as a result of such limitation shall be allocated to the other Members in accordance with their positive Capital Account balances so as to allocate the maximum possible losses to each Member under Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d).

(b) Qualified Income Offset. If in any Fiscal Year a Member unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), or (6), and such adjustment, allocation, or distribution causes or increases an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit for such Member, then, before any other allocations are made under this Article VII or otherwise, such Member shall be allocated items of income and gain (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of Company income, including gross income and gain) in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate such Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 7.2(b) shall be made only if and to the extent that the Member would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided for in this Article VII have been made as if this Section 7.2(b) were not in this Agreement. This Section 7.2(b) is intended to constitute a “qualified income offset” as provided in Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback. If there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Fiscal Year, then, except as provided in Regulation Section 1.704-2(f)(2), (3), or (5), each Member shall be allocated items of income and gain for such Fiscal Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Fiscal Years) in proportion to, and to the extent of, such Member’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during such Fiscal Year. Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Member pursuant thereto and the items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2). To the extent that this Section 7.2(c) is inconsistent with Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) or incomplete with respect to such Regulations, the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback provided for herein shall be applied and interpreted in accordance with such Regulation.

(d) Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain Chargeback. If there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Fiscal Year, then, except as provided in Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4), each Member with a share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain shall be allocated items of income and gain for such Fiscal Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Fiscal Years) in proportion to, and to the extent of, such Member’s share of the net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during such Fiscal Year. Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Member pursuant thereto and the items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2). To the extent that this Section 7.2(d) is inconsistent with Regulation Section 1.704-2(i) or incomplete with respect to such Regulation, the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain chargeback provided for herein shall be applied and interpreted in accordance with such Regulation.

 

25


(e) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year shall be specially allocated to the Members in proportion to each of their respective Percentage Interests in the Company. This provision is to be interpreted in a manner consistent with Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(1) and 1.704-2(e).

(f) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall be allocated among the Members in accordance with the ratios in which the Members share the economic risk of loss for the Partner Nonrecourse Debt that gave rise to those deductions. This allocation is intended to comply with the requirements of Regulation Section 1.704-2(i) and shall be interpreted and applied consistently therewith.

(g) Limited Effect and Interpretation. The special rules set forth in Section 7.2(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) (the “ Regulatory Allocations ”) shall be applied only to the extent required by applicable Regulations for the resulting allocations provided for in this Section 7.2, taking into account such Regulatory Allocations, to be respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Regulatory Allocations are intended to comply with the requirements of Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b), 1.704-2 and 1.752-1 through 1.752-5, inclusive and shall be interpreted and applied consistently therewith.

(h) Offsetting Allocations. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Members intend to divide Company Profits, Losses, and other similar items. It is the intent of the Members that, to the extent possible, all Regulatory Allocations shall be offset either with other Regulatory Allocations or with special allocations of other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to this Section 7.2(h). Therefore, notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VII (other than the Regulatory Allocations), the Company shall make such offsetting special allocations of Company income, gain, loss or deduction in a manner such that, after the offsetting allocations are made, each Member’s Capital Account Balance is, to the extent possible, equal to the Capital Account balance such Member would have had if the Regulatory Allocations were not part of this Agreement and all Company items were allocated pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof.

Section 7.3 Restoration of Negative Capital Accounts . At no time shall a Member with a negative balance in its Capital Account have any obligation to the Company or to any other Member to restore such negative balance.

Section 7.4 Interim Allocations Relating to Transferred Company Interests . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Reorganization Agreement, in the event of a change in a Member’s Percentage Interest in the Company as a result of a Transfer or deemed Transfer of a Member’s Company Interest or as a result of a contribution of assets by a Member to the Company or a distribution of assets by the Company to a Member during a Fiscal Year, the allocations required under this Article VII shall be made with respect to the Members for the portions of the Fiscal Year through the date of the Transfer, contribution or distribution and after the date of the Transfer, contribution or distribution based on an interim closing of the Company’s books. The effective date of any such Transfer, contribution or distribution shall be the actual date of the Transfer, contribution or distribution as recorded on the books of the Company. This Section 7.4 shall also apply for purposes of computing a Member’s Capital Account. For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be an interim closing of the Company’s books

 

26


as of the date hereof, and the allocations required under this Article VII shall be made with respect to the Members (i) for the portion of the Fiscal Year through the date hereof in accordance with the Members’ Percentage Interests being 69.7 percent for the Duke Member and 30.3 percent for the COP Member, and (ii) for the portion of the Fiscal Year after the date hereof in accordance with the Members’ Percentage Interests being 50 percent for the Duke Member and 50 percent for the COP Member.

Section 7.5 Code Section 704(c) Allocations .

(a) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof that is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall, solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be allocated among the Members so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted tax basis of such property to the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes and its Book Value (computed in accordance with the definition of Book Value) using the “Traditional Method with Curative Allocations” as defined in Regulation Section 1.704-3(c).

(b) In the event the Book Value of any asset of the Company (or any Subsidiary thereof that is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (1) of the definition of Book Value or otherwise pursuant to Code Section 704(b) and the Regulations thereunder, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any such asset so adjusted shall take account of any variation between the adjusted tax basis of such asset for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the Book Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c), the Regulations thereunder and Section 7.5(a).

(c) Allocations pursuant to this Section 7.5 are solely for purposes of U.S. federal income taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses or other items allocated under Section 7.1 or Section 7.2.

Section 7.6 Distributions .

(a) Distributions Other Than in Liquidation of the Company. Except as provided in Section 7.6(b) below (and taking into account deemed distributions, if any, under Section 8.1 which are not re-contributed pursuant to Section 8.1), Distributions of cash of the Company shall be made at the end of each quarterly accounting period of the Company to each Member of the Company in the following amounts:

(i) the greater of (A) the excess of (x) the product of (I) the sum of the maximum U.S. regular federal income tax rate applicable to C corporations under Section 11 of the Code and 4.5 percent and (II) the excess, if any, of taxable income and gain over taxable loss or deduction of the Company allocated to such Member with respect to such period over (y) the amount of any credits allocated to such Member with respect to such period for U.S. regular federal income tax purposes and State income tax purposes and (B) (x) such Member’s Percentage Interest in the Company as of the end of such period multiplied by the quotient of (y)

 

27


the amount calculated under clause (A) with respect to such period for the other Member (or Members) (the “ Other Member ”) divided by (z) the Other Member’s Percentage Interest in the Company as of the end of such period; and

(ii) such Distributions as the Company Board may determine in its discretion pursuant to Section 3.7.

Such Distributions pursuant to clause (i) shall be made in a manner consistent with the estimated annual tax items of the Company, and Distributions pursuant to clause (i) for each quarterly accounting period (or portion thereof) shall be adjusted to the extent Distributions for prior quarterly accounting periods did not correctly estimate such items. For each quarterly accounting period ending prior to the date of this Agreement, the Members’ Percentage Interests for purposes of this Section 7.6 shall be 69.7 percent for the Duke Member and 30.3 percent for the COP Member. For purposes of this Section 7.6(a), the quarterly accounting period during which the date of this Agreement occurs shall be deemed to consist of two separate quarterly accounting periods, one of which shall be deemed to end as of the date hereof (with respect to which the Duke Member’s Percentage Interest shall be equal to 69.7 and the COP Member’s Percentage Interest shall be equal to 30.3 percent) and the other of which shall be deemed to begin the day following the date hereof and end at the end of such quarterly accounting period (with respect to which each of the Duke Member’s Percentage Interest and the COP Member’s Percentage Interest shall be equal to 50 percent). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) any taxable income or gain resulting from the TEPPCO GP Sale (as defined in the Reorganization Agreement) shall be disregarded for purposes of this Section 7.6(a), and no Distribution shall be made pursuant to this Section 7.6(a) in respect of such taxable income or gain, and (B) any distribution under Section 7.6(a)(i) to be made after the date hereof by reason of an increase in taxable income as a result of adjustments to depreciation deductions claimed by the Company or allocated to the Members for taxable years prior to 2005 or other adjustments to taxable income or deductions shall be made 50 percent to the Duke Member and 50 percent to the COP Member.

(b) Distributions in Liquidation of the Company. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the proceeds of sale of the properties and assets of the Company that have been sold in liquidation, and all other properties and assets of the Company not otherwise sold (and valued at their fair market value), shall be applied and distributed as follows, and in the following order of priority: (i) first, to the payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company and the expenses of liquidation not otherwise adequately provided for; (ii) second, to the setting up of any reserves that are reasonably necessary for any contingent unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Company or of the Members arising out of or in connection with the Company; (iii) third, to the Members in proportion to the positive balances of each of their respective Capital Accounts after all allocations have been made to such Capital Accounts pursuant to this Agreement, until the remaining balances of such Capital Accounts are zero; and (iv) fourth, the remaining proceeds to the Members in proportion to each of their Percentage Interests in the Company.

 

28


ARTICLE VIII

WITHHOLDING TAX MATTERS; TAX STATUS AND TREATMENT

Section 8.1 Withholding . The Company shall comply with all withholding requirements under U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax Laws and shall remit amounts withheld to, and file required forms with, such applicable Taxing Authorities. To the extent that the Company withholds and pays over any amounts to any Taxing Authority with respect to the distributions or allocations to any Member, the amount withheld (or credited against withholding tax otherwise due) shall be treated as a Distribution to such Member in the amount of the withholding (or credit). In the event of any claimed overwithholding by the Company, if the Company is required to take any action in order to secure a refund or credit for the benefit of a Member in respect of any amount withheld by it, it will take any such action including applying for such refund on behalf of the Member and paying it over to such Member. If any amount required to be withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made to a Member, the Member to which the Distribution was made shall reimburse the Company for such withholding. In the event of any underwithholding by the Company to a Member, each Member agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its subsidiaries from and against any liability, including interest and penalties, with respect to such underwithholding to such Member. Each Member agrees to furnish the Company with any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company to assist the Company in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, the Company’s withholding obligations, if any. The provisions of this Section 8.1 shall be applied in a manner, taking into consideration any tiered partnership structure that the Company may be part of, that reflects the relative economic interests of each Member in the Company.

Section 8.2 Tax Status .

(a) The Company is intended to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and each of the Subsidiaries of the Company organized under the laws of the United States, a State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof (other than Duke Energy Field Services Canada Holdings, Inc., DEFS Northern Investments, Inc., Duke Energy Guadalupe Pipeline, Inc., Gas Supply Resources, Inc., GSRI Transportation, Inc. and any other entity that the Tax Committee causes to elect to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation in connection with the reorganization of the Company’s Subsidiaries presently under review) (the “ Flow Through Subsidiaries ”) is intended to be treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(b) Each of the Members and the Company shall take no action or position inconsistent with (or that could reasonably be expected to be viewed by the Internal Revenue Service as inconsistent with), and shall make or cause to be made all applicable elections with respect to: (i) the treatment of the Company (or any successor thereto) as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the treatment of each of the Flow Through Subsidiaries (or any successor thereto) as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes; (ii) the treatment of the Company as not being a publicly traded partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes; (iii) for all periods (or portions thereof) prior to the First Closing (as defined in the Reorganization Agreement), the allocation of the Financing under Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3) among the Members in proportion to their Percentage Interests as of the Closing Date;

 

29


(iv) the treatment of the contribution to the Company by DEFS Holding pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Contribution Agreement as a contribution pursuant to Code Section 721, the treatment of the distribution to DEFS Holding pursuant to Section 3.2(c)(2) of the Contribution Agreement (as adjusted pursuant to Section 3.3 thereof) as a distribution pursuant to Code Section 731 and the treatment that, for purposes of the Code, neither such contribution nor such distribution is a transfer that constitutes a sale or exchange (or portion thereof) of property in whole or in part to the Company by a Member in the Company acting in a capacity other than as a Member of the Company; and (v) the treatment of the contribution to the Company by CPGC pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Contribution Agreement (the “ CPGC Contribution ”) as a contribution pursuant to Code Section 721, the treatment of the distribution to CPGC pursuant to Section 3.2(c)(1) of the Contribution Agreement (as adjusted pursuant to Section 3.3 thereof) (the “ CPGC Distribution ”) as a distribution pursuant to Code Section 731 and the treatment that, for purposes of the Code, neither the CPGC Contribution nor the CPGC Distribution is a transfer that constitutes a sale or exchange (or portion thereof) of property in whole or in part to the Company by a Member in the Company acting in a capacity other than as a Member of the Company (except in the case of this clause (v) that the Members and the Company shall treat (except to the extent Duke, COP, the Members and the Company agree in writing or are required by the Neutral Firm to treat otherwise) an amount of the CPGC Distribution equal to the Disguised Sale Amount as proceeds of a sale by CPGC to the Company under Code Section 707(a) and an amount of the CPGC Contribution equal in fair market value to the Disguised Sale Amount as property that is sold by CPGC to the Company under Code Section 707(a) (such property treated as having been sold having regular federal income tax basis equal to the aggregate regular federal income tax basis of the property contributed in the CPGC Contribution multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the Disguised Sale Amount and the denominator of which is the value of the property contributed in the CPGC Contribution, such value being for this purpose $2,139,500,000)).

(c) For U.S. federal income tax purposes, Duke (and Duke Energy Corporation in the event that references to “Duke” no longer refers to Duke Energy Corporation pursuant to the “Change of Control” definition herein), COP, the Members and the Company agree to file their respective federal income Tax Returns on a basis that is consistent, and agree not to take any position for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is inconsistent, with the following (in each case unless either (i) required to do otherwise pursuant to a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law) or (ii) there is a change in applicable law or regulation). Capitalized terms used in this Section 8.2(c) but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Reorganization Agreement.

(1) The fair market value of the Company Interests as of December 31, 2004 was $6,797,969,547 plus an amount determined by dividing the COP Excess Canadian Cash by 30.3%.

(2) The sale of the Subject Company Equity Interest by DEFS Holding to COP Transferee will be treated as a sale by a partner of an interest in a partnership to which Sections 741 and 751 of the Code apply. The fair market value of the Subject Company Equity Interest as of December 31, 2004 was $440 million.

 

30


(3) The distribution of 100% of the TEPPCO GP Sale Proceeds Amount by the Company to DEFS Holding will be treated as a distribution to DEFS Holding of money to which Sections 731(a), 733 and 751 of the Code apply; provided, however, that for purposes of Section 751(b), the interest in Company property of each of DEFS Holding and CPGC after the transactions contemplated by the Reorganization Agreement shall be determined (i) giving effect to the adjustment to the Book Value of all Company assets by reason of clauses (1)(A) and (1)(B) of such definition and (ii) taking into account reverse Code Section 704(c) allocations.

(4) The distribution of the Equity Interests in the Canadian Holding Company by the Company to DEFS Holding will be treated as a distribution by a partnership of property to a partner to which Sections 731(a), 731(b), 732(a) and 733 of the Code apply. The fair market value of the Equity Interests in the Canadian Holding Company as of the Second Closing Date is equal to $300 million plus an amount determined by dividing the COP Excess Canadian Cash by 30.3%.

(5) The contribution of the Second Closing Cash Amount in cash by CPGC to the Company will be treated as a contribution of money by a partner to a partnership to which Sections 721 and 722 of the Code apply.

(6) The transactions described in paragraphs (2), (3), (4) and (5) above will result in a reduction in DEFS Holding’s Percentage Interest from 69.7% to 50% based upon the values of such transactions and of the Company Interests set forth above, subject to any adjustment to such values as agreed by the parties.

(7) Any contribution of cash pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(ii) of the Reorganization Agreement by Company to Canadian Holding Company will be treated as a contribution to a corporation to which Section 351 of the Code applies.

(8) Any distribution of cash pursuant to Section 3.3(b) of the Reorganization Agreement to DEFS Holding and CPGC will be treated as a distribution by a partnership to which Sections 731(a) and 733 of the Code apply, and any contribution of cash pursuant to Section 3.3(b) of the Reorganization Agreement by DEFS Holding and CPGC will be treated as a contribution to a partnership to which Section 721 of the Code applies.

Section 8.3 Tax Matters Partner; Tax Elections .

(a) The Company hereby elects to have a “tax matters partner” as provided under Code Section 6231(a)(7)(B) (the “Tax Matters Partner”). Subject to the provisions of Section 8.3(d) below, the Duke Member is hereby designated as such Tax Matters Partner. For the avoidance of doubt, except for the making of the elections described in Section 8.3(b)(1) and (2) and Section 8.3(c), the Tax Matters Partner shall not (1) take any action without the approval of the Tax Committee (as defined below) or (2) fail to take any action that it is directed to take by the Tax Committee.

(b) The Company shall make all elections required under U.S. federal income tax Laws and regulations and any similar state statutes and shall make the following elections:

(1) Adopt the calendar year as the annual accounting period;

 

31


(2) Adopt the accrual method of accounting; and

(3) Adopt the maximum allowable accelerated method and shortest permissible life for determining depreciation deductions.

(c) The Company shall make the election provided for in Section 754 of the Code in connection with the filing of Form 1065 (U.S. Return of Partnership Income) for the first tax year for which it may make a valid election but not later than the tax year that includes the First Closing (as defined in the Reorganization Agreement) and shall provide each Member with a copy of such election.

(d) The Company Board shall establish a separate committee responsible for tax matters (the “ Tax Committee ”). The Tax Committee shall have two members, one of which shall be appointed by COP and one of which shall be appointed by Duke. The Tax Committee shall be responsible for, and shall determine all actions to be taken with respect to, all tax matters of the Company and its Subsidiaries (consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Reorganization Agreement and the Contribution Agreement) for all open taxable periods, including (1) approving all elections under U.S. federal, state and local and foreign tax Laws and regulations other than the elections made pursuant to Sections 8.3(b)(1) and (2) and 8.3(c), (2) reviewing tax returns (including all federal income tax returns), (3) controlling tax audits and (4) making any adjustments to depreciation deductions claimed by the Company or allocated to the Members for taxable years prior to 2005 or other adjustments to taxable income, deductions and allocations. The Company shall provide the Tax Committee, Duke and COP with drafts of each IRS Form 1065 (U.S. Return of Partnership Income), Schedule K-1, and any other significant federal, state, local or foreign tax return at least three and one-half months prior to the due date (including extensions) thereof for review and approval by the Tax Committee. COP and Duke and the members of the Tax Committee shall have 30 days to review such returns and provide comments thereon. All decisions of the Tax Committee shall be unanimous. In the event that the Tax Committee is unable to agree with respect to any tax matter, then the members of the Tax Committee shall negotiate in good faith for a period of 21 days in an attempt to resolve the issue. If, at the end of 21 days, the members of the Tax Committee have been unable to resolve the disputed issue, the Chief Financial Officer of Duke (the “Duke CFO”) and the Chief Financial Officer of COP (the “COP CFO” and, together with the Duke CFO, the “CFOs”) shall endeavor in good faith for a period of 21 days to resolve the issue. If, at the end of 21 days, the CFOs have been unable to resolve the disputed issue, such issue shall be referred to the Neutral Firm, which shall resolve the dispute in accordance with this Agreement, the Contribution Agreement and the Reorganization Agreement in a timely manner as directed by the Tax Committee. This Section 8.3(d) and any other provisions in this Agreement regarding the Tax Committee are for the benefit of COP and Duke and shall not be amended without their prior written consent.

ARTICLE IX

DISSOLUTION, WINDING-UP AND TERMINATION

Section 9.1 Dissolution . The Company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of the following events (each a “ Dissolution Event ”):

 

32


(a) the consent of the Company Board pursuant to Section 3.7; or

(b) entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Act.

Section 9.2 Winding-Up and Termination .

(a) On the occurrence of a Dissolution Event, the Company Board shall select one or more Persons to act as liquidator. The liquidator shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions as provided in Section 7.6(b) and in the Act. The costs of winding up shall be borne as a Company expense. Until final distribution, the liquidator shall continue to operate the Company properties with all of the power and authority of the Company Board.

(b) All distributions in kind to the Members shall be made subject to the liability of each distributee for costs, expenses and liabilities theretofore incurred or for the payment of which the Company has committed prior to the date of termination. The distribution of cash or property to a Member in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.6(b) and this Section 9.2 constitutes a complete return to the Member of its Capital Contributions and a complete distribution to the Member of its share of all the Company’s property and constitutes a compromise to which all Members have consented within the meaning of Section 18-502(b) of the Act.

(c) On completion of such final distribution, the liquidator shall file a Certificate of Cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the existence of the Company.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by facsimile and in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered (including by facsimile) to the other party.

Section 10.2 Governing Law; Jurisdiction and Forum; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to the choice of law principles thereof.

(b) Each Member hereto irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any Delaware state court or any federal court sitting in the State of Delaware in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement, and hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action may be heard and determined in such Delaware state or federal court. Each Member hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. The Members further agree, to the extent permitted by Law, that final and unappealable judgment against any of them in any action or proceeding contemplated above shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction within or outside the United States by suit on the judgment, a certified copy of which shall be conclusive evidence of the fact and amount of such judgment.

 

33


(c) To the extent that any Member has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, each Member hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations with respect to this Agreement.

(d) Each Member waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each Member certifies that it has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications set forth above in this Section 10.2.

Section 10.3 Grant of Security Interest; Member Status .

(a) Each Member represents to the Company and the other Member that it owns good title to its Company Interest free and clear of all Liens as of the time of the attachment of the security interest granted pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 10.3(a), and each Member agrees to keep its Company Interest free and clear of all Liens (other than the security interest granted pursuant to this Section 10.3(a)). Each Member grants to the Company and to each other Member, as security, equally and ratably, for the payment and performance of all obligations, liabilities, costs and expenses owed to the Company or any other Member under this Agreement, a security interest in and a general lien on its Company Interest and other interests in the Company and the proceeds thereof, all under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware. The Company and each Member, as applicable, shall be entitled to all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware with respect to the security interest granted in this Section 10.3(a). Each Member shall execute and deliver to the Company and each other Member all financing statements and other instruments that the Company Board or any other Member, as applicable, may request to effectuate and carry out the preceding provisions of this Section 10.3(a). At the option of the Company Board or any Member, this Agreement or a copy hereof may serve as a financing statement.

(b) Each of the Duke Member and the COP Member agrees as to itself to have no assets other than its Company Interest and no liabilities other than the obligations set forth in this Agreement.

Section 10.4 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Members between the Members with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no agreements, understandings, representations or warranties between the Members other than those set forth or referred to herein (including references to the Reorganization Agreement. Except as set forth in Section 8.3(d), this Agreement is not intended to confer upon any person not a party hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.

 

34


Section 10.5 Notices . All notices and other communications to be given to any party hereunder (including notices to Directors under Section 3.6) shall be sufficiently given for all purposes hereunder if in writing and delivered by hand, courier or overnight delivery service or three days after being mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with appropriate postage prepaid, or when received in the form of a telegram or facsimile and shall be directed, if the Company or a Member, to the address or facsimile number set forth below (or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company or such Member shall designate by like notice):

 

  (a) If to the COP Member:

ConocoPhillips Gas Company

c/o ConocoPhillips

600 North Dairy Ashford Road

Houston, Texas 77079-1175

Attention: Wayne C. Byers

Fax No.: (281) 293-4111

With a copy to:

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Andrew R. Brownstein, Esq.

Gregory N. Racz, Esq.

Fax No.: (212) 403-2000

 

  (b) If to the Duke Member:

Duke Energy Enterprises Corporation

370 17th Street, Suite 900

Denver, CO 80202

Attention: Brent L. Backes

Fax No.: (303) 605-2226

With a copy to:

Duke Energy Corporation

5400 Westheimer Court, 8th Floor

Houston, Texas 77056-5310

Attention: General Counsel

Fax No.: (704) 382-7705

and

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

1001 Fannin, Suite 2300

Houston, Texas 77002-6760

Attention: Bruce R. Bilger

Fax No.: (713) 615-5429

 

35


  (c) If to the Company:

ConocoPhillips

600 North Dairy Ashford Road

Houston, Texas 77079-1175

Attention: Wayne C. Byers

Fax No.: (281) 293-4111

and

Duke Energy Field Services, LLC

370 17th Street, Suite 900

Denver, CO 80202

Attention: Brent L. Backes

Fax No.: (303) 605-2226

and

Duke Energy Corporation

5400 Westheimer Court, 8th Floor

Houston, Texas 77056-5310

Attention: General Counsel

Fax No.: (704) 382-7705

Section 10.6 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Members (and Duke and COP to the extent provided in Section 10.4) and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided, however, that no Member will assign its rights or delegate any or all of its obligations under this Agreement without the express prior written consent of each other Member other than in connection with a permitted Transfer pursuant to Section 5.4 (and then only to the wholly owned Subsidiary of the Parent of COP or Duke, as applicable, that is the transferee of the Company Interest).

Section 10.7 Headings . The section and article headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and will not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 10.8 Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by all of the Members. Either Member may, only by an instrument in writing, waive compliance by the other Member with any term or provision of this Agreement on the part of such other party hereto to be performed or complied with. The waiver by any Member of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no failure to exercise, delay in exercising or single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy by any Member, and no course of dealing between the Members, shall constitute a waiver of any such right, power or remedy.

 

36


Section 10.9 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.

Section 10.10 Interpretation . In the event an ambiguity or questions of intent or interpretation arises with respect to this Agreement, this Agreement shall be construed as if it was drafted jointly by the Members, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either Member by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

Section 10.11 Further Assurances . The Members agree that, from time to time, each of them will execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such further agreements and instruments and take such other action as may be necessary to effectuate the provisions, purposes and intents of this Agreement.

 

37


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

DUKE ENERGY ENTERPRISES CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Keith G. Butler  

 

Name: Keith G. Butler

Title:   President

 

CONOCOPHILLIPS GAS COMPANY
By:  

/s/ John E. Lowe      

  Name: John E. Lowe
Title:   President

 

38

Exhibit 10.13

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

THE JULY 5, 2005 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

DUKE ENERGY FIELD SERVICES, LLC

This First Amendment to the July 5, 2005 Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Duke Energy Field Services, LLC (this “ Amendment ”), is dated as of August 11, 2006 and by and between ConocoPhillips Gas Company, a Delaware corporation (“ CPGC ”) and Duke Energy Enterprises Corporation (formerly Duke Energy Field Services Corporation), a Delaware corporation (“ DEFS Holding ”).

RECITALS

 

A. Reference is made to that certain Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Duke Energy Field Services, LLC by and between CPGC and DEFS Holding dated as of July 5, 2005 (the “ Agreement ”) (capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning given thereto in the LLC Agreement).

 

B. CPGC and DEFS Holding desire to amend the Agreement to provide for the indemnification of Directors and Officers.

FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. The Agreement is hereby amended by adding thereto under Article III concerning Management, a new Section 3.14 as follows:

Section 3.14 Indemnification .

(a) Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Company . Subject to Section 3.14(c), the Company shall indemnify any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Company), by reason of the fact that such Person is or was an Officer (as used in this Section 3.14, the terms “Officer” and “officer” shall include manager, as such term is defined under the Act) or Director or is or was an Officer or Director serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (collectively, a “Covered Person”), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such Covered Person acted in good faith and in a manner such

 

1 of 5


Covered Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Covered Person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Covered Person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such Covered Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such Covered Person’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Subject to Section 3.14(c), the Company shall indemnify any Covered Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Covered Person, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such Covered Person acted in good faith and in a manner such Covered Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Covered Person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Covered Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) Authorization of Indemnification . Any indemnification under Section 3.14 (a) or (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former Officer or Director is proper in the circumstances because such Covered Person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 3.14(a) or Section 3.14(b), as the case may be. Such determination shall be made with respect to such Covered Persons, (i) by a majority vote of the Directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such Directors designated by a majority vote of such Directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) by a majority vote of the Members. To the extent that a present or former Director or Officer has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such Covered Person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

(d) Good Faith Defined . For purposes of any determination under Section 3.14(c), a Covered Person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such Covered Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such Covered Person’s conduct was unlawful if such Covered Person’s action was based on the records or books of account of the Company or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such Covered Person by an Officer or an officer of another enterprise in

 

2 of 5


the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or another enterprise. The provisions of this Section 3.14(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a Covered Person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 3.14(a) or Section 3.14(b), as the case may be.

(e) Indemnification by a Court . Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3.14(c), and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any Director or Officer may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 3.14(a) or Section 3.14(b). The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the Director or Officer is proper in the circumstances because such Covered Person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 3.14(a) or Section 3.14(b), as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3.14(c) nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the Director or Officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 3.14(e) shall be given to the Company promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the Director or Officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

(f) Expenses Payable in Advance . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Director or Officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director or Officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized in this Section 3.14. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former Directors and Officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate.

(g) Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 3.14 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled, it being the policy of the Company that indemnification of the Covered Persons specified in Section 3.14(a) and Section 3.14(b) shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by Law. The provisions of this Section 3.14 shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any Covered Person who is not specified in Section 3.14(a) or Section 3.14(b) but whom the Company has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of Act, or otherwise.

(h) Insurance . The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Covered Person against any liability asserted against such Covered Person and incurred by such Covered Person in any such capacity, or arising out of such Covered Person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such Covered Person against such liability under the provisions of this Section 3.14.

 

3 of 5


(i) Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Section 3.14, references to “the Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting enterprise, any constituent enterprise (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any Covered Person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent enterprise, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent enterprise serving at the request of such constituent enterprise as a director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 3.14 with respect to the resulting or surviving enterprise as such Covered Person would have with respect to such constituent enterprise if its separate existence had continued. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 3.14 shall mean any other limited liability company or any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such Covered Person is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent. For purposes of this Section 3.14, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a Covered Person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a Covered Person who acted in good faith and in a manner such Covered Person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Section 3.14.

(j) Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 3.14 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a Covered Person.

(k) Limitation on Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 3.14 to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 3.14(e)), the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any Director or Officer (or his or her heirs, executors or Covered Personal or legal representatives) or advance expenses in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Covered Person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized under this Section 3.14.

(l) Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The Company may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Company’s President or Chief Executive Officer or by a majority vote of the Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents (other than Directors and Officers) of the Company and employees or agents (other than Directors and Officers) of the Company that are or were serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, similar to those conferred in this Section 3.14 to Directors and Officers.

 

4 of 5


ON THE DATE FIRST SET FORTH ABOVE, each of the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered.

 

  DUKE ENERGY ENTERPRISES CORPORATION
  By: /s/ Keith G. Butler
  Name: Keith G. Butler
  Title: President

 

  CONOCOPHILLIPS GAS COMPANY
  By: /s/ John E. Lowe
  Name: John E. Lowe
  Title: President

 

5 of 5

Exhibit 10.14

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

THE JULY 5, 2005 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

DCP MIDSTREAM, LLC

This Second Amendment to the July 5, 2005 Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of DCP Midstream, LLC (formerly known as Duke Energy Field Services, LLC) (this “ Amendment ”), is dated as of February 1st, 2007 and by and between ConocoPhillips Gas Company, a Delaware corporation (“ CPGC ”) and Spectra Energy DEFS Holding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Spectra LLC”) and Spectra Energy DEFS Holding Corp, a Delaware corporation (“Spectra Corp”). Spectra LLC and Spectra Corp are referred to herein collectively as “Spectra.”

RECITALS

 

A. Reference is made to that certain Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Duke Energy Field Services, LLC dated as of July 5, 2005 by and between CPGC and DUKE ENERGY ENTERPRISES CORPORATION (formerly Duke Energy Field Services Corporation), a Delaware corporation, as amended by First Amendment dated August 11, 2006 (the “ Agreement ”) (capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning given thereto in the LLC Agreement).

 

B. Spectra acquired the interest of Duke Energy Enterprises Corporation (formerly known as Duke Energy Field Services Corporation), a Delaware corporation as part of Duke Energy Corporation’s spin-off of its gas business on January 2, 2007.

 

C. CPGC and Spectra desire to amend the Agreement to provide for the election and replacement of members of the Board of Directors of DCP Midstream GP, LLC in a manner that is consistent with that provided in DCP Midstream GP, LLC’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated December 7, 2005.

FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1. The Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the following defined terms and definitions and the respective defined terms throughout the Agreement:

 

  (a) The defined term “Duke” is hereby replaced with :

“Spectra” shall mean Spectra Energy DEFS Holding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Spectra Energy DEFS Holding Corp, a Delaware corporation.

 

  (b) The defined term “Duke Directors” is hereby replaced with :

“Spectra Directors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

 

1 of 3


  (c) The defined term “Duke Member” is hereby replaced with :

“Spectra Member” shall mean collectively Spectra Energy DEFS Holding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Spectra Energy DEFS Holding Corp, a Delaware corporation or any wholly owned Subsidiary of Spectra admitted as a substitute member pursuant to Section 5.4; provided that in the event a Spectra Member transfers less than all of its Company Interest to a wholly owned subsidiary of Spectra pursuant to Section 5.4, then “Spectra Member” shall be deemed to include both such Spectra Member and such wholly owned subsidiary of Spectra, to the extent applicable; provided, however, that in no event shall the Spectra Members collectively own more than a 50 percent Percentage Interest.

 

2. The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Section 3.7 thereto and inserting the following new Section 3.7 in lieu thereof:

Section 3.7 Actions by the Company Board . All decisions of the Company Board shall require the affirmative majority vote of the voting Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present provided that the affirmative vote of both at least one Spectra Director and at least one COP Director shall be required for all decisions of the Company Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Spectra Member and the COP Member will cause their respectively appointed Company Board members to take all action necessary to cause the Company to form a master limited partnership (“MLP”) as soon as reasonably practicable in 2005, including (i) initially contributing assets from the list of assets on Schedule 3.7 with an aggregate EBITDA of up to $75 million and priced in the aggregate at not less than 7 times such EBITDA, (ii) effecting an initial public offering of limited partner interests and an initial debt financing for the MLP in compliance with Sarbanes Oxley and all other applicable laws and regulations, and (iii) subject to clause (b) immediately below, designating Jim Mogg and Mike Bradley as the initial Chairman and CEO, respectively, of the general partner of the MLP with authority on behalf of the Company to implement and make decisions relating to the formation of the MLP, (b) persons subsequently holding the positions of Chairman and CEO of the general partner of the MLP and all executive officers of such general partner and the MLP shall be selected by the board of the general partner of the MLP, which board shall be selected in accordance with Section 6.02 of the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of DCP Midstream GP, LLC, and (c) the Spectra Directors shall make all decisions relating to the enforcement of any rights or obligations of the Company or any of its Affiliates against or to COP or any of its Affiliates, and the COP Directors shall have the exclusive authority to make all decisions relating to the enforcement of any rights or obligations of the Company or any of its Affiliates against or to Spectra or any of its Affiliates, and the COP Directors shall have the exclusive authority to make all decisions relating to the enforcement of any rights or obligations of the Company or any of its Affiliates against or to Spectra or any of its Affiliates and, in the event of a Change of Control that results (pursuant to the last proviso in the definition of the term “Change of Control”) in the term “Spectra” no longer referring to Spectra Energy Corporation, against Spectra Energy Corporation as to matters relating to periods prior to such Change of Control. The formation of additional master limited partnerships shall be at the discretion of the Company Board.

 

2 of 3


ON THE DATE FIRST SET FORTH ABOVE, each of the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered.

 

    SPECTRA ENERGY DEFS HOLDING, LLC
    By:  

/s/ G. Ebel

    Name:   G. Ebel
    Title:   President
    SPECTRA ENERGY DEFS HOLDING CORP
    By:  

/s/ G. Ebel

    Name:   G. Ebel
    Title:   President
    CONOCOPHILLIPS GAS COMPANY
    By:  

/s/ John E. Lowe

    Name:   John E. Lowe
    Title:   President & CEO

 

3 of 3

Exhibit 10.15

THIRD AMENDMENT

TO

THE JULY 5, 2005 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

DCP MIDSTREAM, LLC

This Third Amendment to the July 5, 2005 Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of DCP Midstream, LLC (formerly known as Duke Energy Field Services, LLC) (this “ Amendment ”), is dated as of April 30, 2009 and by and between ConocoPhillips Gas Company, a Delaware corporation (“ CPGC ”) and Spectra Energy DEFS Holding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Spectra LLC ”) and Spectra Energy DEFS Holding Corp, a Delaware corporation (“ Spectra Corp ”). Spectra LLC and Spectra Corp are referred to herein collectively as “ Spectra .”

RECITALS

A. Reference is made to that certain Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Duke Energy Field Services, LLC dated as of July 5, 2005 by and between CPGC and Duke Energy Enterprises Corporation (formerly Duke Energy Field Services Corporation), a Delaware corporation, as amended by First Amendment dated August 11, 2006 and Second Amendment dated as of February 1, 2007 (the “ Agreement ”) (capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning given thereto in the Agreement).

B. CPGC and Spectra desire to amend the Agreement to provide for certain matters relating to the insurance arrangements for the Company.

FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. The Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following new defined terms in Section 1.1 thereof:

“Qualified Adjuster” shall mean an independent insurance adjuster selected from time to time by the Company with the consent of the Members, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

“Insurance Payment Amount” shall mean the aggregate insurable loss as determined by the Qualified Adjuster and the Members to be payable under the Insurance Program as a result of an Insurance Payment Event (taking into account any deductible or self-retention amount and coverage limits of the Company included within the Insurance Program and applicable to such Insurance Payment Event).


“Insurance Payment Event” shall mean the occurrence of an insurable loss by the Company under the terms of any form of liability or property casualty insurance policy included as part of the Insurance Program pursuant to Section 3.14.

“Insurance Program” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14.

“Premium Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14.

2. The Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following new Section 3.14:

Section 3.14 Liability and Property Insurance .

The Finance and Audit Committee of the Company Board shall determine on an annual basis or more often, as necessary (a) coverage limits, deductibles and policy forms for the Company’s liability and property casualty insurance coverage (collectively, the “Insurance Program”) and (b) a market-based premium for any insurance coverage that is part of the Insurance Program and that the Members obtain on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Section 3.14 (the “Premium Amount”). To the extent that the Company Board elects not to have the Company procure directly any portion of the insurance coverage contemplated by the Insurance Program, each Member shall be responsible under Section 6.2(a) for its Percentage Interest of each Insurance Payment Amount associated with an Insurance Payment Event that occurs under such Insurance Program, regardless of a Member’s ability to recover any such Insurance Payment Amounts from any third party. Each Member’s obligation under Section 6.2 shall be the Member’s Percentage Interest of such Insurance Payment Amount less the proceeds received by the Company under insurance coverage obtained by such Member on behalf of the Company associated with such Insurance Payment Event. Without limiting any Member’s obligations under Section 6.2(a), each Member shall obtain on behalf of the Company insurance policies (on terms acceptable to such Member in its sole discretion) covering its Percentage Interest of any risks associated with the Insurance Program that the Board has elected not to have the Company procure directly, and each such policy that a Member obtains shall name the Company as an additional insured, or if a Member elects to insure the Company with the Member’s captive insurance company, a separate policy in the Company’s name will be issued. If a loss shall occur that the Company believes constitutes an Insurance Payment Event, the Company shall notify the Members of such occurrence as soon as reasonably practicable and shall cause a Qualified Adjuster to determine whether such loss constitutes an Insurance Payment Event and the Qualified Adjuster and the Members shall determine the Insurance Payment Amount applicable thereto.

3. The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Section 6.2 thereto and inserting the following Section 6.2 in lieu thereof:

Section 6.2 Additional Capital Contributions .

(a) Within thirty (30) days after notice from the Company specifying the Insurance Payment Amount that has been determined by a Qualified Adjuster and the Members insurers to be applicable to any Insurance Payment Event that has occurred, and

 

2


the Company has supplied a satisfactory proof of loss, each Member shall make a Capital Contribution in an amount equal to the excess of (i) its Percentage Interest of the Insurance Payment Amount specified in such notice over (ii) the proceeds received by the Company under insurance coverage obtained by such Member on behalf of the Company pursuant to Section 3.14 associated with such Insurance Payment Event.

(b) The Members may make additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Company as requested by the Company Board. Except for the Capital Contributions required of the Members pursuant to Section 6.1 and 6.2(a), no Member shall be required to make any Capital Contributions to the Company.

4. The Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following new Section 7.1(c):

(c) In the event that a Member obtains insurance pursuant to Section 3.14, items of income, gain, loss or deduction shall be specially allocated to the Members to the extent necessary to cause the Capital Account of each Member to equal, as quickly as possible, what the Capital Account of such Member would have been if (i) the insurance obtained by each Member instead had been obtained by the Company for the Premium Amount, (ii) no Capital Contribution were made under Section 6.2(a), and (iii) no distribution were made under Section 7.6(a)(ii).

5. The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Section 7.6(a)(ii) thereto and inserting the following Section 7.6(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) in lieu thereof:

 

  (ii) the Premium Amount for all insurance coverage provided by the Members under Section 3.14, of which an amount equal to the premiums actually paid by a Member to obtain on behalf of the Company insurance policies covering risks associated with the Insurance Program shall be treated as a reimbursement by the Company of a Company expense borne by such Member;

 

  (iii) if the Company receives any insurance proceeds in respect of a particular Insurance Payment Event under any insurance policies obtained by a Member under Section 3.14, then the excess (if any) from time to time of (A) the sum of (1) such insurance proceeds and (2) any Capital Contributions made by such Member under Section 6.2(a) in respect of such Insurance Payment Event over (B) such Member’s Percentage Interest of the Insurance Payment Amount associated with such Insurance Payment Event shall be distributed to such Member; and

 

  (iv) such Distributions as the Company Board may determine in its discretion pursuant to Section 3.7.

6. The Agreement is hereby amended by restating paragraph (g) of the definition of “Profits” and “Losses” to read as follows:

 

3


(g) notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, such taxable income or loss shall be deemed not to include any income, gain, loss, deduction or other item thereof specially allocated pursuant to Section 7.2(b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (h), the proviso in Section 7.1(b), or Section 7.1(c).

ON THE DATE FIRST SET FORTH ABOVE, each of the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered.

 

SPECTRA ENERGY DEFS HOLDING, LLC
By:   /s/ J. Patrick Reddy

Name: J. Patrick Reddy

Title: CFO

 

SPECTRA ENERGY DEFS HOLDING CORP
By:   /s/ J. Patrick Reddy

Name: J. Patrick Reddy

Title: CFO

 

CONOCOPHILLIPS GAS COMPANY
By:   /s/ John E. Lowe

Name: John E. Lowe

Title: Assistant to the CEO

 

4

Exhibit 10.16

FOURTH AMENDMENT

TO

THE JULY 5, 2005 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

DCP MIDSTREAM, LLC

This Fourth Amendment to the July 5, 2005 Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of DCP Midstream, LLC (formerly known as Duke Energy Field Services, LLC) (this “ Amendment ”), is dated as of November 9, 2010 and by and between ConocoPhillips Gas Company, a Delaware corporation (“ CPGC ”) and Spectra Energy DEFS Holding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Spectra LLC ”) and Spectra Energy DEFS Holding Corp, a Delaware corporation ( “Spectra Corp ”). Spectra LLC and Spectra Corp are referred to herein collectively as “ Spectra .”

RECITALS

 

A. Reference is made to that certain Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Duke Energy Field Services, LLC dated as of July 5, 2005 by and between CPGC and Duke Energy Enterprise Corporation (formerly Duke Energy Field Services Corporation), a Delaware corporation, as amended by First Amendment dated August 11, 2006, the Second Amendment dated as of February 1, 2007 and the Third Amendment dated as of April 30, 2009 (the “ Agreement ”) (capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning given thereto in the LLC Agreement).

 

B. CPGC and Spectra desire to amend the Agreement to provide for the indemnification of the Members in claims made against the members based solely upon their ownership in the Company.

FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1. The Agreement is hereby amended by adding a sentence to the end of the current language in Section 2.10 Liability to Third Parties ”which reads as follows:

The Company shall defend, indemnify and hold each Member and each Member’s owners, up to and including the parent companies of the Members, ConocoPhillips and Spectra Energy Corp, harmless from and against any claims brough against that Member or its parent companies, solely as a result of the Member’s ownership in the Company.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

1 of 2


ON THE DATE FIRST SET FORTH ABOVE, each of the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered.

 

SPECTRA ENERGY DEFS HOLDING, LLC
By:   /s/ John P. Reddy

Name: John P. Reddy

Title: Manager and President

 

SPECTRA ENERGY DEFS HOLDING CORP
By:   /s/ John P. Reddy

Name: John P. Reddy

Title: President and Director

 

CONOCOPHILLIPS GAS COMPANY
By:   /s/ Jeff W. Sheets

Name: Jeff W. Sheets

Title: CFO

 

2 of 2

Table of Contents

Exhibit 99.1

(Subject to Completion, Dated March 1, 2012)

 

LOGO

[ ], 2012

Dear ConocoPhillips Stockholder:

I am pleased to report that the previously announced repositioning of ConocoPhillips through the separation of ConocoPhillips’ Phillips 66 subsidiary from our remaining businesses is expected to become effective on [ ], 2012, on which date Phillips 66, a Delaware corporation, will become an independent public company and will hold, through its subsidiaries, the assets and liabilities associated with ConocoPhillips’ Downstream business.

The separation will be completed by way of a pro rata distribution of all of the outstanding shares of Phillips 66 common stock to our stockholders of record as of 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on [ ], 2012, the distribution record date. Each ConocoPhillips stockholder of record will receive one share of Phillips 66 common stock for every two shares of ConocoPhillips common stock held by such stockholder on the record date. The distribution of these shares will be made in book-entry form, which means that no physical share certificates will be issued. Following the distribution, stockholders may request that their shares of Phillips 66 common stock be transferred to a brokerage or other account at any time. No fractional shares of Phillips 66 common stock will be issued. The distribution agent will aggregate fractional shares into whole shares, sell the whole shares in the open market at prevailing prices and distribute the net cash from proceeds from the sales pro rata to each holder who would otherwise have been entitled to receive a fractional share in the distribution.

ConocoPhillips has sought a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that, among other things, the distribution of Phillips 66’s common stock to ConocoPhillips stockholders, together with certain related transactions, will qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, any cash that you receive in lieu of fractional shares generally will be taxable to you. It is a condition to completing the separation that ConocoPhillips receive the private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, in form and substance satisfactory to ConocoPhillips, to the effect that the distribution of Phillips 66’s common stock to ConocoPhillips stockholders, together with certain related transactions, will qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which condition may be waived by ConocoPhillips in its discretion. You should consult your own tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences of the distribution to you, including potential tax consequences under state, local and non-U.S. tax laws. The separation is also subject to other conditions, including necessary regulatory approvals.

The distribution does not require stockholder approval, nor do you need to take any action to receive your shares of Phillips 66 common stock. ConocoPhillips’ common stock will continue to trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “COP.” Phillips 66 has applied to have its common stock authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “PSX.”

The enclosed information statement, which we are mailing to all ConocoPhillips stockholders, describes the separation in detail and contains important information about Phillips 66, including its historical combined financial statements. We urge you to read this information statement carefully.

We want to thank you for your continued support of ConocoPhillips.

 

Sincerely,
J. J. Mulva

Chairman of the Board, President and

Chief Executive Officer


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

[ ], 2012

Dear Future Phillips 66 Stockholder:

It is our pleasure to welcome you as a future stockholder of Phillips 66. While we will be a new company upon our separation from ConocoPhillips, our businesses have a strong history of financial and operating performance. Following the separation, we will be a uniquely integrated downstream company, with operations encompassing natural gas gathering and processing, crude oil refining, petroleum products marketing, transportation, power generation, and petrochemicals manufacturing and marketing.

Given our leading position in these industries, we will have the opportunity to expand the use of our financial, technical and commercial capabilities to create value. Cash flows from operating activities are expected to be more than adequate to fund capital spending and dividend payments, allowing us to strengthen our balance sheet and build financial flexibility. We will continue to use our disciplined approach to capital spending, with the goal of having the highest returns in each of the industries in which we compete. Growth in earnings and free cash flow is expected through future investment in high-return projects. Our goal is to share our growth in cash flow with our stockholders through annual increases in dividends.

Our business strategy focuses on generating value through: (1) delivering profitable growth; (2) enhancing returns on capital; (3) maintaining financial strength; and (4) providing strong shareholder distributions. We are confident that we have the quality of assets and management to execute these strategic objectives.

We have applied to have our common stock authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “PSX.”

Our management team is excited about the opportunities ahead of us, and is committed to unlocking the potential of Phillips 66. We invite you to learn more about our company and our plans by reading the enclosed material and look forward to updating you on our progress.

 

Sincerely,

Greg C. Garland

President

Phillips 66


Table of Contents

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A Registration Statement on Form 10 relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Preliminary Information Statement

(Subject to Completion, Dated March 1, 2012)

 

LOGO

Information Statement

 

Phillips 66

 

Common Stock

 

ConocoPhillips is furnishing this Information Statement in connection with the distribution to ConocoPhillips stockholders of all of the common stock of Phillips 66 owned by ConocoPhillips, which will be 100 percent of such common stock outstanding immediately prior to the distribution. Phillips 66 currently is a wholly owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips that at the time of the distribution will hold, through its subsidiaries, the assets and liabilities associated with ConocoPhillips’ Downstream business.

 

To implement the distribution, ConocoPhillips will distribute the shares of Phillips 66 common stock on a pro rata basis to the holders of ConocoPhillips common stock. Each holder of ConocoPhillips common stock will receive one share of common stock of Phillips 66 for every two shares of ConocoPhillips common stock held at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on [ ], 2012, the record date for the distribution.

 

The distribution is expected to occur after the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) market closing on [ ], 2012. Immediately after ConocoPhillips completes the distribution, Phillips 66 will be an independent, publicly traded company. We expect that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, no gain or loss will be recognized by you, and no amount will be included in your income, upon your receipt of shares of Phillips 66 common stock in the distribution, except with respect to any cash received in lieu of fractional shares.

 

No vote of ConocoPhillips stockholders is required in connection with this distribution. ConocoPhillips stockholders will not be required to pay any consideration for the shares of Phillips 66 common stock they receive in the distribution, and they will not be required to surrender or exchange shares of their ConocoPhillips common stock or take any other action in connection with the distribution.

 

As ConocoPhillips owns all of the outstanding shares of Phillips 66’s common stock, there currently is no public trading market for Phillips 66 common stock. We have applied to have Phillips 66’s common stock authorized for listing on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “PSX.” Assuming the NYSE authorizes Phillips 66’s common stock for listing, we anticipate that a limited market, commonly known as a “when-issued” trading market, for Phillips 66’s common stock will develop on or shortly before the record date for the distribution and will continue up to and including the distribution date. We expect the “regular-way” trading of Phillips 66’s common stock will begin on the first trading day following the distribution date.

 

In reviewing this Information Statement, you should carefully consider the matters described in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19 of this Information Statement.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined whether this Information Statement is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

This Information Statement does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities.

 

 

The date of this Information Statement is [ ], 2012.

 

ConocoPhillips first mailed this Information Statement to ConocoPhillips stockholders on or about [ ], 2012.

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    Page  

Summary

    1   

Our Business

    1   

Our Business Strategies

    2   

Our Competitive Strengths

    3   

The Separation

    5   

Questions and Answers about the Separation and Distribution

    7   

Summary of the Separation and Distribution

    13   

Summary Risk Factors

    16   

Selected Combined Financial Data of Phillips 66

    18   

Risk Factors

    19   

Risks Relating to the Separation

    19   

Risks Relating to Our Industry and Our Business

    24   

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock

    29   

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    32   

The Separation

    34   

General

    34   

Reasons for the Separation

    34   

The Number of Shares You Will Receive

    35   

Treatment of Fractional Shares

    35   

When and How You Will Receive the Distribution of Phillips 66 Shares

    35   

Treatment of Equity-Based Compensation

    36   

Treatment of 401(k) Shares

    36   

Results of the Distribution

    37   

Incurrence of Debt

    37   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution

    37   

Market for Common Stock

    40   

Trading Between Record Date and Distribution Date

    40   

Conditions to the Distribution

    41   

Reason for Furnishing this Information Statement

    42   

Dividend Policy

    43   

Capitalization

    44   

Business and Properties

    45   

Overview

    45   

Our Business Strategies

    45   

Our Competitive Strengths

    47   

Segment and Geographic Information

    48   

Technology Development

    62   

Competition

    62   

General

    63   

Legal Proceedings

    63   

Management

    65   

Executive Officers Following the Distribution

    65   

Directors

    66   

Composition of the Board of Directors

    66   

Qualification of Directors

    66   

Board of Directors Following the Distribution

    66   

 

i


Table of Contents
    Page  

Additional Directors

    67   

Committees of the Board of Directors

    68   

Nominating Process of the Committee on Directors’ Affairs

    69   

Decision-Making Process to Determine Director Compensation

    70   

Board Risk Oversight

    70   

Communications with the Board of Directors

    70   

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

    71   

Executive Compensation

    86   

Non-Employee Director Compensation

    109   

Stock Ownership

    111   

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

    113   

The Separation from ConocoPhillips

    113   

Related Party Transactions

    113   

Agreements with ConocoPhillips

    113   

Description of Capital Stock

    117   

Where You Can Find More Information

    122   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

    123   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    129   

Executive Overview

    129   

Results of Operations

    132   

Capital Resources and Liquidity

    139   

Critical Accounting Estimates

    148   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

    152   

Index to Financial Statements

    F-1   

 

ii


Table of Contents

NOTE REGARDING THE USE OF CERTAIN TERMS

We use the following terms to refer to the items indicated:

 

   

“We,” “us,” “our” and “company,” unless the context requires otherwise, refer to Phillips 66, the entity that at the time of the distribution will hold, through its subsidiaries, the assets and liabilities associated with ConocoPhillips’ Downstream business, and whose shares ConocoPhillips will distribute in the separation. ConocoPhillips’ Downstream business includes its refining, marketing and transportation operations, including power generation, its natural gas gathering, processing, transmission and marketing operations (primarily conducted through its equity investment in DCP Midstream, LLC), and its petrochemical operations (conducted through its equity investment in Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC). Where appropriate in context, the foregoing terms also include the subsidiaries of this entity.

 

   

The term “distribution” refers to the distribution of all of the shares of Phillips 66 common stock owned by ConocoPhillips to stockholders of ConocoPhillips as of the record date.

 

   

The term “separation” refers to the separation of the Downstream business from ConocoPhillips and the creation of an independent, publicly traded company, Phillips 66, holding the Downstream business through the distribution.

 

   

The term “distribution date” means the date on which the distribution occurs.

 

iii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information from this Information Statement relating to Phillips 66, Phillips 66’s separation from ConocoPhillips and the distribution of Phillips 66 common stock by ConocoPhillips to its stockholders. For a more complete understanding of our businesses and the separation and distribution, you should read the entire Information Statement carefully, particularly the discussion set forth under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19 of this Information Statement, and our audited historical combined financial statements, our unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and the respective notes to those statements appearing elsewhere in this Information Statement.

Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, the information included in this Information Statement, including the combined financial statements of Phillips 66, assumes the completion of all the transactions referred to in this Information Statement in connection with the separation and distribution.

Our Business

Following our separation from ConocoPhillips, we believe we will have a unique approach to downstream integration through our combination as a leading refiner with significant marketing and transportation assets, one of the largest domestic producers of natural gas liquids (NGL), and one of the world’s top producers of petrochemicals. Including our equity affiliates, our operations encompass 15 refineries with a gross crude oil capacity of 2.8 million barrels per day, 10,000 branded marketing outlets, nearly 80,000 miles of pipeline, 7.2 billion cubic feet per day of gross natural gas processing capacity, and over 40 billion pounds of gross annual chemicals processing capacity. We believe this positions Phillips 66 to compete with the best in the industries across the value chain.

Phillips 66 has the following businesses, which we refer to collectively as the Downstream business:

 

   

The Refining and Marketing (R&M) segment purchases, refines, markets and transports crude oil and petroleum products, mainly in the United States, Europe and Asia, and also engages in power generation activities.

 

   

The Midstream segment gathers, processes, transports and markets natural gas, and fractionates and markets NGL, predominantly in the United States. The Midstream segment primarily consists of our 50 percent equity investment in DCP Midstream, LLC (DCP Midstream), a joint venture with Spectra Energy Corp.

 

   

The Chemicals segment manufactures and markets petrochemicals and plastics on a worldwide basis. The Chemicals segment consists of our 50 percent equity investment in Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (CPChem), a joint venture with Chevron Corporation.

Phillips 66 was formed in 2011 and will, at the time of the distribution, hold the assets and liabilities of ConocoPhillips’ Downstream business. Phillips 66’s headquarters will be located in Houston, Texas and its general telephone number is 281-293-6600. Our Internet website is http://www.Phillips66.com. Our website and the information contained on that site, or connected to that site, are not incorporated by reference into this Information Statement.

Elsewhere in this Information Statement we provide a more detailed description of the Downstream business that will be separated from ConocoPhillips’ other businesses. Following the separation, Phillips 66 will be an independent, publicly traded company. ConocoPhillips will not retain any ownership interest in

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Phillips 66. In connection with the separation, ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 will enter into a number of agreements that will govern the relationship between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 following the distribution.

Our business is subject to various risks. For a description of these risks, see “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

Our Business Strategies

Deliver Profitable Growth

We believe all three of our business segments have profitable growth opportunities. The use of free cash flow for investments to improve R&M margins and expand Chemicals and Midstream capacity has the potential to deliver significant growth in earnings and returns.

In R&M, we have identified projects designed to reduce feedstock costs and improve clean product yield, which should expand gross profit margins and return on capital employed (ROCE). An example is the coker and refinery expansion (CORE) project at the Wood River Refinery. This project increased heavy crude oil processing capacity, while delivering a 5 percent improvement in clean product yield. Additionally, on an ongoing basis, we evaluate and execute R&M projects designed to improve operating efficiency.

We expect to have significant growth opportunities related to expanding North American natural gas and NGL production. For example, as unconventional natural gas production grows, opportunities are created for DCP Midstream to invest in new pipelines, natural gas processing plants and gathering systems. In our chemicals business, we see ways to exploit low NGL feedstock costs. In March 2011, CPChem announced plans to evaluate the construction of a world-scale ethane cracker and derivatives facility on the U.S. Gulf Coast. Internationally, CPChem is seeking to identify new petrochemical facility investment opportunities in the Middle East and Asia.

Enhance Returns on Capital

We believe ROCE is an important metric for evaluating the quality of capital allocation decisions, and it provides a good measure of portfolio value. ROCE is a measure of a company’s efficiency and profitability of its capital investments. ROCE is a ratio, the numerator of which is net income plus after-tax interest expense, and the denominator is average total equity plus total debt. We will seek to increase ROCE through a combination of portfolio optimization, investing in higher-return projects, and continuing cost discipline. Absolute ROCE improvement, as well as improvement relative to our peers, is expected to be a key performance metric as we move forward.

Of the three business segments within Phillips 66, R&M has the highest capital employed and lowest ROCE, and thus requires further rationalization to improve returns. We continue to evaluate opportunities to reduce refining exposure in markets where we expect to generate below-average returns over the medium-to-longer term because of low market crack spreads. For example, we recently sold the Wilhelmshaven Refinery in Germany and have idled and intend to sell or permanently close the Trainer Refinery in Pennsylvania. In addition to portfolio rationalization of low-returning refining assets, we plan to improve R&M ROCE through a disciplined capital allocation process.

Conversely, we expect to increase capital investments and capital employed in more profitable and higher-returning projects in our Chemicals and Midstream segments.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

An important aspect to increasing ROCE is continued discipline in cost management. We plan to remain focused on costs, through internal efficiency efforts, coupled with ongoing procurement initiatives with providers of goods and services. Cost control is a key aspect of our performance evaluation and tracking.

Maintain Financial Strength

A strong balance sheet and financial flexibility are important attributes in our industry. At the time of our separation, we expect to hold an investment-grade credit rating on our long-term debt and maintain sufficient cash and liquidity to allow us to invest in high-return projects. Available cash flow in excess of capital spending and dividends can be directed toward the retirement of debt in order to achieve and maintain a targeted debt-to-capital ratio of 20 percent to 30 percent.

Strong Stockholder Distributions

We believe a significant portion of value creation can be generated through consistent growth in regular dividends and share repurchases. Distributions to shareholders also reinforce the focus on capital discipline by Phillips 66 management. We currently plan to pay quarterly cash dividends at an initial rate of $0.20 per share and, subject to market conditions and other factors, increase these dividends annually at the discretion of our Board of Directors. In addition, share repurchases will be considered after capital, dividend and debt reduction objectives are met.

Our Competitive Strengths

A Strong Safety and Environmental Stewardship Culture

We believe a workforce committed to continuous improvement in safety and environmental stewardship is a fundamental requirement for our employees, our company, and the communities in which we operate. We employ rigorous training and audit programs to drive ongoing improvement in both personal and process safety as we strive for zero incidents. We are committed to protecting the environment and continually seek to reduce our environmental footprint throughout our operations. For example, we reduced the sulfur dioxide emission from our refineries by 58 percent during the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, while our nitrogen oxides emissions were reduced 27 percent over the same period.

A Unique Approach to Downstream Integration

Our combination as a leading refiner with significant marketing and transportation assets, one of the largest domestic producers of NGL, and one of the world’s top producers of petrochemicals creates a unique approach to downstream integration through earnings diversification. Our businesses have the efficiency of scale and technical capability to compete in the most attractive markets globally. Including our equity affiliates, our operations encompass 15 refineries with a gross crude oil capacity of 2.8 million barrels per day, 10,000 branded marketing outlets, nearly 80,000 miles of pipeline, 7.2 billion cubic feet per day of gross natural gas processing capacity, and over 40 billion pounds of gross annual chemicals processing capacity. We believe this positions Phillips 66 to compete with the best in the industries across the value chain.

Geographically Diverse Refining Assets

Our 11 operated U.S. refineries are located across all five Petroleum Administration for Defense Districts (PADDs). This regional diversity enables us to participate in market opportunities as they occur in every U.S. geographic region. The level of transportation, marketing and commercial integration varies in each PADD, depending on need, and provides our refineries with dependable supply of crude oil from domestic, Canadian and other international sources. We have nearly 500,000 barrels per day of net refining capacity in four refineries in the Midcontinent region, where we currently benefit from strong margins because of low feedstock costs due to increasing onshore crude oil production. Internationally, we own or hold interests in three refineries in Europe and one in Asia. These include our 100 percent-owned Humber Refinery in the

 

 

3


Table of Contents

United Kingdom, one of the most sophisticated refining assets in Europe. Humber is a fully integrated facility that produces a high portion of transportation fuels, such as gasoline and diesel fuel. Our Immingham Combined Heat and Power Plant in the United Kingdom provides steam and electricity to the Humber Refinery, as well as merchant power into the U.K. market.

Ability to Process a Variety of Crude Oil Types While Maintaining High Yields

Extensive transportation and logistics assets and commercial capabilities support our refineries, allowing the delivery of crude oil feedstock from multiple domestic, Canadian and international sources of supply. Our refineries can process a wide range of crude oils, including lower-priced heavy and sour crudes. Clean product yield is the percentage of higher-margin products (such as gasoline, distillate, aromatics, lubricants and chemical feedstocks) produced from processed crude oil and other purchased raw materials. In 2011, our refineries delivered clean product yields of 84 percent, a 1 percent improvement over 2010. Our commercial capabilities include supply and trading operations experienced in sourcing crude and marketing refined products globally.

Low-Cost Marketing Operations

Our global marketing strategy is to provide sustainable, low-cost and ratable demand for our refining network’s products. In the United States, we supply gasoline, diesel fuel and aviation fuel to approximately 8,250 marketer-owned or -supplied outlets in 49 states under three domestic brands— Phillips 66 , Conoco and  76 . This strong branded wholesale business is supported by long-term supply agreements with marketers. In Europe, we hold a niche marketing position through our ability to leverage our JET brand and provide a low-cost, well-established infrastructure. This network allows us to deliver a very competitive gasoline and diesel fuel brand with a premier retail offering.

Extensive Transportation Assets

Our domestic transportation business includes 15,000 miles of pipelines under management, including crude oil, petroleum product and NGL pipelines; 42 finished product terminals, 8 liquefied petroleum gas terminals, 5 crude oil terminals, and 1 coke exporting facility; an extensive fleet of marine and inland vessels under charter; and truck and rail assets. This transportation business supports our refining system and efforts to optimize refined product distribution, resulting in economies of scale that contribute to profitability.

DCP—A High-Growth Midstream Business

We conduct our midstream business primarily through a 50 percent equity investment in DCP Midstream. DCP Midstream is a leader in its sector as one of the largest natural gas gatherers and processors, NGL producers, and NGL marketers in the United States. DCP Midstream’s extensive asset base is located in many of the legacy natural gas producing regions of the United States, including the Rocky Mountains, Midcontinent, Permian, East Texas/North Louisiana, South Texas, Central Texas and the Gulf Coast. In addition, DCP Midstream is entering high-growth regions of the United States, including the Niobrara, Eagle Ford shale, Barnett shale, and Granite Wash regions, allowing for substantial growth opportunities. DCP Midstream’s assets include 62,000 miles of pipelines, 61 gas processing plants and 12 NGL fractionators. In 2010, DCP Midstream signed agreements that will enable it to become the anchor shipper of growing Eagle Ford shale gas production on a portion of the Trunkline Gas pipeline system. DCP Midstream is also planning construction of the Sand Hills Pipeline to provide NGL transportation capacity for producers in the Permian and Eagle Ford basins to gain access to market centers along the Gulf Coast.

CPChem—A High-Returning Petrochemicals Company

We conduct our chemicals business through a 50 percent equity investment in CPChem. CPChem has a number of large petrochemical facilities in the U.S. Gulf Coast region, and has significant international operations through its investments in feedstock-advantaged areas in the Middle East, with access to large,

 

 

4


Table of Contents

growing markets for its products, such as Asia. CPChem is one of the world’s top producers of olefins and polyolefins and a leading supplier of aromatics and styrenics. Our investment in CPChem has generated high returns in recent years, with a 2010 ROCE of 21 percent and a 2011 ROCE of 28 percent. CPChem is analyzing a number of additional growth projects globally, including proposed construction of a world-scale ethane cracker and two polyethylene facilities at or near one or more of CPChem’s Texas Gulf Coast sites. With an expected annual capacity of 3.3 billion pounds, the ethane cracker would, if progressed, increase CPChem’s U.S. ethylene capacity by over 40 percent and allow CPChem to leverage the development of significant shale gas resources in the United States.

The Separation

Overview

On [ ], 2012, the Board of Directors of ConocoPhillips approved the distribution to ConocoPhillips stockholders of all the shares of common stock of Phillips 66. Phillips 66 is a wholly owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips that at the time of the distribution will hold, through its subsidiaries, the assets and liabilities associated with ConocoPhillips’ Downstream business. Immediately following the distribution, ConocoPhillips stockholders as of the record date will own 100 percent of the outstanding shares of common stock of Phillips 66.

Before Phillips 66’s separation from ConocoPhillips, Phillips 66 and ConocoPhillips will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement and several other agreements to effect the separation and distribution. These agreements will provide for the allocation between Phillips 66 and ConocoPhillips of ConocoPhillips’ assets, liabilities and obligations and will govern the relationship between Phillips 66 and ConocoPhillips after the separation (including with respect to employee matters, tax matters and intellectual property matters). Phillips 66 and ConocoPhillips will also enter into a Transition Services Agreement and several commercial agreements which will provide for, among other things, the provision of transitional services, utility cost allocation, delivery system maintenance for certain premises, and ongoing commodity supply arrangements.

The ConocoPhillips Board of Directors believes that separating the Downstream business from ConocoPhillips’ other businesses through the distribution is in the best interests of ConocoPhillips and its stockholders and has concluded the separation will provide each company with a number of material opportunities and benefits, including the following:

 

   

Strategic Focus .  Position each company to pursue a more focused strategy, with ConocoPhillips well-positioned for organic growth through ongoing strategic initiatives in the upstream sector, and Phillips 66 well-positioned to pursue value creation strategies in the downstream sector with greater flexibility as a result of being an independent and dedicated downstream company.

 

   

Management Focus .  Allow management of each company to concentrate that company’s resources wholly on its particular market segments, customers and core businesses, with greater ability to anticipate and respond faster to changing markets and new opportunities. Operationally, both companies will be positioned as leaders in their segments, with sufficient size to manage risks and anticipate and respond to opportunities. Each company will be able to focus on its core operations, with greater management focus on customized strategies that can deliver long-term shareholder value.

 

   

Recruiting and Retaining Employees .  Allow each company to recruit and retain employees with expertise directly applicable to its needs and under compensation policies that are appropriate for

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

its specific lines of business. In particular, following the distribution, the value of equity-based incentive compensation arrangements offered by each company should be more closely aligned with the performance of its businesses. Such equity-based compensation arrangements should provide enhanced incentives for employee performance and improve the ability of each company to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel at all levels of the organization, including those key employees considered essential to that company’s future success.

 

   

Access to Capital and Capital Structure .  Eliminate competition for capital between the two business lines. Instead, both companies will have direct access to the debt and equity capital markets to fund their respective growth strategies and to establish a capital structure and dividend policy appropriate for their business needs. In addition, the separation will result in separately traded stocks reflecting a pure-play upstream company and an integrated downstream company that will facilitate each company’s growth strategy.

 

   

Investor Choice .  Provide investors with a more targeted investment opportunity in each company that offers different investment and business characteristics, including different opportunities for growth, capital structure, business models and financial returns. This will allow investors to evaluate the separate and distinct merits, performance and future prospects of each company.

The distribution of our common stock as described in this Information Statement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions. For more information, see “The Separation—Conditions to the Distribution” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Separation” included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Questions and Answers About the Separation and Distribution

 

Q: Why is ConocoPhillips separating the Downstream business?

 

A: ConocoPhillips’ Board of Directors and management believe separating the Downstream business will have the following benefits: it will enable each company to pursue a more focused strategy; it will enable the management of each company to concentrate that company’s resources wholly on its particular market segments, customers and core businesses, with greater ability to anticipate and respond faster to changing markets and opportunities; it will allow each company to recruit and retain employees with expertise directly applicable to its needs; it will eliminate competition for capital between the two business lines; and it will provide investors in each company with a more targeted investment opportunity.

 

Q: How will ConocoPhillips accomplish the separation of Phillips 66?

 

A: The separation involves ConocoPhillips’ distribution to its stockholders of all the shares of our common stock. Following the distribution, we will be a publicly traded company independent from ConocoPhillips, and ConocoPhillips will not retain any ownership interest in our company.

 

Q: What will I receive in the distribution?

 

A: ConocoPhillips will distribute one share of Phillips 66 common stock for every two shares of ConocoPhillips common stock outstanding as of the record date. You will pay no consideration nor give up any portion of your ConocoPhillips common stock to receive shares of our common stock in the distribution.
Q: What is the record date for the distribution, and when will the distribution occur?

 

A: The record date is [ ] , 2012, and ownership will be determined as of 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on that date. When we refer to the “record date,” we are referring to that time and date. ConocoPhillips will distribute shares of Phillips 66 common stock on [ ] , 2012, which we refer to as the distribution date.

 

Q: As a holder of shares of ConocoPhillips common stock as of the record date, what do I have to do to participate in the distribution?

 

A: Nothing. Stockholders of ConocoPhillips common stock on the record date are not required to pay any cash or deliver any other consideration, including any shares of ConocoPhillips common stock, for the shares of our common stock to be distributed to them. No stockholder approval of the distribution is required or sought. You are not being asked for a proxy.

 

Q: Why is no stockholder vote required to approve the separation and its material terms?

 

A: Delaware law does not require a shareholder vote to approve the separation because the separation does not constitute a transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of ConocoPhillips to Phillips 66.

 

Q: How will fractional shares be treated in the separation?

 

A:

ConocoPhillips will not distribute any fractional shares of Phillips 66 common stock to ConocoPhillips stockholders.

 

 

 

7


Table of Contents
  Fractional shares of Phillips 66 common stock to which ConocoPhillips stockholders of record would otherwise be entitled will be aggregated and sold in the public market by the distribution agent. The aggregate net cash proceeds of the sales will be distributed pro rata to each holder who would otherwise have been entitled to receive a fractional share in the distribution. Proceeds from these sales will generally result in a taxable gain or loss to those stockholders. Each stockholder entitled to receive cash proceeds from these shares should consult his, her or its own tax advisor as to such stockholder’s particular circumstances. The tax consequences of the distribution are described in more detail under “The Separation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

 

Q: If I sell my shares of ConocoPhillips common stock before or on the distribution date, will I still be entitled to receive Phillips 66 shares in the distribution with respect to the sold shares?

 

A: Beginning on or shortly before the record date and continuing up to and including the distribution date, we expect there will be two markets in ConocoPhillips common stock: a “regular way” market and an “ex-distribution” market. Shares of ConocoPhillips common stock that trade on the regular way market will trade with an entitlement to receive shares of our common stock to be distributed in the distribution. Shares that trade on the ex-distribution market will trade without an entitlement to receive shares of our common stock to be distributed in the distribution, so that holders who sell shares ex-distribution will be entitled to receive shares of our common stock even
  though they have sold their shares of ConocoPhillips common stock after the record date. Therefore, if you owned shares of ConocoPhillips common stock on the record date and sell those shares on the regular way market before the distribution date, you will also be selling the shares of our common stock that would have been distributed to you in the distribution. If you own shares of ConocoPhillips common stock at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the record date and sell these shares in the ex-distribution market on any date up to and including the distribution date, you will still receive the shares of our common stock that you would be entitled to receive in respect of your ownership of the shares of ConocoPhillips common stock that you sold. You are encouraged to consult with your financial advisor regarding the specific implications of selling your ConocoPhillips common stock prior to or on the distribution date.

 

Q: Will the distribution affect the number of shares of ConocoPhillips I currently hold?

 

A: No, the number of shares of ConocoPhillips common stock held by a stockholder will be unchanged. The market value of each ConocoPhillips share, however, will decline to reflect the impact of the distribution.

 

Q: What are the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution of shares of Phillips 66 common stock to U.S. stockholders?

 

A:

The distribution is conditioned upon, among other matters, ConocoPhillips’ receipt of a private letter ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) in form and substance satisfactory to

 

 

 

8


Table of Contents
  ConocoPhillips in its sole discretion, to the effect that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will qualify as a reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the “Code.”

 

     ConocoPhillips has applied for a private letter ruling from the IRS, and expects to receive an opinion from counsel, to the effect that the distribution will so qualify. On the basis the distribution so qualifies, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you will not recognize any gain or loss, and no amount will be included in your income, upon your receipt of shares of Phillips 66 common stock pursuant to the distribution, except with respect to any cash received in lieu of fractional shares.

 

     You should consult your own tax advisor as to the particular consequences of the distribution to you, including the applicability and effect of any U.S. federal, state and local tax laws, as well as foreign tax laws, which may result in the distribution being taxable to you. For more information regarding the private letter ruling, the tax opinion and certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution, see the summary under “The Separation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

 

Q: How will I determine the tax basis I will have in my ConocoPhillips shares after the distribution and the Phillips 66 shares I receive in the distribution?

 

A: Generally, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, your aggregate basis in your shares of ConocoPhillips common stock and the shares of Phillips 66 common stock you receive in the distribution
  (including any fractional share for which cash is received) will equal the aggregate basis of ConocoPhillips common stock held by you immediately before the distribution. This aggregate basis should be allocated between your shares of ConocoPhillips common stock and the shares of Phillips 66 common stock you receive in the distribution (including any fractional share for which cash is received) in proportion to the relative fair market value of each immediately following the distribution. See “The Separation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

 

Q: Will I receive a stock certificate for Phillips 66 shares distributed as a result of the distribution?

 

A: No. Registered holders of ConocoPhillips common stock who are entitled to participate in the distribution will receive a book-entry account statement reflecting their ownership of Phillips 66 common stock. For additional information, registered stockholders in the United States, Canada or Puerto Rico should contact ConocoPhillips’ transfer agent, Computershare Shareowner Services LLC, at 800-356-0066 or through its website at www.bnymellon.com. Stockholders from outside the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico may call 1-201-680-6578. See “The Separation—When and How You Will Receive the Distribution of Phillips 66 Shares.”

 

Q: What if I hold my shares through a broker, bank or other nominee?

 

A: ConocoPhillips stockholders who hold their shares through a broker, bank or other nominee will have their brokerage account credited with Phillips 66 common stock. For additional information, those stockholders should contact their broker or bank directly.
 

 

 

9


Table of Contents
Q: What if I have stock certificates reflecting my shares of ConocoPhillips common stock? Should I send them to the transfer agent or to ConocoPhillips?

 

A: No, you should not send your stock certificates to the transfer agent or to ConocoPhillips. You should retain your ConocoPhillips stock certificates.

 

Q: Why is the separation of the two companies structured as a distribution of shares of Phillips 66?

 

A: ConocoPhillips believes a distribution of shares in Phillips 66 in a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes is the most tax-efficient way to separate the companies.

 

Q: Can ConocoPhillips decide to cancel the distribution of the Phillips 66 common stock even if all the conditions have been met?

 

A: Yes. ConocoPhillips has the right to terminate the distribution at any time prior to the distribution date, even if all of the conditions to the distribution are satisfied, if at any time ConocoPhillips’ Board of Directors determines the distribution is not in the best interests of ConocoPhillips and its stockholders.

 

Q: Will Phillips 66 incur any debt prior to or at the time of the separation?

 

A: Yes. We intend to enter into new financing arrangements in anticipation of the separation and distribution. We expect to incur up to $7.8 billion of new debt and accept assignment of approximately $0.2 billion of existing ConocoPhillips debt associated with downstream operations. At separation, we plan to retain a minimum of $2.0 billion in cash and cash equivalents and make a cash distribution of approximately $5.8 billion
  to ConocoPhillips, subject to working capital adjustments. ConocoPhillips intends to use the proceeds of the cash distribution from us solely to make distributions to its stockholders, repurchase outstanding ConocoPhillips common stock, repay debt owed by ConocoPhillips to unrelated third parties, or a combination of the foregoing, in each case within 12 months following the distribution. See “The Separation—Incurrence of Debt.”

 

     Following the separation, our debt obligations could restrict our business and may adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, our separation from ConocoPhillips’ other businesses may increase the overall cost of debt funding and decrease the overall debt capacity and commercial credit available to the businesses collectively. Also, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be harmed by a deterioration of our credit profile or by factors adversely affecting the credit markets generally. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Separation.”

 

Q: Does Phillips 66 intend to pay cash dividends?

 

A: Yes. We intend to pay a cash dividend at an initial rate of $0.20 per share per quarter, or $0.80 per share per year. The declaration and amount of all future dividends, however, will be determined by our Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, covenants associated with certain debt obligations, legal requirements, regulatory constraints, industry practice and any other factors that our Board of Directors believes are relevant. See “Dividend Policy.”
 

 

 

10


Table of Contents
Q: Will Phillips 66 common stock trade on a stock market?

 

A: Yes. Currently, there is no public market for our common stock. We have applied to have Phillips 66 common stock authorized for listing on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “PSX ,” subject to official notice of issuance. We cannot predict the trading prices for our common stock when such trading begins.

 

Q: Will my shares of ConocoPhillips common stock continue to trade?

 

A: Yes. ConocoPhillips common stock will continue to be listed and trade on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “COP.”

 

Q: Will the separation affect the trading price of my ConocoPhillips stock?

 

A: Yes. The trading price of shares of ConocoPhillips common stock immediately following the distribution is expected to be lower than immediately prior to the distribution because the trading price will no longer reflect the value of the Downstream business. We cannot provide you with any assurance regarding the price at which the ConocoPhillips shares will trade following the separation.

 

Q: What will happen to ConocoPhillips stock options, restricted shares, restricted stock units, performance stock units and stock appreciation rights?

 

A: For information on the treatment of ConocoPhillips equity-based compensation awards, see “The Separation—Treatment of Equity-Based Compensation” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with ConocoPhillips—Employee Matters Agreement.”
Q: What will the relationship between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 be following the separation?

 

A: After the separation, ConocoPhillips will not own any shares of Phillips 66 common stock, and each of ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 will be independent, publicly traded companies with their own management teams and Boards of
  Directors. However, in connection with the separation, we will enter into a number of agreements with ConocoPhillips governing the separation and allocating responsibilities for obligations arising before and after the separation, including, among others, obligations relating to our employees, taxes and intellectual property. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with ConocoPhillips.”

 

Q: Will I have appraisal rights in connection with the separation and distribution?

 

A: No. Holders of ConocoPhillips common stock are not entitled to appraisal rights in connection with the separation and distribution.

 

Q: Who is the transfer agent for your common stock?

 

A: Computershare Shareowner Services LLC
     480 Washington Boulevard
     Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

 

Q: Who is the distribution agent for the distribution?

 

A: Computershare Shareowner Services LLC
     480 Washington Boulevard
     Jersey City, New Jersey 07310
 

 

 

11


Table of Contents
Q: Whom can I contact for more information?

 

A: If you have questions relating to the mechanics of the distribution of Phillips 66 shares, you should contact the distribution agent:

 

     Computershare Shareowner Services LLC
     480 Washington Boulevard
     Jersey City, New Jersey 07310
     Telephone: 800-356-0066 or 1-201-680-6578 (outside the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico)
     Before the separation, if you have
questions relating to the separation and
distribution, you should contact
ConocoPhillips at:

 

     ConocoPhillips
     600 North Dairy Ashford
     Houston, TX 77079
     Attention: Shareholder Relations
     Telephone: 281-293-6800
     Email: shareholder.relations@conocophillips.com
 

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Summary of the Separation and Distribution

The following is a summary of the material terms of the separation, distribution and other related transactions.

 

Distributing company

ConocoPhillips, a Delaware corporation. After the distribution, ConocoPhillips will not own any shares of Phillips 66 common stock.

 

Distributed company

Phillips 66, a Delaware corporation, is a wholly owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips that was formed in 2011 and that, at the time of the distribution, will hold, through its subsidiaries, all of the assets and liabilities of ConocoPhillips’ Downstream business. After the distribution, Phillips 66 will be an independent, publicly traded company.

 

Distributed company structure

Phillips 66 is a holding company. At the time of the distribution it will own, directly or indirectly, the shares of a number of subsidiaries operating its global businesses. The main U.S. operating company is Phillips 66 Company.

 

Record date

The record date for the distribution is 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on [ ], 2012.

 

Distribution date

The distribution date is [ ], 2012.

 

Distributed securities

ConocoPhillips will distribute 100 percent of the shares of Phillips 66 common stock outstanding immediately prior to the distribution. Based on the approximately 1,280 million shares of ConocoPhillips common stock outstanding on January 31, 2012, and applying the distribution ratio of one share of Phillips 66 common stock for every two shares of ConocoPhillips common stock, ConocoPhillips will distribute approximately 640 million shares of Phillips 66 common stock to ConocoPhillips stockholders who hold ConocoPhillips common stock as of the record date.

 

Distribution ratio

Each holder of ConocoPhillips common stock will receive one share of Phillips 66 common stock for every two shares of ConocoPhillips common stock held at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on [ ], 2012.

 

Fractional shares

ConocoPhillips will not distribute any fractional shares of Phillips 66 common stock to ConocoPhillips stockholders. Instead, as soon as practicable on or after the distribution date, the distribution agent will aggregate fractional shares into whole shares, sell the whole shares in the open market and distribute the aggregate cash proceeds, net of brokerage fees and other costs, from the sales pro rata to each holder who would otherwise have been entitled to receive a fractional share in the distribution. The distribution agent will determine when, how, through which broker-dealers and at what prices to sell the aggregated fractional shares. Recipients of cash in lieu of fractional shares will

 

 

13


Table of Contents
 

not be entitled to any interest on the amounts of payments made in lieu of fractional shares. The receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares generally will be taxable to the recipient stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes as described in “The Separation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution” in this Information Statement.

 

Distribution method

Phillips 66 common stock will be issued only by direct registration in book-entry form. Registration in book-entry form is a method of recording stock ownership when no physical paper share certificates are issued to stockholders, as is the case in this distribution.

 

Conditions to the distribution

The distribution is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by ConocoPhillips of the following conditions, as well as other conditions described in this Information Statement in “The Separation—Conditions to the Distribution”:

 

   

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) will have declared effective our registration statement on Form 10, of which this Information Statement is a part, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; no order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement shall be in effect; and no proceedings for such purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the SEC.

 

   

Any required actions and filings with regard to state securities and blue sky laws of the United States (and any comparable laws under any foreign jurisdictions) will have been taken and, where applicable, have become effective or been accepted.

 

   

The Phillips 66 common stock will have been authorized for listing on the NYSE or another national securities exchange approved by ConocoPhillips, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

   

Prior to the distribution, this Information Statement will have been mailed to the holders of ConocoPhillips common stock as of the record date.

 

   

ConocoPhillips will have received a private letter ruling from the IRS in form and substance satisfactory to ConocoPhillips in its sole discretion, to the effect that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will qualify as a reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code.

 

   

No order, injunction, decree or regulation issued by any court or agency of competent jurisdiction or other legal

 

 

14


Table of Contents
 

restraint or prohibition preventing consummation of the distribution will be in effect.

 

   

Any government approvals and other material consents necessary to consummate the distribution will have been obtained and be in full force and effect.

 

  The fulfillment of the foregoing conditions does not create any obligations on ConocoPhillips’ part to effect the distribution, and the ConocoPhillips Board of Directors has reserved the right, in its sole discretion, to abandon, modify or change the terms of the distribution, including by accelerating or delaying the timing of the consummation of all or part of the distribution, at any time prior to the distribution date.

 

Stock exchange listing

We have applied to have our shares of common stock authorized for listing on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “PSX,” subject to official notice of issuance.

 

Dividend policy

We intend to pay a cash dividend at an initial rate of $0.20 per share per quarter, or $0.80 per share per year. However, the declaration and amount of all dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon factors the Board of Directors deems relevant. For more information, see “Dividend Policy.”

 

Transfer agent

Computershare Shareowner Services LLC.

 

U.S. federal income tax consequences

On the basis that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will qualify as a reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes, no gain or loss will be recognized by a stockholder of ConocoPhillips, and no amount will be included in the income of a stockholder of ConocoPhillips for U.S. federal income tax purposes, upon the receipt of shares of our common stock pursuant to the distribution, except with respect to any cash received in lieu of fractional shares. For more information regarding the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the distribution, see “The Separation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

 

 

15


Table of Contents

Summary Risk Factors

Our business is subject to a number of risks, including risks related to the separation and distribution. The following list of risk factors is not exhaustive. Please read “Risk Factors” carefully for a more thorough description of these and other risks.

Risks Relating to the Separation

 

   

We may not realize the potential benefits from the separation, and our historical combined and pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of our future prospects.

 

   

We have no history operating as an independent public company. We will incur significant costs to create the corporate infrastructure necessary to operate as an independent public company, and we may experience increased ongoing costs in connection with being an independent public company.

 

   

In connection with our separation from ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips will indemnify us for certain liabilities, and we will indemnify ConocoPhillips for certain liabilities. If we are required to act under these indemnities to ConocoPhillips, we may need to divert cash to meet those obligations, and our financial results could be negatively impacted. The ConocoPhillips indemnity may not be sufficient to insure us against the full amount of liabilities for which it will be allocated responsibility, and ConocoPhillips may not be able to satisfy its indemnification obligations in the future.

 

   

Following the separation, we will have debt obligations that could restrict our business and adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, the separation of our business from ConocoPhillips’ businesses may increase the overall cost of debt funding and decrease the overall debt capacity and commercial credit available to the businesses collectively. Also, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be harmed by a deterioration of our credit profile or by factors adversely affecting the credit markets generally.

 

   

Several members of our Board of Directors and management may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their ownership of shares of common stock of ConocoPhillips.

 

   

If the distribution, together with certain related transactions, does not qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you and ConocoPhillips could be subject to significant tax liability and, in certain circumstances, we could be required to indemnify ConocoPhillips for material taxes pursuant to indemnification obligations under the Tax Sharing Agreement.

 

   

We may not be able to engage in desirable strategic or capital raising transactions following the distribution. In addition, under some circumstances, we could be liable for adverse tax consequences resulting from engaging in significant strategic or capital raising transactions.

Risks Relating to Our Industry and Our Business

 

   

Our operating results and our future rate of growth are exposed to the effects of changing commodity prices and refining and petrochemical margins.

 

 

16


Table of Contents
   

Uncertainty and illiquidity in credit and capital markets can impair our ability to obtain credit and financing on acceptable terms and can adversely affect the financial strength of our business partners.

 

   

We expect to continue to incur substantial capital expenditures and operating costs as a result of our compliance with existing and future environmental laws and regulations. Likewise, future environmental laws and regulations may impact or limit our current business plans and reduce demand for our products.

 

   

Domestic and worldwide political and economic developments could damage our operations and materially reduce our profitability and cash flows.

 

   

Activities in our Chemicals and Midstream segments involve numerous risks that may result in accidents or otherwise affect the ability of our equity affiliates to make distributions to us.

 

   

Our operations present hazards and risks, which may not be fully covered by insurance, if insured. If a significant accident or event occurs for which we are not adequately insured, our operations and financial results could be adversely affected.

 

   

We are subject to interruptions of supply and increased costs as a result of our reliance on third-party transportation of crude oil and refined products.

 

   

Competitors that produce their own supply of feedstocks, have more extensive retail outlets, or have greater financial resources may have a competitive advantage.

 

   

A significant interruption in one or more of our refineries could adversely affect our business.

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock

 

   

Because there has not been any public market for our common stock, the market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial market price of our common stock following the distribution.

 

   

A large number of our shares are, or will be, eligible for future sale, which may cause the market price for our common stock to decline.

 

   

If our common stock is not included in the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index or other stock indices, significant amounts of our common stock could be sold in the open market where they may not meet with offsetting new demand.

 

   

Provisions in our corporate documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change in control of us.

 

   

We may issue preferred stock with terms that could dilute the voting power or reduce the value of our common stock.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA OF PHILLIPS 66

The following selected financial data reflect the combined operations of Phillips 66. We derived the selected combined income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the selected combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, as set forth below, from Phillips 66’s audited combined financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this Information Statement. We derived the selected combined income statement data for the year ended December 31, 2008, and the selected combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009, from Phillips 66’s audited combined financial statements, which are not included in this Information Statement. We derived the selected combined income statement data for the year ended December 31, 2007, and the selected combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, from Phillips 66’s underlying financial records, which were derived from the financial records of ConocoPhillips, and which are not included in this Information Statement. The historical results do not necessarily indicate the results expected for any future period.

To ensure full understanding, you should read the selected combined financial data presented below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the combined financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

 

     Millions of Dollars  
  

 

 

 
     Year Ended December 31  
  

 

 

 
     2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  
  

 

 

 

Sales and other operating revenues

   $ 196,088         146,561         112,692         171,706         139,383   

Net income

     4,780         740         479         2,665         6,121   

Net income attributable to Phillips 66

     4,775         735         476         2,662         6,116   

Total assets

     43,211         44,955         42,880         38,934         43,133   

Long-term debt

     361         388         403         417         442   

 

18


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider each of the following risks and all of the other information contained in this Information Statement. Some of these risks relate principally to our separation from ConocoPhillips, while others relate principally to our business and the industry in which we operate or to the securities markets generally and ownership of our common stock.

Our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks, and, as a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Risks Relating to the Separation

We may not realize the potential benefits from the separation, and our historical combined and pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of our future prospects.

We may not realize the potential benefits we expect from our separation from ConocoPhillips. We have described those anticipated benefits elsewhere in this Information Statement. See “The Separation—Reasons for the Separation.” In addition, we will incur significant costs, including those described below, which may exceed our estimates, and we will incur some negative effects from our separation from ConocoPhillips, including loss of access to some of the financial, managerial and professional resources from which we have benefited in the past.

Our historical combined and pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of our future financial condition, future results of operations or future cash flows, nor does it reflect what our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows would have been as an independent public company during the periods presented. The historical combined financial information is not necessarily indicative of our future financial condition, results of operations or cash flows primarily because of the following factors:

 

   

Our historical combined financial results reflect allocations of expenses for services historically provided by ConocoPhillips, and those allocations may be significantly lower than the comparable expenses we would have incurred as an independent company.

 

   

Our working capital requirements historically have been satisfied as part of ConocoPhillips’ corporate-wide cash management programs, and our cost of debt and other capital may significantly differ from that reflected in our historical combined financial statements.

 

   

The historical combined financial information may not fully reflect the costs associated with being an independent public company, including significant changes that may occur in our cost structure, management, financing arrangements and business operations as a result of our separation from ConocoPhillips, including all the costs related to being an independent public company.

 

   

The historical combined financial information may not fully reflect the effects of certain liabilities that we will incur or assume.

We based the pro forma adjustments on available information and assumptions that may prove not to be accurate. In addition, our unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information may not give effect to various ongoing additional costs we may incur in connection with being an independent public company. Accordingly, our unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not reflect what our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows would have been as an independent public company and is not necessarily indicative of our future financial condition or future results of operations.

 

19


Table of Contents

Please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” and our historical combined financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

We have no history operating as an independent public company. We will incur significant costs to create the corporate infrastructure necessary to operate as an independent public company, and we may experience increased ongoing costs in connection with being an independent public company.

We have historically used ConocoPhillips’ corporate infrastructure to support our business functions, including information technology systems. The expenses related to establishing and maintaining this infrastructure were spread among all of ConocoPhillips’ businesses. Following the separation and after the expiration of the Transition Services Agreement, we will no longer have access to ConocoPhillips’ infrastructure, and we will need to establish our own. We expect to incur costs beginning in 2012 to establish the necessary infrastructure. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements.”

ConocoPhillips currently performs many important corporate functions for us, including some treasury, tax administration, accounting, financial reporting, human resources, compensation, legal and other services. We currently compensate ConocoPhillips for many of these services on a cost-allocation basis. Following the separation, ConocoPhillips will continue to provide some of these services to us on a transitional basis, generally for a period of up to 12 months, with a possible extension of 6 months, pursuant to a Transition Services Agreement that we will enter into with ConocoPhillips. For more information regarding the Transition Services Agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with ConocoPhillips—Transition Services Agreement.” ConocoPhillips may not successfully execute all these functions during the transition period or we may have to expend significant efforts or costs materially in excess of those estimated under the Transition Services Agreement. Any interruption in these services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and cash flows. In addition, at the end of this transition period, we will need to perform these functions ourselves or hire third parties to perform these functions on our behalf. The costs associated with performing or outsourcing these functions may exceed the amounts reflected in our historical combined financial statements or that we have agreed to pay ConocoPhillips during the transition period. A significant increase in the costs of performing or outsourcing these functions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Currently, we are not directly subject to the reporting and other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to as the “Exchange Act.” After the separation, we will be directly subject to reporting and other obligations under the Exchange Act, including the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which will require, in the future, annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm addressing these assessments. These reporting and other obligations will place significant demands on our management and administrative and operational resources, including accounting resources.

We will be subject to continuing contingent liabilities of ConocoPhillips following the separation.

After the separation, there will be several significant areas where the liabilities of ConocoPhillips may become our obligations. For example, under the Code and the related rules and regulations, each corporation that was a member of the ConocoPhillips consolidated U.S. federal income tax reporting group during any taxable period or portion of any taxable period ending on or before the effective time of the distribution is jointly and severally liable for the U.S. federal income tax liability of the entire ConocoPhillips consolidated

 

20


Table of Contents

tax reporting group for that taxable period. In connection with the separation, we will enter into a Tax Sharing Agreement with ConocoPhillips that will allocate the responsibility for prior period taxes of the ConocoPhillips consolidated tax reporting group between us and ConocoPhillips. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with ConocoPhillips—Tax Sharing Agreement.” ConocoPhillips may be unable to pay any prior period taxes for which it is responsible, and we could be required to pay the entire amount of such taxes. Other provisions of federal law establish similar liability for other matters, including laws governing tax-qualified pension plans as well as other contingent liabilities.

If the distribution, together with certain related transactions, does not qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you and ConocoPhillips could be subject to significant tax liability and, in certain circumstances, we could be required to indemnify ConocoPhillips for material taxes pursuant to indemnification obligations under the Tax Sharing Agreement.

ConocoPhillips has applied for a private letter ruling from the IRS substantially to the effect that, among other things, the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. ConocoPhillips has advised us that it does not currently intend to complete the distribution if it has not obtained the IRS private letter ruling substantially to the effect that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will so qualify. The private letter ruling and the tax opinion that ConocoPhillips expects to receive from Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, special counsel to ConocoPhillips, will rely on certain representations, assumptions and undertakings, including those relating to the past and future conduct of our business, and neither the private letter ruling nor the opinion would be valid if such representations, assumptions and undertakings were incorrect. Moreover, the private letter ruling does not address all the issues that are relevant to determining whether the distribution will qualify for tax-free treatment. Notwithstanding the private letter ruling and opinion, the IRS could determine the distribution should be treated as a taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes if it determines any of the representations, assumptions or undertakings that were included in the request for the private letter ruling are false or have been violated or if it disagrees with the conclusions in the opinion that are not covered by the IRS ruling. For more information regarding the private letter ruling and the opinion, see “The Separation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

If the distribution fails to qualify for tax-free treatment, in general, ConocoPhillips would be subject to tax as if it had sold the Phillips 66 common stock in a taxable sale for its fair market value, and ConocoPhillips stockholders who receive shares of Phillips 66 common stock in the distribution would be subject to tax as if they had received a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of such shares.

Under the Tax Sharing Agreement between ConocoPhillips and us, we would generally be required to indemnify ConocoPhillips against any tax resulting from the distribution to the extent that such tax resulted from (i) an acquisition of all or a portion of our stock or assets, whether by merger or otherwise, (ii) other actions or failures to act by us, or (iii) any of our representations or undertakings being incorrect or violated. For a more detailed discussion, see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with ConocoPhillips—Tax Sharing Agreement.” Our indemnification obligations to ConocoPhillips and its subsidiaries, officers and directors are not limited by any maximum amount. If we are required to indemnify ConocoPhillips or such other persons under the circumstances set forth in the Tax Sharing Agreement, we may be subject to substantial liabilities.

 

21


Table of Contents

We may not be able to engage in desirable strategic or capital-raising transactions following the distribution. In addition, under some circumstances, we could be liable for adverse tax consequences resulting from engaging in significant strategic or capital-raising transactions.

To preserve the tax-free treatment to ConocoPhillips of the distribution, for the two-year period following the distribution we may be prohibited, except in specified circumstances, from:

 

   

Entering into any transaction pursuant to which all or a portion of our stock would be acquired, whether by merger or otherwise.

   

Issuing equity securities beyond certain thresholds.

   

Repurchasing our common stock.

   

Ceasing to actively conduct the refining business.

   

Taking or failing to take any other action that prevents the distribution and related transactions from being tax-free.

These restrictions may limit our ability to pursue strategic transactions or engage in new business or other transactions that may maximize the value of our business. For more information, see “The Separation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with ConocoPhillips—Tax Sharing Agreement.”

In connection with our separation from ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips will indemnify us for certain liabilities and we will indemnify ConocoPhillips for certain liabilities. If we are required to act on these indemnities to ConocoPhillips, we may need to divert cash to meet those obligations and our financial results could be negatively impacted. The ConocoPhillips indemnity may not be sufficient to insure us against the full amount of liabilities for which it will be allocated responsibility, and ConocoPhillips may not be able to satisfy its indemnification obligations in the future.

Pursuant to the Indemnification and Release Agreement and certain other agreements with ConocoPhillips, ConocoPhillips will agree to indemnify us for certain liabilities, and we will agree to indemnify ConocoPhillips for certain liabilities, in each case for uncapped amounts, as discussed further in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with ConocoPhillips—Indemnification and Release Agreement.” Indemnities that we may be required to provide ConocoPhillips are not subject to any cap, may be significant and could negatively impact our business, particularly indemnities relating to our actions that could impact the tax-free nature of the distribution. Third parties could also seek to hold us responsible for any of the liabilities that ConocoPhillips has agreed to retain. Further, the indemnity from ConocoPhillips may not be sufficient to protect us against the full amount of such liabilities, and ConocoPhillips may not be able to fully satisfy its indemnification obligations. Moreover, even if we ultimately succeed in recovering from ConocoPhillips any amounts for which we are held liable, we may be temporarily required to bear these losses ourselves. Each of these risks could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

After the separation, ConocoPhillips’ insurers may deny coverage to us for losses associated with occurrences prior to the separation.

In connection with the separation, we will enter into agreements with ConocoPhillips to address several matters associated with the separation, including insurance coverage. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with ConocoPhillips.” After the separation, ConocoPhillips’ insurers may deny coverage to us for losses associated with occurrences prior to the separation. Accordingly, we may be required to temporarily or permanently bear the costs of such lost coverage.

 

22


Table of Contents

Following the separation, we will have debt obligations that could restrict our business and adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, the separation of our business from ConocoPhillips’ businesses may increase the overall cost of debt funding and decrease the overall debt capacity and commercial credit available to the businesses collectively.

Immediately following the separation, we expect to bear a total combined indebtedness for borrowed money and capital lease obligations of approximately $8 billion. We may also incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Our indebtedness may impose various restrictions and covenants on us that could have material adverse consequences.

Our separation from ConocoPhillips’ other businesses may increase the overall cost of debt funding and decrease the overall debt capacity and commercial credit available to the businesses collectively.

We potentially could have received better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms we receive in our agreements with ConocoPhillips.

The agreements we will enter into with ConocoPhillips in connection with the separation, including the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Tax Sharing Agreement, Employee Matters Agreement, Indemnification and Release Agreement and Transition Services Agreement, will have been negotiated in the context of the separation while we were still a wholly owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips. Accordingly, during the period in which the terms of those agreements will have been negotiated, we will not have had an independent Board of Directors or a management team independent of ConocoPhillips. As a result, the terms of those agreements may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arm’s-length negotiations between unaffiliated third parties. The terms of the agreements to be negotiated in the context of the separation relate to, among other things, the allocation of assets, liabilities, rights and other obligations between ConocoPhillips and us. Arm’s-length negotiations between ConocoPhillips and an unaffiliated third party in another form of transaction, such as a buyer in a sale of a business transaction, may have resulted in more favorable terms to the unaffiliated third party. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with ConocoPhillips.”

Several members of our Board of Directors and management may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their ownership of shares of common stock of ConocoPhillips.

Several members of our Board of Directors and management own common stock of ConocoPhillips and/or stock options to purchase common stock of ConocoPhillips or other equity-based awards because of their current or prior relationships with ConocoPhillips, which could create, or appear to create, potential conflicts of interest when our directors and executive officers are faced with decisions that could have different implications for ConocoPhillips and us. See “Management” and “Directors.”

Transfer or assignment to us of certain contracts, investments in joint ventures and other assets may require the consent of a third party. If such consent is not given, we may not be entitled to the benefit of such contracts, investments and other assets in the future.

Transfer or assignment of certain of the contracts, investments in joint ventures and other assets in connection with our separation from ConocoPhillips require the consent of a third party to the transfer or assignment. Similarly, in some circumstances, we are joint beneficiaries of contracts, and we will need to

 

23


Table of Contents

enter into a new agreement with the third party to replicate the existing contract or assign the portion of the existing contract related to our business. Some parties may use the requirement of a consent to seek more favorable contractual terms from us. If we are unable to obtain such consents on commercially reasonable and satisfactory terms, we may be unable to obtain some of the benefits, assets and contractual commitments that are intended to be allocated to us as part of our separation from ConocoPhillips. In addition, where we do not intend to obtain consent from third party counterparties based on our belief that no consent is required, the third party counterparties may challenge a transfer of assets to us on the basis that the terms of the applicable commercial arrangements require their consent. We may incur substantial litigation and other costs in connection with any such claims and, if we do not prevail, our ability to use these assets could be adversely impacted.

Risks Relating to Our Industry and Our Business

Our operating results and our future rate of growth are exposed to the effects of changing commodity prices and refining and petrochemical margins.

Our revenues, operating results and future rate of growth are highly dependent on a number of factors, including fixed and variable expenses (including the cost of crude oil and other refinery feedstocks) and the margin relative to those expenses at which we are able to sell refined products. In recent years, the prices of crude oil and refined products have fluctuated substantially. These prices depend on numerous factors beyond our control, including the global supply and demand for crude oil, gasoline and other refined products, which are subject to, among other things:

 

   

Changes in the global economy and the level of foreign and domestic production of crude oil and refined products.

   

Availability of crude oil and refined products and the infrastructure to transport crude oil and refined products.

   

Local factors, including market conditions, the level of operations of other refineries in our markets, and the volume of refined products imported.

   

Threatened or actual terrorist incidents, acts of war and other global political conditions.

   

Government regulations.

   

Weather conditions, hurricanes or other natural disasters.

The price of crude oil influences prices for refined products. We do not produce crude oil and must purchase all of the crude oil we process. Many crude oils available on the world market will not meet the quality restrictions for use in our refineries. Others are not economical to use due to excessive transportation costs or for other reasons. The prices for crude oil and refined products can fluctuate differently based on global, regional and local market conditions. In addition, the timing of the relative movement of the prices (both among different classes of refined products and among various global markets for similar refined products), as well as the overall change in refined product prices, can reduce refining margins and could have a significant impact on our refining, wholesale marketing and retail operations, revenues, operating income and cash flows. Also, crude oil supply contracts generally have market-responsive pricing provisions. We purchase our refinery feedstocks weeks before manufacturing and selling the refined products. Price level changes during the period between purchasing feedstocks and selling the refined products from these feedstocks could have a significant effect on our financial results. We also purchase refined products produced by others for sale to our customers. Price level changes during the periods between purchasing and selling these refined products also could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

24


Table of Contents

Uncertainty and illiquidity in credit and capital markets can impair our ability to obtain credit and financing on acceptable terms and can adversely affect the financial strength of our business partners.

Our ability to obtain credit and capital depends in large measure on the state of the credit and capital markets, which is beyond our control. Our ability to access credit and capital markets may be restricted at a time when we would like, or need, access to those markets, which could constrain our flexibility to react to changing economic and business conditions. In addition, the cost and availability of debt and equity financing may be adversely impacted by unstable or illiquid market conditions. Protracted uncertainty and illiquidity in these markets also could have an adverse impact on our lenders, commodity hedging counterparties, or our customers, preventing them from meeting their obligations to us.

From time to time, our cash needs may exceed our internally generated cash flow, and our business could be materially and adversely affected if we are unable to obtain necessary funds from financing activities. From time to time, we may need to supplement our cash generated from operations with proceeds from financing activities. Following the separation, at a minimum, we will have a liquidity facility, such as a revolving credit facility, to provide us with available financing intended to meet any ongoing cash needs in excess of internally generated cash flows. Uncertainty and illiquidity in financial markets may materially impact the ability of the participating financial institutions to fund their commitments to us under our liquidity facility. Accordingly, we may not be able to obtain the full amount of the funds available under our liquidity facility to satisfy our cash requirements, and our failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial position.

Deterioration in our credit profile could increase our costs of borrowing money and limit our access to the capital markets and commercial credit, and could trigger our partners’ rights under joint venture arrangements.

Upon our separation from ConocoPhillips, based on our expected capital structure and a comparison with peers in our industry, we expect to initially receive an investment grade credit rating from Standard & Poor’s Rating Service and Moody’s Investor Service. (Ratings from credit agencies are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold our securities; and each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.) We may not initially receive such ratings or, if received, our credit ratings could be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in its judgment, the circumstances warrant. If a rating agency were to downgrade our rating below investment grade, our borrowing costs would increase, and our funding sources could decrease. In addition, a failure by us to maintain an investment grade rating could affect our business relationships with suppliers and operating partners. For example, our agreement with Chevron regarding CPChem permits Chevron to buy our 50 percent interest in CPChem for fair market value if, at any time after the separation, we experience a change in control or if both Moody’s Investor Service and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service lower our credit ratings below investment grade and the credit rating from either rating agency remains below investment grade for 365 days thereafter, with fair market value determined by agreement or by nationally recognized investment banks. As a result of these factors, a downgrade of our credit ratings could have a materially adverse impact on our future operations and financial position.

 

25


Table of Contents

We expect to continue to incur substantial capital expenditures and operating costs as a result of our compliance with existing and future environmental laws and regulations. Likewise, future environmental laws and regulations may impact or limit our current business plans and reduce demand for our products.

Our business is subject to numerous laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment. These laws and regulations continue to increase in both number and complexity and affect our operations with respect to, among other things:

 

   

The discharge of pollutants into the environment.

   

Emissions into the atmosphere (such as nitrogen oxides, sulfur dioxide and mercury emissions, and greenhouse gas emissions as they are, or may become, regulated).

   

The handling, use, storage, transportation, disposal and clean up of hazardous materials and hazardous and nonhazardous wastes.

   

The dismantlement, abandonment and restoration of our properties and facilities at the end of their useful lives.

We have incurred and will continue to incur substantial capital, operating and maintenance, and remediation expenditures as a result of these laws and regulations. To the extent these expenditures, as with all costs, are not ultimately reflected in the prices of our products and services, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in future periods could be materially adversely affected.

To the extent there are significant changes in the Earth’s climate, such as more severe or frequent weather conditions in the markets we serve or the areas where our assets reside, we could incur increased expenses, our operations could be materially impacted, and demand for our products could fall.

Domestic and worldwide political and economic developments could damage our operations and materially reduce our profitability and cash flows.

Actions of the U.S., state, local and international governments through tax and other legislation, executive order and commercial restrictions could reduce our operating profitability both in the United States and abroad. The U.S. government can prevent or restrict us from doing business in foreign countries. These restrictions and those of foreign governments could limit our ability to operate in, or gain access to, opportunities in various countries, as well as limit our ability to obtain the optimum slate of crude oil and other refinery feedstocks. Actions by both the United States and host governments may affect our operations significantly in the future.

Renewable fuels and alternative energy mandates could reduce demand for refined products. Tax incentives and other subsidies can make renewable fuels and alternative energy more competitive with refined products than they otherwise might be, which may reduce refined product margins and hinder the ability of refined products to compete with renewable fuels.

Large refinery capital projects can take many years to complete, and market conditions could deteriorate significantly between the project approval date and the project startup date, negatively impacting project returns.

To approve a large-scale capital project at a refinery, the project must meet an acceptable level of return on the capital to be employed into the project. We base these forecasted project economics on our best estimate of future market conditions. Most large-scale refinery projects take many years to complete. During this multi-year period, market conditions can change from those we forecast, and these changes could be significant. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize our expected returns from a large investment in a refinery capital project, and this could negatively impact our results of operations, cash flows and our return on capital employed.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our investments in joint ventures decrease our ability to manage risk.

We conduct some of our operations, including a large part of our Midstream segment and our entire Chemicals segment, through joint ventures in which we share control with our joint venture participants. Our joint venture participants may have economic, business or legal interests or goals that are inconsistent with those of the joint venture or us, or our joint venture participants may be unable to meet their economic or other obligations, and we may be required to fulfill those obligations alone. Failure by us, or an entity in which we have a joint venture interest, to adequately manage the risks associated with any acquisitions or joint ventures could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of our joint ventures and, in turn, our business and operations.

Activities in our Chemicals and Midstream segments involve numerous risks that may result in accidents or otherwise affect the ability of our equity affiliates to make distributions to us.

There are a variety of hazards and operating risks inherent in the manufacture of petrochemicals and the gathering, processing, transmission, storage, and distribution of natural gas and NGL, such as spills, leaks, explosions and mechanical problems that could cause substantial financial losses. In addition, these risks could result in significant injury, loss of human life, damage to property, environmental pollution and impairment of operations, any of which could result in substantial losses. For assets located near populated areas, including residential areas, commercial business centers, industrial sites and other public gathering areas, the level of damage resulting from these risks could be greater. Should any of these risks materialize, it could have a material adverse effect on the business and financial condition of CPChem, DCP Midstream or Rockies Express Pipeline and negatively impact their ability to make future distributions to us.

Our operations present hazards and risks, which may not be fully covered by insurance, if insured. If a significant accident or event occurs for which we are not adequately insured, our operations and financial results could be adversely affected.

The scope and nature of our operations present a variety of operational hazards and risks, including explosions, fires, toxic emissions, maritime hazards and natural catastrophes, that must be managed through continual oversight and control. For example, the operation of refineries, power plants, fractionators, pipelines and terminals is inherently subject to the risks of spills, discharges or other inadvertent releases of petroleum or hazardous substances. If any of these events had previously occurred or occurs in the future in connection with any of our refineries, pipelines or refined products terminals, or in connection with any facilities which receive our wastes or by-products for treatment or disposal, other than events for which we are indemnified, we could be liable for all costs and penalties associated with their remediation under federal, state, local and international environmental laws or common law, and could be liable for property damage to third-parties caused by contamination from releases and spills. These and other risks are present throughout our operations. As protection against these hazards and risks, we maintain insurance against many, but not all, potential losses or liabilities arising from such operating risks. As such, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to fully cover us against potential losses arising from such risks. Uninsured losses and liabilities arising from operating risks could reduce the funds available to us for capital and investment spending and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are subject to interruptions of supply and increased costs as a result of our reliance on third-party transportation of crude oil and refined products.

We often utilize the services of third parties to transport crude oil, NGL and refined products to and from our facilities. In addition to our own operational risks discussed above, we could experience interruptions of supply or increases in costs to deliver refined products to market if the ability of the pipelines or vessels to transport crude oil or refined products is disrupted because of weather events, accidents, governmental

 

27


Table of Contents

regulations or third-party actions. A prolonged disruption of the ability of a pipeline or vessel to transport crude oil or refined product to or from one or more of our refineries could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Because of the natural decline in production from existing wells in DCP Midstream’s areas of operation, its success depends on its ability to obtain new sources of natural gas and NGL. Any decrease in the volumes of natural gas DCP Midstream gathers could adversely affect its business and operating results.

DCP Midstream’s gathering and transportation pipeline systems are connected to or dependent on the level of production from natural gas wells, from which production will naturally decline over time. As a result, its cash flows associated with these wells will also decline over time. In order to maintain or increase throughput levels on its gathering and transportation pipeline systems and NGL pipelines and the asset utilization rates at its natural gas processing plants, DCP Midstream must continually obtain new supplies. The primary factors affecting DCP Midstream’s ability to obtain new supplies of natural gas and NGL, and to attract new customers to its assets, include the level of successful drilling activity near these assets, the demand for natural gas and crude oil, producers’ desire and ability to obtain necessary permits in an efficient manner, natural gas field characteristics and production performance, surface access and infrastructure issues, and its ability to compete for volumes from successful new wells. If DCP Midstream is not able to obtain new supplies of natural gas to replace the natural decline in volumes from existing wells or because of competition, throughput on its pipelines and the utilization rates of its treating and processing facilities would decline. This could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations, financial position and cash flows, and its ability to make cash distributions to us.

Increased regulation of hydraulic fracturing could result in reductions or delays in natural gas production by our customers, which could adversely impact our results of operations.

An increasing percentage of DCP Midstream’s customers’ oil and natural gas production is being developed from unconventional sources, such as deep natural gas shales. These reservoirs require hydraulic fracturing completion processes to release the natural gas from the rock so it can flow through casing to the surface. Hydraulic fracturing involves the injection of water, sand and chemicals under pressure into the formation to stimulate natural gas production. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, as well as several state agencies, commenced studies and/or convened hearings regarding the potential environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing activities. At the same time, certain environmental groups have suggested that additional laws may be needed to more closely and uniformly regulate the hydraulic fracturing process, and legislation has been proposed to provide for such regulation. We cannot predict whether any such legislation will ever be enacted and, if so, what its provisions would be. Any additional levels of regulation and permits required with the adoption of new laws and regulations at the federal or state level could lead to delays, increased operating costs and process prohibitions that could reduce the volumes of natural gas that move through DCP Midstream’s gathering systems. This would materially adversely affect its results of operations and its ability to make cash distributions to us.

Competitors that produce their own supply of feedstocks, have more extensive retail outlets, or have greater financial resources may have a competitive advantage.

The refining and marketing industry is highly competitive with respect to both feedstock supply and refined product markets. We compete with many companies for available supplies of crude oil and other feedstocks and for outlets for our refined products. We do not produce any of our crude oil feedstocks. Some of our competitors, however, obtain a portion of their feedstocks from their own production and some have more extensive retail outlets than we have. Competitors that have their own production or extensive retail outlets (and greater brand-name recognition) are at times able to offset losses from refining operations with profits from producing or retailing operations, and may be better positioned to withstand periods of depressed refining margins or feedstock shortages.

 

28


Table of Contents

Some of our competitors also have materially greater financial and other resources than we have. Such competitors have a greater ability to bear the economic risks inherent in all phases of our business. In addition, we compete with other industries that provide alternative means to satisfy the energy and fuel requirements of our industrial, commercial and individual consumers.

We may incur losses as a result of our forward-contract activities and derivative transactions.

We currently use commodity derivative instruments, and we expect to continue their use in the future. If the instruments we utilize to hedge our exposure to various types of risk are not effective, we may incur losses.

A significant interruption in one or more of our refineries could adversely affect our business.

Our refineries are our principal operating assets. As a result, our operations could be subject to significant interruption if one or more of our refineries were to experience a major accident or mechanical failure, encounter work stoppages relating to organized labor issues, be damaged by severe weather or other natural or man-made disaster, such as an act of terrorism, or otherwise be forced to shut down. If any refinery were to experience an interruption in operations, earnings from the refinery could be materially adversely affected (to the extent not recoverable through insurance, if insured) because of lost production and repair costs. A significant interruption in one or more of our refineries could also lead to increased volatility in prices for crude oil feedstocks and refined products, and could increase instability in the financial and insurance markets, making it more difficult for us to access capital and to obtain insurance coverage that we consider adequate.

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Because there has not been any public market for our common stock, the market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial market price of our common stock following the distribution.

Prior to the distribution, there will have been no trading market for our common stock. An active trading market may not develop or be sustained for our common stock after the distribution, and we cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade after the distribution. The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

Fluctuations in our quarterly or annual earnings results or those of other companies in our industry.

   

Failures of our operating results to meet the estimates of securities analysts or the expectations of our stockholders or changes by securities analysts in their estimates of our future earnings.

   

Announcements by us or our customers, suppliers or competitors.

   

Changes in laws or regulations which adversely affect our industry or us.

   

Changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles.

   

General economic, industry and stock market conditions.

   

Future sales of our common stock by our stockholders.

   

Future issuances of our common stock by us.

   

The other factors described in these “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Information Statement.

A large number of our shares are or will be eligible for future sale, which may cause the market price for our common stock to decline.

Upon completion of the distribution, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately 640 million shares of our common stock. Virtually all of those shares will be freely tradable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. We are unable to predict whether large amounts

 

29


Table of Contents

of our common stock will be sold in the open market following the distribution. We are also unable to predict whether a sufficient number of buyers will be in the market at that time. As discussed in the immediately following risk factor, certain ConocoPhillips stockholders may be required to sell shares of our common stock that they receive in the distribution. In addition, other ConocoPhillips stockholders may sell the shares of our common stock they receive in the distribution for various reasons. For example, such stockholders may not believe our business profile or level of market capitalization as an independent company fits their investment objectives. A change in the level of analyst coverage following the distribution could also negatively impact demand for our shares. The sale of significant amounts of our common stock or the perception in the market that this will occur may lower the market price of our common stock. A prolonged, significant decline in our share price and market capitalization could provide evidence for a need to record a material impairment of the amount of goodwill on our balance sheet.

If our common stock is not included in the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index or other stock indices, significant amounts of our common stock could be sold in the open market where they may not meet with offsetting new demand.

A portion of ConocoPhillips’ outstanding common stock is held by index funds tied to the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index or other stock indices. Based on a review of publicly available information as of December 31, 2011, we believe at least 25 percent of ConocoPhillips’ outstanding common stock is held by index funds. We expect our common stock will be included in the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index. To the extent our common stock is not included in this or other stock indices at the time of the distribution, index funds currently holding shares of ConocoPhillips common stock will be required to sell the shares of our common stock they receive in the distribution. There may not be sufficient new buying interest to offset sales by those index funds. Accordingly, our common stock could experience a high level of volatility immediately following the distribution and, as a result, the price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

Provisions in our corporate documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change in control of us, even if that change may be considered beneficial by some of our stockholders.

The existence of some provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of us that a stockholder may consider favorable. These include provisions:

 

   

Authorizing a large number of shares of common stock that are not yet issued, which would allow our Board of Directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, thereby protecting the continuity of our management, or which could be used to dilute the stock ownership of persons seeking to obtain control of us.

   

Providing for our directors to be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with directors to be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to succeed the class of directors whose terms have expired.

   

Prohibiting stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders or taking action by written consent.

   

Establishing advance notice requirements for nominations of candidates for election to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at the annual stockholder meetings.

In addition, following the distribution, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our Board of Directors, including discouraging takeover attempts that could have resulted in a premium over the market price for shares of our common stock.

 

30


Table of Contents

These provisions apply even if a takeover offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that our Board of Directors determines is not in the best interests of our company and our stockholders. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

We may issue preferred stock with terms that could dilute the voting power or reduce the value of our common stock.

Our Certificate of Incorporation to be in effect at the time of the distribution will authorize us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designation, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, including preferences over our common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our Board of Directors generally may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could dilute the voting power or reduce the value of our common stock. For example, we could grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we could assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of the common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Preferred Stock.”

 

31


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Information Statement includes forward-looking statements, including in the sections entitled “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “The Separation,” “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Forward-looking statements include the information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position, credit ratings, dividend growth, potential growth opportunities, potential operating performance improvements, potential improvements in return on capital employed, benefits resulting from our separation from ConocoPhillips, the effects of competition and the effects of future legislation or regulations. You can identify our forward-looking statements by the words “anticipate,” “estimate,” “believe,” “budget,” “continue,” “could,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “seek,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “expect,” “objective,” “projection,” “forecast,” “goal,” “guidance,” “outlook,” “effort,” “target” and similar expressions.

We based the forward-looking statements on our current expectations, estimates and projections about ourselves and the industries in which we operate in general. We caution you that these statements are not guarantees of future performance as they involve assumptions that, while made in good faith, may prove to be incorrect, and involve risks and uncertainties we cannot predict. In addition, we based many of these forward-looking statements on assumptions about future events that may prove to be inaccurate. Accordingly, our actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what we have expressed or forecast in the forward-looking statements. Any differences could result from a variety of factors, including the following:

 

   

Fluctuations in crude oil, NGL, and natural gas prices, refining and marketing margins and margins for our chemicals business.

   

Failure of new products and services to achieve market acceptance.

   

Unexpected changes in costs or technical requirements for constructing, modifying or operating facilities for manufacturing, refining or transportation projects.

   

Unexpected technological or commercial difficulties in manufacturing, refining or transporting our products, including chemicals products.

   

Lack of, or disruptions in, adequate and reliable transportation for our crude oil, natural gas, NGL, and refined products.

   

The level and success of natural gas drilling around DCP Midstream’s assets, the level and quality of gas production volumes around its assets and its ability to connect supplies to its gathering and processing systems in light of competition.

   

Inability to timely obtain or maintain permits, including those necessary for refinery projects; comply with government regulations; or make capital expenditures required to maintain compliance.

   

Failure to complete definitive agreements and feasibility studies for, and to timely complete construction of, announced and future refinery, chemical plant, midstream and transportation projects.

   

Potential disruption or interruption of our operations due to accidents, extraordinary weather events, civil unrest, political events, terrorism or cyber attacks.

   

International monetary conditions and exchange controls.

   

Substantial investment or reduced demand for products as a result of existing or future environmental rules and regulations.

   

Liability for remedial actions, including removal and reclamation obligations, under environmental regulations.

   

Liability resulting from litigation.

   

General domestic and international economic and political developments, including armed hostilities; expropriation of assets; changes in governmental policies relating to crude oil, natural

 

32


Table of Contents
 

gas, NGL or refined product pricing, regulation or taxation; other political, economic or diplomatic developments; and international monetary fluctuations.

   

Changes in tax, environmental and other laws and regulations (including alternative energy mandates) applicable to our business.

   

Limited access to capital or significantly higher cost of capital related to illiquidity or uncertainty in the domestic or international financial markets.

   

Inability to obtain economical financing for projects, construction or modification of facilities and general corporate purposes.

   

The operation and financing of our joint ventures.

   

Domestic and foreign supplies of crude oil and other feedstocks.

   

Domestic and foreign supplies of refined products, such as gasoline, diesel, jet fuel, home heating oil and petrochemicals.

   

Overcapacity or undercapacity in the refining and chemical industries.

   

Fluctuations in consumer demand for refined products.

   

Crude and refined product inventory levels.

   

The separation, as well as any agreements related thereto and the anticipated effects of restructuring or reorganization of business components.

   

The factors generally described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Information Statement.

 

33


Table of Contents

THE SEPARATION

General

On [ ], 2012, the Board of Directors of ConocoPhillips approved the distribution to its stockholders of all the shares of common stock of Phillips 66. Phillips 66 is a wholly owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips that at the time of the distribution will hold, through its subsidiaries, the assets and liabilities associated with ConocoPhillips’ Downstream business. Immediately following the distribution, ConocoPhillips stockholders as of the record date will own 100 percent of the outstanding shares of common stock of Phillips 66.

The distribution of Phillips 66 common stock as described in this Information Statement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions. We cannot provide any assurances ConocoPhillips will complete the distribution. For a more detailed description of these conditions, see “Conditions to the Distribution,” below.

Reasons for the Separation

Since the 2002 merger that created ConocoPhillips, its strategic focus—capturing the benefits of integration to provide the scale and scope needed to compete effectively across business segments—has led to significant shareholder value creation. As the business environment in which ConocoPhillips operates has evolved, however, ConocoPhillips’ strategic vision for its businesses also has evolved in response. Significant factors in the business environment evolution include: increased exertion of control over resources by host nations in many countries where the upstream sector operates, fostering rising competition from national oil companies and resulting in a reduction in resource access and production shared with international oil companies; increasing competition from more flexible and faster-responding pure-play companies in the upstream sector, particularly for emerging opportunities; decline in demand for gasoline in industrialized nations coupled with rising demand for other refined products and the emergence of new markets for the downstream sector in the developing world; and a shift in investor attitudes favoring a level of transparency that is increasingly difficult to provide for a company having a complex, integrated business model.

In light of these and other considerations, in July 2011 the Board of Directors of ConocoPhillips approved pursuing the repositioning of ConocoPhillips’ businesses into two leading energy companies.

The ConocoPhillips Board of Directors believes separating the Downstream business from ConocoPhillips’ exploration and production business through the distribution is in the best interests of ConocoPhillips and its stockholders and has concluded the separation will provide ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 with a number of opportunities and benefits, including the following:

 

   

Strategic Focus —Position each company to pursue a more focused strategy, with ConocoPhillips well-positioned for organic growth through ongoing strategic initiatives in the upstream sector, and Phillips 66 well-positioned to pursue value creation strategies in the downstream sector with greater flexibility as a result of being an independent and dedicated downstream company.

 

   

Management Focus —Allow management of each company to concentrate that company’s resources wholly on its particular market segments, customers and core businesses, with greater ability to anticipate and respond faster to changing markets and new opportunities. Operationally, both companies will be positioned as leaders in their segments, with sufficient size to manage risks and anticipate and respond to opportunities. Each company will be able to focus on its core operations, with greater management focus on customized strategies that can deliver long-term shareholder value.

 

34


Table of Contents
   

Recruiting and Retaining Employees —Allow each company to recruit and retain employees with expertise directly applicable to its needs and pursuant to compensation policies that are appropriate for its specific lines of business. In particular, following the distribution, the value of equity-based incentive compensation arrangements offered by each company should be more closely aligned with the performance of its businesses. Such equity-based compensation arrangements should provide enhanced incentives for employee performance and improve the ability of each company to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel at all levels of the organization.

 

   

Access to Capital and Capital Structure —Eliminate competition for capital between the two business lines. Instead, both companies will have direct access to the debt and equity capital markets to fund their respective growth strategies and to establish a capital structure and dividend policy appropriate for their business needs. In addition, the separation will result in separately traded stocks reflecting a pure-play upstream company and an integrated downstream company that will facilitate each company’s growth strategy.

 

   

Investor Choice —Provide investors with a more targeted investment opportunity in each company that offers different investment and business characteristics, including different opportunities for growth, capital structure, business models and financial returns. This will allow investors to evaluate the separate and distinct merits, performance and future prospects of each company.

The Number of Shares You Will Receive

For every two shares of ConocoPhillips common stock you own at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on [ ], 2012, the record date, you will receive one share of Phillips 66 common stock on the distribution date.

Treatment of Fractional Shares

The distribution agent will not distribute any fractional shares of our common stock to ConocoPhillips stockholders. Instead, as soon as practicable on or after the distribution date, the distribution agent will aggregate fractional shares into whole shares, sell the whole shares in the open market and distribute the aggregate cash proceeds from the sales, net of brokerage fees and other costs, pro rata to each holder who would otherwise have been entitled to receive a fractional share in the distribution. The distribution agent will determine when, how, through which broker-dealers and at what prices to sell the aggregated fractional shares. Recipients of cash in lieu of fractional shares will not be entitled to any interest on the amounts of payments made in lieu of fractional shares. The receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares generally will be taxable to the recipient stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes as described below in “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

When and How You Will Receive the Distribution of Phillips 66 Shares

ConocoPhillips will distribute the shares of our common stock on [ ], 2012, to holders of record on the record date. The distribution is expected to occur following the NYSE market closing on the distribution date. ConocoPhillips’ transfer agent and registrar, Computershare Shareowner Services LLC (Computershare), will serve as transfer agent and registrar for the Phillips 66 common stock and as distribution agent in connection with the distribution.

If you own ConocoPhillips common stock as of 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the record date, the shares of Phillips 66 common stock that you are entitled to receive in the distribution will be issued electronically, as of the distribution date, to your account as follows:

 

   

Registered Stockholders . If you own your shares of ConocoPhillips stock directly, either in book-entry form through an account at ConocoPhillips’ transfer agent and/or if you hold paper stock certificates, you will receive your shares of Phillips 66 common stock by way of direct registration

 

35


Table of Contents
 

in book-entry form. Registration in book-entry form is a method of recording stock ownership when no physical paper share certificates are issued to stockholders, as is the case in this distribution.

On or shortly after the distribution date, the distribution agent will mail to you an account statement that indicates the number of shares of Phillips 66 common stock that have been registered in book-entry form in your name.

Stockholders having any questions concerning the mechanics of having shares of our common stock registered in book-entry form may contact Computershare at the address set forth in “Questions and Answers About the Separation and Distribution” in this Information Statement.

 

   

Beneficial Stockholders . Many ConocoPhillips stockholders hold their shares of ConocoPhillips common stock beneficially through a bank or brokerage firm. In such cases, the bank or brokerage firm would be said to hold the stock in “street name” and ownership would be recorded on the bank or brokerage firm’s books. If you hold your ConocoPhillips common stock through a bank or brokerage firm, your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the shares of Phillips 66 common stock that you are entitled to receive in the distribution. If you have any questions concerning the mechanics of having shares of common stock held in “street name,” we encourage you to contact your bank or brokerage firm.

Treatment of Equity-Based Compensation

Following the separation, all holders of exercisable awards of stock options and stock appreciation rights will receive both adjusted ConocoPhillips awards and Phillips 66 awards. Similarly, employees who hold unrestricted stock acquired through past equity awards will be treated like all other ConocoPhillips stockholders in the distribution. Each employee holder of unexercisable stock options will hold stock options only in the company that employs such employee following the separation. There are no unexercisable stock appreciation rights outstanding. Employee holders of restricted stock and performance share units awarded for completed performance periods under the Performance Share Program (and equivalent predecessor programs) will receive both adjusted ConocoPhillips awards and Phillips 66 awards. Each employee holder of restricted stock and restricted stock units awarded under all other programs will hold restricted shares or restricted stock units in the company that employs such employee following the separation. In addition, former employee holders and a specified group of holders of previously unvested stock options and restricted stock units, who are retiring or terminating employment upon or shortly after the separation, will receive both adjusted ConocoPhillips awards and Phillips 66 awards (and the specified group will be vested in their option awards made in 2012). See also “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with ConocoPhillips—Employee Matters Agreement.”

Treatment of 401(k) Shares

The shares of ConocoPhillips common stock held in tax-qualified defined contribution retirement plans maintained by ConocoPhillips in the United States will be treated in the same manner as outstanding shares of ConocoPhillips common stock on the record date for the distribution. For every two shares of ConocoPhillips common stock held in an account in the applicable defined contribution retirement plan, such account will be credited with one share of Phillips 66 common stock on the distribution date.

 

36


Table of Contents

Results of the Distribution

After our separation from ConocoPhillips, we will be an independent, publicly traded company. Immediately following the distribution, we expect to have approximately 57,800 stockholders of record, based on the number of registered stockholders of ConocoPhillips common stock on January 31, 2012, and approximately 640 million shares of Phillips 66 common stock outstanding. The actual number of shares to be distributed will be determined on the record date and will reflect any exercise of ConocoPhillips stock options and stock appreciation rights (SARs), and the vesting of ConocoPhillips restricted stock units (RSUs) and performance stock units (PSUs) prior to the record date for the distribution.

Before the distribution, we will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement and several other agreements with ConocoPhillips to effect the separation and provide a framework for our relationship with ConocoPhillips after the separation. These agreements will provide for the allocation between Phillips 66 and ConocoPhillips of ConocoPhillips’ assets, liabilities and obligations subsequent to the separation (including with respect to transition services, employee matters, intellectual property matters, tax matters and certain other commercial relationships).

For a more detailed description of these agreements, see the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with ConocoPhillips” included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The distribution will not affect the number of outstanding shares of ConocoPhillips common stock or any rights of ConocoPhillips stockholders.

Incurrence of Debt

In accordance with the expected plan of reorganization to be set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, prior to the separation, we expect to incur up to $7.8 billion of new debt and accept assignment of approximately $0.2 billion of existing ConocoPhillips debt associated with downstream operations. Of the new debt, approximately $5.0 billion is expected to be distributed among long-term maturities ranging from five to 30 years. Initially, the remainder of the new debt is expected to consist of a three-year amortizing term loan. At separation, we plan to retain a minimum of $2.0 billion of cash and cash equivalents and provide a cash distribution of approximately $5.8 billion to ConocoPhillips, subject to working capital adjustments. ConocoPhillips intends to use the proceeds of the cash distribution from us solely to make distributions to its stockholders, repurchase outstanding ConocoPhillips common stock, repay debt owed by ConocoPhillips to unrelated third parties, or a combination of the foregoing, in each case within 12 months following the distribution.

We have designed our capital structure with the expectation we will receive an investment grade credit rating from Standard & Poor’s Rating Service and Moody’s Investor Service. We believe this structure will ensure adequate liquidity for day-to-day operations and contingencies upon separation and, by ensuring that our debt remains investment grade upon separation, will create favorable terms for our initial financings.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of ConocoPhillips common stock that receive shares of Phillips 66 common stock in the distribution. This summary is based on the Code, the U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and interpretations of the Code and the U.S. Treasury regulations by the courts and the IRS, in effect as of the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not discuss all the tax considerations that may be relevant to ConocoPhillips stockholders in light of their particular circumstances, nor does it address the consequences to ConocoPhillips stockholders

 

37


Table of Contents

subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (such as holders other than U.S. Holders (as defined below), insurance companies, dealers or brokers in securities or currencies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, mutual funds, pass-through entities and investors in such entities, holders who hold their shares as a hedge or as part of a hedging, straddle, conversion, synthetic security, integrated investment or other risk-reduction transaction or who are subject to alternative minimum tax or holders who acquired their shares upon the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation). In addition, this summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to those ConocoPhillips stockholders who do not hold their ConocoPhillips common stock as a capital asset. Finally, this summary does not address any state, local or foreign tax consequences. CONOCOPHILLIPS STOCKHOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION TO THEM.

For purposes of this discussion, a U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of ConocoPhillips common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

An individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States.

   

A corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

   

An estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

   

A trust, if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust or (2) in the case of a trust that was treated as a domestic trust under the law in effect before 1997, a valid election is in place under applicable Treasury regulations.

If a partnership (including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds ConocoPhillips common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and on the activities of the partnership. Partners in a partnership holding ConocoPhillips common stock should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the distribution.

Distribution— The distribution is conditioned upon ConocoPhillips’ receipt of a private letter ruling from the IRS, substantially to the effect that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will qualify as a reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. ConocoPhillips has applied for a private letter ruling from the IRS, and expects to receive an opinion from Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, special counsel to ConocoPhillips, substantially to the effect that the distribution will so qualify.

On the basis the distribution so qualifies, in general, for U.S. federal income tax purposes: (i) the distribution will not result in any taxable income, gain or loss to ConocoPhillips, except for taxable income or gain possibly arising as a result of certain intercompany transactions; (ii) no gain or loss will be recognized by (and no amount will be included in the income of) U.S. Holders of ConocoPhillips common stock upon their receipt of shares of Phillips 66 common stock in the distribution, except with respect to cash received in lieu of any fractional share measured by the difference between the cash received for such fractional share and the U.S. Holder’s basis in that fractional share, as determined below; (iii) the aggregate basis of the ConocoPhillips common stock and the Phillips 66 common stock (including any fractional share interests in Phillips 66 common stock for which cash is received) in the hands of each U.S. Holder of ConocoPhillips common stock after the distribution will equal the aggregate basis of ConocoPhillips common stock held by the U.S. Holder immediately before the distribution, allocated between the ConocoPhillips common stock and the Phillips 66 common stock in proportion to the relative fair market value of each on the date of the distribution; and (iv) the holding period of the Phillips 66 common stock received by each U.S. Holder of ConocoPhillips common stock (including any fractional share interests in

 

38


Table of Contents

Phillips 66 common stock for which cash is received) will include the holding period at the time of the distribution for the ConocoPhillips common stock on which the distribution is made, provided that the ConocoPhillips common stock is held as a capital asset on the date of the distribution.

Although a private letter ruling from the IRS generally is binding on the IRS, if the factual representations or assumptions made in the letter ruling request are untrue or incomplete in any material respect, we will not be able to rely on the ruling. Furthermore, the IRS will not rule on whether a distribution satisfies certain requirements necessary to obtain tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code. Rather, the ruling is based upon representations by ConocoPhillips that these conditions have been satisfied, and any inaccuracy in such representations could invalidate the ruling. In addition to obtaining the ruling from the IRS, ConocoPhillips expects to obtain an opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz substantially to the effect that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will qualify as a reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. The opinion will rely on the ruling as to matters covered by the ruling. In addition, the opinion will be based on, among other things, certain assumptions and representations made by ConocoPhillips and us, which if incorrect or inaccurate in any material respect would jeopardize the conclusions reached by counsel in its opinion. The opinion will not be binding on the IRS or the courts.

Notwithstanding receipt by ConocoPhillips of the private letter ruling from the IRS and opinion of counsel, the IRS could assert that the distribution does not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the IRS were successful in taking this position, ConocoPhillips stockholders and ConocoPhillips could be subject to significant U.S. federal income tax liability. In general, ConocoPhillips would be subject to tax as if it had sold the Phillips 66 common stock in a taxable sale for its fair market value and ConocoPhillips stockholders who receive shares of Phillips 66 common stock in the distribution would be subject to tax as if they had received a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of such shares. In addition, even if the distribution was otherwise to qualify under Section 355 of the Code, it may be taxable to ConocoPhillips (but not to ConocoPhillips stockholders) under Section 355(e) of the Code, if the distribution was later deemed to be part of a plan (or series of related transactions) pursuant to which one or more persons acquire, directly or indirectly, stock representing a 50 percent or greater interest in ConocoPhillips or us. For this purpose, any acquisitions of ConocoPhillips stock or of our common stock within the period beginning two years before the distribution and ending two years after the distribution are presumed to be part of such a plan, although we or ConocoPhillips may be able to rebut that presumption.

U.S. Treasury regulations also generally provide that if a U.S. Holder of ConocoPhillips common stock holds different blocks of ConocoPhillips common stock (generally shares of ConocoPhillips common stock purchased or acquired on different dates or at different prices), the aggregate basis for each block of ConocoPhillips common stock purchased or acquired on the same date and at the same price will be allocated, to the greatest extent possible, between the shares of Phillips 66 common stock received in the distribution in respect of such block of ConocoPhillips common stock and such block of ConocoPhillips common stock, in proportion to their respective fair market values, and the holding period of the shares of Phillips 66 common stock received in the distribution in respect of such block of ConocoPhillips common stock will include the holding period of such block of ConocoPhillips common stock, provided that such block of ConocoPhillips common stock was held as a capital asset on the distribution date. If a U.S. Holder of ConocoPhillips common stock is not able to identify which particular shares of Phillips 66 common stock are received in the distribution with respect to a particular block of ConocoPhillips common stock, for purposes of applying the rules described above, the U.S. Holder may designate which shares of Phillips 66 common stock are received in the distribution in respect of a particular block of ConocoPhillips common stock, provided that such designation is consistent with the terms of the distribution. Holders of ConocoPhillips common stock are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules to their particular circumstances.

 

39


Table of Contents

Tax Sharing Agreement— In connection with the distribution, we and ConocoPhillips will enter into a Tax Sharing Agreement pursuant to which we will agree to be responsible for certain liabilities and obligations following the distribution. In general, under the terms of the Tax Sharing Agreement, in the event the distribution were to fail to qualify for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code (including as a result of Section 355(e) of the Code) and if such failure were the result of actions taken by us after the distribution, we would be responsible for all taxes imposed on ConocoPhillips to the extent such taxes result from such actions. Further, if such failure were the result of any acquisition of our shares or assets or any of our representations or undertakings being incorrect or breached, we would be responsible for all taxes imposed on ConocoPhillips as a result. For a more detailed discussion, see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with ConocoPhillips—Tax Sharing Agreement.” Our indemnification obligations to ConocoPhillips and its subsidiaries, officers and directors are not limited in amount or subject to any cap. If we are required to indemnify ConocoPhillips and its subsidiaries and their respective officers and directors under the circumstances set forth in the Tax Sharing Agreement, we may be subject to substantial liabilities.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding— U.S. Treasury regulations require certain stockholders who receive stock in a distribution to attach to the stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax return for the year in which the distribution occurs a detailed statement setting forth certain information relating to the tax-free nature of the distribution. In addition, payments of cash to a ConocoPhillips stockholder in lieu of fractional shares of Phillips 66 common stock in the distribution may be subject to information reporting, unless the stockholder provides proof of an applicable exemption. Such payments that are subject to information reporting may also be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28 percent), unless the stockholder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and otherwise complies with the requirements of the backup withholding rules. Backup withholding does not constitute an additional tax, but merely an advance payment, which may be refunded or credited against a stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely supplied to the IRS.

THE FOREGOING IS A SUMMARY OF THE MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION UNDER CURRENT LAW AND FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. THE FOREGOING DOES NOT PURPORT TO ADDRESS ALL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OR TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THE TAX LAWS OR THAT MAY APPLY TO PARTICULAR CATEGORIES OF STOCKHOLDERS. EACH CONOCOPHILLIPS STOCKHOLDER SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION TO SUCH STOCKHOLDER, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS, AND THE EFFECT OF POSSIBLE CHANGES IN TAX LAWS THAT MAY AFFECT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED ABOVE.

Market for Common Stock

There is not currently a public market for Phillips 66 common stock. A condition to the distribution is the listing on the NYSE of our common stock. We have applied to have Phillips 66 common stock authorized for listing on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “PSX,” subject to official notice of issuance.

Trading Between Record Date and Distribution Date

Beginning on, or shortly before, the record date and continuing up to and including the distribution date, we expect there will be two markets in ConocoPhillips common stock: a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market. Shares of ConocoPhillips common stock that trade on the “regular-way” market will trade with an entitlement to receive shares of Phillips 66 common stock in the distribution. Shares that trade on the “ex-distribution” market will trade without an entitlement to receive shares of Phillips 66

 

40


Table of Contents

common stock in the distribution. Therefore, if you sell shares of ConocoPhillips common stock in the “regular-way” market after 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the record date and up to and including through the distribution date, you will be selling your right to receive shares of Phillips 66 common stock in the distribution. If you own shares of ConocoPhillips common stock at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the record date and sell those shares in the “ex-distribution” market, up to and including through the distribution date, you will still receive the shares of Phillips 66 common stock that you would be entitled to receive in respect of your ownership, as of the record date, of the shares of ConocoPhillips common stock that you sold.

Furthermore, beginning on or shortly before the record date and continuing up to and including the distribution date, we expect there will be a “when-issued” market in our common stock. “When-issued” trading refers to a sale or purchase made conditionally because the security has been authorized but not yet issued. The “when-issued” trading market will be a market for shares of Phillips 66 common stock that will be distributed to ConocoPhillips stockholders on the distribution date. If you own shares of ConocoPhillips common stock at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the record date, you would be entitled to receive shares of our common stock in the distribution. You may trade this entitlement to receive shares of Phillips 66 common stock, without trading the shares of ConocoPhillips common stock you own, in the “when-issued” market. On the first trading day following the distribution date, we expect “when-issued” trading with respect to Phillips 66 common stock will end and “regular-way” trading will begin.

Conditions to the Distribution

We expect the distribution will be effective on [ ], 2012, the distribution date, provided that, among other conditions described in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the following conditions shall have been satisfied or, if permissible under the Separation and Distribution Agreement, waived by ConocoPhillips:

 

   

The SEC will have declared effective our registration statement on Form 10, of which this Information Statement is a part, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; no order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement shall be in effect; and no proceedings for such purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the SEC.

 

   

Any required actions and filings with regard to state securities and blue sky laws of the U.S. (and any comparable laws under any foreign jurisdictions) will have been taken and, where applicable, have become effective or been accepted.

 

   

The Phillips 66 common stock will have been authorized for listing on the NYSE, or another national securities exchange approved by ConocoPhillips, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

   

Prior to the distribution, this Information Statement will have been mailed to the holders of ConocoPhillips common stock as of the record date.

 

   

ConocoPhillips will have received a private letter ruling from the IRS in form and substance satisfactory to ConocoPhillips in its sole discretion, to the effect the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will qualify as a reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code.

 

   

No order, injunction, decree or regulation issued by any court or agency of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing consummation of the distribution will be in effect.

 

   

Any government approvals and other material consents necessary to consummate the distribution will have been obtained and be in full force and effect.

 

41


Table of Contents

The fulfillment of the foregoing conditions will not create any obligations on ConocoPhillips’ part to effect the distribution, and the ConocoPhillips Board of Directors has reserved the right, in its sole discretion, to abandon, modify or change the terms of the distribution, including by accelerating or delaying the timing of the consummation of all or part of the distribution, at any time prior to the distribution date.

Reason for Furnishing This Information Statement

This Information Statement is being furnished solely to provide information to ConocoPhillips stockholders who are entitled to receive shares of our common stock in the distribution. The Information Statement is not, and is not to be construed as, an inducement or encouragement to buy, hold or sell any of our securities. We believe the information contained in this Information Statement is accurate as of the date set forth on the cover. Changes may occur after that date and neither ConocoPhillips nor we undertake any obligation to update such information except in the normal course of our respective public disclosure obligations.

 

42


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

After the separation, Phillips 66 intends to pay a cash dividend to its common stockholders at an initial rate of $0.20 per share per quarter, or $0.80 per share per year. However, the declaration and amount of all dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements of our business, covenants associated with certain debt obligations, legal requirements, regulatory constraints, industry practice and other factors the Board of Directors deems relevant. There can be no assurance we will continue to pay any dividend even if we commence the payment of dividends.

 

43


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth (i) our historical capitalization as of December 31, 2011, and (ii) our adjusted capitalization assuming the distribution, the incurrence of debt and other matters (as discussed in “The Separation”) was effective December 31, 2011. The table should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” and the historical combined financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

 

    Millions of Dollars  
 

 

 

 
    December 31  
 

 

 

 
    2011      2011  
 

 

 

 
    Actual      As
Adjusted
 
 

 

 

 

Debt Outstanding

    

Short-term debt

  $ 30         827   

Long-term debt

    361         7,180   

Total Debt

    391         8,007   

Net Investment/Stockholders’ Equity

    

Common stock

    

Par value

    -         6   

Capital in excess of par

    -         17,819   

Net parent company investment

    23,142         -   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    122         (503

Noncontrolling interests

    29         29   

Total Net Investment/Stockholders’ Equity

    23,293         17,351   

Total Capitalization

  $ 23,684         25,358   
                  

 

44


Table of Contents

BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

OVERVIEW

Phillips 66 consists of the Downstream business of ConocoPhillips. Upon completion of the separation, ConocoPhillips will not retain an ownership interest in our company. Following our separation from ConocoPhillips, we believe we will have a unique position as a large, integrated downstream company, with operations encompassing natural gas gathering and processing, crude oil refining, petroleum products marketing, transportation, power generation, and petrochemicals manufacturing and marketing.

We are one of the largest petroleum refiners in the United States and globally, with a domestic net crude oil processing capacity of 1.8 million barrels per day, and a global net crude oil processing capacity of 2.2 million barrels per day. We own or have an interest in 11 currently operating refineries in the United States (all of which we operate) and four international refineries (two of which we operate).

Our petroleum products are sold at approximately 10,000 outlets in the United States and Europe, primarily under the Phillips 66 , Conoco and 76 brands in the United States and the JET brand in Europe. Nearly all the U.S. outlets are marketer owned or supplied, while our international operations include both company-owned and dealer-owned sites.

We own or lease various transportation assets to provide strategic, timely and environmentally safe delivery of crude oil, refined products, natural gas and NGL. These assets include pipelines and terminals, marine and inland vessels, railcars and trucks.

Our midstream business is conducted primarily through a 50 percent equity investment in DCP Midstream, LLC (DCP Midstream), a joint venture with Spectra Energy Corp. Headquartered in Denver, Colorado, DCP Midstream is one of the largest natural gas gatherers and processors, NGL producers, and marketers of natural gas and natural gas by-products in the United States. DCP Midstream had approximately $9 billion in assets and 3,000 employees across the United States as of December 31, 2011.

Our chemicals business is conducted through a 50 percent equity investment in Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (CPChem), a joint venture with Chevron Corporation. Headquartered in The Woodlands, Texas, CPChem is one of the world’s top producers of olefins and polyolefins and a leading supplier of aromatics and styrenics. CPChem had approximately $9 billion in assets and 4,700 employees worldwide as of December 31, 2011.

Our Business Strategies

Deliver Profitable Growth

We believe all three of our business segments have profitable growth opportunities. The use of free cash flow for investments to improve R&M margins and expand Chemicals and Midstream capacity have the potential to deliver significant growth in earnings and returns.

In R&M, we have identified projects designed to reduce feedstock costs and improve clean product yield, which should expand gross profit margins and ROCE. An example is the CORE project at the Wood River Refinery. This project increased heavy crude oil processing capacity, while delivering a 5 percent improvement in clean product yield. Additionally, on an ongoing basis, we evaluate and execute R&M projects designed to improve operating efficiency.

 

45


Table of Contents

We expect to have significant growth opportunities related to expanding North American natural gas and NGL production. For example, as unconventional natural gas production grows, new opportunities are created for DCP Midstream to invest in new pipelines, natural gas processing plants and gathering systems. In our chemicals business, we see ways to exploit low NGL feedstock costs. In March 2011, CPChem announced plans to evaluate the construction of a world-scale ethane cracker and derivatives facility on the U.S. Gulf Coast. Internationally, CPChem is seeking to identify new petrochemical facility investment opportunities in the Middle East and Asia.

Enhance Returns on Capital

We believe ROCE is an important metric for evaluating the quality of capital allocation decisions, and it provides a good measure of portfolio value. ROCE is a measure of a company’s efficiency and profitability of its capital investments. ROCE is a ratio, the numerator of which is net income plus after-tax interest expense, and the denominator is average total equity plus total debt. We will seek to increase ROCE through a combination of portfolio optimization, investing in higher-return projects, and continuing cost discipline. Absolute ROCE improvement, as well as improvement relative to our peers, is expected to be a key performance metric as we move forward.

Of the three business segments within Phillips 66, R&M has the highest capital employed and lowest ROCE, and thus requires further rationalization to improve returns. We continue to evaluate opportunities to reduce refining exposure in markets where we expect to generate below-average returns over the medium-to-longer term because of low market crack spreads. For example, we recently sold the Wilhelmshaven Refinery in Germany and have idled and intend to sell or permanently close the Trainer Refinery in Pennsylvania. In addition to portfolio rationalization of low-returning refining assets, we plan to improve R&M ROCE through a disciplined capital allocation process.

Conversely, we expect to increase capital investments and capital employed in more profitable and higher-returning projects in our Chemicals and Midstream segments.

An important aspect to increasing ROCE is continued discipline in cost management. We plan to remain focused on costs, through internal efficiency efforts, coupled with ongoing procurement initiatives with providers of goods and services. Cost control is a key aspect of our performance evaluation and tracking.

Maintain Financial Strength

A strong balance sheet and financial flexibility are important attributes in our industry. At the time of our separation, we expect to hold an investment-grade credit rating on our long-term debt and maintain sufficient cash and liquidity to allow us to invest in high-return projects. Available cash flow in excess of capital spending and dividends can be directed toward the retirement of debt in order to achieve and maintain a targeted debt-to-capital ratio of 20 percent to 30 percent.

Strong Stockholder Distributions

We believe a significant portion of value creation can be generated through consistent growth in regular dividends and share repurchases. Distributions to shareholders also reinforce the focus on capital discipline by Phillips 66 management. We currently plan to pay quarterly cash dividends at an initial rate of $0.20 per share and, subject to market conditions and other factors, increase these dividends annually at the discretion of our Board of Directors. In addition, share repurchases will be considered after capital, dividend and debt reduction objectives are met.

 

46


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

A Strong Safety and Environmental Stewardship Culture

We believe a workforce committed to continuous improvement in safety and environmental stewardship is a fundamental requirement for our employees, our company, and the communities in which we operate. We employ rigorous training and audit programs to drive ongoing improvement in both personal and process safety as we strive for zero incidents. We are committed to protecting the environment and continually seek to reduce our environmental footprint throughout our operations. For example, we reduced the sulfur dioxide emission from our refineries by 58 percent during the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, while our nitrogen oxides emissions were reduced 27 percent over the same period.

A Unique Approach to Downstream Integration

Our combination as a leading refiner with significant marketing and transportation assets, one of the largest domestic producers of NGL, and one of the world’s top producers of petrochemicals creates a unique approach to downstream integration through earnings diversification. Our businesses have the efficiency of scale and technical capability to compete in the most attractive markets globally. Including our equity affiliates, our operations encompass 15 refineries with a gross crude oil capacity of 2.8 million barrels per day, 10,000 branded marketing outlets, nearly 80,000 miles of pipeline, 7.2 billion cubic feet per day of gross natural gas processing capacity, and over 40 billion pounds of gross annual chemicals processing capacity. We believe this positions Phillips 66 to compete with the best in the industries across the value chain.

Geographically Diverse Refining Assets

Our 11 operated U.S. refineries are located across all five Petroleum Administration for Defense Districts (PADDs). This regional diversity enables us to participate in market opportunities as they occur in every U.S. geographic region. The level of transportation, marketing and commercial integration varies in each PADD, depending on need, and provides our refineries with dependable supply of crude oil from domestic, Canadian and other international sources. We have nearly 500,000 barrels per day of net refining capacity in four refineries in the Midcontinent region, where we currently benefit from strong margins because of low feedstock costs due to increasing onshore crude oil production. Internationally, we own or hold interests in three refineries in Europe and one in Asia. These include our 100 percent-owned Humber Refinery in the United Kingdom, one of the most sophisticated refining assets in Europe. Humber is a fully integrated facility that produces a high portion of transportation fuels, such as gasoline and diesel fuel. Our Immingham Combined Heat and Power Plant in the United Kingdom provides steam and electricity to the Humber Refinery, as well as merchant power into the U.K. market.

Ability to Process a Variety of Crude Oil Types While Maintaining High Yields

Extensive transportation and logistics assets and commercial capabilities support our refineries, allowing the delivery of crude oil feedstock from multiple domestic, Canadian and international sources of supply. Our refineries can process a wide range of crude oils, including lower-priced heavy and sour crudes. Clean product yield is the percentage of higher-margin products (such as gasoline, distillate, aromatics, lubricants and chemical feedstocks) produced from processed crude oil and other purchased raw materials. In 2011, our refineries delivered clean product yields of 84 percent, a 1 percent improvement over 2010. Our commercial capabilities include supply and trading operations experienced in sourcing crude and marketing refined products globally.

Low-Cost Marketing Operations

Our global marketing strategy is to provide sustainable, low-cost and ratable demand for our refining network’s products. In the United States, we supply gasoline, diesel fuel and aviation fuel to approximately 8,250 marketer-owned or -supplied outlets in 49 states under three domestic brands— Phillips 66 , Conoco and 76 . This strong branded wholesale business is supported by long-term supply agreements with marketers. In Europe, we hold a niche marketing position through our ability to leverage our JET brand and

 

47


Table of Contents

provide a low-cost, well-established infrastructure. This network allows us to deliver a very competitive gasoline and diesel fuel brand with a premier retail offering.

Extensive Transportation Assets

Our domestic transportation business includes 15,000 miles of pipelines under management, including crude oil, petroleum product and NGL pipelines; 42 finished product terminals, 8 liquefied petroleum gas terminals, 5 crude oil terminals and 1 coke exporting facility; an extensive fleet of marine and inland vessels under charter; and truck and rail assets. This transportation business supports our refining system and efforts to optimize refined product distribution, resulting in economies of scale that contribute to profitability.

DCP—A High-Growth Midstream Business

We conduct our midstream business primarily through a 50 percent equity investment in DCP Midstream. DCP Midstream is a leader in its sector as one of the largest natural gas gatherers and processors, NGL producers, and NGL marketers in the United States. DCP Midstream’s extensive asset base is located in many of the legacy natural gas producing regions of the United States, including the Rocky Mountains, Midcontinent, Permian, East Texas/North Louisiana, South Texas, Central Texas and the Gulf Coast. In addition, DCP Midstream is entering high-growth regions of the United States, including the Niobrara, Eagle Ford shale, Barnett shale, and Granite Wash regions, allowing for substantial growth opportunities. DCP Midstream’s assets include 62,000 miles of pipelines, 61 gas processing plants and 12 NGL fractionators.

In 2010, DCP Midstream signed agreements that will enable it to become the anchor shipper of growing Eagle Ford shale gas production on a portion of the Trunkline Gas pipeline system. DCP Midstream is also planning construction of the Sand Hills Pipeline to provide NGL transportation capacity for producers in the Permian and Eagle Ford basins to gain access to market centers along the Gulf Coast.

CPChem—A High-Returning Petrochemicals Company

We conduct our chemicals business through a 50 percent equity investment in CPChem. CPChem has a number of large petrochemical facilities in the U.S. Gulf Coast region, and has significant international operations through its investments in feedstock-advantaged areas in the Middle East, with access to large, growing markets for its products, such as Asia. CPChem is one of the world’s top producers of olefins and polyolefins and a leading supplier of aromatics and styrenics. Our investment in CPChem has generated high returns in recent years, with a 2010 ROCE of 21 percent and a 2011 ROCE of 28 percent. CPChem is analyzing a number of additional growth projects globally, including proposed construction of a world-scale ethane cracker and two polyethylene facilities at or near one or more of CPChem’s Texas Gulf Coast sites. With an expected annual capacity of 3.3 billion pounds, the ethane cracker would, if progressed, increase CPChem’s U.S. ethylene capacity by over 40 percent and allow CPChem to leverage the development of significant shale gas resources in the United States.

SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

For operating segment and geographic information, see Note 21—Segment Disclosures and Related Information, in the Combined Financial Statements, and incorporated herein by reference.

Our business is organized into three operating segments:

 

   

R&M— This segment purchases, refines, markets and transports crude oil and petroleum products, mainly in the United States, Europe and Asia; and also engages in power generation activities.

 

   

Midstream— This segment gathers, processes, transports and markets natural gas and fractionates and markets NGL, predominantly in the United States. The Midstream segment primarily consists of our 50 percent equity investment in DCP Midstream.

 

48


Table of Contents
   

Chemicals— This segment manufactures and markets petrochemicals and plastics on a worldwide basis. The Chemicals segment consists of our 50 percent equity investment in CPChem.

R&M

Our R&M segment primarily refines crude oil and other feedstocks into petroleum products (such as gasolines, distillates and aviation fuels); buys, sells and transports crude oil; and buys, transports, distributes and markets petroleum products. This segment also engages in power generation activities. R&M has operations in the United States, Europe and Asia.

R&M—UNITED STATES

Refining

The table below depicts information for each of our U.S. refineries at December 31, 2011:

 

              Thousands of Barrels Daily        

Refinery

 

Location

    Interest     Net Crude
Throughput
Capacity
    Clean Product
Capacity***
    Clean
Product
Yield
Capability
 
        Gasolines     Distillates    

East Coast Region

           

Bayway

  Linden, NJ     100     238        145        115        90

Trainer*

  Trainer, PA     100        -        -        -        -   

 

 
        238         

 

 

Gulf Coast Region

           

Alliance

  Belle Chasse, LA     100        247        125        120        86   

Lake Charles

  Westlake, LA     100        239        90        115        69   

Sweeny

  Old Ocean, TX     100        247        130        120        87   

 

 
        733         

 

 

Central Region

           

Wood River**

  Roxana, IL     50        153        83        45        80   

Borger**

  Borger, TX     50        73        50        25        89   

Ponca City

  Ponca City, OK     100        187        105        80        91   

Billings

  Billings, MT     100        58        35        25        89   

 

 
        471         

 

 

West Coast Region

           

Ferndale

  Ferndale, WA     100        100        55        30        75   

Los Angeles

  Carson/ Wilmington, CA     100        139        80        65        87   

San Francisco

  Arroyo Grande/ San Francisco, CA     100        120        55        55        83   

 

 
        359         

 

 
        1,801         

 

 
    *Net throughput capacity of 185,000 barrels per day was idled effective October 1, 2011.
  **Represents our proportionate share.

*** Cleanproduct capacities are maximum rates for each clean product category, independent of each other. They are not additive when calculating the clean product yield capability for each refinery.

 

49


Table of Contents

Primary crude oil characteristics and sources of crude oil for our U.S. refineries are as follows:

 

    Characteristics         Sources  
    Sweet     Medium
Sour
    Heavy
Sour
    High
TAN
*
        United
States
    Canada     South
America
    Europe
&  FSU
**
    Middle East
& Africa
 

Bayway

                                                                                                                  

Alliance

                                                                                                      

Lake Charles

                                                                                                                           

Sweeny

                                                                                                                        

Wood River

                                                                                                                                      

Borger

                                                                                                         

Ponca City

                                                                                                                           

Billings

                                                                                                         

Ferndale

                                                                                                         

Los Angeles

                                                                                                                                          

San Francisco

                                                                                                                                   
   *High TAN (Total Acid Number): acid content greater than or equal to 1.0 milligram of potassium hydroxide (KOH) per gram.
**Former Soviet Union.

East Coast Region

Bayway Refinery

The Bayway Refinery is located on the New York Harbor in Linden, New Jersey. Bayway refining units include one of the world’s largest fluid catalytic cracking units, two hydrodesulfurization units, a reformer, alkylation unit and other processing equipment. The refinery produces a high percentage of transportation fuels, such as gasoline, diesel and jet fuel, as well as petrochemical feedstocks, residual fuel oil and home heating oil. Refined products are distributed to East Coast customers by pipeline, barge, railcar and truck. The complex also includes a 775-million-pound-per-year polypropylene plant.

Trainer Refinery

The Trainer Refinery is located on the Delaware River in Trainer, Pennsylvania. Refinery facilities include fluid catalytic cracking units, hydrodesulfurization units, a reformer and a hydrocracker. In September 2011, ConocoPhillips announced its intention to sell the refinery and associated pipelines and terminals. ConocoPhillips idled the facility effective October 1, 2011, and plans to permanently close the plant by the end of the first quarter of 2012 if a sales transaction is unsuccessful. At the end of January 2012, employee transfers and severances were completed. A small caretaker crew remains at the refinery.

Gulf Coast Region

Alliance Refinery

The Alliance Refinery is located on the Mississippi River in Belle Chasse, Louisiana. The single-train facility includes fluid catalytic cracking units, hydrodesulfurization units and a reformer and aromatics unit. Alliance produces a high percentage of transportation fuels, such as gasoline, diesel and jet fuel. Other products include petrochemical feedstocks, home heating oil and anode petroleum coke. The majority of the refined products are distributed to customers in the southeastern and eastern United States through major common-carrier pipeline systems and by barge.

 

50


Table of Contents

Lake Charles Refinery

The Lake Charles Refinery is located in Westlake, Louisiana. Its facilities include crude distillation, fluid catalytic cracker, hydrocracker, delayed coker and hydrodesulfurization units. The refinery produces a high percentage of transportation fuels, such as gasoline, off-road diesel and jet fuel, along with home heating oil. The majority of its refined products are distributed by truck, railcar, barge or major common-carrier pipelines to customers in the southeastern and eastern United States. Refined products can also be sold into export markets through the refinery’s marine terminal. Refinery facilities also include a specialty coker and calciner, which produce graphite petroleum coke for the steel industry.

Excel Paralubes

We own a 50 percent interest in Excel Paralubes, a joint venture which owns a hydrocracked lubricant base oil manufacturing plant located adjacent to the Lake Charles Refinery. The facility produces approximately 20,000 barrels per day of high-quality, clear hydrocracked base oils.

Sweeny Refinery

The Sweeny Refinery is located in Old Ocean, Texas, approximately 65 miles southwest of Houston. Refinery facilities include fluid catalytic cracking, delayed coking, alkylation, a continuous regeneration reformer and hydrodesulfurization units. The refinery receives crude oil via tankers, primarily through wholly and jointly owned terminals on the Gulf Coast, including a deepwater terminal at Freeport, Texas. It produces a high percentage of transportation fuels, such as gasoline, diesel and jet fuel. Other products include petrochemical feedstocks, home heating oil and coke. The refinery operates nearby terminals and storage facilities in Freeport, Jones Creek and on the San Bernard River, along with pipelines that connect these facilities to the refinery. Refined products are distributed throughout the Midwest and southeastern United States by pipeline, barge and railcar.

MSLP

Merey Sweeny, L.P. (MSLP) owns a delayed coker and related facilities at the Sweeny Refinery. MSLP processes long residue, which is produced from heavy sour crude oil, for a processing fee. Fuel-grade petroleum coke is produced as a by-product and becomes the property of MSLP. Prior to August 28, 2009, MSLP was owned 50/50 by ConocoPhillips and Petróleos de Venezuela S.A. (PDVSA). Under the agreements that govern the relationships between the partners, certain defaults by PDVSA with respect to supply of crude oil to the Sweeny Refinery gave ConocoPhillips the right to acquire PDVSA’s 50 percent ownership interest in MSLP, which was exercised on August 28, 2009. PDVSA has initiated arbitration with the International Chamber of Commerce challenging the exercise of the call right and claiming it was invalid. The arbitral tribunal is scheduled to hold hearings on the merits of the dispute in December 2012.

In connection with the separation and distribution, it is expected that the relevant ConocoPhillips subsidiaries will transfer all interests of ConocoPhillips and its subsidiaries in the joint venture and the Sweeny Refinery to Phillips 66 subsidiaries and Phillips 66 will fully guarantee certain outstanding MSLP debt. Following the separation and distribution, in addition to the foregoing guarantee, Phillips 66 generally will indemnify ConocoPhillips for liabilities, if any, arising out of the exercise of the call right or otherwise with respect to the joint venture or the refinery.

Sweeny Cogeneration

We own a 50 percent operating interest in Sweeny Cogeneration, a joint venture which owns a simple cycle, cogeneration power plant located adjacent to the Sweeny Refinery. The plant generates electricity and provides process steam to the refinery, and it also provides merchant power into the Texas market. The plant has a net electrical output of 440 megawatts and is capable of generating up to 3.6 million pounds per hour of process steam.

 

51


Table of Contents

Central Region

WRB

In 2007, ConocoPhillips entered into two 50/50 business ventures with Cenovus Energy Inc. to create an integrated North American heavy oil business: a Canadian upstream general partnership, FCCL Partnership, and a U.S. downstream limited partnership, WRB Refining LP. ConocoPhillips will retain its interest in FCCL Partnership, while ConocoPhillips’ interest in WRB will form part of the Downstream business to be contributed to us in the separation. We are the operator and managing partner of WRB, which consists of the Wood River and Borger refineries.

WRB’s processing capability of heavy Canadian or similar crudes was 145,000 barrels per day, after startup of the Keystone pipeline and prior to the finalization of the CORE Project at the Wood River Refinery. We have completed the CORE Project, and operational startup occurred in the fourth quarter of 2011. Test runs of the CORE Project have been successful to date and will continue through the first quarter of 2012. Upon completion of testing, total processing capability of heavy Canadian or similar crudes within WRB will be dependent on the quality of heavy crudes that are economically available, and is expected to range between 235,000 and 255,000 barrels per day.

 

   

Wood River Refinery

The Wood River Refinery is located in Roxana, Illinois, about 15 miles northeast of St. Louis, Missouri, at the convergence of the Mississippi and Missouri rivers. Operations include three distilling units, two fluid catalytic cracking units, hydrocracking, coking, reforming, hydrotreating and sulfur recovery. The refinery produces a high percentage of transportation fuels, such as gasoline, diesel and jet fuel. Other products include petrochemical feedstocks, asphalt and coke. Finished product leaves Wood River by pipeline, rail, barge and truck. The CORE Project has resulted in an increased clean product yield of 5 percent. Gross heavy crude oil capacity is expected to increase between 90,000 to 110,000 barrels per day, dependent on the quality of available heavy crudes. The majority of the existing asphalt production at Wood River will be replaced with production of upgraded products.

 

   

Borger Refinery

The Borger Refinery is located in Borger, Texas, in the Texas Panhandle, approximately 50 miles north of Amarillo. The refinery facilities are comprised of coking, fluid catalytic cracking, hydrodesulfurization and naphtha reforming, in addition to a 45,000-barrels-per-day NGL fractionation facility. It produces a high percentage of transportation fuels, such as gasoline, diesel and jet fuel, as well as coke, NGL and solvents. Refined products are transported via pipelines from the refinery to West Texas, New Mexico, Colorado and the Midcontinent region.

In connection with the separation, we have entered into a put agreement and a feedstock right of first offer agreement with Cenovus. Under the put agreement, if Cenovus suffers a transportation constraint it cannot mitigate which threatens to shut in FCCL production, we will be required to purchase FCCL-produced crude oil from Cenovus, subject to a maximum daily volume amount and provided we have pipeline capacity available after meeting any other contractual obligations, at a price equal to the lower of fair market value or the “break even value” of such crude oil compared to other crude oils that could be processed at one of our refineries. Under the feedstock right of first offer agreement, if we determine to enter into a six-month or longer term agreement to acquire Canadian crude oil for the Wood River Refinery or the Borger Refinery, we will be required to first notify Cenovus and offer Cenovus the opportunity to supply FCCL-produced crude oil according to the specified terms.

 

52


Table of Contents

Ponca City Refinery

The Ponca City Refinery is located in Ponca City, Oklahoma. It is a high-conversion facility which includes fluid catalytic cracking, delayed coking and hydrodesulfurization units. It produces a full range of products, including gasoline, diesel, jet fuel, liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) and anode-grade petroleum coke. Finished petroleum products are primarily shipped by company-owned and common carrier pipelines to markets throughout the Midcontinent region.

Billings Refinery

The Billings Refinery is located in Billings, Montana. Its facilities include fluid catalytic cracking and hydrodesulfurization units, in addition to a delayed coker, which converts heavy, high-sulfur residue into higher value light oils. The refinery produces a high percentage of transportation fuels, such as gasoline, diesel and aviation fuels, as well as fuel-grade petroleum coke. Finished petroleum products from the refinery are delivered by pipeline, railcar and truck. The pipelines transport most of the refined products to markets in Montana, Wyoming, Utah and Washington.

West Coast Region

Ferndale Refinery

The Ferndale Refinery is located on Puget Sound in Ferndale, Washington, approximately 20 miles south of the U.S.-Canada border. Facilities include a fluid catalytic cracker, an alkylation unit, a diesel hydrotreater and an S-Zorb™ unit. The refinery produces transportation fuels such as gasoline and diesel. Other products include residual fuel oil, which supplies the northwest marine transportation market. Most refined products are distributed by pipeline and barge to major markets in the northwest United States.

Los Angeles Refinery

The Los Angeles Refinery consists of two linked facilities located about five miles apart in Carson and Wilmington, California, approximately 15 miles southeast of Los Angeles International Airport. Carson serves as the front end of the refinery by processing crude oil, and Wilmington serves as the back end by upgrading the intermediate products to finished products. The refinery produces a high percentage of transportation fuels, such as gasoline, diesel and jet fuel. Other products include fuel-grade petroleum coke. The refinery produces California Air Resources Board (CARB)-grade gasoline by blending ethanol to meet government-mandated oxygenate requirements. Refined products are distributed to customers in California, Nevada and Arizona by pipeline and truck.

San Francisco Refinery

The San Francisco Refinery consists of two facilities linked by a 200-mile pipeline. The Santa Maria facility is located in Arroyo Grande, California, about 200 miles south of San Francisco, while the Rodeo facility is in the San Francisco Bay Area. Semi-refined liquid products from the Santa Maria facility are sent by pipeline to the Rodeo facility for upgrading into finished petroleum products. The refinery produces a high percentage of transportation fuels, such as gasoline, diesel and jet fuel. Other products include petroleum coke. It also produces CARB-grade gasoline by blending ethanol to meet government-mandated oxygenate requirements. The majority of the refined products are distributed by pipeline, railcar and barge to customers in California.

Marketing

In the United States, as of December 31, 2011, we marketed gasoline, diesel and aviation fuel through approximately 8,250 marketer-owned or -supplied outlets in 49 states. The majority of these sites utilize the Phillips 66 , Conoco or 76  brands.

 

53


Table of Contents

Wholesale

At December 31, 2011, our wholesale operations utilized a network of marketers operating approximately 6,875 outlets that provided refined product offtake from our refineries. We have placed a strong emphasis on the wholesale channel of trade because of its lower capital requirements. In addition, we held brand-licensing agreements with approximately 500 sites. Our refined products are marketed on both a branded and unbranded basis.

In addition to automotive gasoline and diesel, we produce and market aviation gasoline, which is used by smaller piston engine aircrafts. At December 31, 2011, aviation gasoline and jet fuel were sold through dealers and independent marketers at approximately 875 Phillips 66 -branded locations in the United States.

Retail

In 2006, we announced plans to divest approximately 830 of our U.S. company-owned outlets. This program was completed in 2010. In addition, in June 2010, we sold our interest in CFJ Properties, a joint venture which owned and operated 110 Flying J -branded truck travel plazas.

Lubricants

We manufacture and sell automotive, commercial and industrial lubricants which are marketed worldwide under the Phillips 66, Conoco, 76 and Kendall brands, as well as other private label brands. We also manufacture Group II and import Group III base oils and market both globally under the respective brand names Pure Performance and Ultra-S .

Premium Coke & Polypropylene

We manufacture and market high-quality graphite and anode-grade petroleum cokes in the United States and Europe for use in the global steel and aluminum industries. We also manufacture and market polypropylene to North America under the COPYLENE brand name. Our ThruPlus Delayed Coker Technology, a proprietary process for upgrading heavy oil into higher value, light hydrocarbon liquids, was sold in June 2011.

Transportation

We own or lease various assets to provide strategic, timely and environmentally safe delivery of crude oil, refined products, natural gas and NGL. These assets include pipeline systems; petroleum product, crude oil and LPG terminals; a petroleum coke handling facility; a fleet of marine vessels; and a fleet of railcars.

Pipelines and Terminals

At December 31, 2011, R&M managed approximately 15,000 miles of common-carrier crude oil, raw NGL, natural gas and petroleum products pipeline systems in the United States, including those partially owned or operated by affiliates (other than DCP Midstream). We owned or operated 42 finished product terminals, 8 liquefied petroleum gas terminals, 5 crude oil terminals and 1 petroleum coke exporting facility.

In October 2011, we sold Seaway Products Pipeline Company to DCP Midstream. In December 2011, we sold our 16.55 percent equity interest in Colonial Pipeline Company and our 50 percent equity interest in Seaway Crude Pipeline Company.

 

54


Table of Contents

The following table depicts our ownership interest in major pipeline systems as of December 31, 2011:

 

Name

     

Origination/Terminus

  Interest     Size    Miles     Capacity
MBD
 

Crude

            

Coast and Valley System

    Central CA/Bay Area, CA     100      8”-12”      558        307   

Clifton Ridge

    Westlake, Equillon, Pecan Grove, LA     100      12”-20”      11        270   

Cushing

    Cushing, OK/Ponca City, OK     100      18”      62        130   

WA Line

    Odessa, TX/Borger, TX     100      12”-14”      289        118   

Oklahoma Mainline/CPL

    Wichita Falls, TX/Ponca City, OK     100      12”      217        100   

Line O

    Cushing, OK/Borger, TX     100      10”      276        37   

Line 80

    Gaines, TX/Borger, TX     100      8”, 12”      232        33   

Glacier

      Cut Bank, MT/Billings, MT     79      8”-10”-12”      865        100   

Petroleum Product

            

Sweeny to Pasadena

    Sweeny, TX/Pasadena, TX     100      12”, 18”      120        264   

Gold Line

    Borger, TX/St. Louis, IL     100      8”-16”      681        120   

Standish

    Marland Junction, OK/Wichita, KS     100      18”      92        80   

Borger to Amarillo

    Borger, TX/Amarillo, TX     100      8”, 10”      93        76   

Wood River

    Ponca City, OK/Mt. Vernon, MO     100      10”-12”      248        45   

Okla. City/Cherokee 8”

    Ponca City, OK/Okla. City, OK     100      8”      90        46   

Wichita/Ark City 1&2

    Ponca City, OK/Wichita, KS     100      8”-10”      105        55   

Seminoe

    Billings, MT/Sinclair, WY     100      8”      342        33   

Borger-Denver

    McKee, TX/Denver, CO     70      8”, 12”      405        38   

Pioneer

    Sinclair, WY/Salt Lake City, UT     50      8”, 12”      306        63   

ATA Line

    Amarillo, TX/Albuquerque, NM     50      6”, 10”      293        20   

Heartland

    McPherson, KS/Des Moines, IA     50      8”, 6”      49        30   

Skelly-Belvieu

    Skellytown, TX/Mont Belvieu, TX     50      8”      571        29   

Yellowstone

    Billings, MT/Spokane, WA     46      6”-10”      710        66   

Harbor

    Woodbury, NJ/Linden, NJ     33      16”      80        104   

SAAL

    Amarillo, TX/Amarillo and
Lubbock, TX
    33      6”      121        18   

Explorer

      Texas Gulf Coast/Chicago, IL     14      24”, 28”      1,885        500   

NGL

            

Line EZ

    Rankin, TX/Sweeny, TX     100   10”      434        101   

Blue Line

    Borger, TX/St. Louis, IL     100      8”-12”      666        29   

Powder River

    Douglas, WY/Borger, TX     50      6”-8”      695        19   

Chisholm

      Kingfisher, OK/Conway, KS     100      8”-10”      185        42   

LPG

            

Medford PBC

    Ponca City, OK/Medford, OK     100      4”-12”      81        60   

Conway to Wichita

      Conway, KS/Wichita, KS     100      12”      55        38   
*100% interest held by CPChem. Operated by Phillips 66.

 

55


Table of Contents

Tankers

At December 31, 2011, we utilized 15 double-hulled crude oil tankers that we chartered, with capacities ranging in size from 713,000 to 2,100,000 barrels. These tankers are primarily used to transport feedstocks to certain of our U.S. refineries. In addition, we utilized five double-hulled petroleum product tankers, with capacities ranging from 315,000 to 332,000 barrels, to transport our heavy and clean products.

Truck and Rail

Truck and rail operations are managed on behalf of U.S. refinery and specialty operations. Rail movements are provided via a diverse fleet of more than 8,500 owned and leased railcars. Truck movements are provided through approximately 150 third-party truck companies, as well as through Sentinel Transportation LLC, in which we hold an equity interest.

Specialty Businesses

We manufacture and sell a variety of specialty products including pipeline flow improvers and anode material for high-power lithium-ion batteries. Our specialty products are marketed under the LiquidPower and CPreme brand names.

R&M—INTERNATIONAL

Refining

We own or have an interest in four refineries outside the United States.

 

                  Thousands of Barrels Daily         

Refinery

  

Location

   Interest     Net Crude
Throughput
Capacity
     Clean Product
Capacity***
     Clean
Product
Yield
Capability
 
           Gasolines      Distillates     

Humber

   N. Lincolnshire, United Kingdom      100.00     221         85         115         81

Whitegate

   Cork, Ireland      100.00        71         15         30         65   

MiRO*

   Karlsruhe, Germany      18.75        58         25         25         85   

Melaka**

   Melaka, Malaysia      47.00        76         20         50         80   

 

 
          426            

 

 
    *Mineraloelraffinerie Oberrhein GmbH.
  **Capacity increased to 80,000 barrels per day effective January 1, 2012.

***Cleanproduct capacities are maximum rates for each clean product category, independent of each other. They are not additive when calculating the clean product yield capability for each refinery.

Primary crude oil characteristics and sources of crude oil for our international refineries are as follows:

 

     Characteristics         Sources
     Sweet   

Medium

Sour

  

Heavy

Sour

  

High

TAN*

       

Europe

& FSU**

   Middle East
& Africa

Humber

                        

Whitegate

                          

MiRO

                        

Melaka

                      
  *High TAN (Total Acid Number): acid content greater than or equal to 1.0 milligram of potassium hydroxide (KOH) per gram.
**Former Soviet Union.

 

56


Table of Contents

Humber Refinery

The Humber Refinery is located on the east coast of England in North Lincolnshire, United Kingdom. It is a fully integrated refinery which produces a high percentage of transportation fuels, such as gasoline and diesel. Humber’s facilities encompass fluid catalytic cracking, thermal cracking and coking. The refinery has two coking units with associated calcining plants, which upgrade the heaviest part of the crude barrel and imported feedstocks into light oil products and high-value graphite and anode petroleum cokes. Humber is the only coking refinery in the United Kingdom and is one of the world’s largest producers of specialty graphite cokes and one of Europe’s largest anode coke producers. Approximately 60 percent of the light oils produced in the refinery are marketed in the United Kingdom, while the other products are exported to the rest of Europe and the United States.

Immingham Combined Heat and Power Plant

The Immingham Combined Heat and Power Plant is a wholly owned 1,180-megawatt facility in the United Kingdom, which provides steam and electricity to the Humber Refinery and steam to a neighboring refinery, as well as merchant power into the U.K. market.

Whitegate Refinery

The Whitegate Refinery is located in Cork, Ireland, and is Ireland’s only refinery. The refinery primarily produces transportation fuels, such as gasoline, diesel and fuel oil, which are distributed to the inland market, as well as being exported to Europe and the United States. We also operate a crude oil and products storage complex consisting of 7.5 million barrels of storage capacity and an offshore mooring buoy, located in Bantry Bay, about 80 miles southwest of the refinery in southern Cork County.

MiRO Refinery

The Mineraloelraffinerie Oberrhein GmbH (MiRO) Refinery, located on the Rhine River in Karlsruhe in southwest Germany, is a joint venture in which we own an 18.75 percent interest. Facilities include three crude unit trains, fluid catalytic cracking, petroleum coking and calcining, hydrodesulfurization units, reformers, isomerization and aromatics recovery units, ethyl tert-butyl ether (ETBE) and alkylation units. MiRO produces a high percentage of transportation fuels, such as gasoline and diesel. Other products include petrochemical feedstocks, home heating oil, bitumen, and anode- and fuel-grade petroleum coke. Refined products are delivered to customers in southwest Germany, northern Switzerland and western Austria by truck, railcar and barge.

Melaka Refinery

The Melaka Refinery in Melaka, Malaysia, is a joint venture refinery in which we own a 47 percent interest. Melaka produces a full range of refined petroleum products and capitalizes on coking technology to upgrade low-cost feedstocks into higher-margin products. An expansion project was completed during 2010 to increase crude oil conversion and treating unit capacities. Our share of refined products is transported by tanker and marketed in Malaysia and other Asian markets.

Wilhelmshaven Refinery

The Wilhelmshaven Refinery is located in the northern state of Lower Saxony in Germany, and has a 260,000 barrels-per-day crude oil processing capacity. In August 2011, we sold the refinery, tank farm and marine terminal.

Yanbu

In May 2006, we signed a Memorandum of Understanding with the Saudi Arabian Oil Company to conduct a detailed evaluation of a proposed development of a 400,000-barrel-per-day, full-conversion refinery in Yanbu, Saudi Arabia. We ended our participation in the project in the first quarter of 2010.

 

57


Table of Contents

Marketing

We have marketing operations in five European countries. Our European marketing strategy is to sell primarily through owned, leased or joint venture retail sites using a low-cost, high-volume approach. We use the JET brand name to market retail and wholesale products in Austria, Germany and the United Kingdom. In addition, a joint venture in which we have an equity interest markets products in Switzerland under the Coop brand name.

We also market aviation fuels, LPG, heating oils, transportation fuels, marine bunker fuels, bitumen plus fuel coke specialty products to commercial customers and into the bulk or spot market in the above countries and Ireland.

In 2006, we announced our intention to sell some of our non-strategic marketing businesses. As a result, during 2007, we sold 377 of our fueling stations located in six European countries and completely divested our marketing operations in Thailand and Malaysia. During 2008 we sold our Norway, Sweden and Denmark marketing assets.

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately 1,430 marketing outlets in our European operations, of which approximately 900 were company-owned and 330 were dealer-owned. We also held brand-licensing agreements with approximately 200 sites. Through our joint venture operations in Switzerland, we also have interests in 250 additional sites.

MIDSTREAM

The Midstream segment purchases raw natural gas from producers, including ConocoPhillips, and gathers natural gas through extensive pipeline gathering systems. The natural gas is then processed to extract NGL. The remaining “residue” gas is marketed to electrical utilities, industrial users and gas marketing companies. Most of the NGL are fractionated—separated into individual components such as ethane, butane and propane—and marketed as chemical feedstock, fuel or refinery blendstock. Total NGL extracted in 2011, including our share of DCP Midstream, was 192,000 barrels per day, compared with 184,000 barrels per day in 2010.

DCP Midstream

Our Midstream segment is primarily conducted through our 50 percent equity investment in DCP Midstream, which is headquartered in Denver, Colorado. DCP Midstream owns or operates 61 natural gas processing facilities, with a gross inlet capacity of 7.2 billion cubic feet per day of natural gas. Its natural gas pipeline systems include gathering services for these facilities, as well as natural gas transmission, and totals approximately 62,000 miles of pipeline. DCP Midstream also owns or operates 12 NGL fractionation plants, along with propane terminal facilities and NGL pipeline assets.

In 2011, DCP Midstream’s raw natural gas throughput averaged 6.1 billion cubic feet per day, and NGL extraction averaged 383,000 barrels per day, compared with 6.1 billion cubic feet per day and 369,000 barrels per day in 2010. DCP Midstream’s assets are primarily located in the following natural gas producing regions of the United States: Rocky Mountains, Midcontinent, Permian, East Texas/North Louisiana, South Texas, Central Texas and Gulf Coast.

 

58


Table of Contents

The residual natural gas, primarily methane, which results from processing raw natural gas, is sold by DCP Midstream at market-based prices to marketers and end-users. End-users include large industrial companies, natural gas distribution companies and electric utilities. DCP Midstream purchases or takes custody of substantially all of its raw natural gas from producers, principally under the following types of contractual arrangements:

 

   

Percentage-of-proceeds arrangements.   In general, DCP Midstream purchases natural gas from producers, transports and processes it and then sells the residue natural gas and NGL in the market. The payment to the producer is an agreed upon percentage of the proceeds from those sales. DCP Midstream’s revenues from these arrangements correlate directly with the prices of natural gas, crude oil and NGL. More than 70 percent of the natural gas volumes gathered and processed is under percentage-of-proceeds contracts.

 

   

Fee-based arrangements.   DCP Midstream receives a fee for the various services it provides, including gathering, compressing, treating, processing or transporting natural gas. The revenue DCP Midstream earns from these arrangements is directly related to the volume of natural gas that flows through its systems and is not directly dependent on commodity prices.

 

   

Keep-whole and wellhead purchase arrangement.   DCP Midstream gathers or purchases raw natural gas from producers for processing and then markets the NGL. DCP Midstream keeps the producer whole by returning an equivalent amount of natural gas after the processing is complete. DCP Midstream is exposed to the price difference between NGL and natural gas prices, representing the theoretical gross margin for processing liquids from natural gas.

DCP Midstream markets a portion of its NGL to us and CPChem under a supply agreement whose volume commitments remain steady until December 31, 2014. This purchase commitment is on an “if-produced, will-purchase” basis and is expected to have a relatively stable purchase pattern over the remaining term of the contract. Under the agreement, NGL is purchased at various published market index prices, less transportation and fractionation fees.

DCP Midstream is constructing a natural gas processing plant in the Eagle Ford shale area of Texas. The plant, named the Eagle Plant, is expected to have a capacity of 200 million cubic feet per day and be accompanied by related natural gas liquids infrastructure. The Eagle Plant is projected to be online in the third quarter of 2012 and would increase DCP Midstream’s total natural gas processing capacity in the area to 1 billion cubic feet per day.

DCP Midstream is building a major new NGL pipeline in Texas. The Sand Hills Pipeline is designed to provide new NGL transportation capacity from the Permian Basin and Eagle Ford shale area to markets in the Gulf Coast. The pipeline’s initial capacity is expected to be 200,000 barrels per day, with expansion to 350,000 barrels per day possible. The pipeline will be phased into service, with completion of the first phase expected by the third quarter of 2012 to accommodate DCP Midstream’s growing Eagle Ford liquids volumes. Service from the Permian Basin could be available as soon as the third quarter of 2013.

Rockies Express Pipeline LLC (REX)

We have a 25 percent interest in REX. The REX natural gas pipeline runs 1,679 miles from Cheyenne, Colorado, to Clarington, Ohio, and has a natural gas transmission capacity of 1.8 billion cubic feet per day, with most of its system having a pipeline diameter of 42 inches. Numerous compression facilities support the pipeline system. The REX pipeline is designed to enable natural gas producers in the Rocky Mountains region to deliver natural gas supplies to the Midwest and eastern regions of the United States.

 

59


Table of Contents

Other Midstream

Outside of DCP Midstream and REX, our U.S. natural gas and NGL business includes the following:

 

   

A 22.5 percent equity interest in Gulf Coast Fractionators, which owns an NGL fractionation plant in Mont Belvieu, Texas. We operate the facility, and our net share of capacity is 24,300 barrels per day. In October 2010, Gulf Coast Fractionators announced plans to expand the capacity of its fractionation facility to 145,000 barrels per day. The expansion is expected to be operational in the second quarter of 2012.

 

   

A 40 percent interest in a fractionation plant in Conway, Kansas. Our net share of capacity is 43,200 barrels per day.

 

   

A 12.5 percent equity interest in a fractionation plant in Mont Belvieu, Texas. Our net share of capacity is 26,000 barrels per day.

 

   

Marketing operations that optimize the flow of NGL and market propane on a wholesale basis.

CHEMICALS

The Chemicals segment consists of our 50 percent equity investment in CPChem, which is headquartered in The Woodlands, Texas. At the end of 2011, CPChem owned or had joint-venture interests in 38 manufacturing facilities and four research and technical centers around the world.

CPChem’s business is structured around two primary operating segments: Olefins & Polyolefins (O&P) and Specialties, Aromatics & Styrenics (SA&S). The O&P segment produces and markets ethylene, propylene, and other olefin products, which are primarily consumed within CPChem for the production of polyethylene, normal alpha olefins, polypropylene and polyethylene pipe. The SA&S segment manufactures and markets aromatics products, such as benzene, styrene, paraxylene and cyclohexane, as well as polystyrene and styrene-butadiene copolymers. SA&S also manufactures and/or markets a variety of specialty chemical products including organosulfur chemicals, solvents, catalysts, drilling chemicals, mining chemicals and high-performance engineering plastics and compounds.

The manufacturing of petrochemicals and plastics involves the conversion of hydrocarbon-based raw material feedstock into higher value products, often through a thermal process referred to in the industry as “cracking.” For example, ethylene can be produced from cracking the feedstocks ethane, propane, butane, natural gasoline or certain refinery liquids, such as naphtha and gas oil. The produced ethylene has a number of uses, primarily as a raw material for the production of plastics, such as polyethylene and polyvinyl chloride. Plastic resins, such as polyethylene, are manufactured in a thermal/catalyst process, and the produced output is used as a further feedstock for various applications, such as packaging and plastic pipe.

CPChem, through its subsidiaries and equity affiliates, has manufacturing facilities located in Belgium, China, Colombia, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, South Korea and the United States.

 

60


Table of Contents

The following table reflects CPChem’s petrochemicals and plastics product capacities at December 31, 2011:

 

     Millions of Pounds per Year  
                 U.S.      Worldwide  

O&P

     

Ethylene

     7,830         9,365   

Propylene

     2,950         3,115   

High-density polyethylene

     4,205         5,650   

Low-density polyethylene

     620         620   

Linear low-density polyethylene

     420         420   

Polypropylene*

     420         420   

Normal alpha olefins

     1,490         1,930   

Polyalphaolefins

     105         235   

Polyethylene pipe

     590         590   

 

 

Total O&P

     18,630         22,345   

 

 

SA&S

     

Benzene

     1,600         2,470   

Cyclohexane

     1,065         1,460   

Paraxylene

     1,000         1,000   

Styrene

     1,050         1,875   

Polystyrene

     835         1,180   

K-Resin ® SBC

     100         170   

Specialty chemicals

     605         705   

Ryton ® PPS

     55         75   

 

 

Total SA&S

     6,310         8,935   

 

 
* Units shut down at the end of January 2012.
Capacities include CPChem’s share in equity affiliates.

Key Projects

In October 2010, CPChem announced plans to build a 1-hexene plant capable of producing in excess of 200,000 metric tons per year at its Cedar Bayou Chemical Complex in Baytown, Texas. 1-hexene, a normal alpha olefin, is a critical component used in the manufacture of polyethylene, a plastic resin commonly converted into film, plastic pipe, milk jugs, detergent bottles and food and beverage containers. Project planning has begun, with startup anticipated in 2014, subject to project sanctioning.

In November 2011, CPChem completed the acquisition of a polyalphaolefins (PAO) plant located in Beringen, Belgium. The addition of the plant more than doubled CPChem’s PAO production capability. PAOs are used in many synthetic products, such as lubricants, greases and fluids, and have emerged as essential components in many industries and applications.

In December 2011, CPChem announced plans to pursue a project to construct a world-scale ethane cracker and two polyethylene facilities in the U.S. Gulf Coast Region. The project would leverage the development of significant shale gas resources in the United States. CPChem’s Cedar Bayou facility in Baytown, Texas, would be the location of the 3.3 billion-pounds-per-year ethylene unit. The two polyethylene facilities, each with an annual capacity of 1.1 billion pounds, would be located at either the Cedar Bayou facility, or near CPChem’s Sweeny facility in Old Ocean, Texas. Further evaluation will occur during 2012, with a final investment decision expected in 2013.

 

61


Table of Contents

CPChem owns a 49 percent interest in Qatar Chemical Company Ltd. (Q-Chem), a joint venture that owns a major olefins and polyolefins complex in Mesaieed, Qatar. CPChem also owns a 49 percent interest in Qatar Chemical Company II Ltd. (Q-Chem II), a second joint venture in Mesaieed. The Q-Chem II facility produces polyethylene and normal alpha olefins (NAO) on a site adjacent to the Q-Chem complex. In connection with this project, an ethane cracker that provides ethylene feedstock via pipeline to the Q-Chem II plants was developed in Ras Laffan Industrial City, Qatar. The ethane cracker and pipeline are owned by Ras Laffan Olefins Company, a joint venture of Q-Chem II and Qatofin Company Limited. Q-Chem II’s interests in the ethane cracker, pipeline and polyethylene and NAO plants are collectively referred to as Q-Chem II. Operational startup of Q-Chem II occurred in 2010.

Saudi Chevron Phillips Company (SCP) is a 50-percent-owned joint venture of CPChem that owns and operates an aromatics complex at Jubail Industrial City, Saudi Arabia. Jubail Chevron Phillips Company (JCP), another 50-percent-owned joint venture of CPChem, owns and operates an integrated styrene facility adjacent to the SCP aromatics complex. SCP and JCP are collectively known as S-Chem.

In December 2011, Saudi Polymers Company (SPCo), a 35-percent-owned joint venture company of CPChem, completed the construction of an integrated petrochemicals complex at Jubail Industrial City, Saudi Arabia. SPCo will produce ethylene, propylene, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene and 1-hexene. Commercial production is expected to commence in 2012.

Other

Our agreement with Chevron regarding CPChem permits Chevron to buy our 50 percent interest in CPChem for fair market value if, at any time after the separation, we experience a change in control or if both Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service lower our credit ratings below investment grade and the credit rating from either rating agency remains below investment grade for 365 days thereafter, with fair market value determined by agreement or by nationally recognized investment banks.

TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT

Our Technology group focuses on developing new business opportunities designed to provide future growth prospects for Phillips 66. These activities are included in “Corporate and Other.” Focus areas include advanced hydrocarbon processes, energy efficiency technologies, new petroleum-based products, renewable fuels and carbon capture and conversion technologies. We are progressing the technology development of second-generation biofuels with Iowa State University, the Colorado Center for Biorefining and Biofuels and Archer Daniels Midland. We have also established a relationship with the University of Texas Energy Institute to collaborate on emerging technologies. Internally, we are continuing to evaluate wind, solar and geothermal investment opportunities.

We offer a gasification technology (E-Gas™) which converts petroleum coke, coal, and other low-value hydrocarbon feedstocks into high-value synthesis gas used for a slate of products, including power, substitute natural gas, hydrogen and chemicals. This clean, efficient technology facilitates carbon capture and storage, minimizes criteria pollutant emissions, and reduces water consumption. E-Gas™ has been utilized in commercial applications since 1987 and is currently licensed to third parties in Asia and North America, and we are pursuing several additional licensing opportunities.

COMPETITION

Our R&M segment competes primarily in the United States, Europe and Asia. Based on the statistics published in the December 5, 2011, issue of the Oil & Gas Journal , we are one of the largest refiners of

 

62


Table of Contents

petroleum products in the United States. Worldwide, our refining capacity ranked in the top 10 among non-government-controlled companies. In the Chemicals segment, CPChem generally ranked within the top 10 producers of many of its major product lines, based on average 2011 production capacity, as published by industry sources. Petroleum products, petrochemicals and plastics are delivered into the worldwide commodity markets. Elements of competition for both our R&M and Chemicals segments include product improvement, new product development, low-cost structures, and efficient manufacturing and distribution systems. In the marketing portion of the business, competitive factors include product properties and processibility, reliability of supply, customer service, price and credit terms, advertising and sales promotion, and development of customer loyalty to branded products.

The Midstream segment, through our equity investment in DCP Midstream and our other operations, competes with numerous integrated petroleum companies, as well as natural gas transmission and distribution companies, to deliver components of natural gas to end users in the commodity natural gas markets. DCP Midstream is a large extractor of NGL in the United States. Principal methods of competing include economically securing the right to purchase raw natural gas into gathering systems, managing the pressure of those systems, operating efficient NGL processing plants and securing markets for the products produced.

GENERAL

At December 31, 2011, we held a total of 520 active patents in 50 countries worldwide, including 229 active U.S. patents. During 2011, we received 37 patents in the United States and 35 foreign patents. Our products and processes generated licensing revenues of $10 million in 2011. The overall profitability of any business segment is not dependent on any single patent, trademark, license, franchise or concession.

Company-sponsored research and development activities charged against earnings were $74 million, $56 million and $36 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

In support of our goal to attain zero incidents, we have implemented a comprehensive Health, Safety and Environmental (HSE) management system to support our business units in achieving consistent management of HSE risks across our enterprise. The management system is designed to ensure that personal safety, process safety, and environmental impact risks are identified and mitigation steps are taken to reduce the risk. The management system requires periodic audits to ensure compliance with government regulations as well as our internal requirements. Our commitment to continuous improvement is reflected in annual goal setting and performance measurement.

Please see the environmental information contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Capital Resources and Liquidity—Contingencies” under the captions “Environmental” and “Climate Change.” It includes information on expensed and capitalized environmental costs for 2011 and those expected for 2012 and 2013.

We had approximately 12,400 employees at December 31, 2011, excluding employees in corporate and other support functions.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The following is a description of reportable legal proceedings, including those involving governmental authorities under federal, state and local laws regulating the discharge of materials into the environment. While it is not possible to accurately predict the final outcome of these pending proceedings, if any one or more of such proceedings were decided adversely to Phillips 66, we expect there would be no material effect on our combined financial position. Nevertheless, such proceedings are reported pursuant to SEC regulations.

 

63


Table of Contents

Our U.S. refineries are implementing two separate consent decrees, regarding alleged violations of the Federal Clean Air Act, with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), six states and one local air pollution agency. Some of the requirements and limitations contained in the decrees provide for stipulated penalties for violations. Stipulated penalties under the decrees are not automatic, but must be requested by one of the agency signatories. As part of periodic reports under the decrees or other reports required by permits or regulations, we occasionally report matters that could be subject to a request for stipulated penalties. If a specific request for stipulated penalties meeting the reporting threshold set forth in SEC rules is made pursuant to these decrees based on a given reported exceedance, we will separately report that matter and the amount of the proposed penalty.

On November 28, 2011, the Borger Refinery received a Notice of Enforcement from the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) for alleged emissions events that occurred during inclement weather in January and February 2011. The TCEQ is seeking a penalty of $120,000. We are working with TCEQ to resolve this matter.

In October 2011, we were notified by the Attorney General of the State of California that it was conducting an investigation into possible violations of the regulations relating to the operation of underground storage tanks at gas stations in California. We are contesting these allegations.

In October 2007, we received a Complaint from the EPA alleging violations of the Clean Water Act related to a 2006 oil spill at the Bayway Refinery and proposing a penalty of $156,000. We are working with the EPA and the U.S. Coast Guard to resolve this matter.

In 2009, we notified the EPA and the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) that we had self-identified certain compliance issues related to Benzene Waste Operations National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants requirements at our Trainer, Pennsylvania, and Borger, Texas, facilities. On January 6, 2010, the DOJ provided its initial penalty demand for this matter as part of our confidential settlement negotiations. We have reached an agreement with the EPA and DOJ regarding an appropriate penalty amount, which will be reflected in the third amendment to the consent decree in Civil Action No. H-05-258 (the agreed-upon penalty amount remains confidential until that time).

On May 19, 2010, the Lake Charles Refinery received a Consolidated Compliance Order and Notice of Potential Penalty from the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) alleging various violations of applicable air emission regulations, as well as certain provisions of the consent decree in Civil Action No. H-01-4430. We are working with the LDEQ to resolve this matter.

In October 2003, the District Attorney’s Office in Sacramento, California, filed a complaint in Superior Court for alleged methyl tertiary-butyl ether (MTBE) contamination in groundwater. On April 4, 2008, the District Attorney’s Office filed an amended complaint that included alleged violations of state regulations relating to operation or maintenance of underground storage tanks. There are numerous other defendants named in the suit. On December 19, 2011, the Court approved a settlement of this lawsuit which includes our payment of $500,000 that will be treated as a civil penalty. This matter is now resolved.

On April 13, 2011, we received a Notice of Enforcement and Proposed Agreed Order from the TCEQ seeking a penalty to settle several violations of air pollution control regulations and/or facility permit conditions at the Borger Refinery. These violations were previously disclosed on the ConocoPhillips Borger Refinery Title V deviation report. The TCEQ approved the settlement of this matter on October 18, 2011, with payment of a $70,963 penalty and a $70,962 Supplemental Environmental Project. This matter is now resolved.

In December 2011, we were notified by the EPA of alleged violations related to the use of Renewable Identification Numbers (RINs). The EPA intends to present an administrative settlement agreement to resolve the alleged violations under which it would seek a penalty of $250,000. We are working with the EPA to resolve this matter.

 

64


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers Following the Distribution

The following table sets forth information, as of March 1, 2012, regarding the individuals who are expected to serve as our executive officers following the distribution. After the distribution, none of these individuals will continue to be employees of ConocoPhillips. In each case, such officer selections are expected to become effective on the distribution date.

 

Name    Position with Phillips 66    Age  

Greg C. Garland

   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer      54   

C. Doug Johnson

   Vice President and Controller      52   

Paula A. Johnson

   Senior Vice President, Legal, Corporate Secretary and General Counsel      48   

Greg G. Maxwell

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer      55   

Tim G. Taylor

   Executive Vice President, Commercial, Transportation, Business Development & Marketing      58   

Larry M. Ziemba

   Executive Vice President, Refining      56   

There are no family relationships among any of the officers named above. Each officer of the company will hold office from the date of election until the first meeting of the directors held after the initial Annual Meeting of Stockholders or until a successor is elected. Phillips 66 has not yet set the date of the first annual meeting to be held following the distribution. Set forth below is information about the executive officers identified above.

Greg C. Garland will serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of Phillips 66. He was appointed Senior Vice President, Exploration and Production—Americas for ConocoPhillips in October 2010, having previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (CPChem) since 2008. Prior to that, he served as Senior Vice President, Planning and Specialty Products at CPChem from 2000 to 2008. Prior to joining CPChem in 2000, he held several senior positions with Phillips Petroleum Company (now ConocoPhillips).

C. Doug Johnson will serve as Vice President and Controller. Mr. Johnson has served as General Manager, Upstream Finance, Strategy and Planning at ConocoPhillips since 2010. Prior to this, he served as General Manager, Downstream Finance from 2008 to 2010 and General Manager, Upstream Finance from 2005 to 2008.

Paula A. Johnson will serve as Senior Vice President, Legal, Corporate Secretary and General Counsel. Ms. Johnson currently serves as Deputy General Counsel, Corporate, and Chief Compliance Officer of ConocoPhillips, a position she has held since 2010. Prior to this, she served as Deputy General Counsel, Corporate from 2009 to 2010 and Managing Counsel, Litigation and Claims from 2006 to 2009.

Greg G. Maxwell will serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Phillips 66. Mr. Maxwell retired as CPChem’s Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller in 2012, a position held since 2003. He served as Vice President and Controller of CPChem from 2000 to 2003. Prior to joining CPChem in 2000, he held several senior positions with Phillips Petroleum Company (now ConocoPhillips).

Tim G. Taylor will serve as Executive Vice President, Commercial, Transportation, Business Development & Marketing of Phillips 66. Mr. Taylor retired as Chief Operating Officer of CPChem in 2011. Prior to this,

 

65


Table of Contents

Mr. Taylor served as Executive Vice President, Olefins & Polyolefins, at CPChem from 2008 to 2011, and Senior Vice President, Olefins & Polyolefins, from 2000 to 2008. Prior to joining CPChem in 2000, he held several senior positions with Phillips Petroleum Company (now ConocoPhillips).

Larry M. Ziemba will serve as Executive Vice President, Refining. Mr. Ziemba has served as President, Global Refining, at ConocoPhillips since 2010. Prior to this, he served as President, U.S. Refining from 2003 to 2010.

DIRECTORS

Composition of the Board of Directors

Under Delaware law, the business and affairs of Phillips 66 will be managed under the direction of its board of directors. The Phillips 66 certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the number of directors may be fixed by the board from time to time. We currently expect that, upon the consummation of our separation, our Board of Directors will consist of seven to ten members, a substantial majority of whom we expect to satisfy the independence standards established by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the applicable rules of the SEC and the NYSE.

Qualification of Directors

We believe the Board of Directors should consist of individuals with appropriate skills and experiences to meet board governance responsibilities and contribute effectively to our company. Under its charter, the Committee on Directors’ Affairs will seek to ensure the Board reflects a range of talents, ages, skills, diversity, and expertise, particularly in the areas of accounting and finance, management, domestic and international markets, governmental/regulatory, leadership, and petroleum related industries, sufficient to provide sound and prudent guidance with respect to our operations and interests. The Board will seek to maintain a diverse membership, but will not have a separate policy on diversity at the time of our separation from ConocoPhillips. The Board will also require that its members be able to dedicate the time and resources necessary to ensure the diligent performance of their duties on the company’s behalf, including attending Board and applicable committee meetings.

Board of Directors Following the Distribution

The following table sets forth information, as of March 1, 2012, regarding certain individuals who are expected to serve as members of our Board of Directors following the distribution. After the distribution, none of these individuals will continue to be directors or employees of ConocoPhillips. In each case, such appointments are expected to become effective on the distribution date.

 

Name    Age  

Greg C. Garland

     54   

John E. Lowe

     53   

Harold W. McGraw III

     63   

Victoria J. Tschinkel

     64   

Set forth below is biographical information about the expected directors identified above, as well as a description of the specific skills and qualifications such candidates are expected to provide to the Phillips 66 Board.

 

66


Table of Contents

Greg C. Garland will serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of Phillips 66. He was appointed Senior Vice President, Exploration and Production—Americas for ConocoPhillips in October 2010, having previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer of CPChem since 2008. Prior to that, he served as Senior Vice President, Planning and Specialty Products at CPChem from 2000 to 2008.

Skills and Qualifications : Mr. Garland’s 31-year career with Phillips Petroleum, CPChem and ConocoPhillips and, following the distribution, as CEO of Phillips 66, makes him uniquely and well qualified to serve both as a director and Chairman of the Board. Mr. Garland’s extensive experience in the industry makes his service as a director invaluable to the company.

John E. Lowe currently serves as Assistant to the CEO of ConocoPhillips, a position he has held since 2008. Prior to his current position, Mr. Lowe served as Executive Vice President, Exploration & Production, from 2007 to 2008 and Executive Vice President, Commercial from 2006 to 2007.

Skills and Qualifications : Mr. Lowe’s 30-year career with Phillips Petroleum and ConocoPhillips makes him well qualified to serve as a director of Phillips 66. Mr. Lowe also serves as one of ConocoPhillips’ board representatives at DCP Midstream and is a former board representative of CPChem. His extensive experience within these key joint ventures, as well as within ConocoPhillips and the broader industry in general, makes him well qualified to serve as a director of Phillips 66.

Harold W. McGraw III currently serves as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of The McGraw-Hill Companies. Prior to his service as Chairman, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of The McGraw-Hill Companies from 1998 to 2000 and President and Chief Operating Officer of The McGraw-Hill Companies from 1993 to 1998. Mr. McGraw currently serves on the boards of The McGraw-Hill Companies, ConocoPhillips and United Technologies Corporation.

Skills and Qualifications : As an active CEO of a large, global public company with a significant role in the financial reporting industry, Mr. McGraw’s experience allows him to provide Phillips 66 with valuable financial and operational expertise. In addition, with experience in operations worldwide, he is well qualified to advise Phillips 66 on its global operations.

Victoria J. Tschinkel currently serves as Chairwoman of 1000 Friends of Florida. Ms. Tschinkel served as Director of the Florida Nature Conservancy from 2003 to 2006 and was a Senior Environmental Consultant to Landers & Parsons, a Tallahassee, Florida law firm, from 1987 to 2002. Ms. Tschinkel was the Secretary of the Florida Department of Environmental Regulation from 1981 to 1987. Ms. Tschinkel currently serves on the board of ConocoPhillips.

Skills and Qualifications : Ms. Tschinkel’s extensive environmental regulatory experience makes her well qualified to serve as a member of the Board. In addition, her relationships and experience working within the environmental community position her to advise the Board on the impact of our operations in sensitive areas.

Additional Directors

We are in the process of identifying the individuals, in addition to Messrs. Garland, Lowe and McGraw and Ms. Tschinkel, who will be our directors following the distribution, and we will provide details regarding these individuals in an amendment to this Information Statement.

 

67


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors will establish several standing committees in connection with the discharge of its responsibilities. Effective upon the distribution, our Board of Directors will have the following committees:

Audit and Finance Committee— The principal functions of the Audit and Finance Committee will include:

 

   

Discussing with management, our independent registered public accounting firm, and the internal auditors the integrity of the company’s accounting policies, internal controls, financial statements, financial reporting practices, and select financial matters, covering our company’s capital structure, complex financial transactions, financial risk management, retirement plans and tax planning.

   

Reviewing significant corporate risk exposures and steps management has taken to monitor, control and report such exposures.

   

Monitoring the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm and internal auditors.

   

Monitoring the company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and corporate governance, including our company’s Code of Business Ethics and Conduct.

   

Maintaining open and direct lines of communication with the Board of Directors and the company’s management, internal auditors and independent registered public accounting firm.

The size and composition of the Audit and Finance Committee will meet the independence requirements set forth in the applicable listing standards of the SEC and the NYSE and requirements set forth in the Audit and Finance Committee charter. At least one member of the Audit and Finance Committee will qualify as a financial expert within the meaning of applicable SEC rules. The initial membership of the Audit and Finance Committee will be determined prior to the distribution.

A more detailed discussion of the committee’s mission, composition and responsibilities is contained in the Audit and Finance Committee charter, which will be available on our website: www.Phillips66.com.

Executive Committee— The principal functions of the Executive Committee will include exercising the authority of the full Board of Directors between board meetings on all matters other than (1) those matters expressly delegated to another committee of the Board, (2) the adoption, amendment or repeal of any of the company’s By-laws, and (3) matters which cannot be delegated to a committee under statute or our Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws. The initial members of the Executive Committee will be determined prior to the distribution.

A more detailed discussion of the committee’s mission, composition and responsibilities is contained in the Executive Committee charter, which will be available on our website: www.Phillips66.com.

Human Resources and Compensation Committee— The principal functions of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee will include:

 

   

Overseeing our executive compensation policies, plans, programs and practices.

   

Assisting the Board of Directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to the fair and competitive compensation of our company’s executives and other key employees.

   

Annually reviewing the performance (together with the Committee on Directors’ Affairs) and setting the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer (CEO).

 

68


Table of Contents

The Human Resources and Compensation Committee will consist entirely of independent directors, each of whom will meet the NYSE listing independence standards and our company’s independence standards. The initial members of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee will be determined prior to the distribution.

In carrying out its duties, the Human Resources and Compensation Committee will have direct access to outside advisors, independent compensation consultants and others to assist them.

A more detailed discussion of the committee’s mission, composition and responsibilities is contained in the Human Resources and Compensation Committee charter, which will be available on our website: www.Phillips66.com.

Committee on Directors’ Affairs— The principal functions of the Committee on Directors’ Affairs will include:

 

   

Selecting and recommending director candidates to the Board of Directors to be submitted for election at the annual meeting of stockholders and to fill any vacancies on the Board.

   

Recommending committee assignments to the Board of Directors.

   

Reviewing and recommending to the Board compensation and benefits policies for our non-management directors.

   

Reviewing and recommending to the Board appropriate corporate governance policies and procedures for the company.

   

Conducting an annual assessment of the qualifications and performance of the Board.

   

Reviewing and reporting to the Board annually on the performance of, and succession planning for, the CEO.

   

Together with the Human Resources and Compensation Committee, annually reviewing the performance of the CEO.

The Committee on Directors’ Affairs will consist entirely of independent directors, each of whom will meet the NYSE listing independence standards and our company’s independence standards. The initial members of the Committee on Directors’ Affairs will be determined prior to the distribution.

A more detailed discussion of the committee’s mission, composition and responsibilities is contained in the Committee on Directors’ Affairs charter, which will be available on our website: www.Phillips66.com.

Public Policy— The principal functions of the Public Policy Committee will include:

 

   

Advising the Board of Directors on current and emerging domestic and international public policy issues.

   

Assisting the Board in the development and review of policies and budgets for charitable and political contributions.

The initial members of the Public Policy Committee will be determined prior to the distribution.

A more detailed discussion of the committee’s mission, composition and responsibilities is contained in the Public Policy Committee charter, which will be available on our website: www.Phillips66.com.

Nominating Process of the Committee on Directors’ Affairs

One of the principal functions of the Committee on Directors’ Affairs will be selecting and recommending director candidates to the Board of Directors to be submitted for election at the annual meeting of

 

69


Table of Contents

stockholders and to fill any vacancies on the Board. We expect that the Committee on Directors’ Affairs will identify, investigate and recommend director candidates to the Board of Directors with the goal of creating balance of knowledge, experience and diversity. Generally, the Committee on Directors’ Affairs is expected to identify candidates through business and organizational contacts of the directors and management. Phillips 66’s By-laws to be in effect at the time of the distribution will permit stockholders to nominate candidates for director election at a stockholders meeting whether or not such nominee is submitted to and evaluated by the Committee on Directors’ Affairs. The Committee on Directors’ Affairs will consider director candidates recommended by stockholders. Candidates recommended by the company’s stockholders will be evaluated on the same basis as candidates recommended by the company’s directors, CEO, other executive officers, third-party search firms or other sources.

Decision-Making Process to Determine Director Compensation

Director compensation will be reviewed annually by the Committee on Directors’ Affairs, with the assistance of such third party consultants as the committee deems advisable, and set by action of the Phillips 66 Board of Directors.

Board Risk Oversight

While our company’s management will be responsible for the day-to-day management of risks to the company, the Board of Directors will have broad oversight responsibility for our risk management programs following the separation from ConocoPhillips. In this oversight role, the Board will be responsible for satisfying itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are functioning as intended, and necessary steps are taken to foster a culture of risk-adjusted decision-making throughout the organization. In carrying out its oversight responsibility, the Board is expected to delegate to individual Board committees certain elements of its oversight function. In this context, the Board is expected to delegate authority to the Audit and Finance Committee to facilitate coordination among the Board’s committees with respect to oversight of our risk management programs. As part of this authority, the Audit and Finance Committee regularly will discuss the company’s risk assessment and risk management policies to ensure our risk management programs are functioning properly. Additionally, the Chairman of the Audit and Finance Committee will meet with the Chairs of the other Board committees each year to discuss the Board’s oversight of the company’s risk management programs. The Board will receive regular updates from its committees on individual areas of risk, such as updates on financial risks from the Audit and Finance Committee, health, safety and environmental risks from the Public Policy Committee and compensation program risks from the Human Resources and Compensation Committee.

Communications with the Board of Directors

Upon our separation from ConocoPhillips, our Board of Directors will maintain a process for stockholders and interested parties to communicate with the Board. Stockholders and interested parties may write or call our Board of Directors by contacting our Corporate Secretary as provided below:

 

   

Mailing Address : Corporate Secretary Phillips 66, 600 N. Dairy Ashford, Houston, TX 77079

   

Phone Number : 281-293-6600

Relevant communications will be distributed to the Board of Directors or to any individual director or directors, as appropriate, depending on the facts and circumstances outlined in the communication. In that regard, certain items unrelated to the Board’s duties and responsibilities will be excluded, such as: business solicitations or advertisements; junk mail and mass mailings; new product suggestions; product complaints; product inquiries; resumes and other forms of job inquiries; spam; and surveys. In addition, material that is unduly hostile, threatening, illegal or similarly unsuitable will be excluded. Any communication that is filtered out will be made available to any outside director upon request.

 

70


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

For purposes of the following Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A) and Executive Compensation disclosures, the individuals who served as our principal executive officer and chief financial officer in 2011 and the next three most highly compensated individuals who served in other senior executive positions with us in 2011 are collectively referred to as our “Named Executive Officers.” While this group of executive officers reflects our senior executive team for 2011, most of these executives will not be our executives following the separation (See “Management—Executive Officers following the Distribution”).

The compensation decisions described in CD&A with respect to 2011 were made by the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of ConocoPhillips (HRCC or Committee), which is composed entirely of independent directors. Executive compensation decisions following the separation will be made by the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of Phillips 66 (our “Compensation Committee”), which also will be composed entirely of independent directors.

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis has three main parts:

 

   

ConocoPhillips 2011 Executive Compensation —This section describes and analyzes the executive compensation programs at ConocoPhillips in 2011 (beginning on page 71).

   

Effects of the Separation on Outstanding Executive Compensation Awards —This section discusses the effect of the separation on outstanding compensation awards for our Named Executive Officers (beginning on page 84).

   

Phillips 66 Compensation Programs —This section discusses the anticipated executive compensation programs at Phillips 66 (beginning on page 85).

 

 

ConocoPhillips 2011 Executive Compensation

 

 

Executive Summary

Program Goals —ConocoPhillips’ compensation program goals are to attract, retain and motivate high-quality employees and to maintain high standards of principled leadership so that ConocoPhillips can responsibly deliver energy to the world and provide sustainable value for its stakeholders, now and in the future. ConocoPhillips believes that its ability to responsibly deliver energy and to provide sustainable value is driven by superior individual performance. Moreover, ConocoPhillips believes employees in leadership roles within the organization are motivated to perform at their highest levels by making performance-based pay a significant portion of their compensation.

Program Structure —ConocoPhillips’ executive compensation program has four primary components: Base Salary; the Variable Cash Incentive Program (VCIP); the Stock Option Program; and the Performance Share Program (PSP). Awards under the performance-based programs (VCIP, Stock Option Program and PSP) are based on ConocoPhillips’ performance measured against the criteria it believes are most likely to drive successful long-term performance. Since its compensation programs are not formulaic, the HRCC evaluates these measurements subjectively and also considers overall ConocoPhillips and individual performance in making its decisions.

 

 

Analysis of 2011 Executive Compensation

The following is a discussion and analysis of the decisions of the HRCC in compensating Named Executive Officers for 2011.

 

71


Table of Contents

In determining performance-based compensation awards for our Named Executive Officers as senior officers of ConocoPhillips for performance periods concluding in 2011, the HRCC began by considering overall company performance, including the following accomplishments and operating conditions:

 

   

The development and implementation of a strategic plan to enhance ConocoPhillips’ operating and financial position.

   

120 percent organic reserve replacement, excluding the impact of acquisitions and dispositions.

   

Achievement of barrel of oil equivalent (BOE) production and capacity utilization targets.

   

Significant progress in high grading ConocoPhillips’ asset portfolio while strengthening liquidity.

   

Successful exploration efforts.

   

Maintained HSE results at record 2010 levels.

   

Advancement of ConocoPhillips’ succession plans.

The HRCC then considered any adjustments to the awards under ConocoPhillips’ three performance-based compensation programs (VCIP, Stock Option Program and PSP) in accordance with their terms and pre-established criteria, while retaining the discretion to adjust awards based solely on the HRCC’s determination of appropriate payouts.

As a result, the HRCC made the following award decisions under ConocoPhillips’ performance-based compensation programs.

2011 VCIP Awards

In determining award payouts under VCIP for 2011, the HRCC considered the following performance criteria:

 

   

Company Performance for 2011 —In 2011, our VCIP program used both quantitative and qualitative performance measures relating to ConocoPhillips as a whole, including:

 

  ¡  

Ranking 4th in relative annual total stockholder return compared with the performance-measurement peer group (ExxonMobil, Royal Dutch Shell, BP, Total, and Chevron).

  ¡  

Ranking 1st in percentage change and 2nd in absolute change in improvement in relative annual adjusted return on capital employed compared with the same peer group noted above.

  ¡  

Ranking 1st in percentage and absolute change in relative annual adjusted cash return on capital employed compared with the same peer group noted above.

  ¡  

Ranking 2nd in relative adjusted cash contribution per BOE compared with the same peer group noted above.

  ¡  

ConocoPhillips’ health, safety and environmental performance.

  ¡  

Advancement and support of ConocoPhillips’ key strategic initiatives and plans.

Based on such review, management recommended, and the HRCC concluded, that ConocoPhillips’ performance under these measures in 2011 merited award of 150 percent of the targeted amount. This compared with VCIP corporate award performance of 180 percent in 2010; 111 percent in 2009; 70 percent in 2008; 140 percent in 2007; and 142 percent in 2006.

 

   

Business Unit Performance in 2011 —In determining award unit performance, management’s determinations of performance by ConocoPhillips’ award units under their performance criteria were reviewed and approved by the HRCC. Each executive’s award was tied to the operational or staff award unit over which they had responsibility weighted to reflect their time of service within such unit. The HRCC determined that the combined corporate and award unit performance merited base awards of between 136 percent and 153 percent of target for each of our Named Executive Officers, other than Mr. Mulva. As noted under “Business Unit Performance Criteria,” Mr.Mulva’s award, as CEO of

 

72


Table of Contents
 

ConocoPhillips (and our principal executive officer), is based on individual and overall company performance.

 

   

Individual Performance Adjustments —Finally, the HRCC considered individual adjustments for each Named Executive Officer’s 2011 VCIP award based upon a subjective review of the individual’s impact on ConocoPhillips’ financial and operational success during the year. The HRCC considered the totality of the executive’s performance in deciding the individual adjustments. Based on the foregoing, the HRCC approved individual performance adjustments of between zero percent and 25 percent for each of the Named Executive Officers. The individual adjustments for these officers reflect the HRCC’s recognition of these individuals’ contributions to the strong 2011 operational performance of their respective operating units.

Stock Option Awards

Although the HRCC retains discretion to adjust stock option awards by up to 30 percent from the specified target, the HRCC did not elect to exercise such discretion with respect to the Stock Option Awards granted in February 2011.

PSP Awards (2009–2011 Performance Period)

In December 2008, the HRCC established the seventh performance period under the PSP, for the three-year period beginning January 1, 2009, and ending December 31, 2011 (PSP VII). In February 2012, in determining awards under the PSP for this period, the HRCC considered quantitative and qualitative performance measures relating to ConocoPhillips as a whole, including:

 

   

Ranking 3rd in relative total stockholder return compared with the performance-measurement peer group (ExxonMobil, Chevron, Royal Dutch Shell, BP, and Total), with only a 0.3 percent return separating the top three performers in this group.

   

Ranking 5th in relative annual adjusted return on capital employed compared with the same peer group noted above.

   

Ranking 2nd in percentage change and absolute change in improvement in relative annual adjusted return on capital employed compared with the same peer group noted above.

   

Ranking 2nd in relative adjusted cash contribution per BOE compared with the same peer group noted above.

   

ConocoPhillips’ health, safety and environmental performance.

   

Implementation of ConocoPhillips’ strategic plans.

   

Financial management.

   

Climate change initiatives.

   

Enhancement of reputation.

   

Culture and diversity initiatives.

   

Opportunity capture.

   

Leadership development and succession planning.

Based on this review, the HRCC determined that ConocoPhillips’ performance under the stated criteria during the three-year performance period merited award of 165 percent of the targeted amount. This compared with three-year performance meriting awards compared with the target amount under the PSP of 140 percent for the 2008–2010 period, 60 percent for the 2007–2009 period, 110 percent for the 2006–2008 period, 175 percent for the 2005–2007 period and 180 percent for the 2004–2006 period. With respect to individual adjustments, similar to the 2011 VCIP program, the HRCC considered PSP individual adjustments for each Named Executive Officer in recognition of the individual’s personal leadership and contribution to the Company’s financial and operational success over the three-year performance period. Based on the foregoing, the HRCC approved individual performance adjustments of between 10 percent and 25 percent for our Named Executive Officers.

 

73


Table of Contents

 

 

The Objectives and Process of Compensating Executives

Program Goals —ConocoPhillips’ goals are to attract, retain and motivate high-quality employees and to maintain high standards of principled leadership, so ConocoPhillips can responsibly deliver energy to the world and provide sustainable value for ConocoPhillips’ stakeholders, now and in the future.

Program Philosophy —ConocoPhillips believes its ability to responsibly deliver energy and to provide sustainable value is driven by superior individual performance. ConocoPhillips also believes that a company must offer competitive compensation to attract and retain experienced, talented and motivated employees. Moreover, ConocoPhillips believes employees in leadership roles within the organization are motivated to perform at their highest levels by making performance-based pay a significant portion of their compensation.

Program Principles —To achieve its goals, ConocoPhillips implements its philosophy through the following guiding principles:

 

   

Establish target compensation levels that are competitive with those of other companies with whom it competes for executive talent.

   

Create a strong link between executive pay and ConocoPhillips’ performance.

   

Encourage prudent risk taking by ConocoPhillips executives.

   

Motivate performance by considering specific individual accomplishments in determining compensation.

   

Retain talented individuals with ConocoPhillips until retirement.

   

Integrate all elements of compensation into a comprehensive package that aligns goals, efforts, and results throughout the organization.

The Human Resources and Compensation Committee

The HRCC is responsible for all compensation actions related to ConocoPhillips’ senior officers, including, prior to the separation, all of our Named Executive Officers. Although the HRCC’s charter permits it to delegate authority to subcommittees or other Board Committees, the Committee made no such delegations in 2011.

Compensation Program Design

ConocoPhillips’ executive compensation programs take into account marketplace compensation for executive talent, internal pay equity with its employees, past practices of ConocoPhillips, corporate, business unit and individual results and the talents, skills and experience that each individual executive brings to ConocoPhillips. Our Named Executive Officers each serve without an employment agreement. All compensation for these officers is set by the Committee as described below.

The HRCC begins by establishing target levels of total compensation for ConocoPhillips’ senior officers for a given year. Once an overall target compensation level is established, the Committee considers the weighting of each of ConocoPhillips’ primary compensatory programs (Base Salary, VCIP, Stock Option Program and PSP) within the intended total target compensation.

Salary Grade Structure

Management, with the assistance of outside compensation consultants, thoroughly examines the scope and complexity of jobs throughout ConocoPhillips and studies the competitive compensation practices for such jobs. As a result of this work, management develops a compensation scale under which all positions are

 

74


Table of Contents

designated with specific “grades.” For ConocoPhillips’ executives, the base salary midpoint increases at each increasing grade, but at a lesser rate than increases in target incentive compensation percentages. The result is an increased percentage of “at risk” compensation as the executive’s grade is increased. Any changes in compensation for ConocoPhillips’ senior officers resulting from a change in salary grade are approved by the HRCC.

Benchmarking

With the assistance of ConocoPhillips’ outside compensation consultants, ConocoPhillips sets target compensation by referring to multiple relevant compensation surveys that include but are not limited to large energy companies. ConocoPhillips then compares that information to ConocoPhillips’ salary grade targets (both for base salary and for incentive compensation) and makes any changes needed to bring the cumulative target for each salary grade to broadly the 50th percentile for similar positions as indicated by the survey data.

For our Named Executive Officers, ConocoPhillips conducts benchmarking, using available data, for each individual position. For example, although ConocoPhillips determines targets by benchmarking against other large, publicly held energy companies, ConocoPhillips often uses broader measures, such as mid-sized publicly held energy companies and other large, publicly held companies outside the energy industry, in setting targets for ConocoPhillips’ executives. Cogent Compensation Partners, the HRCC’s independent executive compensation consultant, then reviews and independently advises on the conclusions reached as a result of this benchmarking, and the Committee uses the results of these surveys as a factor in setting compensation structure and targets relating to our Named Executive Officers as senior officers of ConocoPhillips.

The HRCC’s use of primary peer groups in the context of ConocoPhillips’ compensation programs generally falls into two broad categories: setting compensation targets and measuring company performance.

Setting Compensation Targets

In setting total compensation targets and targets within each individual program the HRCC used the following primary peer group for benchmarking purposes—Exxon Mobil, Royal Dutch Shell, BP, and Chevron, with emphasis on the Company’s domestic peers, particularly in setting CEO target compensation.

The HRCC also utilized a secondary group of peer companies for benchmarking the compensation of ConocoPhillips Named Executive Officers—Valero, Marathon Oil, Occidental, and, for the CEO and staff executives, other large, publicly held, non-financial companies in the Fortune 50, including those outside the energy industry.

ConocoPhillips utilizes these peer groups in setting compensation targets because these companies are broadly reflective of the industry in which it competes for business opportunities and for executive talent, and because these peers provide a good indicator of the current range of executive compensation.

Measuring Performance

ConocoPhillips believes its performance is best measured against the companies with which ConocoPhillips competes in its business operations. Therefore, in 2011, the HRCC assessed ConocoPhillips’ actual performance for a given period by using ExxonMobil, Royal Dutch Shell, BP, Total, and Chevron as its primary benchmarking peer group.

Developing Performance Measures

ConocoPhillips has attempted to develop performance metrics that assess its performance relative to its primary peer group rather than assessing absolute performance. This is based on the belief that absolute performance can be affected positively or negatively by industry-wide factors over which ConocoPhillips’

 

75


Table of Contents

executives have no control, such as prices for crude oil and natural gas. ConocoPhillips has selected multiple metrics, as described below, because it believes no one metric is sufficient to capture the performance it is seeking to drive, and any metric in isolation is unlikely to promote the well-rounded executive performance necessary to enable it to achieve long-term success. The HRCC reassesses performance metrics periodically.

Internal Pay Equity

ConocoPhillips believes its compensation structure provides a framework for an equitable compensation ratio between executives, with higher targets for jobs at salary grades having greater duties and responsibilities. Taken as a whole, ConocoPhillips’ compensation program is designed so that the individual target level rises as salary grade level increases, with the portion of performance-based compensation rising as a percentage of total targeted compensation. One result of this structure is that an executive’s actual total compensation as a multiple of the total compensation of his or her subordinates is designed to increase in periods of above-target performance and decrease in times of below-target performance. In addition, the HRCC also reviews the compensation of senior officers periodically to ensure officers with similar levels of responsibilities are compensated equitably.

Alignment of Interests—Stock Holding Requirements

ConocoPhillips places a premium on aligning the interests of executives with those of ConocoPhillips’ stockholders. ConocoPhillips Stock Ownership Guidelines require executives to own stock and/or have an interest in restricted stock units valued at a multiple of base salary, ranging from 1.8 times salary for lower-level executives, to 6 times salary for the CEO of ConocoPhillips. Employees have five years from the date they become subject to these Guidelines to comply. The multiple of equity held by each of the Named Executive Officers exceeds ConocoPhillips established guidelines for his or her position. ConocoPhillips’ policies prohibit executives from trading in derivatives of ConocoPhillips stock.

In addition, ConocoPhillips has historically required its executives to hold restricted stock units received under the PSP, and under predecessor programs, until death, disability, retirement, layoff, or severance after a change in control. The units were generally forfeited if an executive voluntarily left ConocoPhillips’ employ when not retirement eligible. ConocoPhillips was informed by the HRCC’s compensation consultants that this was a highly unusual feature. In light of this fact, the HRCC considered ConocoPhillips’ programs and determined, for performance periods beginning in 2009, restrictions on restricted stock unit awards will lapse five years from the anniversary of the issuance of the units, although senior officers may elect to defer the lapsing of such restrictions. The HRCC believes this change ensures ConocoPhillips’ executives maintain their focus on long-term performance, while also allowing ConocoPhillips’ programs to be more competitive with those of its peers.

Risk Assessment

ConocoPhillips has considered the risks associated with each of its executive and broad-based compensation programs and policies. As part of the analysis, it considered the performance measures used and described under “Measuring Performance under ConocoPhillips’ Compensation Programs” below, as well as the different types of compensation, the varied performance measurement periods and the extended vesting schedules utilized under each incentive compensation program for both executives and other employees. As a result of this review, ConocoPhillips has concluded the risks arising from its compensation policies and practices for its employees are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on ConocoPhillips. As part of the ConocoPhillips Board’s oversight of risk management programs, the HRCC conducts an annual review of the risks associated with ConocoPhillips’ executive and broad-based compensation programs. The HRCC’s independent consultant and ConocoPhillips’ compensation consultant noted their agreement with management’s conclusion that the risks arising from the company’s compensation policies and practices for its employees are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on ConocoPhillips.

 

76


Table of Contents

Statutory and Regulatory Considerations

In designing ConocoPhillips’ compensatory programs, ConocoPhillips considers and takes into account the various tax, accounting and disclosure rules associated with various forms of compensation. The HRCC also reviews and considers the deductibility of executive compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code and designs its compensation programs with the intent that they comply with Section 409A of the Code. The HRCC seeks to preserve tax deductions for executive compensation. However, the HRCC has awarded compensation that might not be fully tax deductible when it believes such grants are nonetheless in the best interests of ConocoPhillips’ stockholders.

Option Pricing

When the Committee grants stock options to its Named Executive Officers, ConocoPhillips uses an average of the high and low prices of its common stock on the date of grant (or the preceding business day, if the markets are closed on the date of grant) to determine the exercise price of the stock options. Stock option grants are generally made at the HRCC’s February meeting (the date of which is determined at least a year in advance) or, in the case of new hires, on the date of commencement of employment or the date of HRCC approval, whichever is later.

Independent Consultants

In 2010, the HRCC retained Cogent Compensation Partners to serve as its independent executive compensation consultant. The HRCC has adopted specific guidelines for outside compensation consultants, which (1) require that work done by such consultants for ConocoPhillips at management’s request be approved in advance by the HRCC; (2) require a review of the advisability of replacing the independent consultant after a period of five years; and (3) prohibit ConocoPhillips from employing any individual who worked on its account for a period of one year after leaving the employment of the independent consultant. In 2011, Cogent provided an annual attestation of its compliance with these guidelines.

The Committee strongly discourages management proposals to retain the HRCC’s independent consultant for any work other than advising the HRCC and does not approve any work proposed by ConocoPhillips that it believes would compromise the consultant’s independence. No work proposals for Cogent were submitted by management in 2011 and no fees were paid to Cogent by ConocoPhillips other than for their services as an independent consultant to the HRCC.

 

 

The Types of Compensation Provided to Executives

Base Salary

Base salary is a major component of the compensation for all of ConocoPhillips’ salaried employees; although it becomes a smaller component as an employee rises through the salary grade structure. Base salary is important to give an individual financial stability for personal planning purposes. There are also motivational and reward aspects to base salary, as base salary can be increased or decreased to account for considerations such as individual performance and time in position.

Performance-Based Pay Programs

Annual Incentive —The VCIP is an annual incentive program that is broadly available to ConocoPhillips’ employees throughout the world, and it is the primary vehicle for recognizing company, business unit, and individual performance for the past year. ConocoPhillips believes that having an annual “at risk” compensation element for all employees, including executives, gives them a financial stake in the achievement of ConocoPhillips’ business objectives and, therefore, motivates them to use their best efforts to ensure the achievement of those objectives. ConocoPhillips believes that measuring and rewarding performance on an annual basis in a compensation program is appropriate because, like ConocoPhillips’

 

77


Table of Contents

primary peers and other public companies, ConocoPhillips measures and reports its business accomplishments annually. Additionally, ConocoPhillips’ valuation is derived, in part, from comparisons of these annual results with those of ConocoPhillips’ primary peers and relative to prior annual periods. ConocoPhillips also believes that one year is a time period over which all employees who participate in the program can have the opportunity to establish and achieve their specified goals. The base award is weighted equally for corporate and business unit performance for the Named Executive Officers other than the CEO of ConocoPhillips, and solely on corporate performance for the CEO of ConocoPhillips. The HRCC has discretion to adjust the base award up or down based on individual performance and makes its decision on individual performance adjustments based on the input of the CEO of ConocoPhillips for all of our Named Executive Officers (other than for himself).

Long-Term Incentives —ConocoPhillips’ primary long-term incentive compensation programs for executives are the Stock Option Program and the PSP.

ConocoPhillips’ program targets generally provide approximately 50 percent of the long-term incentive award in the form of stock options and 50 percent in the form of restricted stock units awarded under the PSP.

 

   

Stock Option Program —The Stock Option Program is designed to maximize medium- and long-term stockholder value. The practice under this program is to set stock option exercise prices at not less than 100 percent of ConocoPhillips stock’s fair market value at the time of the grant. Because the stock option’s value is derived solely from an increase in the ConocoPhillips stock price, the value of a stockholder’s investment in ConocoPhillips must appreciate before a stock option holder receives any financial benefit from the stock option. ConocoPhillips’ stock options have three-year vesting provisions and ten-year terms in order to incentivize its executives to increase ConocoPhillips’ share price over the long term.

 

   

Performance Share Program —The PSP rewards executives based on their individual performances and the performance of ConocoPhillips over a three-year period. Each year the HRCC establishes a three-year performance period over which it compares the performance of ConocoPhillips with that of its performance-measurement peer group using pre-established criteria. Thus, in any given year, there are three overlapping performance periods. Use of a multi-year performance period helps to focus management on longer-term results.

Each executive’s individual award under the PSP is subject to a potential positive or negative performance adjustment at the end of the performance period. Although the HRCC maintains final discretion to adjust compensation in accordance with any extraordinary circumstances that may arise, and has done so in the past, program guidelines generally result in an award range between 0 to 200 percent of target. Final awards are based on the HRCC’s subjective evaluation of ConocoPhillips’ performance relative to the established metrics (discussed below under the heading “Measuring Performance under ConocoPhillips’ Compensation Programs”) and of each executive’s individual performance. The HRCC considers input from the CEO of ConocoPhillips with respect to senior officers, including all of our Named Executive Officers except for our principal executive officer, who is also the CEO of ConocoPhillips. Targets for participants whose salary grades are changed during a performance period are prorated for the period of time such participant remained in each relevant salary grade.

The combination of the Stock Option Program, the PSP, and the PSP’s extended restricted stock unit holding periods provides a comprehensive package of medium and long-term compensation incentives for ConocoPhillips’ executives that align their interests with those of its long-term

 

78


Table of Contents

stockholders. Such extended holding periods also enable ConocoPhillips to more readily withdraw awards should circumstances arise that merit such action. To date, none of our Named Executive Officers have been subject to reductions or withdrawals of prior grants or payouts of restricted stock, restricted stock units or stock option awards.

 

   

Other Possible Awards —ConocoPhillips may make awards outside the Stock Option Program or the PSP (off-cycle awards). Off-cycle awards (also commonly referred to as “ad hoc” or “special purpose” awards) are awards granted outside the context of ConocoPhillips’ regular compensation programs. Currently, off-cycle awards are granted to certain incoming executive personnel, typically on the first day of employment, for one or more of the following reasons: (1) to induce an executive to join ConocoPhillips (occasionally replacing compensation the executive will lose because of termination from the prior employer); (2) to induce an executive of an acquired company to remain with ConocoPhillips for a certain period of time following the acquisition; or (3) to provide a pro-rata equity award to an executive who joins ConocoPhillips during an ongoing performance period for which he or she is ineligible under the standard PSP or Stock Option Program provisions. In these cases, the HRCC has sometimes approved a shorter period for restrictions on transfers of restricted stock units than those issued under the PSP or Stock Option Program. Pursuant to the Committee’s charter, any off-cycle awards to senior officers must be approved by the HRCC. No such awards were made to our Named Executive Officers in 2011.

Broadly Available Plans

Our Named Executive Officers participate in the same basic benefits package as ConocoPhillips’ other U.S. salaried employees. This includes retirement, medical, dental, vision, life insurance, expatriate benefits and accident insurance plans, as well as flexible spending arrangements for health care and dependent care expenses.

Other Compensation and Personal Benefits

In addition to ConocoPhillips’ four primary compensation programs, it provided our Named Executive Officers a limited number of additional benefits. In order to provide a competitive package of compensation and benefits, ConocoPhillips provides our Named Executive Officers with executive life insurance coverage and defined benefit plans. ConocoPhillips also provides other benefits that are designed primarily to minimize the amount of time our Named Executive Officers devote to administrative matters other than ConocoPhillips business, to promote a healthy work/life balance, to provide opportunities for developing business relationships, and to put a human face on its social responsibility programs. All such programs are approved by the HRCC.

Comprehensive Security Program —Because ConocoPhillips’ executives face personal safety risks in their roles as representatives of a global, integrated energy company, ConocoPhillips’ Board of Directors has adopted a comprehensive security program for its executives.

Personal Entertainment —ConocoPhillips purchases tickets to various cultural, charitable, civic, entertainment and sporting events for business development and relationship-building purposes, as well as to maintain ConocoPhillips’ involvement in communities in which it operates. Occasionally, ConocoPhillips’ employees, including ConocoPhillips’ executives, make personal use of tickets that would not otherwise be used for business purposes. ConocoPhillips believes these tickets offer an opportunity to increase morale at a very low or no incremental cost.

Tax Gross-Ups —Certain of the personal benefits received by ConocoPhillips’ executives are deemed to be taxable income to the individual by the Internal Revenue Service. When ConocoPhillips believes that such

 

79


Table of Contents

income is incurred for purposes more properly characterized as ConocoPhillips business than personal benefit, ConocoPhillips provides further payments to the executive to reimburse the cost of the inclusion of such items in the executive’s taxable income. Most often, these tax gross-up payments are provided for travel by a family member or other personal guest to attend a meeting or function in furtherance of ConocoPhillips business, such as Board meetings, ConocoPhillips-sponsored events, and industry and association meetings where spouses or other guests are invited or expected to attend.

Executive Life Insurance —ConocoPhillips maintains life insurance policies and/or death benefits for all of its U.S.-based salaried employees (at no cost to the employee) with a face value approximately equal to the employee’s annual salary. For each of our Named Executive Officers, ConocoPhillips maintains an additional life insurance policy and/or death benefits (at no cost to the executive) with a value equal to her or his annual salary. In addition to these two plans, ConocoPhillips also provides its executives the option of purchasing group variable universal life insurance in an amount up to eight times their annual salaries. ConocoPhillips believes this is a benefit valued by ConocoPhillips’ executives that can be provided at no cost to ConocoPhillips.

Defined Contribution Plans —ConocoPhillips maintains the following nonqualified defined contribution plans for its executives. These plans allow deferred amounts to grow tax-free until distributed.

 

   

Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plans —The purpose of ConocoPhillips’ voluntary nonqualified deferred compensation plans is to allow executives to defer a portion of their salary and annual incentive compensation so that such amounts are taxable in the year in which distributions are made.

 

   

Make-Up Plans —The purpose of ConocoPhillips’ nonqualified defined contribution make-up plans is to provide benefits that an executive would otherwise lose due to limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code on qualified plans.

Defined Benefit Plans —ConocoPhillips also maintains nonqualified defined benefit plans for ConocoPhillips’ executives. The primary purpose of these plans is to provide benefits that an executive would otherwise lose due to limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code on qualified plans. With regard to the ConocoPhillips senior officers, including our Named Executive Officers, the only such arrangement under which they are entitled to benefits of this type is the Key Employee Supplemental Retirement Plan (KESRP). This plan is designed to replace benefits that would otherwise not be received due to limitations contained in the Internal Revenue Code that apply to qualified plans. The two such limitations that most frequently impact the benefits to employees are the limit on compensation that can be taken into account in determining benefit accruals and the maximum annual pension benefit. In 2011, the former limit was set at $245,000, while the latter was set at $195,000. The KESRP determines a benefit without regard to such limits, and then reduces that benefit by the amount of benefit payable from the related qualified plan, the ConocoPhillips Retirement Plan. Thus, in operation the combined benefits payable from the related plans for the eligible employee equal the benefit that would have been paid if there had been no limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. This design is common among ConocoPhillips’ competitors, and ConocoPhillips believes that lack of such a plan would put it at a great disadvantage in attracting and retaining talented executives.

Severance Plans and Changes in Control

ConocoPhillips maintains plans to address severance of its executives in certain circumstances as described under “Executive Severance and Changes in Control.” The structure and use of these plans are competitive within the industry and are intended to aid ConocoPhillips in attracting and retaining executives.

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

Measuring Performance under ConocoPhillips’ Compensation Programs

ConocoPhillips uses corporate and business unit performance criteria in determining individual payouts. In addition, ConocoPhillips’ programs contemplate that the Committee will exercise discretion in assessing and rewarding individual performance.

Corporate Performance Criteria

ConocoPhillips utilizes multiple measures of performance under its programs to ensure no single aspect of performance is driven in isolation. ConocoPhillips has employed the following measures of overall company performance under its performance-based programs:

Relative Total Stockholder Return —Total stockholder return represents the percentage change in a company’s common stock price from the beginning of a period of time to the end of the stated period, and assumes common stock dividends paid during the stated period are reinvested into that common stock. ConocoPhillips uses a total stockholder return measure because it is the most tangible measure of the value ConocoPhillips has provided to its stockholders during the relevant program period. ConocoPhillips recognizes that total stockholder return is not a perfect measure. It can be affected by factors beyond management’s control and by market conditions not related to the intrinsic performance of ConocoPhillips. Stockholder return over the short-term can also fail to fully reflect the value of longer-term projects. ConocoPhillips seeks to mitigate the influence of industry-wide or market-wide conditions on stock price by using total stockholder return relative to its primary peer group.

Relative Adjusted Return on Capital Employed —ConocoPhillips’ businesses are capital intensive, requiring large investments, in most cases over a number of years, before tangible financial returns are achieved. Therefore, ConocoPhillips believes a good indicator of long-term company and management performance, both absolute and relative to ConocoPhillips’ primary peer group, is the measure known as return on capital employed (ROCE). Relative ROCE is a measure of the profitability of ConocoPhillips’ capital employed in its business compared with that of its peers. ConocoPhillips calculates ROCE as a ratio, the numerator of which is net income plus after-tax interest expense, and the denominator of which is average total equity plus total debt. ConocoPhillips also adjusts the net income of ConocoPhillips and its peers for certain non-core earnings impacts. ConocoPhillips’ compensation programs consider ConocoPhillips’ improvement on Adjusted ROCE relative to its performance-measurement peer group.

Relative Adjusted Income per barrel of oil equivalent (BOE) —An important measure of operating efficiency and management performance is a comparison of the income earned by ConocoPhillips per BOE produced by its Exploration and Production (E&P) business segment, and per barrel of petroleum products sold by its Refining and Marketing (R&M) business segment, versus those of its peers. This measure allows ConocoPhillips to compare its operating efficiency in producing and refining/marketing products against that of its performance-measurement peer group. The measure is calculated by dividing adjusted income attributable to ConocoPhillips’ E&P and R&M segments by the number of BOE produced or barrels of petroleum products sold, respectively. A weighted average of these two segment-level metrics is then calculated and compared against that of ConocoPhillips’ peers. As with its calculation of Adjusted ROCE, ConocoPhillips adjusts both its own income and that of its peers to reflect certain non-core earnings impacts.

Relative Adjusted Cash Contribution per BOE —Another important measure of operating efficiency and management performance is ConocoPhillips’ cash contributions per BOE produced by ConocoPhillips’ E&P segment, and per barrel of petroleum products sold by ConocoPhillips’ R&M segment. This measure is another way to compare ConocoPhillips’ operating efficiency in producing and refining/marketing

 

81


Table of Contents

products against that of its performance-measurement peer group. The measure is calculated by dividing the adjusted income from operations plus the depreciation, depletion and amortization attributable to ConocoPhillips’ E&P or R&M segments by the number of BOE produced or barrels of petroleum products sold, respectively. A weighted average of these two segment-level metrics is then calculated, and compared against that of ConocoPhillips’ peers. As with its calculation of Adjusted ROCE, ConocoPhillips adjusts both its own income and that of its peers to reflect certain non-core earnings impacts.

Relative Improvement in Adjusted Cash Return on Capital Employed —Similar to ROCE, adjusted cash return on capital employed (CROCE) measures a company’s performance in efficiently allocating its capital. While ROCE is based on adjusted net income, CROCE is based on cash flow, measuring the ability of a company’s capital employed to generate cash. CROCE is calculated by dividing adjusted EBIDA (earnings before interest, depreciation and amortization, adjusted for non-core earnings impacts) by average capital employed (total equity plus total debt). ConocoPhillips’ improvement in CROCE is compared against that of its peers.

Health, Safety and Environmental Performance —ConocoPhillips seeks to be a good employer, a good community member and a good steward of the environmental resources it manages. Therefore, ConocoPhillips incorporates metrics of health, safety and environmental performance in its annual incentive compensation program.

Implementation and Advancement of Strategic Plan —This measure is a subjective analysis of ConocoPhillips’ progress in implementing its strategic plan over a given performance period.

Succession Planning/Leadership Development —This measure is a subjective analysis of ConocoPhillips’ progress in developing and implementing a comprehensive succession plan for senior management, and the development and implementation of a company-wide program for identifying and developing future leaders within ConocoPhillips.

Financial Management —This measure is a subjective analysis of ConocoPhillips’ progress in managing the company’s capital profile and liquidity needs.

Support of Strategic Corporate Initiatives —This measure is a subjective analysis of ConocoPhillips’ progress in implementing key elements of its strategic initiatives including, but not limited to, cash returned to stockholders, financial management relationships, climate change, reputation, people/diversity, culture, opportunity capture and execution of ConocoPhillips initiatives.

Business Unit Performance Criteria

There are approximately 100 discrete award units within ConocoPhillips designed to measure performance and to reward employees according to business outcomes relevant to the award group. Although most employees participate in a single award unit designated for the operational or functional group to which such employee is assigned, a senior officer can participate in a blend of the results of more than one of these award units depending on the scope and breadth of his or her responsibilities over the performance period. Moreover, because ConocoPhillips’ CEO is responsible for overall company performance, his award is based solely on individual and overall company performance.

Performance criteria are goals consistent with ConocoPhillips’ operating plan and include quantitative and qualitative metrics specific to each business unit, such as income from continuing operations (adjusted to neutralize the impact of changes in commodity prices), control of costs, health, safety and environmental performance, support of corporate initiatives, and various milestones set by management. At the conclusion of

 

82


Table of Contents

a performance period, management makes a recommendation based on the unit’s performance for the year against its performance criteria. The HRCC then reviews management’s recommendation regarding each award unit’s performance and has discretion to adjust any such recommendation in approving the final awards.

Individual Performance Criteria

Individual adjustments for our Named Executive Officers as senior officers of ConocoPhillips are approved by the HRCC, based on the recommendation of the CEO of ConocoPhillips (other than for himself). The individual adjustment of the CEO of ConocoPhillips is determined by the HRCC taking into account the prior review of the CEO’s performance, which is conducted jointly by the HRCC and the Committee on Directors’ Affairs.

Tax-Based Program Criteria

ConocoPhillips’ incentive programs are also designed to conform to the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, which allows for deductible compensation in excess of $1 million if certain criteria, including the attainment of pre-established performance criteria, are met. In order for a Named Executive Officer to receive any award under either VCIP or PSP certain threshold criteria must be met. This tier of performance measure and methodology is designed to meet requirements for deductibility of these items of compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. Pursuant to this tier, maximum payments for the performance period under VCIP and PSP are set, but they are subject to downward adjustment through the application of the generally applicable methodology for VCIP and PSP awards previously discussed, so this effectively establishes a ceiling for VCIP and PSP payments to each of our Named Executive Officers. Performance criteria for the 2011 program year differed between the two programs, due primarily to VCIP being a one-year program while PSP is a three-year program. For the 2011 VCIP program, the criteria required that ConocoPhillips meet at least one of the following measures as a threshold to an award being made to any of our Named Executive Officers: (1) top two-thirds of specified companies in improvement in return on capital employed (adjusted net income); (2) top two-thirds of specified companies in total stockholder return; (3) top two-thirds of specified companies in cash per BOE; or (4) cash from operations (normalized for the impact of asset sales and assumptions made in ConocoPhillips’ budgeting process as to price for oil equivalents and excluding non-cash working capital) of at least $11.3 billion. For PSP, the criteria for the 2011 program year required that ConocoPhillips meet at least one of the following measures as a threshold to an award being made to any of our Named Executive Officers: (1) top two-thirds of specified companies in improvement in return on capital employed (adjusted net income); (2) top two-thirds of specified companies in total stockholder return; (3) top two-thirds of specified companies in cash per BOE; or (4) cash from operations (normalized for the impact of asset sales and assumptions made in ConocoPhillips’ budgeting process as to price for oil equivalents and excluding non-cash working capital) of at least $39.4 billion. In both cases, the specified companies for comparison were ConocoPhillips, BP, Chevron, ExxonMobil, Royal Dutch Shell and Total. The performance criteria for this purpose are set by the HRCC and may change from year to year, although the criteria must come from a list of possible criteria set forth in the stockholder-approved 2009 Omnibus Stock and Performance Incentive Plan. The award ceilings are also set by the HRCC each year, although they may not exceed limits set in the stockholder-approved 2009 Omnibus Stock and Performance Incentive Plan. In May 2011, ConocoPhillips stockholders approved a successor plan to the 2009 Omnibus Stock and Performance Incentive Plan, namely the 2011 Omnibus Stock and Performance Incentive Plan (2011 Plan). The 2011 Plan contains a list of performance criteria and award ceilings which are the same as those found in the earlier plan, except that the total number of shares available for issuance under the 2011 Plan was increased to 100 million shares, inclusive of awards under prior plans outstanding at the effective date of the 2011 Plan. Determination of whether the criteria are met is made by the HRCC after the end of each performance period. Since the merger of companies that created ConocoPhillips in 2002, threshold criteria have always been met and the ceiling has never been reached.

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents

Effects of the Separation on Outstanding Executive Compensation Awards

For a discussion of provisions concerning retirement, health and welfare benefits to our employees upon completion of the separation, see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with ConocoPhillips—Employee Matters Agreement.” The separation is not a change-in-control and therefore will not entitle Phillips 66 officers to any change-in-control benefits.

Equity-Based Compensation

Following the separation, all holders of exercisable awards of stock options and stock appreciation rights will receive both adjusted ConocoPhillips awards and Phillips 66 awards. Similarly, employees who hold unrestricted stock acquired through past equity awards will be treated like all other ConocoPhillips stockholders in the distribution. Each employee holder of unexercisable stock options will hold options only in the company that employs such employee following the separation. There are no unexercisable stock appreciation rights outstanding. Employee holders of restricted stock and performance share units awarded for completed performance periods under the PSP (and equivalent predecessor programs) will receive both adjusted ConocoPhillips awards and Phillips 66 awards. Each employee holder of restricted stock and restricted stock units awarded under all other programs will hold restricted shares or restricted stock units in the company that employs such employee following the separation. In addition, former employee holders and a specified group of holders of previously unvested stock options and restricted stock units, who are retiring or terminating employment upon or shortly after the separation, will receive both adjusted ConocoPhillips awards and Phillips 66 awards (and the specified group will be vested in their option awards made in 2012). See also “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with ConocoPhillips—Employee Matters Agreement.”

Ongoing PSP Periods

Under ConocoPhillips’ executive compensation program, each of our Named Executive Officers participates in the PSP. The PSP rewards executives based on their individual performances and the performance of ConocoPhillips over a three-year period. Each year the HRCC establishes a three-year performance period over which it compares the performance of ConocoPhillips with that of its performance-measurement peer group using pre-established criteria. Thus, in any given year, there are usually three overlapping, ongoing performance periods.

In contemplation of the separation, the HRCC deferred establishment of a three-year PSP performance period for the 2012-2014 period. Therefore, assuming that the distribution occurs in the second quarter of 2012, two performance periods will be affected as a result of the separation: the 2010-2012 PSP performance period and the 2011-2013 PSP performance period.

We anticipate that the HRCC will approve a prorated award under these two PSP periods to ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 participants prior to the distribution date. This award will be based on performance under the criteria established for such periods through the date of the separation.

To replace the portion of the awards that will be forgone as a result of the proration described above, we anticipate that the HRCC and our Compensation Committee will each establish prorated performance periods for affected officers and establish a new performance period for 2012-2014. The performance criteria for these prorated periods and the 2012-2014 period will be established by the respective Compensation Committees of ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 following the separation.

 

84


Table of Contents

Phillips 66 Compensation Programs

 

We believe the ConocoPhillips executive compensation programs are effective both at retaining and motivating Phillips 66 officers and competitive as compared to compensation programs at other downstream peer companies. We expect the executive compensation programs that will initially be adopted by Phillips 66 will be very similar to those in place at ConocoPhillips immediately prior to the separation. However, after the separation, our Human Resources and Compensation Committee will continue to evaluate our compensation and benefit programs and may make adjustments as necessary to meet prevailing business needs.

 

85


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Each of our Named Executive Officers was employed by ConocoPhillips or its subsidiaries prior to the separation; therefore, the information provided for the years 2011, 2010 and 2009 reflects compensation earned at ConocoPhillips or its subsidiaries (referred to as “the Company” in the executive compensation disclosures) and the design and objectives of the executive compensation programs in place prior to the separation. Compensation decisions for our Named Executive Officers prior to the separation were made by ConocoPhillips. Each of our Named Executive Officers is a senior officer of ConocoPhillips. Accordingly, the compensation decisions with respect to 2011 were made by the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of ConocoPhillips (HRCC or Committee), which is composed entirely of independent directors. Executive compensation decisions following the separation will be made by the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of Phillips 66 (our “Compensation Committee”), which also will be composed entirely of independent directors.

 

86


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The Summary Compensation Table below reflects amounts earned with respect to 2011 and performance periods ending in 2011. We have excluded arrangements that are generally available to our U.S.-based salaried employees, such as our medical, dental, life and accident insurance, disability, and health savings and flexible spending account arrangements, since all of our Named Executive Officers are U.S.-based salaried employees. Based on the salary and total compensation amounts for Named Executive Officers for 2011 shown in the table below, salary accounted for approximately 8 percent of the total compensation of our Named Executive Officers and incentive compensation programs (stock awards, option awards, and non-equity incentive plan compensation) accounted for approximately 58 percent. For the CEO alone in 2011, salary accounted for approximately 5 percent of his total compensation and incentive compensation programs accounted for approximately 63 percent of his total compensation. These numbers reflect the emphasis placed on performance-based pay.

 

Name and

Principal Position

  Year     Salary ($)
(1)
    Bonus ($)
(2)
    Stock
Awards
($) (3)
    Option
Awards
($) (4)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (5)
    Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

($) (6)
    All Other
Compensation

($) (7)
    Total
($)
 

J.J. Mulva

    2011        1,500,000        -        7,384,724        6,487,950        3,543,750        8,533,648        263,522        27,713,594   
Chairman, President & CEO     2010        1,500,000        -        6,148,572        5,737,680        4,252,500        -        294,143        17,932,895  (8) 
    2009        1,500,000        -        5,669,518        5,737,576        1,278,788        -        202,779        14,388,661  (8) 

 

 

G.C. Garland

    2011        750,500        -        1,361,687        1,197,390        1,105,449        1,462,522        123,887        6,001,435   
Senior Vice President, Exploration & Production—Americas     2010        173,011        -        2,819,115        -        272,699        2,005,824        26,132        5,296,781   
    2009        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -   
                 

 

 

W.C.W. Chiang

    2011        750,500        -        1,361,687        1,197,390        971,860        96,107        125,154        4,502,698   
Senior Vice President, Refining, Marketing, Transportation & Commercial     2010        643,758        -        1,426,584        920,790        917,338        153,873        71,644        4,133,987   
    2009        575,508        -        882,436        893,282        557,920        137,601        63,610        3,110,357   
                 
                 

 

 

A.J. Hirshberg

    2011        750,500        -        1,361,687        1,197,390        1,039,990        5,407,899        176,618        9,934,084   
Senior Vice President, Planning and Strategy     2010        173,011        9,357,436        4,719,144        -        270,389        359,280        10,910        14,890,170   
    2009        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -   

 

 

J.W. Sheets

    2011        619,500        -        1,451,661        729,790        784,132        1,473,218        87,404        5,145,705   
Senior Vice President, Finance, and CFO     2010        496,840        -        880,262        489,060        696,942        699,405        58,571        3,321,080   
    2009        461,000        -        468,796        475,150        437,950        616,475        41,707        2,501,078   

 

 

 

(1) Includes any amounts that were voluntarily deferred to the Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

(2) Because our primary short-term incentive compensation arrangement for salaried employees (the VCIP) has mandatory performance measures that must be achieved before there is any payout to Named Executive Officers, amounts paid under VCIP are shown in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the table, rather than the Bonus column. As an inducement to his employment, the HRCC approved (i) a bonus payment to Mr. Hirshberg of $3,000,000 at his employment on October 6, 2010, and (ii) the creation of a deferred compensation account under the Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan, credited with $6,357,436, vesting as to 47 percent on the first anniversary of employment, as to 47 percent on the second anniversary of employment, and as to the remainder on the third anniversary of employment.

 

87


Table of Contents
(3) Amounts shown represent the aggregate grant date fair value of awards made under the PSP during each of the years indicated, as determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 718. See the “Share-Based Compensation Plans” section of Note 16—Employee Benefit Plans, in the Notes to Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in this determination.

 

   The amounts shown for stock awards are from our PSP or for off-cycle awards, although no off-cycle awards were granted to any of the Named Executive Officers during 2011, 2010, or 2009, except for off-cycle awards to Messrs. Garland and Hirshberg at their employment on October 6, 2010, as discussed further below. These may include awards that are expected to be finalized as late as 2014. The amounts shown for awards from PSP relate to the three-year performance period that began in the years presented. Performance periods under PSP generally cover a three-year period and, as a new performance period has begun each year since the program commenced, there are three overlapping performance periods ongoing at any time.

 

   Amounts shown are target awards for 2011, 2010, and 2009, since it is most probable at the setting of the target for the applicable performance periods that targets will be achieved. If payout was made at maximum levels for company performance and excluding any individual adjustments, the amounts shown would double from the targets shown, although the value of the actual payout would be dependent upon the stock price at the time of the payout. If payout was made at minimum levels, the amounts would be reduced to zero. No adjustment is made to the target shown for prior years based upon any change in probability subsequent to the time the target is set. Changes to targets resulting from promotion or demotion of a Named Executive Officer are shown as awards in the year of the promotion or demotion, even though the awards may relate to a program period that began in an earlier year. Actual payouts with regard to the targets set for 2009 were approved by the HRCC at its February 2012 meeting, at which the Committee determined the payouts to be made to Senior Officers (including the Named Executive Officers) for the performance period that began in 2009 and ended in 2011. Those payouts were as follows (with values shown at fair market value on the date of payout): Mr. Mulva, $18,482,664; Mr. Chiang, $2,889,605; Mr. Garland, $1,541,468; Mr. Hirshberg, $1,477,216; and Mr. Sheets, $1,997,483.

 

   Awards under PSP are made in restricted stock or restricted stock units that will generally be forfeited if the employee is terminated prior to the end of the escrow period set in the award (other than for death or following disability or after a change in control). For target awards for program periods beginning in 2008 and earlier, the escrow period lasts until separation from service, except in the cases of termination due to death, layoff, or retirement, or after disability or a change in control, when the escrow period ends at the exceptional termination event. For target awards for program periods beginning in 2009 and later, the escrow period lasts five years from the grant of the award (which would be more than eight years after the beginning of the program period, when measured including the performance period) unless the employee makes an election prior to the beginning of the program period to have the escrow period last until separation from service instead; except that in the cases of termination due to death, layoff, or retirement, or after disability or a change in control, the escrow period ends at the exceptional termination event. In the event of termination due to layoff or retirement after age 55 with five years of service, a value for the forfeited restricted stock or restricted stock units will generally be credited to a deferred compensation account for the employee for awards made prior to 2005; for later awards, restrictions lapse in the event of termination due to layoff or early retirement after age 55 with five years of service, unless the employee has elected to defer receipt of the stock until a later time.

 

88


Table of Contents
   Messrs. Garland and Hirshberg became employees of ConocoPhillips on October 6, 2010. As inducements to their employment, the HRCC approved the grant of certain restricted stock units to each, effective on the date of employment. Mr. Garland received 16,877 units (valued at $999,962), the restrictions on which lapse as to one-half of the units on the first anniversary of his employment, while the restrictions on the remainder lapse on the second anniversary of his employment. Mr. Hirshberg received 48,945 units (valued at $2,899,991), the restrictions on which lapse on the third anniversary of his employment. Other terms and conditions of the restricted stock unit awards for each officer reflect the standard terms and conditions of restricted stock unit awards under PSP. The amounts for 2010 reflected in the Table include these awards, as well as their target awards under PSP.

 

(4) Amounts represent the dollar amount recognized as the aggregate grant date fair value, as determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See the “Share-Based Compensation Plans” section of Note 16—Employee Benefit Plans, in the Notes to Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in this determination. All such options were awarded under ConocoPhillips’ Stock Option Program. Options awarded to Named Executive Officers under that program generally vest in three equal annual installments beginning with the first anniversary from the date of grant and expire ten years after the date of grant. However, in the event that a Named Executive Officer has attained the early retirement age of 55 with five years of service, the value of the options granted is taken in the year of grant or over the number of months until the executive attains age 55 with five years of service.

 

   Option awards are made in February of each year at a regularly-scheduled meeting of the HRCC. Occasionally, option awards may be made at other times, such as upon the commencement of employment of an individual. In determining the number of shares to be subject to these option grants, the HRCC used a Black-Scholes-Merton-based methodology to value the options.

 

(5) Includes amounts paid under VCIP, our primary non-equity short-term incentive arrangement, and includes amounts that were voluntarily deferred to the Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan. See also note (2) above.

 

(6) Amounts represent the actuarial increase in the present value of the Named Executive Officer’s benefits under all pension plans maintained by us determined using interest rate and mortality rate assumptions consistent with those used in our financial statements. Interest rates assumption changes have a significant impact on the pension values with periods of lower interest rates having the effect of increasing the actuarial values reported and vice versa.

 

(7) As discussed in Compensation Discussion and Analysis, we provide our executives with a number of compensation and benefit arrangements. The tables below reflect amounts earned under those arrangements. We have excluded arrangements that are generally available to our U.S.-based salaried employees, such as our medical, dental, life and accident insurance, disability, and health savings and flexible spending account arrangements, since all of our Named Executive Officers are U.S.-based salaried employees. Certain of the amounts reflected below were paid in local currencies, which we value in this table in U.S. dollars using a monthly currency valuation for the month in which costs were incurred. All Other Compensation includes the following amounts, which were determined using actual cost paid unless otherwise noted:

 

89


Table of Contents

 

Name

        Personal
Use of
Company
Aircraft

($) (a)
    Automobile
Provided

by
Company
($) (b)
    Home
Security

($) (c)
    Annual
Physical

($) (d)
    Executive
Group
Life
Insurance
Premiums

($) (e)
    Tax
Reimbursement
Gross-Up

($) (f)
    Relocation
($) (g)
    Matching
Gift
Program

($) (h)
    Matching
Contributions
Under

the
Tax-Qualified
Savings Plans

($) (i)
    Company
Contributions

to
Non-Qualified
Defined
Contribution
Plans

($) (j)
 

J.J. Mulva

    2011        -        15,298        -        -        22,860        19,904        -        15,000        32,372        158,088   
    2010        31,274        32,379        -        2,689        11,880        65,045        -        15,000        14,651        121,225   
    2009        3,375        14,967        874        1,964        11,880        17,954        -        18,000        13,947        119,818   

 

 

G.C.

Garland

    2011        -        -        -        -        2,072        679        68,389        -        32,372        20,375   
    2010        -        -        -        -        334        -        15,106        -        10,692        -   
    2009        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -   

 

 

W.C.W.

Chiang

    2011        2,211        -        -        -        2,072        14,700        -        14,972        32,372        58,827   
    2010        -        -        -        -        1,777        6,353        -        15,000        14,651        33,863   
    2009        -        -        -        1,207        1,036        2,322        -        15,000        13,947        30,098   

 

 

A.J.

Hirshberg

    2011        -        -        -        -        2,072        5,338        113,761        2,700        32,372        20,375   
    2010        -        -        -        -        218        -        -        -        10,692        -   
    2009        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -   

 

 

J.W.

Sheets

    2011        -        -        -        -        1,710        5,213        -        13,500        32,255        34,726   
    2010        -        -        -        -        1,371        1,825        -        13,500        15,396        26,479   
    2009        -        -        -        -        1,272        1,109        -        5,500        14,107        19,719   

 

 

 

  (a) The Comprehensive Security Program of the Company requires that Mr. Mulva fly on Company aircraft, unless a determination is made by the Manager of Global Security that other arrangements are an acceptable risk. Numbers above represent the approximate incremental cost to ConocoPhillips for personal use of the aircraft, including travel for any family member or guest. Approximate incremental cost has been determined by calculating the variable costs for each aircraft during the year, dividing that amount by the total number of miles flown by that aircraft, and multiplying the result by the miles flown for personal use during the year. There were no incremental costs associated with flights to the Company hangar or other locations without passengers, commonly referred to as “deadhead” flights. In 2007, the Company and Mr. Mulva entered into a Time Share Agreement with regard to certain of the Company’s aircraft, pursuant to which Mr. Mulva agreed to reimburse the Company for his personal use of the aircraft, subject to certain limitations required by the Federal Aviation Administration. The amounts shown for incremental costs related to the personal use of an aircraft by Mr. Mulva reflect the net incremental costs to the Company after giving effect to any reimbursements received under the Time Share Agreement. In 2011, the reimbursement from Mr. Mulva was greater than the aggregate incremental cost.

 

  (b) The value shown in the table represents the approximate incremental cost to the Company of providing and maintaining an automobile, excluding Company security personnel. Approximate incremental cost was calculated using actual expenses incurred during the year. Other executives and employees of the Company may also be required to use Company-provided transportation and security personnel, especially when traveling or living outside of the United States, in accordance with risk assessments made by the Company’s Manager of Global Security.

 

  (c) The use of a home security system is required as part of ConocoPhillips’ Comprehensive Security Program for certain executives and employees, including the Named Executive Officers, based on risk assessments made by the Company’s Manager of Global Security. Amounts shown represent the approximate incremental cost to ConocoPhillips for the installation and maintenance of the home security system with features required by the Company in excess of the cost of a “standard” system typical for homes in the neighborhoods where the Named Executive Officers’ homes are located. The Named Executive Officer pays the cost of the “standard” system himself. No charges have been incurred under this program since 2009.

 

90


Table of Contents
  (d) Historically, the Company maintained a program under which costs associated with annual physical examinations of eligible employees, including the Named Executive Officers, were paid for by the Company. This program was discontinued effective at the end of 2010.

 

  (e) The amounts shown are for premiums paid by the Company for executive group life insurance provided by the Company, with a value equal to the employee’s annual salary. In addition, certain employees of the Company, including the Named Executive Officers, are eligible to purchase group variable universal life insurance policies for which the employee pays all costs, so that there is no incremental cost to the Company.

 

  (f) The amounts shown are for payments by the Company relating to certain taxes incurred by the employee. These primarily occur when the Company requests family members or other guests to accompany the employee to Company functions and, as a result, the employee is deemed to make a personal use of Company assets (for example, when a spouse accompanies an employee on a Company aircraft). The Company believes that such travel is appropriately characterized as a business expense and, if the employee is imputed income in accordance with the applicable tax laws, the Company will generally reimburse the employee for any increased tax costs.

 

  (g) These amounts reflect relocation expenses approved by the HRCC in the offer letters to Mr. Garland and Mr. Hirshberg in connection with their hiring. The amounts were calculated pursuant to the standard relocation policy of the Company.

 

  (h) The Company maintains a Matching Gift Program under which certain gifts by employees to qualified educational or charitable institutions are matched. For executives, the program matches up to $15,000 with regard to each program year. Administration of the program can cause more than $15,000 to be paid in a single fiscal year of the Company, due to processing claims from more than one program year in that single fiscal year. The amounts shown are for the actual payments by the Company during the year. In December 2009, the Board of Directors approved changes in the Matching Gift Program provisions for employees that brought it into parity with the provisions for executives, effective in 2010.

 

  (i) Under the terms of its tax-qualified defined contribution plans, the Company makes matching contributions and allocations to the accounts of its eligible employees, including the Named Executive Officers.

 

  (j) Under the terms of its nonqualified defined contribution plans, the Company makes contributions to the accounts of its eligible employees, including the Named Executive Officers. See the narrative, table, and notes to the “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table” for further information.

 

(8) In accordance with SEC rules prohibiting issuers from reporting a negative value in the “Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings” column, Mr. Mulva’s total compensation excludes the effect of a $246,639 decrease in the net present value of Mr. Mulva’s pension benefits in 2010 and a $7,885,466 decrease in the net present value of Mr. Mulva’s pension benefits in 2009. Including the effects of these decreases in value, Mr. Mulva’s total compensation, as reported in the Summary Compensation Table, would have been $17,686,256 in 2010 and $6,503,195 in 2009.

 

91


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

The Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table is used to show participation by the Named Executive Officers in the incentive compensation arrangements described below.

The columns under the heading “Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards” show information regarding the VCIP. The amounts shown are those applicable to the 2011 program year using a minimum of zero and a maximum of 250 percent of VCIP target for each participant and do not represent actual payouts for that program year. Actual payouts for the 2011 program year were made in February 2012 and are shown in the Summary Compensation Table under the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column.

The columns under the heading “Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards” show information regarding PSP. The amounts shown are those set for 2011 compensation tied to the 2011 through 2013 program period under PSP (PSP IX) and do not represent actual payouts for that program year.

The “All Other Option Awards” column reflects option awards granted under the Stock Option Program. The option awards shown were granted on the same day that the target was approved. For the 2011 program year under the Stock Option Program, targets were set and awards granted at the regularly scheduled February 2011 meeting of the HRCC.

 

Name

  Grant
Date(1)
    Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards (2)
    Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive Plan
Awards (3)
    All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares
of Stock
or Units
(#)
    All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options

(#) (4)
    Exercise
or Base
Price Of
Options
Awards
Average
Price
($Sh)
(5)
    Exercise
or Base
Price Of
Options
Awards
Closing
Price
($Sh)
(6)
    Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and
Options
Awards (7)
 
    Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
    Threshold
(#)
    Target
(#)
    Maximum
(#)
           

J.J. Mulva

      -        2,025,000        5,062,500        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -   
    2/10/2011        -        -        -        -        105,308        210,616        -        -        -        -        7,384,724   
    2/10/2011        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        388,500        70.13        70.08        6,487,950   

 

 

G.C.

Garland

      -        667,945        1,669,863        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -   
    2/10/2011        -        -        -        -        19,418        38,836        -        -        -        -        1,361,687   
    2/10/2011        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        71,700        70.13        70.08        1,197,390   

 

 

W.C.W.

Chiang

      -        667,945        1,669,863        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -   
    2/10/2011        -        -        -        -        19,418        38,836        -        -        -        -        1,361,687   
    2/10/2011        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        71,700        70.13        70.08        1,197,390   

 

 

A.J.

Hirshberg

      -        667,945        1,669,863        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -   
    2/10/2011        -        -        -        -        19,418        38,836        -        -        -        -        1,361,687   
    2/10/2011        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        71,700        70.13        70.08        1,197,390   

 

 

J.W.

Sheets

      -        514,185        1,285,463        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -   
    1/1/2011        -        -        -        -        1,814        3,628        -        -        -        -        123,724   
    1/1/2011        -        -        -        -        3,699        7,398        -        -        -        -        252,290   
    2/10/2011        -        -        -        -        15,339        30,678        -        -        -        -        1,075,647   
    2/10/2011        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        43,700        70.13        70.08        729,790   

 

 

 

(1) The grant date shown is the date on which the HRCC approved the target awards, except with regard to the January 1, 2011, award shown for Mr. Sheets. With regard to Mr. Sheets, under the terms of the PSP, an adjustment in the target and maximum awards under three on-going performance periods automatically occurred on the effective date of his promotion, which was effective January 1, 2011, and was approved by the HRCC.

 

92


Table of Contents
(2) Threshold and maximum awards are based on the program provisions under the VCIP. Actual awards earned can range from zero to 200 percent of the target awards for corporate and business unit performance, with a further possible adjustment of up to 50 percent of the target awards for individual performance. Amounts reflect estimated possible cash payouts under the VCIP after the close of the performance period. The estimated amounts are calculated based on the applicable annual target and base salary for each Named Executive Officer in effect for the 2011 performance period. If threshold levels of performance are not met, then the payout can be zero. The HRCC also retains the authority to make awards under the program at its discretion, including the discretion to make awards greater than the maximum payout. Actual payouts under the VCIP for 2011 are based on actual base salaries earned in 2011 and are reflected in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table.

 

(3) Threshold and maximum are based on the program provisions under the PSP. Actual awards earned can range from zero to 200 percent of the target awards. The HRCC retains the authority to make awards under the program at its discretion, including the discretion to make awards greater than the maximum payout.

 

(4) These amounts represent stock options granted during 2011.

 

(5) The exercise price is the average of the high and low prices of ConocoPhillips common stock, as reported on the NYSE, on the date of the grant (or on the last preceding date for which there was a reported sale, in the absence of any reported sales on the grant date); therefore, on the grant date, the option has no immediately realizable value and any potential payout reflects an increase in share price after the grant date. ConocoPhillips’ stockholder-approved 2011 Omnibus Stock and Performance Incentive Plan provides for the use of such an average price in setting the exercise price on options, unless the HRCC directs otherwise. The immediate predecessor plans, the stockholder-approved 2004 and 2009 Omnibus Stock and Performance Incentive Plans, had the same provision. Grants made before May 13, 2009, were made under the 2004 Plan and grants made before May 11, 2011, but after May 12, 2009, were made under the 2009 Plan.

 

(6) The closing price is the closing price of ConocoPhillips common stock, as reported on the NYSE, on the date of the grant.

 

(7) For equity incentive plan awards, these amounts represent the grant date fair value at target level under PSP as determined pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718. For option awards, these amounts represent the grant date fair value of the option awards using a Black-Scholes-Merton-based methodology to value the options. Actual value realized upon option exercise depends on market prices at the time of exercise. For other stock awards, these amounts represent the grant date fair value of the restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards determined pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718. See the “Share-Based Compensation Plans” section of Note 16—Employee Benefit Plans, in the Notes to Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in this determination.

 

93


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year-End

 

    Option Awards (1)     Stock Awards (6)  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Exercisable (2)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options

(#)
    Option
Exercise

Price
($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
(#)
    Market
Value

of Shares
or Units of

Stock That
Have Not
Vested ($)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
(#)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That Have
Not
Vested ($)
 

J.J. Mulva

    12,738        -        -        23.550        10/22/2012        -        -        -        -   
    413,062        -        -        23.550        10/22/2012        -        -        -        -   
    606,000        -        -        24.370        2/10/2013        -        -        -        -   
    745,200        -        -        32.810        2/8/2014        -        -        -        -   
    392,800        -        -        47.830        2/4/2015        -        -        -        -   
    268,800        -        -        59.075        2/10/2016        -        -        -        -   
    276,500        -        -        66.370        2/8/2017        -        -        -        -   
    296,400        -        -        79.380        2/14/2018        -        -        -        -   
    342,133        171,067  (3)      -        45.470        2/12/2019        -        -        -        -   
    163,466        326,934  (4)      -        48.385        2/12/2020        -        -        -        -   
    -        388,500  (5)      -        70.125        2/10/2021        -        -        -        -   
              3,257,121        237,346,407        232,384        16,933,822   

 

 

G.C. Garland

    -        71,700  (5)      -        70.125        2/10/2021           
              29,887        2,177,866        39,289        2,862,989   

 

 

W.C.W. Chiang

    21,600        -        -        23.550        10/22/2012        -        -        -        -   
    18,400        -        -        24.370        2/10/2013        -        -        -        -   
    28,400        -        -        32.810        2/8/2014        -        -        -        -   
    20,800        -        -        47.830        2/4/2015        -        -        -        -   
    14,600        -        -        59.075        2/10/2016        -        -        -        -   
    15,800        -        -        66.370        2/8/2017        -        -        -        -   
    31,500        -        -        79.380        2/14/2018        -        -        -        -   
    53,266        26,634  (3)      -        45.470        2/12/2019        -        -        -        -   
    26,233        52,467  (4)      -        48.385        2/12/2020        -        -        -        -   
    -        71,700  (5)      -        70.125        2/10/2021        -        -        -        -   
              120,696        8,795,118        44,382        3,234,116   

 

 

A.J. Hirshberg

    -        71,700  (5)      -        70.125        2/10/2021           
              69,499        5,064,392        39,289        2,862,989   

 

 

J.W. Sheets

    5,238        -        -        23.550        10/22/2012        -        -        -        -   
    25,800        -        -        24.370        2/10/2013        -        -        -        -   
    29,400        -        -        32.810        2/8/2014        -        -        -        -   
    22,400        -        -        47.830        2/4/2015        -        -        -        -   
    15,500        -        -        59.075        2/10/2016        -        -        -        -   
    17,100        -        -        66.370        2/8/2017        -        -        -        -   
    16,900        -        -        79.380        2/14/2018        -        -        -        -   
    28,333        14,167  (3)      -        45.470        2/12/2019        -        -        -        -   
    13,933        27,867  (4)      -        48.385        2/12/2020        -        -        -        -   
    -        43,700  (5)      -        70.125        2/10/2021        -        -        -        -   
              108,798        7,928,110        33,787        2,462,059   

 

 

 

(1) All options shown in the table have a maximum term for exercise of ten years from the grant date. Under certain circumstances, the terms for exercise may be shorter, and in certain circumstances, the options may be forfeited and cancelled. All awards shown in the table have associated restrictions upon transferability.

 

(2) The options shown in this column vested and became exercisable in 2011 or prior years (although under certain termination circumstances, the options may still be forfeited). Options become exercisable in one-third increments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date.

 

94


Table of Contents
(3) Represents the final one-third vesting of the February 12, 2009, grant, which became exercisable on February 12, 2012.

 

(4) Represents the final two-thirds vesting of the February 12, 2010, grant, half of which became exercisable on February 12, 2012, and the other half will become exercisable on February 12, 2013.

 

(5) Represents the February 10, 2011, grant, one-third of which became exercisable on February 10, 2012, one-third of which will become exercisable on February 10, 2013, and the final third will become exercisable on February 10, 2014.

 

(6) No stock awards were made to the Named Executive Officers in 2011, except as a long-term incentive award under the PSP (shown in the columns labeled “Stock Awards”) or pursuant to elections made by a Named Executive Officer to receive cash compensation in the form of restricted stock units. Amounts above include PSP awards for the three-year performance period ending December 31, 2011 (PSP VII), as follows: Mr. Mulva, 257,168 shares; Mr. Chiang, 40,206 shares; Mr. Garland, 21,448 shares; Mr. Hirshberg, 20,554 shares; and Mr. Sheets, 27,793 shares. Stock awards shown in the columns entitled “Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested” and “Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested” continue to have restrictions upon transferability. Under the PSP, stock awards are made in the form of restricted stock units or restricted stock, the former having been used in the most recent awards. The terms and conditions of both are substantially the same, requiring restriction on transferability until separation from service from the Company, although for performance periods beginning in 2009, restrictions will lapse five years from the anniversary of the grant date unless the employee has elected prior to the beginning of the performance period to defer the lapsing of such restrictions until separation from service from the Company. Except in cases where the five-year provision applies, forfeiture is expected to occur if the separation is not the result of death, disability, layoff, retirement after the executive has reached the age of 55 with five years of service, or after a change of control, although the HRCC has the authority to waive forfeiture. Restricted stock awards have voting rights and pay dividends. Restricted stock unit awards have no voting rights and pay dividend equivalents. Dividend equivalents, if any, on restricted stock units held are paid in cash or credited to each officer’s account in the form of additional stock units. Neither pays dividends or dividend equivalents at preferential rates. Restricted stock held by the Named Executive Officers prior to November 17, 2001, was converted to restricted stock units in 2002, with the original restrictions still in place. In addition to stock awards actually granted, the Table reflects potential stock awards to Named Executive Officers under ongoing performance periods for the PSP, for the performance periods from 2010 through 2012 and 2011 through 2013. These are shown at target levels in the columns entitled “Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested” and “Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested.” There is no assurance that these awards will be granted at, below, or above target after the end of the relevant performance periods, as the determination of whether to make an actual grant and the amount of any actual grant for Named Executive Officers is within the discretion of the HRCC. Until an actual grant is made, these target awards have no voting rights and pay no dividends or dividend equivalents. Stock awards shown reflect the closing price of ConocoPhillips common stock, as reported on the NYSE, on December 30, 2011 ($72.87), the last trading day of 2011.

 

  

Amounts presented in the columns entitled “Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested” and “Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested” represent restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards granted with respect to prior periods. The plans and programs under which such grants were made provide that awards made in the form of restricted stock and restricted stock units be held in such form until the recipient retires. If such awards immediately

 

95


Table of Contents
  vested upon completion of the relevant performance period, as we are informed by our compensation consultant is more typical for restricted stock programs, the amounts reflected in this column would be zero.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  
Name   

Number of Shares

Acquired on
Exercise (#)

    

Value Realized

Upon Exercise

($)

    

Number of Shares

Acquired on Vesting

(#)

    

Value Realized

Upon Vesting

($)

 

J.J. Mulva

     3,478,000         140,853,640         -         -   

G.C. Garland (1)

     -         -         8,438         537,290   

W.C.W. Chiang

     -         -         -         -   

A.J. Hirshberg

     -         -         -         -   

J.W. Sheets

     -         -         -         -   

 

(1) As an inducement to his employment, the HRCC approved a grant of 16,877 restricted stock units to Mr. Garland, effective on the date of employment, the restrictions on which lapse as to one-half of the units on the first anniversary of his employment, while the restrictions on the remainder lapse on the second anniversary of his employment. The amounts reflected represent the lapsing of the one-half of the units on his first anniversary of employment.

Pension Benefits

ConocoPhillips maintains several defined benefit plans for its eligible employees. With regard to U.S.-based salaried employees, the defined benefit plan that is qualified under the Internal Revenue Code is the ConocoPhillips Retirement Plan (CPRP).

The CPRP is a non-contributory plan that is funded through a trust. The CPRP consists of eight titles, each one corresponding to a different pension formula and having numerous other differences in terms and conditions. Employees are eligible for current participation in only one title (although an employee may also have a frozen benefit under one or more other titles), and eligibility is based on the heritage company from past mergers and acquisitions and time of hire. Of the Named Executive Officers, Messrs. Mulva, Garland, and Sheets (having been employees of Phillips Petroleum Company) are eligible for, and vested in, benefits under Title I of the CPRP. Messrs. Chiang and Hirshberg are eligible for (and Mr. Chiang is vested in) benefits under Title II (with Mr. Chiang, having been an employee of Tosco Corporation, also having a frozen vested benefit under Title III, with regard to his participation prior to 2002). Titles I and III each provide a final average earnings type of pension benefit for eligible employees payable at normal or early retirement from the Company. Under each of Titles I and III normal retirement occurs upon termination on or after age 65. Under Title I, early retirement can occur at age 55 with five years of service (or if laid off during or after the year in which the participant reaches age 50), while under Title III, early retirement can occur at age 55 with 10 years of service. Under Title I, early retirement benefits are reduced by five percent per year for each year before age 60 that benefits are paid, but for benefits that commence at age 60 through age 65, the benefit is unreduced. Under Title III, early retirement benefits are reduced by 6.67 percent per year for each year before age 60, unless the participant has at least 85 points awarded, with one point awarded for each year of age and one point awarded for each year of service; there is no reduction for a participant with 85 points or whose benefits begin at or after age 60 (provided the participant is also at least age 55 and has at least 10 years of service at the time of retirement). Mr. Mulva was retirement eligible at the end of 2011. Messrs. Garland, Hirshberg, Sheets, and Chiang were not eligible for early retirement at the end of 2011. Under Titles I and III employees become vested in the benefits after five years of service, and all of the Named Executive

 

96


Table of Contents

Officers are vested in their benefits under those Titles. Under Title II, employees become vested in their benefits after three years of service. Mr. Chiang is vested in his benefits under Title II, while Mr. Hirshberg is not. Titles I and II allow the employee to elect the form of benefit payment from among several annuity types or a single sum payment option, but all of the options are actuarially equivalent. Title III allows the employee to elect the form of benefit payment from among several annuity types, without a single sum payment option, but all of the options are actuarially equivalent. The election for form of benefit is made at retirement.

For Titles I and III, the benefit formula applicable to our eligible Named Executive Officers is the same. Retirement benefits are calculated as the product of 1.6 percent times years of credited service multiplied by the final annual eligible average compensation. For Title I, final annual eligible average compensation is calculated using the three highest consecutive years in the last ten calendar years before retirement plus the year of retirement. For Title III, final annual eligible average compensation is calculated using the highest consecutive 36 months of compensation in the last 120 months of service prior to retirement. In each case, such benefits are reduced by the product of 1.5 percent of the annual primary Social Security (SS) benefit multiplied by years of credited service, although a maximum reduction limit of 50 percent may apply in certain cases. The formula below provides an illustration as to how the retirement benefits are calculated. For purposes of the formula, “pension compensation” denotes the final annual eligible average compensation described above.

 

[   1.6%   ×   Pension Compensation      ×    Years of Credited Service    ]       [    1.5%    ×    Annual Primary SS Benefit    ×    Years of Credited Service    ]

Eligible pension compensation generally includes salary and annual incentive compensation. However, under Title I, if an eligible employee receives layoff benefits from the Company, eligible pension compensation includes the annualized salary for the year of layoff, rather than actual salary, and years of credited service are increased by any period for which layoff benefits are calculated. Furthermore, certain foreign service as an employee of Phillips Petroleum Company is counted as time and a quarter when determining the service element in the benefit formula under Title I.

Benefits under Title II are based on monthly pay and interest credits to a cash balance account created on the first day of the month after a participant’s hire date. Pay credits are equal to a percentage of total salary and bonus. Participants whose combined years of age and service total less than 44 receive a 6 percent pay credit, those with 44 through 65 receive a 7 percent pay credit, and those with 66 or more receive a 9 percent pay credit. Normal retirement age is 65, but participants may receive their vested benefit upon termination of employment at any age.

Eligible pension compensation under Titles I, II, and III is limited in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code. In 2011, that limit was $245,000. The Internal Revenue Code also limits the annual benefit (expressed as an annuity) available under Titles I, II and III. In 2011, that limit was $195,000 (reduced actuarially for ages below 62).

In addition to the CPRP, the Company maintains several nonqualified pension plans. These are funded through the general assets of the Company, although the Company also maintains trusts of the type generally known as “rabbi trusts” that may be used to pay benefits under the nonqualified pension plans. The plan available to the Named Executive Officers is the ConocoPhillips Key Employee Supplemental Retirement Plan (KESRP). This plan is designed to replace benefits that would otherwise not be received due to limitations contained in the Internal Revenue Code that apply to qualified plans. The two such limitations that most frequently impact the benefits to employees are the limit on compensation that can be

 

97


Table of Contents

taken into account in determining benefit accruals and the maximum annual pension benefit. In 2011, the former limit was set at $245,000, while the latter was set at $195,000. The KESRP determines a benefit without regard to such limits, and then reduces that benefit by the amount of benefit payable from the CPRP. Thus, in operation the combined benefits payable from the related plans for the eligible employee equals the benefit that would have been paid if there had been no limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. Benefits under KESRP are generally paid in a single sum the later of age 55 or six months after retirement. When payments do not begin until after retirement, interest at then current six-month Treasury-bill rates, under most circumstances, will be credited on the delayed benefits. Distribution may also be made upon a determination of death or disability.

Certain foreign service as an employee of Phillips Petroleum Company is counted as time and a quarter when determining the service element in the benefit formula under KESRP. Also under KESRP, certain incentive payments approved by the Phillips Petroleum Company Board of Directors in 2000 are considered as pension compensation. Otherwise, the benefit formulas under KESRP take into account only actual service with the employer and compensation arising from salary and annual incentive compensation (including annual incentive compensation that is performance-based and is included in the Summary Compensation Table as Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation for that reason). The footnotes below provide further detail on extra credited service and compensation.

Mr. Chiang was an employee of Tosco Corporation, which was acquired by Phillips Petroleum Company in 2001. In 2002, he and other eligible employees of Phillips Petroleum Company, either of Phillips heritage or of Tosco heritage, were given the option either to remain in their applicable existing final average earnings type of pension plan (now known as Title I for heritage Phillips employees and Title III for heritage Tosco employees) or begin participation in a cash balance type of pension plan (Title II). Mr. Chiang elected to begin participating in the cash balance plan. With regard to his frozen Title III benefits, a portion of the benefits paid by the ConocoPhillips plans may also be reduced due to Mr. Chiang’s participation in certain plans of Unocal, a company at which he worked prior to certain assets of that company being acquired by Tosco in 1997. The Table reflects the values of benefits for Mr. Chiang under both titles of the ConocoPhillips plan, as well as under KESRP, but not the value estimated to be payable from the plans of Unocal.

Mr. Hirshberg was previously an employee of Exxon Mobil Corporation. In connection with his hiring by ConocoPhillips, the Company agreed to provide Mr. Hirshberg with a benefit under KESRP equal to the benefit calculated under KESRP for a participant in Title I of CPRP, reduced by actual benefits payable from CPRP or other ConocoPhillips plans and by estimated benefits payable from the plans of ExxonMobil. Mr. Hirshberg is vested in the benefit payable under KESRP. The Table reflects that benefit, showing only the values payable from the plans of ConocoPhillips, not from the plans of ExxonMobil.

 

98


Table of Contents

Except where otherwise noted, assumptions used in calculating the present value of accumulated benefits in the Table are found in Note 16—Employee Benefit Plans, in the Notes to Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

 

Name   Plan Name   Number of
Years
Credited
Service
(#)
    Present
Value of
Accumulated
Benefit
($)(1)
   

Payments
During Last
Fiscal Year

($)

 

J.J. Mulva (2)

  Title I—ConocoPhillips Retirement Plan     40        1,959,838        -   
  ConocoPhillips Key Employee Supplemental Retirement Plan       68,527,688        -   

 

 

G.C. Garland (3)

  Title I—ConocoPhillips Retirement Plan     22        793,184        -   
  ConocoPhillips Key Employee Supplemental Retirement Plan       2,675,162        -   

 

 

W.C.W. Chiang (4)

  Title II—ConocoPhillips Retirement Plan     10        188,850        -   
  Title III—ConocoPhillips Retirement Plan     6        142,043        -   
  ConocoPhillips Key Employee Supplemental Retirement Plan       393,725        -   

 

 

A.J. Hirshberg (5)

  Title II—ConocoPhillips Retirement Plan     1        26,671        -   
  ConocoPhillips Key Employee Supplemental Retirement Plan     29        5,740,508        -   

 

 

J.W. Sheets

  Title I—ConocoPhillips Retirement Plan     32        1,208,454        -   
  ConocoPhillips Key Employee Supplemental Retirement Plan       4,256,304        -   

 

 

 

(1) In determining the present value of the accumulated benefit for each Named Executive Officer, the eligible pension compensation (as previously defined) used to calculate the amounts above as of December 31, 2011, for each Named Executive Officer is: Mr. Mulva, $23,931,078; Mr. Garland, $1,196,210; Mr. Chiang, $544,167; Mr. Hirshberg, $1,193,901; and Mr. Sheets, $3,125,758. In determining the present value of the accumulated benefit for Mr. Mulva, this takes into account as an element of pension compensation the value of an off-cycle award of restricted stock and of an off-cycle performance incentive award both approved by the Phillips Petroleum Company Compensation Committee in 2000, but with regard to which the performance conditions were met in 2005. The value of the two off-cycle awards included as part of pension compensation for 2005 was $6,278,301 for Mr. Mulva.

 

99


Table of Contents
(2) Includes additional credited service for Mr. Mulva of 18.25 months related to foreign assignments. With regard to this additional credited service, the following amounts were included in the accumulated benefit shown in the pension table above: Mr. Mulva, $2,684,060.

 

(3) Mr. Garland became an employee of ConocoPhillips on October 6, 2010. Prior to joining ConocoPhillips, Mr. Garland was President and Chief Executive Officer for Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (CPChem). ConocoPhillips owns a 50 percent interest in CPChem. None of the benefits earned by Mr. Garland as an employee of CPChem is included in the Table. The service credited to Mr. Garland does not include his time of service with CPChem. However, prior to his service at CPChem, Mr. Garland had been an employee of Phillips Petroleum Company, which became part of ConocoPhillips at merger in 2002. Mr. Garland’s service shown in the table includes that prior service with Phillips Petroleum Company, in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of the applicable plans.

 

(4) Mr. Chiang is credited with a total of 16 years service under the titles and plans described above. The number of years of service credited under Title III is frozen at 6.25 years of service, but the number of years of service counted under Title II increases each year that Mr. Chiang remains employed with ConocoPhillips. Under Title II, and related provisions in KESRP, Mr. Chiang in 2011 received pay credits equal to 9 percent of his pension compensation as, in 2011, his combined age and years of service exceeded 65. See the narrative above for a discussion of this feature. For this purpose, years of service would include total years of service with ConocoPhillips, which, in Mr. Chiang’s case, is 16.

 

(5) Mr. Hirshberg became an employee of ConocoPhillips on October 6, 2010. Prior to joining ConocoPhillips, Mr. Hirshberg was employed by Exxon Mobil Corporation and participated in its defined benefit plans. None of the benefits earned by Mr. Hirshberg as an employee of Exxon Mobil Corporation is included in the Table. The service credited to Mr. Hirshberg does not include his time of service with Exxon Mobil Corporation with regard to calculation of his benefit under Title II, but, pursuant to the offer letter and resolutions approved by the HRCC in connection with his hire, service credited to Mr. Hirshberg with regard to calculation of his benefit under KESRP does include his time of service with Exxon Mobil Corporation. This is reflected in the Table by showing different service crediting periods for Mr. Hirshberg with regard to each of the plans. The service crediting period for Title II is also included in the service crediting period for KESRP.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

ConocoPhillips maintains several nonqualified deferred compensation plans for its eligible employees. Those available to the Named Executive Officers are described below.

The Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan of ConocoPhillips (KEDCP) is a nonqualified deferral plan that permits certain key employees to voluntarily reduce salary and request deferral of VCIP, or other similar annual incentive compensation program payments that would otherwise be received in the subsequent year. The KEDCP permits eligible employees to defer compensation of up to 100 percent of VCIP and up to 50 percent of salary. All of the Named Executive Officers are eligible to participate in the KEDCP.

Under the KEDCP, for amounts deferred and vested after December 31, 2004, the default distribution option is to receive a lump sum to be paid at least six months after separation from service. Participants may elect to defer payments from one to five years after separation, and to receive annual, semiannual or quarterly payments for a period of up to 15 years. For elections that set a date certain for payment, the distribution will begin in the calendar quarter following the date requested and will be paid out on the distribution schedule elected by the participant.

 

100


Table of Contents

For amounts deferred prior to January 1, 2005, a one-time revision of the ten annual installment payments schedule is allowed from 365 days to no later than 90 days prior to retirement at age 55 or above or within 30 days after being notified of layoff in the calendar year in which the employee is age 50 or above. Participants may receive distributions in one to 15 annual installments, two to 30 semi-annual installments or four to 60 quarterly installments.

The Defined Contribution Make-Up Plan of ConocoPhillips (DCMP) is a nonqualified restoration plan under which the Company makes employer contributions and stock allocations that cannot be made in the qualified ConocoPhillips Savings Plan (CPSP)—a defined contribution plan of the type often referred to as a 401(k) plan—due to certain voluntary reductions of salary under the KEDCP or due to limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. For 2010, the Internal Revenue Code limited the amount of compensation that could be taken into account in determining a benefit under the CPSP to $245,000. Employees make no contributions to the DCMP.

Under the DCMP, amounts vested after December 31, 2004, will be distributed as a lump sum six months after separation from service, or, at a participant’s election, in one to 15 annual payments, no earlier than one year after separation from service. For amounts vested prior to January 1, 2005, participants may, from 365 days to no later than 90 days prior to termination or within 30 days of being notified of layoff, indicate a preference to defer the value into their account under the KEDCP.

Each participant directs investments of the individual accounts set up for that participant under both the KEDCP and DCMP. All ConocoPhillips defined contribution nonqualified deferred compensation plans allow investment of deferred amounts in a broad range of mutual funds or other market-based investments, including ConocoPhillips stock. As market-based investments, none of these provide above-market returns. Since each executive participating in each plan chooses the investment vehicle or vehicles and may change his or her allocations from time to time (as often as daily), the return on the investment will depend on how well the underlying investment fund performed during the time the executive chose it as an investment vehicle. The aggregate performance of such investment is reflected in the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table under the column “Aggregate Earnings in Last Fiscal Year.”

 

101


Table of Contents

Benefits due under each of the plans discussed above are paid from the general assets of the Company, although the Company also maintains trusts of the type generally known as “rabbi trusts” that may be used to pay benefits under the plans. The trusts and the funds held in them are assets of ConocoPhillips. In the event of bankruptcy, participants would be unsecured general creditors.

 

Name

 

Applicable
Plan (1)

  Beginning
Balance

($)
    Executive
Contributions
in Last FY
($) (2)
    Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY
($) (3)
    Aggregate
Earnings
in Last FY
($) (4)
    Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)
    Aggregate
Balance
at Last
FYE
($) (5)
 

J.J. Mulva

  Defined Contribution Make-Up Plan of ConocoPhillips     4,098,007        -        158,088        456,242        -        4,712,337   
  Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan of ConocoPhillips     39,831,118        -        -        (162,752     -        39,668,366   

 

 

G.C.Garland

  Defined Contribution Make-Up Plan of ConocoPhillips     35,657        -        20,375        3,717        -        59,749   
  Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan of ConocoPhillips     735,027        -        -        58,642        -        793,669   

 

 

W.C.W.Chiang

  Defined Contribution Make-Up Plan of ConocoPhillips     176,565        -        58,827        21,457        -        256,849   
  Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan of ConocoPhillips     200,395        -        -        7,137        -        207,532   

 

 

A.J.Hirshberg (6)

  Defined Contribution Make-Up Plan of ConocoPhillips     -        -        20,375        (252     -        20,123   
  Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan of ConocoPhillips     6,742,766        -        -        (213,151     (2,995,829     3,533,786   

 

 

J.W. Sheets

  Defined Contribution Make-Up Plan of ConocoPhillips     186,533        -        34,726        21,837        -        243,096   
  Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan of ConocoPhillips     1,756,008        837,759        -        195,106        -        2,788,873   

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents
(1) As of December 31, 2011, there were a total of 97 investment options, of which 41 were the same as those available in the Company’s primary tax-qualified defined contribution plan for employees (its 401(k) plan, the ConocoPhillips Savings Plan) and of which 57 were other various mutual fund options approved by an administrator designated by the relevant plan.

 

(2) For Mr. Sheets this reflects $154,875 in salary and $682,884 in 2010 VCIP deferred in 2011 (included in the “Salary” column of the Summary Compensation Table for 2011).

 

(3) Reflects contributions by the Company under the DCMP in 2011 (included in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table for 2011).

 

(4) None of these earnings are included in the Summary Compensation Table for 2011.

 

(5) Reflects contributions by our Named Executive Officers, contributions by the Company, and earnings on balances prior to 2011; plus contributions by our Named Executive Officers, contributions by the Company, and earnings for 2011 (shown in the appropriate columns of this table, with amounts that are included in the Summary Compensation Table for 2011 shown in footnotes (2), (3) and (4) above).

 

(6) Mr. Hirshberg became an employee of the Company on October 6, 2010. Pursuant to the terms of his offer letter (approved by the HRCC), a KEDCP account was created for Mr. Hirshberg at the time of his employment and credited with $6,357,436. Forty-seven percent of the account balance as of the first anniversary of his employment vested in 2011, 47 percent will vest on the second anniversary of his employment, and the remainder will vest on the third anniversary of his employment. Distributions will occur on the dates of vesting, unless Mr. Hirshberg has made timely elections to delay distribution. He did not elect to delay the distribution regarding the vesting on the first anniversary of his employment.

Executive Severance and Changes in Control

Salary and other compensation for our Named Executive Officers is set by the HRCC, as described in “ Compensation Discussion and Analysis ” included elsewhere in this Information Statement. These officers may participate in the Company’s employee benefit plans and programs for which they are eligible, in accordance with their terms.

Each of our Named Executive Officers is expected to receive amounts earned during his term of employment unless he voluntarily resigns prior to becoming retirement eligible or is terminated for cause. Such amounts include:

 

   

VCIP earned during the fiscal year.

 

   

Grants pursuant to the PSP for the most-recently completed performance period and ongoing performance periods in which the executive participated for at least one year.

 

   

Previously granted restricted stock and restricted stock units.

 

   

Vested stock option grants under the Stock Option Program.

 

   

Amounts contributed and vested under our defined contribution plans.

 

   

Amounts accrued and vested under our pension plans.

 

103


Table of Contents

While normal retirement age under our benefit plans is 65, early retirement provisions allow benefits at earlier ages if vesting requirements are met, as discussed in the sections entitled “ Pension Benefits ” and “ Nonqualified Deferred Compensation .” For our compensation programs (VCIP, Stock Option Program, and PSP), early retirement is generally defined to be termination at or after the age of 55 with five years of service.

As of December 31, 2011, Mr. Mulva was retirement eligible under both our benefit plan and our compensation programs. As of December 31, 2011, Messrs. Hirshberg, Garland, Sheets, and Chiang had not met the early retirement criteria under either the applicable title of the pension plan or of our compensation programs. Therefore, as of December 31, 2011, a voluntary resignation of Mr. Mulva would have been treated as a retirement. Since Mr. Mulva was then eligible for retirement under these programs, he would be able to resign and retain all awards earned under the PSP and earlier programs. As a result, the awards to Mr. Mulva under such programs are not included in the incremental amounts reflected in the tables below. See “ Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End ” for more information.

In addition, specific severance arrangements for executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, are provided under two severance plans of ConocoPhillips: the ConocoPhillips Executive Severance Plan (CPESP), available to a limited number of senior executives; and the ConocoPhillips Key Employee Change in Control Severance Plan (CICSP), also available to a limited number of senior executives, but only upon a change in control. These arrangements are described below. Executives are not entitled to participate in both plans as a result of a single event.

ConocoPhillips Executive Severance Plan

The CPESP covers executives in salary grades generally corresponding to vice president and higher. The CPESP provides that if the Company terminates the employment of a participant in the plan other than for cause, as defined in the plan, upon executing a general release of liability and, if requested by the Company, an agreement not to compete with the Company, the participant will be entitled to:

 

   

A lump-sum cash payment equal to one-and-a-half or two times the sum of the employee’s base salary and current target VCIP.

 

   

A lump-sum cash payment equal to the present value of the increase in retirement benefits that would result from the crediting of an additional one-and-a-half or two years to the employee’s number of years of age and service under the applicable retirement plan.

 

   

A lump-sum cash payment equal to the Company cost of certain welfare benefits for an additional one-and-a-half or two years.

 

   

Continuation in eligibility for a pro rata portion of the annual VCIP for which the employee is eligible in the year of termination.

 

   

Treatment as a layoff under the various compensation and equity programs of the Company – generally, layoff treatment will allow executives to retain awards previously made and continue their eligibility under ongoing Company programs; thus, actual program grants as restricted stock or restricted stock units would vest and the executive would remain eligible for awards attributable to ongoing performance periods under the PSP in which they had participated for at least one year.

The CPESP may be amended or terminated by the Company at any time. Amounts payable under the plan will be offset by any payments or benefits that are payable to the severed employee under any other plan, policy, or program of ConocoPhillips relating to severance, and amounts may also be reduced in the event of willful and bad faith conduct demonstrably injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise.

 

104


Table of Contents

ConocoPhillips Key Employee Change in Control Severance Plan

The CICSP covers executives in salary grades generally corresponding to vice president and higher. The CICSP provides that if the employment of a participant in the plan is terminated by the Company within two years of a “change in control” of ConocoPhillips, other than for cause, or by the participant for good reason, as such terms are defined in the plan, upon executing a general release of liability, the participant will be entitled to:

 

   

A lump-sum cash payment equal to two or three times the sum of the employee’s base salary and the higher of current target VCIP or previous two years’ average VCIP.

 

   

A lump-sum cash payment equal to the present value of the increase in retirement benefits that would result from the crediting of an additional two or three years to the employee’s number of years of age and service under the applicable retirement plan.

 

   

A lump-sum cash payment equal to the Company cost of certain welfare benefits for an additional two or three years.

 

   

Continuation in eligibility for a pro rata portion of the annual VCIP for which the employee is eligible in the year of termination.

 

   

If necessary, a gross-up payment sufficient to compensate the participant for the amount of any excise tax imposed on payments made under the plan or otherwise pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code and for any taxes imposed on this additional payment, although if the applicable payments are not more than 110 percent of the “safe harbor” amount under Section 280G of the Code, the payments are “cut back” to the safe harbor amount rather than a gross-up payment being made.

Upon a change in control, the participant becomes eligible for vesting in all equity awards and lapsing of any restrictions, with continued ability to exercise stock options for their remaining terms. After a change in control, the CICSP may not be amended or terminated if such amendment would be adverse to the interests of any eligible employee, without the employee’s written consent. Amounts payable under the plan will be offset by any payments or benefits that are payable to the severed employee under any other plan, policy, or program of ConocoPhillips relating to severance, and amounts may also be reduced in the event of willful and bad faith conduct demonstrably injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise.

Other Arrangements

Mr. Hirshberg became an employee of ConocoPhillips on October 6, 2010. The HRCC approved an offer letter to him which described the terms and conditions of employment, including the fact that he would serve as an at-will employee. The letter also provided certain protections against termination events. He will be considered to have been terminated by the Company if the Company terminates his employment either without cause or if his employment is terminated by mutual agreement, or if he initiates the termination of his employment (but only if given good reason to do so), prior to attaining age 55. Any severance benefits to which he may become entitled prior to attainment of age 55 will not be less than the severance benefits provided under the letter, the CPESP, and the CICSP as those plans were in effect on the date of the letter.

Quantification of Severance Payments

The tables below reflect the amount of incremental compensation payable to each of our Named Executive Officers in the event of termination of such executive’s employment other than as a result of voluntary resignation. The amount of compensation payable to each Named Executive Officer upon involuntary

 

105


Table of Contents

not-for-cause termination, for-cause termination, termination following a change in control (CIC) (either involuntarily without cause or for good reason) and in the event of the death or disability of the executive is shown below. The amounts shown assume that such termination was effective as of December 31, 2011, and thus include amounts earned through such time and are estimates of the amounts which would be paid out to the executives upon their termination. The actual amounts to be paid out can only be determined at the time of such executive’s separation from the Company.

The following tables reflect additional incremental amounts to which each of our Named Executive Officers would be entitled if their employment were terminated due to the events described above.

 

Executive Benefits and Payments
Upon Termination

   Involuntary
Not-for-Cause
Termination
(Not CIC)

($)
     For-Cause
Termination

($)
    Involuntary
or Good
Reason
Termination
(CIC)

($)
     Death
($)
     Disability
($)
 

J.J. Mulva

             

Base Salary

     3,000,000         -        4,500,000         -         -   

Short-term Incentive

     4,050,000         -        8,296,932         -         -   

Variable Cash Incentive Program

     -         (2,025,000     -         -         -   

2009 - 2011 (performance period)

     -         (18,739,832     -         -         -   

2010 - 2012 (performance period)

     -         (6,173,328     -         -         -   

2011 - 2013 (performance period)

     -         (2,557,956     -         -         -   

Restricted Stock/Units from prior performance

     -         (2,754,486     -         -         -   

Stock Options/SARs:

             

Unvested and Accelerated

     -         (13,758,648     -         -         -   

Incremental Pension

     3,163,413         -        4,745,119         -         -   

Post-employment Health & Welfare

     722,316         -        1,110,212         -         -   

Life Insurance

     -         -        -         3,000,000         -   

280G Tax Gross-up

     -         -        -         -         -   

 

 
     10,935,729         (46,009,250     18,652,263         3,000,000         -   

 

 

 

Executive Benefits and Payments
Upon Termination

   Involuntary
Not-for-Cause
Termination
(Not CIC)

($)
     For-Cause
Termination

($)
     Involuntary
or Good
Reason
Termination
(CIC)

($)
     Death
($)
     Disability
($)
 

G.C. Garland

              

Base Salary

     1,552,000         -         2,328,000         -         -   

Short-term Incentive

     1,381,280         -         2,071,920         -         -   

Variable Cash Incentive Program

     690,640         -         690,640         690,640         690,640   

2009 - 2011 (performance period)

     1,562,916         -         1,562,916         1,562,916         1,562,916   

2010 - 2012 (performance period)

     965,309         -         965,309         965,309         965,309   

2011 - 2013 (performance period)

     471,688         -         471,688         471,688         471,688   

Restricted Stock/Units from inducement grant

     614,950         -         614,950         614,950         614,950   

Stock Options/SARs:

              

Unvested and Accelerated

     180,415         -         196,817         196,817         196,817   

Incremental Pension

     2,442,169         -         2,913,242         -         -   

Post-employment Health & Welfare

     28,625         -         42,037         -         -   

Life Insurance

     -         -         -         1,552,000         -   

280G Tax Gross-up

     -         -         3,184,639         -         -   

 

 
     9,889,992         -         15,042,158         6,054,320         4,502,320   

 

 

 

106


Table of Contents

 

Executive Benefits and

Payments Upon Termination

  

Involuntary
Not-for-Cause
Termination
(Not CIC)

($)

    

For-Cause
Termination

($)

    

Involuntary
or Good
Reason
Termination
(CIC)

($)

    

Death

($)

    

Disability

($)

 

W.C.W. Chiang

              

Base Salary

     1,552,000         -         2,328,000         -         -   

Short-term Incentive

     1,381,280         -         2,212,887         -         -   

Variable Cash Incentive Program

     690,640         -         690,640         690,640         690,640   

2009—2011 (performance period)

     2,929,811         -         2,929,811         2,929,811         2,929,811   

2010—2012 (performance period)

     1,175,539         -         1,175,539         1,175,539         1,175,539   

2011—2013 (performance period)

     471,688         -         471,688         471,688         471,688   

Restricted Stock/Units from prior performance

     5,865,306         -         5,865,306         5,865,306         5,865,306   

Stock Options/SARs:

              

Unvested and Accelerated

     2,194,841         -         2,211,243         2,211,243         2,211,243   

Incremental Pension

     316,375         -         482,147         -         -   

Post-employment Health & Welfare

     40,366         -         54,459         -         -   

Life Insurance

     -         -         -         1,552,000         -   

280G Tax Gross-up

     -         -         3,491,268         -         -   

 

 
     16,617,846         -         21,912,988         14,896,227         13,344,227   

 

 

 

Executive Benefits and

Payments Upon Termination

  

Involuntary
Not-for-Cause
Termination
(Not CIC)

($)

    

For-Cause
Termination

($)

   

Involuntary
or Good
Reason
Termination
(CIC)

($)

    

Death

($)

    

Disability

($)

 

A.J. Hirshberg

             

Base Salary

     1,552,000         -        2,328,000         -         -   

Short-term Incentive

     1,381,280         -        2,071,920         -         -   

Variable Cash Incentive Program

     690,640         -        690,640         690,640         690,640   

Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan

     -         (3,533,787     -         -         -   

2009—2011 (performance period)

     1,497,770         -        1,497,770         1,497,770         1,497,770   

2010—2012 (performance period)

     965,309         -        965,309         965,309         965,309   

2011—2013 (performance period)

     471,688         -        471,688         471,688         471,688   

Restricted Stock/Units from inducement grant

     -         (3,566,622     -         -         -   

Stock Options/SARs:

             

Unvested and Accelerated

     180,415         -        196,817         196,817         196,817   

Incremental Pension

     4,320,871         -        4,743,808         -         -   

Post-employment Health & Welfare

     92,376         -        130,835         -         -   

Life Insurance

     -         -        -         1,552,000         -   

280G Tax Gross-up

     -         -        3,469,332         -         -   

 

 
     11,152,349         (7,100,409     16,566,119         5,374,224         3,822,224   

 

 

 

107


Table of Contents

 

Executive Benefits and

Payments Upon Termination

  

Involuntary
Not-for-Cause
Termination
(Not CIC)

($)

    

For-Cause
Termination

($)

    

Involuntary
or Good
Reason
Termination
(CIC)

($)

    

Death

($)

    

Disability

($)

 

J.W. Sheets

              

Base Salary

     1,278,000         -         1,917,000         -         -   

Short-term Incentive

     1,060,740         -         1,702,338         -         -   

Variable Cash Incentive Program

     530,370         -         530,370         530,370         530,370   

2009—2011 (performance period)

     2,025,276         -         2,025,276         2,025,276         2,025,276   

2010—2012 (performance period)

     835,892         -         835,892         835,892         835,892   

2011—2013 (performance period)

     372,584         -         372,584         372,584         372,584   

Restricted Stock/Units from prior performance

     4,893,731         -         4,893,731         4,893,731         4,893,731   

Stock Options/SARs:

              

Unvested and Accelerated

     1,180,459         -         1,190,456         1,190,456         1,190,456   

Incremental Pension

     3,373,991         -         4,211,836         -         -   

Post-employment Health & Welfare

     30,580         -         41,695         -         -   

Life Insurance

     -         -         -         1,278,000         -   

280G Tax Gross-up

     -         -         3,546,474         -         -   

 

 
     15,581,623         -         21,267,652         11,126,309         9,848,309   

 

 

Notes Applicable to All Termination Tables In preparing each of the tables above, certain assumptions have been made. Benefits that would be available generally to all or substantially all salaried employees on the U.S. payroll are not included in the amounts shown. The following additional assumptions were also made:

 

   

Short-Term Incentives—For the short-term incentive amounts, in the event of an involuntary not-for-cause termination not related to a change in control, the amount reflects two times current VCIP target, while in the event of an involuntary or good reason termination related to a change in control, the amount reflects three times current VCIP target or three times the average of the prior two VCIP payouts.

 

   

Variable Cash Incentive Program—For the VCIP amounts, in the event of an involuntary not-for-cause termination not related to a change in control or an involuntary or good reason termination related to a change in control, the amount reflects the employee’s pro rata current VCIP target. Targets for VCIP are for a full year, and are pro-rata for the Named Executive Officers based on time spent in their respective positions.

 

   

Long-Term Incentives—For the performance periods related to PSP, amounts for the 2009-2011 period are shown at the payout amount that was awarded in February 2012, while amounts for other periods are prorated to reflect the portion of the performance period completed by the end of 2011. For the PSP awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units, amounts reflect the closing price of ConocoPhillips common stock, as reported on the NYSE, on December 30, 2011 ($72.87), the last trading day of 2011.

 

   

Stock Options—For stock options with a December 30, 2011, ConocoPhillips common stock price higher than the option exercise price, the amounts reflect the intrinsic value as if the options had been exercised on December 31, 2011, but only regarding the options that the executive would

 

108


Table of Contents
 

have retained for the specific termination event. For options with a December 30, 2011, ConocoPhillips common stock price lower than the option exercise price the amounts reflect a zero intrinsic value regarding the options that the executive would have retained for the specific termination event.

 

   

Incremental Pension Values—For the incremental pension value, the amounts reflect the single sum value of the increment due to an additional two years of age and service with associated pension compensation in the event of regular involuntary termination (three years in the event of a CIC termination) regardless of whether the value is provided directly through a defined benefit plan or through the relevant severance plan.

 

   

280G Tax Gross-up Each Named Executive Officer is entitled, under the relevant change in control plan, to an associated “excise tax gross-up” to the extent any change in control payment triggers the golden parachute excise tax provisions under Section 4999 of the Code (within certain limitations). The following material assumptions were used to estimate executive excise taxes and associated tax gross-ups:

 

  ¡  

Equity and PSP awards were valued at the closing price of ConocoPhillips stock, as reported on the NYSE, on December 30, 2011 ($72.87).

 

  ¡  

Options are assumed exchanged and valued using a Black-Scholes-Merton-based option methodology.

 

  ¡  

Parachute payments for time vesting stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units were valued using Treas. Reg. Section 1.280G-1 Q&A 24(b) or (c) as applicable.

 

  ¡  

Calculations assume certain performance-based pay such as PSP awards and pro-rata VCIP payments are reasonable compensation for services rendered prior to the CIC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Our non-employee directors will receive compensation for their services on the Board of Directors. Following the separation, we expect our director compensation programs and amounts will be structured similarly to those currently in place at ConocoPhillips. The primary elements of our non-employee director compensation are expected to consist of an equity compensation program and a cash compensation program. Information on ConocoPhillips’ 2011 non-employee director compensation is included below.

Objectives and Principles

Compensation for directors is reviewed annually by the Committee on Directors’ Affairs with the assistance of such third-party consultants as the Committee deems advisable, and set by action of the Board of Directors. The Board’s goal in designing directors’ compensation is to provide a competitive package that will enable it to attract and retain highly skilled individuals with relevant experience and that reflects the time and talent required to serve on the board of a complex, multinational corporation. The Board seeks to provide sufficient flexibility in the form of delivery to meet the needs of different individuals while ensuring that a substantial portion of directors’ compensation is linked to the long-term success of ConocoPhillips. In furtherance of ConocoPhillips’ commitment to be a socially responsible member of the communities in which it participates, the Board believes that it is appropriate to extend ConocoPhillips’ matching gift program to charitable contributions made by individual directors as more fully described below.

 

109


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation

In 2011, non-employee directors received an annual grant of restricted stock units with an aggregate value of $170,000 on the date of grant. Restrictions on the units issued to a non-employee director will lapse in the event of retirement, disability, death, or a change of control, unless the director has elected to receive the shares after a stated period of time. Directors forfeit the units if, prior to the lapse of restrictions, the Board finds sufficient cause for forfeiture (although no such finding can be made after a change of control). Before the restrictions lapse, directors cannot sell or otherwise transfer the units, but the units are credited with dividend equivalents in the form of additional restricted stock units. When restrictions lapse, directors will receive unrestricted shares of Company stock as settlement of the restricted stock units.

Cash Compensation

In 2011, all non-employee directors received $115,000 annual cash compensation. Non-employee directors serving in specified committee positions also received the following additional cash compensation:

 

   

Director presiding over meetings of the non-employee directors—$25,000

   

Chair of the Audit and Finance Committee—$20,000

   

Chair of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee—$15,000

   

Chair of the other committees—$10,000

   

All other Audit and Finance Committee members—$7,500

   

All other Human Resources and Compensation Committee members—$5,000

The total annual compensation is payable in monthly cash installments. Directors may elect, on an annual basis, to receive all or part of their cash compensation in unrestricted stock or in restricted stock units (such unrestricted stock or restricted stock units are issued on the last business day of the month valued using the average of the high and the low market prices of ConocoPhillips common stock on such date), or to have the amount credited to the director’s deferred compensation account.

Deferral of Compensation

Directors can elect to defer their cash compensation into the Deferred Compensation Program for Non-Employee Directors of ConocoPhillips (Director Deferral Plan). Deferred amounts are deemed to be invested in various mutual funds and similar investment choices (including ConocoPhillips common stock) selected by the director from a list of investment choices available under the Director Deferral Plan.

Other Compensation

The Board believes that it is important for spouses/significant others of directors and executive officers to attend certain meetings to enhance the collegiality of the Board. The cost of such attendance is treated by the Internal Revenue Service as income, and as such is taxable to the recipient. The Board believes that such costs are expenses of creating a collegial environment that enhances the effectiveness of the Board and so it reimburses directors for the cost of resulting income taxes.

Stock Ownership

Directors are expected to own as much Company stock as the amounts of the annual equity grants during their first five years on the Board. Directors are expected to reach this level of target ownership within five years of joining the Board. Actual shares of stock, restricted stock, or restricted stock units, including deferred stock units, may be counted in satisfying the stock ownership guidelines.

 

110


Table of Contents

STOCK OWNERSHIP

As of the date of this Information Statement, all of the outstanding shares of Phillips 66 common stock are owned by ConocoPhillips. After the distribution, ConocoPhillips will not directly or indirectly own any of our common stock. The following tables provide information with respect to the expected beneficial ownership of Phillips 66 common stock by (1) each identified director nominee of Phillips 66, (2) each Named Executive Officer, (3) all identified Phillips 66 executive officers and director nominees as a group (who, collectively, are expected to beneficially own less than 1 percent of Phillips 66’s common stock), and (4) each of our stockholders who we believe will be a beneficial owner of more than 5 percent of Phillips 66 outstanding common stock based on current publicly available information. We based the share amounts on each person’s beneficial ownership of ConocoPhillips common stock as of February 15, 2012, and applying the distribution ratio of one share of our common stock for every two shares of ConocoPhillips common stock held as of the record date, unless we indicate some other date or basis for the share amounts in the applicable footnotes.

Except as otherwise noted in the footnotes below, each person or entity identified below is expected to have sole voting and investment power with respect to such securities. Following the distribution, Phillips 66 will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately 640 million shares of common stock based upon approximately 1,280 million shares of ConocoPhillips common stock outstanding on January 31, 2012, excluding treasury shares and assuming no exercise of ConocoPhillips stock options or SARs or settlement of outstanding RSUs or PSUs in shares of ConocoPhillips common stock, and applying the distribution ratio of one share of our common stock for every two shares of ConocoPhillips common stock held as of the record date.

To the extent our directors and executive officers own ConocoPhillips common stock at the record date for the distribution, they will participate in the distribution on the same terms as other holders of ConocoPhillips common stock.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder, director or officer is determined according to the rules of the SEC and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. The mailing address for each of the directors and executive officers is c/o Phillips 66, 600 N. Dairy Ashford, Houston, Texas 77079.

Holdings of Major Stockholders

The following table sets forth information regarding each stockholder who is expected, following the separation, to beneficially own more than 5 percent of our common stock (as of the date of such stockholder’s Schedule 13G filing with the SEC):

 

     Common Stock  

Name and Address

   Number
of Shares
     Percent
of Class
 

BlackRock Inc. (1)

40 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022

     37,693,474         5.68

 

(1)

Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 13, 2012, by BlackRock Inc., on behalf of itself, BlackRock Japan Co. Ltd., BlackRock Advisors (UK) Limited, BlackRock Asset Management Deutschland AG, BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A., BlackRock Fund Advisors, BlackRock Asset Management Canada Limited, BlackRock Asset Management Australia Limited,

 

111


Table of Contents
  BlackRock Advisors, LLC, BlackRock Capital Management, Inc., BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, BlackRock Investment Management (Australia) Limited, BlackRock Investment Management (Korea) Ltd, BlackRock (Luxembourg) S.A., BlackRock (Netherlands) B.V., BlackRock Fund Managers Limited, BlackRock Pensions Limited, BlackRock Asset Management Ireland Limited, BlackRock International Limited, BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited.

Holdings of Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned, based on the basis of presentation previously described, as of February 15, 2012, by:

 

   

Each officer named in the Summary Compensation Table.

   

Each of the persons currently expected to serve as a director following the separation.

   

All of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Together these individuals beneficially own less than one percent of our common stock. For purposes of this table, shares are considered to be “beneficially” owned if the person, directly or indirectly, has sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to such shares. In addition, a person is deemed to beneficially own shares if that person has the right to acquire such shares within 60 days of February 15, 2012.

 

     Number of Shares or
Units
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
     Options
Exercisable

Within 60
Days (1)
 

Willie C. W. Chiang

     11,868         153,683   

Greg C. Garland

     20,395         11,950   

Al J. Hirshberg

     358         11,950   

John E. Lowe

     23,084         40,450   

Harold W. McGraw III

     500         -   

James J. Mulva

     686,032         1,990,566   

Jeff W. Sheets

     20,320         108,635   

Victoria J. Tschinkel (2)

     14,659         -   

Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (8 Persons)

     777,216         2,317,234   
                   

 

(1) Includes beneficial ownership of shares of common stock which may be acquired within 60 days of February 15, 2012, through stock options awarded under compensation plans.

 

(2) Includes 85 shares of common stock owned by the Erica Tschinkel Trust and 6,533 shares of common stock owned jointly with Ms. Tschinkel’s spouse.

 

112


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The Separation from ConocoPhillips

The separation will be accomplished by means of the distribution by ConocoPhillips of all of the outstanding shares of Phillips 66 common stock to holders of ConocoPhillips common stock entitled to such distribution, as described under “The Separation” included elsewhere in this Information Statement. Completion of the distribution will be subject to satisfaction or waiver by ConocoPhillips of the conditions to the separation and distribution described under “The Separation—Conditions to the Distribution.”

Related Party Transactions

Our Code of Business Ethics and Conduct to be in effect as of the distribution date will require all directors and executive officers to promptly bring to the attention of the General Counsel and, in the case of directors, the Chairman of the Committee on Directors’ Affairs or, in the case of executive officers, the Chairman of the Audit and Finance Committee, any transaction or relationship that arises and of which she or he becomes aware that reasonably could be expected to constitute a related party transaction. For purposes of the company’s Code of Business Ethics and Conduct, a related party transaction is a transaction in which the company (including its affiliates) is a participant and in which any director or executive officer (or their immediate family members) had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Any such transaction or relationship will be reviewed by our company’s management and the appropriate Board Committee to ensure it does not constitute a conflict of interest and is reported appropriately. Additionally, the Committee on Directors’ Affairs charter will provide for the committee to conduct an annual review of related party transactions between each of our directors and the company (and its subsidiaries) and to make recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding the continued independence of Board members.

Agreements with ConocoPhillips

As part of our separation from ConocoPhillips, we will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement and several other agreements with ConocoPhillips to effect the separation and provide a framework for our relationships with ConocoPhillips after the separation. These agreements will provide for the allocation between us and ConocoPhillips of the assets, liabilities and obligations of ConocoPhillips and its subsidiaries, and will govern the relationships between Phillips 66 and ConocoPhillips subsequent to the separation (including with respect to transition services, employee matters, intellectual property matters, tax matters and certain other commercial relationships). In addition to the Separation and Distribution Agreement (which will contain many of the key provisions related to our separation from ConocoPhillips and the distribution of our shares of common stock to ConocoPhillips stockholders), these agreements include, among others:

 

   

Indemnification and Release Agreement.

   

Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement.

   

Tax Sharing Agreement.

   

Employee Matters Agreement.

   

Transition Services Agreement.

The forms of certain of the principal agreements described below are filed as exhibits to the registration statement on Form 10 of which this Information Statement is a part. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the applicable agreements, which is incorporated by reference into this Information Statement.

 

113


Table of Contents

The terms of the agreements described below that will be in effect following the separation have not yet been finalized. Changes, some of which may be material, may be made prior to our separation from ConocoPhillips. No changes may be made after the separation without our consent.

Separation and Distribution Agreement

The Separation and Distribution Agreement will govern the terms of the separation of the Downstream business from ConocoPhillips’ other businesses. Generally, the Separation and Distribution Agreement will include ConocoPhillips’ and our agreements relating to the restructuring steps to be taken to complete the separation, including the assets and rights to be transferred, liabilities to be assumed, contracts to be assigned and related matters. Subject to the receipt of required governmental and other consents and approvals, in order to accomplish the separation, the Separation and Distribution Agreement will provide for ConocoPhillips and us to transfer specified assets and liabilities between the companies that will operate the Downstream business after the distribution, on the one hand, and ConocoPhillips’ remaining businesses, on the other hand. The Separation and Distribution Agreement will require ConocoPhillips and us to endeavor to obtain consents, approvals and amendments required to novate or assign the assets and liabilities that are to be transferred pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement as soon as reasonably practicable.

Unless otherwise provided in the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any of the related ancillary agreements, all assets will be transferred on an “as is, where is” basis. Generally, if the transfer of any assets or liabilities requires a consent that will not be obtained before the distribution, or if any assets or liabilities are transferred to the other party and should not have been so transferred, each party will agree to hold the assets or liabilities for the intended party’s use and benefit (and at its expense) until they can be transferred to such intended party.

The Separation and Distribution Agreement will specify those conditions that must be satisfied or waived by ConocoPhillips prior to the distribution. In addition, ConocoPhillips will have the right to determine the date and terms of the distribution, and will have the right, at any time until completion of the distribution, to determine to abandon or modify the distribution and to terminate the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Indemnification and Release Agreement

The Indemnification and Release Agreement will govern the treatment of all aspects relating to indemnification, insurance, litigation responsibility and management, and litigation document sharing and cooperation. Generally, the Indemnification and Release Agreement will provide for cross-indemnities principally designed to place financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of our business with us and financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of ConocoPhillips’ business with ConocoPhillips. The Indemnification and Release Agreement will also establish procedures for handling claims subject to indemnification and related matters.

Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement

The Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement will govern the allocation of intellectual property rights and assets between Phillips 66 and ConocoPhillips, and provides appropriate cross-licenses to allow each company to operate in its respective business areas following the separation.

 

114


Table of Contents

Tax Sharing Agreement

The Tax Sharing Agreement will govern ConocoPhillips’ and our respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to taxes (including taxes arising in the ordinary course of business and taxes, if any, incurred as a result of any failure of the distribution and certain related transactions to qualify as tax-free for federal income tax purposes), tax attributes, tax returns, tax contests and certain other tax matters.

In general, under the Tax Sharing Agreement, we expect that responsibility for taxes for periods prior to the distribution will be allocated in the following manner:

 

   

With respect to any U.S. federal income taxes of the affiliated group of which ConocoPhillips is the common parent, we generally will be responsible for such taxes to the extent attributable to the Downstream business, and ConocoPhillips generally will be responsible for all other such taxes.

 

   

With respect to U.S. state or local income taxes, we generally will be responsible for such taxes to the extent attributable to the Downstream business, and ConocoPhillips generally will be responsible for all other such taxes.

 

   

ConocoPhillips generally will be responsible for any foreign income taxes reportable on returns that include only ConocoPhillips and its subsidiaries (excluding us and our subsidiaries), and we generally will be responsible for any foreign income taxes reportable on returns that include only us or our subsidiaries.

 

   

With respect to any U.S. state or local or foreign property taxes, we generally will be responsible for such taxes to the extent attributable to property owned by us or one of our subsidiaries immediately following the distribution, and ConocoPhillips generally will be responsible for all other such taxes.

 

   

With respect to certain non-income taxes, such as motor fuel, excise, sales and use taxes, we generally will be responsible for such taxes to the extent attributable to the Downstream business, and ConocoPhillips generally will be responsible for all other such taxes.

In addition, the Tax Sharing Agreement will impose certain restrictions on us and our subsidiaries (including restrictions on share issuances, business combinations, sales of assets and similar transactions) that are designed to preserve the tax-free status of the distribution and certain related transactions. The Tax Sharing Agreement will provide special rules allocating tax liabilities in the event the distribution, together with certain related transactions, is not tax-free. In general, under the Tax Sharing Agreement, we will be responsible for any taxes imposed on ConocoPhillips that arise from the failure of the distribution and certain related transactions to qualify as a tax-free transaction for federal income tax purposes within the meaning of Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) and certain other relevant provisions of the Code to the extent that the failure to qualify is attributable to actions, events, or transactions relating to our stock, assets or business, or a breach of the relevant representations or covenants made by us in the Tax Sharing Agreement.

The Tax Sharing Agreement will also set forth ConocoPhillips’ and our obligations as to the filing of tax returns, the administration of tax contests and assistance and cooperation on tax matters.

 

115


Table of Contents

Employee Matters Agreement

The Employee Matters Agreement will govern ConocoPhillips’ and our compensation and employee benefit obligations with respect to the current and former employees and non-employee directors of each company, and generally will allocate liabilities and responsibilities relating to employee compensation and benefit plans and programs. The Employee Matters Agreement will provide for the treatment of outstanding ConocoPhillips equity awards and certain other outstanding annual and long-term incentive awards. The Employee Matters Agreement will provide that, following the distribution, our active employees generally will no longer participate in benefit plans sponsored or maintained by ConocoPhillips and will commence participation in our benefit plans, which are expected to be similar to the existing ConocoPhillips benefit plans. In addition, the Employee Matters Agreement will provide that each of the parties will be responsible for their respective current employees and compensation plans for such current employees and that ConocoPhillips will be responsible for all liabilities relating to former employees. The Employee Matters Agreement also will set forth the general principles relating to employee matters, including with respect to the assignment of employees, the assumption and retention of liabilities and related assets, expense reimbursements, workers’ compensation, leaves of absence, the provision of comparable benefits, employee service credit, the sharing of employee information, and the duplication or acceleration of benefits. The Employee Matters Agreement will also address any special circumstances, including employees who will transfer to their eventual permanent employer on a delayed basis because they will continue to provide services to either ConocoPhillips or Phillips 66 during a transition period following the distribution.

The Employee Matters Agreement will also provide that (i) the distribution does not constitute a change in control under ConocoPhillips’ plans, programs, agreements or arrangements, and (ii) the distribution and the assignment, transfer or continuation of the employment of employees with another entity will not constitute a severance event under the applicable plans, programs, agreements or arrangements.

Transition Services Agreement

The Transition Services Agreement will set forth the terms on which ConocoPhillips will provide to us, and we will provide to ConocoPhillips, on a temporary basis, certain services or functions that the companies historically have shared. Transition services may include administrative, payroll, human resources, data processing, environmental health and safety, financial audit support, financial transaction support, and other support services, information technology systems and various other corporate services. We expect the agreement will provide for the provision of specified transition services, generally for a period of up to 12 months, with a possible extension of 6 months (an aggregate of 18 months), on a cost or a cost-plus basis.

 

116


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of information concerning our capital stock. The summaries and descriptions below do not purport to be complete statements of the relevant provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation or of our By-laws to be in effect at the time of the distribution. The summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, which you must read for complete information on our capital stock as of the time of the distribution. Our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws to be in effect at the time of the distribution will be included as exhibits to our registration statement on Form 10, of which this Information Statement forms a part.

Distributions of Securities

In the past three years, Phillips 66 has not sold any securities, including sales of reacquired securities, new issues (other than to ConocoPhillips in connection with our formation), securities issued in exchange for property, services or other securities, and new securities resulting from the modification of outstanding securities.

Common Stock

Immediately following the distribution, our authorized common stock will consist of 2.5 billion shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Shares Outstanding— Immediately following the distribution, we expect that approximately 640 million shares of our common stock will be issued and outstanding based upon approximately 1,280 million shares of ConocoPhillips common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2012, and assuming no exercise of ConocoPhillips options or SARs or settlement of ConocoPhillips RSUs or PSUs in shares of ConocoPhillips common stock, and applying the distribution ratio of one share of our common stock for every two shares of ConocoPhillips common stock held as of the record date.

Voting Rights— Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Board members are elected by a majority of the votes cast in person or by proxy and entitled to vote, including votes to withhold authority and excluding abstentions.

Holders of shares of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights. In other words, a holder of a single share of common stock cannot cast more than one vote for each position to be filled on our Board of Directors. A consequence of not having cumulative voting rights is that the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in the election of directors can elect all directors standing for election, which means that the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors.

Other Rights— In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, after the satisfaction in full of the liquidation preferences of holders of any preferred shares, holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to ratable distribution of the remaining assets available for distribution to stockholders. The shares of our common stock are not subject to redemption by operation of a sinking fund or otherwise. Holders of shares of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights.

Fully Paid— The issued and outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. This means the full purchase price for the outstanding shares of our common stock has been paid and the holders of such shares will not be assessed any additional amounts for such shares. Any additional shares of common stock that we may issue in the future will also be fully paid and non-assessable.

 

117


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

We are authorized to issue up to 500 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Our Board of Directors, without further action by the holders of our common stock, may issue shares of our preferred stock. Our Board of Directors is vested with the authority to fix by resolution the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation, redemption rights, dividend rights, liquidation preferences and conversion or exchange rights of any class or series of preferred stock, and to fix the number of classes or series of preferred stock, the number of shares constituting any such class or series and the voting powers for each class or series.

The authority of the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock could potentially be used to discourage attempts by third-parties to obtain control of our company through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise by making such attempts more difficult or more costly. Our Board of Directors may issue preferred stock with voting rights or conversion rights that, if exercised, could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock. No current agreements or understandings exist with respect to the issuance of preferred stock, and our Board of Directors has no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Restrictions on Payment of Dividends

We are incorporated in Delaware and are governed by Delaware law. Holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, subject to prior dividend rights of the holders of any preferred shares, when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. After the separation, we intend to pay a cash dividend at an initial rate of $0.20 per share per quarter, or $0.80 per share per year. However, the declaration and amount of all dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements of our business, covenants associated with certain debt obligations, legal requirements, regulatory constraints, industry practice and other factors that the Board deems relevant.

Size of Board and Vacancies; Removal

Upon completion of the separation and distribution, we expect that seven to ten individuals will serve on our Board of Directors. Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that our directors will be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, with the members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Class I directors will have an initial term expiring in 2013, Class II directors will have an initial term expiring in 2014 and Class III directors will have an initial term expiring in 2015. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors will be elected to succeed the class of directors whose terms have expired. This classification of our Board of Directors could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the Board of Directors; in general, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the Board of Directors.

Our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws will provide, subject to the rights of holders of a series of shares of preferred stock to elect one or more directors pursuant to any provisions of any certificate of designation relating to any such series, that the number of directors will be fixed exclusively by a majority of the entire Board of Directors from time to time. Our By-laws will provide that directors may be removed, only for cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the corporation entitled to vote generally for the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Our By-laws will provide that, unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise, vacancies, however created, may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum.

 

118


Table of Contents

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws will provide that our stockholders may act only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not act by written consent.

Stockholder Meetings

Our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws will provide that only a majority of our entire Board of Directors or the chairman of our Board of Directors may call a special meeting of our stockholders.

Requirements for Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our By-laws will contain advance-notice and other procedural requirements that apply to stockholder nominations of persons for election to our Board of Directors at any annual meeting of stockholders and to stockholder proposals that stockholders take any other action at any annual meeting. In the case of any annual meeting, a stockholder proposing to nominate a person for election to our Board of Directors or proposing that any other action be taken must give our corporate secretary written notice of the proposal not less than 90 days and not more than 120 days before the first anniversary of the date of the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders. These stockholder proposal deadlines are subject to exceptions if the annual meeting date is more than 30 days before or after such anniversary date, in which case notice by such stockholder, to be timely, must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to the date of such annual meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is less than 100 days prior to the date of such meeting, the tenth day following the day on which we first make a public announcement of the date of the annual meeting. If the chairman of our Board of Directors or a majority of our Board of Directors calls a special meeting of stockholders for the election of directors, a stockholder proposing to nominate a person for that election must give our corporate secretary written notice of the proposal not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the date of such special meeting and not later than close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to the date of such special meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of the special meeting is less than 100 days prior to the date of such meeting, the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors. Our By-laws will prescribe specific information that any such stockholder notice must contain.

These advance-notice provisions may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of our directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if the proper procedures are not followed, and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal, without regard to whether consideration of those nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

Amendment of By-laws

Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that our stockholders may, with the approval of greater than a majority of the voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, adopt, amend and repeal our By-laws at any regular or special meeting of stockholders, provided the notice of intention to adopt, amend or repeal the By-laws has been included in the notice of that meeting, although the approval of greater than 80 percent of the voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be required to amend certain By-laws and related provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation. Our Certificate of Incorporation will also confer on our Board of Directors the power to adopt, amend or repeal our By-laws.

 

119


Table of Contents

Exclusive Forum

Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors or officers to us or our stockholders, creditors or other constituents, any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors or officers arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws (as either may be amended from time to time) or any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors or officers governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, that, if (and only if) the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another court sitting in the State of Delaware.

Delaware Statutory Business Combination Provision

As a Delaware corporation, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL). In general, Section 203 prevents an “interested stockholder,” which is defined generally as a person owning 15 percent or more of a Delaware corporation’s outstanding voting stock or any affiliate or associate of that person, from engaging in a broad range of “business combinations” with the corporation for three years following the date on which that person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

   

Before that person became an interested stockholder, the board of directors of the corporation approved the transaction in which that person became an interested stockholder or approved the business combination;

 

   

On completion of the transaction that resulted in that person’s becoming an interested stockholder, that person owned at least 85 percent of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than stock held by (1) directors who are also officers of the corporation or (2) any employee stock plan that does not provide employees with the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

Following the transaction in which that person became an interested stockholder, both the board of directors of the corporation and the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation not owned by that person approve the business combination.

Under Section 203, the restrictions described above also do not apply to specific business combinations proposed by an interested stockholder following the announcement or notification of designated extraordinary transactions involving the corporation and a person who had not been an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of a majority of the corporation’s directors, if a majority of the directors who were directors prior to any person’s becoming an interested stockholder during the previous three years, or were recommended for election or elected to succeed those directors by a majority of those directors, approve or do not oppose that extraordinary transaction.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Shareowner Services LLC.

NYSE Listing

We have applied to have our shares of common stock authorized for listing on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “PSX,” subject to official notice of issuance.

 

120


Table of Contents

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which such person is made a party by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation—a “derivative action”), if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only extends to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation’s By-laws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement or otherwise.

Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that no director will be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation on liability is not permitted under the DGCL, as now in effect or as amended. Currently, Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL requires that liability be imposed for the following:

 

   

Any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders.

   

Any act or omission not in good faith or which involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law.

   

Unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL.

   

Any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws will provide that, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the DGCL, as now in effect or as amended, we will indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was our director or officer, or by reason of the fact that our director or officer is or was serving, at our request, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by us. We will indemnify such persons against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in our best interests and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reason to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard will be applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification will only extend to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such actions, and court approval will be required before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to us. Any amendment of this provision will not reduce our indemnification obligations relating to actions taken before an amendment.

We intend to obtain insurance policies that insure our directors and officers and those of our subsidiaries against certain liabilities they may incur in their capacity as directors and officers. The insurance will provide coverage, subject to its terms and conditions, if the company is unable to (e.g., due to bankruptcy) or unwilling to indemnify the directors and officers for a covered wrongful act.

 

121


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement on Form 10 with the SEC with respect to the shares of our common stock that ConocoPhillips stockholders will receive in the distribution. This Information Statement is a part of that registration statement and, as allowed by SEC rules, does not include all of the information you can find in the registration statement or the exhibits to the registration statement. For additional information relating to our company and the distribution, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement. Statements contained in this Information Statement as to the contents of any contract or document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if the contract or document is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the applicable document.

Following the distribution, we will file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm. The registration statement is, and any of these future filings with the SEC will be, available to the public over the Internet on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may read and copy any filed document at the SEC’s public reference rooms in Washington, D.C. at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference rooms.

We maintain an Internet website at http://www.Phillips66.com. Our website and the information contained on that site, or connected to that site, are not incorporated into this Information Statement or the registration statement on Form 10.

 

122


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements presented below have been derived from our historical combined financial statements included in this Information Statement. While the historical combined financial statements reflect the past financial results of ConocoPhillips’ Downstream business, these pro forma statements give effect to the separation of that business into an independent, publicly traded company. The pro forma adjustments to reflect the separation include:

 

   

The distribution of our common stock to ConocoPhillips stockholders.

   

The issuance of approximately $7.8 billion of new debt.

   

The cash distribution of approximately $5.8 billion to ConocoPhillips.

   

The transfer of assets and liabilities, primarily related to postretirement benefit plans, buildings, and land, which were not included in the historical combined statements.

The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and assumptions management believes are reasonable; however, such adjustments are subject to change as the costs of operating as a stand-alone company are determined. In addition, such adjustments are estimates and may not prove to be accurate. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements do not reflect all of the costs of operating as a stand-alone company, including possible higher information technology, tax, accounting, treasury, legal, investor relations, insurance and other similar expenses associated with operating as a stand-alone company. Only costs that management has determined to be factually supportable and recurring are included as pro forma adjustments, including the items described above. Incremental costs and expenses associated with operating as a stand-alone company, which are not reflected in the accompanying pro forma condensed combined financial statements, are estimated to be approximately $150 million before-tax annually.

Subject to the terms of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, ConocoPhillips will generally pay all nonrecurring third-party costs and expenses related to the separation and incurred prior to the separation date. Such nonrecurring amounts are expected to include costs to separate and/or duplicate information technology systems, investment banker fees, outside legal and accounting fees, and similar costs. After the separation, subject to the terms of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, all costs and expenses related to the separation incurred by either ConocoPhillips or us will be borne by the party incurring the costs and expenses. Nonrecurring costs associated with the separation, which we expect to be included in our income within one year after the separation, are estimated to be approximately $50 million before-tax.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2011, has been prepared as though the separation occurred on January 1, 2011. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet at December 31, 2011, has been prepared as though the separation occurred on December 31, 2011. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are for illustrative purposes only, and do not reflect what our financial position and results of operations would have been had the separation occurred on the dates indicated and are not necessarily indicative of our future financial position and future results of operations.

Our retained cash balance and the amount of the cash distribution to ConocoPhillips are subject to working capital adjustments. The following pro forma statements do not reflect any impact of such working capital adjustments, as the amount of the adjustment at the separation date is not currently determinable and would represent a financial projection. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Working Capital” included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with our historical combined financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this Information Statement. The unaudited pro forma

 

123


Table of Contents

condensed combined financial statements constitute forward-looking information and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

 

124


Table of Contents

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income      Phillips 66   
Year Ended December 31, 2011   

 

    Millions of Dollars  
 

 

 

 
   

As

Reported

    Pro Forma
Adjustments
   

Pro

Forma

 
 

 

 

 

Revenues and Other Income

     

Sales and other operating revenues*

  $     196,088        -        196,088   

Equity in earnings of affiliates

    2,843        -        2,843   

Net gain on dispositions

    1,638        -        1,638   

Other income

    45        -        45   

 

 

Total Revenues and Other Income

    200,614        -        200,614   

 

 

Costs and Expenses

     

Purchased crude oil and products*

    172,837        -        172,837   

Operating expenses

    4,072        -        4,072   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    1,409        -        1,409   

Depreciation and amortization

    908        12  (a)      920   

Impairments

    472        -        472   

Taxes other than income taxes

    14,288        -        14,288   

Accretion on discounted liabilities

    21        -        21   

Interest and debt expense

    17        315  (b)      332   

Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses

    (34     -        (34

 

 

Total Costs and Expenses

    193,990        327        194,317   

 

 

Income before income taxes

    6,624        (327     6,297   

Provision for income taxes

    1,844        (125 )(c)      1,719   

 

 

Net income

    4,780        (202     4,578   

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (5     -        (5

 

 

Net Income Attributable to Phillips 66

  $ 4,775        (202     4,573   

 

 

Net Income Attributable to Phillips 66 Per Share of Common Stock (dollars)

     

Basic

          $6.65  (d) 

Diluted

        6.59  (d) 

 

 

Average Common Shares Outstanding (in thousands)

     

Basic

        687,518  (d) 

Diluted

        693,550  (d) 

 

 

*After the separation, ConocoPhillips will be considered a third-party, and transactions with ConocoPhillips will no longer be classified as related party transactions. See Note 20—Related Party Transactions, in the Combined Financial Statements, for the amount of revenue and purchases with ConocoPhillips for the year ended December 31, 2011, considered third-party in the “Pro Forma” column and related party in the “As Reported” column.

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

125


Table of Contents

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet      Phillips 66   
At December 31, 2011   

 

    Millions of Dollars  
 

 

 

 
   

As

Reported

     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    

Pro

Forma

 
 

 

 

 

Assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ -         2,000  (e)       2,000    

Accounts and notes receivable

    8,354         -         8,354    

Accounts and notes receivable—related parties

    1,671         -         1,671    

Inventories

    3,466         -         3,466    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    457         66  (c)(f)       523    

 

 

Total Current Assets

    13,948         2,066         16,014    

Investments and long-term receivables

    10,306         33 (g)       10,339    

Loans and advances—related parties

    1         -           

Net properties, plants and equipment

    14,771         282  (a)       15,053    

Goodwill

    3,332         -         3,332    

Intangibles

    732         -         732    

Other assets

    121         70  (f)       191    

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 43,211         2,451         45,662    

 

 

Liabilities

       

Accounts payable

  $ 10,007         -         10,007    

Accounts payable—related parties

    785         -         785    

Short-term debt

    30         797  (f)       827    

Accrued income and other taxes

    1,087         (43 )(c)       1,044    

Employee benefit obligations

    64         324 (g)       388    

Other accruals

    411         -         411    

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

    12,384         1,078         13,462    

Long-term debt

    361         6,819  (f)       7,180    

Asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs

    787         -         787    

Deferred income taxes

    5,803         (839 )(c)       4,964    

Employee benefit obligations

    117         1,335 (g)       1,452    

Other liabilities and deferred credits

    466         -         466    

 

 

Total Liabilities

    19,918         8,393         28,311    

 

 

Net Investment/Stockholders’ Equity

       

Common stock

    -         6  (h)         

Capital in excess of par

    -         17,819  (i)       17,819    

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    122         (625 )(c)(g)(j)       (503)   

Net parent company investment

    23,142         (23,142 )(i)         

 

 

Total

    23,264         (5,942      17,322    

Noncontrolling interests

    29         -         29    

 

 

Total Net Investment/Stockholders’ Equity

    23,293         (5,942      17,351    

 

 

Total Liabilities and Net Investment/Stockholders’ Equity

  $ 43,211         2,451         45,662    

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

126


Table of Contents

 

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements      Phillips 66   

 

(a) Represents the assets that will be transferred to, and held by, us after the separation, primarily consisting of buildings (and related depreciation) and land.

 

(b) Represents adjustments to interest resulting from the assumed incurrence of $7.8 billion of new indebtedness in connection with the separation, as follows:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
 

 

 

 

Interest expense on $7.8 billion of newly incurred indebtedness

  $ 289   

Loan fees and amortization of debt issuance costs

    26   

 

 

Total pro forma adjustment to interest expense

  $ 315   

 

 

Pro forma interest expense was calculated based on an assumed blended rate of 3.7 percent before debt issuance costs and fees. The interest rates reflect estimates based on an assumed investment grade rating with an appropriate spread over the relevant benchmark rate. Interest expense also includes amortization of debt issuance costs and liquidity facility fees (see Note (f)). Debt issuance costs and initial liquidity facility fees are amortized over the terms of the associated debt and credit facility. Certain additional liquidity facility fees are expensed as incurred. Actual interest expense may be higher or lower depending on fluctuations in interest rates. A one-eighth percent change in interest rates would result in a $10 million change in annual interest expense.

 

(c) Represents the tax effect of pro forma adjustments to income before income taxes using a blended statutory tax rate of 38.25 percent for the year ended December 31, 2011. The effective tax rate of Phillips 66 could be different (either higher or lower) depending on activities subsequent to the separation.

Also represents a net reduction of deferred income tax liability resulting from the following:

 

   

Millions

of Dollars

 
 

 

 

 

Reinvestment plans related to international operations*

  $ (547)   

Pension plans and other employee benefit arrangements (see Note (g))

    (535)   

Adjustment to reflect actual net operating loss and credit carryforwards

    141    

Assets that will be transferred in (see Note (a))

    20    

Reclass of currency translation adjustments (see Note (j))*

    (24)   

 

 

Net reduction of deferred income tax liability

  $ (945)   

 

 
  * Includes effects of a combined $29 million increase in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

 

(d) The calculations of pro forma basic earnings per share and average shares outstanding for the period presented are based on the number of shares used to calculate ConocoPhillips common stock outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2011, adjusted for the distribution ratio of one share of our common stock for every two shares of ConocoPhillips common stock outstanding.

 

127


Table of Contents

The calculations of pro forma diluted earnings per share and average shares outstanding for the period presented are based on the number of shares used to calculate ConocoPhillips diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2011, adjusted for the same distribution ratio. This calculation may not be indicative of the dilutive effect that will actually result from Phillips 66 stock-based awards issued in connection with the adjustment of outstanding ConocoPhillips stock-based awards or the grant of new stock-based awards. The number of dilutive shares of our common stock underlying Phillips 66 stock-based awards issued in connection with the adjustment of outstanding ConocoPhillips stock-based awards will not be determined until after the distribution date.

 

(e) Represents adjustments to cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

 

    Millions
  of Dollars
 
 

 

 

 

Cash received from incurrence of new debt

  $ 7,800    

Cash paid to ConocoPhillips

    (5,800)   

 

 

Cash pro forma adjustment

  $ 2,000    

 

 

 

(f) Asset adjustments represent deferred costs and expenses related to obtaining new debt and liquidity facilities. Short-term and long-term debt adjustments represent the incurrence of new debt, net of existing debt retirements prior to the separation. New debt is expected to consist of a $2,800 million three-year amortizing term loan and $5,000 million of fixed-rate notes spread across a range of maturities from five to 30 years. The actual debt structure may vary depending on market conditions.

 

(g) Represents the assets and liabilities associated with ConocoPhillips-sponsored pension plans and other employee benefit arrangements for the known Phillips 66 employees located in the United States and the United Kingdom. The actual amount of pension and employee benefit assets and liabilities will be different (either higher or lower) depending on the final selection of employees.

 

(h) Represents the distribution of approximately 643 million shares of our common stock at a par value of $0.01 per share to holders of ConocoPhillips common stock (see Note (d)).

 

(i) Represents the elimination of the net investment by ConocoPhillips and adjustments to additional paid-in capital resulting from the following:

 

    Millions
  of Dollars
 
 

 

 

 

Reclassification of ConocoPhillips’ net investment

  $ 23,142    

Distribution to ConocoPhillips (see Note (e))

    (5,800)   

New assets and liabilities recorded on our books (see Notes (a), (c), (f), (g) and (j))

    483    

 

 

Total net investment/stockholders’ equity

    17,825    

Common stock ($0.01 par value) (see Note (h))

    (6)   

 

 

Total additional paid-in capital

  $ 17,819    

 

 

 

(j) Represents the reclassification of $73 million of currency translation adjustments to “Capital in excess of par” from “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” associated with corporate legal entities that will be transferred to, and held by us, after the separation.

 

128


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS

    OF OPERATIONS

Management’s Discussion and Analysis is the company’s analysis of its financial performance and of significant trends that may affect future performance. It should be read in conjunction with the combined financial statements and notes included in this Information Statement. It contains forward-looking statements including, without limitation, statements relating to the company’s plans, strategies, objectives, expectations and intentions. The words “anticipate,” “estimate,” “believe,” “budget,” “continue,” “could,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “seek,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “expect,” “objective,” “projection,” “forecast,” “goal,” “guidance,” “outlook,” “effort,” “target” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. The company does not undertake to update, revise or correct any of the forward-looking information unless required to do so under the federal securities laws. Readers are cautioned that such forward-looking statements should be read in conjunction with the company’s disclosures under “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” beginning on page 32.

The terms “earnings” and “loss” as used in Management’s Discussion and Analysis refer to net income (loss) attributable to Phillips 66.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

The Separation

On July 14, 2011, ConocoPhillips announced approval by its Board of Directors to pursue the separation of its upstream and downstream businesses into two stand-alone, publicly traded corporations. This separation is expected to be completed in accordance with a Separation and Distribution Agreement between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66. On the basis the distribution, together with certain related transactions, qualifies as a reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in general, we expect, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) the distribution will not result in any taxable income, gain or loss to ConocoPhillips, except for taxable income or gain possibly arising as a result of certain intercompany transactions; and (ii) no gain or loss will be recognized by U.S. holders of ConocoPhillips common stock, and no amount will be included in their income, upon their receipt of shares of Phillips 66 common stock in the distribution, except with respect to any cash received in lieu of fractional shares. ConocoPhillips intends to distribute, on a pro rata basis, all of the shares of Phillips 66 common stock to ConocoPhillips stockholders as of the record date for the distribution. Upon completion of the separation, ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66 will each be independent, publicly traded companies and will have separate public ownership, boards of directors and management. For additional information, see “The Separation” included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

Basis of Presentation

The combined financial statements included in this Information Statement were prepared in connection with the separation and reflect the combined historical results of operations, financial position and cash flows of ConocoPhillips’ refining, marketing and transportation operations, its natural gas gathering, processing, transmission and marketing operations (primarily conducted through its equity investment in DCP Midstream, LLC, its petrochemical operations (conducted through its equity investment in Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (CPChem)), its power generation operations, and an allocable portion of corporate costs. Although the legal transfer of these downstream businesses of ConocoPhillips into Phillips 66 has yet to take place, for ease of reference, these combined financial statements are collectively referred to as those of Phillips 66.

 

129


Table of Contents

The combined financial statements are presented as if such businesses had been combined for all periods presented. All intercompany transactions and accounts within Phillips 66 have been eliminated. The assets and liabilities in the combined financial statements have been reflected on a historical cost basis, as immediately prior to the separation all of the assets and liabilities presented are wholly owned by ConocoPhillips and are being transferred within the ConocoPhillips consolidated group. The combined statements of income also include expense allocations for certain corporate functions historically performed by ConocoPhillips and not allocated to its operating segments, including allocations of general corporate expenses related to executive oversight, accounting, treasury, tax, legal, procurement and information technology. These allocations are based primarily on specific identification of time and/or activities associated with Phillips 66, employee headcount or capital expenditures. Our management believes the assumptions underlying the combined financial statements, including the assumptions regarding allocating general corporate expenses from ConocoPhillips, are reasonable. Nevertheless, the combined financial statements may not include all of the actual expenses that would have been incurred had we operated as a stand-alone company during the periods presented and may not reflect our combined results of operations, financial position and cash flows had we operated as a stand-alone company during the periods presented. Actual costs that would have been incurred if we had operated as a stand-alone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure and strategic decisions made in various areas, including information technology and infrastructure.

Business Environment

The past several years have reflected the volatile nature of our business environment. Through the first half of 2008, forecasts of worldwide economic growth and concerns over limited global refining capacities led to robust refining margins. Our chemicals business also experienced favorable returns during this time, and natural gas liquids prices, a key metric for the midstream business, reached into the mid-to-upper $60-per-barrel range. This was followed by an abrupt shift into a severe global financial recession, which reduced demand for petroleum, chemical and plastics products and significantly weakened refining margins and chemical returns. Natural gas liquids prices also fell sharply into the upper $20-per-barrel range, significantly impacting midstream earnings.

During 2009, demand, particularly for distillates, continued to be suppressed by the global economic slowdown. In addition, the compressed differentials in prices for high-quality crude oil, compared with those of lower-quality crude oil, reduced margins for those refineries configured to process lower-quality crudes. Returns in the chemicals business remained challenged in 2009 during the recession, while natural gas liquids prices steadily increased throughout the year, generally tracking the improvement in crude oil prices.

Global refining margins improved during 2010, as global demand for refined products improved, driven by an improved economic environment, particularly in developing nations. In addition, differentials between high-quality and low-quality crude oil improved. During 2011, domestic refining margins continued to strengthen, as increased crude oil supplies in the Midcontinent area, due to increased oil production from shale plays, caused West Texas Intermediate (WTI) grade crude oil to trade at a deeper discount to waterborne crudes. Refineries capable of processing WTI and crude oils that are WTI-based benefited from these lower regional feedstock prices. This discount began to narrow toward the end of 2011. In contrast, East Coast refining, which relies primarily on waterborne Brent-based crudes, continued to be under market pressure during the year. The chemicals industry also experienced robust margin improvement in 2010 and 2011, following the improved economic environment. The midstream sector benefited from rising natural gas liquids prices throughout 2010 and 2011.

 

130


Table of Contents

Segments

Our business is organized into three operating segments:

Refining and Marketing (R&M)

The R&M segment purchases and transports crude oil and other feedstocks and refines these into petroleum products (such as gasoline, distillates and aviation fuels). We then market and distribute the refined petroleum products, mainly in the United States, Europe and Asia. We sell our U.S. refined products to wholesale marketing customers, while internationally we sell through both wholesale and retail outlets. In addition, this segment includes our power generation activities.

Results for our R&M segment depend largely on refining and marketing margins, cost control, and refinery throughput. R&M earnings for the years 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $3,848 million, $146 million and $71 million, respectively. See “Business Environment” above for a discussion of market factors impacting this segment’s results over the three-year period ended December 31, 2011.

Midstream

The Midstream segment primarily consists of our 50 percent equity investment in DCP Midstream, as well as other operations. The Midstream segment gathers, processes, transports and markets natural gas, and fractionates and markets natural gas liquids, primarily in the United States. The Midstream segment’s results are most closely linked to natural gas liquids prices and, to a lesser extent, natural gas prices. Midstream earnings for the years 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $403 million, $262 million and $317 million, respectively. These results primarily reflect the interaction of natural gas liquids prices with those of crude oil.

Chemicals

The Chemicals segment consists of our 50 percent equity investment in CPChem. CPChem manufactures and markets petrochemicals and plastics on a worldwide basis. The chemicals and plastics industry is mainly a commodity-based industry where the margins for key products are based on market factors over which CPChem has little or no control. Chemicals earnings for the years 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $716 million, $486 million and $228 million, respectively. These results primarily reflect the movement of olefins and polyolefins margins in response to market factors driven by the global economy.

Liquidity

Our capital expenditures for the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, averaged $1.5 billion per year. Capital expenditures during this period were primarily for the R&M segment, and were for air emission reduction and clean fuel projects to meet new environmental standards, refinery upgrade projects to improve product yields and increase heavy crude oil processing capacity, improvements to the operating integrity of key processing units, and safety-related projects. Our CPChem and DCP Midstream joint ventures have been self-funded over the past three years, and thus their capital expenditure requirements are not included in our historical combined capital expenditure amounts.

Upon separation from ConocoPhillips, based on our expected capital structure and a comparison with peers in our industry, we expect to receive an investment grade credit rating from Standard & Poor’s Rating Service and Moody’s Investor Service. We anticipate ensuring adequate liquidity for day-to-day operations and contingencies with initial cash and cash equivalents of $2.0 billion (subject to working capital adjustments), as well as liquidity facilities of approximately $5.0 billion, to include a revolving credit facility and a trade receivables securitization facility. Also, we may pursue other credit arrangements, such as bilateral letters of credit. We expect to have outstanding debt of approximately $8.0 billion upon separation and plan to file a universal shelf registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

131


Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Combined Results

A summary of the company’s earnings by business segment follows:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
  Year Ended December 31  
    2011     2010     2009  

R&M

  $ 3,848        146        71   

Midstream

    403        262        317   

Chemicals

    716        486        228   

Corporate and Other

    (192     (159     (140

 

 
  $ 4,775        735        476   

 

 

2011 vs. 2010

The improved results in 2011 were primarily the result of:

 

   

Improved results from our R&M operations, reflecting significantly higher domestic refining margins.

   

Higher gains from asset sales. 2011 gains from asset dispositions were $1,546 million after-tax, compared with 2010 gains of $118 million after-tax.

   

Lower property impairments. 2010 earnings included the $1,174 million after-tax impairment of our Wilhelmshaven Refinery (WRG) in Germany, which was partly offset by the $303 million after-tax impairment and warehouse inventory write-down associated with our Trainer Refinery in 2011.

   

Increased earnings in the Chemicals segment, primarily due to higher margins and volumes in the olefins and polyolefins business line.

   

Improved earnings from the Midstream segment, mainly due to higher natural gas liquids prices.

2010 vs. 2009

The improved results in 2010 were primarily the result of:

 

   

Significantly higher global refining margins in our R&M segment.

   

Increased earnings in the Chemicals segment, which had considerably higher margins in the olefins and polyolefins business line.

   

Gains on asset dispositions, which primarily consisted of the sale of our 50 percent interest in CFJ Properties for a $113 million after-tax gain.

These items were partially offset by property impairments, which primarily consisted of the WRG impairment in 2010.

Income Statement Analysis

2011 vs. 2010

Sales and other operating revenues increased 34 percent in 2011, while purchased crude oil and products increased 38 percent. These increases were primarily due to higher prices for petroleum products, crude oil and natural gas liquids.

 

132


Table of Contents

Equity in earnings of affiliates increased 61 percent in 2011. The increase primarily resulted from:

 

   

Improved earnings from WRB Refining LP, mainly due to higher refining margins.

   

Improved earnings from CPChem, primarily due to higher margins and volumes in the olefins and polyolefins business line and the startup of Q-Chem II at the end of 2010.

   

Improved earnings from DCP Midstream, primarily as a result of higher natural gas liquids prices.

Net gain on dispositions increased $1,397 million in 2011. Gains in 2011 primarily resulted from the disposition of Seaway Products Pipeline Company and our interests in Seaway Crude Pipeline Company and Colonial Pipeline Company, partially offset by the loss on sale of WRG in 2011. Gains in 2010 mainly included the gain on sale of our 50 percent interest in CFJ Properties. For additional information, see Note 5—Assets Held for Sale or Sold, in the Combined Financial Statements.

Impairments decreased 72 percent in 2011, primarily as a result of the $1,514 million impairment of WRG in 2010, partially offset by the $467 million Trainer Refinery impairment in 2011. For additional information, see Note 9—Impairments, in the Combined Financial Statements.

Foreign currency transaction gains increased $119 million in 2011, as a result of the U.S. dollar weakening against the British pound and euro during 2011, compared with a strengthening in 2010.

See Note 17—Income Taxes, in the Combined Financial Statements, for information regarding our provision for income taxes and effective tax rate.

2010 vs. 2009

Sales and other operating revenues increased 30 percent in 2010, while purchased crude oil and products increased 34 percent. These increases were primarily due to higher prices for petroleum products, crude oil and natural gas liquids.

Equity in earnings of affiliates increased 62 percent in 2010. The increase primarily resulted from:

 

   

Improved earnings from CPChem primarily due to higher margins in the olefins and polyolefins business line.

   

Improved earnings from Merey Sweeny, L.P. (MSLP) as a result of increased volumes and petroleum coke prices.

Net gain on dispositions increased $162 million in 2010. The increase primarily reflected the gain on sale of our 50 percent interest in CFJ Properties.

Impairments increased $1,633 million in 2010, primarily as a result of the second quarter 2010 impairment of WRG.

Foreign currency transaction losses increased $138 million in 2010, as a result of the U.S. dollar strengthening against the British pound and euro during 2010.

See Note 17—Income Taxes, in the Combined Financial Statements, for information regarding our provision for income taxes and effective tax rate.

 

133


Table of Contents

Segment Results

R&M

 

    Year Ended December 31  
    2011     2010     2009  
    Millions of Dollars  

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Phillips 66

     

United States

  $ 3,637        1,013        (124

International

    211        (867     195   

 

 
  $ 3,848        146        71   

 

 
    Dollars Per Barrel  

Refining Margins

     

United States

  $ 10.45        7.05        4.83   

International

    5.95        8.90        5.14   

 

 
    Dollars Per Gallon  

U.S. Average Wholesale Prices*

     

Gasoline

  $ 2.94        2.24        1.84   

Distillates

    3.12        2.30        1.76   

 

 

*Excludes excise taxes.

  

    Thousands of Barrels Daily  

Operating Statistics

     

Refining operations*

     

United States

     

Crude oil capacity**

        1,939            1,986            1,986   

Crude oil processed

    1,757        1,782        1,731   

Capacity utilization (percent)

    91     90        87   

Refinery production

    1,932        1,958        1,891   

International

     

Crude oil capacity**

    426        671        671   

Crude oil processed

    409        374        495   

Capacity utilization (percent)

    96     56        74   

Refinery production

    419        383        504   

Worldwide

     

Crude oil capacity**

    2,365        2,657        2,657   

Crude oil processed

    2,166        2,156        2,226   

Capacity utilization (percent)

    92     81        84   

Refinery production

    2,351        2,341        2,395   

 

 

Petroleum products sales volumes

     

United States

     

Gasoline

    1,129        1,120        1,130   

Distillates

    884        873        858   

Other products

    401        400        367   

 

 
    2,414        2,393        2,355   

International

    714        647        619   

 

 
    3,128        3,040        2,974   

 

 

  *Includes our share of equity affiliates.

**Represents weighted-average crude oil capacity for the period indicated. Actual crude oil capacity effective October 1, 2011, was 1,801 thousand barrels per day (BPD) in the United States and 2,227 thousand BPD worldwide, reflecting the idling of the Trainer Refinery.

 

134


Table of Contents

The R&M segment refines crude oil and other feedstocks into petroleum products (such as gasoline, distillates and aviation fuels); buys, sells and transports crude oil; and buys, transports, distributes and markets petroleum products. This segment also includes power generation operations. R&M has operations mainly in the United States, Europe and Asia.

2011 vs. 2010

U.S. R&M

U.S. R&M reported earnings of $3,637 million in 2011, an increase of $2,624 million compared with 2010. The increase in 2011 was primarily due to significantly higher U.S. refining margins and gains from asset sales. In 2011, gains from asset sales of $1,627 million after-tax mainly resulted from the sales of Seaway Products Pipeline Company, and our equity investments in Seaway Crude Pipeline Company and Colonial Pipeline Company, while 2010 included the $113 million after-tax gain on the sale of our 50 percent interest in CFJ Properties in 2010. These increases were partially offset by the $303 million after-tax impairment and warehouse inventory write-down associated with the idling of our Trainer Refinery in 2011.

Our U.S. refining crude oil capacity utilization rate was 91 percent in 2011, compared with 90 percent for 2010. The current year rate mainly reflected lower turnaround activity, partially offset by higher planned and unplanned downtime.

International R&M

International R&M earnings were $211 million in 2011, compared with a loss of $867 million in 2010. The increase in 2011 was mostly due to the absence of the 2010 WRG impairment, in addition to higher refining volumes and foreign currency gains in 2011. These increases were partially offset by lower refining margins and the $86 million after-tax loss on sale of WRG and related warehouse inventory write-downs in 2011.

Our international refining crude oil capacity utilization rate was 96 percent in 2011, compared with 56 percent in 2010. The increase primarily resulted from the removal of WRG from our refining capacities effective January 1, 2011, and lower turnaround activity.

2010 vs. 2009

U.S. R&M

Earnings from U.S. R&M were $1,013 million in 2010, compared with a loss of $124 million in 2009. The increase in 2010 primarily resulted from significantly higher refining margins and the gain on sale of our 50 percent interest in CFJ Properties. Higher refining and marketing volumes also contributed to the improvement in earnings.

Our U.S. refining crude oil capacity utilization rate was 90 percent in 2010, compared with 87 percent in 2009. The increase in 2010 was primarily due to lower turnaround activity, lower run reductions due to market conditions and less unplanned downtime.

International R&M

International R&M reported a loss of $867 million in 2010, compared with earnings of $195 million in 2009. The loss in 2010 primarily resulted from the WRG impairment and a $29 million after-tax impairment resulting from our decision to end participation in the Yanbu Refinery Project. Excluding these impairments, earnings were improved due to higher refining margins, partially offset by foreign currency losses.

Our international refining crude oil capacity utilization rate was 56 percent in 2010, compared with 74 percent in 2009. The 2010 rate primarily reflected run reductions at WRG in response to market conditions.

 

135


Table of Contents

Midstream

 

    Year Ended December 31  
    2011      2010      2009  
    Millions of Dollars  

Net Income Attributable to Phillips 66*

  $ 403         262         317   

 

 

* Includes DCP Midstream-related earnings:

  $ 287         210         199   
    Dollars Per Barrel  

Average Sales Prices

       

U.S. natural gas liquids*

       

Consolidated

  $ 57.79         45.42         33.63   

Equity affiliates

    50.64         41.28         29.80   

 

 

* Based on index prices from the Mont Belvieu and Conway market hubs that are weighted by natural gas liquids component and location mix.

 

 

       Thousands of Barrels Daily  

Operating Statistics

              

Natural gas liquids extracted*

           192               184               179   

Natural gas liquids fractionated**

       112           120           133   

 

 
  *Includes our share of equity affiliates.
**Excludes DCP Midstream.

The Midstream segment purchases raw natural gas from producers and gathers natural gas through an extensive network of pipeline gathering systems. The natural gas is then processed to extract natural gas liquids from the raw gas stream. The remaining “residue” gas is marketed to electrical utilities, industrial users and gas marketing companies. Most of the natural gas liquids are fractionated—separated into individual components like ethane, butane and propane—and marketed as chemical feedstock, fuel or blendstock. The Midstream segment consists of our 50 percent equity investment in DCP Midstream, as well as our other natural gas gathering and processing operations, and natural gas liquids fractionation, trading and marketing businesses in the United States and Canada. The Midstream segment also includes our 25 percent ownership interest in Rockies Express Pipeline, LLC (REX).

2011 vs. 2010

Midstream earnings increased 54 percent in 2011, compared with 2010. The increase was primarily due to higher equity earnings from DCP Midstream as a result of significantly higher natural gas liquids prices. Indexed natural gas liquids prices were 27 percent higher in 2011 than in 2010. Also benefitting 2011 earnings were higher fees received for NGL fractionation services, reflecting favorably renegotiated contracts. These items were partially offset by higher costs at DCP Midstream, primarily due to higher maintenance and repair costs and increased depreciation expense.

2010 vs. 2009

Midstream earnings decreased 17 percent in 2010. Higher natural gas liquids prices were more than offset by the 2009 recognition of an $88 million after-tax benefit, which resulted from a DCP Midstream subsidiary converting subordinated units to common units. Higher operating expenses, which resulted from higher turnaround activity, also contributed to the decrease in earnings.

 

136


Table of Contents

Chemicals

 

    Year Ended
December 31
 
    2011      2010      2009  
    Millions of Dollars  

Net Income Attributable to Phillips 66

  $ 716         486         228   

 

 
    Millions of Pounds  

CPChem Externally Marketed Sales Volumes

       

Olefins and polyolefins

    14,313         12,585         12,751   

Specialties, aromatics and styrenics

    6,704         6,318         5,629   

 

 
    21,017         18,903         18,380   

 

 

The Chemicals segment consists of our 50 percent interest in CPChem, which we account for under the equity method. CPChem uses natural gas liquids and other feedstocks to produce petrochemicals. These products are then marketed and sold, or used as feedstocks to produce plastics and commodity chemicals.

2011 vs. 2010

Chemicals segment earnings increased 47 percent in 2011, compared with 2010. The improvement primarily resulted from higher margins, volumes and equity earnings from CPChem’s olefins and polyolefins business line. The specialties, aromatics and styrenics business line also contributed to the increase in earnings due to higher margins.

2010 vs. 2009

Earnings from the Chemicals segment increased $258 million in 2010, primarily due to substantially higher margins in the olefins and polyolefins business line and, to a lesser extent, improved margins from the specialties, aromatics and styrenics business line. Higher operating costs partially offset these increases.

Corporate and Other

 

    Millions of Dollars  
  Year Ended
December 31
 
    2011     2010     2009  

Net Loss Attributable to Phillips 66

     

Interest expense

  $ (11     -        (1

Corporate general and administrative expenses

    (76     (71     (49

Technology

    (53     (44     (52

Other

    (52     (44     (38

 

 
  $ (192     (159     (140

 

 

2011 vs. 2010

Interest expense increased $11 million in 2011, primarily as a result of various tax-related adjustments in 2010. Technology consists of activities focused on new technologies related to refining, alternative energy, biofuels and the environment. Technology’s net loss increased in 2011, mainly due to higher project expenses and lower licensing revenues. The category “Other” includes certain foreign currency transaction

 

137


Table of Contents

gains and losses, environmental costs associated with sites no longer in operation, and other costs not directly associated with an operating segment. Changes in the “Other” category are mainly due to higher environmental expenses associated with sites no longer in operation.

2010 vs. 2009

Corporate general and administrative expenses increased $22 million in 2010, primarily as a result of costs related to compensation and benefit plans. Technology’s net loss decreased in 2010, primarily due to higher licensing revenues and lower project expenses.

 

138


Table of Contents

CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY

Significant Sources of Capital

Historically, cash generated from operating activities was our primary source of liquidity and capital resources. In addition, we received proceeds from asset dispositions, and either proceeds or disbursements from our parent company.

Operating Activities

During 2011, cash of $5,006 million was provided by operating activities, a 139 percent increase from cash from operations of $2,092 million in 2010. The improvement in the 2011 period reflects:

 

   

A significant improvement in U.S. refining margins during 2011, particularly refineries in our Central region which benefited from the discount of WTI-based crude feedstocks compared with waterborne crude.

   

Increased distributions from equity affiliates, including CPChem, DCP Midstream and WRB.

   

Inventory liquidations in 2011, compared with builds in 2010.

During 2010, cash of $2,092 million was provided by operating activities, a 121 percent increase from cash from operations of $946 million in 2009. The increase was primarily due to higher refining margins and increased distributions from equity affiliates.

Our short- and long-term operating cash flows are highly dependent upon refining and marketing margins, prices for natural gas liquids, and chemicals margins, as well as power generation margins. Refining margins were low throughout 2009, and showed improvement during 2010 and 2011, before experiencing a sharp decline in the fourth quarter of 2011. Natural gas liquids prices and chemicals margins generally followed this trend. Prices and margins in our industry are typically volatile, and are driven by market conditions over which we have little or no control. Absent other mitigating factors, as these prices and margins fluctuate, we would expect a corresponding change in our operating cash flows.

Generally, demand for gasoline is higher during the spring and summer months than during the fall and winter months in most of our markets due to seasonal changes in highway traffic. As a result, our operating results in the first and fourth quarters are generally lower than in the second and third quarters. However, our cash flow from operations may not always follow this seasonal trend in operating results, due to working capital fluctuations associated with inventory management. Historically, we have built inventory levels during the first quarter (thus lowering cash flow from operations) and lowered inventory levels in the fourth quarter (increasing cash flow from operations). Prior to the separation, our ability to fund discretionary inventory builds was supported by ConocoPhillips’ capital resources. After the separation, we must rely on our own capital resources, which could impact the level of discretionary inventory activity we fund.

The level and quality of output from our refineries impacts our cash flows. The output at our refineries is impacted by such factors as operating efficiency, maintenance turnarounds, market conditions, feedstock availability and weather conditions. We actively manage the operations of our refineries, and typically, any variability in their operations has not been as significant to cash flows as that caused by margins and prices.

Our operating cash flows are also impacted by dividend decisions made by our equity affiliates, including WRB, DCP Midstream and CPChem. Over the three years ended December 31, 2011, we received dividends of $500 million from WRB, $783 million from DCP Midstream and $1,148 million from CPChem. We cannot control the amount of future dividends from equity affiliates; therefore future dividend payments by these companies are not assured.

 

139


Table of Contents

Asset Sales

Proceeds from asset sales in 2011 were $2,627 million, compared with $662 million in 2010 and $757 million in 2009. The 2011 proceeds from asset sales included the sale of our ownership interests in Colonial Pipeline Company and Seaway Crude Pipeline Company, as well as the Wilhelmshaven Refinery and Seaway Products Pipeline Company. The 2010 proceeds included the sale of our 50 percent interest in CFJ Properties. Proceeds in 2009 included the sale of our interests in four Keystone pipeline entities.

Credit Facilities

To provide us with additional liquidity following the separation, in February 2012 we entered into a five-year revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of financial institutions. Under the revolving credit agreement, upon the consummation of the separation and the satisfaction of certain other conditions, we will have a borrowing capacity of up to $4.0 billion.

The revolving credit agreement contains covenants that we consider usual and customary for an agreement of this type for comparable commercial borrowers, including a maximum consolidated net debt-to-capitalization ratio of 60 percent. The agreement has customary events of default, such as nonpayment of principal when due; nonpayment of interest, fees or other amounts; violation of covenants; cross-payment default and cross-acceleration (in each case, to indebtedness in excess of a threshold amount); and a change of control.

Borrowings under the credit agreement bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin based on our credit rating. For example, assuming a BBB or Baa2 credit rating for Phillips 66, the drawn margin would be 137.5 basis points on Eurocurrency loans. The revolving credit agreement also provides for customary fees, including administrative agent fees, commitment fees and other fees.

The foregoing summary description of the revolving credit agreement is qualified by reference to the terms of the agreement, which is included as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form 10 of which this Information Statement is a part.

As an additional source of liquidity following the separation, we intend to enter into a trade receivables securitization facility with an aggregate principal amount of approximately $1.0 billion, and a tenor of three years.

Other Indebtedness

In accordance with the expected plan of reorganization to be set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, we expect to incur up to $7.8 billion of new debt and accept assignment of approximately $0.2 billion of existing ConocoPhillips debt associated with downstream operations. Of the new debt, approximately $5.0 billion is expected to be distributed among long-term maturities ranging from five to 30 years. A portion may also be allocated to three-year maturities, subject to market conditions. Initially, the remainder of the new debt is expected to consist of a three-year amortizing term loan. At separation, we plan to retain a minimum of $2.0 billion of cash and cash equivalents and pay a cash distribution of approximately $5.8 billion to ConocoPhillips, subject to the working capital adjustments described below.

Upon separation, we expect our senior long-term debt to be rated investment grade by Moody’s Investor Service and Standard & Poor’s Rating Service, based on our expected capital structure and a comparison with peers in our industry. We do not expect to have any ratings triggers on any of our corporate debt that would cause an automatic default, and thereby impact our access to liquidity, in the event of a downgrade of our credit rating. If our credit rating deteriorated to a level prohibiting us from accessing the commercial paper market, we would expect to be able to access funds under our approximately $5.0 billion in liquidity facilities. See “Business and Properties—Segment and Geographic Information—Chemicals” for information on ratings triggers related to our investment in CPChem.

 

140


Table of Contents

Working Capital

Our working capital balance (including inventories) will be “trued up” from its actual balance at the time of the separation to a level that we and ConocoPhillips agree to be normal for our company. This true-up process may result in an adjustment to our initial cash balance or the special cash distribution made to ConocoPhillips at the date of separation, along with a post-separation date adjustment once the separation-date balance sheet is finalized. Although the actual balances of working capital at the date of separation cannot be reliably predicted, it is anticipated that our inventory levels will be lower than normal at the separation. Thus the amount of our special cash distribution to ConocoPhillips likely will be reduced (absent other non-inventory working capital impacts), with a corresponding increase in our initial $2 billion cash balance. Any incremental cash balance above $2 billion is expected to be used to increase inventory levels after the separation. The effect of this true-up is that, following the separation and post true-up, we would have working capital in an amount consistent with our historical operations, as well as $2 billion of cash and cash equivalents on our balance sheet.

Because of the opportunities we expect to be available to us following the separation, including internally generated cash flow and access to capital markets, we believe our short-term and long-term liquidity will be adequate to fund not only our operations, but also our anticipated near-term and long-term funding requirements, including capital spending programs, dividend payments, defined benefit plan contributions, repayment of debt maturities and other amounts that may ultimately be paid in connection with contingencies.

Shelf Registration

We plan to file a universal shelf registration statement with the SEC under which we expect to have the ability to issue and sell an indeterminate amount of various types of debt and equity securities. However, because we will not have filed periodic reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on a standalone basis, our ability to utilize the shelf registration procedures as a well-known seasoned issuer at the time of the separation will depend in part on ConocoPhillips’ filing status.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As part of our normal ongoing business operations, we enter into agreements with other parties to pursue business opportunities, which share costs and apportion risks among the parties as governed by the agreements. In connection with the separation, we expect to enter into agreements to guarantee certain outstanding debt obligations of MSLP. The aggregate principal amount of joint venture debt guaranteed by us is expected to be approximately $250 million. The fair value of these guarantees is not expected to be material.

For additional information about guarantees, see Note 12—Guarantees, in the Combined Financial Statements.

Capital Requirements

For information about our capital expenditures and investments, see “Capital Spending” below.

At the separation, we anticipate our debt-to-capital ratio will exceed our target range of 20 to 30 percent. Accordingly, we expect to prioritize any excess cash flow available after paying dividends and funding capital expenditures toward debt reduction, with a target debt level of approximately $6 billion, and increasing our cash balance to approximately $3 billion to further enhance the strength of our balance sheet.

We have provided loan financing to WRB to assist it in meeting its operating and capital spending requirements. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, $550 million and $350 million, respectively, of such financing were outstanding. The loans were fully repaid during 2011.

 

141


Table of Contents

After the separation, we expect to begin paying a quarterly dividend of $0.20 per share. However, the declaration and amount of all dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements of our business, covenants associated with certain debt obligations, legal requirements, regulatory constraints, industry practice and other factors the Board deems relevant. See “Dividend Policy” elsewhere in this Information Statement.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our aggregate contractual fixed and variable obligations as of December 31, 2011.

 

    Millions of Dollars  
 

 

 

 
    Payments Due by Period  
 

 

 

 
    Total     Up to
1 Year
   

Years

2-3

   

Years

4-5

    After
5 Years
 
 

 

 

 

Debt obligations (a)

  $ 377        22        25        28        302   

Capital lease obligations

    14        8        2        3        1   

 

 

Total debt

    391        30        27        31        303   

 

 

Interest on debt and other obligations

    65        11        18        14        22   

Operating lease obligations

    1,746        426        558        327        435   

Purchase obligations (b)

    122,508        49,825        9,552        6,313        56,818   

Other long-term liabilities

         

Asset retirement obligations

    378        56        15        14        293   

Accrued environmental costs

    542        76        93        51        322   

Unrecognized tax benefits (c)

    44        44        (c     (c     (c

 

 

Total

  $     125,674        50,468        10,263        6,750        58,193   

 

 

 

(a) For additional information, see Note 11—Debt, in the Combined Financial Statements.

 

(b) Represents any agreement to purchase goods or services that is enforceable and legally binding and that specifies all significant terms. The majority of the purchase obligations are market-based contracts, including exchanges and futures, for the purchase of products such as crude oil and unfractionated natural gas liquids. The products are mostly used to supply our refineries and fractionators, optimize the supply chain, and resell to customers. Product purchase commitments with third parties totaled $62,426 million. In addition, $50,741 million are product purchases from CPChem, mostly for natural gas and natural gas liquids over the remaining term of 88 years, and Excel Paralubes, for base oil over the remaining initial term of 14 years.

 

     Purchase obligations of $6,983 million are related to agreements to access and utilize the capacity of third-party equipment and facilities, including pipelines and product terminals, to transport, process, treat, and store products. The remainder is primarily our net share of purchase commitments for materials and services for jointly owned facilities where we are the operator.

 

(c) Excludes unrecognized tax benefits of $125 million because the ultimate disposition and timing of any payments to be made with regard to such amounts are not reasonably estimable. Although unrecognized tax benefits are not a contractual obligation, they are presented in this table because they represent potential demands on our liquidity.

 

142


Table of Contents

Capital Spending

 

0000 0000 0000
    Millions of Dollars  
    2011     2010     2009  
 

 

 

 

Capital Expenditures and Investments

     

R&M

     

United States

  $ 751        798        1,294   

International

    237        276        513   

 

 
    988        1,074        1,807   

 

 

Midstream

    17        68        639   

Chemicals

    -        -        -   

Corporate and Other

    17        8        15   

 

 
  $ 1,022        1,150        2,461   

 

 

United States

  $ 785        874        1,948   

International

    237        276        513   

 

 
  $         1,022        1,150        2,461   

 

 

R&M

Capital spending for the R&M segment during the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, was primarily for air emission reduction and clean fuels projects to meet new environmental standards, refinery upgrade projects to improve product yields and increase heavy crude oil processing capability, improvements to the operating integrity of key processing units and safety-related projects. During this three-year period, R&M capital spending was $3.9 billion.

Key projects completed during the three-year period included:

 

   

Installation of a 20,000-barrel-per-day hydrocracker at the Rodeo facility of our San Francisco Refinery.

   

Installation of a 225-ton-per-day sulfur plant at the Sweeny Refinery.

   

Installation of facilities to reduce emissions from the fluid catalytic crackers at the Alliance and Sweeny refineries.

   

Installation of facilities to reduce nitrous oxide emissions from the crude furnace and installation of a new vacuum furnace at Bayway Refinery.

   

Completion of gasoline benzene reduction projects at the Alliance and Ponca City refineries.

   

Expansion and other capital improvements at the Immingham combined heat and power cogeneration plant near our Humber Refinery in the United Kingdom.

Major construction activities in progress include:

 

   

Installation, revamp and expansion of equipment at the Bayway Refinery to enable production of low benzene gasoline.

   

U.S. programs aimed at air emission reductions.

Generally, our equity affiliates in the R&M segment are intended to have self-funding capital programs. Although WRB did not require capital infusions from us during the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, we did provide loan financing to WRB to assist it in meeting its operating and capital spending requirements. WRB repaid these loans in full during 2011. During this three-year period, on a 100 percent basis, WRB’s capital expenditures and investments were $3.9 billion. We expect WRB’s 2012 capital program to be self-funding.

 

143


Table of Contents

Midstream

Capital spending for the Midstream segment during the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, was primarily for investment in REX. The project was related to construction of a natural gas pipeline extending from Cheyenne, Colorado to Clarington, Ohio. We are currently forecasting REX to be self-funding through 2012.

During the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, DCP Midstream had a self-funded capital program, and thus required no new capital infusions from us or our co-venturer. During this three-year period, on a 100 percent basis, DCP Midstream’s capital expenditures and investments were $2.9 billion. We are currently forecasting DCP Midstream to remain self-funding through 2012.

Chemicals

During the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, CPChem had a self-funded capital program, and thus required no new capital infusions from us or our co-venturer. During the three-year period, on a 100 percent basis, CPChem’s capital expenditures, investments and advances were $1.4 billion. Our agreement with Chevron regarding CPChem provides for CPChem to: (i) prior to the separation, suspend all cash distributions to its owners and accumulate its excess cash; and (ii) after the separation, use the accumulated cash and its excess cash flow to retire its $1 billion of outstanding fixed-rate bonds on an accelerated basis. During this period of bond repayment, CPChem is not required to make any cash distributions to its owners. In addition, after the separation, the agreement generally provides that instead of CPChem incurring debt, CPChem’s owners will make capital infusions as necessary to fund CPChem’s capital requirements to the extent these requirements exceed CPChem’s available cash from operations.

2012 Budget

ConocoPhillips has set a 2012 capital budget for its Refining and Marketing segment of $1.2 billion, with approximately $1.0 billion of this amount targeted toward projects in the United States. These funds are expected to be used primarily for projects relating to sustaining and improving the existing business with a focus on safety, regulatory compliance, efficiency and reliability.

Contingencies

A number of lawsuits involving a variety of claims have been made against us that arise in the ordinary course of business. We also may be required to remove or mitigate the effects on the environment of the placement, storage, disposal or release of certain chemical, mineral and petroleum substances at various active and inactive sites. We regularly assess the need for accounting recognition or disclosure of these contingencies. In the case of all known contingencies (other than those related to income taxes), we accrue a liability when the loss is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable. If a range of amounts can be reasonably estimated and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount, then the minimum of the range is accrued. We do not reduce these liabilities for potential insurance or third-party recoveries. If applicable, we accrue receivables for probable insurance or other third-party recoveries. In the case of income-tax-related contingencies, we use a cumulative probability-weighted loss accrual in cases where sustaining a tax position is less than certain.

Based on currently available information, we believe it is remote that future costs related to known contingent liability exposures will exceed current accruals by an amount that would have a material adverse impact on our combined financial statements. As we learn new facts concerning contingencies, we reassess our position both with respect to accrued liabilities and other potential exposures. Estimates particularly sensitive to future changes include contingent liabilities recorded for environmental remediation, tax and legal matters. Estimated future environmental remediation costs are subject to change due to such factors as the uncertain magnitude of cleanup costs, the unknown time and extent of such remedial actions that may be required, and the determination of our liability in proportion to that of other responsible parties. Estimated

 

144


Table of Contents

future costs related to tax and legal matters are subject to change as events evolve and as additional information becomes available during the administrative and litigation processes.

Legal and Tax Matters

Our legal organization applies its knowledge, experience and professional judgment to the specific characteristics of our cases, employing a litigation management process to manage and monitor the legal proceedings against us. Our process facilitates the early evaluation and quantification of potential exposures in individual cases. This process also enables us to track those cases that have been scheduled for trial and/or mediation. Based on professional judgment and experience in using these litigation management tools and available information about current developments in all our cases, our legal organization regularly assesses the adequacy of current accruals and determines if adjustment of existing accruals, or establishment of new accruals, are required. See Note 17—Income Taxes, in the Combined Financial Statements, for additional information about income-tax-related contingencies.

Environmental

We are subject to the same numerous international, federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations as other companies in our industry. The most significant of these environmental laws and regulations include, among others, the:

 

   

U.S. Federal Clean Air Act, which governs air emissions.

   

U.S. Federal Clean Water Act, which governs discharges to water bodies.

   

European Union Regulation for Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH).

   

U.S. Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA), which imposes liability on generators, transporters and arrangers of hazardous substances at sites where hazardous substance releases have occurred or are threatening to occur.

   

U.S. Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), which governs the treatment, storage and disposal of solid waste.

   

U.S. Federal Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA), which requires facilities to report toxic chemical inventories with local emergency planning committees and response departments.

   

U.S. Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, which governs the disposal of wastewater in underground injection wells.

   

U.S. Federal Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (OPA90), under which owners and operators of onshore facilities and pipelines, lessees or permittees of an area in which an offshore facility is located, and owners and operators of vessels are liable for removal costs and damages that result from a discharge of oil into navigable waters of the United States.

   

European Union Trading Directive resulting in European Emissions Trading Scheme.

These laws and their implementing regulations set limits on emissions and, in the case of discharges to water, establish water quality limits. They also, in most cases, require permits in association with new or modified operations. These permits can require an applicant to collect substantial information in connection with the application process, which can be expensive and time consuming. In addition, there can be delays associated with notice and comment periods and the agency’s processing of the application. Many of the delays associated with the permitting process are beyond the control of the applicant.

Many states and foreign countries where we operate also have, or are developing, similar environmental laws and regulations governing these same types of activities. While similar, in some cases these regulations may impose additional, or more stringent, requirements that can add to the cost and difficulty of marketing or transporting products across state and international borders.

 

145


Table of Contents

The ultimate financial impact arising from environmental laws and regulations is neither clearly known nor easily determinable as new standards, such as air emission standards, water quality standards and stricter fuel regulations, continue to evolve. However, environmental laws and regulations, including those that may arise to address concerns about global climate change, are expected to continue to have an increasing impact on our operations in the United States and in other countries in which we operate. Notable areas of potential impacts include air emission compliance and remediation obligations in the United States.

An example in the fuels area is the Energy Policy Act of 2005, which imposed obligations to provide increasing volumes of renewable fuels in transportation motor fuels through 2012. These obligations were changed with the enactment of the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007. The 2007 law requires fuel producers and importers to provide additional renewable fuels for transportation motor fuels that include a mix of various types to be included through 2022. We have met the increased requirements to date while establishing implementation, operating and capital strategies, along with advanced technology development, to address projected future requirements.

We also are subject to certain laws and regulations relating to environmental remediation obligations associated with current and past operations. Such laws and regulations include CERCLA and RCRA and their state equivalents. Remediation obligations include cleanup responsibility arising from petroleum releases from underground storage tanks located at numerous past and present owned and/or operated petroleum-marketing outlets throughout the United States. Federal and state laws require contamination caused by such underground storage tank releases be assessed and remediated to meet applicable standards. In addition to other cleanup standards, many states adopted cleanup criteria for methyl tertiary-butyl ether (MTBE) for both soil and groundwater.

At RCRA-permitted facilities, we are required to assess environmental conditions. If conditions warrant, we may be required to remediate contamination caused by prior operations. In contrast to CERCLA, which is often referred to as “Superfund,” the cost of corrective action activities under RCRA corrective action programs typically is borne solely by us. We anticipate increased expenditures for RCRA remediation activities may be required, but such annual expenditures for the near term are not expected to vary significantly from the range of such expenditures we have experienced over the past few years. Longer-term expenditures are subject to considerable uncertainty and may fluctuate significantly.

We occasionally receive requests for information or notices of potential liability from the EPA and state environmental agencies alleging we are a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or an equivalent state statute. On occasion, we also have been made a party to cost recovery litigation by those agencies or by private parties. These requests, notices and lawsuits assert potential liability for remediation costs at various sites that typically are not owned by us, but allegedly contain wastes attributable to our past operations. As of December 31, 2011, we reported we had been notified of potential liability under CERCLA and comparable state laws at 61 sites around the United States.

For most Superfund sites, our potential liability will be significantly less than the total site remediation costs because the percentage of waste attributable to us, versus that attributable to all other potentially responsible parties, is relatively low. Although liability of those potentially responsible is generally joint and several for federal sites and frequently so for state sites, other potentially responsible parties at sites where we are a party typically have had the financial strength to meet their obligations, and where they have not, or where potentially responsible parties could not be located, our share of liability has not increased materially. Many of the sites at which we are potentially responsible are still under investigation by the EPA or the state agencies concerned. Prior to actual cleanup, those potentially responsible normally assess site conditions, apportion responsibility and determine the appropriate remediation. In some instances, we may have no liability or attain a settlement of liability. Actual cleanup costs generally occur after the parties obtain EPA

 

146


Table of Contents

or equivalent state agency approval. There are relatively few sites where we are a major participant, and given the timing and amounts of anticipated expenditures, neither the cost of remediation at those sites nor such costs at all CERCLA sites, in the aggregate, is expected to have a material adverse effect on our competitive or financial condition.

Expensed environmental costs were $452 million in 2011 and are expected to be approximately $455 million per year in 2012 and 2013. Capitalized environmental costs were $286 million in 2011 and are expected to be approximately $475 million per year in 2012 and 2013.

Accrued liabilities for remediation activities are not reduced for potential recoveries from insurers or other third parties and are not discounted (except those assumed in a purchase business combination, which we do record on a discounted basis).

Many of these liabilities result from CERCLA, RCRA and similar state laws that require us to undertake certain investigative and remedial activities at sites where we conduct, or once conducted, operations or at sites where our generated waste was disposed. We also have accrued for a number of sites we identified that may require environmental remediation, but which are not currently the subject of CERCLA, RCRA or state enforcement activities. If applicable, we accrue receivables for probable insurance or other third-party recoveries. In the future, we may incur significant costs under both CERCLA and RCRA. Remediation activities vary substantially in duration and cost from site to site, depending on the mix of unique site characteristics, evolving remediation technologies, diverse regulatory agencies and enforcement policies, and the presence or absence of potentially liable third parties. Therefore, it is difficult to develop reasonable estimates of future site remediation costs.

At December 31, 2011, our balance sheet included total accrued environmental costs of $542 million, compared with $554 million at December 31, 2010, and $558 million at December 31, 2009. We expect to incur a substantial amount of these expenditures within the next 30 years.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, and as with other companies engaged in similar businesses, environmental costs and liabilities are inherent concerns in our operations and products, and there can be no assurance that material costs and liabilities will not be incurred. However, we currently do not expect any material adverse effect upon our results of operations or financial position as a result of compliance with current environmental laws and regulations.

Climate Change

There has been a broad range of proposed or promulgated state, national and international laws focusing on greenhouse gas (GHG) reduction. These proposed or promulgated laws apply or could apply in countries where we have interests or may have interests in the future. Laws in this field continue to evolve, and while it is not possible to accurately estimate either a timetable for implementation or our future compliance costs relating to implementation, such laws, if enacted, could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial condition. Examples of legislation or precursors for possible regulation that do or could affect our operations include:

 

   

European Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS), the program through which many of the European Union (EU) member states are implementing the Kyoto Protocol.

   

California’s Global Warming Solutions Act, which requires the California Air Resources Board to develop regulations and market mechanisms that will target reduction of California’s GHG emissions by 25 percent by 2020.

   

The U.S. Supreme Court decision in Massachusetts v. EPA , 549 U.S. 497, 127 S.Ct. 1438 (2007), confirming that the EPA has the authority to regulate carbon dioxide as an “air pollutant” under the Federal Clean Air Act.

 

147


Table of Contents
   

The EPA’s announcement on March 29, 2010 (published as “Interpretation of Regulations that Determine Pollutants Covered by Clean Air Act Permitting Programs,” 75 Fed. Reg. 17004 (April 2, 2010)), and the EPA’s and U.S. Department of Transportation’s joint promulgation of a Final Rule on April 1, 2010, that triggers regulation of GHGs under the Clean Air Act, may trigger more climate-based claims for damages, and may result in longer agency review time for development projects to determine the extent of climate change.

   

Carbon taxes in certain jurisdictions.

   

Cap and trade programs in certain jurisdictions.

In the EU, we have assets that are subject to the ETS. The first phase of the EU ETS was completed at the end of 2007, with EU ETS Phase II running from 2008 through 2012. The European Commission has approved most of the Phase II national allocation plans. We are actively engaged to minimize any financial impact from the trading scheme.

In the United States, some additional form of regulation may be forthcoming in the future at the federal or state levels with respect to GHG emissions. Such regulation could take any of several forms that may result in the creation of additional costs in the form of taxes, the restriction of output, investments of capital to maintain compliance with laws and regulations, or required acquisition or trading of emission allowances. We are working to continuously improve operational and energy efficiency through resource and energy conservation throughout our operations.

Compliance with changes in laws and regulations that create a GHG emission trading scheme or GHG reduction policies could significantly increase our costs, reduce demand for fossil energy derived products, impact the cost and availability of capital and increase our exposure to litigation. Such laws and regulations could also increase demand for less carbon intensive energy sources. The ultimate impact on our financial performance, either positive or negative, will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to:

 

   

Whether and to what extent legislation is enacted.

   

The nature of the legislation (such as a cap and trade system or a tax on emissions).

   

The GHG reductions required.

   

The price and availability of offsets.

   

The amount and allocation of allowances.

   

Technological and scientific developments leading to new products or services.

   

Any potential significant physical effects of climate change (such as increased severe weather events, changes in sea levels and changes in temperature).

   

Whether, and the extent to which, increased compliance costs are ultimately reflected in the prices of our products and services.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to select appropriate accounting policies and to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. See Note 2—Accounting Policies, in the Combined Financial Statements, for descriptions of our major accounting policies. Certain of these accounting policies involve judgments and uncertainties to such an extent that there is a reasonable likelihood that materially different amounts would have been reported under different conditions, or if different assumptions had been used. The following discussions of critical accounting estimates, along with the discussion of contingencies in this report, address all important accounting areas where the nature of accounting estimates or assumptions could be material due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change.

 

148


Table of Contents

Impairments

Long-lived assets used in operations are assessed for impairment whenever changes in facts and circumstances indicate a possible significant deterioration in future cash flows expected to be generated by an asset group and annually in the fourth quarter following updates to corporate planning assumptions. If, upon review, the sum of the undiscounted pretax cash flows is less than the carrying value of the asset group, the carrying value is written down to estimated fair value. Individual assets are grouped for impairment purposes based on a judgmental assessment of the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets—generally at an entire complex level. Because there usually is a lack of quoted market prices for long-lived assets, the fair value of impaired assets is typically determined based on the present values of expected future cash flows using discount rates believed to be consistent with those used by principal market participants, or based on a multiple of operating cash flow validated with historical market transactions of similar assets where possible. The expected future cash flows used for impairment reviews and related fair value calculations are based on judgmental assessments of future volumes, commodity prices, operating costs, margins and capital project decisions, considering all available information at the date of review.

Investments in nonconsolidated entities accounted for under the equity method are reviewed for impairment when there is evidence of a loss in value and annually following updates to corporate planning assumptions. Such evidence of a loss in value might include our inability to recover the carrying amount, the lack of sustained earnings capacity which would justify the current investment amount, or a current fair value less than the investment’s carrying amount. When it is determined such a loss in value is other than temporary, an impairment charge is recognized for the difference between the investment’s carrying value and its estimated fair value. When determining whether a decline in value is other than temporary, management considers factors such as the length of time and extent of the decline, the investee’s financial condition and near-term prospects, and our ability and intention to retain our investment for a period that will be sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in the market value of the investment. When quoted market prices are not available, the fair value is usually based on the present value of expected future cash flows using discount rates believed to be consistent with those used by principal market participants, plus market analysis of comparable assets owned by the investee, if appropriate. Differing assumptions could affect the timing and the amount of an impairment of an investment in any period.

Asset Retirement Obligations

Under various contracts, permits and regulations, we have material legal obligations to remove tangible equipment and restore the land at the end of operations at certain operational sites. Our largest asset removal obligations involve asbestos abatement at refineries. Estimating the future asset removal costs necessary for this accounting calculation is difficult. Most of these removal obligations are many years, or decades, in the future and the contracts and regulations often have vague descriptions of what removal practices and criteria must be met when the removal event actually occurs. Asset removal technologies and costs, regulatory and other compliance considerations, expenditure timing, and other inputs into valuation of the obligation, including discount and inflation rates, are also subject to change.

Environmental Costs

In addition to asset retirement obligations discussed above, under the above or similar contracts, permits and regulations, we have certain obligations to complete environmental-related projects. These projects are primarily related to cleanup at domestic refineries, underground storage sites and non-operated sites. Future environmental remediation costs are difficult to estimate because they are subject to change due to such factors as the uncertain magnitude of cleanup costs, the unknown time and extent of such remedial actions that may be required, and the determination of our liability in proportion to that of other responsible parties.

 

149


Table of Contents

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

At December 31, 2011, we had $701 million of intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives, thus they are not amortized. This judgmental assessment of an indefinite useful life must be continuously evaluated in the future. If, due to changes in facts and circumstances, management determines these intangible assets have definite useful lives, amortization will commence at that time on a prospective basis. As long as these intangible assets are judged to have indefinite lives, they will be subject to periodic lower-of-cost-or-market tests that require management’s judgment of the estimated fair value of these intangible assets.

At December 31, 2011, we had $3.3 billion of goodwill recorded in conjunction with past business combinations. Under the accounting rules for goodwill, this intangible asset is not amortized. Instead, goodwill is subject to annual reviews for impairment at a reporting unit level. The reporting unit or units used to evaluate and measure goodwill for impairment are determined primarily from the manner in which the business is managed. A reporting unit is an operating segment or a component that is one level below an operating segment. We determined we had one reporting unit for purposes of assigning goodwill and testing for impairment—the R&M operating segment. We have concluded the refining and marketing components within the R&M segment are economically similar enough to be aggregated into one reporting unit.

If we later reorganize our businesses or management structure so that our operating segments change, or such that the components within our reporting unit are no longer economically similar, the reporting units would be revised and goodwill would be re-assigned using a relative fair value approach. Goodwill impairment testing at a lower reporting unit level could result in the recognition of impairment that would not otherwise be recognized at the current higher level of aggregation. In addition, the sale or disposition of a portion of our reporting unit will be allocated a portion of the reporting unit’s goodwill, based on relative fair values, which will adjust the amount of gain or loss on the sale or disposition. When assessing the need for impairments on those sales and disposals, we take into consideration the anticipated allocation of goodwill and provisionally provide for its expected impairment upon final sale or disposal.

Because quoted market prices for our reporting unit are not available, management must apply judgment in determining the estimated fair value of this reporting unit for purposes of performing the periodic goodwill impairment test. Management uses all available information to make this fair value determination, including the present values of expected future cash flows using discount rates commensurate with the risks involved in the assets and observed market multiples of operating cash flows and net income. In addition, if the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the book value (including the goodwill), further management judgment must be applied in determining the fair values of individual assets and liabilities for purposes of the hypothetical purchase price allocation. At year-end 2011, the estimated fair value of our R&M operating segment (reporting unit), was higher than recorded net book values (including goodwill) of the reporting unit. However, a lower fair value estimate in the future could result in an impairment. After the separation, our common stock price and associated total company market capitalization will also be considered in the determination of reporting unit fair value. A prolonged or significant decline in our stock price could provide evidence of a need to record a material impairment of goodwill.

Tax Assets and Liabilities

Our operations are subject to various tax liabilities, including federal, state and foreign income taxes and transactional taxes such as excise, sales/use, property and payroll taxes. We record tax liabilities based on our assessment of existing tax laws and regulations. The recording of tax liabilities may require significant judgment and estimates. A contingent liability related to a transactional tax claim is recorded if the loss is both probable and estimable. Actual incurred tax liabilities can vary from our estimates for a variety of reasons, including different interpretations of tax laws and regulations and different assessments of the amount of tax due.

 

150


Table of Contents

We recognize the financial statement effects of an income tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority. In determining our income tax provision, we must assess the likelihood our deferred tax assets will be recovered through future taxable income. Judgment is required in estimating the amount of valuation allowance, if any, that should be recorded against those deferred income tax assets. Valuation allowances reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that will, more likely than not, be realized. Based on our historical taxable income, our expectations for the future, and available tax-planning strategies, we expect the net deferred tax assets will be realized as offsets to reversing deferred tax liabilities and as reductions in future taxable income. If our actual results of operations differ from such estimates or our estimates of future taxable income change, the valuation allowance may need to be revised.

New tax laws and regulations, as well as changes to existing tax laws and regulations, are continuously being proposed or promulgated. The implementation of future legislative and regulatory tax initiatives could result in increased tax liabilities that cannot be predicted at this time.

 

151


Table of Contents

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Financial Instrument Market Risk

We and certain of our subsidiaries hold and issue derivative contracts and financial instruments that expose our cash flows or earnings to changes in commodity prices, foreign currency exchange rates or interest rates. We may use financial and commodity-based derivative contracts to manage the risks produced by changes in the prices of crude oil and related products, natural gas and electric power; fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates; or to capture market opportunities.

Prior to the separation, our use of derivative instruments is governed by ConocoPhillips’ “Authority Limitations” document approved by ConocoPhillips’ Board of Directors that prohibits the use of highly leveraged derivatives or derivative instruments without sufficient market liquidity for comparable valuations. The Authority Limitations document also establishes the Value at Risk (VaR) limits for us, and compliance with these limits is monitored daily. ConocoPhillips’ Chief Financial Officer monitors risks resulting from foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and reports to ConocoPhillips’ Chief Executive Officer. ConocoPhillips’ senior vice president of Commercial monitors commodity price risk and also reports to ConocoPhillips’ Chief Executive Officer. The Commercial organization manages our commercial marketing, optimizes our commodity flows and positions, and monitors related risks of our businesses. We anticipate similar governance will apply to our use of derivative instruments after the separation.

Commodity Price Risk

We sell into or receive supply from the worldwide crude oil, bitumen, refined products, natural gas, natural gas liquids, and electric power markets and are exposed to fluctuations in the prices for these commodities. These fluctuations can affect our revenues and purchases, as well as the cost of operating, investing and financing activities. Generally, our policy is to remain exposed to the market prices of commodities.

Our Commercial organization uses futures, forwards, swaps and options in various markets to optimize the value of our supply chain, which may move our risk profile away from market average prices to accomplish the following objectives:

 

   

Balance physical systems. In addition to cash settlement prior to contract expiration, exchange-traded futures contracts also may be settled by physical delivery of the commodity, providing another source of supply to meet our refinery requirements or marketing demand.

   

Meet customer needs. Consistent with our policy to generally remain exposed to market prices, we use swap contracts to convert fixed-price sales contracts, which are often requested by refined product consumers, to a floating market price.

   

Manage the risk to our cash flows from price exposures on specific crude oil, refined product, natural gas, and electric power transactions.

   

Enable us to use the market knowledge gained from these activities to capture market opportunities such as moving physical commodities to more profitable locations, storing commodities to capture seasonal or time premiums, and blending commodities to capture quality upgrades. Derivatives may be utilized to optimize these activities.

We use a VaR model to estimate the loss in fair value that could potentially result on a single day from the effect of adverse changes in market conditions on the derivative financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments held or issued, including commodity purchase and sales contracts recorded on the balance sheet at December 31, 2011, as derivative instruments. Using Monte Carlo simulation, a 95 percent

 

152


Table of Contents

confidence level and a one-day holding period, the VaR for those instruments issued or held for trading purposes at December 31, 2011 and 2010, was immaterial to our cash flows and net income.

The VaR for instruments held for purposes other than trading at December 31, 2011 and 2010, was also immaterial to our cash flows and net income.

Interest Rate Risk

We have debt that is sensitive to changes in U.S. interest rates. Our historically low debt levels, however, render our market risk from interest rates immaterial. With the expected increase in debt at the separation, we expect our market risk from interest rates to increase.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We have foreign currency exchange rate risk resulting from international operations. We do not comprehensively hedge the exposure to currency rate changes although we may choose to selectively hedge certain foreign currency exchange rate exposures, such as firm commitments for capital projects or local currency tax payments, dividends and cash returns from net investments in foreign affiliates to be remitted within the coming year.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, our foreign currency derivative activity was not material.

For additional information about our use of derivative instruments, see Note 14—Financial Instruments and Derivative Contracts, in the Combined Financial Statements.

 

153


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

PHILLIPS 66

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

    

Page

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Audited Combined Financial Statements of Phillips 66:

  

Combined Statement of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-3   

Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-4   

Combined Balance Sheet at December 31, 2011 and 2010

     F-5   

Combined Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010
and 2009

     F-6   

Combined Statement of Changes in Net Investment for the years ended
December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-7   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-8   

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Combined)

     F-47   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

ConocoPhillips

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Phillips 66 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related combined statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in net investment, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index to Financial Statements. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of Phillips 66 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the combined results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Houston, Texas

March 1, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

   

 

Combined Statement of Income   Phillips 66  

 

Years Ended December 31

  Millions of Dollars  
    2011      2010      2009  

Revenues and Other Income

       

Sales and other operating revenues*

  $ 196,088         146,561         112,692   

Equity in earnings of affiliates

    2,843         1,765         1,092   

Net gain on dispositions

    1,638         241         79   

Other income

    45         89         88   

 

 

Total Revenues and Other Income

    200,614         148,656         113,951   

 

 

Costs and Expenses

       

Purchased crude oil and products

        172,837         125,092         93,156   

Operating expenses

    4,072         4,189         4,097   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    1,409         1,384         1,314   

Depreciation and amortization

    908         880         879   

Impairments

    472         1,699         66   

Taxes other than income taxes*

    14,288         13,985         13,620   

Accretion on discounted liabilities

    21         22         24   

Interest and debt expense

    17         1         1   

Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses

    (34      85         (53

 

 

Total Costs and Expenses

    193,990         147,337         113,104   

 

 

Income before income taxes

    6,624         1,319         847   

Provision for income taxes

    1,844         579         368   

 

 

Net income

    4,780         740         479   

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (5      (5      (3

 

 

Net Income Attributable to Phillips 66

  $ 4,775         735         476   

 

 
*Includes excise taxes on petroleum product sales:   $ 13,955         13,689         13,325   
See Notes to Combined Financial Statements.  

 

F-3


Table of Contents

 

Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income   Phillips 66  

 

Years Ended December 31

  Millions of Dollars  
    2011      2010     2009  

Net Income

  $ 4,780         740        479   

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

      

Defined benefit plans

      

Net gain (loss) arising during the period

    (8      (8     2   

Reclassification adjustment for amortization of prior net losses included in net income

    3         2        3   

 

 

Net change

    (5      (6     5   

Other plans*

    (41      (23     46   

Income taxes on defined benefit plans

    17         12        (16

 

 

Defined benefit plans, net of tax

    (29      (17     35   

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    28         (95     214   

Income taxes on foreign currency adjustments

    (92      (4     (22

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

    (64      (99     192   

 

 

Hedging activities

    2         2        3   

Income taxes on hedging activities

    (1      (1     2   

 

 

Hedging activities, net of tax

    1         1        5   

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    (92      (115     232   

 

 

Comprehensive income

    4,688         625        711   

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (5      (5     (3

 

 

Comprehensive Income Attributable to Phillips 66

  $ 4,683         620        708   

 

 
*Plans for which Phillips 66 is not the primary obligor—primarily those administered by equity affiliates.   
See Notes to Combined Financial Statements.   

 

F-4


Table of Contents

 

Combined Balance Sheet   Phillips 66  

 

At December 31

  Millions of Dollars  
        2011         2010  

Assets

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ -        -   

Accounts and notes receivable (net of allowance of $13 million in 2011

and $7 million in 2010)

    8,354        8,364   

Accounts and notes receivable—related parties

    1,671        1,849   

Inventories

    3,466        4,113   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    457        378   

 

 

Total Current Assets

    13,948        14,704   

Investments and long-term receivables

    10,306        9,918   

Loans and advances—related parties

    1        401   

Net properties, plants and equipment

    14,771        15,409   

Goodwill

    3,332        3,633   

Intangibles

    732        777   

Other assets

    121        113   

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 43,211        44,955   

 

 

Liabilities

   

Accounts payable

  $ 10,007        9,814   

Accounts payable—related parties

    785        937   

Short-term debt

    30        29   

Accrued income and other taxes

    1,087        1,182   

Employee benefit obligations

    64        89   

Other accruals

    411        452   

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

    12,384        12,503   

Long-term debt

    361        388   

Asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs

    787        802   

Deferred income taxes

    5,803        4,817   

Employee benefit obligations

    117        111   

Other liabilities and deferred credits

    466        308   

 

 

Total Liabilities

    19,918        18,929   

 

 

Net Investment

   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    122        214   

Net parent company investment

    23,142        25,787   

 

 

Total

    23,264        26,001   

Noncontrolling interests

    29        25   

 

 

Total Net Investment

    23,293        26,026   

 

 

Total Liabilities and Net Investment

  $ 43,211        44,955   

 

 
See Notes to Combined Financial Statements.    

 

F-5


Table of Contents

 

Combined Statement of Cash Flows   Phillips 66  

 

Years Ended December 31

  Millions of Dollars  
    2011     2010     2009  

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

     

Net income

  $ 4,780        740        479   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

     

Depreciation and amortization

    908        880        879   

Impairments

    472        1,699        66   

Accretion on discounted liabilities

    21        22        24   

Deferred taxes

    931        (33     (84

Undistributed equity earnings

    (951     (723     (562

Net gain on dispositions

    (1,638     (241     (79

Other

    167        (53     (174

Working capital adjustments

     

Decrease (increase) in accounts and notes receivable

    (186     (3,019     (2,087

Decrease (increase) in inventories

    616        (344     237   

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets

    28        (2     183   

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

    58        3,003        2,606   

Increase (decrease) in taxes and other accruals

    (200     163        (542

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

    5,006        2,092        946   

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

     

Capital expenditures and investments

    (1,022     (1,150     (2,461

Proceeds from asset dispositions

    2,627        662        757   

Long-term advances/loans—related parties

    -        (200     (350

Collection of advances/loans—related parties

    550        20        1   

Other

    337        16        80   

 

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

    2,492        (652     (1,973

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

     

Contributions from (distributions to) parent company

    (7,471     (1,411     1,056   

Repayment of debt

    (26     (26     (25

Other

    (1     (3     (4

 

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

    (7,498     (1,440     1,027   

 

 

Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    -        -        -   

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

  $ -        -        -   

 

 
See Notes to Combined Financial Statements.      

 

F-6


Table of Contents

 

Combined Statement of Changes in Net Investment

     Phillips 66  
    Millions of Dollars  
    Attributable to Phillips 66                
    Accum. Other
Comprehensive
Income
     Net Parent
Company
Investment
     Noncontrolling
Interests
     Total  

December 31, 2008

  $ 97         24,902         23         25,022   

Net income

    -         476         3         479   

Other comprehensive income

    232         -         -         232   

Net transfers from parent company

    -         1,210         -         1,210   

Distributions to noncontrolling interests and other

    -         -         (3      (3

 

 

December 31, 2009

    329         26,588         23         26,940   

Net income

    -         735         5         740   

Other comprehensive loss

    (115      -         -         (115

Net transfers to parent company

    -         (1,536      -         (1,536

Distributions to noncontrolling interests and other

    -         -         (3      (3

 

 

December 31, 2010

    214         25,787         25         26,026   

Net income

    -         4,775         5         4,780   

Other comprehensive loss

    (92      -         -         (92

Net transfers to parent company

    -         (7,420      -         (7,420

Distributions to noncontrolling interests and other

    -         -         (1      (1

 

 

December 31, 2011

  $ 122         23,142         29         23,293   

 

 
See Notes to Combined Financial Statements.           

 

F-7


Table of Contents

 

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

Phillips 66

Note 1—Separation and Basis of Presentation

The Separation

On July 14, 2011, ConocoPhillips announced approval by its Board of Directors to pursue the separation of its upstream and downstream businesses into two stand-alone, publicly traded corporations. This separation is expected to be completed in accordance with a separation and distribution agreement between ConocoPhillips and Phillips 66. ConocoPhillips intends to distribute, on a pro rata basis, all of the shares of Phillips 66 common stock to the ConocoPhillips stockholders as of the record date for the separation. Phillips 66 was incorporated in Delaware as a wholly owned subsidiary of ConocoPhillips in November 2011. The separation is subject to market conditions, customary regulatory approvals, the receipt of an affirmative Internal Revenue Service ruling with respect to the tax-free nature of the separation, and final approval by ConocoPhillips’ Board of Directors.

Basis of Presentation

These combined financial statements were prepared in connection with the expected separation and are derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of ConocoPhillips. These statements reflect the combined historical results of operations, financial position and cash flows of ConocoPhillips’ refining, marketing and transportation operations; its natural gas gathering, processing, transmission and marketing operations, primarily conducted through its equity investment in DCP Midstream, LLC; its petrochemical operations, conducted through its equity investment in Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (CPChem); its power generation operations; and an allocable portion of corporate costs. Although the legal transfer of these downstream businesses of ConocoPhillips into Phillips 66 has yet to take place, for ease of reference, these combined financial statements are collectively referred to as those of Phillips 66. Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise indicates, all references in these combined financial statements to “us,” “our” or “we” mean the downstream businesses of ConocoPhillips, which are referred to as Phillips 66.

These financial statements are presented as if such businesses had been combined for all periods presented. All intercompany transactions and accounts within Phillips 66 have been eliminated. The assets and liabilities in the combined financial statements have been reflected on a historical cost basis, as immediately prior to the separation all of the assets and liabilities presented are wholly owned by ConocoPhillips and are being transferred within the ConocoPhillips consolidated group. The combined statement of income also includes expense allocations for certain corporate functions historically performed by ConocoPhillips and not allocated to its operating segments, including allocations of general corporate expenses related to executive oversight, accounting, treasury, tax, legal, procurement and information technology. These allocations are based primarily on specific identification of time and/or activities associated with Phillips 66, employee headcount or capital expenditures. Our management believes the assumptions underlying the combined financial statements, including the assumptions regarding allocating general corporate expenses from ConocoPhillips, are reasonable. Nevertheless, the combined financial statements may not include all of the actual expenses that would have been incurred had we been a stand-alone company during the periods presented and may not reflect our combined results of operations, financial position and cash flows had we been a stand-alone company during the periods presented. Actual costs that would have been incurred if we had been a stand-alone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure and strategic decisions made in various areas, including information technology and infrastructure.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ConocoPhillips uses a centralized approach to the cash management and financing of its operations. Our cash is transferred to ConocoPhillips daily and ConocoPhillips funds our operating and investing activities as needed. Accordingly, the cash and cash equivalents held by ConocoPhillips at the corporate level were not allocated to us for any of the periods presented. We reflect transfers of cash to and from ConocoPhillips’ cash management system as a component of “Net parent company investment” on our combined balance sheet. We have included debt incurred from our limited direct financing on our balance sheet, as this debt is specific to our business. We also have not included any interest expense for intercompany cash advances from ConocoPhillips, since historically ConocoPhillips has not allocated interest expense related to intercompany advances to any of its businesses.

Events and transactions subsequent to the balance sheet date have been evaluated through March 1, 2012, the date these combined financial statements were issued, for potential recognition or disclosure in the combined financial statements.

Note 2—Accounting Policies

 

n  

Combination Principles and Investments Our combined financial statements include the accounts of majority-owned, controlled subsidiaries and variable interest entities where we are the primary beneficiary. The equity method is used to account for investments in affiliates in which we have the ability to exert significant influence over the affiliates’ operating and financial policies. When we do not have the ability to exert significant influence, the investment is either classified as available-for-sale if fair value is readily determinable, or the cost method is used if fair value is not readily determinable. Undivided interests in pipelines, natural gas plants and terminals are combined on a proportionate basis. Other securities and investments are generally carried at cost.

 

n  

Net Parent Company Investment In the combined balance sheet, net parent company investment represents ConocoPhillips’ historical investment in us, our accumulated net earnings after taxes, and the net effect of transactions with, and allocations from, ConocoPhillips.

 

n  

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments resulting from the process of translating foreign functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in net investment. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in current earnings. Most of our foreign operations use their local currency as the functional currency.

 

n  

Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

n  

Revenue Recognition Revenues associated with sales of crude oil, natural gas liquids, petroleum and chemical products, and other items are recognized when title passes to the customer, which is when the risk of ownership passes to the purchaser and physical delivery of goods occurs, either immediately or within a fixed delivery schedule that is reasonable and customary in the industry.

Revenues associated with transactions commonly called buy/sell contracts, in which the purchase and sale of inventory with the same counterparty are entered into “in contemplation” of one another, are combined and reported net (i.e., on the same income statement line).

 

n  

Shipping and Handling Costs We record shipping and handling costs in purchased crude oil and products. Freight costs billed to customers are recorded as a component of revenue.

 

F-9


Table of Contents
n  

Inventories We have several valuation methods for our various types of inventories and consistently use the following methods for each type of inventory. Crude oil and petroleum products inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market in the aggregate, primarily on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis. Any necessary lower-of-cost-or-market write-downs at year end are recorded as permanent adjustments to the LIFO cost basis. LIFO is used to better match current inventory costs with current revenues and to meet tax-conformity requirements. Costs include both direct and indirect expenditures incurred in bringing an item or product to its existing condition and location, but not unusual/nonrecurring costs or research and development costs. Materials and supplies inventories are valued using the weighted-average-cost method.

 

n  

Fair Value Measurements We categorize assets and liabilities measured at fair value into one of three different levels depending on the observability of the inputs employed in the measurement. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market-corroborated inputs. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability reflecting significant modifications to observable related market data or our assumptions about pricing by market participants.

 

n  

Derivative Instruments Derivative instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. If the right of offset exists and certain other criteria are met, derivative assets and liabilities with the same counterparty are netted on the balance sheet and the collateral payable or receivable is netted against derivative assets and derivative liabilities, respectively.

Recognition and classification of the gain or loss that results from recording and adjusting a derivative to fair value depends on the purpose for issuing or holding the derivative. Gains and losses from derivatives not accounted for as hedges are recognized immediately in earnings. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gains or losses from adjusting the derivative to its fair value will be immediately recognized in earnings and, to the extent the hedge is effective, offset the concurrent recognition of changes in the fair value of the hedged item. Gains or losses from derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge or hedge of a net investment in a foreign entity are recognized in other comprehensive income and appear on the balance sheet in accumulated other comprehensive income until the hedged transaction is recognized in earnings; however, to the extent the change in the value of the derivative exceeds the change in the anticipated cash flows of the hedged transaction, the excess gains or losses will be recognized immediately in earnings.

 

n  

Capitalized Interest Interest from external borrowings is capitalized on major projects with an expected construction period of one year or longer. Capitalized interest is added to the cost of the underlying asset’s properties, plant and equipment and is amortized over the useful life of the assets.

Although parent company interest expense on general corporate debt is not allocated to us in these combined financial statements, our properties, plants and equipment balance does include capitalized interest from such debt if our projects met the criteria for interest capitalization.

 

n  

Intangible Assets Other Than Goodwill Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized by the straight-line method over their useful lives. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested at least annually for impairment. Each reporting period, we evaluate the remaining useful lives of intangible assets not being amortized to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support indefinite useful lives. These indefinite-lived intangibles are

 

F-10


Table of Contents
 

considered impaired if the fair value of the intangible asset is lower than net book value. The fair value of intangible assets is determined based on quoted market prices in active markets, if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value of intangible assets is determined based upon the present values of expected future cash flows using discount rates believed to be consistent with those used by principal market participants, or upon estimated replacement cost, if expected future cash flows from the intangible asset are not determinable.

 

n  

Goodwill —Goodwill resulting from a business combination is not amortized but is tested at least annually for impairment. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than the recorded book value of the reporting unit’s assets (including goodwill), less liabilities, then a hypothetical purchase price allocation is performed on the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities using the fair value of the reporting unit as the purchase price in the calculation. If the amount of goodwill resulting from this hypothetical purchase price allocation is less than the recorded amount of goodwill, the recorded goodwill is written down to the new amount. For purposes of goodwill impairment calculations, Worldwide Refining and Marketing is our only reporting unit.

 

n  

Depreciation and Amortization —Depreciation and amortization of properties, plants and equipment are determined by either the individual-unit-straight-line method or the group-straight-line method (for those individual units that are highly integrated with other units).

 

n  

Impairment of Properties, Plants and Equipment —Properties, plants and equipment used in operations are assessed for impairment whenever changes in facts and circumstances indicate a possible significant deterioration in the future cash flows expected to be generated by an asset group and annually in the fourth quarter following updates to corporate planning assumptions. If, upon review, the sum of the undiscounted pretax cash flows is less than the carrying value of the asset group, the carrying value is written down to estimated fair value through additional amortization or depreciation provisions and reported as impairments in the periods in which the determination of the impairment is made. Individual assets are grouped for impairment purposes at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets—generally at an entire complex level. Because there usually is a lack of quoted market prices for long-lived assets, the fair value of impaired assets is typically determined based on the present values of expected future cash flows using discount rates believed to be consistent with those used by principal market participants or based on a multiple of operating cash flow validated with historical market transactions of similar assets where possible. Long-lived assets committed by management for disposal within one year are accounted for at the lower of amortized cost or fair value, less cost to sell, with fair value determined using a binding negotiated price, if available, or present value of expected future cash flows as previously described.

The expected future cash flows used for impairment reviews and related fair value calculations are based on estimated future volumes, prices, costs, margins, and capital project decisions, considering all available evidence at the date of review.

 

n  

Impairment of Investments in Nonconsolidated Entities —Investments in nonconsolidated entities are assessed for impairment whenever changes in the facts and circumstances indicate a loss in value has occurred and annually following updates to corporate planning assumptions. When such a condition is judgmentally determined to be other than temporary, the carrying value of the investment is written down to fair value. The fair value of the impaired investment is based on quoted market prices, if available, or upon the present value of expected future cash flows using discount rates believed to be consistent with those used by principal market participants, plus market analysis of comparable assets owned by the investee, if appropriate.

 

F-11


Table of Contents
n  

Maintenance and Repairs Costs of maintenance and repairs, which are not significant improvements, are expensed when incurred. Major refinery maintenance turnarounds are expensed as incurred.

 

n  

Advertising Costs Production costs of media advertising are deferred until the first public showing of the advertisement. Advances to secure advertising slots at specific sporting or other events are deferred until the event occurs. All other advertising costs are expensed as incurred, unless the cost has benefits that clearly extend beyond the interim period in which the expenditure is made, in which case the advertising cost is deferred and amortized ratably over the interim periods that clearly benefit from the expenditure.

 

n  

Property Dispositions When complete units of depreciable property are sold, the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated, with any gain or loss reflected in the “Net gain on dispositions” line of our combined statement of income. When less than complete units of depreciable property are disposed of or retired, the difference between asset cost and salvage value is charged or credited to accumulated depreciation.

 

n  

Asset Retirement Obligations and Environmental Costs Fair value of legal obligations to retire and remove long-lived assets are recorded in the period in which the obligation is incurred. When the liability is initially recorded, we capitalize this cost by increasing the carrying amount of the related properties, plants and equipment. Over time the liability is increased for the change in its present value, and the capitalized cost in properties, plants and equipment is depreciated over the useful life of the related asset. For additional information, see Note 10—Asset Retirement Obligations and Accrued Environmental Costs.

Environmental expenditures are expensed or capitalized, depending upon their future economic benefit. Expenditures relating to an existing condition caused by past operations, and those having no future economic benefit, are expensed. Liabilities for environmental expenditures are recorded on an undiscounted basis (unless acquired in a purchase business combination) when environmental assessments or cleanups are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Recoveries of environmental remediation costs from other parties, such as state reimbursement funds, are recorded as assets when their receipt is probable and estimable.

 

n  

Guarantees Fair value of a guarantee is determined and recorded as a liability at the time the guarantee is given. The initial liability is subsequently reduced as we are released from exposure under the guarantee. We amortize the guarantee liability over the relevant time period, if one exists, based on the facts and circumstances surrounding each type of guarantee. In cases where the guarantee term is indefinite, we reverse the liability when we have information indicating the liability is essentially relieved or amortize it over an appropriate time period as the fair value of our guarantee exposure declines over time. We amortize the guarantee liability to the related income statement line item based on the nature of the guarantee. When it becomes probable we will have to perform on a guarantee, we accrue a separate liability if it is reasonably estimable, based on the facts and circumstances at that time. We reverse the fair value liability only when there is no further exposure under the guarantee.

 

n  

Stock-Based Compensation We recognize stock-based compensation expense over the shorter of: (1) the service period (i.e., the time required to earn the award); or (2) the period beginning at the start of the service period and ending when an employee first becomes eligible for retirement, but not less than six months, which is the minimum time required for an award to not be subject to forfeiture. We have elected to recognize expense on a straight-line basis over the service period for the entire award, whether the award was granted with ratable or cliff vesting.

 

F-12


Table of Contents
n  

Pension and Postretirement Plans Certain of our U.S. and U.K. employees participate in defined benefit pension plans and postretirement health and life insurance plans (Shared Plans) sponsored by ConocoPhillips, which include participants of other ConocoPhillips subsidiaries. We account for such Shared Plans as multiemployer benefit plans. Accordingly, we do not record an asset or liability to recognize the funded status of the Shared Plans. We recognize a liability only for any required contributions to the Shared Plans that are accrued and unpaid at the balance sheet date. The related pension and postretirement expenses are allocated to Phillips 66 based primarily on pensionable compensation of active participants.

Plans in Austria, Germany, and Ireland that are sponsored by entities included in Phillips 66 (Direct Plans) are accounted for as defined benefit pension plans. Accordingly, the funded and unfunded position of each Direct Plan is recorded in our combined balance sheet. Actuarial gains and losses that have not yet been recognized through income are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income within net investment, net of taxes, until they are amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. The determination of benefit obligations and the recognition of expenses related to Direct Plans are dependent on various assumptions. The major assumptions primarily relate to discount rates, long-term expected rates of return on plan assets, and future compensation increases. Management develops each assumption using relevant company experience in conjunction with market-related data for each individual country in which such plans exist. For additional information, see Note 16—Employee Benefit Plans.

 

n  

Income Taxes Our taxable income is included in the U.S. federal income tax returns and in a number of state income tax returns of ConocoPhillips. In the accompanying combined financial statements, our provision for income taxes is computed as if we were a stand-alone tax-paying entity.

Deferred income taxes are computed using the liability method and are provided on all temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of our assets and liabilities, except for deferred taxes on income considered to be permanently reinvested in certain foreign subsidiaries and foreign corporate joint ventures. Allowable tax credits are applied as reductions of the provision for income taxes. Interest related to unrecognized tax benefits is reflected in interest expense, and penalties in operating expenses.

 

n  

Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Excise taxes are reported gross within sales and other operating revenues and taxes other than income taxes, while other sales and value-added taxes are recorded net in taxes other than income taxes.

Note 3—Changes in Accounting Principles

Comprehensive Income

Effective December 31, 2011, we early adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” This ASU amends FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 220, “Comprehensive Income,” by requiring a more prominent presentation of the components of other comprehensive income. We elected the two-statement approach, presenting other comprehensive income in a separate statement immediately following the income statement. On December 23, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in ASU No. 2011-05.” ASU 2011-12 defers the ASU 2011-05 requirement to present items reclassified into net income from other comprehensive income. This deferral only impacted the presentation requirement on the combined income statement.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Note 4—Inventories

Inventories at December 31 consisted of the following:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
        2011          2010  

Crude oil and petroleum products

  $ 3,193         3,839   

Materials and supplies

    273         274   

 

 
  $     3,466         4,113   

 

 

Inventories valued on the LIFO basis totaled $3,046 million and $3,724 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The estimated excess of current replacement cost over LIFO cost of inventories amounted to approximately $8,600 million and $7,000 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

For our Refining and Marketing (R&M) segment, certain reductions in inventory caused liquidations of LIFO inventory values. These liquidations increased net income by approximately $155 million and $30 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively, and decreased net income by approximately $65 million in 2009.

Note 5—Assets Held for Sale or Sold

During 2009, we sold U.S. marketing assets with a net properties, plants and equipment carrying value of $505 million and recognized before-tax gains of $26 million. We had other dispositions in 2009 with a net carrying value of $569 million that resulted in before-tax gains of $52 million, primarily our interest in certain R&M pipelines. Also during 2009, we classified additional marketing assets as held for sale. Accordingly, at December 31, 2009, we classified $323 million of noncurrent assets as held for sale and most of this amount was included in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” on our combined balance sheet. We also classified $75 million of noncurrent deferred tax liabilities as current, based on their held for sale status. We sold these held-for-sale assets and others during 2010, resulting in before-tax gains totaling $241 million.

In August 2011, we sold our refinery in Wilhelmshaven, Germany, which had been operating as a terminal since the fourth quarter of 2009. The refinery was included in our R&M segment and at the time of disposition had a net carrying value of $211 million, which included $243 million of properties, plants and equipment. A $234 million before-tax loss was recognized from this disposition.

In October 2011, we sold Seaway Products Pipeline Company to DCP Midstream. The total carrying value of the asset, which was included in our R&M segment, was $84 million, consisting of $55 million of net properties, plants and equipment and $29 million of allocated goodwill. The sale resulted in a before-tax gain of $312 million, 50 percent of which was recognized in current period earnings, while the remaining 50 percent will be deferred and amortized as part of the basis difference of our investment in the equity affiliate.

In December 2011, we sold our ownership interests in Colonial Pipeline Company and Seaway Crude Pipeline Company. The total carrying value of these assets, which were included in our R&M segment, was $348 million, including $104 million of investment in equity affiliates and $244 million of allocated goodwill. A $1,661 million before-tax gain was recognized from these dispositions.

Gains and losses from asset sales are included in the “Net gain on dispositions” line in the combined income statement.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Note 6—Investments, Loans and Long-Term Receivables

Components of investments, loans and long-term receivables at December 31 were:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
        2011          2010  

Equity investments

  $     10,233         9,454   

Loans and advances—related parties

    1         401   

Long-term receivables

    68         451   

Other investments

    5         13   

 

 
  $ 10,307         10,319   

 

 

Equity Investments

Affiliated companies in which we had a significant equity investment at December 31, 2011, included:

 

   

WRB Refining LP—50 percent owned business venture with Cenovus Energy Inc.—owns the Wood River and Borger refineries, which process crude oil into refined products.

   

DCP Midstream—50 percent owned joint venture with Spectra Energy—owns and operates gas plants, gathering systems, storage facilities and fractionation plants.

   

CPChem—50 percent owned joint venture with Chevron Corporation—manufactures and markets petrochemicals and plastics.

   

Malaysian Refining Company Sdn. Bdh. (MRC)—47 percent owned business venture with Petronas, the Malaysian state oil company—owns the Melaka, Malaysia refinery which processes crude oil into refined products.

   

Rockies Express Pipeline LLC (REX)—25 percent owned joint venture with Kinder Morgan Energy Partners and Sempra Energy Corp.—owns and operates a natural gas pipeline system from the Rocky Mountains, Colorado to eastern Ohio.

Summarized 100 percent financial information for equity method investments in affiliated companies, combined, was as follows:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
        2011            2010            2009  

Revenues

  $     59,044           45,123           40,418   

Income before income taxes

    6,083           3,659           2,241   

Net income

    5,742           3,390           1,984   

Current assets

    8,752           8,515           8,154   

Noncurrent assets

    34,329           33,923           32,242   

Current liabilities

    6,837           6,978           8,230   

Noncurrent liabilities

    10,279           11,957           9,717   

 

 

Our share of income taxes incurred directly by the equity companies is included in equity in earnings of affiliates, and as such is not included in the provision for income taxes in our combined financial statements.

At December 31, 2011, net parent company investment included $2,540 million related to the undistributed earnings of affiliated companies. Dividends received from affiliates were $2,209 million, $1,110 million and $570 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

WRB

In 2007, we entered into a business venture with Cenovus to create a 50/50 U.S. downstream limited partnership, WRB Refining LP. We use the equity method of accounting for this entity.

WRB’s operating assets consist of the Wood River and Borger refineries, located in Roxana, Illinois, and Borger, Texas, respectively. As a result of our contribution of these two assets to WRB, a basis difference was created because the fair value of the contributed assets recorded by WRB exceeded their historical book value. The difference is primarily amortized and recognized as a benefit evenly over a period of 26 years, which was the estimated remaining useful life of the refineries’ property, plant and equipment at the closing date. At December 31, 2011, the book value of our investment in WRB was $3,722 million, and the basis difference was $3,918 million. Equity earnings in 2011, 2010 and 2009 were increased by $185 million, $243 million and $209 million, respectively, due to amortization of the basis difference. We are the operator and managing partner of WRB. Cenovus is obligated to contribute $7.5 billion, plus accrued interest, to WRB over a 10-year period that began in 2007.

DCP Midstream

DCP Midstream owns and operates gas plants, gathering systems, storage facilities and fractionation plants. At December 31, 2011, the book value of our equity method investment in DCP Midstream was $927 million. DCP Midstream markets a portion of its natural gas liquids to us and CPChem under a supply agreement that continues at the current volume commitment with a primary term ending December 31, 2014. This purchase commitment is on an “if-produced, will-purchase” basis and so has no fixed production schedule, but has had, and is expected over the remaining term of the contract to have, a relatively stable purchase pattern. Natural gas liquids are purchased under this agreement at various published market index prices, less transportation and fractionation fees. In 2009, a DCP Midstream subsidiary converted subordinated units into common units, and as a result, we recognized a $135 million before-tax deferred gain in equity earnings.

CPChem

CPChem manufactures and markets petrochemicals and plastics. At December 31, 2011, the book value of our equity method investment in CPChem was $2,998 million. We have multiple supply and purchase agreements in place with CPChem, ranging in initial terms from one to 99 years, with extension options. These agreements cover sales and purchases of refined products, solvents, and petrochemical and natural gas liquids feedstocks, as well as fuel oils and gases. Delivery quantities vary by product, and are generally on an “if-produced, will-purchase” basis. All products are purchased and sold under specified pricing formulas based on various published pricing indices.

In anticipation of the separation, we reached agreement with Chevron Corporation regarding CPChem that provides for CPChem to: (i) prior to the separation, suspend all cash distributions to its owners and accumulate its excess cash; and (ii) after the separation, use the accumulated cash and its excess cash flow to retire its $1 billion of outstanding fixed-rate bonds on an accelerated basis. During this period of bond repayment, CPChem is not required to make any cash distributions to its owners.

MRC

MRC’s operating asset is a refinery in Melaka, Malaysia. The refinery operates in merchant mode in which each co-venturer sells crude oil to MRC and purchases the resulting refined product yield. At December 31, 2011, the book value of our equity method investment in MRC was $1,043 million.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

REX

REX owns a natural gas pipeline that runs from northwestern Colorado to eastern Ohio, which became fully operational in November 2009. Long-term, binding firm commitments have been secured for virtually all of the pipeline’s capacity through 2019. At December 31, 2011, the book value of our equity method investment in REX was $789 million.

Loans and Long-term Receivables

We enter into agreements with other parties to pursue business opportunities. Included in such activity are loans and long-term receivables to certain affiliated and non-affiliated companies. Loans are recorded when cash is transferred or seller financing is provided to the affiliated or non-affiliated company pursuant to a loan agreement. The loan balance will increase as interest is earned on the outstanding loan balance and will decrease as interest and principal payments are received. Interest is earned at the loan agreement’s stated interest rate. Loans and long-term receivables are assessed for impairment when events indicate the loan balance may not be fully recovered.

WRB Refining LP fully repaid its outstanding loans from us with payments of $550 million in 2011.

In November 2011, a long-term loan to a non-affiliated company related to seller financing of U.S. retail marketing assets sold in 2009 was refinanced, resulting in a receipt of $365 million. The principal portion of this receipt was included in the “Other” line in the investing section of the combined statement of cash flows. As part of the refinancing, we provided loan guarantees in support of $191 million of the total refinancing.

Other

Merey Sweeny, L.P. (MSLP) owns a delayed coker and related facilities at the Sweeny Refinery. MSLP processes long residue, which is produced from heavy sour crude oil, for a processing fee. Fuel-grade petroleum coke is produced as a by-product and becomes the property of MSLP. Prior to August 28, 2009, MSLP was owned 50/50 by us and Petróleos de Venezuela S.A. (PDVSA). Under the agreements that govern the relationships between the partners, certain defaults by PDVSA with respect to supply of crude oil to the Sweeny Refinery gave us the right to acquire PDVSA’s 50 percent ownership interest in MSLP, which we exercised on August 28, 2009. PDVSA has initiated arbitration with the International Chamber of Commerce challenging the exercise of the call right and claiming it was invalid. The arbitral tribunal is scheduled to hold hearings on the merits of the dispute in December 2012. We continue to use the equity method of accounting for our investment in MSLP.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Note 7—Properties, Plants and Equipment

Properties, plants and equipment (PP&E) are recorded at cost. In the R&M segment, investments in refining manufacturing facilities are generally depreciated on a straight-line basis over a 25-year life, and pipeline assets over a 45-year life. The company’s investment in PP&E, with the associated accumulated depreciation and amortization (Accum. D&A), at December 31 was:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    2011         2010  
    Gross
PP&E
    

Accum.

D&A

     Net
PP&E
        Gross
PP&E
    

Accum.

D&A

     Net
PP&E
 

R&M

                 

Refining

  $ 19,400         6,651         12,749          20,884         7,554         13,330   

Transportation

    2,359         931         1,428          2,412         890         1,522   

Marketing and other

    1,319         745         574          1,257         713         544   

 

 

Total R&M

    23,078         8,327         14,751          24,553         9,157         15,396   

 

 

Midstream

    64         51         13          61         49         12   

Chemicals

    -         -         -          -         -         -   

Corporate and other

    14         7         7          2         1         1   

 

 
  $ 23,156         8,385         14,771          24,616         9,207         15,409   

 

 

Note 8—Goodwill and Intangibles

Goodwill

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, which is entirely within the R&M segment, were as follows:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    2011     2010  

Balance at January 1

  $ 3,633        3,638   

Goodwill allocated to assets sold

    (273     -   

Tax and other adjustments

    (28     (5

 

 

Balance at December 31

  $ 3,332            3,633   

 

 

Intangible Assets

Information at December 31 on the carrying value of intangible assets follows:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    Gross Carrying
Amount
 
        2011          2010  

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

    

Trade names and trademarks

  $ 494         494   

Refinery air and operating permits

    207         244   

 

 
  $     701         738   

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

At year-end 2011, our amortized intangible asset balance was $31 million, compared with $39 million at year-end 2010. Amortization expense was not material for 2011 and 2010, and is not expected to be material in future years.

Note 9—Impairments

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recognized the following before-tax impairment charges:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    2011        2010        2009  

R&M

           

United States

  $ 470           83           63   

International

    2           1,616           3   

 

 
  $ 472           1,699           66   

 

 

2011

In 2011, we recorded a $467 million impairment of our refinery and associated pipelines and terminals in Trainer, Pennsylvania. In September 2011, we announced plans to seek a buyer for the refinery and have idled the facility. If unable to sell the refinery, we expect to permanently close the plant by the end of the first quarter of 2012.

2010

In U.S. R&M, we recorded property impairments of $83 million, which included canceled projects, a power generation facility and planned asset dispositions. In International R&M, we recorded a $1,514 million impairment of our refinery in Wilhelmshaven, Germany, due to canceled plans for a project to upgrade the refinery, and a $98 million impairment as a result of our decision to end our participation in a new refinery project in Yanbu Industrial City, Saudi Arabia.

2009

In 2009, we recorded property impairments of $66 million, which were primarily associated with planned asset dispositions.

Fair Value Remeasurements

There were no material fair value impairments for the year ended December 31, 2011. The following table shows the values of assets, by major category, measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in periods subsequent to their initial recognition:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
           Fair Value
Measurements Using
        
    Fair Value*      Level 1
Inputs
     Level 3
Inputs
     Before-Tax
Loss
 

Year ended December 31, 2010

          

Net properties, plants and equipment (held for use)

  $ 274         -         274         1,508   

Net properties, plants and equipment (held for sale)

    23         5         18         43   

 

 

*Represents the fair value at the time of the impairment.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

2010

During 2010, net properties, plants and equipment held for use with a carrying amount of $1,782 million were written down to a fair value of $274 million, resulting in a before-tax loss of $1,508 million. The fair values were determined by the use of internal discounted cash flow models using estimates of prices, costs and a discount rate believed to be consistent with those used by principal market participants and cash flow multiples for similar assets and alternative use.

Also during 2010, net properties, plants and equipment held for sale with a carrying amount of $64 million were written down to their fair value of $23 million less cost to sell of $2 million for a net $21 million, resulting in a before-tax loss of $43 million. The fair values were primarily determined by binding negotiated selling prices with third parties, with some adjusted for the fair value of certain liabilities retained.

Note 10—Asset Retirement Obligations and Accrued Environmental Costs

Asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs at December 31 were:

 

     Millions of Dollars  
         2011         2010  

Asset retirement obligations

   $         378        332   

Accrued environmental costs

     542        554   

 

 

Total asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs

     920        886   

Asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs due within one year*

     (133     (84

 

 

Long-term asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs

   $ 787        802   

 

 

*Classified as a current liability on the balance sheet, under the caption “Other accruals.”

Asset Retirement Obligations

We record the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation when it is incurred (typically when the asset is installed). When the liability is initially recorded, we capitalize the associated asset retirement cost by increasing the carrying amount of the related properties, plants and equipment. Over time, the liability increases for the change in its present value, while the capitalized cost depreciates over the useful life of the related asset.

We have asset removal obligations that we are required to perform under law or contract once an asset is permanently taken out of service. Most of these obligations are not expected to be paid until several years in the future and will be funded from general company resources at the time of removal. Our largest individual obligations involve asbestos abatement at refineries.

During 2011 and 2010, our overall asset retirement obligation changed as follows:

 

     Millions of Dollars  
         2011         2010  

Balance at January 1

   $         332        325   

Accretion of discount

     15        15   

New obligations

     3        -   

Changes in estimates of existing obligations

     52        25   

Spending on existing obligations

     (20     (20

Property dispositions

     (2     (7

Foreign currency translation

     (2     (6

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ 378        332   

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Accrued Environmental Costs

We had accrued environmental costs of $276 million and $290 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, primarily related to cleanup at domestic refineries and underground storage tanks at U.S. service stations; $206 million and $188 million, respectively, of environmental costs associated with nonoperator sites; and $60 million and $76 million, respectively, where the company has been named a potentially responsible party under the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or similar state laws. Accrued environmental liabilities are expected to be paid over periods extending up to 30 years. Because a large portion of the accrued environmental costs were acquired in various business combinations, they are discounted obligations. Expected expenditures for acquired environmental obligations are discounted using a weighted-average 5 percent discount factor, resulting in an accrued balance for acquired environmental liabilities of $276 million at December 31, 2011. The expected future undiscounted payments related to the portion of the accrued environmental costs that have been discounted are: $22 million in 2012, $25 million in 2013, $16 million in 2014, $10 million in 2015, $13 million in 2016, and $263 million for all future years after 2016.

Note 11—Debt

Long-term debt at December 31 was:

 

     Millions of Dollars  
         2011         2010  

7.68% Notes due 2012

   $ 7        15   

Industrial Development Bonds due 2012 through 2038 at 0.08%–5.75% at year-end 2011 and 0.33%–5.75% at year-end 2010

     234        234   

Note payable to Merey Sweeny, L.P. due 2020 at 7% (related party)

     134        144   

Other

     1        1   

 

 

Debt at face value

     376        394   

Capitalized leases

     14        22   

Net unamortized premiums and discounts

     1        1   

 

 

Total debt

     391        417   

Short-term debt

     (30     (29

 

 

Long-term debt

   $         361        388   

 

 

Maturities of long-term borrowings, inclusive of net unamortized premiums and discounts, in 2012 through 2016 are: $30 million, $13 million, $14 million, $15 million and $16 million, respectively.

Note 12—Guarantees

At December 31, 2011, we were liable for certain contingent obligations under various contractual arrangements as described below. We recognize a liability, at inception, for the fair value of our obligation as a guarantor for newly issued or modified guarantees. Unless the carrying amount of the liability is noted below, we have not recognized a liability either because the guarantees were issued prior to December 31, 2002, or because the fair value of the obligation is immaterial. In addition, unless otherwise stated we are not currently performing with any significance under the guarantee and expect future performance to be either immaterial or have only a remote chance of occurrence.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Guarantees of Joint Venture Debt

At December 31, 2011, we had guarantees outstanding for our portion of certain joint venture debt obligations, which have terms of up to 14 years. The maximum potential amount of future payments under the guarantees is approximately $50 million. Payment would be required if a joint venture defaults on its debt obligations.

Other Guarantees

We have other guarantees with maximum future potential payment amounts totaling $190 million, which consist primarily of guarantees to fund the short-term cash liquidity deficits of certain joint ventures and guarantees of the lease payment obligations of a joint venture. These guarantees generally extend up to 13 years or life of the venture.

Indemnifications

Over the years, we have entered into various agreements to sell ownership interests in certain corporations, joint ventures and assets that gave rise to qualifying indemnifications. Agreements associated with these sales include indemnifications for taxes, environmental liabilities, permits and licenses, employee claims, real estate indemnity against tenant defaults, and litigation. The terms of these indemnifications vary greatly. The majority of these indemnifications are related to environmental issues, the term is generally indefinite, and the maximum amount of future payments is generally unlimited. The carrying amount recorded for these indemnifications at December 31, 2011, was $278 million. We amortize the indemnification liability over the relevant time period, if one exists, based on the facts and circumstances surrounding each type of indemnity. In cases where the indemnification term is indefinite, we will reverse the liability when we have information the liability is essentially relieved or amortize the liability over an appropriate time period as the fair value of our indemnification exposure declines. Although it is reasonably possible future payments may exceed amounts recorded, due to the nature of the indemnifications, it is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount of future payments. Included in the recorded carrying amount were $157 million of environmental accruals for known contamination that are included in asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs at December 31, 2011. For additional information about environmental liabilities, see Note 13—Contingencies and Commitments.

Note 13—Contingencies and Commitments

A number of lawsuits involving a variety of claims have been made against us that arise in the ordinary course of business. We also may be required to remove or mitigate the effects on the environment of the placement, storage, disposal or release of certain chemical, mineral and petroleum substances at various active and inactive sites. We regularly assess the need for accounting recognition or disclosure of these contingencies. In the case of all known contingencies (other than those related to income taxes), we accrue a liability when the loss is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable. If a range of amounts can be reasonably estimated and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount, then the minimum of the range is accrued. We do not reduce these liabilities for potential insurance or third-party recoveries. If applicable, we accrue receivables for probable insurance or other third-party recoveries. In the case of income-tax-related contingencies, we use a cumulative probability-weighted loss accrual in cases where sustaining a tax position is less than certain. See Note 17—Income Taxes, for additional information about income-tax-related contingencies.

Based on currently available information, we believe it is remote that future costs related to known contingent liability exposures will exceed current accruals by an amount that would have a material adverse impact on our combined financial statements. As we learn new facts concerning contingencies, we reassess

 

F-22


Table of Contents

our position both with respect to accrued liabilities and other potential exposures. Estimates particularly sensitive to future changes include contingent liabilities recorded for environmental remediation, tax and legal matters. Estimated future environmental remediation costs are subject to change due to such factors as the uncertain magnitude of cleanup costs, the unknown time and extent of such remedial actions that may be required, and the determination of our liability in proportion to that of other responsible parties. Estimated future costs related to tax and legal matters are subject to change as events evolve and as additional information becomes available during the administrative and litigation processes.

Environmental

We are subject to international, federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. When we prepare our combined financial statements, we record accruals for environmental liabilities based on management’s best estimates, using all information that is available at the time. We measure estimates and base liabilities on currently available facts, existing technology, and presently enacted laws and regulations, taking into account stakeholder and business considerations. When measuring environmental liabilities, we also consider our prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites, other companies’ cleanup experience, and data released by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or other organizations. We consider unasserted claims in our determination of environmental liabilities, and we accrue them in the period they are both probable and reasonably estimable.

Although liability of those potentially responsible for environmental remediation costs is generally joint and several for federal sites and frequently so for state sites, we are usually only one of many companies cited at a particular site. Due to the joint and several liabilities, we could be responsible for all cleanup costs related to any site at which we have been designated as a potentially responsible party. We have been successful to date in sharing cleanup costs with other financially sound companies. Many of the sites at which we are potentially responsible are still under investigation by the EPA or the state agencies concerned. Prior to actual cleanup, those potentially responsible normally assess the site conditions, apportion responsibility and determine the appropriate remediation. In some instances, we may have no liability or may attain a settlement of liability. Where it appears that other potentially responsible parties may be financially unable to bear their proportional share, we consider this inability in estimating our potential liability, and we adjust our accruals accordingly. As a result of various acquisitions in the past, we assumed certain environmental obligations. Some of these environmental obligations are mitigated by indemnifications made by others for our benefit and some of the indemnifications are subject to dollar limits and time limits.

We are currently participating in environmental assessments and cleanups at numerous federal Superfund and comparable state sites. After an assessment of environmental exposures for cleanup and other costs, we make accruals on an undiscounted basis (except those acquired in a purchase business combination, which we record on a discounted basis) for planned investigation and remediation activities for sites where it is probable future costs will be incurred and these costs can be reasonably estimated. We have not reduced these accruals for possible insurance recoveries. In the future, we may be involved in additional environmental assessments, cleanups and proceedings. See Note 10—Asset Retirement Obligations and Accrued Environmental Costs, for a summary of our accrued environmental liabilities.

Legal Proceedings

Our legal organization applies its knowledge, experience and professional judgment to the specific characteristics of our cases, employing a litigation management process to manage and monitor the legal proceedings against us. Our process facilitates the early evaluation and quantification of potential exposures in individual cases. This process also enables us to track those cases that have been scheduled for trial and/or mediation. Based on professional judgment and experience in using these litigation management tools

 

F-23


Table of Contents

and available information about current developments in all our cases, our legal organization regularly assesses the adequacy of current accruals and determines if adjustment of existing accruals, or establishment of new accruals, are required.

Other Contingencies

We have contingent liabilities resulting from throughput agreements with pipeline and processing companies not associated with financing arrangements. Under these agreements, we may be required to provide any such company with additional funds through advances and penalties for fees related to throughput capacity not utilized. In addition, at December 31, 2011, we had performance obligations secured by letters of credit of $1,233 million (of which $40 million was issued under the provisions of our parent company’s revolving credit facility, and the remainder was issued as direct bank letters of credit) related to various purchase commitments for materials, supplies, services and items of permanent investment incident to the ordinary conduct of business.

Long-Term Throughput Agreements and Take-or-Pay Agreements

We have certain throughput agreements and take-or-pay agreements in support of financing arrangements. The agreements typically provide for crude oil transportation to be used in the ordinary course of the company’s business. The aggregate amounts of estimated payments under these various agreements are: 2012—$337 million; 2013—$336 million; 2014—$336 million; 2015—$336 million; 2016—$336 million; and 2017 and after—$4,699 million. Total payments under the agreements were $300 million in 2011, $96 million in 2010 and $2 million in 2009.

Note 14—Financial Instruments and Derivative Contracts

Derivative Instruments

We use financial and commodity-based derivative contracts to manage exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices, or to capture market opportunities. Since we are not currently using cash-flow hedge accounting, all gains and losses, realized or unrealized, from derivative contracts have been recognized in the combined statement of income. Gains and losses from derivative contracts held for trading not directly related to our physical business, whether realized or unrealized, have been reported net in “Other income” in our combined statement of income.

Purchase and sales contracts with fixed minimum notional volumes for commodities that are readily convertible to cash (e.g., crude oil and gasoline) are recorded on the balance sheet as derivatives unless the contracts are eligible for and we elect the normal purchases and normal sales exception (i.e., contracts to purchase or sell quantities we expect to use or sell over a reasonable period in the normal course of business). We generally apply this normal purchases and normal sales exception to eligible crude oil, refined product, natural gas and power commodity purchase and sales contracts; however, we may elect not to apply this exception (e.g., when another derivative instrument will be used to mitigate the risk of the purchase or sales contract but hedge accounting will not be applied, in which case both the purchase or sales contract and the derivative contract mitigating the resulting risk will be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value).

We value our exchange-traded derivatives using closing prices provided by the exchange as of the balance sheet date, and these are classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. Where exchange-provided prices are adjusted, non-exchange quotes are used or when the instrument lacks sufficient liquidity, we generally classify those exchange-cleared contracts as Level 2. Over-the-counter (OTC) financial swaps and physical commodity forward purchase and sales contracts are generally valued using quotations provided by brokers

 

F-24


Table of Contents

and price index developers such as Platts and Oil Price Information Service. These quotes are corroborated with market data and are classified as Level 2. In certain less liquid markets or for longer-term contracts, forward prices are not as readily available. In these circumstances, OTC swaps and physical commodity purchase and sales contracts are valued using internally developed methodologies that consider historical relationships among various commodities that result in management’s best estimate of fair value. These contracts are classified as Level 3. A contract that is initially classified as Level 3 due to absence or insufficient corroboration of broker quotes over a material portion of the contract will transfer to Level 2 when the portion of the trade having no quotes or insufficient corroboration becomes an insignificant portion of the contract. A contract would also transfer to Level 2 if we began using a corroborated broker quote that has become available. Conversely, if a corroborated broker quote ceases to be available or used by us, the contract would transfer from Level 2 to Level 3. There were no material transfers in or out of Level 1.

Financial OTC and physical commodity options are valued using industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including quoted forward prices for commodities, time value, volatility factors, and contractual prices for the underlying instruments, as well as other relevant economic measures. The degree to which these inputs are observable in the forward markets determines whether the options are classified as Level 2 or 3.

We use a mid-market pricing convention (the mid-point between bid and ask prices). When appropriate, valuations are adjusted to reflect credit considerations, generally based on available market evidence.

The fair value hierarchy for our derivative assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis was:

 

     Millions of Dollars  
     December 31, 2011          December 31, 2010  
     Level 1     Level 2      Level 3      Total          Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  

Assets

                     

Commodity derivatives

   $     389        270         6         665           685        520        7        1,212   

 

 

Liabilities

                     

Commodity derivatives

     428        267         4         699           779        567        10        1,356   

 

 

Net assets (liabilities)

   $     (39     3         2         (34        (94     (47     (3     (144

 

 

The derivative values above are based on analysis of each contract as the fundamental unit of account; therefore, derivative assets and liabilities with the same counterparty are not reflected net where the legal right of setoff exists. Gains or losses from contracts in one level may be offset by gains or losses on contracts in another level or by changes in values of physical contracts or positions that are not reflected in the table above.

As reflected in the table above, Level 3 activity was not material.

Commodity Derivative Contracts —We operate in the worldwide crude oil, refined product, natural gas, natural gas liquids and electric power markets and are exposed to fluctuations in the prices for these commodities. These fluctuations can affect our revenues, as well as the cost of operating, investing and financing activities. Generally, our policy is to remain exposed to the market prices of commodities; however, we use futures, forwards, swaps and options in various markets to balance physical systems, meet customer needs, manage price exposures on specific transactions, and do a limited, immaterial amount of

 

F-25


Table of Contents

trading not directly related to our physical business. We also use the market knowledge gained from these activities to capture market opportunities such as moving physical commodities to more profitable locations, storing commodities to capture seasonal or time premiums, and blending commodities to capture quality upgrades. Derivatives may be used to optimize these activities which may move our risk profile away from market average prices.

The fair value of commodity derivative assets and liabilities and the line items where they appear on our combined balance sheet were:

 

     Millions of Dollars  
     2011      2010  

Assets

     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 665         1,225   

Other assets

     5         -   

Liabilities

     

Other accruals

     703         1,369   

Other liabilities and deferred credits

     1         -   

 

 

Hedge accounting has not been used for any item in the table. The amounts shown are presented gross (i.e., without netting assets and liabilities with the same counterparty where the right of setoff exists).

The gains (losses) from commodity derivatives incurred, and the line items where they appear on our combined statement of income were:

 

     Millions of Dollars  
     2011     2010  

Sales and other operating revenues

   $ (620     (257

Other income

     12        (33

Purchased crude oil and products

     162        151   

 

 

Hedge accounting has not been used for any item in the table.

The table below summarizes our material net exposures resulting from outstanding commodity derivative contracts. These financial and physical derivative contracts are primarily used to manage price exposure on our underlying operations. The underlying exposures may be from non-derivative positions such as inventory volumes. Financial derivative contracts may also offset physical derivative contracts, such as forward sales contracts.

 

     Open Position
Long /  (Short)
 
     2011     2010  

Commodity

    

Crude oil, refined products and natural gas liquids (millions of barrels)

     (13     (16

 

 

Credit Risk

Financial instruments potentially exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of OTC derivative contracts and trade receivables.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The credit risk from our OTC derivative contracts, such as forwards and swaps, derives from the counterparty to the transaction. Individual counterparty exposure is managed within predetermined credit limits and includes the use of cash-call margins when appropriate, thereby reducing the risk of significant nonperformance. We also use futures, swaps and option contracts that have a negligible credit risk because these trades are cleared with an exchange clearinghouse and subject to mandatory margin requirements until settled; however, we are exposed to the credit risk of those exchange brokers for the receivables arising from daily margin cash calls, as well as for cash deposited to meet initial margin requirements.

Our trade receivables result primarily from the sale of products from, or related to, our refinery operations and reflect a broad national and international customer base, which limits our exposure to concentrations of credit risk. The majority of these receivables have payment terms of 30 days or less. We continually monitor this exposure and the creditworthiness of the counterparties and recognize bad debt expense based on historical write-off experience or specific counterparty collectability. Generally, we do not require collateral to limit the exposure to loss; however, we will sometimes use letters of credit, prepayments, and master netting arrangements to mitigate credit risk with counterparties that both buy from and sell to us, as these agreements permit the amounts owed by us or owed to others to be offset against amounts due us.

Certain of our derivative instruments contain provisions that require us to post collateral if the derivative exposure exceeds a threshold amount. We have contracts with fixed threshold amounts and other contracts with variable threshold amounts that are contingent on our credit rating. The variable threshold amounts typically decline for lower credit ratings, while both the variable and fixed threshold amounts typically revert to zero if we fall below investment grade. Cash is the primary collateral in all contracts; however, many contracts also permit us to post letters of credit as collateral.

The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with such credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a liability position was not material at December 31, 2011.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

We used the following methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value of financial instruments:

 

   

Accounts and notes receivable: The carrying amount reported on the balance sheet approximates fair value.

   

Debt: The carrying amount of our floating-rate debt approximates fair value. The fair value of the fixed-rate debt is estimated based on quoted market prices.

   

Commodity swaps: Fair value is estimated based on forward market prices and approximates the exit price at period end. When forward market prices are not available, fair value is estimated using the forward prices of a similar commodity with adjustments for differences in quality or location.

   

Futures: Fair values are based on quoted market prices obtained from the New York Mercantile Exchange, the IntercontinentalExchange Futures, or other traded exchanges.

   

Forward-exchange contracts: Fair values are estimated by comparing the contract rate to the forward rates in effect at the end of the respective reporting periods, and approximate the exit price at those dates.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Our commodity derivative and financial instruments were:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    Carrying Amount         Fair Value  
    2011      2010         2011      2010  

Financial assets

           

Commodity derivatives

  $ 73         81          73         81   

Financial liabilities

           

Commodity derivatives

    52         73          52         73   

Total debt, excluding capital leases

    377         395          406         428   

 

 

The amounts shown for derivatives in the preceding table are presented net (i.e., assets and liabilities with the same counterparty are netted where the right of setoff exists). In addition, the 2011 commodity derivative assets and liabilities appear net of $55 million of rights to reclaim cash collateral. The 2010 commodity derivative assets and liabilities appear net of $152 million of rights to reclaim cash collateral.

Note 15—Leases

The company leases ocean transport vessels, tugboats, barges, pipelines, railcars, service station land sites, computers, office buildings and other facilities and equipment. Certain leases include escalation clauses for adjusting rental payments to reflect changes in price indices, as well as renewal options and/or options to purchase the leased property for the fair market value at the end of the lease term. There are no significant restrictions imposed on us by the leasing agreements with regard to dividends, asset dispositions or borrowing ability. Leased assets under capital leases were not significant in any period presented.

At December 31, 2011, future minimum rental payments due under noncancelable leases were:

 

    Millions of Dollars  

2012

  $       426   

2013

    318   

2014

    240   

2015

    206   

2016

    121   

Remaining years

    435   

 

 

Total

    1,746   

Less income from subleases

    105

 

 

Net minimum operating lease payments

  $       1,641   

 

 
*Includes $64 million related to subleases to related parties.  

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Operating lease rental expense for the years ended December 31 was:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    2011      2010      2009  

Total rentals*

  $ 581         658         762   

Less sublease rentals

    19         20         15   

 

 
  $     562         638         747   

 

 
*Includes $5 million of contingent rentals in 2011, and $6 million in 2010 and 2009. Contingent rentals primarily are related to retail marketing assets and are based on volume of product sold.    

Note 16—Employee Benefit Plans

Pension Plans

As described in Note 2—Accounting Policies, we have plans in Austria, Germany and Ireland sponsored by entities included in Phillips 66, which are accounted for as defined benefit pension plans. An analysis of the projected benefit obligations for these pension plans follows:

 

     Millions of Dollars  
         2011         2010  

Change in Benefit Obligation

    

Benefit obligation at January 1

   $ 230        218   

Service cost

     5        5   

Interest cost

     13        12   

Plan participant contributions

     1        1   

Actuarial loss

     -        11   

Benefits paid

     (10     (9

Foreign currency exchange rate change

     (2     (8

 

 

Benefit obligation at December 31*

   $ 237        230   

 

 
*Accumulated benefit obligation portion of above at December 31:    $ 206        200   

 

Change in Fair Value of Plan Assets

    

Fair value of plan assets at January 1

   $ 119        109   

Actual return on plan assets

     (3     9   

Company contributions

     12        11   

Plan participant contributions

     1        1   

Benefits paid

     (10     (9

Foreign currency exchange rate change

     1        (2

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at December 31

   $ 120        119   

 

 

Funded Status

   $ (117     (111

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    2011     2010  

Amounts Recognized in the Combined Balance Sheet at December 31

   

Noncurrent liabilities

  $ (117     (111

 

 

Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligations at December 31

   

Discount rate

            5.30             5.40   

Rate of compensation increase

    2.60        2.60   

 

 

Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost for Years ended December 31

   

Discount rate

    5.40     5.60   

Expected return on plan assets

    5.80        5.60   

Rate of compensation increase

    2.60        2.70   

 

 

The overall expected long-term rate of return is developed from the expected future return of each asset class, weighted by the expected allocation of pension assets to that asset class. We rely on a variety of independent market forecasts in developing the expected rate of return for each class of assets.

Included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31 were the following before-tax amounts that had not been recognized in net periodic benefit cost:

 

    Millions of Dollars
    2011     2010

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

  $             36              31

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2011, includes $4 million that is expected to be amortized into net periodic benefit cost during 2012.

For our tax-qualified pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets, the projected benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the fair value of plan assets were $237 million, $206 million, and $120 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011, and $230 million, $200 million, and $119 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

The components of net periodic benefit cost of all defined benefit plans are presented in the following table:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    2011      2010      2009  

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

       

Service cost

  $ 5         5         5   

Interest cost

    13         12         12   

Expected return on plan assets

    (8      (6      (6

Recognized net actuarial loss

    3         2         3   

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

  $     13         13         14   

 

 

For net actuarial gains and losses, we amortize 10 percent of the unamortized balance each year.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Plan Assets— The investment strategy for managing pension plan assets is to seek a reasonable rate of return relative to an appropriate level of risk and provide adequate liquidity for benefit payments and portfolio management. We follow a policy of diversifying plan assets across asset classes, investment managers, and individual holdings. A portion of plan assets are concentrated in contracts or securities from a few key issuers: approximately 13 percent are invested with a single insurance company, approximately 11 percent are invested in Italian government bonds, and approximately 11 percent are invested in French government bonds. Asset classes that are considered appropriate include equities, fixed income, cash, real estate and insurance contracts. Plan fiduciaries may consider and add other asset classes to the investment program from time to time. The target allocations for plan assets are approximately 46 percent equity securities, 35 percent debt securities and 19 percent in all other types of investments.

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for the pension plan assets. There have been no changes in the methodologies used at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

   

Fair values of investments in common/collective trusts are determined by the issuer of each fund based on the fair value of the underlying assets.

   

Fair values of mutual funds are valued based on quoted market prices, which represent the net asset value of shares held.

   

Cash is valued at cost, which approximates fair value.

   

Fair values of insurance contracts are valued at the present value of the future benefit payments owed by the insurance company to the Plans’ participants.

   

Fair values of real estate investments are valued using real estate valuation techniques and other methods that include reference to third-party sources and sales comparables where available.

The fair values of our pension plan assets at December 31, by asset class were as follows:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
        Level 1          Level 2          Level 3          Total  

2011

          

Equity Securities

          

Common/collective trusts

  $ -         56         -         56   

Debt Securities

          

Common/collective trusts

    -         42         -         42   

Cash

    2         -         -         2   

Insurance contracts

    -         -         15         15   

Real estate

    -         -         5         5   

 

 

Total

  $ 2         98         20         120   

 

 

2010

          

Equity Securities

          

Common/collective trusts

  $ -         61         -         61   

Debt Securities

          

Common/collective trusts

    -         39         -         39   

Insurance contracts

    -         -         16         16   

Real estate

    -         -         3         3   

 

 

Total

  $ -         100         19         119   

 

 

As reflected in the table above, Level 3 activity was not material.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Contributions to international plans are dependent upon local laws and tax regulations. In 2012, we expect to contribute approximately $13 million to our international qualified pension plans.

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 

     Millions of
Dollars
 

2012

   $ 9   

2013

     10   

2014

     10   

2015

     11   

2016

     11   

2017-2020

     64   

 

 

Shared Pension and Postretirement Plans

Certain U.S. and U.K. employees participate in defined benefit pension plans and certain U.S. employees participate in postretirement health and life insurance plans sponsored by ConocoPhillips, which include participants of other ConocoPhillips subsidiaries. We recorded expense of $199 million, $234 million, and $259 million for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, for our allocation of U.S. pension costs. We recorded expense of $39 million, $47 million, and $37 million for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, for our allocation of U.K. pension costs. We recorded expense of $19 million, $26 million, and $23 million for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, for our allocation of U.S. postretirement costs. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no required contributions outstanding.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the shared defined benefit pension plans were approximately 70 percent and 72 percent funded, respectively. Contributions to the plans are made by ConocoPhillips and are at least sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements of applicable laws and regulations but no more than the amount deductible for federal income tax purposes. The assets of the plans are held by major financial institutions and are well diversified and include investments in domestic equities, international equities, fixed income, private equity, real estate, and cash.

Defined Contribution Plans

Most U.S. employees are eligible to participate in the ConocoPhillips Savings Plan (CPSP). Employees can deposit up to 75 percent of their eligible pay up to the statutory limit ($16,500 in 2011) in the thrift feature of the CPSP to a choice of approximately 39 investment funds. ConocoPhillips matches contribution deposits, up to 1.25 percent of eligible pay. Contributions charged to expense for the CPSP and predecessor plans for Phillips 66 employees, excluding the stock savings feature (discussed below), were $13 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The stock savings feature of the CPSP is a leveraged employee stock ownership plan. Employees may elect to participate in the stock savings feature by contributing 1 percent of eligible pay and receiving an allocation of ConocoPhillips shares of common stock proportionate to the amount of contribution. Total CPSP expense related to the participation of Phillips 66 employees in this stock savings feature was $38 million, $45 million and $44 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, all of which was compensation expense.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Share-Based Compensation Plans

Until the completion of the separation of Phillips 66 from ConocoPhillips, Phillips 66 employees will continue to participate in the ConocoPhillips share-based compensation plans. Total share-based compensation expense directly allocated to Phillips 66 and the associated tax benefits for the years ended December 31, were as follows:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
      2011      2010      2009  

Compensation cost

  $ 46         44         39   

Tax benefit

    18         17         15   

 

 

ConocoPhillips share-based compensation programs generally provide accelerated vesting (i.e., a waiver of the remaining period of service required to earn an award) for awards held by employees at the time of their retirement. For share-based awards granted prior to ConocoPhillips’ adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), codified into FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation,” ConocoPhillips recognized expense over the time that an employee earned the award, even if the award could not be forfeited due to retirement eligibility. Expense recognition would only be accelerated if the employee actually retired. Share-based compensation expense for awards granted after ConocoPhillips adopted ASC 718 on January 1, 2006, is recognized over the shorter of: (1) the service period (i.e., the stated period of time required to earn the award); or (2) the period beginning at the start of the service period and ending when an employee first becomes eligible for retirement, but not less than six months, which is the minimum time required for an award to not be subject to forfeiture.

Some of ConocoPhillips’ share-based awards vest ratably (i.e., portions of the award vest at different times) while some of the awards cliff vest (i.e., all of the award vests at the same time). For awards that vest ratably granted prior to ConocoPhillips’ adoption of ASC 718, expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the service period for each portion of the award vesting separately (i.e., as if the one award was actually multiple awards with different requisite service periods). For share-based awards granted after adoption of ASC 718, ConocoPhillips recognizes expense on a straight-line basis over the service period for the entire award, whether the award was granted with ratable or cliff vesting.

Basis of Presentation— The following sections on ConocoPhillips stock options, Stock Unit Program, and Performance Share Program disclose the activity of these awards granted to direct active employees of Phillips 66. Awards to indirect employees of Phillips 66 (e.g., awards to ConocoPhillips corporate staffs that provide services to Phillips 66) are excluded from the following disclosures, as the expense of those awards was either: (1) included in expense allocated to Phillips 66 for certain corporate functions historically performed by ConocoPhillips, through a multi-tiered allocation process in which the individual cost components may or may not be discretely identifiable; or (2) retained at corporate historically but have been allocated to Phillips 66 for the sole purpose of presenting these financial statements (for more information, see Note 1—Separation and Basis of Presentation).

The tables that appear in the following sections display the net change of awards held by employees transferring in and out of Phillips 66 during the year in the line “Transfers in/(out).” This line also includes reductions for awards held by Phillips 66 employees who retired or left the company during the year and ceased being direct active employees.

Stock Options— Stock options granted under the provisions of the 2009 Omnibus Stock and Performance Incentive Plan of ConocoPhillips (the Plan) and earlier plans permit purchases of ConocoPhillips common stock at exercise prices equivalent to the average market price of the stock on the date the options were granted. The options have terms of 10 years and generally vest ratably, with one-third of an option award

 

F-33


Table of Contents

vesting and becoming exercisable on each anniversary date following its date of grant. Options awarded to employees already eligible for retirement vest within six months of the grant date, but those options do not become exercisable until the end of the normal vesting period.

The following table summarizes the activity of ConocoPhillips stock options granted to direct active employees of Phillips 66 for the three years ended December 31, 2011:

 

    Options     Weighted-  
Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted-Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
   

  Millions of Dollars  

 
        Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

    4,652,169      $ 34.11       

Granted

    644,200        45.47      $ 11.18     

Exercised

    (220,792     22.04        $ 6   

Forfeited

    -        -       

Expired or canceled

    -        -       

Transfers in/(out)

    (418,942     26.41       

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    4,656,635      $ 36.95       

Granted

    491,200        48.39      $ 11.70     

Exercised

    (676,930     27.16        $ 20   

Forfeited

    -        -       

Expired or canceled

    -        -       

Transfers in/(out)

    (765,257     41.87       

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    3,705,648      $ 39.23       

Granted

    359,500        70.13      $       16.70     

Exercised

    (756,200     30.55        $ 32   

Forfeited

    -        -       

Expired or canceled

    (2,282     27.85       

Transfers in/(out)

    (434,824     41.40       

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

    2,871,842      $ 45.07       

 

 

Vested at December 31, 2011

    2,385,467      $ 42.56        $ 74   

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2011

    2,083,828      $       40.27        $       69   

 

 

The weighted-average remaining contractual term of vested options and exercisable options at December 31, 2011, was 3.97 years and 3.31 years, respectively.

During 2011, ConocoPhillips received $22 million in cash and realized a tax benefit of $8 million from the exercise of options held by direct active employees of Phillips 66. At December 31, 2011, the remaining unrecognized compensation expense from unvested options was $3 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 19 months, the longest period being 25 months.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The significant assumptions used to calculate the fair market values of ConocoPhillips options granted over the past three years, as calculated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, were as follows:

 

           2011         2010            2009  

Assumptions used

           

Risk-free interest rate

       3.10     3.23           2.90   

Dividend yield

       4.00     4.00           3.50   

Volatility factor

       33.40     33.80           32.90   

Expected life (years)

       6.87        6.65           6.53   

 

 

The ranges in the assumptions used were as follows:

 

       2011         2010         2009  
       High     Low         High      Low         High      Low  

Ranges used

                    

Risk-free interest rate

       3.10     3.10          3.23         3.23          2.90         2.90   

Dividend yield

       4.00        4.00          4.00         4.00          3.50         3.50   

Volatility factor

       33.40        33.40          33.80         33.80          32.90         32.90   

 

 

Volatility was calculated using the most recent ConocoPhillips end-of-week closing stock prices spanning a period equal to the expected life of the options granted. The average of the time lapsed between grant dates and exercise dates of past grants is periodically calculated to estimate the expected life of new option grants.

Upon completion of the separation, the disposition of ConocoPhillips outstanding stock options held by Phillips 66 employees on the distribution date depends on whether the options are exercisable. Each holder of exercisable ConocoPhillips stock options will retain the options and also receive exercisable options of Phillips 66 entitling the holder to purchase the same number of shares of Phillips 66 common stock the holder would have been entitled to receive if he or she had exercised the ConocoPhillips stock options immediately prior to the distribution record date. The exercise prices of both the existing ConocoPhillips options and the new options in Phillips 66 will be adjusted using a formula designed generally to preserve the intrinsic value of the original ConocoPhillips stock options prior to the separation.

Unexercisable ConocoPhillips stock options held by Phillips 66 employees at the separation will be replaced by unexercisable stock options to purchase shares of Phillips 66, with the same terms and conditions as the options replaced, but the exercise price and the number of shares subject to the Phillips 66 options will be adjusted using a formula designed generally to preserve the intrinsic value of the original ConocoPhillips stock options prior to the separation.

Stock Unit Program— Stock units granted under the provisions of the Plan vest ratably, with one-third of the units vesting in 36 months, one-third vesting in 48 months, and the final third vesting 60 months from the date of grant. Upon vesting, the units are settled by issuing one share of ConocoPhillips common stock per unit. Units awarded to employees already eligible for retirement vest within six months of the grant date, but those units are not issued as shares until the end of the normal vesting period. Until issued as stock, most recipients of the units receive a quarterly cash payment of a dividend equivalent that is charged to expense. The grant date fair value of these units is deemed equal to the average ConocoPhillips common stock price on the date of grant. The grant date fair market value of units that do not receive a dividend equivalent while unvested is deemed equal to the average ConocoPhillips common stock price on the grant date, less the net present value of the dividends that will not be received.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the activity of ConocoPhillips stock units granted to direct active employees of Phillips 66 for the three years ended December 31, 2011:

 

     Stock Units     Weighted-Average
Grant-Date  Fair Value
     Millions of Dollars  
        Total Fair Value  

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     1,481,090      $ 60.26      

Granted

     613,348        44.91      

Forfeited

     -        -      

Issued

     (396,234      $ 18   

Transfers in/(out)

     (120,246     59.07      

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     1,577,958      $ 58.22      

Granted

     612,648        47.87      

Forfeited

     -        -      

Issued

     (324,786      $ 16   

Transfers in/(out)

     (82,945     59.09      

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     1,782,875      $ 55.21      

Granted

     432,957        69.52      

Forfeited

     -        -      

Issued

     (282,238      $     20   

Transfers in/(out)

     (124,111     55.34      

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     1,809,483      $ 56.11      

 

   

 

 

    

Not Vested at December 31, 2011

     1,266,093      $     56.34      

 

   

 

 

    

At December 31, 2011, the remaining unrecognized compensation cost from the unvested units held by direct active employees of Phillips 66 was $36 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 33 months, the longest period being 52 months.

Upon completion of the separation, ConocoPhillips stock units under this Plan held by Phillips 66 employees will be replaced by stock units of Phillips 66 with the same terms and conditions as the original stock units, but the number of Phillips 66 stock units will be adjusted using a formula generally designed to preserve the intrinsic value of the original stock units prior to the separation.

Performance Share Program— Under the Plan, ConocoPhillips also annually grants to senior management performance stock units (PSUs) that do not vest until either: (1) with respect to awards for periods beginning before 2009, the employee becomes eligible for retirement by reaching age 55 with five years of service; or (2) with respect to awards for periods beginning in 2009, five years after the grant date of the award (although recipients can elect to defer the lapsing of restrictions until retirement after reaching age 55 with five years of service). Accordingly, compensation expense is recognized for these awards beginning on the date of grant and ending on the date the PSUs are scheduled to vest. Since these awards are authorized three years prior to the grant date, compensation expense for employees eligible for retirement by or shortly after the grant date is recognized over the period beginning on the date of authorization and ending on the date of grant. These PSUs are settled by issuing one share of ConocoPhillips common stock per PSU. Until issued as stock, recipients of the PSUs receive a quarterly cash payment of a dividend equivalent that is charged to expense. In its current form, the first grant of PSUs under this program was in 2006.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the activity for ConocoPhillips PSUs granted to direct active employees of Phillips 66 for the three years ended December 31, 2011:

 

     Performance
Share Stock  Units
    Weighted-Average
Grant-Date Fair Value
    Millions of Dollars  
       Total Fair Value  

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     475,682      $ 68.48     

Granted

     91,787        45.47     

Forfeited

     -        -     

Issued

     -        $ -   

Transfers in/(out)

     (10,507     64.47     

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     556,962      $ 64.77     

Granted

     40,706        48.39     

Forfeited

     -        -     

Issued

     -        $ -   

Transfers in/(out)

     (132,195     65.06     

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     465,473      $ 63.25     

Granted

     84,515        70.13     

Forfeited

     -        -     

Issued

     -        $     -   

Transfers in/(out)

     (67,593     63.69     

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     482,395      $ 64.39     

 

   

 

 

   

Not Vested at December 31, 2011

     295,926      $     64.42     

 

   

 

 

   

At December 31, 2011, the remaining unrecognized compensation cost from unvested PSU awards held by direct active employees of Phillips 66 was $7 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 41 months, the longest period being 15 years.

Upon completion of the separation, each holder of ConocoPhillips PSUs under this Plan will retain those PSUs and receive PSUs of Phillips 66 in an amount equal to what the holder would have been entitled to receive if the ConocoPhillips PSUs had been settled with ConocoPhillips stock immediately prior to the distribution record date.

Note 17—Income Taxes

Our income taxes as presented are calculated on a standalone basis.

Income taxes charged to income were:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    2011     2010     2009  

Income Taxes

     

Federal

     

Current

  $ 733        335        373   

Deferred

    746        484        (73

Foreign

     

Current

    126        180        218   

Deferred

    (9     (489     (165

State and local

     

Current

    133        54        10   

Deferred

    115        15        5   

 

 
  $     1,844        579        368   

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for tax purposes. Major components of deferred tax liabilities and assets at December 31 were:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
        2011          2010  

Deferred Tax Liabilities

    

Properties, plants and equipment, and intangibles

  $ 3,480         3,422   

Investment in joint ventures

    2,336         1,684   

Investments in foreign subsidiaries

    647         592   

Other

    112         130   

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

    6,575         5,828   

 

 

Deferred Tax Assets

    

Benefit plan accruals

    45         59   

Inventory

    70         -   

Asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs

    266         268   

Deferred state income tax

    233         195   

Other financial accruals and deferrals

    128         121   

Loss and credit carryforwards

    364         571   

Other

    5         1   

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

    1,111         1,215   

Less valuation allowance

    (210      (165

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

    901         1,050   

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $     5,674         4,778   

 

 

Current assets, long-term assets, current liabilities and long-term liabilities included deferred taxes of $171 million, $9 million, $51 million and $5,803 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011, and $131 million, $13 million, $105 million and $4,817 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

With the exception of certain separate company losses, we did not allocate tax attributes to Phillips 66 at the beginning of the earliest period presented. At the balance sheet dates presented in this footnote, we have credit and loss carryforwards in multiple taxing jurisdictions. These attributes generally have indefinite carryforward periods.

Valuation allowances have been established to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that will, more likely than not, be realized. During 2011, valuation allowances increased a total of $45 million. This increase is primarily related to foreign loss carryforwards. Based on our historical taxable income, expectations for the future, and available tax-planning strategies, management expects remaining net deferred tax assets will be realized as offsets to reversing deferred tax liabilities and as offsets to the tax consequences of future taxable income.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, income considered to be permanently reinvested in certain foreign subsidiaries and foreign corporate joint ventures totaled approximately $1,081 million and $904 million, respectively. Deferred income taxes have not been provided on this income, as we do not plan to initiate any action that would require the payment of income taxes. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of additional tax that might be payable on this foreign income if distributed.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The following table shows a reconciliation of the beginning and ending unrecognized tax benefits for 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    2011      2010      2009  

Balance at January 1

  $ 166         178         171   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

    11         11         11   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

    27         88         8   

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

    (32      (46      (2

Settlements

    (2      (65      (8

Lapse of statute

    (1      -         (2

 

 

Balance at December 31

  $ 169         166         178   

 

 

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits for 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $114 million, $122 million and $54 million, respectively, which, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate.

At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, accrued liabilities for interest and penalties totaled $9 million, $16 million and $39 million, respectively, net of accrued income taxes. Interest and penalties benefitted earnings by $7 million, $6 million and $4 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

We and ConocoPhillips file tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in many foreign and state jurisdictions. Audits in major jurisdictions are generally complete as follows: United Kingdom (2008), Germany (2006) and United States (2006). Issues in dispute for audited years and audits for subsequent years are ongoing and in various stages of completion in the many jurisdictions in which we operate around the world. As a consequence, the balance in unrecognized tax benefits can be expected to fluctuate from period to period. It is reasonably possible such changes could be significant when compared with our total unrecognized tax benefits, but the amount of change is not estimable.

The amounts of U.S. and foreign income (loss) before income taxes, with a reconciliation of tax at the federal statutory rate with the provision for income taxes, were:

 

    Millions of Dollars          Percent of Pretax Income  
    2011     2010      2009          2011     2010      2009  

Income (loss) before income taxes

                

United States

  $ 6,172        2,283         433           93.2     173.1         51.1   

Foreign

    452        (964      414           6.8        (73.1      48.9   

 

 
  $ 6,624        1,319         847           100.0     100.0         100.0   

 

 

Federal statutory income tax

  $ 2,318        462         296           35.0     35.0         35.0   

Goodwill allocated to assets sold

    96        25         21           1.4        1.9         2.4   

Capital loss utilization

    (619     -         -           (9.3     -         -   

Tax on foreign operations

    (61     72         43           (0.9     5.5         5.0   

Federal manufacturing deduction

    (53     (15      -           (0.8     (1.1      -   

State income tax

    161        45         10           2.4        3.4         1.2   

Other

    2        (10      (2        -        (0.8      (0.2

 

 
  $     1,844        579         368           27.8%        43.9         43.4   

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

During 2011, we recognized a significant tax capital loss on disposition of the legal entity which ultimately held the Wilhelmshaven Refinery assets. The tax benefit of this loss was realized in 2011 because of other capital gains that occurred.

The change in the effective tax rates for 2011, as compared with 2010 and 2009, was primarily due to the effect of asset sales in 2011, which decreased the effective tax rate. In addition, the impairment of the Wilhelmshaven Refinery in 2010, and the payment of a dividend in 2009, both adversely affected effective tax rates in those years. Statutory tax rate changes did not have a significant impact on our income tax expense in 2011, 2010 or 2009.

With certain exceptions, we do not make cash tax payments directly to taxing jurisdictions; rather, our share of our parent’s tax payments are reflected as changes in parent company investment. Direct cash tax payments for certain state income taxes and those made by dedicated foreign entities totaled $327 million, $239 million and $236 million for the years 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Note 18—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income in the net investment section of the balance sheet included:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    Defined
Benefit
Plans
    Foreign
Currency
Translation
    Hedging     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

December 31, 2008

  $ (134     241        (10     97   

Other comprehensive income

    35        192        5        232   

 

 

December 31, 2009

    (99     433        (5     329   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    (17     (99     1        (115

 

 

December 31, 2010

    (116     334        (4     214   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    (29     (64     1        (92

 

 

December 31, 2011

  $     (145     270        (3     122   

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Note 19—Other Financial Information

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    2011     2010      2009  

Other Income

      

Interest income

  $ 33        42         47   

Other, net

    12        47         41   

 

 
  $ 45        89         88   

 

 

Research and Development Expenditures— expensed

  $ 74        56         36   

 

 

Advertising Expenses

  $ 63        59         47   

 

 

Shipping and Handling Costs*

  $ 12        11         10   

 

 
*Amounts included in operating expenses.       

Foreign Currency Transaction (Gains) Losses— after-tax

      

R&M

  $ (24     60         (39

Midstream

    -        1         1   

Chemicals

    -        -         -   

Corporate and Other

    -        -         -   

 

 
  $     (24     61         (38

 

 

Note 20—Related Party Transactions

Significant transactions with related parties were:

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    2011      2010      2009  

Operating revenues and other income (a)

  $     9,034         7,411         6,922   

Net gain on dispositions (b)

    156         -         -   

Purchases (c)

    34,558         26,754         21,888   

Operating expenses and selling, general and

administrative expenses (d)

    361         401         356   

Net interest expense (e)

    10         10         11   

 

 

 

(a) We sold crude oil to MRC. Natural gas liquids, solvents and petrochemical feedstocks were sold to CPChem, gas oil and hydrogen feedstocks were sold to Excel Paralubes and refined products were sold primarily to CFJ Properties. Beginning in the third quarter of 2010, CFJ was no longer considered a related party due to the sale of our interest. Crude, blendstock and other intermediate products were sold to WRB. In addition, we charged several of our affiliates, including CPChem and MSLP, for the use of common facilities, such as steam generators, waste and water treaters and warehouse facilities.

 

(b) In 2011, we sold the Seaway Products Pipeline to DCP Midstream for cash proceeds of $400 million, resulting in a before-tax gain of $156 million.

 

F-41


Table of Contents
(c) We purchased refined products from WRB. We purchased natural gas and natural gas liquids from DCP Midstream and CPChem for use in our refinery processes and other feedstocks from various affiliates. We purchased refined products from MRC. We also paid fees to various pipeline equity companies for transporting finished refined products. In addition, we paid a price upgrade to MSLP for heavy crude processing. We purchased base oils and fuel products from Excel Paralubes for use in our refinery and specialty businesses.

 

(d) We paid utility and processing fees to various affiliates. Additionally, we paid transportation fees to pipeline equity companies.

 

(e) We incurred interest expense on a note payable to MSLP. See Note 6—Investments, Loans and Long-Term Receivables and Note 11—Debt, for additional information on loans with affiliated companies.

Also included in the table above are transactions with ConocoPhillips and its consolidated subsidiaries that are not part of Phillips 66. These transactions include crude oil purchased from ConocoPhillips as feedstock for our refineries and power sold to ConocoPhillips from our power generation facilities. For the years 2011, 2010 and 2009, sales to ConocoPhillips were $1,197 million, $991 million and $744 million, respectively, while purchases from ConocoPhillips were $15,798 million, $13,345 million and $11,336 million, respectively.

As discussed in Note 1—Separation and Basis of Presentation, the combined statement of income includes expense allocations for certain corporate functions historically performed by ConocoPhillips and not allocated to its operating segments, including allocations of general corporate expenses related to executive oversight, accounting, treasury, tax, legal, procurement and information technology. Net charges from ConocoPhillips for these services, reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses in the combined statement of income were $180 million, $176 million and $133 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Net Parent Company Investment

The following is a reconciliation of the amounts presented as “Net transfers from (to) parent company” on the combined statement of changes in net investment and the amounts presented as “Contributions from (distributions to) parent company” on the combined statement of cash flows.

 

     Millions of Dollars  
     2011      2010      2009  

Net transfers from (to) parent company per the combined statement of changes in net investment

   $ (7,420      (1,536      1,210   

Non-cash adjustments

        

Foreign currency translation adjustments on net parent company investment

     (18      136         (101

Net transfers of assets and liabilities with parent company

     (33      (11      (53

 

 

Contributions from (distributions to) parent company per the combined statement of cash flows

   $     (7,471      (1,411      1,056   

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Note 21—Segment Disclosures and Related Information

We have organized our reporting structure based on the grouping of similar products and services, resulting in three operating segments:

 

  1) R&M—This segment purchases, refines, markets and transports crude oil and petroleum products, mainly in the United States, Europe and Asia. At December 31, 2011, we owned or had an interest in 12 refineries in the United States, one in the United Kingdom, one in Ireland, one in Germany, and one in Malaysia. This segment also includes power generation operations. The R&M segment’s U.S. and international operations are disclosed separately for reporting purposes.

 

  2) Midstream—This segment gathers, processes, transports and markets natural gas and fractionates and markets natural gas liquids, predominantly in the United States. The Midstream segment primarily consists of our 50 percent equity investment in DCP Midstream.

 

  3) Chemicals—This segment manufactures and markets petrochemicals and plastics on a worldwide basis. The Chemicals segment consists of our 50 percent equity investment in CPChem.

Corporate and Other includes general corporate overhead, interest expense and various other corporate activities.

Analysis of Results by Operating Segment

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    2011      2010      2009  

Sales and Other Operating Revenues

       

R&M

       

United States

  $     127,219         94,690         73,976   

International

    61,093         45,280         34,472   

Intersegment eliminations—U.S.

    (509      (402      (375

 

 

R&M

    187,803         139,568         108,073   

 

 

Midstream

       

Total sales

    8,770         7,383         4,915   

Intersegment eliminations

    (499      (407      (307

 

 

Midstream

    8,271         6,976         4,608   

 

 

Chemicals

    11         11         11   

Corporate and Other

    3         6         -   

 

 

Combined sales and other operating revenues

  $ 196,088         146,561         112,692   

 

 

Depreciation, Amortization and Impairments

       

R&M

       

United States

  $ 1,180         747         707   

International

    195         1,829         235   

 

 

Total R&M

    1,375         2,576         942   

 

 

Midstream

    2         2         2   

Chemicals

    -         -         -   

Corporate and Other

    3         1         1   

 

 

Combined depreciation, amortization and impairments

  $ 1,380         2,579         945   

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    2011      2010      2009  

Equity in Earnings of Affiliates

       

R&M

       

United States

  $     1,284         605         429   

International

    94         114         12   

 

 

Total R&M

    1,378         719         441   

 

 

Midstream

    490         362         353   

Chemicals

    975         684         298   

Corporate and Other

    -         -         -   

 

 

Combined equity in earnings of affiliates

  $ 2,843         1,765         1,092   

 

 

Income Taxes

       

R&M

       

United States

  $ 1,440         608         (4

International

    39         (272      210   

 

 

Total R&M

    1,479         336         206   

 

 

Midstream

    210         142         170   

Chemicals

    252         194         67   

Corporate and Other

    (97      (93      (75

 

 

Combined income taxes

  $ 1,844         579         368   

 

 

Net Income Attributable to Phillips 66

       

R&M

       

United States

  $ 3,637         1,013         (124

International

    211         (867      195   

 

 

Total R&M

    3,848         146         71   

 

 

Midstream

    403         262         317   

Chemicals

    716         486         228   

Corporate and Other

    (192      (159      (140

 

 

Combined net income attributable to Phillips 66

  $ 4,775         735         476   

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    2011      2010      2009  

Investments In and Advances To Affiliates

       

R&M

       

United States

  $ 4,167         4,135         3,810   

International

    1,326         1,304         1,142   

 

 

Total R&M

    5,493         5,439         4,952   

 

 

Midstream

    1,743         1,898         1,877   

Chemicals

    2,998         2,518         2,446   

Corporate and Other

    -         -         -   

 

 

Combined investments in and advances to affiliates

  $ 10,234         9,855         9,275   

 

 

Total Assets

       

R&M

       

United States

  $ 25,056         26,123         24,746   

International

    8,902         9,308         9,305   

Goodwill

    3,332         3,633         3,638   

 

 

Total R&M

    37,290         39,064         37,689   

 

 

Midstream

    2,900         3,128         2,694   

Chemicals

    2,999         2,732         2,451   

Corporate and Other

    22         31         46   

 

 

Combined total assets

  $ 43,211         44,955         42,880   

 

 

Capital Expenditures and Investments

       

R&M

       

United States

  $ 751         798         1,294   

International

    237         276         513   

 

 

Total R&M

    988         1,074         1,807   

 

 

Midstream

    17         68         639   

Chemicals

    -         -         -   

Corporate and Other

    17         8         15   

 

 

Combined capital expenditures and investments

  $ 1,022         1,150         2,461   

 

 

Interest Income and Expense

       

Interest income

       

R&M

  $ 33         42         47   

 

 

Interest and debt expense

       

Corporate

  $ 17         1         1   

 

 

Sales and Other Operating Revenues by Product Line

       

Refined products

  $ 146,834         108,182         87,948   

Crude oil resales

    38,259         28,836         18,760   

Natural gas liquids

    10,024         8,468         5,483   

Other

    971         1,075         501   

 

 

Combined sales and other operating revenues by product line

  $     196,088         146,561         112,692   

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Geographic Information

 

    Millions of Dollars  
    Sales and Other Operating Revenues*          Long-Lived Assets**  
    2011      2010      2009          2011      2010      2009  

United States

  $ 134,499         100,914         77,994           21,196         21,224         20,701   

United Kingdom

    26,976         20,125         14,169           1,927         1,929         2,029   

Germany

    10,647         9,070         9,950           547         849         2,660   

Other foreign countries

    23,966         16,452         10,579           1,335         1,262         1,123   

 

 

Worldwide combined

  $ 196,088         146,561         112,692           25,005         25,264         26,513   

 

 

*Sales and other operating revenues are attributable to countries based on the location of the operations generating the revenues.

**Defined as net properties, plants and equipment plus investments in and advances to affiliated companies.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS (Combined)

 

      Millions of Dollars  

Description

  Balance at
January 1
    Charged to
Expense
    Other (a)     Deductions     Balance at
December 31
 

2011

         

Deducted from asset accounts:

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts and notes receivable

  $ 7        7        -        (1 )(b)      13   

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance

    165        54        (9     -        210   

 

 

2010

         

Deducted from asset accounts:

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts and notes receivable

  $ 16        -        -        (9 )(b)      7   

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance

    41        131        (2     (5     165   

 

 

2009

         

Deducted from asset accounts:

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts and notes receivable

  $     20        49        1        (54 )(b)      16   

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance

    36        3        2        -        41   

 

 

(a)Represents acquisitions/dispositions/revisions and the effect of translating foreign financial statements.

(b)Amounts charged off less recoveries of amounts previously charged off.

 

F-47